1705 files changed, 1 insertions, 99858 deletions

diff --git a/man3 b/man3
new file mode 120000
index 000000000..bf6fc231c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+man/man3
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_EMPTY.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_EMPTY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_EMPTY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_FIRST.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_FIRST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_FIRST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INIT.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_INIT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INIT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_LAST.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_LAST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_LAST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_NEXT.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_PREV.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_PREV.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_PREV.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3 b/man3/CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0fc9a3b..000000000
--- a/man3/CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man3/CMSG_ALIGN.3 b/man3/CMSG_ALIGN.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad67f433f..000000000
--- a/man3/CMSG_ALIGN.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man3/CMSG_DATA.3 b/man3/CMSG_DATA.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad67f433f..000000000
--- a/man3/CMSG_DATA.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man3/CMSG_FIRSTHDR.3 b/man3/CMSG_FIRSTHDR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad67f433f..000000000
--- a/man3/CMSG_FIRSTHDR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man3/CMSG_LEN.3 b/man3/CMSG_LEN.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad67f433f..000000000
--- a/man3/CMSG_LEN.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man3/CMSG_NXTHDR.3 b/man3/CMSG_NXTHDR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad67f433f..000000000
--- a/man3/CMSG_NXTHDR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man3/CMSG_SPACE.3 b/man3/CMSG_SPACE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad67f433f..000000000
--- a/man3/CMSG_SPACE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_ALLOC.3 b/man3/CPU_ALLOC.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_ALLOC.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_ALLOC_SIZE.3 b/man3/CPU_ALLOC_SIZE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_ALLOC_SIZE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_AND.3 b/man3/CPU_AND.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_AND.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_AND_S.3 b/man3/CPU_AND_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_AND_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_CLR.3 b/man3/CPU_CLR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_CLR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_CLR_S.3 b/man3/CPU_CLR_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_CLR_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_COUNT.3 b/man3/CPU_COUNT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_COUNT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_COUNT_S.3 b/man3/CPU_COUNT_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_COUNT_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_EQUAL.3 b/man3/CPU_EQUAL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_EQUAL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_EQUAL_S.3 b/man3/CPU_EQUAL_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_EQUAL_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_FREE.3 b/man3/CPU_FREE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_FREE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_ISSET.3 b/man3/CPU_ISSET.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_ISSET.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_ISSET_S.3 b/man3/CPU_ISSET_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_ISSET_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_OR.3 b/man3/CPU_OR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_OR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_OR_S.3 b/man3/CPU_OR_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_OR_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_SET.3 b/man3/CPU_SET.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 402910913..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_SET.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,348 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH CPU_SET 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-CPU_SET, CPU_CLR, CPU_ISSET, CPU_ZERO, CPU_COUNT,
-CPU_AND, CPU_OR, CPU_XOR, CPU_EQUAL,
-CPU_ALLOC, CPU_ALLOC_SIZE, CPU_FREE,
-CPU_SET_S, CPU_CLR_S, CPU_ISSET_S, CPU_ZERO_S,
-CPU_COUNT_S, CPU_AND_S, CPU_OR_S, CPU_XOR_S, CPU_EQUAL_S \-
-macros for manipulating CPU sets
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <sched.h>
-.P
-.BI "void CPU_ZERO(cpu_set_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "void CPU_SET(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.BI "void CPU_CLR(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.BI "int  CPU_ISSET(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "int  CPU_COUNT(cpu_set_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "void CPU_AND(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
-.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.BI "void CPU_OR(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
-.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.BI "void CPU_XOR(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
-.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.P
-.BI "int  CPU_EQUAL(cpu_set_t *" set1 ", cpu_set_t *" set2 );
-.P
-.BI "cpu_set_t *CPU_ALLOC(int " num_cpus );
-.BI "void CPU_FREE(cpu_set_t *" set );
-.BI "size_t CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(int " num_cpus );
-.P
-.BI "void CPU_ZERO_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "void CPU_SET_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.BI "void CPU_CLR_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.BI "int  CPU_ISSET_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "int  CPU_COUNT_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "void CPU_AND_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
-.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.BI "void CPU_OR_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
-.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.BI "void CPU_XOR_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
-.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
-.P
-.BI "int  CPU_EQUAL_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set1 \
-", cpu_set_t *" set2 );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I cpu_set_t
-data structure represents a set of CPUs.
-CPU sets are used by
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2)
-and similar interfaces.
-.P
-The
-.I cpu_set_t
-data type is implemented as a bit mask.
-However, the data structure should be treated as opaque:
-all manipulation of CPU sets should be done via the macros
-described in this page.
-.P
-The following macros are provided to operate on the CPU set
-.IR set :
-.TP
-.BR CPU_ZERO ()
-Clears
-.IR set ,
-so that it contains no CPUs.
-.TP
-.BR CPU_SET ()
-Add CPU
-.I cpu
-to
-.IR set .
-.TP
-.BR CPU_CLR ()
-Remove CPU
-.I cpu
-from
-.IR set .
-.TP
-.BR CPU_ISSET ()
-Test to see if CPU
-.I cpu
-is a member of
-.IR set .
-.TP
-.BR CPU_COUNT ()
-Return the number of CPUs in
-.IR set .
-.P
-Where a
-.I cpu
-argument is specified, it should not produce side effects,
-since the above macros may evaluate the argument more than once.
-.P
-The first CPU on the system corresponds to a
-.I cpu
-value of 0, the next CPU corresponds to a
-.I cpu
-value of 1, and so on.
-No assumptions should be made about particular CPUs being
-available, or the set of CPUs being contiguous, since CPUs can
-be taken offline dynamically or be otherwise absent.
-The constant
-.B CPU_SETSIZE
-(currently 1024) specifies a value one greater than the maximum CPU
-number that can be stored in
-.IR cpu_set_t .
-.P
-The following macros perform logical operations on CPU sets:
-.TP
-.BR CPU_AND ()
-Store the intersection of the sets
-.I srcset1
-and
-.I srcset2
-in
-.I destset
-(which may be one of the source sets).
-.TP
-.BR CPU_OR ()
-Store the union of the sets
-.I srcset1
-and
-.I srcset2
-in
-.I destset
-(which may be one of the source sets).
-.TP
-.BR CPU_XOR ()
-Store the XOR of the sets
-.I srcset1
-and
-.I srcset2
-in
-.I destset
-(which may be one of the source sets).
-The XOR means the set of CPUs that are in either
-.I srcset1
-or
-.IR srcset2 ,
-but not both.
-.TP
-.BR CPU_EQUAL ()
-Test whether two CPU set contain exactly the same CPUs.
-.SS Dynamically sized CPU sets
-Because some applications may require the ability to dynamically
-size CPU sets (e.g., to allocate sets larger than that
-defined by the standard
-.I cpu_set_t
-data type), glibc nowadays provides a set of macros to support this.
-.P
-The following macros are used to allocate and deallocate CPU sets:
-.TP
-.BR CPU_ALLOC ()
-Allocate a CPU set large enough to hold CPUs
-in the range 0 to
-.IR num_cpus\-1 .
-.TP
-.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
-Return the size in bytes of the CPU set that would be needed to
-hold CPUs in the range 0 to
-.IR num_cpus\-1 .
-This macro provides the value that can be used for the
-.I setsize
-argument in the
-.BR CPU_*_S ()
-macros described below.
-.TP
-.BR CPU_FREE ()
-Free a CPU set previously allocated by
-.BR CPU_ALLOC ().
-.P
-The macros whose names end with "_S" are the analogs of
-the similarly named macros without the suffix.
-These macros perform the same tasks as their analogs,
-but operate on the dynamically allocated CPU set(s) whose size is
-.I setsize
-bytes.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR CPU_ISSET ()
-and
-.BR CPU_ISSET_S ()
-return nonzero if
-.I cpu
-is in
-.IR set ;
-otherwise, it returns 0.
-.P
-.BR CPU_COUNT ()
-and
-.BR CPU_COUNT_S ()
-return the number of CPUs in
-.IR set .
-.P
-.BR CPU_EQUAL ()
-and
-.BR CPU_EQUAL_S ()
-return nonzero if the two CPU sets are equal; otherwise they return 0.
-.P
-.BR CPU_ALLOC ()
-returns a pointer on success, or NULL on failure.
-(Errors are as for
-.BR malloc (3).)
-.P
-.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
-returns the number of bytes required to store a
-CPU set of the specified cardinality.
-.P
-The other functions do not return a value.
-.SH STANDARDS
-Linux.
-.SH HISTORY
-The
-.BR CPU_ZERO (),
-.BR CPU_SET (),
-.BR CPU_CLR (),
-and
-.BR CPU_ISSET ()
-macros were added in glibc 2.3.3.
-.P
-.BR CPU_COUNT ()
-first appeared in glibc 2.6.
-.P
-.BR CPU_AND (),
-.BR CPU_OR (),
-.BR CPU_XOR (),
-.BR CPU_EQUAL (),
-.BR CPU_ALLOC (),
-.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE (),
-.BR CPU_FREE (),
-.BR CPU_ZERO_S (),
-.BR CPU_SET_S (),
-.BR CPU_CLR_S (),
-.BR CPU_ISSET_S (),
-.BR CPU_AND_S (),
-.BR CPU_OR_S (),
-.BR CPU_XOR_S (),
-and
-.BR CPU_EQUAL_S ()
-first appeared in glibc 2.7.
-.SH NOTES
-To duplicate a CPU set, use
-.BR memcpy (3).
-.P
-Since CPU sets are bit masks allocated in units of long words,
-the actual number of CPUs in a dynamically
-allocated CPU set will be rounded up to the next multiple of
-.IR "sizeof(unsigned long)" .
-An application should consider the contents of these extra bits
-to be undefined.
-.P
-Notwithstanding the similarity in the names,
-note that the constant
-.B CPU_SETSIZE
-indicates the number of CPUs in the
-.I cpu_set_t
-data type (thus, it is effectively a count of the bits in the bit mask),
-while the
-.I setsize
-argument of the
-.BR CPU_*_S ()
-macros is a size in bytes.
-.P
-The data types for arguments and return values shown
-in the SYNOPSIS are hints what about is expected in each case.
-However, since these interfaces are implemented as macros,
-the compiler won't necessarily catch all type errors
-if you violate the suggestions.
-.SH BUGS
-On 32-bit platforms with glibc 2.8 and earlier,
-.BR CPU_ALLOC ()
-allocates twice as much space as is required, and
-.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
-returns a value twice as large as it should.
-This bug should not affect the semantics of a program,
-but does result in wasted memory
-and less efficient operation of the macros that
-operate on dynamically allocated CPU sets.
-These bugs are fixed in glibc 2.9.
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7029
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program demonstrates the use of some of the macros
-used for dynamically allocated CPU sets.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (CPU_SET.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <sched.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#include <assert.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    cpu_set_t *cpusetp;
-    size_t size, num_cpus;
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <num\-cpus>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    num_cpus = atoi(argv[1]);
-\&
-    cpusetp = CPU_ALLOC(num_cpus);
-    if (cpusetp == NULL) {
-        perror("CPU_ALLOC");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    size = CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(num_cpus);
-\&
-    CPU_ZERO_S(size, cpusetp);
-    for (size_t cpu = 0; cpu < num_cpus; cpu += 2)
-        CPU_SET_S(cpu, size, cpusetp);
-\&
-    printf("CPU_COUNT() of set:    %d\en", CPU_COUNT_S(size, cpusetp));
-\&
-    CPU_FREE(cpusetp);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
-.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (3),
-.BR cpuset (7)
diff --git a/man3/CPU_SET_S.3 b/man3/CPU_SET_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_SET_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_XOR.3 b/man3/CPU_XOR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_XOR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_XOR_S.3 b/man3/CPU_XOR_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_XOR_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_ZERO.3 b/man3/CPU_ZERO.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_ZERO.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/CPU_ZERO_S.3 b/man3/CPU_ZERO_S.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdc74d479..000000000
--- a/man3/CPU_ZERO_S.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man3/DES_FAILED.3 b/man3/DES_FAILED.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853c9cbdf..000000000
--- a/man3/DES_FAILED.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man3/FD_CLR.3 b/man3/FD_CLR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e17784318..000000000
--- a/man3/FD_CLR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man3/FD_ISSET.3 b/man3/FD_ISSET.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e17784318..000000000
--- a/man3/FD_ISSET.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man3/FD_SET.3 b/man3/FD_SET.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e17784318..000000000
--- a/man3/FD_SET.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man3/FD_ZERO.3 b/man3/FD_ZERO.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e17784318..000000000
--- a/man3/FD_ZERO.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man3/HUGE_VAL.3 b/man3/HUGE_VAL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dd04d2c5c..000000000
--- a/man3/HUGE_VAL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man3/HUGE_VALF.3 b/man3/HUGE_VALF.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dd04d2c5c..000000000
--- a/man3/HUGE_VALF.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man3/HUGE_VALL.3 b/man3/HUGE_VALL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dd04d2c5c..000000000
--- a/man3/HUGE_VALL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man3/INFINITY.3 b/man3/INFINITY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f67be82c8..000000000
--- a/man3/INFINITY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH INFINITY 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-INFINITY, NAN, HUGE_VAL, HUGE_VALF, HUGE_VALL \- floating-point constants
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _ISOC99_SOURCE" "      /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.B INFINITY
-.P
-.B NAN
-.P
-.B HUGE_VAL
-.B HUGE_VALF
-.B HUGE_VALL
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The macro
-.B INFINITY
-expands to a
-.I float
-constant representing positive infinity.
-.P
-The macro
-.B NAN
-expands to a
-.I float
-constant representing a quiet NaN
-(when supported).
-A
-.I quiet
-NaN is a NaN ("not-a-number") that does not raise exceptions
-when it is used in arithmetic.
-The opposite is a
-.I signaling
-NaN.
-See IEC 60559:1989.
-.P
-The macros
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-.B HUGE_VALL
-expand to constants of types
-.IR double ,
-.IR float ,
-and
-.IR "long double" ,
-respectively,
-that represent a large positive value, possibly positive infinity.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99.
-.P
-On a glibc system, the macro
-.B HUGE_VAL
-is always available.
-Availability of the
-.B NAN
-macro can be tested using
-.BR "#ifdef NAN" ,
-and similarly for
-.BR INFINITY ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-.BR HUGE_VALL .
-They will be defined by
-.I <math.h>
-if
-.B _ISOC99_SOURCE
-or
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-is defined, or
-.B __STDC_VERSION__
-is defined
-and has a value not less than 199901L.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fpclassify (3),
-.BR math_error (7)
diff --git a/man3/LIST_EMPTY.3 b/man3/LIST_EMPTY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_EMPTY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_ENTRY.3 b/man3/LIST_ENTRY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_ENTRY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_FIRST.3 b/man3/LIST_FIRST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_FIRST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_FOREACH.3 b/man3/LIST_FOREACH.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_FOREACH.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_HEAD.3 b/man3/LIST_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man3/LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_INIT.3 b/man3/LIST_INIT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_INIT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man3/LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_INSERT_BEFORE.3 b/man3/LIST_INSERT_BEFORE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_INSERT_BEFORE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man3/LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_NEXT.3 b/man3/LIST_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/LIST_REMOVE.3 b/man3/LIST_REMOVE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfafea85d..000000000
--- a/man3/LIST_REMOVE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man3/MAX.3 b/man3/MAX.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e74ad614..000000000
--- a/man3/MAX.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2021 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH MAX 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-MAX, MIN \- maximum or minimum of two values
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/param.h>
-.P
-.BI MAX( a ", " b );
-.BI MIN( a ", " b );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros return the maximum or minimum of
-.I a
-and
-.IR b .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These macros return the value of one of their arguments,
-possibly converted to a different type (see BUGS).
-.SH ERRORS
-These macros may raise the "invalid" floating-point exception
-when any of the arguments is NaN.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU, BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-If either of the arguments is of a floating-point type,
-you might prefer to use
-.BR fmax (3)
-or
-.BR fmin (3),
-which can handle NaN.
-.P
-The arguments may be evaluated more than once, or not at all.
-.P
-Some UNIX systems might provide these macros in a different header,
-or not at all.
-.SH BUGS
-Due to the usual arithmetic conversions,
-the result of these macros may be very different from either of the arguments.
-To avoid this, ensure that both arguments have the same type.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (MAX.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int a, b, x;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <num> <num>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    a = atoi(argv[1]);
-    b = atoi(argv[2]);
-    x = MAX(a, b);
-    printf("MAX(%d, %d) is %d\en", a, b, x);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fmax (3),
-.BR fmin (3)
diff --git a/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3 b/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1cb3046f..000000000
--- a/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.\" Modified, aeb, 990824
-.\"
-.TH MB_CUR_MAX 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-MB_CUR_MAX \- maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B MB_CUR_MAX
-macro defines an integer expression giving
-the maximum number of bytes needed to represent a single
-wide character in the current locale.
-This value is locale dependent and therefore not a compile-time constant.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-An integer in the range [1,
-.BR MB_LEN_MAX ].
-The value 1 denotes traditional 8-bit encoded characters.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR MB_LEN_MAX (3),
-.BR mblen (3),
-.BR mbstowcs (3),
-.BR mbtowc (3),
-.BR wcstombs (3),
-.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3 b/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c28bbb150..000000000
--- a/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.\" Modified, aeb, 990824
-.\"
-.TH MB_LEN_MAX 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-MB_LEN_MAX \- maximum multibyte length of a character across all locales
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <limits.h>
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.B MB_LEN_MAX
-macro is the maximum number of bytes needed to represent a single
-wide character, in any of the supported locales.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-A constant integer greater than zero.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The entities
-.B MB_LEN_MAX
-and
-.I sizeof(wchar_t)
-are totally unrelated.
-In glibc,
-.B MB_LEN_MAX
-is typically 16
-.\" For an explanation of why the limit was raised to 16, see
-.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2015-05/msg00001.html
-.\"     From:    Bruno Haible
-.\"     Subject: Re: why is MB_LEN_MAX so large (16) on glibc
-.\"     Date:    Thu, 14 May 2015 02:30:14 +0200
-(6 in glibc versions earlier than 2.2), while
-.I sizeof(wchar_t)
-is 4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR MB_CUR_MAX (3)
diff --git a/man3/MIN.3 b/man3/MIN.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9938abda2..000000000
--- a/man3/MIN.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/MAX.3
diff --git a/man3/NAN.3 b/man3/NAN.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dd04d2c5c..000000000
--- a/man3/NAN.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_EMPTY.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_EMPTY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_EMPTY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_ENTRY.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_ENTRY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_ENTRY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_FIRST.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_FIRST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_FIRST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_FOREACH.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_FOREACH.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_FOREACH.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INIT.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_INIT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INIT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_NEXT.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3 b/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_EMPTY.3 b/man3/SLIST_EMPTY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_EMPTY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_ENTRY.3 b/man3/SLIST_ENTRY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_ENTRY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_FIRST.3 b/man3/SLIST_FIRST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_FIRST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_FOREACH.3 b/man3/SLIST_FOREACH.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_FOREACH.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_HEAD.3 b/man3/SLIST_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man3/SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_INIT.3 b/man3/SLIST_INIT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_INIT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man3/SLIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man3/SLIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_NEXT.3 b/man3/SLIST_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_REMOVE.3 b/man3/SLIST_REMOVE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_REMOVE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD.3 b/man3/SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 260541bcb..000000000
--- a/man3/SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_CONCAT.3 b/man3/STAILQ_CONCAT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_CONCAT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_EMPTY.3 b/man3/STAILQ_EMPTY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_EMPTY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_ENTRY.3 b/man3/STAILQ_ENTRY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_ENTRY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_FIRST.3 b/man3/STAILQ_FIRST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_FIRST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_FOREACH.3 b/man3/STAILQ_FOREACH.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_FOREACH.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_HEAD.3 b/man3/STAILQ_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man3/STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_INIT.3 b/man3/STAILQ_INIT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_INIT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_NEXT.3 b/man3/STAILQ_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE.3 b/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3 b/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/S_ISBLK.3 b/man3/S_ISBLK.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISBLK.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/S_ISCHR.3 b/man3/S_ISCHR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISCHR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/S_ISDIR.3 b/man3/S_ISDIR.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISDIR.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/S_ISFIFO.3 b/man3/S_ISFIFO.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISFIFO.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/S_ISLNK.3 b/man3/S_ISLNK.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISLNK.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/S_ISREG.3 b/man3/S_ISREG.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISREG.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/S_ISSOCK.3 b/man3/S_ISSOCK.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c4b88db..000000000
--- a/man3/S_ISSOCK.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_CONCAT.3 b/man3/TAILQ_CONCAT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_CONCAT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_EMPTY.3 b/man3/TAILQ_EMPTY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_EMPTY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_ENTRY.3 b/man3/TAILQ_ENTRY.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_ENTRY.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_FIRST.3 b/man3/TAILQ_FIRST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_FIRST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH.3 b/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3 b/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_HEAD.3 b/man3/TAILQ_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man3/TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_INIT.3 b/man3/TAILQ_INIT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_INIT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3 b/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_LAST.3 b/man3/TAILQ_LAST.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_LAST.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_NEXT.3 b/man3/TAILQ_NEXT.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_NEXT.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_PREV.3 b/man3/TAILQ_PREV.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_PREV.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_REMOVE.3 b/man3/TAILQ_REMOVE.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_REMOVE.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TAILQ_SWAP.3 b/man3/TAILQ_SWAP.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c766ff4e7..000000000
--- a/man3/TAILQ_SWAP.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3 b/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 30ab755d2..000000000
--- a/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
diff --git a/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3 b/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cdd72e3e..000000000
--- a/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2024 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC,
-TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL
-\-
-convert between time structures
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
-.B #include <sys/time.h>
-.P
-.BI "void TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC(const struct timeval *" tv ", struct timespec *" ts );
-.BI "void TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(struct timeval *" tv ", const struct timespec *" ts );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros convert from a
-.BR timeval (3type)
-to a
-.BR timespec (3type)
-structure,
-and vice versa,
-respectively.
-.P
-This is especially useful for writing interfaces that receive a type,
-but are implemented with calls to functions that receive the other one.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU,
-BSD.
diff --git a/man3/_Generic.3 b/man3/_Generic.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 788a117dd..000000000
--- a/man3/_Generic.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH _Generic 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-_Generic \- type-generic selection
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR _Generic( \fIexpression\fP ", type1: " e1 ", " "... /*" \
-", default: " "e */" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR _Generic ()
-evaluates the path of code under the type selector
-that is compatible with the type of the controlling
-.IR expression ,
-or
-.B default:
-if no type is compatible.
-.P
-.I expression
-is not evaluated.
-.P
-This is especially useful for writing type-generic macros,
-that will behave differently depending on the type of the argument.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11.
-.SH HISTORY
-C11.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program demonstrates how to write
-a replacement for the standard
-.BR imaxabs (3)
-function, which being a function can't really provide what it promises:
-seamlessly upgrading to the widest available type.
-.IP
-.\" SRC BEGIN (_Generic.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#define my_imaxabs  _Generic(INTMAX_C(0),  \e
-    long:           labs,                  \e
-    long long:      llabs                  \e
-/*  long long long: lllabs */              \e
-)
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    off_t  a;
-\&
-    a = \-42;
-    printf("imaxabs(%jd) == %jd\en", (intmax_t) a, my_imaxabs(a));
-    printf("&imaxabs == %p\en", &my_imaxabs);
-    printf("&labs    == %p\en", &labs);
-    printf("&llabs   == %p\en", &llabs);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
diff --git a/man3/_Static_assert.3 b/man3/_Static_assert.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 30f63531c..000000000
--- a/man3/_Static_assert.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/static_assert.3
diff --git a/man3/__after_morecore_hook.3 b/man3/__after_morecore_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 421aafcbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__after_morecore_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man3/__fbufsize.3 b/man3/__fbufsize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__fbufsize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__flbf.3 b/man3/__flbf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__flbf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__fpending.3 b/man3/__fpending.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__fpending.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__fpurge.3 b/man3/__fpurge.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d7cfd4977..000000000
--- a/man3/__fpurge.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fpurge.3
diff --git a/man3/__freadable.3 b/man3/__freadable.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__freadable.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__freading.3 b/man3/__freading.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__freading.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__free_hook.3 b/man3/__free_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 421aafcbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__free_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man3/__fsetlocking.3 b/man3/__fsetlocking.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__fsetlocking.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__fwritable.3 b/man3/__fwritable.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__fwritable.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__fwriting.3 b/man3/__fwriting.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/__fwriting.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/__malloc_hook.3 b/man3/__malloc_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 421aafcbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__malloc_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man3/__malloc_initialize_hook.3 b/man3/__malloc_initialize_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 421aafcbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__malloc_initialize_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man3/__memalign_hook.3 b/man3/__memalign_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 421aafcbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__memalign_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3 b/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ee922c130..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012, IBM Corporation.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH __ppc_get_timebase 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-__ppc_get_timebase, __ppc_get_timebase_freq \- get the current value
-of the Time Base Register on Power architecture and its frequency.
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-.P
-.B uint64_t __ppc_get_timebase(void);
-.B uint64_t __ppc_get_timebase_freq(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
-reads the current value of the Time Base Register and returns its
-value, while
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
-returns the frequency in which the Time Base Register is updated.
-.P
-The Time Base Register is a 64-bit register provided by Power Architecture
-processors.
-It stores a monotonically incremented value that is updated at a
-system-dependent frequency that may be different from the processor
-frequency.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
-returns a 64-bit unsigned integer that represents the current value of the
-Time Base Register.
-.P
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
-returns a 64-bit unsigned integer that represents the frequency at
-which the Time Base Register is updated.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
-.\" commit d9dc34cd569bcfe714fe8c708e58c028106e8b2e
-glibc 2.16.
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
-.\" commit 8ad11b9a9cf1de82bd7771306b42070b91417c11
-glibc 2.17.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program will calculate the time, in microseconds, spent
-between two calls to
-.BR __ppc_get_timebase ().
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (__ppc_get_timebase.c)
-.EX
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-\&
-/* Maximum value of the Time Base Register: 2\[ha]60 \- 1.
-   Source: POWER ISA.  */
-#define MAX_TB 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    uint64_t tb1, tb2, diff;
-    uint64_t freq;
-\&
-    freq = __ppc_get_timebase_freq();
-    printf("Time Base frequency = %"PRIu64" Hz\en", freq);
-\&
-    tb1 = __ppc_get_timebase();
-\&
-    // Do some stuff...
-\&
-    tb2 = __ppc_get_timebase();
-\&
-    if (tb2 > tb1) {
-        diff = tb2 \- tb1;
-    } else {
-        /* Treat Time Base Register overflow.  */
-        diff = (MAX_TB \- tb2) + tb1;
-    }
-\&
-    printf("Elapsed time  = %1.2f usecs\en",
-           (double) diff * 1000000 / freq);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR time (2),
-.BR usleep (3)
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_get_timebase_freq.3 b/man3/__ppc_get_timebase_freq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8599293bd..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_get_timebase_freq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_mdoio.3 b/man3/__ppc_mdoio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c9f047fbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_mdoio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_yield.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_mdoom.3 b/man3/__ppc_mdoom.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c9f047fbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_mdoom.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_yield.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_low.3 b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_low.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6d6cf3fa..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_low.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3 b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 317804438..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2015, 2016 IBM Corporation.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH __ppc_set_ppr_med 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-Programmer's Manual"
-.SH NAME
-__ppc_set_ppr_med, __ppc_set_ppr_very_low, __ppc_set_ppr_low,
-__ppc_set_ppr_med_low, __ppc_set_ppr_med_high \-
-Set the Program Priority Register
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-.P
-.B void __ppc_set_ppr_med(void);
-.B void __ppc_set_ppr_very_low(void);
-.B void __ppc_set_ppr_low(void);
-.B void __ppc_set_ppr_med_low(void);
-.B void __ppc_set_ppr_med_high(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions provide access to the
-.I Program Priority Register
-(PPR) on the Power architecture.
-.P
-The PPR is a 64-bit register that controls the program's priority.
-By adjusting the PPR value the programmer may improve system
-throughput by causing system resources to be used more
-efficiently, especially in contention situations.
-The available unprivileged states are covered by the following functions:
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med ()
-sets the Program Priority Register value to
-.I medium
-(default).
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low ()
-sets the Program Priority Register value to
-.IR "very low" .
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_low ()
-sets the Program Priority Register value to
-.IR low .
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low ()
-sets the Program Priority Register value to
-.IR "medium low" .
-.P
-The privileged state
-.I medium high
-may also be set during certain time intervals by problem-state (unprivileged)
-programs, with the following function:
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
-sets the Program Priority to
-.IR "medium high" .
-.P
-If the program priority is medium high when the time interval expires or if an
-attempt is made to set the priority to medium high when it is not allowed, the
-priority is set to medium.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med (),
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low (),
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_low (),
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low (),
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med ()
-.TQ
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_low ()
-.TQ
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low ()
-glibc 2.18.
-.TP
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low ()
-.TQ
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
-glibc 2.23.
-.SH NOTES
-The functions
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low ()
-and
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
-will be defined by
-.I <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-if
-.B _ARCH_PWR8
-is defined.
-Availability of these functions can be tested using
-.BR "#ifdef _ARCH_PWR8" .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR __ppc_yield (3)
-.P
-.I Power ISA, Book\~II - Section\ 3.1 (Program Priority Registers)
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_high.3 b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_high.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6d6cf3fa..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_high.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_low.3 b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_low.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6d6cf3fa..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_low.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_very_low.3 b/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_very_low.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6d6cf3fa..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_very_low.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man3/__ppc_yield.3 b/man3/__ppc_yield.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ccbcdac7..000000000
--- a/man3/__ppc_yield.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2015, IBM Corporation.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH __ppc_yield 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-__ppc_yield, __ppc_mdoio, __ppc_mdoom \-
-Hint the processor to release shared resources
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
-.P
-.B void __ppc_yield(void);
-.B void __ppc_mdoio(void);
-.B void __ppc_mdoom(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions
-provide hints about the usage of resources that are shared with other
-processors on the Power architecture.
-They can be used, for example, if a program waiting on a lock intends
-to divert the shared resources to be used by other processors.
-.P
-.BR __ppc_yield ()
-provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
-resources dedicated to the executing processor are released for use by
-other processors.
-.P
-.BR __ppc_mdoio ()
-provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
-resources dedicated to the executing processor are released until all
-outstanding storage accesses to caching-inhibited storage have been
-completed.
-.P
-.BR __ppc_mdoom ()
-provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
-resources dedicated to the executing processor are released until all
-outstanding storage accesses to cacheable storage for which the data
-is not in the cache have been completed.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR __ppc_yield (),
-.BR __ppc_mdoio (),
-.BR __ppc_mdoom ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.18.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med (3)
-.P
-.I Power ISA, Book\~II - Section\~3.2 ("or" architecture)
diff --git a/man3/__realloc_hook.3 b/man3/__realloc_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 421aafcbe..000000000
--- a/man3/__realloc_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man3/__setfpucw.3 b/man3/__setfpucw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 647fece4a..000000000
--- a/man3/__setfpucw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-.\" Written Sat Mar  8 10:35:08 MEZ 1997 by
-.\" J. "MUFTI" Scheurich (mufti@csv.ica.uni-stuttgart.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH __setfpucw 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-__setfpucw \- set FPU control word on i386 architecture (obsolete)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <i386/fpu_control.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void __setfpucw(unsigned short " control_word );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR __setfpucw ()
-transfers
-.I control_word
-to the registers of the FPU (floating-point unit) on the i386 architecture.
-This was used to control floating-point precision,
-rounding and floating-point exceptions.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-Removed in glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-There are new functions from C99, with prototypes in
-.IR <fenv.h> ,
-to control FPU rounding modes, like
-.BR fegetround (3),
-.BR fesetround (3),
-and the floating-point environment, like
-.BR fegetenv (3),
-.BR feholdexcept (3),
-.BR fesetenv (3),
-.BR feupdateenv (3),
-and FPU exception handling, like
-.BR feclearexcept (3),
-.BR fegetexceptflag (3),
-.BR feraiseexcept (3),
-.BR fesetexceptflag (3),
-and
-.BR fetestexcept (3).
-.P
-If direct access to the FPU control word is still needed, the
-.B _FPU_GETCW
-and
-.B _FPU_SETCW
-macros from
-.I <fpu_control.h>
-can be used.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.B __setfpucw(0x1372)
-.P
-Set FPU control word on the i386 architecture to
-.RS
-.PD 0
-.IP \[bu] 3
-extended precision
-.IP \[bu]
-rounding to nearest
-.IP \[bu]
-exceptions on overflow, zero divide and NaN
-.PD
-.RE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR feclearexcept (3)
-.P
-.I <fpu_control.h>
diff --git a/man3/_flushlbf.3 b/man3/_flushlbf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e7c0d7..000000000
--- a/man3/_flushlbf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man3/a64l.3 b/man3/a64l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d20e94df..000000000
--- a/man3/a64l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-\t
-.\" Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Corrected, aeb, 2002-05-30
-.\"
-.TH a64l 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-a64l, l64a \- convert between long and base-64
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "long a64l(const char *" str64 );
-.BI "char *l64a(long " value );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR a64l (),
-.BR l64a ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions provide a conversion between 32-bit long integers
-and little-endian base-64 ASCII strings (of length zero to six).
-If the string used as argument for
-.BR a64l ()
-has length greater than six, only the first six bytes are used.
-If the type
-.I long
-has more than 32 bits, then
-.BR l64a ()
-uses only the low order 32 bits of
-.IR value ,
-and
-.BR a64l ()
-sign-extends its 32-bit result.
-.P
-The 64 digits in the base-64 system are:
-.P
-.RS
-.nf
-\&\[aq].\[aq]	represents a 0
-\&\[aq]/\[aq]	represents a 1
-0-9	represent  2-11
-A-Z	represent 12-37
-a-z	represent 38-63
-.fi
-.RE
-.P
-So 123 = 59*64\[ha]0 + 1*64\[ha]1 = "v/".
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR l64a ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:l64a
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR a64l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The value returned by
-.BR l64a ()
-may be a pointer to a static buffer, possibly overwritten
-by later calls.
-.P
-The behavior of
-.BR l64a ()
-is undefined when
-.I value
-is negative.
-If
-.I value
-is zero, it returns an empty string.
-.P
-These functions are broken before glibc 2.2.5
-(puts most significant digit first).
-.P
-This is not the encoding used by
-.BR uuencode (1).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR uuencode (1),
-.\" .BR itoa (3),
-.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/abort.3 b/man3/abort.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e83077e7e..000000000
--- a/man3/abort.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2007 (C) Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" some parts Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:46:21 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Aug  4 10:51:53 2000 - patch from Joseph S. Myers
-.\" 2007-12-15, mtk, Mostly rewritten
-.\"
-.TH abort 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-abort \- cause abnormal process termination
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B [[noreturn]] void abort(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR abort ()
-function first unblocks the
-.B SIGABRT
-signal, and then raises that signal for the calling process
-(as though
-.BR raise (3)
-was called).
-This results in the abnormal termination of the process unless the
-.B SIGABRT
-signal is caught and the signal handler does not return
-(see
-.BR longjmp (3)).
-.P
-If the
-.B SIGABRT
-signal is ignored, or caught by a handler that returns, the
-.BR abort ()
-function will still terminate the process.
-It does this by restoring the default disposition for
-.B SIGABRT
-and then raising the signal for a second time.
-.P
-As with other cases of abnormal termination the functions registered with
-.BR atexit (3)
-and
-.BR on_exit (3)
-are not called.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR abort ()
-function never returns.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR abort ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.P
-Up until glibc 2.26,
-if the
-.BR abort ()
-function caused process termination,
-all open streams were closed and flushed (as with
-.BR fclose (3)).
-However, in some cases this could result in deadlocks and data corruption.
-Therefore, starting with glibc 2.27,
-.\" glibc commit 91e7cf982d0104f0e71770f5ae8e3faf352dea9f
-.BR abort ()
-terminates the process without flushing streams.
-POSIX.1 permits either possible behavior, saying that
-.BR abort ()
-"may include an attempt to effect fclose() on all open streams".
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gdb (1),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR assert (3),
-.BR exit (3),
-.BR longjmp (3),
-.BR raise (3)
diff --git a/man3/abs.3 b/man3/abs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b61e7787..000000000
--- a/man3/abs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:31:13 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sun Jun  6 23:27:50 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:45:37 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sat Dec 16 15:02:59 2000, Joseph S. Myers
-.\"
-.TH abs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-abs, labs, llabs, imaxabs \- compute the absolute value of an integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int abs(int " j );
-.BI "long labs(long " j );
-.BI "long long llabs(long long " j );
-.P
-.B #include <inttypes.h>
-.P
-.BI "intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t " j );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR llabs ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR abs ()
-function computes the absolute value of the integer
-argument \fIj\fP.
-The
-.BR labs (),
-.BR llabs (),
-and
-.BR imaxabs ()
-functions compute the absolute value of the argument \fIj\fP of the
-appropriate integer type for the function.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Returns the absolute value of the integer argument, of the appropriate
-integer type for the function.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR abs (),
-.BR labs (),
-.BR llabs (),
-.BR imaxabs ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.\" POSIX.1 (1996 edition) requires only the
-.\" .BR abs ()
-.\" function.
-.P
-C89 only
-includes the
-.BR abs ()
-and
-.BR labs ()
-functions; the functions
-.BR llabs ()
-and
-.BR imaxabs ()
-were added in C99.
-.SH NOTES
-Trying to take the absolute value of the most negative integer
-is not defined.
-.P
-The
-.BR llabs ()
-function is included since glibc 2.0.
-The
-.BR imaxabs ()
-function is included since glibc 2.1.1.
-.P
-For
-.BR llabs ()
-to be declared, it may be necessary to define
-\fB_ISOC99_SOURCE\fP or \fB_ISOC9X_SOURCE\fP (depending on the
-version of glibc) before including any standard headers.
-.P
-By default,
-GCC handles
-.BR abs (),
-.BR labs (),
-and (since GCC 3.0)
-.BR llabs ()
-and
-.BR imaxabs ()
-as built-in functions.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR fabs (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR rint (3)
diff --git a/man3/acos.3 b/man3/acos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 048eea0e3..000000000
--- a/man3/acos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH acos 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-acos, acosf, acosl \- arc cosine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double acos(double " x );
-.BI "float acosf(float " x );
-.BI "long double acosl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR acosf (),
-.BR acosl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the arc cosine of
-.IR x ;
-that is
-the value whose cosine is
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the arc cosine of
-.I x
-in radians; the return value is in the range [0,\ pi].
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +1,
-+0 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is outside the range [\-1,\ 1],
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is outside the range [\-1,\ 1]
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR acos (),
-.BR acosf (),
-.BR acosl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR asin (3),
-.BR atan (3),
-.BR atan2 (3),
-.BR cacos (3),
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR sin (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/acosf.3 b/man3/acosf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 66104f71b..000000000
--- a/man3/acosf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/acos.3
diff --git a/man3/acosh.3 b/man3/acosh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0874baa94..000000000
--- a/man3/acosh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH acosh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-acosh, acoshf, acoshl \- inverse hyperbolic cosine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double acosh(double " x );
-.BI "float acoshf(float " x );
-.BI "long double acoshl(long double " x );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR acosh ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR acoshf (),
-.BR acoshl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the inverse hyperbolic cosine of
-.IR x ;
-that is the value whose hyperbolic cosine is
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +1, +0 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is less than 1,
-a domain error occurs,
-and the functions return a NaN.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is less than 1
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR acosh (),
-.BR acoshf (),
-.BR acoshl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR asinh (3),
-.BR atanh (3),
-.BR cacosh (3),
-.BR cosh (3),
-.BR sinh (3),
-.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man3/acoshf.3 b/man3/acoshf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f0f5c7a00..000000000
--- a/man3/acoshf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/acosh.3
diff --git a/man3/acoshl.3 b/man3/acoshl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f0f5c7a00..000000000
--- a/man3/acoshl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/acosh.3
diff --git a/man3/acosl.3 b/man3/acosl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 66104f71b..000000000
--- a/man3/acosl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/acos.3
diff --git a/man3/addmntent.3 b/man3/addmntent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c2bb35c9..000000000
--- a/man3/addmntent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man3/addseverity.3 b/man3/addseverity.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0244613c5..000000000
--- a/man3/addseverity.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"  adapted glibc info page
-.\"
-.\"  polished a little, aeb
-.TH addseverity 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-addseverity \- introduce new severity classes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.P
-.B #include <fmtmsg.h>
-.P
-.BI "int addseverity(int " severity ", const char *" s );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR addseverity ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function allows the introduction of new severity classes
-which can be addressed by the
-.I severity
-argument of the
-.BR fmtmsg (3)
-function.
-By default, that function knows only how to
-print messages for severity 0-4 (with strings (none), HALT,
-ERROR, WARNING, INFO).
-This call attaches the given string
-.I s
-to the given value
-.IR severity .
-If
-.I s
-is NULL, the severity class with the numeric value
-.I severity
-is removed.
-It is not possible to overwrite or remove one of the default
-severity classes.
-The severity value must be nonnegative.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon success, the value
-.B MM_OK
-is returned.
-Upon error, the return value is
-.BR MM_NOTOK .
-Possible errors include: out of memory, attempt to remove a
-nonexistent or default severity class.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR addseverity ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-System V.
-.SH NOTES
-New severity classes can also be added by setting the environment variable
-.BR SEV_LEVEL .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fmtmsg (3)
diff --git a/man3/adjtime.3 b/man3/adjtime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index db00b410d..000000000
--- a/man3/adjtime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH adjtime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-adjtime \- correct the time to synchronize the system clock
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/time.h>
-.P
-.BI "int adjtime(const struct timeval *" delta ", struct timeval *" olddelta );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR adjtime ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR adjtime ()
-function gradually adjusts the system clock (as returned by
-.BR gettimeofday (2)).
-The amount of time by which the clock is to be adjusted is specified
-in the structure pointed to by
-.IR delta .
-This structure has the following form:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct timeval {
-    time_t      tv_sec;     /* seconds */
-    suseconds_t tv_usec;    /* microseconds */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-If the adjustment in
-.I delta
-is positive, then the system clock is speeded up by some
-small percentage (i.e., by adding a small
-amount of time to the clock value in each second) until the adjustment
-has been completed.
-If the adjustment in
-.I delta
-is negative, then the clock is slowed down in a similar fashion.
-.P
-If a clock adjustment from an earlier
-.BR adjtime ()
-call is already in progress
-at the time of a later
-.BR adjtime ()
-call, and
-.I delta
-is not NULL for the later call, then the earlier adjustment is stopped,
-but any already completed part of that adjustment is not undone.
-.P
-If
-.I olddelta
-is not NULL, then the buffer that it points to is used to return
-the amount of time remaining from any previous adjustment that
-has not yet been completed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR adjtime ()
-returns 0.
-On failure, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The adjustment in
-.I delta
-is outside the permitted range.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The caller does not have sufficient privilege to adjust the time.
-Under Linux, the
-.B CAP_SYS_TIME
-capability is required.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR adjtime ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD, System V.
-.SH NOTES
-The adjustment that
-.BR adjtime ()
-makes to the clock is carried out in such a manner that the clock
-is always monotonically increasing.
-Using
-.BR adjtime ()
-to adjust the time prevents the problems that could be caused for certain
-applications (e.g.,
-.BR make (1))
-by abrupt positive or negative jumps in the system time.
-.P
-.BR adjtime ()
-is intended to be used to make small adjustments to the system time.
-Most systems impose a limit on the adjustment that can be specified in
-.IR delta .
-In the glibc implementation,
-.I delta
-must be less than or equal to (INT_MAX / 1000000 \- 2)
-and greater than or equal to (INT_MIN / 1000000 + 2)
-(respectively 2145 and \-2145 seconds on i386).
-.SH BUGS
-A longstanding bug
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug?id=2449
-.\" http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6761
-meant that if
-.I delta
-was specified as NULL,
-no valid information about the outstanding clock adjustment was returned in
-.IR olddelta .
-(In this circumstance,
-.BR adjtime ()
-should return the outstanding clock adjustment, without changing it.)
-This bug is fixed
-.\" Thanks to the new adjtimex() ADJ_OFFSET_SS_READ flag
-on systems with glibc 2.8 or later and
-Linux kernel 2.6.26 or later.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR adjtimex (2),
-.BR gettimeofday (2),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_cancel.3 b/man3/aio_cancel.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e32cd2bd..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_cancel.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_cancel 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_cancel \- cancel an outstanding asynchronous I/O request
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int aio_cancel(int " fd ", struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_cancel ()
-function attempts to cancel outstanding asynchronous I/O requests
-for the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-If
-.I aiocbp
-is NULL, all such requests are canceled.
-Otherwise, only the request
-described by the control block pointed to by
-.I aiocbp
-is canceled.
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.P
-Normal asynchronous notification occurs for canceled requests (see
-.BR aio (7)
-and
-.BR sigevent (3type)).
-The request return status
-.RB ( aio_return (3))
-is set to \-1, and the request error status
-.RB ( aio_error (3))
-is set to
-.BR ECANCELED .
-The control block of requests that cannot be canceled is not changed.
-.P
-If the request could not be canceled,
-then it will terminate in the usual way after performing the I/O operation.
-(In this case,
-.BR aio_error (3)
-will return the status
-.BR EINPROGRESSS .)
-.P
-If
-.I aiocbp
-is not NULL, and
-.I fd
-differs from the file descriptor with which the asynchronous operation
-was initiated, unspecified results occur.
-.P
-Which operations are cancelable is implementation-defined.
-.\" FreeBSD: not those on raw disk devices.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR aio_cancel ()
-function returns one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B AIO_CANCELED
-All requests were successfully canceled.
-.TP
-.B AIO_NOTCANCELED
-At least one of the
-requests specified was not canceled because it was in progress.
-In this case, one may check the status of individual requests using
-.BR aio_error (3).
-.TP
-.B AIO_ALLDONE
-All requests had already been completed before the call.
-.TP
-\-1
-An error occurred.
-The cause of the error can be found by inspecting
-.IR errno .
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_cancel ()
-is not implemented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_cancel ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR aio (7).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_error.3 b/man3/aio_error.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 11dcf37d0..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_error.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_error 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_error \- get error status of asynchronous I/O operation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int aio_error(const struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_error ()
-function returns the error status for the asynchronous I/O request
-with control block pointed to by
-.IR aiocbp .
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function returns one of the following:
-.TP
-.B EINPROGRESS
-if the request has not been
-completed yet.
-.TP
-.B ECANCELED
-if the request was canceled.
-.TP
-.B 0
-if the request completed successfully.
-.TP
-.RB "> " 0
-A positive error number, if the asynchronous I/O operation failed.
-This is the same value that would have been stored in the
-.I errno
-variable in the case of a synchronous
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR fsync (2),
-or
-.BR fdatasync (2)
-call.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I aiocbp
-does not point at a control block for an asynchronous I/O request
-of which the return status (see
-.BR aio_return (3))
-has not been retrieved yet.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_error ()
-is not implemented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_error ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR aio (7).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_fsync.3 b/man3/aio_fsync.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c435c7e85..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_fsync.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_fsync 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_fsync \- asynchronous file synchronization
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int aio_fsync(int " op ", struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_fsync ()
-function does a sync on all outstanding asynchronous I/O operations
-associated with
-.IR aiocbp\->aio_fildes .
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.P
-More precisely, if
-.I op
-is
-.BR O_SYNC ,
-then all currently queued I/O operations shall be
-completed as if by a call of
-.BR fsync (2),
-and if
-.I op
-is
-.BR O_DSYNC ,
-this call is the asynchronous analog of
-.BR fdatasync (2).
-.P
-Note that this is a request only; it does not wait for I/O completion.
-.P
-Apart from
-.IR aio_fildes ,
-the only field in the structure pointed to by
-.I aiocbp
-that is used by this call is the
-.I aio_sigevent
-field (a
-.I sigevent
-structure, described in
-.BR sigevent (3type)),
-which indicates the desired type of asynchronous notification at completion.
-All other fields are ignored.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success (the sync request was successfully queued)
-this function returns 0.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-Out of resources.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I aio_fildes
-is not a valid file descriptor open for writing.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Synchronized I/O is not supported for this file, or
-.I op
-is not
-.B O_SYNC
-or
-.BR O_DSYNC .
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_fsync ()
-is not implemented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_fsync ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7),
-.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man3/aio_init.3 b/man3/aio_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 79d36f2a5..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2010 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH aio_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_init \- asynchronous I/O initialization
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "void aio_init(const struct aioinit *" init );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The GNU-specific
-.BR aio_init ()
-function allows the caller to provide tuning hints to the
-glibc POSIX AIO implementation.
-Use of this function is optional, but to be effective,
-it must be called before employing any other functions in the POSIX AIO API.
-.P
-The tuning information is provided in the buffer pointed to by the argument
-.IR init .
-This buffer is a structure of the following form:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct aioinit {
-    int aio_threads;    /* Maximum number of threads */
-    int aio_num;        /* Number of expected simultaneous
-                           requests */
-    int aio_locks;      /* Not used */
-    int aio_usedba;     /* Not used */
-    int aio_debug;      /* Not used */
-    int aio_numusers;   /* Not used */
-    int aio_idle_time;  /* Number of seconds before idle thread
-                           terminates (since glibc 2.2) */
-    int aio_reserved;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The following fields are used in the
-.I aioinit
-structure:
-.TP
-.I aio_threads
-This field specifies the maximum number of worker threads that
-may be used by the implementation.
-If the number of outstanding I/O operations exceeds this limit,
-then excess operations will be queued until a worker thread becomes free.
-If this field is specified with a value less than 1, the value 1 is used.
-The default value is 20.
-.TP
-.I aio_num
-This field should specify the maximum number of simultaneous I/O requests
-that the caller expects to enqueue.
-If a value less than 32 is specified for this field,
-it is rounded up to 32.
-.\" FIXME . But, if aio_num > 32, the behavior looks strange. See
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12083
-The default value is 64.
-.TP
-.I aio_idle_time
-This field specifies the amount of time in seconds that a
-worker thread should wait for further requests before terminating,
-after having completed a previous request.
-The default value is 1.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_read.3 b/man3/aio_read.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d5c5084aa..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_read.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_read 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_read \- asynchronous read
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int aio_read(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_read ()
-function queues the I/O request described by the buffer pointed to by
-.IR aiocbp .
-This function is the asynchronous analog of
-.BR read (2).
-The arguments of the call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-read(fd, buf, count)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-correspond (in order) to the fields
-.IR aio_fildes ,
-.IR aio_buf ,
-and
-.I aio_nbytes
-of the structure pointed to by
-.IR aiocbp .
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.P
-The data is read starting at the absolute position
-.IR aiocbp\->aio_offset ,
-regardless of the file offset.
-After the call,
-the value of the file offset is unspecified.
-.P
-The "asynchronous" means that this call returns as soon as the
-request has been enqueued; the read may or may not have completed
-when the call returns.
-One tests for completion using
-.BR aio_error (3).
-The return status of a completed I/O operation can be obtained by
-.BR aio_return (3).
-Asynchronous notification of I/O completion can be obtained by setting
-.I aiocbp\->aio_sigevent
-appropriately; see
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for details.
-.P
-If
-.B _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
-is defined, and this file supports it,
-then the asynchronous operation is submitted at a priority equal
-to that of the calling process minus
-.IR aiocbp\->aio_reqprio .
-.P
-The field
-.I aiocbp\->aio_lio_opcode
-is ignored.
-.P
-No data is read from a regular file beyond its maximum offset.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, 0 is returned.
-On error, the request is not enqueued, \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-If an error is detected only later, it will
-be reported via
-.BR aio_return (3)
-(returns status \-1) and
-.BR aio_error (3)
-(error status\[em]whatever one would have gotten in
-.IR errno ,
-such as
-.BR EBADF ).
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-Out of resources.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I aio_fildes
-is not a valid file descriptor open for reading.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-One or more of
-.IR aio_offset ,
-.IR aio_reqprio ,
-or
-.I aio_nbytes
-are invalid.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_read ()
-is not implemented.
-.TP
-.B EOVERFLOW
-The file is a regular file, we start reading before end-of-file
-and want at least one byte, but the starting position is past
-the maximum offset for this file.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_read ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-It is a good idea to zero out the control block before use.
-The control block must not be changed while the read operation
-is in progress.
-The buffer area being read into
-.\" or the control block of the operation
-must not be accessed during the operation or undefined results may occur.
-The memory areas involved must remain valid.
-.P
-Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
-.I aiocb
-structure produce undefined results.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR aio (7).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_return.3 b/man3/aio_return.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b3100532a..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_return.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_return 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_return \- get return status of asynchronous I/O operation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "ssize_t aio_return(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_return ()
-function returns the final return status for the asynchronous I/O request
-with control block pointed to by
-.IR aiocbp .
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.P
-This function should be called only once for any given request, after
-.BR aio_error (3)
-returns something other than
-.BR EINPROGRESS .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If the asynchronous I/O operation has completed, this function returns
-the value that would have been returned in case of a synchronous
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR fsync (2),
-or
-.BR fdatasync (2),
-call.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and \fIerrno\fP is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-If the asynchronous I/O operation has not yet completed,
-the return value and effect of
-.BR aio_return ()
-are undefined.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I aiocbp
-does not point at a control block for an asynchronous I/O request
-of which the return status has not been retrieved yet.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_return ()
-is not implemented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_return ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR aio (7).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_suspend.3 b/man3/aio_suspend.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4abec4025..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_suspend.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_suspend 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_suspend \- wait for asynchronous I/O operation or timeout
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.P
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int aio_suspend(const struct aiocb *const " aiocb_list "[], int " nitems ,
-.BI "                const struct timespec *restrict " timeout );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_suspend ()
-function suspends the calling thread until one of the following occurs:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-One or more of the asynchronous I/O requests in the list
-.I aiocb_list
-has completed.
-.IP \[bu]
-A signal is delivered.
-.IP \[bu]
-.I timeout
-is not NULL and the specified time interval has passed.
-(For details of the
-.I timespec
-structure, see
-.BR nanosleep (2).)
-.P
-The
-.I nitems
-argument specifies the number of items in
-.IR aiocb_list .
-Each item in the list pointed to by
-.I aiocb_list
-must be either NULL (and then is ignored),
-or a pointer to a control block on which I/O was initiated using
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-or
-.BR lio_listio (3).
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.P
-If
-.B CLOCK_MONOTONIC
-is supported, this clock is used to measure
-the timeout interval (see
-.BR clock_gettime (2)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If this function returns after completion of one of the I/O
-requests specified in
-.IR aiocb_list ,
-0 is returned.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The call timed out before any of the indicated operations
-had completed.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-The call was ended by signal
-(possibly the completion signal of one of the operations we were
-waiting for); see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_suspend ()
-is not implemented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_suspend ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-POSIX doesn't specify the parameters to be
-.IR restrict ;
-that is specific to glibc.
-.SH NOTES
-One can achieve polling by using a non-NULL
-.I timeout
-that specifies a zero time interval.
-.P
-If one or more of the asynchronous I/O operations specified in
-.I aiocb_list
-has already completed at the time of the call to
-.BR aio_suspend (),
-then the call returns immediately.
-.P
-To determine which I/O operations have completed
-after a successful return from
-.BR aio_suspend (),
-use
-.BR aio_error (3)
-to scan the list of
-.I aiocb
-structures pointed to by
-.IR aiocb_list .
-.SH BUGS
-The glibc implementation of
-.BR aio_suspend ()
-is not async-signal-safe,
-.\" FIXME . https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13172
-in violation of the requirements of POSIX.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/aio_write.3 b/man3/aio_write.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 55d62a84b..000000000
--- a/man3/aio_write.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH aio_write 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-aio_write \- asynchronous write
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int aio_write(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR aio_write ()
-function queues the I/O request described by the buffer pointed to by
-.IR aiocbp .
-This function is the asynchronous analog of
-.BR write (2).
-The arguments of the call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-write(fd, buf, count)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-correspond (in order) to the fields
-.IR aio_fildes ,
-.IR aio_buf ,
-and
-.I aio_nbytes
-of the structure pointed to by
-.IR aiocbp .
-(See
-.BR aio (7)
-for a description of the
-.I aiocb
-structure.)
-.P
-If
-.B O_APPEND
-is not set, the data is written starting at the
-absolute position
-.IR aiocbp\->aio_offset ,
-regardless of the file offset.
-If
-.B O_APPEND
-is set, data is written at the end of the file in the same order as
-.BR aio_write ()
-calls are made.
-After the call, the value of the file offset is unspecified.
-.P
-The "asynchronous" means that this call returns as soon as the
-request has been enqueued; the write may or may not have completed
-when the call returns.
-One tests for completion using
-.BR aio_error (3).
-The return status of a completed I/O operation can be obtained
-.BR aio_return (3).
-Asynchronous notification of I/O completion can be obtained by setting
-.I aiocbp\->aio_sigevent
-appropriately; see
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for details.
-.P
-If
-.B _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
-is defined, and this file supports it,
-then the asynchronous operation is submitted at a priority equal
-to that of the calling process minus
-.IR aiocbp\->aio_reqprio .
-.P
-The field
-.I aiocbp\->aio_lio_opcode
-is ignored.
-.P
-No data is written to a regular file beyond its maximum offset.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, 0 is returned.
-On error, the request is not enqueued, \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-If an error is detected only later, it will
-be reported via
-.BR aio_return (3)
-(returns status \-1) and
-.BR aio_error (3)
-(error status\[em]whatever one would have gotten in
-.IR errno ,
-such as
-.BR EBADF ).
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-Out of resources.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I aio_fildes
-is not a valid file descriptor open for writing.
-.TP
-.B EFBIG
-The file is a regular file, we want to write at least one byte,
-but the starting position is at or beyond the maximum offset for this file.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-One or more of
-.IR aio_offset ,
-.IR aio_reqprio ,
-.I aio_nbytes
-are invalid.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR aio_write ()
-is not implemented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aio_write ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-It is a good idea to zero out the control block before use.
-The control block must not be changed while the write operation
-is in progress.
-The buffer area being written out
-.\" or the control block of the operation
-must not be accessed during the operation or undefined results may occur.
-The memory areas involved must remain valid.
-.P
-Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
-.I aiocb
-structure produce undefined results.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_read (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/aligned_alloc.3 b/man3/aligned_alloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 791d4c801..000000000
--- a/man3/aligned_alloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man3/alloca.3 b/man3/alloca.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d06f43eda..000000000
--- a/man3/alloca.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)alloca.3	5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted Mon Nov 29 11:05:55 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:41:56 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-17, aeb
-.\" 2008-01-24, mtk:
-.\"     Various rewrites and additions (notes on longjmp() and SIGSEGV).
-.\"     Weaken warning against use of alloca() (as per Debian bug 461100).
-.\"
-.TH alloca 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-alloca \- allocate memory that is automatically freed
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <alloca.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *alloca(size_t " size );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR alloca ()
-function allocates
-.I size
-bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller.
-This temporary space is
-automatically freed when the function that called
-.BR alloca ()
-returns to its caller.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR alloca ()
-function returns a pointer to the beginning of the allocated space.
-If the allocation causes stack overflow, program behavior is undefined.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR alloca ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-PWB, 32V.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR alloca ()
-function is machine- and compiler-dependent.
-Because it allocates from the stack, it's faster than
-.BR malloc (3)
-and
-.BR free (3).
-In certain cases,
-it can also simplify memory deallocation in applications that use
-.BR longjmp (3)
-or
-.BR siglongjmp (3).
-Otherwise, its use is discouraged.
-.P
-Because the space allocated by
-.BR alloca ()
-is allocated within the stack frame,
-that space is automatically freed if the function return
-is jumped over by a call to
-.BR longjmp (3)
-or
-.BR siglongjmp (3).
-.P
-The space allocated by
-.BR alloca ()
-is
-.I not
-automatically deallocated if the pointer that refers to it
-simply goes out of scope.
-.P
-Do not attempt to
-.BR free (3)
-space allocated by
-.BR alloca ()!
-.P
-By necessity,
-.BR alloca ()
-is a compiler built-in, also known as
-.BR __builtin_alloca ().
-By default, modern compilers automatically translate all uses of
-.BR alloca ()
-into the built-in, but this is forbidden if standards conformance is requested
-.RI ( "\-ansi" ,
-.IR "\-std=c*" ),
-in which case
-.I <alloca.h>
-is required, lest a symbol dependency be emitted.
-.P
-The fact that
-.BR alloca ()
-is a built-in means it is impossible to take its address
-or to change its behavior by linking with a different library.
-.P
-Variable length arrays (VLAs) are part of the C99 standard,
-optional since C11, and can be used for a similar purpose.
-However, they do not port to standard C++, and, being variables,
-live in their block scope and don't have an allocator-like interface,
-making them unfit for implementing functionality like
-.BR strdupa (3).
-.SH BUGS
-Due to the nature of the stack, it is impossible to check if the allocation
-would overflow the space available, and, hence, neither is indicating an error.
-(However, the program is likely to receive a
-.B SIGSEGV
-signal if it attempts to access unavailable space.)
-.P
-On many systems
-.BR alloca ()
-cannot be used inside the list of arguments of a function call, because
-the stack space reserved by
-.BR alloca ()
-would appear on the stack in the middle of the space for the
-function arguments.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR brk (2),
-.BR longjmp (3),
-.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man3/alphasort.3 b/man3/alphasort.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e757c7a0..000000000
--- a/man3/alphasort.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scandir.3
diff --git a/man3/arc4random.3 b/man3/arc4random.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bb7591c1c..000000000
--- a/man3/arc4random.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2023 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH arc4random 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-arc4random, arc4random_uniform, arc4random_buf
-\- cryptographically-secure pseudorandom number generator
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B uint32_t arc4random(void);
-.BI "uint32_t arc4random_uniform(uint32_t " upper_bound );
-.BI "void arc4random_buf(void " buf [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions give cryptographically-secure pseudorandom numbers.
-.P
-.BR arc4random ()
-returns a uniformly-distributed value.
-.P
-.BR arc4random_uniform ()
-returns a uniformly-distributed value less than
-.I upper_bound
-(see BUGS).
-.P
-.BR arc4random_buf ()
-fills the memory pointed to by
-.IR buf ,
-with
-.I n
-bytes of pseudorandom data.
-.P
-The
-.BR rand (3)
-and
-.BR drand48 (3)
-families of functions should only be used where
-the quality of the pseudorandom numbers is not a concern
-.I and
-there's a need for repeatability of the results.
-Unless you meet both of those conditions,
-use the
-.BR arc4random ()
-functions.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR arc4random ()
-returns a pseudorandom number.
-.P
-.BR arc4random_uniform ()
-returns a pseudorandom number less than
-.I upper_bound
-for valid input, or
-.B 0
-when
-.I upper_bound
-is invalid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR arc4random (),
-.BR arc4random_uniform (),
-.BR arc4random_buf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-OpenBSD 2.1,
-FreeBSD 3.0,
-NetBSD 1.6,
-DragonFly 1.0,
-libbsd,
-glibc 2.36.
-.SH BUGS
-An
-.I upper_bound
-of
-.B 0
-doesn't make sense in a call to
-.BR arc4random_uniform ().
-Such a call will fail, and return
-.BR 0 .
-Be careful,
-since that value is
-.I not
-less than
-.IR upper_bound .
-In some cases,
-such as accessing an array,
-using that value could result in Undefined Behavior.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getrandom (3),
-.BR rand (3),
-.BR drand48 (3),
-.BR random (7)
diff --git a/man3/arc4random_buf.3 b/man3/arc4random_buf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74a34ce1a..000000000
--- a/man3/arc4random_buf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/arc4random.3
diff --git a/man3/arc4random_uniform.3 b/man3/arc4random_uniform.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74a34ce1a..000000000
--- a/man3/arc4random_uniform.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/arc4random.3
diff --git a/man3/argz.3 b/man3/argz.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_add.3 b/man3/argz_add.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b4fc4f8d..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_add.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" based on the description in glibc source and infopages
-.\"
-.\" Corrections and additions, aeb
-.TH argz_add 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-argz_add, argz_add_sep, argz_append, argz_count, argz_create,
-argz_create_sep, argz_delete, argz_extract, argz_insert,
-argz_next, argz_replace, argz_stringify \- functions to handle an argz list
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <argz.h>"
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_add(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " str );
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_add_sep(char **restrict " argz \
-", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " str ", int " delim );
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_append(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " buf ", size_t " buf_len );
-.P
-.BI "size_t argz_count(const char *" argz ", size_t " argz_len );
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_create(char *const " argv "[], char **restrict " argz ,
-.BI "                size_t *restrict " argz_len );
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_create_sep(const char *restrict " str ", int " sep ,
-.BI "                char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len );
-.P
-.BI "void argz_delete(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
-.BI "                char *restrict " entry );
-.P
-.BI "void argz_extract(const char *restrict " argz ", size_t " argz_len ,
-.BI "                char **restrict " argv );
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_insert(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
-.BI "                char *restrict " before ", const char *restrict " entry );
-.P
-.BI "char *argz_next(const char *restrict " argz ", size_t " argz_len ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " entry );
-.P
-.BI "error_t argz_replace(char **restrict " argz \
-", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " with ,
-.BI "                unsigned int *restrict " replace_count );
-.P
-.BI "void argz_stringify(char *" argz ", size_t " len ", int " sep );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are glibc-specific.
-.P
-An argz vector is a pointer to a character buffer together with a length.
-The intended interpretation of the character buffer is an array
-of strings, where the strings are separated by null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-If the length is nonzero, the last byte of the buffer must be a null byte.
-.P
-These functions are for handling argz vectors.
-The pair (NULL,0) is an argz vector, and, conversely,
-argz vectors of length 0 must have null pointer.
-Allocation of nonempty argz vectors is done using
-.BR malloc (3),
-so that
-.BR free (3)
-can be used to dispose of them again.
-.P
-.BR argz_add ()
-adds the string
-.I str
-at the end of the array
-.IR *argz ,
-and updates
-.I *argz
-and
-.IR *argz_len .
-.P
-.BR argz_add_sep ()
-is similar, but splits the string
-.I str
-into substrings separated by the delimiter
-.IR delim .
-For example, one might use this on a UNIX search path with
-delimiter \[aq]:\[aq].
-.P
-.BR argz_append ()
-appends the argz vector
-.RI ( buf ,\  buf_len )
-after
-.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
-and updates
-.I *argz
-and
-.IR *argz_len .
-(Thus,
-.I *argz_len
-will be increased by
-.IR buf_len .)
-.P
-.BR argz_count ()
-counts the number of strings, that is,
-the number of null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), in
-.RI ( argz ,\  argz_len ).
-.P
-.BR argz_create ()
-converts a UNIX-style argument vector
-.IR argv ,
-terminated by
-.IR "(char\ *)\ 0" ,
-into an argz vector
-.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len ).
-.P
-.BR argz_create_sep ()
-converts the null-terminated string
-.I str
-into an argz vector
-.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
-by breaking it up at every occurrence of the separator
-.IR sep .
-.P
-.BR argz_delete ()
-removes the substring pointed to by
-.I entry
-from the argz vector
-.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
-and updates
-.I *argz
-and
-.IR *argz_len .
-.P
-.BR argz_extract ()
-is the opposite of
-.BR argz_create ().
-It takes the argz vector
-.RI ( argz ,\  argz_len )
-and fills the array starting at
-.I argv
-with pointers to the substrings, and a final NULL,
-making a UNIX-style argv vector.
-The array
-.I argv
-must have room for
-.IR argz_count ( argz ", " argz_len ") + 1"
-pointers.
-.P
-.BR argz_insert ()
-is the opposite of
-.BR argz_delete ().
-It inserts the argument
-.I entry
-at position
-.I before
-into the argz vector
-.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
-and updates
-.I *argz
-and
-.IR *argz_len .
-If
-.I before
-is NULL, then
-.I entry
-will inserted at the end.
-.P
-.BR argz_next ()
-is a function to step through the argz vector.
-If
-.I entry
-is NULL, the first entry is returned.
-Otherwise, the entry
-following is returned.
-It returns NULL if there is no following entry.
-.P
-.BR argz_replace ()
-replaces each occurrence of
-.I str
-with
-.IR with ,
-reallocating argz as necessary.
-If
-.I replace_count
-is non-NULL,
-.I *replace_count
-will be incremented by the number of replacements.
-.P
-.BR argz_stringify ()
-is the opposite of
-.BR argz_create_sep ().
-It transforms the argz vector into a normal string by replacing
-all null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) except the last by
-.IR sep .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-All argz functions that do memory allocation have a return type of
-.I error_t
-(an integer type),
-and return 0 for success, and
-.B ENOMEM
-if an allocation error occurs.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR argz_add (),
-.BR argz_add_sep (),
-.BR argz_append (),
-.BR argz_count (),
-.BR argz_create (),
-.BR argz_create_sep (),
-.BR argz_delete (),
-.BR argz_extract (),
-.BR argz_insert (),
-.BR argz_next (),
-.BR argz_replace (),
-.BR argz_stringify ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH BUGS
-Argz vectors without a terminating null byte may lead to
-Segmentation Faults.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR envz_add (3)
diff --git a/man3/argz_add_sep.3 b/man3/argz_add_sep.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_add_sep.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_append.3 b/man3/argz_append.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_append.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_count.3 b/man3/argz_count.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_count.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_create.3 b/man3/argz_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_create_sep.3 b/man3/argz_create_sep.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_create_sep.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_delete.3 b/man3/argz_delete.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_delete.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_extract.3 b/man3/argz_extract.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_extract.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_insert.3 b/man3/argz_insert.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_insert.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_next.3 b/man3/argz_next.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_next.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_replace.3 b/man3/argz_replace.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_replace.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/argz_stringify.3 b/man3/argz_stringify.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25a6e267c..000000000
--- a/man3/argz_stringify.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/asctime.3 b/man3/asctime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/asctime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/asctime_r.3 b/man3/asctime_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/asctime_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/asin.3 b/man3/asin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d79f2e16..000000000
--- a/man3/asin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH asin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-asin, asinf, asinl \- arc sine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double asin(double " x );
-.BI "float asinf(float " x );
-.BI "long double asinl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR asinf (),
-.BR asinl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the principal value of the arc sine of
-.IR x ;
-that is the value whose sine is
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc sine of
-.I x
-in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi/2,\ pi/2].
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0),
-+0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is outside the range [\-1,\ 1],
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is outside the range [\-1,\ 1]
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR asin (),
-.BR asinf (),
-.BR asinl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acos (3),
-.BR atan (3),
-.BR atan2 (3),
-.BR casin (3),
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR sin (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/asinf.3 b/man3/asinf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c88df085..000000000
--- a/man3/asinf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/asin.3
diff --git a/man3/asinh.3 b/man3/asinh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d4b6f36a0..000000000
--- a/man3/asinh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH asinh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-asinh, asinhf, asinhl \- inverse hyperbolic sine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double asinh(double " x );
-.BI "float asinhf(float " x );
-.BI "long double asinhl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR asinh ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR asinhf (),
-.BR asinhl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the inverse hyperbolic sine of
-.IR x ;
-that is the value whose hyperbolic sine is
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic sine of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR asinh (),
-.BR asinhf (),
-.BR asinhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acosh (3),
-.BR atanh (3),
-.BR casinh (3),
-.BR cosh (3),
-.BR sinh (3),
-.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man3/asinhf.3 b/man3/asinhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 93c50342a..000000000
--- a/man3/asinhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/asinh.3
diff --git a/man3/asinhl.3 b/man3/asinhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 93c50342a..000000000
--- a/man3/asinhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/asinh.3
diff --git a/man3/asinl.3 b/man3/asinl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c88df085..000000000
--- a/man3/asinl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/asin.3
diff --git a/man3/asprintf.3 b/man3/asprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bd5fcf7fa..000000000
--- a/man3/asprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Text fragments inspired by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>.
-.\"
-.TH asprintf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-asprintf, vasprintf \- print to allocated string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int asprintf(char **restrict " strp ", const char *restrict " fmt ", ...);"
-.BI "int vasprintf(char **restrict " strp ", const char *restrict " fmt ,
-.BI "              va_list " ap );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions
-.BR asprintf ()
-and
-.BR vasprintf ()
-are analogs of
-.BR sprintf (3)
-and
-.BR vsprintf (3),
-except that they allocate a string large enough to hold the output
-including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-and return a pointer to it via the first argument.
-This pointer should be passed to
-.BR free (3)
-to release the allocated storage when it is no longer needed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When successful, these functions return the number of bytes printed,
-just like
-.BR sprintf (3).
-If memory allocation wasn't possible, or some other error occurs,
-these functions will return \-1, and the contents of
-.I strp
-are undefined.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR asprintf (),
-.BR vasprintf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The FreeBSD implementation sets
-.I strp
-to NULL on error.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU, BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR free (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR printf (3)
diff --git a/man3/assert.3 b/man3/assert.3
deleted file mode 100644
index daec8d92b..000000000
--- a/man3/assert.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:42:42 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:44:11 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-.\" Modified Thu Jun  2 23:44:11 2016 by Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos <nmav@redhat.com>
-.TH assert 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-assert \- abort the program if assertion is false
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <assert.h>
-.P
-.BI "void assert(scalar " expression );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This macro can help programmers find bugs in their programs,
-or handle exceptional cases
-via a crash that will produce limited debugging output.
-.P
-If
-.I expression
-is false (i.e., compares equal to zero),
-.BR assert ()
-prints an error message to standard error
-and terminates the program by calling
-.BR abort (3).
-The error message includes the name of the file and function containing the
-.BR assert ()
-call, the source code line number of the call, and the text of the argument;
-something like:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-prog: some_file.c:16: some_func: Assertion \`val == 0\[aq] failed.
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-If the macro
-.B NDEBUG
-is defined at the moment
-.I <assert.h>
-was last included, the macro
-.BR assert ()
-generates no code, and hence does nothing at all.
-It is not recommended to define
-.B NDEBUG
-if using
-.BR assert ()
-to detect error conditions since the software
-may behave non-deterministically.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-No value is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR assert ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-In C89,
-.I expression
-is required to be of type
-.I int
-and undefined behavior results if it is not, but in C99
-it may have any scalar type.
-.\" See Defect Report 107 for more details.
-.SH BUGS
-.BR assert ()
-is implemented as a macro; if the expression tested has side-effects,
-program behavior will be different depending on whether
-.B NDEBUG
-is defined.
-This may create Heisenbugs which go away when debugging
-is turned on.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR abort (3),
-.BR assert_perror (3),
-.BR exit (3)
diff --git a/man3/assert_perror.3 b/man3/assert_perror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cdd54c6c..000000000
--- a/man3/assert_perror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
-.\"
-.TH assert_perror 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-assert_perror \- test errnum and abort
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <assert.h>
-.P
-.BI "void assert_perror(int " errnum );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If the macro
-.B NDEBUG
-was defined at the moment
-.I <assert.h>
-was last included, the macro
-.BR assert_perror ()
-generates no code, and hence does nothing at all.
-Otherwise, the macro
-.BR assert_perror ()
-prints an error message to standard error and terminates the program
-by calling
-.BR abort (3)
-if
-.I errnum
-is nonzero.
-The message contains the filename, function name and
-line number of the macro call, and the output of
-.IR strerror(errnum) .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-No value is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR assert_perror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH BUGS
-The purpose of the assert macros is to help programmers find bugs in
-their programs, things that cannot happen unless there was a coding mistake.
-However, with system or library calls the situation is rather different,
-and error returns can happen, and will happen, and should be tested for.
-Not by an assert, where the test goes away when
-.B NDEBUG
-is defined,
-but by proper error handling code.
-Never use this macro.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR abort (3),
-.BR assert (3),
-.BR exit (3),
-.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man3/atan.3 b/man3/atan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 177968a91..000000000
--- a/man3/atan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH atan 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-atan, atanf, atanl \- arc tangent function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double atan(double " x );
-.BI "float atanf(float " x );
-.BI "long double atanl(long double " x );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR atanf (),
-.BR atanl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the principal value of the arc tangent of
-.IR x ;
-that is the value whose tangent is
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc tangent of
-.I x
-in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi/2,\ pi/2].
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0),
-+0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity), +pi/2 (\-pi/2) is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR atan (),
-.BR atanf (),
-.BR atanl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acos (3),
-.BR asin (3),
-.BR atan2 (3),
-.BR carg (3),
-.BR catan (3),
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR sin (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/atan2.3 b/man3/atan2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f0df976fa..000000000
--- a/man3/atan2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH atan2 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-atan2, atan2f, atan2l \- arc tangent function of two variables
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double atan2(double " y ", double " x );
-.BI "float atan2f(float " y ", float " x );
-.BI "long double atan2l(long double " y ", long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR atan2f (),
-.BR atan2l ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the principal value of the arc tangent of
-.IR y/x ,
-using the signs of the two arguments to determine
-the quadrant of the result.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc tangent of
-.I y/x
-in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi,\ pi].
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is +0 (\-0) and
-.I x
-is less than 0, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is +0 (\-0) and
-.I x
-is greater than 0, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is less than 0 and
-.I x
-is +0 or \-0, \-pi/2 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is greater than 0 and
-.I x
-is +0 or \-0, pi/2 is returned.
-.P
-.\" POSIX.1 says:
-.\" If
-.\" .I x
-.\" is 0, a pole error shall not occur.
-.\"
-If either
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-.\" POSIX.1 says:
-.\" If the result underflows, a range error may occur and
-.\" .I y/x
-.\" should be returned.
-.\"
-If
-.I y
-is +0 (\-0) and
-.I x
-is \-0, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is +0 (\-0) and
-.I x
-is +0, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is a finite value greater (less) than 0, and
-.I x
-is negative infinity, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is a finite value greater (less) than 0, and
-.I x
-is positive infinity, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is positive infinity (negative infinity), and
-.I x
-is finite,
-pi/2 (\-pi/2) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is positive infinity (negative infinity) and
-.I x
-is negative infinity, +3*pi/4 (\-3*pi/4) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is positive infinity (negative infinity) and
-.I x
-is positive infinity, +pi/4 (\-pi/4) is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1 says:
-.\" If both arguments are 0, a domain error shall not occur.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.\" POSIX.1 documents an optional underflow error
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR atan2 (),
-.BR atan2f (),
-.BR atan2l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acos (3),
-.BR asin (3),
-.BR atan (3),
-.BR carg (3),
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR sin (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/atan2f.3 b/man3/atan2f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e445b12b6..000000000
--- a/man3/atan2f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atan2.3
diff --git a/man3/atan2l.3 b/man3/atan2l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e445b12b6..000000000
--- a/man3/atan2l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atan2.3
diff --git a/man3/atanf.3 b/man3/atanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 784b32ab9..000000000
--- a/man3/atanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atan.3
diff --git a/man3/atanh.3 b/man3/atanh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 136a501b7..000000000
--- a/man3/atanh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH atanh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-atanh, atanhf, atanhl \- inverse hyperbolic tangent function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double atanh(double " x );
-.BI "float atanhf(float " x );
-.BI "long double atanhl(long double " x );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR atanh ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR atanhf (),
-.BR atanhl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the inverse hyperbolic tangent of
-.IR x ;
-that is the value whose hyperbolic tangent is
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +1 or \-1,
-a pole error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
-.P
-If the absolute value of
-.I x
-is greater than 1,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP less than \-1 or greater than +1
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is +1 or \-1
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-(but see BUGS).
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR atanh (),
-.BR atanhf (),
-.BR atanhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
-.\" Bug: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6759
-.\" This can be seen in sysdeps/ieee754/k_standard.c
-when a pole error occurs,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-instead of the POSIX-mandated
-.BR ERANGE .
-Since glibc 2.10, glibc does the right thing.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acosh (3),
-.BR asinh (3),
-.BR catanh (3),
-.BR cosh (3),
-.BR sinh (3),
-.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man3/atanhf.3 b/man3/atanhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 225a33928..000000000
--- a/man3/atanhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atanh.3
diff --git a/man3/atanhl.3 b/man3/atanhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 225a33928..000000000
--- a/man3/atanhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atanh.3
diff --git a/man3/atanl.3 b/man3/atanl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 784b32ab9..000000000
--- a/man3/atanl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atan.3
diff --git a/man3/atexit.3 b/man3/atexit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88f2817b8..000000000
--- a/man3/atexit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2003-10-25, Walter Harms
-.\"
-.TH atexit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-atexit \- register a function to be called at normal process termination
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int atexit(void (*" function )(void));
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR atexit ()
-function registers the given
-.I function
-to be
-called at normal process termination, either via
-.BR exit (3)
-or via return from the program's
-.IR main ().
-Functions so registered are called in
-the reverse order of their registration; no arguments are passed.
-.P
-The same function may be registered multiple times:
-it is called once for each registration.
-.P
-POSIX.1 requires that an implementation allow at least
-.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
-.B ATEXIT_MAX
-(32) such functions to be registered.
-The actual limit supported by an implementation can be obtained using
-.BR sysconf (3).
-.P
-When a child process is created via
-.BR fork (2),
-it inherits copies of its parent's registrations.
-Upon a successful call to one of the
-.BR exec (3)
-functions,
-all registrations are removed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR atexit ()
-function returns the value 0 if successful; otherwise
-it returns a nonzero value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR atexit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX.1 says that the result of calling
-.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
-.BR exit (3)
-more than once (i.e., calling
-.BR exit (3)
-within a function registered using
-.BR atexit ())
-is undefined.
-On some systems (but not Linux), this can result in an infinite recursion;
-.\" This can happen on OpenBSD 4.2 for example, and is documented
-.\" as occurring on FreeBSD as well.
-.\" glibc does "the Right Thing" -- invocation of the remaining
-.\" exit handlers carries on as normal.
-portable programs should not invoke
-.BR exit (3)
-inside a function registered using
-.BR atexit ().
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-Functions registered using
-.BR atexit ()
-(and
-.BR on_exit (3))
-are not called if a process terminates abnormally because
-of the delivery of a signal.
-.P
-If one of the registered functions calls
-.BR _exit (2),
-then any remaining functions are not invoked,
-and the other process termination steps performed by
-.BR exit (3)
-are not performed.
-.P
-The
-.BR atexit ()
-and
-.BR on_exit (3)
-functions register functions on the same list:
-at normal process termination,
-the registered functions are invoked in reverse order
-of their registration by these two functions.
-.P
-According to POSIX.1, the result is undefined if
-.BR longjmp (3)
-is used to terminate execution of one of the functions registered using
-.BR atexit ().
-.\" In glibc, things seem to be handled okay
-.SS Linux notes
-Since glibc 2.2.3,
-.BR atexit ()
-(and
-.BR on_exit (3))
-can be used within a shared library to establish functions
-that are called when the shared library is unloaded.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (atexit.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-void
-bye(void)
-{
-    printf("That was all, folks\en");
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    long a;
-    int i;
-\&
-    a = sysconf(_SC_ATEXIT_MAX);
-    printf("ATEXIT_MAX = %ld\en", a);
-\&
-    i = atexit(bye);
-    if (i != 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "cannot set exit function\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR _exit (2),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR exit (3),
-.BR on_exit (3)
diff --git a/man3/atof.3 b/man3/atof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cc5323505..000000000
--- a/man3/atof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:39:24 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:39:22 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH atof 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-atof \- convert a string to a double
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "double atof(const char *" nptr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR atof ()
-function converts the initial portion of the string
-pointed to by \fInptr\fP to
-.IR double .
-The behavior is the same as
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-strtod(nptr, NULL);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-except that
-.BR atof ()
-does not detect errors.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The converted value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR atof ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR atoi (3),
-.BR atol (3),
-.BR strfromd (3),
-.BR strtod (3),
-.BR strtol (3),
-.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/atoi.3 b/man3/atoi.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f5fb5d0e1..000000000
--- a/man3/atoi.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:39:41 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:38:42 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sun Dec 17 18:35:06 2000, Joseph S. Myers
-.\"
-.TH atoi 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-atoi, atol, atoll \- convert a string to an integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int atoi(const char *" nptr );
-.BI "long atol(const char *" nptr );
-.BI "long long atoll(const char *" nptr );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR atoll ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR atoi ()
-function converts the initial portion of the string
-pointed to by \fInptr\fP to
-.IR int .
-The behavior is the same as
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-strtol(nptr, NULL, 10);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-except that
-.BR atoi ()
-does not detect errors.
-.P
-The
-.BR atol ()
-and
-.BR atoll ()
-functions behave the same as
-.BR atoi (),
-except that they convert the initial portion of the
-string to their return type of \fIlong\fP or \fIlong long\fP.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The converted value or 0 on error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR atoi (),
-.BR atol (),
-.BR atoll ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX.1 leaves the return value of
-.BR atoi ()
-on error unspecified.
-On glibc, musl libc, and uClibc, 0 is returned on error.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-C89 and
-POSIX.1-1996 include the functions
-.BR atoi ()
-and
-.BR atol ()
-only.
-.\" .SH NOTES
-.\" Linux libc provided
-.\" .BR atoq ()
-.\" as an obsolete name for
-.\" .BR atoll ();
-.\" .BR atoq ()
-.\" is not provided by glibc.
-.\" The
-.\" .BR atoll ()
-.\" function is present since glibc 2.0.2, but
-.\" not in libc4 or libc5.
-.SH BUGS
-.I errno
-is not set on error so there is no way to distinguish between 0 as an
-error and as the converted value.
-No checks for overflow or underflow are done.
-Only base-10 input can be converted.
-It is recommended to instead use the
-.BR strtol ()
-and
-.BR strtoul ()
-family of functions in new programs.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR atof (3),
-.BR strtod (3),
-.BR strtol (3),
-.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/atol.3 b/man3/atol.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 51f084f16..000000000
--- a/man3/atol.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atoi.3
diff --git a/man3/atoll.3 b/man3/atoll.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 51f084f16..000000000
--- a/man3/atoll.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atoi.3
diff --git a/man3/atoq.3 b/man3/atoq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 51f084f16..000000000
--- a/man3/atoq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/atoi.3
diff --git a/man3/auth_destroy.3 b/man3/auth_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/auth_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/authnone_create.3 b/man3/authnone_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/authnone_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/authunix_create.3 b/man3/authunix_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/authunix_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/authunix_create_default.3 b/man3/authunix_create_default.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/authunix_create_default.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/backtrace.3 b/man3/backtrace.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4875da31f..000000000
--- a/man3/backtrace.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" drawing on material by Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" References:
-.\"   glibc manual and source
-.TH backtrace 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-backtrace, backtrace_symbols, backtrace_symbols_fd \- support
-for application self-debugging
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <execinfo.h>
-.P
-.BI "int backtrace(void *" buffer [. size "], int " size );
-.P
-.BI "char **backtrace_symbols(void *const " buffer [. size "], int " size );
-.BI "void backtrace_symbols_fd(void *const " buffer [. size "], int " size ", \
-int " fd );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR backtrace ()
-returns a backtrace for the calling program,
-in the array pointed to by
-.IR buffer .
-A backtrace is the series of currently active function calls for
-the program.
-Each item in the array pointed to by
-.I buffer
-is of type
-.IR "void\ *" ,
-and is the return address from
-the corresponding stack frame.
-The
-.I size
-argument specifies the maximum number of addresses
-that can be stored in
-.IR buffer .
-If the backtrace is larger than
-.IR size ,
-then the addresses corresponding to the
-.I size
-most recent function calls are returned;
-to obtain the complete backtrace, make sure that
-.I buffer
-and
-.I size
-are large enough.
-.P
-Given the set of addresses returned by
-.BR backtrace ()
-in
-.IR buffer ,
-.BR backtrace_symbols ()
-translates the addresses into an array of strings that describe
-the addresses symbolically.
-The
-.I size
-argument specifies the number of addresses in
-.IR buffer .
-The symbolic representation of each address consists of the function name
-(if this can be determined), a hexadecimal offset into the function,
-and the actual return address (in hexadecimal).
-The address of the array of string pointers is returned
-as the function result of
-.BR backtrace_symbols ().
-This array is
-.BR malloc (3)ed
-by
-.BR backtrace_symbols (),
-and must be freed by the caller.
-(The strings pointed to by the array of pointers
-need not and should not be freed.)
-.P
-.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
-takes the same
-.I buffer
-and
-.I size
-arguments as
-.BR backtrace_symbols (),
-but instead of returning an array of strings to the caller,
-it writes the strings, one per line, to the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
-does not call
-.BR malloc (3),
-and so can be employed in situations where the latter function might
-fail, but see NOTES.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR backtrace ()
-returns the number of addresses returned in
-.IR buffer ,
-which is not greater than
-.IR size .
-If the return value is less than
-.IR size ,
-then the full backtrace was stored; if it is equal to
-.IR size ,
-then it may have been truncated, in which case the addresses of the
-oldest stack frames are not returned.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR backtrace_symbols ()
-returns a pointer to the array
-.BR malloc (3)ed
-by the call;
-on error, NULL is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR backtrace (),
-.BR backtrace_symbols (),
-.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions make some assumptions about how a function's return
-address is stored on the stack.
-Note the following:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-Omission of the frame pointers (as
-implied by any of
-.BR gcc (1)'s
-nonzero optimization levels) may cause these assumptions to be
-violated.
-.IP \[bu]
-Inlined functions do not have stack frames.
-.IP \[bu]
-Tail-call optimization causes one stack frame to replace another.
-.IP \[bu]
-.BR backtrace ()
-and
-.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
-don't call
-.BR malloc ()
-explicitly, but they are part of
-.IR libgcc ,
-which gets loaded dynamically when first used.
-Dynamic loading usually triggers a call to
-.BR malloc (3).
-If you need certain calls to these two functions to not allocate memory
-(in signal handlers, for example), you need to make sure
-.I libgcc
-is loaded beforehand.
-.P
-The symbol names may be unavailable without the use of special linker
-options.
-For systems using the GNU linker, it is necessary to use the
-.I \-rdynamic
-linker option.
-Note that names of "static" functions are not exposed,
-and won't be available in the backtrace.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR backtrace ()
-and
-.BR backtrace_symbols ().
-The following shell session shows what we might see when running the
-program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " cc \-rdynamic prog.c \-o prog"
-.RB "$" " ./prog 3"
-backtrace() returned 8 addresses
-\&./prog(myfunc3+0x5c) [0x80487f0]
-\&./prog [0x8048871]
-\&./prog(myfunc+0x21) [0x8048894]
-\&./prog(myfunc+0x1a) [0x804888d]
-\&./prog(myfunc+0x1a) [0x804888d]
-\&./prog(main+0x65) [0x80488fb]
-\&/lib/libc.so.6(__libc_start_main+0xdc) [0xb7e38f9c]
-\&./prog [0x8048711]
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (backtrace.c)
-.EX
-#include <execinfo.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define BT_BUF_SIZE 100
-\&
-void
-myfunc3(void)
-{
-    int nptrs;
-    void *buffer[BT_BUF_SIZE];
-    char **strings;
-\&
-    nptrs = backtrace(buffer, BT_BUF_SIZE);
-    printf("backtrace() returned %d addresses\en", nptrs);
-\&
-    /* The call backtrace_symbols_fd(buffer, nptrs, STDOUT_FILENO)
-       would produce similar output to the following: */
-\&
-    strings = backtrace_symbols(buffer, nptrs);
-    if (strings == NULL) {
-        perror("backtrace_symbols");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < nptrs; j++)
-        printf("%s\en", strings[j]);
-\&
-    free(strings);
-}
-\&
-static void   /* "static" means don\[aq]t export the symbol... */
-myfunc2(void)
-{
-    myfunc3();
-}
-\&
-void
-myfunc(int ncalls)
-{
-    if (ncalls > 1)
-        myfunc(ncalls \- 1);
-    else
-        myfunc2();
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s num\-calls\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    myfunc(atoi(argv[1]));
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR addr2line (1),
-.BR gcc (1),
-.BR gdb (1),
-.BR ld (1),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man3/backtrace_symbols.3 b/man3/backtrace_symbols.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 936a6b9f6..000000000
--- a/man3/backtrace_symbols.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/backtrace.3
diff --git a/man3/backtrace_symbols_fd.3 b/man3/backtrace_symbols_fd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 936a6b9f6..000000000
--- a/man3/backtrace_symbols_fd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/backtrace.3
diff --git a/man3/basename.3 b/man3/basename.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2702a05f8..000000000
--- a/man3/basename.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Created, 14 Dec 2000 by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"
-.TH basename 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-basename, dirname \- parse pathname components
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <libgen.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *dirname(char *" path );
-.BI "char *basename(char *" path );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Warning: there are two different functions
-.BR basename ();
-see below.
-.P
-The functions
-.BR dirname ()
-and
-.BR basename ()
-break a null-terminated pathname string into directory
-and filename components.
-In the usual case,
-.BR dirname ()
-returns the string up to, but not including, the final \[aq]/\[aq], and
-.BR basename ()
-returns the component following the final \[aq]/\[aq].
-Trailing \[aq]/\[aq] characters are not counted as part of the pathname.
-.P
-If
-.I path
-does not contain a slash,
-.BR dirname ()
-returns the string "." while
-.BR basename ()
-returns a copy of
-.IR path .
-If
-.I path
-is the string "/", then both
-.BR dirname ()
-and
-.BR basename ()
-return the string "/".
-If
-.I path
-is a null pointer or points to an empty string, then both
-.BR dirname ()
-and
-.BR basename ()
-return the string ".".
-.P
-Concatenating the string returned by
-.BR dirname (),
-a "/", and the string returned by
-.BR basename ()
-yields a complete pathname.
-.P
-Both
-.BR dirname ()
-and
-.BR basename ()
-may modify the contents of
-.IR path ,
-so it may be desirable to pass a copy when calling one of
-these functions.
-.P
-These functions may return pointers to statically allocated memory
-which may be overwritten by subsequent calls.
-Alternatively, they may return a pointer to some part of
-.IR path ,
-so that the string referred to by
-.I path
-should not be modified or freed until the pointer returned by
-the function is no longer required.
-.P
-The following list of examples (taken from SUSv2)
-shows the strings returned by
-.BR dirname ()
-and
-.BR basename ()
-for different paths:
-.RS
-.TS
-lb lb lb
-l l l l.
-path    	dirname	basename
-/usr/lib	/usr	lib
-/usr/   	/	usr
-usr     	.	usr
-/       	/	/
-\&.       	.	.
-\&..      	.	..
-.TE
-.RE
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Both
-.BR dirname ()
-and
-.BR basename ()
-return pointers to null-terminated strings.
-(Do not pass these pointers to
-.BR free (3).)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR basename (),
-.BR dirname ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-There are two different versions of
-.BR basename ()
-- the POSIX version described above, and the GNU version, which one gets
-after
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BR "    #define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B "    #include <string.h>"
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The GNU version never modifies its argument, and returns the
-empty string when
-.I path
-has a trailing slash, and in particular also when it is "/".
-There is no GNU version of
-.BR dirname ().
-.P
-With glibc, one gets the POSIX version of
-.BR basename ()
-when
-.I <libgen.h>
-is included, and the GNU version otherwise.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-In the glibc implementation,
-the POSIX versions of these functions modify the
-.I path
-argument, and segfault when called with a static string
-such as "/usr/".
-.P
-Before glibc 2.2.1, the glibc version of
-.BR dirname ()
-did not correctly handle pathnames with trailing \[aq]/\[aq] characters,
-and generated a segfault if given a NULL argument.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following code snippet demonstrates the use of
-.BR basename ()
-and
-.BR dirname ():
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *dirc, *basec, *bname, *dname;
-char *path = "/etc/passwd";
-\&
-dirc = strdup(path);
-basec = strdup(path);
-dname = dirname(dirc);
-bname = basename(basec);
-printf("dirname=%s, basename=%s\en", dname, bname);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR basename (1),
-.BR dirname (1)
diff --git a/man3/bcmp.3 b/man3/bcmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c52b8f75b..000000000
--- a/man3/bcmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH bcmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bcmp \- compare byte sequences
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int bcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR bcmp ()
-is identical to
-.BR memcmp (3);
-use the latter instead.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD.
-Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001;
-removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/bcopy.3 b/man3/bcopy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 96ca89f37..000000000
--- a/man3/bcopy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sun Feb 26 14:52:00 1995 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:48:10 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-.\" "
-.TH bcopy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bcopy \- copy byte sequence
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void bcopy(const void " src [. n "], void " dest [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR bcopy ()
-function copies
-.I n
-bytes from
-.I src
-to
-.IR dest .
-The result is correct, even when both areas overlap.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-None.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR bcopy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD.
-.P
-Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001: use
-.BR memcpy (3)
-or
-.BR memmove (3)
-in new programs.
-Note that the first two arguments
-are interchanged for
-.BR memcpy (3)
-and
-.BR memmove (3).
-POSIX.1-2008 removes the specification of
-.BR bcopy ().
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR memccpy (3),
-.BR memcpy (3),
-.BR memmove (3),
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR strncpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/be16toh.3 b/man3/be16toh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/be16toh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/be32toh.3 b/man3/be32toh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/be32toh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/be64toh.3 b/man3/be64toh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/be64toh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/bindresvport.3 b/man3/bindresvport.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c17f586b3..000000000
--- a/man3/bindresvport.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2007, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 2007-05-31, mtk: Rewrite and substantial additional text.
-.\" 2008-12-03, mtk: Rewrote some pieces and fixed some errors
-.\"
-.TH bindresvport 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bindresvport \- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <netinet/in.h>
-.P
-.BI "int bindresvport(int " sockfd ", struct sockaddr_in *" sin );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR bindresvport ()
-is used to bind the socket referred to by the
-file descriptor
-.I sockfd
-to a privileged anonymous IP port,
-that is, a port number arbitrarily selected from the range 512 to 1023.
-.\" glibc actually starts searching with a port # in the range 600 to 1023
-.P
-If the
-.BR bind (2)
-performed by
-.BR bindresvport ()
-is successful, and
-.I sin
-is not NULL, then
-.I sin\->sin_port
-returns the port number actually allocated.
-.P
-.I sin
-can be NULL, in which case
-.I sin\->sin_family
-is implicitly taken to be
-.BR AF_INET .
-However, in this case,
-.BR bindresvport ()
-has no way to return the port number actually allocated.
-(This information can later be obtained using
-.BR getsockname (2).)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR bindresvport ()
-returns 0 on success; otherwise \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR bindresvport ()
-can fail for any of the same reasons as
-.BR bind (2).
-In addition, the following errors may occur:
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The calling process was not privileged
-(on Linux: the calling process did not have the
-.B CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE
-capability in the user namespace governing its network namespace).
-.TP
-.B EADDRINUSE
-All privileged ports are in use.
-.TP
-.BR EAFNOSUPPORT " (" EPFNOSUPPORT " in glibc 2.7 and earlier)"
-.I sin
-is not NULL and
-.I sin\->sin_family
-is not
-.BR AF_INET .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR bindresvport ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-glibc\ >=\ 2.17: MT-Safe;
-.\" commit f6da27e53695ad1cc0e2a9490358decbbfdff5e5
-glibc\ <\ 2.17: MT-Unsafe
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-The
-.BR bindresvport ()
-function uses a static variable that was not protected by a lock
-before glibc 2.17, rendering the function MT-Unsafe.
-.SH VERSIONS
-Present on the BSDs, Solaris, and many other systems.
-.SH NOTES
-Unlike some
-.BR bindresvport ()
-implementations,
-the glibc implementation ignores any value that the caller supplies in
-.IR sin\->sin_port .
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bind (2),
-.BR getsockname (2)
diff --git a/man3/bsd_signal.3 b/man3/bsd_signal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 00026fee5..000000000
--- a/man3/bsd_signal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH bsd_signal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bsd_signal \- signal handling with BSD semantics
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.P
-.BI "sighandler_t bsd_signal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " handler );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR bsd_signal ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.26:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-            && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
-    glibc 2.25 and earlier:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR bsd_signal ()
-function takes the same arguments, and performs the same task, as
-.BR signal (2).
-.P
-The difference between the two is that
-.BR bsd_signal ()
-is guaranteed to provide reliable signal semantics, that is:
-a) the disposition of the signal is not reset to the default
-when the handler is invoked;
-b) delivery of further instances of the signal is blocked while
-the signal handler is executing; and
-c) if the handler interrupts a blocking system call,
-then the system call is automatically restarted.
-A portable application cannot rely on
-.BR signal (2)
-to provide these guarantees.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR bsd_signal ()
-function returns the previous value of the signal handler, or
-.B SIG_ERR
-on error.
-.SH ERRORS
-As for
-.BR signal (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR bsd_signal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Use of
-.BR bsd_signal ()
-should be avoided; use
-.BR sigaction (2)
-instead.
-.P
-On modern Linux systems,
-.BR bsd_signal ()
-and
-.BR signal (2)
-are equivalent.
-But on older systems,
-.BR signal (2)
-provided unreliable signal semantics; see
-.BR signal (2)
-for details.
-.P
-The use of
-.I sighandler_t
-is a GNU extension;
-this type is defined only if the
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.2BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
-recommending the use of
-.BR sigaction (2)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR sysv_signal (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/bsearch.3 b/man3/bsearch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ba64486..000000000
--- a/man3/bsearch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:41:16 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:35:16 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH bsearch 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bsearch \- binary search of a sorted array
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *bsearch(const void " key [. size "], \
-const void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
-.BI "              size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size ,
-.BI "              int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
-const void [." size ]));
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR bsearch ()
-function searches an array of
-.I nmemb
-objects,
-the initial member of which is pointed to by
-.IR base ,
-for a member
-that matches the object pointed to by
-.IR key .
-The size of each member
-of the array is specified by
-.IR size .
-.P
-The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according
-to the comparison function referenced by
-.IR compar .
-The
-.I compar
-routine is expected to have two arguments which point to the
-.I key
-object and to an array member, in that order, and should return an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the
-.I key
-object is found,
-respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than the array
-member.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR bsearch ()
-function returns a pointer to a matching member of the
-array, or NULL if no match is found.
-If there are multiple elements that
-match the key, the element returned is unspecified.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR bsearch ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The example below first sorts an array of structures using
-.BR qsort (3),
-then retrieves desired elements using
-.BR bsearch ().
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (bsearch.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr)  (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
-\&
-struct mi {
-    int         nr;
-    const char  *name;
-};
-\&
-static struct mi  months[] = {
-    { 1, "jan" }, { 2, "feb" }, { 3, "mar" }, { 4, "apr" },
-    { 5, "may" }, { 6, "jun" }, { 7, "jul" }, { 8, "aug" },
-    { 9, "sep" }, {10, "oct" }, {11, "nov" }, {12, "dec" }
-};
-\&
-static int
-compmi(const void *m1, const void *m2)
-{
-    const struct mi *mi1 = m1;
-    const struct mi *mi2 = m2;
-\&
-    return strcmp(mi1\->name, mi2\->name);
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    qsort(months, ARRAY_SIZE(months), sizeof(months[0]), compmi);
-    for (size_t i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
-        struct mi key;
-        struct mi *res;
-\&
-        key.name = argv[i];
-        res = bsearch(&key, months, ARRAY_SIZE(months),
-                      sizeof(months[0]), compmi);
-        if (res == NULL)
-            printf("\[aq]%s\[aq]: unknown month\en", argv[i]);
-        else
-            printf("%s: month #%d\en", res\->name, res\->nr);
-    }
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR hsearch (3),
-.BR lsearch (3),
-.BR qsort (3),
-.BR tsearch (3)
diff --git a/man3/bstring.3 b/man3/bstring.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9450b4128..000000000
--- a/man3/bstring.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-04-12, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-01-20, Walter Harms
-.TH bstring 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bcmp, bcopy, bzero, memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memfrob, memmem,
-memmove, memset \- byte string operations
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "int bcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void bcopy(const void " src [. n "], void " dest [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void *memccpy(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], int " c ", \
-size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void *memchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "int memcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void *memcpy(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void *memfrob(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void *memmem(const void " haystack [. haystacklen "], size_t " haystacklen ,
-.BI "             const void " needle [. needlelen "], size_t " needlelen );
-.P
-.BI "void *memmove(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "void *memset(void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The byte string functions perform operations on strings (byte arrays)
-that are not necessarily null-terminated.
-See the individual man pages
-for descriptions of each function.
-.SH NOTES
-The functions
-.BR bcmp ()
-and
-.BR bcopy ()
-are obsolete.
-Use
-.BR memcmp ()
-and
-.BR memmove ()
-instead.
-.\" The old functions are not even available on some non-GNU/Linux systems.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bcmp (3),
-.BR bcopy (3),
-.BR bzero (3),
-.BR memccpy (3),
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR memcmp (3),
-.BR memcpy (3),
-.BR memfrob (3),
-.BR memmem (3),
-.BR memmove (3),
-.BR memset (3),
-.BR string (3)
diff --git a/man3/bswap.3 b/man3/bswap.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d7bac680c..000000000
--- a/man3/bswap.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH bswap 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bswap_16, bswap_32, bswap_64 \- reverse order of bytes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <byteswap.h>
-.P
-.BI "uint16_t bswap_16(uint16_t " x );
-.BI "uint32_t bswap_32(uint32_t " x );
-.BI "uint64_t bswap_64(uint64_t " x );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a value in which the order of the bytes
-in their 2-, 4-, or 8-byte arguments is reversed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the value of their argument with the bytes reversed.
-.SH ERRORS
-These functions always succeed.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below swaps the bytes of the 8-byte integer supplied as
-its command-line argument.
-The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 0x0123456789abcdef\fP
-0x123456789abcdef ==> 0xefcdab8967452301
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (bswap.c)
-.EX
-#include <byteswap.h>
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    uint64_t x;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <num>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    x = strtoull(argv[1], NULL, 0);
-    printf("%#" PRIx64 " ==> %#" PRIx64 "\en", x, bswap_64(x));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR byteorder (3),
-.BR endian (3)
diff --git a/man3/bswap_16.3 b/man3/bswap_16.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 15a89ab6f..000000000
--- a/man3/bswap_16.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/bswap.3
diff --git a/man3/bswap_32.3 b/man3/bswap_32.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 15a89ab6f..000000000
--- a/man3/bswap_32.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/bswap.3
diff --git a/man3/bswap_64.3 b/man3/bswap_64.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 15a89ab6f..000000000
--- a/man3/bswap_64.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/bswap.3
diff --git a/man3/btowc.3 b/man3/btowc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 431f3fe14..000000000
--- a/man3/btowc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH btowc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-btowc \- convert single byte to wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t btowc(int " c );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR btowc ()
-function converts \fIc\fP,
-interpreted as a multibyte sequence
-of length 1, starting in the initial shift state, to a wide character and
-returns it.
-If \fIc\fP is
-.B EOF
-or not a valid multibyte sequence of length 1,
-the
-.BR btowc ()
-function returns
-.BR WEOF .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR btowc ()
-function returns the wide character
-converted from the single byte \fIc\fP.
-If \fIc\fP is
-.B EOF
-or not a valid multibyte sequence of length 1,
-it returns
-.BR WEOF .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR btowc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR btowc ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-This function should never be used.
-It does not work for encodings which have
-state, and unnecessarily treats single bytes differently from multibyte
-sequences.
-Use either
-.BR mbtowc (3)
-or the thread-safe
-.BR mbrtowc (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mbrtowc (3),
-.BR mbtowc (3),
-.BR wctob (3)
diff --git a/man3/btree.3 b/man3/btree.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b3ce40c13..000000000
--- a/man3/btree.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)btree.3	8.4 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
-.\"
-.TH btree 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.\".UC 7
-.SH NAME
-btree \- btree database access method
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <db.h>
-.ft R
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Note well" :
-This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
-Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
-Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
-.I libdb
-library instead.
-.P
-The routine
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is the library interface to database files.
-One of the supported file formats is btree files.
-The general description of the database access methods is in
-.BR dbopen (3),
-this manual page describes only the btree-specific information.
-.P
-The btree data structure is a sorted, balanced tree structure storing
-associated key/data pairs.
-.P
-The btree access-method-specific data structure provided to
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is defined in the
-.I <db.h>
-include file as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    unsigned long flags;
-    unsigned int  cachesize;
-    int           maxkeypage;
-    int           minkeypage;
-    unsigned int  psize;
-    int         (*compare)(const DBT *key1, const DBT *key2);
-    size_t      (*prefix)(const DBT *key1, const DBT *key2);
-    int           lorder;
-} BTREEINFO;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The elements of this structure are as follows:
-.TP
-.I flags
-The flag value is specified by ORing any of the following values:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B R_DUP
-Permit duplicate keys in the tree, that is,
-permit insertion if the key to be
-inserted already exists in the tree.
-The default behavior, as described in
-.BR dbopen (3),
-is to overwrite a matching key when inserting a new key or to fail if
-the
-.B R_NOOVERWRITE
-flag is specified.
-The
-.B R_DUP
-flag is overridden by the
-.B R_NOOVERWRITE
-flag, and if the
-.B R_NOOVERWRITE
-flag is specified, attempts to insert duplicate keys into
-the tree will fail.
-.IP
-If the database contains duplicate keys, the order of retrieval of
-key/data pairs is undefined if the
-.I get
-routine is used, however,
-.I seq
-routine calls with the
-.B R_CURSOR
-flag set will always return the logical
-"first" of any group of duplicate keys.
-.RE
-.TP
-.I cachesize
-A suggested maximum size (in bytes) of the memory cache.
-This value is
-.I only
-advisory, and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail.
-Since every search examines the root page of the tree, caching the most
-recently used pages substantially improves access time.
-In addition, physical writes are delayed as long as possible, so a moderate
-cache can reduce the number of I/O operations significantly.
-Obviously, using a cache increases (but only increases) the likelihood of
-corruption or lost data if the system crashes while a tree is being modified.
-If
-.I cachesize
-is 0 (no size is specified), a default cache is used.
-.TP
-.I maxkeypage
-The maximum number of keys which will be stored on any single page.
-Not currently implemented.
-.\" The maximum number of keys which will be stored on any single page.
-.\" Because of the way the btree data structure works,
-.\" .I maxkeypage
-.\" must always be greater than or equal to 2.
-.\" If
-.\" .I maxkeypage
-.\" is 0 (no maximum number of keys is specified), the page fill factor is
-.\" made as large as possible (which is almost invariably what is wanted).
-.TP
-.I minkeypage
-The minimum number of keys which will be stored on any single page.
-This value is used to determine which keys will be stored on overflow
-pages, that is, if a key or data item is longer than the pagesize divided
-by the minkeypage value, it will be stored on overflow pages instead
-of in the page itself.
-If
-.I minkeypage
-is 0 (no minimum number of keys is specified), a value of 2 is used.
-.TP
-.I psize
-Page size is the size (in bytes) of the pages used for nodes in the tree.
-The minimum page size is 512 bytes and the maximum page size is 64\ KiB.
-If
-.I psize
-is 0 (no page size is specified), a page size is chosen based on the
-underlying filesystem I/O block size.
-.TP
-.I compare
-Compare is the key comparison function.
-It must return an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the
-first key argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to,
-or greater than the second key argument.
-The same comparison function must be used on a given tree every time it
-is opened.
-If
-.I compare
-is NULL (no comparison function is specified), the keys are compared
-lexically, with shorter keys considered less than longer keys.
-.TP
-.I prefix
-Prefix is the prefix comparison function.
-If specified, this routine must return the number of bytes of the second key
-argument which are necessary to determine that it is greater than the first
-key argument.
-If the keys are equal, the key length should be returned.
-Note, the usefulness of this routine is very data-dependent, but, in some
-data sets can produce significantly reduced tree sizes and search times.
-If
-.I prefix
-is NULL (no prefix function is specified),
-.I and
-no comparison function is specified, a default lexical comparison routine
-is used.
-If
-.I prefix
-is NULL and a comparison routine is specified, no prefix comparison is
-done.
-.TP
-.I lorder
-The byte order for integers in the stored database metadata.
-The number should represent the order as an integer; for example,
-big endian order would be the number 4,321.
-If
-.I lorder
-is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
-.P
-If the file already exists (and the
-.B O_TRUNC
-flag is not specified), the
-values specified for the arguments
-.IR flags ,
-.IR lorder ,
-and
-.I psize
-are ignored
-in favor of the values used when the tree was created.
-.P
-Forward sequential scans of a tree are from the least key to the greatest.
-.P
-Space freed up by deleting key/data pairs from the tree is never reclaimed,
-although it is normally made available for reuse.
-This means that the btree storage structure is grow-only.
-The only solutions are to avoid excessive deletions, or to create a fresh
-tree periodically from a scan of an existing one.
-.P
-Searches, insertions, and deletions in a btree will all complete in
-O lg base N where base is the average fill factor.
-Often, inserting ordered data into btrees results in a low fill factor.
-This implementation has been modified to make ordered insertion the best
-case, resulting in a much better than normal page fill factor.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.I btree
-access method routines may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR dbopen (3).
-.SH BUGS
-Only big and little endian byte order is supported.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dbopen (3),
-.BR hash (3),
-.BR mpool (3),
-.BR recno (3)
-.P
-.IR "The Ubiquitous B-tree" ,
-Douglas Comer, ACM Comput. Surv. 11, 2 (June 1979), 121-138.
-.P
-.IR "Prefix B-trees" ,
-Bayer and Unterauer, ACM Transactions on Database Systems, Vol. 2, 1
-(March 1977), 11-26.
-.P
-.IR "The Art of Computer Programming Vol. 3: Sorting and Searching" ,
-D.E. Knuth, 1968, pp 471-480.
diff --git a/man3/byteorder.3 b/man3/byteorder.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 76b699143..000000000
--- a/man3/byteorder.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:29:05 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Thu Jul 26 14:06:20 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.TH BYTEORDER 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-htonl, htons, ntohl, ntohs \- convert values between host and network
-byte order
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.P
-.BI "uint32_t htonl(uint32_t " hostlong );
-.BI "uint16_t htons(uint16_t " hostshort );
-.P
-.BI "uint32_t ntohl(uint32_t " netlong );
-.BI "uint16_t ntohs(uint16_t " netshort );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR htonl ()
-function converts the unsigned integer
-.I hostlong
-from host byte order to network byte order.
-.P
-The
-.BR htons ()
-function converts the unsigned short integer
-.I hostshort
-from host byte order to network byte order.
-.P
-The
-.BR ntohl ()
-function converts the unsigned integer
-.I netlong
-from network byte order to host byte order.
-.P
-The
-.BR ntohs ()
-function converts the unsigned short integer
-.I netshort
-from network byte order to host byte order.
-.P
-On the i386 the host byte order is Least Significant Byte first,
-whereas the network byte order, as used on the Internet, is Most
-Significant Byte first.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR htonl (),
-.BR htons (),
-.BR ntohl (),
-.BR ntohs ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bswap (3),
-.BR endian (3),
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-.BR getservent (3)
diff --git a/man3/bzero.3 b/man3/bzero.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f6c0ca2f3..000000000
--- a/man3/bzero.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH bzero 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-bzero, explicit_bzero \- zero a byte string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.P
-.BI "void bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.P
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void explicit_bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR bzero ()
-function erases the data in the
-.I n
-bytes of the memory starting at the location pointed to by
-.IR s ,
-by writing zeros (bytes containing \[aq]\e0\[aq]) to that area.
-.P
-The
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-function performs the same task as
-.BR bzero ().
-It differs from
-.BR bzero ()
-in that it guarantees that compiler optimizations will not remove the
-erase operation if the compiler deduces that the operation is "unnecessary".
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-None.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR bzero (),
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-glibc 2.25.
-.IP
-The
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-function is a nonstandard extension that is also present on some of the BSDs.
-Some other implementations have a similar function, such as
-.BR memset_explicit ()
-or
-.BR memset_s ().
-.TP
-.BR bzero ()
-4.3BSD.
-.IP
-Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-function addresses a problem that security-conscious applications
-may run into when using
-.BR bzero ():
-if the compiler can deduce that the location to be zeroed will
-never again be touched by a
-.I correct
-program, then it may remove the
-.BR bzero ()
-call altogether.
-This is a problem if the intent of the
-.BR bzero ()
-call was to erase sensitive data (e.g., passwords)
-to prevent the possibility that the data was leaked
-by an incorrect or compromised program.
-Calls to
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-are never optimized away by the compiler.
-.P
-The
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-function does not solve all problems associated with erasing sensitive data:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-function does
-.I not
-guarantee that sensitive data is completely erased from memory.
-(The same is true of
-.BR bzero ().)
-For example, there may be copies of the sensitive data in
-a register and in "scratch" stack areas.
-The
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-function is not aware of these copies, and can't erase them.
-.IP \[bu]
-In some circumstances,
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-can
-.I decrease
-security.
-If the compiler determined that the variable containing the
-sensitive data could be optimized to be stored in a register
-(because it is small enough to fit in a register,
-and no operation other than the
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-call would need to take the address of the variable), then the
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-call will force the data to be copied from the register
-to a location in RAM that is then immediately erased
-(while the copy in the register remains unaffected).
-The problem here is that data in RAM is more likely to be exposed
-by a bug than data in a register, and thus the
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-call creates a brief time window where the sensitive data is more
-vulnerable than it would otherwise have been
-if no attempt had been made to erase the data.
-.P
-Note that declaring the sensitive variable with the
-.B volatile
-qualifier does
-.I not
-eliminate the above problems.
-Indeed, it will make them worse, since, for example,
-it may force a variable that would otherwise have been optimized
-into a register to instead be maintained in (more vulnerable)
-RAM for its entire lifetime.
-.P
-Notwithstanding the above details, for security-conscious applications, using
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-is generally preferable to not using it.
-The developers of
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-anticipate that future compilers will recognize calls to
-.BR explicit_bzero ()
-and take steps to ensure that all copies of the sensitive data are erased,
-including copies in registers or in "scratch" stack areas.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR memset (3),
-.BR swab (3)
diff --git a/man3/cabs.3 b/man3/cabs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97729e43c..000000000
--- a/man3/cabs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cabs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cabs, cabsf, cabsl \- absolute value of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double cabs(double complex " z );
-.BI "float cabsf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double cabsl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the absolute value of the complex number
-.IR z .
-The result is a real number.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cabs (),
-.BR cabsf (),
-.BR cabsl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The function is actually an alias for
-.I "hypot(a,\ b)"
-(or, equivalently,
-.IR "sqrt(a*a\ +\ b*b)" ).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR abs (3),
-.BR cimag (3),
-.BR hypot (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cabsf.3 b/man3/cabsf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e50ac96b7..000000000
--- a/man3/cabsf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cabs.3
diff --git a/man3/cabsl.3 b/man3/cabsl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e50ac96b7..000000000
--- a/man3/cabsl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cabs.3
diff --git a/man3/cacos.3 b/man3/cacos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 13a57e1ab..000000000
--- a/man3/cacos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cacos 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cacos, cacosf, cacosl \- complex arc cosine
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex cacos(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex cacosf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex cacosl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex arc cosine of
-.IR z .
-If \fIy\ =\ cacos(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ ccos(y)\fP.
-The real part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [0,pi].
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.nf
-    cacos(z) = \-i * clog(z + i * csqrt(1 \- z * z))
-.fi
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cacos (),
-.BR cacosf (),
-.BR cacosl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (cacos.c)
-.EX
-/* Link with "\-lm" */
-\&
-#include <complex.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    double complex z, c, f;
-    double complex i = I;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
-\&
-    c = cacos(z);
-\&
-    printf("cacos() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
-\&
-    f = \-i * clog(z + i * csqrt(1 \- z * z));
-\&
-    printf("formula = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ccos (3),
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cacosf.3 b/man3/cacosf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4f10e17f..000000000
--- a/man3/cacosf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cacos.3
diff --git a/man3/cacosh.3 b/man3/cacosh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c6b3a2067..000000000
--- a/man3/cacosh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cacosh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cacosh, cacoshf, cacoshl \- complex arc hyperbolic cosine
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex cacosh(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex cacoshf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex cacoshl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex arc hyperbolic cosine of
-.IR z .
-If \fIy\ =\ cacosh(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ ccosh(y)\fP.
-The imaginary part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [\-pi,pi].
-The real part of
-.I y
-is chosen nonnegative.
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.nf
-    cacosh(z) = 2 * clog(csqrt((z + 1) / 2) + csqrt((z \- 1) / 2))
-.fi
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cacosh (),
-.BR cacoshf (),
-.BR cacoshl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (cacosh.c)
-.EX
-/* Link with "\-lm" */
-\&
-#include <complex.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    double complex z, c, f;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
-\&
-    c = cacosh(z);
-    printf("cacosh() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
-\&
-    f = 2 * clog(csqrt((z + 1)/2) + csqrt((z \- 1)/2));
-    printf("formula  = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acosh (3),
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR ccosh (3),
-.BR cimag (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cacoshf.3 b/man3/cacoshf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c89c010f2..000000000
--- a/man3/cacoshf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cacosh.3
diff --git a/man3/cacoshl.3 b/man3/cacoshl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c89c010f2..000000000
--- a/man3/cacoshl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cacosh.3
diff --git a/man3/cacosl.3 b/man3/cacosl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4f10e17f..000000000
--- a/man3/cacosl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cacos.3
diff --git a/man3/calloc.3 b/man3/calloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4b9d4455..000000000
--- a/man3/calloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man3/callrpc.3 b/man3/callrpc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/callrpc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3 b/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d5fcd0f0a..000000000
--- a/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2013 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" (Replaces an earlier page by Walter Harms and Michael Kerrisk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH canonicalize_file_name 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-canonicalize_file_name \- return the canonicalized absolute pathname
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *canonicalize_file_name(const char *" path ");"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
-function returns a null-terminated string containing
-the canonicalized absolute pathname corresponding to
-.IR path .
-In the returned string, symbolic links are resolved, as are
-.I .
-and
-.I ..
-pathname components.
-Consecutive slash
-.RI ( / )
-characters are replaced by a single slash.
-.P
-The returned string is dynamically allocated by
-.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
-and the caller should deallocate it with
-.BR free (3)
-when it is no longer required.
-.P
-The call
-.I canonicalize_file_name(path)
-is equivalent to the call:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-realpath(path, NULL);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
-returns a null-terminated string.
-On error (e.g., a pathname component is unreadable or does not exist),
-.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
-returns NULL and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR realpath (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR readlink (2),
-.BR realpath (3)
diff --git a/man3/carg.3 b/man3/carg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f95be60e4..000000000
--- a/man3/carg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH carg 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-carg, cargf, cargl \- calculate the complex argument
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double carg(double complex " z ");"
-.BI "float cargf(float complex " z ");"
-.BI "long double cargl(long double complex " z ");"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex argument (also called phase angle) of
-.IR z ,
-with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
-.P
-A complex number can be described by two real coordinates.
-One may use rectangular coordinates and gets
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-z = x + I * y
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I x\~=\~creal(z)
-and
-.IR y\~=\~cimag(z) .
-.P
-Or one may use polar coordinates and gets
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-z = r * cexp(I * a)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I r\~=\~cabs(z)
-is the "radius", the "modulus", the absolute value of
-.IR z ,
-and
-.I a\~=\~carg(z)
-is the "phase angle", the argument of
-.IR z .
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-tan(carg(z)) = cimag(z) / creal(z)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return value is in the range of [\-pi,pi].
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR carg (),
-.BR cargf (),
-.BR cargl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cargf.3 b/man3/cargf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c181aa420..000000000
--- a/man3/cargf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/carg.3
diff --git a/man3/cargl.3 b/man3/cargl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c181aa420..000000000
--- a/man3/cargl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/carg.3
diff --git a/man3/casin.3 b/man3/casin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index af3ea3890..000000000
--- a/man3/casin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH casin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-casin, casinf, casinl \- complex arc sine
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex casin(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex casinf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex casinl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex arc sine of
-.IR z .
-If \fIy\ =\ casin(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ csin(y)\fP.
-The real part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.nf
-    casin(z) = \-i clog(iz + csqrt(1 \- z * z))
-.fi
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR casin (),
-.BR casinf (),
-.BR casinl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR csin (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/casinf.3 b/man3/casinf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 582875fae..000000000
--- a/man3/casinf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/casin.3
diff --git a/man3/casinh.3 b/man3/casinh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 198e56ab9..000000000
--- a/man3/casinh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH casinh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-casinh, casinhf, casinhl \- complex arc sine hyperbolic
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex casinh(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex casinhf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex casinhl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex arc hyperbolic sine of
-.IR z .
-If \fIy\~=\~casinh(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~csinh(y)\fP.
-The imaginary part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-casinh(z) = clog(z + csqrt(z * z + 1))
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR casinh (),
-.BR casinhf (),
-.BR casinhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR asinh (3),
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cimag (3),
-.BR csinh (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/casinhf.3 b/man3/casinhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c2eada89d..000000000
--- a/man3/casinhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/casinh.3
diff --git a/man3/casinhl.3 b/man3/casinhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c2eada89d..000000000
--- a/man3/casinhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/casinh.3
diff --git a/man3/casinl.3 b/man3/casinl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 582875fae..000000000
--- a/man3/casinl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/casin.3
diff --git a/man3/catan.3 b/man3/catan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d8e290853..000000000
--- a/man3/catan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH catan 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-catan, catanf, catanl \- complex arc tangents
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex catan(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex catanf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex catanl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex arc tangent of
-.IR z .
-If \fIy\~=\~catan(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~ctan(y)\fP.
-The real part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2, pi/2].
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-catan(z) = (clog(1 + i * z) \- clog(1 \- i * z)) / (2 * i)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR catan (),
-.BR catanf (),
-.BR catanl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (catan.c)
-.EX
-/* Link with "\-lm" */
-\&
-#include <complex.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    double complex z, c, f;
-    double complex i = I;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
-\&
-    c = catan(z);
-    printf("catan() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
-\&
-    f = (clog(1 + i * z) \- clog(1 \- i * z)) / (2 * i);
-    printf("formula = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ccos (3),
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR ctan (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/catanf.3 b/man3/catanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1e25223d..000000000
--- a/man3/catanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/catan.3
diff --git a/man3/catanh.3 b/man3/catanh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f6749fe6c..000000000
--- a/man3/catanh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH catanh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-catanh, catanhf, catanhl \- complex arc tangents hyperbolic
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex catanh(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex catanhf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex catanhl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex arc hyperbolic tangent of
-.IR z .
-If \fIy\~=\~catanh(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~ctanh(y)\fP.
-The imaginary part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-catanh(z) = 0.5 * (clog(1 + z) \- clog(1 \- z))
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR catanh (),
-.BR catanhf (),
-.BR catanhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (catanh.c)
-.EX
-/* Link with "\-lm" */
-\&
-#include <complex.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    double complex z, c, f;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
-\&
-    c = catanh(z);
-    printf("catanh() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
-\&
-    f = 0.5 * (clog(1 + z) \- clog(1 \- z));
-    printf("formula  = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR atanh (3),
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cimag (3),
-.BR ctanh (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/catanhf.3 b/man3/catanhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23f22a4a8..000000000
--- a/man3/catanhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/catanh.3
diff --git a/man3/catanhl.3 b/man3/catanhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23f22a4a8..000000000
--- a/man3/catanhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/catanh.3
diff --git a/man3/catanl.3 b/man3/catanl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1e25223d..000000000
--- a/man3/catanl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/catan.3
diff --git a/man3/catclose.3 b/man3/catclose.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 92ff6665a..000000000
--- a/man3/catclose.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/catopen.3
diff --git a/man3/catgets.3 b/man3/catgets.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58320b673..000000000
--- a/man3/catgets.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-applied-psychology.cambridge.ac.uk>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Updated, aeb, 980809
-.TH catgets 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-catgets \- get message from a message catalog
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <nl_types.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *catgets(nl_catd " catalog ", int " set_number \
-", int " message_number ,
-.BI "              const char *" message );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR catgets ()
-reads the message
-.IR message_number ,
-in set
-.IR set_number ,
-from the message catalog identified by
-.IR catalog ,
-where
-.I catalog
-is a catalog descriptor returned from an earlier call to
-.BR catopen (3).
-The fourth argument,
-.IR message ,
-points to a default message string which will be returned by
-.BR catgets ()
-if the identified message catalog is not currently available.
-The
-message-text is contained in an internal buffer area and should be copied by
-the application if it is to be saved or modified.
-The return string is
-always terminated with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR catgets ()
-returns a pointer to an internal buffer area
-containing the null-terminated message string.
-On failure,
-.BR catgets ()
-returns the value
-.IR message .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR catgets ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The
-.BR catgets ()
-function is available only in libc.so.4.4.4c and above.
-.P
-The Jan 1987 X/Open Portability Guide specifies a more subtle
-error return:
-.I message
-is returned if the message catalog specified by
-.I catalog
-is not available, while an empty string is returned
-when the message catalog is available but does not contain
-the specified message.
-These two possible error returns seem to be discarded in SUSv2
-in favor of always returning
-.IR message .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR catopen (3),
-.BR setlocale (3)
diff --git a/man3/catopen.3 b/man3/catopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fc327add..000000000
--- a/man3/catopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-applied-psychology.cambridge.ac.uk>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Thu Dec 13 22:51:19 2001 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
-.\" Modified 2001-12-14 aeb
-.\"
-.TH catopen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-catopen, catclose \- open/close a message catalog
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <nl_types.h>
-.P
-.BI "nl_catd catopen(const char *" name ", int " flag );
-.BI "int catclose(nl_catd " catalog );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR catopen ()
-opens a message catalog and returns a catalog descriptor.
-The descriptor remains valid until
-.BR catclose ()
-or
-.BR execve (2).
-If a file descriptor is used to implement catalog descriptors,
-then the
-.B FD_CLOEXEC
-flag will be set.
-.P
-The argument
-.I name
-specifies the name of the message catalog to be opened.
-If
-.I name
-specifies an absolute path (i.e., contains a \[aq]/\[aq]),
-then
-.I name
-specifies a pathname for the message catalog.
-Otherwise, the environment variable
-.B NLSPATH
-is used with
-.I name
-substituted for
-.B %N
-(see
-.BR locale (7)).
-It is unspecified whether
-.B NLSPATH
-will be used when the process has root privileges.
-If
-.B NLSPATH
-does not exist in the environment,
-or if a message catalog cannot be opened
-in any of the paths specified by it,
-then an implementation defined path is used.
-This latter default path may depend on the
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-locale setting when the
-.I flag
-argument is
-.B NL_CAT_LOCALE
-and on the
-.B LANG
-environment variable when the
-.I flag
-argument is 0.
-Changing the
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-part of the locale may invalidate
-open catalog descriptors.
-.P
-The
-.I flag
-argument to
-.BR catopen ()
-is used to indicate the source for the language to use.
-If it is set to
-.BR NL_CAT_LOCALE ,
-then it will use the current locale setting for
-.BR LC_MESSAGES .
-Otherwise, it will use the
-.B LANG
-environment variable.
-.P
-The function
-.BR catclose ()
-closes the message catalog identified by
-.IR catalog .
-It invalidates any subsequent references to the message catalog
-defined by
-.IR catalog .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The function
-.BR catopen ()
-returns a message catalog descriptor of type
-.I nl_catd
-on success.
-On failure, it returns
-.I (nl_catd)\~\-1
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-The possible error values include all
-possible values for the
-.BR open (2)
-call.
-.P
-The function
-.BR catclose ()
-returns 0 on success, or \-1 on failure.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-May be the source of the
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-locale setting, and thus
-determine the language to use if
-.I flag
-is set to
-.BR NL_CAT_LOCALE .
-.TP
-.B LANG
-The language to use if
-.I flag
-is 0.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR catopen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR catclose ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The above is the POSIX.1 description.
-The glibc value for
-.B NL_CAT_LOCALE
-is 1.
-.\" (Compare
-.\" .B MCLoadAll
-.\" below.)
-The default path varies, but usually looks at a number of places below
-.IR /usr/share/locale .
-.\" .SS Linux notes
-.\" These functions are available for Linux since libc 4.4.4c.
-.\" In the case of linux libc4 and libc5, the catalog descriptor
-.\" .I nl_catd
-.\" is a
-.\" .BR mmap (2)'ed
-.\" area of memory and not a file descriptor.
-.\" The
-.\" .I flag
-.\" argument to
-.\" .BR catopen ()
-.\" should be either
-.\" .B MCLoadBySet
-.\" (=0) or
-.\" .B MCLoadAll
-.\" (=1).
-.\" The former value indicates that a set from the catalog is to be
-.\" loaded when needed, whereas the latter causes the initial call to
-.\" .BR catopen ()
-.\" to load the entire catalog into memory.
-.\" The default search path varies, but usually looks at a number of places below
-.\" .I /etc/locale
-.\" and
-.\" .IR /usr/lib/locale .
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" In XPG 1987, Vol. 3 it says:
-.\" .I "The flag argument of catopen is reserved for future use"
-.\" .IR "and should be set to 0" .
-.\"
-.\" It is unclear what the source was for the constants
-.\" .B MCLoadBySet
-.\" and
-.\" .B MCLoadAll
-.\" (see below).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR catgets (3),
-.BR setlocale (3)
diff --git a/man3/cbc_crypt.3 b/man3/cbc_crypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853c9cbdf..000000000
--- a/man3/cbc_crypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man3/cbrt.3 b/man3/cbrt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 64fc3c072..000000000
--- a/man3/cbrt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" changed `square root' into `cube root' - aeb, 950919
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
-.\" (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH cbrt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cbrt, cbrtf, cbrtl \- cube root function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double cbrt(double " x );
-.BI "float cbrtf(float " x );
-.BI "long double cbrtl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR cbrt ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR cbrtf (),
-.BR cbrtl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the (real) cube root of
-.IR x .
-This function cannot fail;
-every representable real value
-has a real cube root,
-and rounding it to a representable value
-never causes overflow nor underflow.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the cube root of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0, \-0, positive infinity, negative infinity, or NaN,
-.I x
-is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cbrt (),
-.BR cbrtf (),
-.BR cbrtl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" .BR cbrt ()
-.\" was a GNU extension. It is now a C99 requirement.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pow (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/cbrtf.3 b/man3/cbrtf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b662c9ecd..000000000
--- a/man3/cbrtf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cbrt.3
diff --git a/man3/cbrtl.3 b/man3/cbrtl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b662c9ecd..000000000
--- a/man3/cbrtl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cbrt.3
diff --git a/man3/ccos.3 b/man3/ccos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e77b3715..000000000
--- a/man3/ccos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH ccos 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ccos, ccosf, ccosl \- complex cosine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex ccos(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex ccosf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex ccosl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex cosine of
-.IR z .
-.P
-The complex cosine function is defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ccos(z) = (exp(i * z) + exp(\-i * z)) / 2
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ccos (),
-.BR ccosf (),
-.BR ccosl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cacos (3),
-.BR csin (3),
-.BR ctan (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/ccosf.3 b/man3/ccosf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b4323ffa4..000000000
--- a/man3/ccosf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ccos.3
diff --git a/man3/ccosh.3 b/man3/ccosh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 053a83dd6..000000000
--- a/man3/ccosh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH ccosh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ccosh, ccoshf, ccoshl \- complex hyperbolic cosine
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex ccosh(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex ccoshf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex ccoshl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic cosine of
-.IR z .
-.P
-The complex hyperbolic cosine function is defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ccosh(z) = (exp(z)+exp(\-z))/2
-.EE
-.in
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cacosh (3),
-.BR csinh (3),
-.BR ctanh (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/ccoshf.3 b/man3/ccoshf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a777fbf7f..000000000
--- a/man3/ccoshf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ccosh.3
diff --git a/man3/ccoshl.3 b/man3/ccoshl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a777fbf7f..000000000
--- a/man3/ccoshl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ccosh.3
diff --git a/man3/ccosl.3 b/man3/ccosl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b4323ffa4..000000000
--- a/man3/ccosl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ccos.3
diff --git a/man3/ceil.3 b/man3/ceil.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 197920616..000000000
--- a/man3/ceil.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH ceil 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ceil, ceilf, ceill \- ceiling function: smallest integral value not
-less than argument
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double ceil(double " x );
-.BI "float ceilf(float " x );
-.BI "long double ceill(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ceilf (),
-.BR ceill ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the smallest integral value that is not less than
-.IR x .
-.P
-For example,
-.I ceil(0.5)
-is 1.0, and
-.I ceil(\-0.5)
-is 0.0.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the ceiling of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
-.I x
-itself is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ceil (),
-.BR ceilf (),
-.BR ceill ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH NOTES
-SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ERANGE ,
-or raise an
-.B FE_OVERFLOW
-exception).
-In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
-so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
-.\" The POSIX.1-2001 APPLICATION USAGE SECTION discusses this point.
-(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
-of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
-For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
-the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
-and the number of mantissa bits
-including the implicit bit
-is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.P
-The integral value returned by these functions may be too large
-to store in an integer type
-.RI ( int ,
-.IR long ,
-etc.).
-To avoid an overflow, which will produce undefined results,
-an application should perform a range check on the returned value
-before assigning it to an integer type.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lrint (3),
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR round (3),
-.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man3/ceilf.3 b/man3/ceilf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 569d1baf7..000000000
--- a/man3/ceilf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ceil.3
diff --git a/man3/ceill.3 b/man3/ceill.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 569d1baf7..000000000
--- a/man3/ceill.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ceil.3
diff --git a/man3/cexp.3 b/man3/cexp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 917d04d8b..000000000
--- a/man3/cexp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cexp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cexp, cexpf, cexpl \- complex exponential function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex cexp(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex cexpf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex cexpl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate e (2.71828..., the base of natural logarithms)
-raised to the power of
-.IR z .
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-cexp(I * z) = ccos(z) + I * csin(z)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cexp (),
-.BR cexpf (),
-.BR cexpl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cexp2 (3),
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR cpow (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cexp2.3 b/man3/cexp2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a4f8c745..000000000
--- a/man3/cexp2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cexp2 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cexp2, cexp2f, cexp2l \- base-2 exponent of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex cexp2(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex cexp2f(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex cexp2l(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function returns 2 raised to the power of
-.IR z .
-.SH STANDARDS
-These function names are reserved for future use in C99.
-.P
-As at glibc 2.31, these functions are not provided in glibc.
-.\" But reserved in NAMESPACE.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cexp (3),
-.BR clog10 (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cexp2f.3 b/man3/cexp2f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 759ad34ce..000000000
--- a/man3/cexp2f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cexp2.3
diff --git a/man3/cexp2l.3 b/man3/cexp2l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 759ad34ce..000000000
--- a/man3/cexp2l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cexp2.3
diff --git a/man3/cexpf.3 b/man3/cexpf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 794d70711..000000000
--- a/man3/cexpf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cexp.3
diff --git a/man3/cexpl.3 b/man3/cexpl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 794d70711..000000000
--- a/man3/cexpl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cexp.3
diff --git a/man3/cfgetispeed.3 b/man3/cfgetispeed.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfgetispeed.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/cfgetospeed.3 b/man3/cfgetospeed.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfgetospeed.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/cfmakeraw.3 b/man3/cfmakeraw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfmakeraw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/cfree.3 b/man3/cfree.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 80812804d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfree.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cfree 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cfree \- free allocated memory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.P
-.B "#include <stdlib.h>"
-.P
-/* In SunOS 4 */
-.BI "int cfree(void *" ptr );
-.P
-/* In glibc or FreeBSD libcompat */
-.BI "void cfree(void *" ptr );
-.P
-/* In SCO OpenServer */
-.BI "void cfree(char " ptr [. size " * ." num "], unsigned int " num ", \
-unsigned int " size );
-.P
-/* In Solaris watchmalloc.so.1 */
-.BI "void cfree(void " ptr [. elsize " * ." nelem "], size_t " nelem ", \
-size_t " elsize );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR cfree ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function should never be used.
-Use
-.BR free (3)
-instead.
-Starting with glibc 2.26, it has been removed from glibc.
-.SS 1-arg cfree
-In glibc, the function
-.BR cfree ()
-is a synonym for
-.BR free (3),
-"added for compatibility with SunOS".
-.P
-Other systems have other functions with this name.
-The declaration is sometimes in
-.I <stdlib.h>
-and sometimes in
-.IR <malloc.h> .
-.SS 3-arg cfree
-Some SCO and Solaris versions have malloc libraries with a 3-argument
-.BR cfree (),
-apparently as an analog to
-.BR calloc (3).
-.P
-If you need it while porting something, add
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define cfree(p, n, s) free((p))
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-to your file.
-.P
-A frequently asked question is "Can I use
-.BR free (3)
-to free memory allocated with
-.BR calloc (3),
-or do I need
-.BR cfree ()?"
-Answer: use
-.BR free (3).
-.P
-An SCO manual writes: "The cfree routine is provided for compliance
-to the iBCSe2 standard and simply calls free.
-The num and size
-arguments to cfree are not used."
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The SunOS version of
-.BR cfree ()
-(which is a synonym for
-.BR free (3))
-returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
-In case of error,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EINVAL :
-the value of
-.I ptr
-was not a pointer to a block previously allocated by
-one of the routines in the
-.BR malloc (3)
-family.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cfree ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe /* In glibc */
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The 3-argument version of
-.BR cfree ()
-as used by SCO conforms to the iBCSe2 standard:
-Intel386 Binary Compatibility Specification, Edition 2.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.\" commit 025b33ae84bb8f15b2748a1d8605dca453fce112
-Removed in glibc 2.26.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man3/cfsetispeed.3 b/man3/cfsetispeed.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfsetispeed.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/cfsetospeed.3 b/man3/cfsetospeed.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfsetospeed.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/cfsetspeed.3 b/man3/cfsetspeed.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/cfsetspeed.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/cimag.3 b/man3/cimag.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e4c8f08c2..000000000
--- a/man3/cimag.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cimag 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cimag, cimagf, cimagl \- get imaginary part of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double cimag(double complex " z );
-.BI "float cimagf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double cimagl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the imaginary part of the complex number
-.IR z .
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-z = creal(z) + I * cimag(z)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cimag (),
-.BR cimagf (),
-.BR cimagl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-GCC also supports __imag__.
-That is a GNU extension.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR creal (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cimagf.3 b/man3/cimagf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e806455ae..000000000
--- a/man3/cimagf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cimag.3
diff --git a/man3/cimagl.3 b/man3/cimagl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e806455ae..000000000
--- a/man3/cimagl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cimag.3
diff --git a/man3/circleq.3 b/man3/circleq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 75442e710..000000000
--- a/man3/circleq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\"
-.TH CIRCLEQ 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-CIRCLEQ_EMPTY,
-CIRCLEQ_ENTRY,
-CIRCLEQ_FIRST,
-CIRCLEQ_FOREACH,
-CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE,
-CIRCLEQ_HEAD,
-CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
-CIRCLEQ_INIT,
-CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER,
-CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE,
-CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD,
-CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL,
-CIRCLEQ_LAST,
-CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT,
-CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV,
-CIRCLEQ_NEXT,
-CIRCLEQ_PREV,
-CIRCLEQ_REMOVE
-\- implementation of a doubly linked circular queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.P
-.B CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.P
-.B CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
-.BI "CIRCLEQ_HEAD CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(CIRCLEQ_HEAD " head );
-.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INIT(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "int CIRCLEQ_EMPTY(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_FIRST(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
-.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LAST(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
-.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(struct TYPE *" var ", CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "void CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
-.BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros define and operate on doubly linked circular queues.
-.P
-In the macro definitions,
-.I TYPE
-is the name of a user-defined structure,
-that must contain a field of type
-.IR CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ,
-named
-.IR NAME .
-The argument
-.I HEADNAME
-is the name of a user-defined structure
-that must be declared using the macro
-.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD ().
-.SS Creation
-A circular queue is headed by a structure defined by the
-.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD ()
-macro.
-This structure contains a pair of pointers,
-one to the first element in the queue
-and the other to the last element in the queue.
-The elements are doubly linked
-so that an arbitrary element can be removed without traversing the queue.
-New elements can be added to the queue
-after an existing element,
-before an existing element,
-at the head of the queue,
-or at the end of the queue.
-A
-.I CIRCLEQ_HEAD
-structure is declared as follows:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I struct HEADNAME
-is the structure to be defined, and
-.I struct TYPE
-is the type of the elements to be linked into the queue.
-A pointer to the head of the queue can later be declared as:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-struct HEADNAME *headp;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(The names
-.I head
-and
-.I headp
-are user selectable.)
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ()
-declares a structure that connects the elements in the queue.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-evaluates to an initializer for the queue
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_INIT ()
-initializes the queue referenced by
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_EMPTY ()
-evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
-.SS Insertion
-.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the head of the queue.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the end of the queue.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-before the element
-.IR listelm .
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-after the element
-.IR listelm .
-.SS Traversal
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FIRST ()
-returns the first item on the queue.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LAST ()
-returns the last item on the queue.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_PREV ()
-returns the previous item on the queue, or
-.I &head
-if this item is the first one.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_NEXT ()
-returns the next item on the queue, or
-.I &head
-if this item is the last one.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV ()
-returns the previous item on the queue.
-If
-.I elm
-is the first element on the queue, the last element is returned.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT ()
-returns the next item on the queue.
-If
-.I elm
-is the last element on the queue, the first element is returned.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH ()
-traverses the queue referenced by
-.I head
-in the forward direction, assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.I var
-is set to
-.I &head
-if the loop completes normally, or if there were no elements.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
-traverses the queue referenced by
-.I head
-in the reverse direction,
-assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.SS Removal
-.BR CIRCLEQ_REMOVE ()
-removes the element
-.I elm
-from the queue.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR CIRCLEQ_EMPTY ()
-returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
-and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FIRST (),
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LAST (),
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV (),
-and
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT ()
-return a pointer to the first, last, previous, or next
-.I TYPE
-structure, respectively.
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_PREV (),
-and
-.BR CIRCLEQ_NEXT ()
-are similar to their
-.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_* ()
-counterparts,
-except that if the argument is the first or last element, respectively,
-they return
-.IR &head .
-.P
-.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
-.IR head .
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH ()
-and
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
-don't allow
-.I var
-to be removed or freed within the loop,
-as it would interfere with the traversal.
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-and
-.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE (),
-which are present on the BSDs but are not present in glibc,
-fix this limitation by allowing
-.I var
-to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
-without interfering with the traversal.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (circleq.c)
-.EX
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-\&
-struct entry {
-    int data;
-    CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;           /* Queue */
-};
-\&
-CIRCLEQ_HEAD(circlehead, entry);
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
-    struct circlehead head;                 /* Queue head */
-    int i;
-\&
-    CIRCLEQ_INIT(&head);                    /* Initialize the queue */
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
-    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the tail */
-    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
-    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
-\&
-    n3 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert before */
-    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(&head, n2, n3, entries);
-\&
-    CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(&head, n2, entries);     /* Deletion */
-    free(n2);
-                                            /* Forward traversal */
-    i = 0;
-    CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
-        np\->data = i++;
-                                            /* Reverse traversal */
-    CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(np, &head, entries)
-        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
-                                            /* Queue deletion */
-    n1 = CIRCLEQ_FIRST(&head);
-    while (n1 != (void *)&head) {
-        n2 = CIRCLEQ_NEXT(n1, entries);
-        free(n1);
-        n1 = n2;
-    }
-    CIRCLEQ_INIT(&head);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR insque (3),
-.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man3/clearenv.3 b/man3/clearenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49bd8c2f5..000000000
--- a/man3/clearenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Additions, aeb, 2001-10-17.
-.TH clearenv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clearenv \- clear the environment
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B "int clearenv(void);"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR clearenv ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR clearenv ()
-function clears the environment of all name-value
-pairs and sets the value of the external variable
-.I environ
-to NULL.
-After this call, new variables can be added to the environment using
-.BR putenv (3)
-and
-.BR setenv (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR clearenv ()
-function returns zero on success, and a nonzero
-value on failure.
-.\" Most versions of UNIX return -1 on error, or do not even have errors.
-.\" glibc info and the Watcom C library document "a nonzero value".
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR clearenv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR putenv ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR clearenv ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR putenv ()
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR clearenv ()
-glibc 2.0.
-.P
-Various UNIX variants (DG/UX, HP-UX, QNX, ...).
-POSIX.9 (bindings for FORTRAN77).
-POSIX.1-1996 did not accept
-.BR clearenv ()
-and
-.BR putenv (3),
-but changed its mind and scheduled these functions for some
-later issue of this standard (see \[sc]B.4.6.1).
-However, POSIX.1-2001
-adds only
-.BR putenv (3),
-and rejected
-.BR clearenv ().
-.SH NOTES
-On systems where
-.BR clearenv ()
-is unavailable, the assignment
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-environ = NULL;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-will probably do.
-.P
-The
-.BR clearenv ()
-function may be useful in security-conscious applications that want to
-precisely control the environment that is passed to programs
-executed using
-.BR exec (3).
-The application would do this by first clearing the environment
-and then adding select environment variables.
-.P
-Note that the main effect of
-.BR clearenv ()
-is to adjust the value of the pointer
-.BR environ (7);
-this function does not erase the contents of the buffers
-containing the environment definitions.
-.P
-The DG/UX and Tru64 man pages write: If
-.I environ
-has been modified by anything other than the
-.BR putenv (3),
-.BR getenv (3),
-or
-.BR clearenv ()
-functions, then
-.BR clearenv ()
-will return an error and the process environment will remain unchanged.
-.\" .P
-.\" HP-UX has a ENOMEM error return.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getenv (3),
-.BR putenv (3),
-.BR setenv (3),
-.BR unsetenv (3),
-.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man3/clearerr.3 b/man3/clearerr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a95cca9f..000000000
--- a/man3/clearerr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ferror.3
diff --git a/man3/clearerr_unlocked.3 b/man3/clearerr_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/clearerr_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_broadcast.3 b/man3/clnt_broadcast.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_broadcast.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_call.3 b/man3/clnt_call.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_call.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_control.3 b/man3/clnt_control.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_control.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_create.3 b/man3/clnt_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_destroy.3 b/man3/clnt_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_freeres.3 b/man3/clnt_freeres.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_freeres.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_geterr.3 b/man3/clnt_geterr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_geterr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_pcreateerror.3 b/man3/clnt_pcreateerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_pcreateerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_perrno.3 b/man3/clnt_perrno.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_perrno.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_perror.3 b/man3/clnt_perror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_perror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_spcreateerror.3 b/man3/clnt_spcreateerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_spcreateerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_sperrno.3 b/man3/clnt_sperrno.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_sperrno.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnt_sperror.3 b/man3/clnt_sperror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnt_sperror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clntraw_create.3 b/man3/clntraw_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clntraw_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clnttcp_create.3 b/man3/clnttcp_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clnttcp_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clntudp_bufcreate.3 b/man3/clntudp_bufcreate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clntudp_bufcreate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clntudp_create.3 b/man3/clntudp_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/clntudp_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/clock.3 b/man3/clock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 292a0c137..000000000
--- a/man3/clock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:27:01 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 14 Jun 2002, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" 	Added notes on differences from other UNIX systems with respect to
-.\"	waited-for children.
-.TH clock 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clock \- determine processor time
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.B clock_t clock(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR clock ()
-function returns an approximation of processor time used by the program.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The value returned is the CPU time used so far as a
-.IR clock_t ;
-to get the number of seconds used, divide by
-.BR CLOCKS_PER_SEC .
-If the processor time used is not available or its value cannot
-be represented, the function returns the value
-.IR (clock_t)\ \-1 .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR clock ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-XSI requires that
-.B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
-equals 1000000 independent
-of the actual resolution.
-.P
-On several other implementations,
-the value returned by
-.BR clock ()
-also includes the times of any children whose status has been
-collected via
-.BR wait (2)
-(or another wait-type call).
-Linux does not include the times of waited-for children in the
-value returned by
-.BR clock ().
-.\" I have seen this behavior on Irix 6.3, and the OSF/1, HP/UX, and
-.\" Solaris manual pages say that clock() also does this on those systems.
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 doesn't explicitly allow this, nor is there an
-.\" explicit prohibition. -- MTK
-The
-.BR times (2)
-function, which explicitly returns (separate) information about the
-caller and its children, may be preferable.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.P
-In glibc 2.17 and earlier,
-.BR clock ()
-was implemented on top of
-.BR times (2).
-For improved accuracy,
-since glibc 2.18, it is implemented on top of
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-(using the
-.B CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID
-clock).
-.SH NOTES
-The C standard allows for arbitrary values at the start of the program;
-subtract the value returned from a call to
-.BR clock ()
-at the start of the program to get maximum portability.
-.P
-Note that the time can wrap around.
-On a 32-bit system where
-.B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
-equals 1000000 this function will return the same
-value approximately every 72 minutes.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clock_gettime (2),
-.BR getrusage (2),
-.BR times (2)
diff --git a/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3 b/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d6e231d7..000000000
--- a/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\" <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH clock_getcpuclockid 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clock_getcpuclockid \- obtain ID of a process CPU-time clock
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc ),
-since glibc 2.17
-.P
-Before glibc 2.17,
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <time.h>
-.nf
-.P
-.BI "int clock_getcpuclockid(pid_t " pid ", clockid_t *" clockid );
-.fi
-.P
-.ad l
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR clock_getcpuclockid ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
-function obtains the ID of the CPU-time clock of the process whose ID is
-.IR pid ,
-and returns it in the location pointed to by
-.IR clockid .
-If
-.I pid
-is zero, then the clock ID of the CPU-time clock
-of the calling process is returned.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The kernel does not support obtaining the per-process
-CPU-time clock of another process, and
-.I pid
-does not specify the calling process.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The caller does not have permission to access
-the CPU-time clock of the process specified by
-.IR pid .
-(Specified in POSIX.1-2001;
-does not occur on Linux unless the kernel does not support
-obtaining the per-process CPU-time clock of another process.)
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-There is no process with the ID
-.IR pid .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Calling
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-with the clock ID obtained by a call to
-.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
-with a
-.I pid
-of 0,
-is the same as using the clock ID
-.BR CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The example program below obtains the
-CPU-time clock ID of the process whose ID is given on the command line,
-and then uses
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-to obtain the time on that clock.
-An example run is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 1" "                 # Show CPU clock of init process"
-CPU\-time clock for PID 1 is 2.213466748 seconds
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (clock_getcpuclockid.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    clockid_t clockid;
-    struct timespec ts;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s <process\-ID>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (clock_getcpuclockid(atoi(argv[1]), &clockid) != 0) {
-        perror("clock_getcpuclockid");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (clock_gettime(clockid, &ts) == \-1) {
-        perror("clock_gettime");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("CPU\-time clock for PID %s is %jd.%09ld seconds\en",
-           argv[1], (intmax_t) ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clock_getres (2),
-.BR timer_create (2),
-.BR pthread_getcpuclockid (3),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/clog.3 b/man3/clog.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ff2e8fb01..000000000
--- a/man3/clog.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH clog 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clog, clogf, clogl \- natural logarithm of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex clog(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex clogf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex clogl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex natural logarithm of
-.IR z ,
-with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
-.P
-The logarithm
-.BR clog ()
-is the inverse function of the exponential
-.BR cexp (3).
-Thus, if \fIy\ =\ clog(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ cexp(y)\fP.
-The imaginary part of
-.I y
-is chosen in the interval [\-pi,pi].
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-clog(z) = log(cabs(z)) + I * carg(z)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Note that
-.I z
-close to zero will cause an overflow.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR clog (),
-.BR clogf (),
-.BR clogl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cexp (3),
-.BR clog10 (3),
-.BR clog2 (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/clog10.3 b/man3/clog10.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c798cf07..000000000
--- a/man3/clog10.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH clog10 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clog10, clog10f, clog10l \- base-10 logarithm of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex clog10(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex clog10f(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex clog10l(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The call
-.I clog10(z)
-is equivalent to:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-clog(z)/log(10)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-or equally:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-log10(cabs(c)) + I * carg(c) / log(10)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The other functions perform the same task for
-.I float
-and
-.IR "long double" .
-.P
-Note that
-.I z
-close to zero will cause an overflow.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR clog10 (),
-.BR clog10f (),
-.BR clog10l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.P
-The identifiers are reserved for future use in C99 and C11.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cexp (3),
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR clog2 (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/clog10f.3 b/man3/clog10f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5840d54d0..000000000
--- a/man3/clog10f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/clog10.3
diff --git a/man3/clog10l.3 b/man3/clog10l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5840d54d0..000000000
--- a/man3/clog10l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/clog10.3
diff --git a/man3/clog2.3 b/man3/clog2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b406a4229..000000000
--- a/man3/clog2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH clog2 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clog2, clog2f, clog2l \- base-2 logarithm of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex clog2(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex clog2f(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex clog2l(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The call
-.I clog2(z)
-is equivalent to
-.IR clog(z)/log(2) .
-.P
-The other functions perform the same task for
-.I float
-and
-.IR "long double" .
-.P
-Note that
-.I z
-close to zero will cause an overflow.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-These function names are reserved for future use in C99.
-.P
-Not yet in glibc, as at glibc 2.19.
-.\" But reserved in NAMESPACE.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cexp (3),
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR clog10 (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/clog2f.3 b/man3/clog2f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23d683416..000000000
--- a/man3/clog2f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/clog2.3
diff --git a/man3/clog2l.3 b/man3/clog2l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23d683416..000000000
--- a/man3/clog2l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/clog2.3
diff --git a/man3/clogf.3 b/man3/clogf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cd9533b3..000000000
--- a/man3/clogf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/clog.3
diff --git a/man3/clogl.3 b/man3/clogl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cd9533b3..000000000
--- a/man3/clogl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/clog.3
diff --git a/man3/closedir.3 b/man3/closedir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6526a27be..000000000
--- a/man3/closedir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:25:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH closedir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-closedir \- close a directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "int closedir(DIR *" dirp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR closedir ()
-function closes the directory stream associated with
-.IR dirp .
-A successful call to
-.BR closedir ()
-also closes the underlying file descriptor associated with
-.IR dirp .
-The directory stream descriptor
-.I dirp
-is not available
-after this call.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR closedir ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-Invalid directory stream descriptor
-.IR dirp .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR closedir ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR close (2),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/closelog.3 b/man3/closelog.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ec352b291..000000000
--- a/man3/closelog.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/syslog.3
diff --git a/man3/cmsg.3 b/man3/cmsg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 43fd7c176..000000000
--- a/man3/cmsg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-1-para
-.\"
-.\" This man page is Copyright (C) 1999 Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de>.
-.\"
-.\" $Id: cmsg.3,v 1.8 2000/12/20 18:10:31 ak Exp $
-.TH CMSG 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-CMSG_ALIGN, CMSG_SPACE, CMSG_NXTHDR, CMSG_FIRSTHDR \- access ancillary data
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct cmsghdr *CMSG_FIRSTHDR(struct msghdr *" msgh );
-.BI "struct cmsghdr *CMSG_NXTHDR(struct msghdr *" msgh ,
-.BR "                            struct cmsghdr *" cmsg );
-.BI "size_t CMSG_ALIGN(size_t " length );
-.BI "size_t CMSG_SPACE(size_t " length );
-.BI "size_t CMSG_LEN(size_t " length );
-.BI "unsigned char *CMSG_DATA(struct cmsghdr *" cmsg );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros are used to create and access control messages (also called
-ancillary data) that are not a part of the socket payload.
-This control information may
-include the interface the packet was received on, various rarely used header
-fields, an extended error description, a set of file descriptors, or UNIX
-credentials.
-For instance, control messages can be used to send
-additional header fields such as IP options.
-Ancillary data is sent by calling
-.BR sendmsg (2)
-and received by calling
-.BR recvmsg (2).
-See their manual pages for more information.
-.P
-Ancillary data is a sequence of
-.I cmsghdr
-structures with appended data.
-See the specific protocol man pages for the available control message types.
-The maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket can be set using
-.IR /proc/sys/net/core/optmem_max ;
-see
-.BR socket (7).
-.P
-The
-.I cmsghdr
-structure is defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct cmsghdr {
-    size_t cmsg_len;    /* Data byte count, including header
-                           (type is socklen_t in POSIX) */
-    int    cmsg_level;  /* Originating protocol */
-    int    cmsg_type;   /* Protocol\-specific type */
-/* followed by
-   unsigned char cmsg_data[]; */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The sequence of
-.I cmsghdr
-structures should never be accessed directly.
-Instead, use only the following macros:
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_FIRSTHDR ()
-returns a pointer to the first
-.I cmsghdr
-in the ancillary
-data buffer associated with the passed
-.IR msghdr .
-It returns NULL if there isn't enough space for a
-.I cmsghdr
-in the buffer.
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ()
-returns the next valid
-.I cmsghdr
-after the passed
-.IR cmsghdr .
-It returns NULL when there isn't enough space left in the buffer.
-.IP
-When initializing a buffer that will contain a series of
-.I cmsghdr
-structures (e.g., to be sent with
-.BR sendmsg (2)),
-that buffer should first be zero-initialized
-to ensure the correct operation of
-.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ().
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_ALIGN (),
-given a length, returns it including the required alignment.
-This is a
-constant expression.
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
-returns the number of bytes an ancillary element with payload of the
-passed data length occupies.
-This is a constant expression.
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_DATA ()
-returns a pointer to the data portion of a
-.IR cmsghdr .
-The pointer returned cannot be assumed to be suitably aligned for
-accessing arbitrary payload data types.
-Applications should not cast it to a pointer type matching the payload,
-but should instead use
-.BR memcpy (3)
-to copy data to or from a suitably declared object.
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_LEN ()
-returns the value to store in the
-.I cmsg_len
-member of the
-.I cmsghdr
-structure, taking into account any necessary
-alignment.
-It takes the data length as an argument.
-This is a constant
-expression.
-.P
-To create ancillary data, first initialize the
-.I msg_controllen
-member of the
-.I msghdr
-with the length of the control message buffer.
-Use
-.BR CMSG_FIRSTHDR ()
-on the
-.I msghdr
-to get the first control message and
-.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ()
-to get all subsequent ones.
-In each control message, initialize
-.I cmsg_len
-(with
-.BR CMSG_LEN ()),
-the other
-.I cmsghdr
-header fields, and the data portion using
-.BR CMSG_DATA ().
-Finally, the
-.I msg_controllen
-field of the
-.I msghdr
-should be set to the sum of the
-.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
-of the length of
-all control messages in the buffer.
-For more information on the
-.IR msghdr ,
-see
-.BR recvmsg (2).
-.SH VERSIONS
-For portability, ancillary data should be accessed using only the macros
-described here.
-.P
-In Linux,
-.BR CMSG_LEN (),
-.BR CMSG_DATA (),
-and
-.BR CMSG_ALIGN ()
-are constant expressions (assuming their argument is constant),
-meaning that these values can be used to declare the size of global variables.
-This may not be portable, however.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_FIRSTHDR ()
-.TQ
-.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ()
-.TQ
-.BR CMSG_DATA ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
-.TQ
-.BR CMSG_LEN ()
-.TQ
-.BR CMSG_ALIGN ()
-Linux.
-.SH HISTORY
-This ancillary data model conforms to the POSIX.1g draft, 4.4BSD-Lite,
-the IPv6 advanced API described in RFC\ 2292 and SUSv2.
-.P
-.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
-and
-.BR CMSG_LEN ()
-.\" https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=978#c3242
-will be included in the next POSIX release (Issue 8).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-This code looks for the
-.B IP_TTL
-option in a received ancillary buffer:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct msghdr msgh;
-struct cmsghdr *cmsg;
-int received_ttl;
-\&
-/* Receive auxiliary data in msgh */
-\&
-for (cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msgh); cmsg != NULL;
-        cmsg = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msgh, cmsg)) {
-    if (cmsg\->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP
-            && cmsg\->cmsg_type == IP_TTL) {
-        memcpy(&receive_ttl, CMSG_DATA(cmsg), sizeof(received_ttl));
-        break;
-    }
-}
-\&
-if (cmsg == NULL) {
-    /* Error: IP_TTL not enabled or small buffer or I/O error */
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The code below passes an array of file descriptors over a
-UNIX domain socket using
-.BR SCM_RIGHTS :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct msghdr msg = { 0 };
-struct cmsghdr *cmsg;
-int myfds[NUM_FD];  /* Contains the file descriptors to pass */
-char iobuf[1];
-struct iovec io = {
-    .iov_base = iobuf,
-    .iov_len = sizeof(iobuf)
-};
-union {         /* Ancillary data buffer, wrapped in a union
-                   in order to ensure it is suitably aligned */
-    char buf[CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(myfds))];
-    struct cmsghdr align;
-} u;
-\&
-msg.msg_iov = &io;
-msg.msg_iovlen = 1;
-msg.msg_control = u.buf;
-msg.msg_controllen = sizeof(u.buf);
-cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
-cmsg\->cmsg_level = SOL_SOCKET;
-cmsg\->cmsg_type = SCM_RIGHTS;
-cmsg\->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(myfds));
-memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmsg), myfds, sizeof(myfds));
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For a complete code example that shows passing of file descriptors
-over a UNIX domain socket, see
-.BR seccomp_unotify (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR recvmsg (2),
-.BR sendmsg (2)
-.P
-RFC\ 2292
diff --git a/man3/confstr.3 b/man3/confstr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cb924cf0..000000000
--- a/man3/confstr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:53:02 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" FIXME Many more values for 'name' are supported, some of which
-.\" are documented under 'info libc confstr'.
-.\" See <bits/confname.h> for the rest.
-.\" These should all be added to this page.
-.\" See also the POSIX.1-2001 specification of confstr()
-.\"
-.TH confstr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-confstr \- get configuration dependent string variables
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t confstr(int " "name" ", char " buf [. size "], size_t " size );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR confstr ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2 || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR confstr ()
-gets the value of configuration-dependent string variables.
-.P
-The
-.I name
-argument is the system variable to be queried.
-The following variables are supported:
-.TP
-.BR _CS_GNU_LIBC_VERSION " (GNU C library only; since glibc 2.3.2)"
-A string which identifies the GNU C library version on this system
-(e.g., "glibc 2.3.4").
-.TP
-.BR _CS_GNU_LIBPTHREAD_VERSION " (GNU C library only; since glibc 2.3.2)"
-A string which identifies the POSIX implementation supplied by this
-C library (e.g., "NPTL 2.3.4" or "linuxthreads\-0.10").
-.TP
-.B _CS_PATH
-A value for the
-.B PATH
-variable which indicates where all the POSIX.2 standard utilities can
-be found.
-.P
-If
-.I buf
-is not NULL and
-.I size
-is not zero,
-.BR confstr ()
-copies the value of the string to
-.I buf
-truncated to
-.I size \- 1
-bytes if necessary, with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) as terminator.
-This can be detected by comparing the return value of
-.BR confstr ()
-against
-.IR size .
-.P
-If
-.I size
-is zero and
-.I buf
-is NULL,
-.BR confstr ()
-just returns the value as defined below.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.I name
-is a valid configuration variable,
-.BR confstr ()
-returns the number of bytes (including the terminating null byte)
-that would be required to hold the entire value of that variable.
-This value may be greater than
-.IR size ,
-which means that the value in
-.I buf
-is truncated.
-.P
-If
-.I name
-is a valid configuration variable,
-but that variable does not have a value, then
-.BR confstr ()
-returns 0.
-If
-.I name
-does not correspond to a valid configuration variable,
-.BR confstr ()
-returns 0, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EINVAL .
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The value of
-.I name
-is invalid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR confstr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following code fragment determines the path where to find
-the POSIX.2 system utilities:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *pathbuf;
-size_t n;
-\&
-n = confstr(_CS_PATH, NULL, (size_t) 0);
-pathbuf = malloc(n);
-if (pathbuf == NULL)
-    abort();
-confstr(_CS_PATH, pathbuf, n);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getconf (1),
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR exec (3),
-.BR fpathconf (3),
-.BR pathconf (3),
-.BR sysconf (3),
-.BR system (3)
diff --git a/man3/conj.3 b/man3/conj.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 36bf2ea70..000000000
--- a/man3/conj.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH conj 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-conj, conjf, conjl \- calculate the complex conjugate
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex conj(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex conjf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex conjl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the complex conjugate value of
-.IR z .
-That is the value obtained by changing the sign of the imaginary part.
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-cabs(z) = csqrt(z * conj(z))
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR conj (),
-.BR conjf (),
-.BR conjl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR csqrt (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/conjf.3 b/man3/conjf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ef6093f70..000000000
--- a/man3/conjf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/conj.3
diff --git a/man3/conjl.3 b/man3/conjl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ef6093f70..000000000
--- a/man3/conjl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/conj.3
diff --git a/man3/copysign.3 b/man3/copysign.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bf20466ae..000000000
--- a/man3/copysign.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-08-10 by Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH copysign 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-copysign, copysignf, copysignl \- copy sign of a number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double copysign(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float copysignf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double copysignl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR copysign (),
-.BR copysignf (),
-.BR copysignl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a value whose absolute value matches that of
-.IR x ,
-but whose sign bit matches that of
-.IR y .
-.P
-For example,
-.I "copysign(42.0,\ \-1.0)"
-and
-.I "copysign(\-42.0, \-1.0)"
-both return \-42.0.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return a value whose magnitude is taken from
-.I x
-and whose sign is taken from
-.IR y .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN with the sign bit of
-.I y
-is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR copysign (),
-.BR copysignf (),
-.BR copysignl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On architectures where the floating-point formats are not IEEE 754 compliant,
-these functions may treat a negative zero as positive.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
-recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR signbit (3)
diff --git a/man3/copysignf.3 b/man3/copysignf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 46ef5e6db..000000000
--- a/man3/copysignf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/copysign.3
diff --git a/man3/copysignl.3 b/man3/copysignl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 46ef5e6db..000000000
--- a/man3/copysignl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/copysign.3
diff --git a/man3/cos.3 b/man3/cos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4df1ae43c..000000000
--- a/man3/cos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH cos 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cos, cosf, cosl \- cosine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double cos(double " x );
-.BI "float cosf(float " x );
-.BI "long double cosl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR cosf (),
-.BR cosl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the cosine of
-.IR x ,
-where
-.I x
-is
-given in radians.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the cosine of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cos (),
-.BR cosf (),
-.BR cosl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6780
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when a domain error occurred.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acos (3),
-.BR asin (3),
-.BR atan (3),
-.BR atan2 (3),
-.BR ccos (3),
-.BR sin (3),
-.BR sincos (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/cosf.3 b/man3/cosf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9abaea4b0..000000000
--- a/man3/cosf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cos.3
diff --git a/man3/cosh.3 b/man3/cosh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a22227d7..000000000
--- a/man3/cosh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1996-06-08 by aeb
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH cosh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cosh, coshf, coshl \- hyperbolic cosine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double cosh(double " x );
-.BI "float coshf(float " x );
-.BI "long double coshl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR coshf (),
-.BR coshl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the hyperbolic cosine of
-.IR x ,
-which is defined mathematically as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-cosh(x) = (exp(x) + exp(\-x)) / 2
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the hyperbolic cosine of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 or \-0, 1 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cosh (),
-.BR coshf (),
-.BR coshl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.3.4 and earlier,
-an overflow floating-point
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW  )
-exception is not raised when an overflow occurs.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acosh (3),
-.BR asinh (3),
-.BR atanh (3),
-.BR ccos (3),
-.BR sinh (3),
-.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man3/coshf.3 b/man3/coshf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e9bab10c7..000000000
--- a/man3/coshf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cosh.3
diff --git a/man3/coshl.3 b/man3/coshl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e9bab10c7..000000000
--- a/man3/coshl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cosh.3
diff --git a/man3/cosl.3 b/man3/cosl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9abaea4b0..000000000
--- a/man3/cosl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cos.3
diff --git a/man3/cpow.3 b/man3/cpow.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 341c29b72..000000000
--- a/man3/cpow.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cpow 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cpow, cpowf, cpowl \- complex power function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex cpow(double complex " x ", double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex cpowf(float complex " x ", float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex cpowl(long double complex " x ,
-.BI "                          long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate
-.I x
-raised to the power
-.I z
-(with a branch cut for
-.I x
-along the negative real axis).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cpow (),
-.BR cpowf (),
-.BR cpowl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR pow (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cpowf.3 b/man3/cpowf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7577fcdf1..000000000
--- a/man3/cpowf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cpow.3
diff --git a/man3/cpowl.3 b/man3/cpowl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7577fcdf1..000000000
--- a/man3/cpowl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cpow.3
diff --git a/man3/cproj.3 b/man3/cproj.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f91d43214..000000000
--- a/man3/cproj.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH cproj 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-cproj, cprojf, cprojl \- project into Riemann Sphere
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex cproj(double complex " z ");"
-.BI "float complex cprojf(float complex " z ");"
-.BI "long double complex cprojl(long double complex " z ");"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions project a point in the plane onto the surface of a
-Riemann Sphere, the one-point compactification of the complex plane.
-Each finite point
-.I z
-projects to
-.I z
-itself.
-Every complex infinite value is projected to a single infinite value,
-namely to positive infinity on the real axis.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cproj (),
-.BR cprojf (),
-.BR cprojl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-In glibc 2.11 and earlier, the implementation does something different
-(a
-.I stereographic
-projection onto a Riemann Sphere).
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=10401
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/cprojf.3 b/man3/cprojf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a3f31c6d..000000000
--- a/man3/cprojf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cproj.3
diff --git a/man3/cprojl.3 b/man3/cprojl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a3f31c6d..000000000
--- a/man3/cprojl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/cproj.3
diff --git a/man3/creal.3 b/man3/creal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97848d500..000000000
--- a/man3/creal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH creal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-creal, crealf, creall \- get real part of a complex number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double creal(double complex " z );
-.BI "float crealf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double creall(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the real part of the complex number
-.IR z .
-.P
-One has:
-.P
-.nf
-    z = creal(z) + I * cimag(z)
-.fi
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR creal (),
-.BR crealf (),
-.BR creall ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-GCC supports also __real__.
-That is a GNU extension.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cimag (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/crealf.3 b/man3/crealf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4289f71de..000000000
--- a/man3/crealf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/creal.3
diff --git a/man3/creall.3 b/man3/creall.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4289f71de..000000000
--- a/man3/creall.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/creal.3
diff --git a/man3/crypt.3 b/man3/crypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b619149a1..000000000
--- a/man3/crypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Michael Haardt (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth.aachen.de)
-.\"     Sat Sep  3 22:00:30 MET DST 1994
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Sun Feb 19 21:32:25 1995, faith@cs.unc.edu edited details away
-.\"
-.\" TO DO: This manual page should go more into detail how DES is perturbed,
-.\" which string will be encrypted, and what determines the repetition factor.
-.\" Is a simple repetition using ECB used, or something more advanced?  I hope
-.\" the presented explanations are at least better than nothing, but by no
-.\" means enough.
-.\"
-.\" added _XOPEN_SOURCE, aeb, 970705
-.\" added GNU MD5 stuff, aeb, 011223
-.\"
-.TH crypt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-crypt, crypt_r \- password hashing
-.SH LIBRARY
-Password hashing library
-.RI ( libcrypt ", " \-lcrypt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *crypt(const char *" key ", const char *" salt );
-.P
-.B #include <crypt.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *crypt_r(const char *" key ", const char *" salt ,
-.BI "              struct crypt_data *restrict " data );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR crypt ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.28:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.27 and earlier:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR crypt_r ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR crypt ()
-is the password hashing function.
-It is based on the Data Encryption
-Standard algorithm with variations intended (among other things) to
-discourage use of hardware implementations of a key search.
-.P
-.I key
-is a user's typed password.
-.P
-.I salt
-is a two-character string chosen from the set
-[\fBa\-zA\-Z0\-9./\fP].
-This string is used to
-perturb the algorithm in one of 4096 different ways.
-.P
-By taking the lowest 7 bits of each of the first eight characters of the
-.IR key ,
-a 56-bit key is obtained.
-This 56-bit key is used to encrypt repeatedly a
-constant string (usually a string consisting of all zeros).
-The returned
-value points to the hashed password, a series of 13 printable ASCII
-characters (the first two characters represent the salt itself).
-The return value points to static data whose content is
-overwritten by each call.
-.P
-Warning: the key space consists of
-.if t 2\s-2\u56\s0\d
-.if n 2**56
-equal 7.2e16 possible values.
-Exhaustive searches of this key space are
-possible using massively parallel computers.
-Software, such as
-.BR crack (1),
-is available which will search the portion of this key space that is
-generally used by humans for passwords.
-Hence, password selection should,
-at minimum, avoid common words and names.
-The use of a
-.BR passwd (1)
-program that checks for crackable passwords during the selection process is
-recommended.
-.P
-The DES algorithm itself has a few quirks which make the use of the
-.BR crypt ()
-interface a very poor choice for anything other than password
-authentication.
-If you are planning on using the
-.BR crypt ()
-interface for a cryptography project, don't do it: get a good book on
-encryption and one of the widely available DES libraries.
-.P
-.BR crypt_r ()
-is a reentrant version of
-.BR crypt ().
-The structure pointed to by
-.I data
-is used to store result data and bookkeeping information.
-Other than allocating it,
-the only thing that the caller should do with this structure is to set
-.I data\->initialized
-to zero before the first call to
-.BR crypt_r ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, a pointer to the hashed password is returned.
-On error, NULL is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I salt
-has the wrong format.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The
-.BR crypt ()
-function was not implemented, probably because of U.S.A. export restrictions.
-.\" This level of detail is not necessary in this man page. . .
-.\" .P
-.\" When encrypting a plain text P using DES with the key K results in the
-.\" encrypted text C, then the complementary plain text P' being encrypted
-.\" using the complementary key K' will result in the complementary encrypted
-.\" text C'.
-.\" .P
-.\" Weak keys are keys which stay invariant under the DES key transformation.
-.\" The four known weak keys 0101010101010101, fefefefefefefefe,
-.\" 1f1f1f1f0e0e0e0e and e0e0e0e0f1f1f1f1 must be avoided.
-.\" .P
-.\" There are six known half weak key pairs, which keys lead to the same
-.\" encrypted data.  Keys which are part of such key clusters should be
-.\" avoided.
-.\" Sorry, I could not find out what they are.
-.\""
-.\" .P
-.\" Heavily redundant data causes trouble with DES encryption, when used in the
-.\" .I codebook
-.\" mode that
-.\" .BR crypt ()
-.\" implements.  The
-.\" .BR crypt ()
-.\" interface should be used only for its intended purpose of password
-.\" verification, and should not be used as part of a data encryption tool.
-.\" .P
-.\" The first and last three output bits of the fourth S-box can be
-.\" represented as function of their input bits.  Empiric studies have
-.\" shown that S-boxes partially compute the same output for similar input.
-.\" It is suspected that this may contain a back door which could allow the
-.\" NSA to decrypt DES encrypted data.
-.\" .P
-.\" Making encrypted data computed using crypt() publicly available has
-.\" to be considered insecure for the given reasons.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-.I /proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled
-has a nonzero value,
-and an attempt was made to use a weak hashing type, such as DES.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR crypt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:crypt
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR crypt_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR crypt ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR crypt_r ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR crypt ()
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SS Availability in glibc
-The
-.BR crypt (),
-.BR encrypt (3),
-and
-.BR setkey (3)
-functions are part of the POSIX.1-2008 XSI Options Group for Encryption
-and are optional.
-If the interfaces are not available, then the symbolic constant
-.B _XOPEN_CRYPT
-is either not defined,
-or it is defined to \-1 and availability can be checked at run time with
-.BR sysconf (3).
-This may be the case if the downstream distribution has switched from glibc
-crypt to
-.IR libxcrypt .
-When recompiling applications in such distributions,
-the programmer must detect if
-.B _XOPEN_CRYPT
-is not available and include
-.I <crypt.h>
-for the function prototypes;
-otherwise
-.I libxcrypt
-is an ABI-compatible drop-in replacement.
-.SH NOTES
-.SS Features in glibc
-The glibc version of this function supports additional
-hashing algorithms.
-.P
-If
-.I salt
-is a character string starting with the characters "$\fIid\fP$"
-followed by a string optionally terminated by "$",
-then the result has the form:
-.RS
-.P
-$\fIid\fP$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
-.RE
-.P
-.I id
-identifies the hashing method used instead of DES and this
-then determines how the rest of the password string is interpreted.
-The following values of
-.I id
-are supported:
-.RS
-.TS
-lb lb
-l lx.
-ID	Method
-_
-1	MD5
-2a	T{
-Blowfish (not in mainline glibc; added in some
-Linux distributions)
-T}
-.\" openSUSE has Blowfish, but AFAICS, this option is not supported
-.\" natively by glibc -- mtk, Jul 08
-.\"
-.\" md5 | Sun MD5
-.\" glibc doesn't appear to natively support Sun MD5; I don't know
-.\" if any distros add the support.
-5	SHA-256 (since glibc 2.7)
-6	SHA-512 (since glibc 2.7)
-.TE
-.RE
-.P
-Thus, $5$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP and $6$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
-contain the password hashed with, respectively, functions
-based on SHA-256 and SHA-512.
-.P
-"\fIsalt\fP" stands for the up to 16 characters
-following "$\fIid\fP$" in the salt.
-The "\fIhashed\fP"
-part of the password string is the actual computed password.
-The size of this string is fixed:
-.RS
-.TS
-lb l.
-MD5	22 characters
-SHA-256	43 characters
-SHA-512	86 characters
-.TE
-.RE
-.P
-The characters in "\fIsalt\fP" and "\fIhashed\fP" are drawn from the set
-[\fBa\-zA\-Z0\-9./\fP].
-In the MD5 and SHA implementations the entire
-.I key
-is significant (instead of only the first
-8 bytes in DES).
-.P
-Since glibc 2.7,
-.\" glibc commit 9425cb9eea6a62fc21d99aafe8a60f752b934b05
-the SHA-256 and SHA-512 implementations support a user-supplied number of
-hashing rounds, defaulting to 5000.
-If the "$\fIid\fP$" characters in the salt are
-followed by "rounds=\fIxxx\fP$", where \fIxxx\fP is an integer, then the
-result has the form
-.RS
-.P
-$\fIid\fP$\fIrounds=yyy\fP$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
-.RE
-.P
-where \fIyyy\fP is the number of hashing rounds actually used.
-The number of rounds actually used is 1000 if
-.I xxx
-is less than
-1000, 999999999 if
-.I xxx
-is greater than 999999999, and
-is equal to
-.I xxx
-otherwise.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR login (1),
-.BR passwd (1),
-.BR encrypt (3),
-.BR getpass (3),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/crypt_r.3 b/man3/crypt_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3944ebd53..000000000
--- a/man3/crypt_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/crypt.3
diff --git a/man3/csin.3 b/man3/csin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8dccebcd4..000000000
--- a/man3/csin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH csin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-csin, csinf, csinl \- complex sine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex csin(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex csinf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex csinl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex sine of
-.IR z .
-.P
-The complex sine function is defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-csin(z) = (exp(i * z) \- exp(\-i * z)) / (2 * i)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR csin (),
-.BR csinf (),
-.BR csinl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR casin (3),
-.BR ccos (3),
-.BR ctan (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/csinf.3 b/man3/csinf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ed2a3e7f..000000000
--- a/man3/csinf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/csin.3
diff --git a/man3/csinh.3 b/man3/csinh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 709ae1af6..000000000
--- a/man3/csinh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH csinh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-csinh, csinhf, csinhl \- complex hyperbolic sine
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex csinh(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex csinhf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex csinhl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic sine of
-.IR z .
-.P
-The complex hyperbolic sine function is defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-csinh(z) = (exp(z)\-exp(\-z))/2
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR csinh (),
-.BR csinhf (),
-.BR csinhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR casinh (3),
-.BR ccosh (3),
-.BR ctanh (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/csinhf.3 b/man3/csinhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6d66f92..000000000
--- a/man3/csinhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/csinh.3
diff --git a/man3/csinhl.3 b/man3/csinhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6d66f92..000000000
--- a/man3/csinhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/csinh.3
diff --git a/man3/csinl.3 b/man3/csinl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ed2a3e7f..000000000
--- a/man3/csinl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/csin.3
diff --git a/man3/csqrt.3 b/man3/csqrt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c29db36bd..000000000
--- a/man3/csqrt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH csqrt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-csqrt, csqrtf, csqrtl \- complex square root
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex csqrt(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex csqrtf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex csqrtl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex square root of
-.IR z ,
-with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
-(That means that \fIcsqrt(\-1+eps*I)\fP will be close to I while
-\fIcsqrt(\-1\-eps*I)\fP will be close to \-I, \fIif eps\fP is a small positive
-real number.)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR csqrt (),
-.BR csqrtf (),
-.BR csqrtl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR cexp (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/csqrtf.3 b/man3/csqrtf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e3cf32905..000000000
--- a/man3/csqrtf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/csqrt.3
diff --git a/man3/csqrtl.3 b/man3/csqrtl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e3cf32905..000000000
--- a/man3/csqrtl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/csqrt.3
diff --git a/man3/ctan.3 b/man3/ctan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bcfb58be..000000000
--- a/man3/ctan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH ctan 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ctan, ctanf, ctanl \- complex tangent function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex ctan(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex ctanf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex ctanl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex tangent of
-.IR z .
-.P
-The complex tangent function is defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ctan(z) = csin(z) / ccos(z)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ctan (),
-.BR ctanf (),
-.BR ctanl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR catan (3),
-.BR ccos (3),
-.BR csin (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/ctanf.3 b/man3/ctanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0f4a6607..000000000
--- a/man3/ctanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctan.3
diff --git a/man3/ctanh.3 b/man3/ctanh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 00ad505e7..000000000
--- a/man3/ctanh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH ctanh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ctanh, ctanhf, ctanhl \- complex hyperbolic tangent
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <complex.h>
-.P
-.BI "double complex ctanh(double complex " z );
-.BI "float complex ctanhf(float complex " z );
-.BI "long double complex ctanhl(long double complex " z );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic tangent of
-.IR z .
-.P
-The complex hyperbolic tangent function is defined
-mathematically as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ctanh(z) = csinh(z) / ccosh(z)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ctanh (),
-.BR ctanhf (),
-.BR ctanhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR catanh (3),
-.BR ccosh (3),
-.BR csinh (3),
-.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man3/ctanhf.3 b/man3/ctanhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49b92172b..000000000
--- a/man3/ctanhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctanh.3
diff --git a/man3/ctanhl.3 b/man3/ctanhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49b92172b..000000000
--- a/man3/ctanhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctanh.3
diff --git a/man3/ctanl.3 b/man3/ctanl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0f4a6607..000000000
--- a/man3/ctanl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctan.3
diff --git a/man3/ctermid.3 b/man3/ctermid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 850dcec0b..000000000
--- a/man3/ctermid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:51:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH ctermid 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ctermid \- get controlling terminal name
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.\" POSIX also requires this function to be declared in <unistd.h>,
-.\" and glibc does so if suitable feature test macros are defined.
-.P
-.BI "char *ctermid(char *" "s" );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ctermid ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR ctermid ()
-returns a string which is the pathname for the current
-controlling terminal for this process.
-If
-.I s
-is NULL,
-a static buffer is used, otherwise
-.I s
-points to a buffer used to hold the terminal pathname.
-The symbolic constant
-.B L_ctermid
-is the maximum number of characters in the returned pathname.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The pointer to the pathname.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ctermid ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, Svr4.
-.SH BUGS
-The returned pathname may not uniquely identify the controlling
-terminal; it may, for example, be
-.IR /dev/tty .
-.P
-It is not assured that the program can open the terminal.
-.\" in glibc 2.3.x, x >= 4, the glibc headers threw an error
-.\" if ctermid() was given an argument; fixed in glibc 2.4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ttyname (3)
diff --git a/man3/ctime.3 b/man3/ctime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b8543a1cf..000000000
--- a/man3/ctime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:49:27 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Apr 26 12:38:55 MET DST 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\" Modified 2001-11-13, aeb
-.\" Modified 2001-12-13, joey, aeb
-.\" Modified 2004-11-16, mtk
-.\"
-.TH ctime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-asctime, ctime, gmtime, localtime, mktime, asctime_r, ctime_r, gmtime_r,
-localtime_r \- transform date and time to broken-down time or ASCII
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *asctime(const struct tm *" tm );
-.BI "char *asctime_r(const struct tm *restrict " tm ,
-.BI "                    char " buf "[restrict 26]);"
-.P
-.BI "char *ctime(const time_t *" timep );
-.BI "char *ctime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
-.BI "                    char " buf "[restrict 26]);"
-.P
-.BI "struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *" timep );
-.BI "struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
-.BI "                    struct tm *restrict " result );
-.P
-.BI "struct tm *localtime(const time_t *" timep );
-.BI "struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
-.BI "                    struct tm *restrict " result );
-.P
-.BI "time_t mktime(struct tm *" tm );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR asctime_r (),
-.BR ctime_r (),
-.BR gmtime_r (),
-.BR localtime_r ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ctime (),
-.BR gmtime (),
-and
-.BR localtime ()
-functions all take
-an argument of data type \fItime_t\fP, which represents calendar time.
-When interpreted as an absolute time value, it represents the number of
-seconds elapsed since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.P
-The
-.BR asctime ()
-and
-.BR mktime ()
-functions both take an argument
-representing broken-down time, which is a representation
-separated into year, month, day, and so on.
-.P
-Broken-down time is stored in the structure
-.IR tm ,
-described in
-.BR tm (3type).
-.P
-The call
-.BI ctime( t )
-is equivalent to
-.BI asctime(localtime( t )) \fR.
-It converts the calendar time \fIt\fP into a
-null-terminated string of the form
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-"Wed Jun 30 21:49:08 1993\en"
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The abbreviations for the days of the week are "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed",
-"Thu", "Fri", and "Sat".
-The abbreviations for the months are "Jan",
-"Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", and
-"Dec".
-The return value points to a statically allocated string which
-might be overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time
-functions.
-The function also sets the external
-variables \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP (see
-.BR tzset (3))
-with information about the current timezone.
-The reentrant version
-.BR ctime_r ()
-does the same, but stores the
-string in a user-supplied buffer
-which should have room for at least 26 bytes.
-It need not
-set \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP.
-.P
-The
-.BR gmtime ()
-function converts the calendar time \fItimep\fP to
-broken-down time representation, expressed in Coordinated Universal Time
-(UTC).
-It may return NULL when the year does not fit into an integer.
-The return value points to a statically allocated struct which might be
-overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time functions.
-The
-.BR gmtime_r ()
-function does the same, but stores the data in a
-user-supplied struct.
-.P
-The
-.BR localtime ()
-function converts the calendar time \fItimep\fP to
-broken-down time representation,
-expressed relative to the user's specified timezone.
-The function acts as if it called
-.BR tzset (3)
-and sets the external variables \fItzname\fP with
-information about the current timezone, \fItimezone\fP with the difference
-between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and local standard time in
-seconds, and \fIdaylight\fP to a nonzero value if daylight savings
-time rules apply during some part of the year.
-The return value points to a statically allocated struct which might be
-overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time functions.
-The
-.BR localtime_r ()
-function does the same, but stores the data in a
-user-supplied struct.
-It need not set \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP.
-.P
-The
-.BR asctime ()
-function converts the broken-down time value
-\fItm\fP into a null-terminated string with the same format as
-.BR ctime ().
-The return value points to a statically allocated string which might be
-overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time functions.
-The
-.BR asctime_r ()
-function does the same, but stores the string in
-a user-supplied buffer which should have room for at least 26 bytes.
-.P
-The
-.BR mktime ()
-function converts a broken-down time structure, expressed
-as local time, to calendar time representation.
-The function ignores
-the values supplied by the caller in the
-.I tm_wday
-and
-.I tm_yday
-fields.
-The value specified in the
-.I tm_isdst
-field informs
-.BR mktime ()
-whether or not daylight saving time (DST)
-is in effect for the time supplied in the
-.I tm
-structure:
-a positive value means DST is in effect;
-zero means that DST is not in effect;
-and a negative value means that
-.BR mktime ()
-should (use timezone information and system databases to)
-attempt to determine whether DST is in effect at the specified time.
-.P
-The
-.BR mktime ()
-function modifies the fields of the
-.I tm
-structure as follows:
-.I tm_wday
-and
-.I tm_yday
-are set to values determined from the contents of the other fields;
-if structure members are outside their valid interval, they will be
-normalized (so that, for example, 40 October is changed into 9 November);
-.I tm_isdst
-is set (regardless of its initial value)
-to a positive value or to 0, respectively,
-to indicate whether DST is or is not in effect at the specified time.
-Calling
-.BR mktime ()
-also sets the external variable \fItzname\fP with
-information about the current timezone.
-.P
-If the specified broken-down
-time cannot be represented as calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
-.BR mktime ()
-returns
-.I (time_t)\ \-1
-and does not alter the
-members of the broken-down time structure.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR gmtime ()
-and
-.BR localtime ()
-return a pointer to a
-.IR "struct\ tm" .
-.P
-On success,
-.BR gmtime_r ()
-and
-.BR localtime_r ()
-return the address of the structure pointed to by
-.IR result .
-.P
-On success,
-.BR asctime ()
-and
-.BR ctime ()
-return a pointer to a string.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR asctime_r ()
-and
-.BR ctime_r ()
-return a pointer to the string pointed to by
-.IR buf .
-.P
-On success,
-.BR mktime ()
-returns the calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
-expressed as a value of type
-.IR time_t .
-.P
-On error,
-.BR mktime ()
-returns the value
-.IR "(time_t)\ \-1" .
-The remaining functions return NULL on error.
-On error,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EOVERFLOW
-The result cannot be represented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR asctime ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:asctime locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR asctime_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ctime ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:tmbuf
-race:asctime env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ctime_r (),
-.BR gmtime_r (),
-.BR localtime_r (),
-.BR mktime ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gmtime (),
-.BR localtime ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:tmbuf env locale
-T}
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX doesn't specify the parameters of
-.BR ctime_r ()
-to be
-.IR restrict ;
-that is specific to glibc.
-.P
-In many implementations, including glibc, a 0 in
-.I tm_mday
-is interpreted as meaning the last day of the preceding month.
-.P
-According to POSIX.1-2001,
-.BR localtime ()
-is required to behave as though
-.BR tzset (3)
-was called, while
-.BR localtime_r ()
-does not have this requirement.
-.\" See http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.time.tz/2034/
-For portable code,
-.BR tzset (3)
-should be called before
-.BR localtime_r ().
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR asctime ()
-.TQ
-.BR ctime ()
-.TQ
-.BR gmtime ()
-.TQ
-.BR localtime ()
-.TQ
-.BR mktime ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR asctime_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR ctime_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR gmtime_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR localtime_r ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR gmtime ()
-.TQ
-.BR localtime ()
-.TQ
-.BR mktime ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR asctime ()
-.TQ
-.BR ctime ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-Marked obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (recommending
-.BR strftime (3)).
-.TP
-.BR gmtime_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR localtime_r ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR asctime_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR ctime_r ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-Marked obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (recommending
-.BR strftime (3)).
-.SH NOTES
-The four functions
-.BR asctime (),
-.BR ctime (),
-.BR gmtime (),
-and
-.BR localtime ()
-return a pointer to static data and hence are not thread-safe.
-The thread-safe versions,
-.BR asctime_r (),
-.BR ctime_r (),
-.BR gmtime_r (),
-and
-.BR localtime_r (),
-are specified by SUSv2.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 says:
-"The
-.BR asctime (),
-.BR ctime (),
-.BR gmtime (),
-and
-.BR localtime ()
-functions shall return values in one of two static objects:
-a broken-down time structure and an array of type
-.IR char .
-Execution of any of the functions may overwrite the information returned
-in either of these objects by any of the other functions."
-This can occur in the glibc implementation.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR date (1),
-.BR gettimeofday (2),
-.BR time (2),
-.BR utime (2),
-.BR clock (3),
-.BR difftime (3),
-.BR strftime (3),
-.BR strptime (3),
-.BR timegm (3),
-.BR tzset (3),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/ctime_r.3 b/man3/ctime_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/ctime_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/cuserid.3 b/man3/cuserid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b6d53bf72..000000000
--- a/man3/cuserid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getlogin.3
diff --git a/man3/daemon.3 b/man3/daemon.3
deleted file mode 100644
index edc4e54b6..000000000
--- a/man3/daemon.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)daemon.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
-.\" Added mentioning of glibc weirdness wrt unistd.h. 5/11/98, Al Viro
-.TH daemon 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-daemon \- run in the background
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int daemon(int " nochdir ", int " noclose );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR daemon ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.21:
-.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR daemon ()
-function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the
-controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons.
-.P
-If
-.I nochdir
-is zero,
-.BR daemon ()
-changes the process's current working directory
-to the root directory ("/");
-otherwise, the current working directory is left unchanged.
-.P
-If
-.I noclose
-is zero,
-.BR daemon ()
-redirects standard input, standard output, and standard error
-to
-.IR /dev/null ;
-otherwise, no changes are made to these file descriptors.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-(This function forks, and if the
-.BR fork (2)
-succeeds, the parent calls
-.\" not .IR in order not to underline _
-.BR _exit (2),
-so that further errors are seen by the child only.)
-On success
-.BR daemon ()
-returns zero.
-If an error occurs,
-.BR daemon ()
-returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to any of the errors specified for the
-.BR fork (2)
-and
-.BR setsid (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR daemon ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-A similar function appears on the BSDs.
-.P
-The glibc implementation can also return \-1 when
-.I /dev/null
-exists but is not a character device with the expected
-major and minor numbers.
-In this case,
-.I errno
-need not be set.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-The GNU C library implementation of this function was taken from BSD,
-and does not employ the double-fork technique (i.e.,
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR setsid (2),
-.BR fork (2))
-that is necessary to ensure that the resulting daemon process is
-not a session leader.
-Instead, the resulting daemon
-.I is
-a session leader.
-.\" FIXME . https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19144
-.\" Tested using a program that uses daemon() and then opens an
-.\" otherwise unused console device (/dev/ttyN) that does not
-.\" have an associated getty process.
-On systems that follow System V semantics (e.g., Linux),
-this means that if the daemon opens a terminal that is not
-already a controlling terminal for another session,
-then that terminal will inadvertently become
-the controlling terminal for the daemon.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR setsid (2),
-.BR daemon (7),
-.BR logrotate (8)
diff --git a/man3/daylight.3 b/man3/daylight.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 80907636c..000000000
--- a/man3/daylight.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tzset.3
diff --git a/man3/db.3 b/man3/db.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 03ede6636..000000000
--- a/man3/db.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/dbopen.3
diff --git a/man3/dbopen.3 b/man3/dbopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 475f460a9..000000000
--- a/man3/dbopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,536 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)dbopen.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 1/2/94
-.\"
-.TH dbopen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.UC 7
-.SH NAME
-dbopen \- database access methods
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <limits.h>
-.B #include <db.h>
-.B #include <fcntl.h>
-.P
-.BI "DB *dbopen(const char *" file ", int " flags ", int " mode \
-", DBTYPE " type ,
-.BI "           const void *" openinfo );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Note well" :
-This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
-Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
-Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
-.I libdb
-library instead.
-.P
-.BR dbopen ()
-is the library interface to database files.
-The supported file formats are btree, hashed, and UNIX file oriented.
-The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree structure.
-The hashed format is an extensible, dynamic hashing scheme.
-The flat-file format is a byte stream file with fixed or variable length
-records.
-The formats and file-format-specific information are described in detail
-in their respective manual pages
-.BR btree (3),
-.BR hash (3),
-and
-.BR recno (3).
-.P
-.BR dbopen ()
-opens
-.I file
-for reading and/or writing.
-Files never intended to be preserved on disk may be created by setting
-the
-.I file
-argument to NULL.
-.P
-The
-.I flags
-and
-.I mode
-arguments are as specified to the
-.BR open (2)
-routine, however, only the
-.BR O_CREAT ,
-.BR O_EXCL ,
-.BR O_EXLOCK ,
-.BR O_NONBLOCK ,
-.BR O_RDONLY ,
-.BR O_RDWR ,
-.BR O_SHLOCK ,
-and
-.B O_TRUNC
-flags are meaningful.
-(Note, opening a database file
-.B O_WRONLY
-is not possible.)
-.\"Three additional options may be specified by ORing
-.\"them into the
-.\".I flags
-.\"argument.
-.\".TP
-.\"DB_LOCK
-.\"Do the necessary locking in the database to support concurrent access.
-.\"If concurrent access isn't needed or the database is read-only this
-.\"flag should not be set, as it tends to have an associated performance
-.\"penalty.
-.\".TP
-.\"DB_SHMEM
-.\"Place the underlying memory pool used by the database in shared
-.\"memory.
-.\"Necessary for concurrent access.
-.\".TP
-.\"DB_TXN
-.\"Support transactions in the database.
-.\"The DB_LOCK and DB_SHMEM flags must be set as well.
-.P
-The
-.I type
-argument is of type
-.I DBTYPE
-(as defined in the
-.I <db.h>
-include file) and
-may be set to
-.BR DB_BTREE ,
-.BR DB_HASH ,
-or
-.BR DB_RECNO .
-.P
-The
-.I openinfo
-argument is a pointer to an access-method-specific structure described
-in the access method's manual page.
-If
-.I openinfo
-is NULL, each access method will use defaults appropriate for the system
-and the access method.
-.P
-.BR dbopen ()
-returns a pointer to a
-.I DB
-structure on success and NULL on error.
-The
-.I DB
-structure is defined in the
-.I <db.h>
-include file, and contains at
-least the following fields:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    DBTYPE type;
-    int (*close)(const DB *db);
-    int (*del)(const DB *db, const DBT *key, unsigned int flags);
-    int (*fd)(const DB *db);
-    int (*get)(const DB *db, DBT *key, DBT *data,
-               unsigned int flags);
-    int (*put)(const DB *db, DBT *key, const DBT *data,
-               unsigned int flags);
-    int (*sync)(const DB *db, unsigned int flags);
-    int (*seq)(const DB *db, DBT *key, DBT *data,
-               unsigned int flags);
-} DB;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-These elements describe a database type and a set of functions performing
-various actions.
-These functions take a pointer to a structure as returned by
-.BR dbopen (),
-and sometimes one or more pointers to key/data structures and a flag value.
-.TP
-.I type
-The type of the underlying access method (and file format).
-.TP
-.I close
-A pointer to a routine to flush any cached information to disk, free any
-allocated resources, and close the underlying file(s).
-Since key/data pairs may be cached in memory, failing to sync the file
-with a
-.I close
-or
-.I sync
-function may result in inconsistent or lost information.
-.I close
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno )
-and 0 on success.
-.TP
-.I del
-A pointer to a routine to remove key/data pairs from the database.
-.IP
-The argument
-.I flag
-may be set to the following value:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B R_CURSOR
-Delete the record referenced by the cursor.
-The cursor must have previously been initialized.
-.RE
-.IP
-.I delete
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno ),
-0 on success, and 1 if the specified
-.I key
-was not in the file.
-.TP
-.I fd
-A pointer to a routine which returns a file descriptor representative
-of the underlying database.
-A file descriptor referencing the same file will be returned to all
-processes which call
-.BR dbopen ()
-with the same
-.I file
-name.
-This file descriptor may be safely used as an argument to the
-.BR fcntl (2)
-and
-.BR flock (2)
-locking functions.
-The file descriptor is not necessarily associated with any of the
-underlying files used by the access method.
-No file descriptor is available for in memory databases.
-.I fd
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno ),
-and the file descriptor on success.
-.TP
-.I get
-A pointer to a routine which is the interface for keyed retrieval from
-the database.
-The address and length of the data associated with the specified
-.I key
-are returned in the structure referenced by
-.IR data .
-.I get
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno ),
-0 on success, and 1 if the
-.I key
-was not in the file.
-.TP
-.I put
-A pointer to a routine to store key/data pairs in the database.
-.IP
-The argument
-.I flag
-may be set to one of the following values:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B R_CURSOR
-Replace the key/data pair referenced by the cursor.
-The cursor must have previously been initialized.
-.TP
-.B R_IAFTER
-Append the data immediately after the data referenced by
-.IR key ,
-creating a new key/data pair.
-The record number of the appended key/data pair is returned in the
-.I key
-structure.
-(Applicable only to the
-.B DB_RECNO
-access method.)
-.TP
-.B R_IBEFORE
-Insert the data immediately before the data referenced by
-.IR key ,
-creating a new key/data pair.
-The record number of the inserted key/data pair is returned in the
-.I key
-structure.
-(Applicable only to the
-.B DB_RECNO
-access method.)
-.TP
-.B R_NOOVERWRITE
-Enter the new key/data pair only if the key does not previously exist.
-.TP
-.B R_SETCURSOR
-Store the key/data pair, setting or initializing the position of the
-cursor to reference it.
-(Applicable only to the
-.B DB_BTREE
-and
-.B DB_RECNO
-access methods.)
-.RE
-.IP
-.B R_SETCURSOR
-is available only for the
-.B DB_BTREE
-and
-.B DB_RECNO
-access
-methods because it implies that the keys have an inherent order
-which does not change.
-.IP
-.B R_IAFTER
-and
-.B R_IBEFORE
-are available only for the
-.B DB_RECNO
-access method because they each imply that the access method is able to
-create new keys.
-This is true only if the keys are ordered and independent, record numbers
-for example.
-.IP
-The default behavior of the
-.I put
-routines is to enter the new key/data pair, replacing any previously
-existing key.
-.IP
-.I put
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno ),
-0 on success, and 1 if the
-.B R_NOOVERWRITE
-.I flag
-was set and the key already exists in the file.
-.TP
-.I seq
-A pointer to a routine which is the interface for sequential
-retrieval from the database.
-The address and length of the key are returned in the structure
-referenced by
-.IR key ,
-and the address and length of the data are returned in the
-structure referenced
-by
-.IR data .
-.IP
-Sequential key/data pair retrieval may begin at any time, and the
-position of the "cursor" is not affected by calls to the
-.IR del ,
-.IR get ,
-.IR put ,
-or
-.I sync
-routines.
-Modifications to the database during a sequential scan will be reflected
-in the scan, that is,
-records inserted behind the cursor will not be returned
-while records inserted in front of the cursor will be returned.
-.IP
-The flag value
-.B must
-be set to one of the following values:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B R_CURSOR
-The data associated with the specified key is returned.
-This differs from the
-.I get
-routines in that it sets or initializes the cursor to the location of
-the key as well.
-(Note, for the
-.B DB_BTREE
-access method, the returned key is not necessarily an
-exact match for the specified key.
-The returned key is the smallest key greater than or equal to the specified
-key, permitting partial key matches and range searches.)
-.TP
-.B R_FIRST
-The first key/data pair of the database is returned, and the cursor
-is set or initialized to reference it.
-.TP
-.B R_LAST
-The last key/data pair of the database is returned, and the cursor
-is set or initialized to reference it.
-(Applicable only to the
-.B DB_BTREE
-and
-.B DB_RECNO
-access methods.)
-.TP
-.B R_NEXT
-Retrieve the key/data pair immediately after the cursor.
-If the cursor is not yet set, this is the same as the
-.B R_FIRST
-flag.
-.TP
-.B R_PREV
-Retrieve the key/data pair immediately before the cursor.
-If the cursor is not yet set, this is the same as the
-.B R_LAST
-flag.
-(Applicable only to the
-.B DB_BTREE
-and
-.B DB_RECNO
-access methods.)
-.RE
-.IP
-.B R_LAST
-and
-.B R_PREV
-are available only for the
-.B DB_BTREE
-and
-.B DB_RECNO
-access methods because they each imply that the keys have an inherent
-order which does not change.
-.IP
-.I seq
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno ),
-0 on success and 1 if there are no key/data pairs less than or greater
-than the specified or current key.
-If the
-.B DB_RECNO
-access method is being used, and if the database file
-is a character special file and no complete key/data pairs are currently
-available, the
-.I seq
-routines return 2.
-.TP
-.I sync
-A pointer to a routine to flush any cached information to disk.
-If the database is in memory only, the
-.I sync
-routine has no effect and will always succeed.
-.IP
-The flag value may be set to the following value:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B R_RECNOSYNC
-If the
-.B DB_RECNO
-access method is being used, this flag causes
-the sync routine to apply to the btree file which underlies the
-recno file, not the recno file itself.
-(See the
-.I bfname
-field of the
-.BR recno (3)
-manual page for more information.)
-.RE
-.IP
-.I sync
-routines return \-1 on error (setting
-.IR errno )
-and 0 on success.
-.SS Key/data pairs
-Access to all file types is based on key/data pairs.
-Both keys and data are represented by the following data structure:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    void  *data;
-    size_t size;
-} DBT;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The elements of the
-.I DBT
-structure are defined as follows:
-.TP
-.I data
-A pointer to a byte string.
-.TP
-.I size
-The length of the byte string.
-.P
-Key and data byte strings may reference strings of essentially unlimited
-length although any two of them must fit into available memory at the same
-time.
-It should be noted that the access methods provide no guarantees about
-byte string alignment.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR dbopen ()
-routine may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routines
-.BR open (2)
-and
-.BR malloc (3)
-or the following:
-.TP
-.B EFTYPE
-A file is incorrectly formatted.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-A parameter has been specified (hash function, pad byte, etc.) that is
-incompatible with the current file specification or which is not
-meaningful for the function (for example, use of the cursor without
-prior initialization) or there is a mismatch between the version
-number of file and the software.
-.P
-The
-.I close
-routines may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routines
-.BR close (2),
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR free (3),
-or
-.BR fsync (2).
-.P
-The
-.IR del ,
-.IR get ,
-.IR put ,
-and
-.I seq
-routines may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routines
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR free (3),
-or
-.BR malloc (3).
-.P
-The
-.I fd
-routines will fail and set
-.I errno
-to
-.B ENOENT
-for in memory databases.
-.P
-The
-.I sync
-routines may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR fsync (2).
-.SH BUGS
-The typedef
-.I DBT
-is a mnemonic for "data base thang", and was used
-because no one could think of a reasonable name that wasn't already used.
-.P
-The file descriptor interface is a kludge and will be deleted in a
-future version of the interface.
-.P
-None of the access methods provide any form of concurrent access,
-locking, or transactions.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR btree (3),
-.BR hash (3),
-.BR mpool (3),
-.BR recno (3)
-.P
-.IR "LIBTP: Portable, Modular Transactions for UNIX" ,
-Margo Seltzer, Michael Olson, USENIX proceedings, Winter 1992.
diff --git a/man3/des_crypt.3 b/man3/des_crypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ca89b04bb..000000000
--- a/man3/des_crypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" @(#)des_crypt.3	2.1 88/08/11 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.16 88/03/02 SMI;
-.\"
-.\" Taken from libc4 sources, which say:
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 Eric Young - can be distributed under GPL.
-.\"
-.\" However, the above header line suggests that this file in fact is
-.\" Copyright Sun Microsystems, Inc (and is provided for unrestricted use,
-.\" see other Sun RPC sources).
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH des_crypt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-des_crypt, ecb_crypt, cbc_crypt, des_setparity, DES_FAILED \- fast
-DES encryption
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.\" Sun version
-.\" .B #include <des_crypt.h>
-.B #include <rpc/des_crypt.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int ecb_crypt(char *" key ", char " data [. datalen ],
-.BI "                             unsigned int " datalen ", \
-unsigned int " mode );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int cbc_crypt(char *" key ", char " data [. datalen ],
-.BI "                             unsigned int " datalen ", \
-unsigned int " mode ,
-.BI "                             char *" ivec );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void des_setparity(char *" key );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int DES_FAILED(int " status );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR ecb_crypt ()
-and
-.BR cbc_crypt ()
-implement the
-NBS
-DES
-(Data Encryption Standard).
-These routines are faster and more general purpose than
-.BR crypt (3).
-They also are able to utilize
-DES
-hardware if it is available.
-.BR ecb_crypt ()
-encrypts in
-ECB
-(Electronic Code Book)
-mode, which encrypts blocks of data independently.
-.BR cbc_crypt ()
-encrypts in
-CBC
-(Cipher Block Chaining)
-mode, which chains together
-successive blocks.
-CBC
-mode protects against insertions, deletions, and
-substitutions of blocks.
-Also, regularities in the clear text will
-not appear in the cipher text.
-.P
-Here is how to use these routines.
-The first argument,
-.IR key ,
-is the 8-byte encryption key with parity.
-To set the key's parity, which for
-DES
-is in the low bit of each byte, use
-.BR des_setparity ().
-The second argument,
-.IR data ,
-contains the data to be encrypted or decrypted.
-The
-third argument,
-.IR datalen ,
-is the length in bytes of
-.IR data ,
-which must be a multiple of 8.
-The fourth argument,
-.IR mode ,
-is formed by ORing together some things.
-For the encryption direction OR in either
-.B DES_ENCRYPT
-or
-.BR DES_DECRYPT .
-For software versus hardware
-encryption, OR in either
-.B DES_HW
-or
-.BR DES_SW .
-If
-.B DES_HW
-is specified, and there is no hardware, then the encryption is performed
-in software and the routine returns
-.BR DESERR_NOHWDEVICE .
-For
-.BR cbc_crypt (),
-the argument
-.I ivec
-is the 8-byte initialization
-vector for the chaining.
-It is updated to the next initialization
-vector upon return.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.TP
-.B DESERR_NONE
-No error.
-.TP
-.B DESERR_NOHWDEVICE
-Encryption succeeded, but done in software instead of the requested hardware.
-.TP
-.B DESERR_HWERROR
-An error occurred in the hardware or driver.
-.TP
-.B DESERR_BADPARAM
-Bad argument to routine.
-.P
-Given a result status
-.IR stat ,
-the macro
-.\" .BR DES_FAILED\c
-.\" .BR ( stat )
-.BI DES_FAILED( stat )
-is false only for the first two statuses.
-.\" So far the Sun page
-.\" Some additions - aeb
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ecb_crypt (),
-.BR cbc_crypt (),
-.BR des_setparity ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD.
-glibc 2.1.
-Removed in glibc 2.28.
-.P
-Because they employ the DES block cipher,
-which is no longer considered secure,
-these functions were removed.
-Applications should switch to a modern cryptography library, such as
-.BR libgcrypt .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR des (1),
-.BR crypt (3),
-.BR xcrypt (3)
diff --git a/man3/des_setparity.3 b/man3/des_setparity.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853c9cbdf..000000000
--- a/man3/des_setparity.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man3/difftime.3 b/man3/difftime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 895a31c6d..000000000
--- a/man3/difftime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:48:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH difftime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-difftime \- calculate time difference
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.BI "double difftime(time_t " time1 ", time_t " time0 );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR difftime ()
-function returns the number of seconds elapsed
-between time \fItime1\fP and time \fItime0\fP, represented as a
-.IR double .
-Each time is a count of seconds.
-.P
-.I difftime(b,\~a)
-acts like
-.I (b\-a)
-except that the result does not overflow and is rounded to
-.IR double .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR difftime ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR date (1),
-.BR gettimeofday (2),
-.BR time (2),
-.BR ctime (3),
-.BR gmtime (3),
-.BR localtime (3)
diff --git a/man3/dirfd.3 b/man3/dirfd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 54ec28165..000000000
--- a/man3/dirfd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH dirfd 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dirfd \- get directory stream file descriptor
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "int dirfd(DIR *" dirp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR dirfd ():
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR dirfd ()
-returns the file descriptor associated with the directory stream
-.IR dirp .
-.P
-This file descriptor is the one used internally by the directory stream.
-As a result, it is useful only for functions which do not depend on
-or alter the file position, such as
-.BR fstat (2)
-and
-.BR fchdir (2).
-It will be automatically closed when
-.BR closedir (3)
-is called.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR dirfd ()
-returns a file descriptor (a nonnegative integer).
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-POSIX.1-2008 specifies two errors,
-neither of which is returned by the current
-.\" glibc 2.8
-implementation.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I dirp
-does not refer to a valid directory stream.
-.TP
-.B ENOTSUP
-The implementation does not support the association of a file
-descriptor with a directory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dirfd ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD-Reno (not in 4.2BSD).
-.\" It is present in libc5 (since 5.1.2) and in glibc 2.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR openat (2),
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/dirname.3 b/man3/dirname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9099c1ad7..000000000
--- a/man3/dirname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/basename.3
diff --git a/man3/div.3 b/man3/div.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdcdecbf9..000000000
--- a/man3/div.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-08-10, 2003-11-01 Walter Harms, aeb
-.\"
-.TH div 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-div, ldiv, lldiv, imaxdiv \- compute quotient and remainder of
-an integer division
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "div_t div(int " numerator ", int " denominator );
-.BI "ldiv_t ldiv(long " numerator ", long " denominator );
-.BI "lldiv_t lldiv(long long " numerator ", long long " denominator );
-.P
-.B #include <inttypes.h>
-.P
-.BI "imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t " numerator ", intmax_t " denominator );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR lldiv ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR div ()
-function computes the value
-\fInumerator\fP/\fIdenominator\fP and
-returns the quotient and remainder in a structure
-named \fIdiv_t\fP that contains
-two integer members (in unspecified order) named \fIquot\fP and \fIrem\fP.
-The quotient is rounded toward zero.
-The result satisfies \fIquot\fP*\fIdenominator\fP+\fIrem\fP = \fInumerator\fP.
-.P
-The
-.BR ldiv (),
-.BR lldiv (),
-and
-.BR imaxdiv ()
-functions do the same,
-dividing numbers of the indicated type and
-returning the result in a structure
-of the indicated name, in all cases with fields \fIquot\fP and \fIrem\fP
-of the same type as the function arguments.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The \fIdiv_t\fP (etc.) structure.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR div (),
-.BR ldiv (),
-.BR lldiv (),
-.BR imaxdiv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-.BR lldiv ()
-and
-.BR imaxdiv ()
-were added in C99.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-After
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-div_t q = div(\-5, 3);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-the values \fIq.quot\fP and \fIq.rem\fP are \-1 and \-2, respectively.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR abs (3),
-.BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3 b/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a8beb3ae..000000000
--- a/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2017 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH dl_iterate_phdr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dl_iterate_phdr \- walk through list of shared objects
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <link.h>
-.P
-.B int dl_iterate_phdr(
-.BI "          int (*" callback ")(struct dl_phdr_info *" info ,
-.BI "                          size_t " size ", void *" data ),
-.BI "          void *" data );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
-function allows an application to inquire at run time to find
-out which shared objects it has loaded,
-and the order in which they were loaded.
-.P
-The
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
-function walks through the list of an
-application's shared objects and calls the function
-.I callback
-once for each object,
-until either all shared objects have been processed or
-.I callback
-returns a nonzero value.
-.P
-Each call to
-.I callback
-receives three arguments:
-.IR info ,
-which is a pointer to a structure containing information
-about the shared object;
-.IR size ,
-which is the size of the structure pointed to by
-.IR info ;
-and
-.IR data ,
-which is a copy of whatever value was passed by the calling
-program as the second argument (also named
-.IR data )
-in the call to
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr ().
-.P
-The
-.I info
-argument is a structure of the following type:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct dl_phdr_info {
-    ElfW(Addr)        dlpi_addr;  /* Base address of object */
-    const char       *dlpi_name;  /* (Null\-terminated) name of
-                                     object */
-    const ElfW(Phdr) *dlpi_phdr;  /* Pointer to array of
-                                     ELF program headers
-                                     for this object */
-    ElfW(Half)        dlpi_phnum; /* # of items in \fIdlpi_phdr\fP */
-\&
-    /* The following fields were added in glibc 2.4, after the first
-       version of this structure was available.  Check the \fIsize\fP
-       argument passed to the dl_iterate_phdr callback to determine
-       whether or not each later member is available.  */
-\&
-    unsigned long long dlpi_adds;
-                    /* Incremented when a new object may
-                       have been added */
-    unsigned long long dlpi_subs;
-                    /* Incremented when an object may
-                       have been removed */
-    size_t dlpi_tls_modid;
-                    /* If there is a PT_TLS segment, its module
-                       ID as used in TLS relocations, else zero */
-    void  *dlpi_tls_data;
-                    /* The address of the calling thread\[aq]s instance
-                       of this module\[aq]s PT_TLS segment, if it has
-                       one and it has been allocated in the calling
-                       thread, otherwise a null pointer */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(The
-.IR ElfW ()
-macro definition turns its argument into the name of an ELF data
-type suitable for the hardware architecture.
-For example, on a 32-bit platform,
-.I ElfW(Addr)
-yields the data type name
-.IR Elf32_Addr .
-Further information on these types can be found in the
-.IR <elf.h> " and " <link.h>
-header files.)
-.P
-The
-.I dlpi_addr
-field indicates the base address of the shared object
-(i.e., the difference between the virtual memory address of
-the shared object and the offset of that object in the file
-from which it was loaded).
-The
-.I dlpi_name
-field is a null-terminated string giving the pathname
-from which the shared object was loaded.
-.P
-To understand the meaning of the
-.I dlpi_phdr
-and
-.I dlpi_phnum
-fields, we need to be aware that an ELF shared object consists
-of a number of segments, each of which has a corresponding
-program header describing the segment.
-The
-.I dlpi_phdr
-field is a pointer to an array of the program headers for this
-shared object.
-The
-.I dlpi_phnum
-field indicates the size of this array.
-.P
-These program headers are structures of the following form:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    Elf32_Word  p_type;    /* Segment type */
-    Elf32_Off   p_offset;  /* Segment file offset */
-    Elf32_Addr  p_vaddr;   /* Segment virtual address */
-    Elf32_Addr  p_paddr;   /* Segment physical address */
-    Elf32_Word  p_filesz;  /* Segment size in file */
-    Elf32_Word  p_memsz;   /* Segment size in memory */
-    Elf32_Word  p_flags;   /* Segment flags */
-    Elf32_Word  p_align;   /* Segment alignment */
-} Elf32_Phdr;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Note that we can calculate the location of a particular program header,
-.IR x ,
-in virtual memory using the formula:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-addr == info\->dlpi_addr + info\->dlpi_phdr[x].p_vaddr;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Possible values for
-.I p_type
-include the following (see
-.I <elf.h>
-for further details):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define PT_LOAD         1    /* Loadable program segment */
-#define PT_DYNAMIC      2    /* Dynamic linking information */
-#define PT_INTERP       3    /* Program interpreter */
-#define PT_NOTE         4    /* Auxiliary information */
-#define PT_SHLIB        5    /* Reserved */
-#define PT_PHDR         6    /* Entry for header table itself */
-#define PT_TLS          7    /* Thread\-local storage segment */
-#define PT_GNU_EH_FRAME 0x6474e550 /* GCC .eh_frame_hdr segment */
-#define PT_GNU_STACK  0x6474e551 /* Indicates stack executability */
-.\" For PT_GNU_STACK, see http://www.airs.com/blog/archives/518
-#define PT_GNU_RELRO  0x6474e552 /* Read\-only after relocation */
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
-function returns whatever value was returned by the last call to
-.IR callback .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Various other systems provide a version of this function,
-although details of the returned
-.I dl_phdr_info
-structure differ.
-On the BSDs and Solaris, the structure includes the fields
-.IR dlpi_addr ,
-.IR dlpi_name ,
-.IR dlpi_phdr ,
-and
-.I dlpi_phnum
-in addition to other implementation-specific fields.
-.P
-Future versions of the C library may add further fields to the
-.I dl_phdr_info
-structure; in that event, the
-.I size
-argument provides a mechanism for the callback function to discover
-whether it is running on a system with added fields.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.4.
-.SH NOTES
-The first object visited by
-.I callback
-is the main program.
-For the main program, the
-.I dlpi_name
-field will be an empty string.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program displays a list of pathnames of the
-shared objects it has loaded.
-For each shared object, the program lists some information
-(virtual address, size, flags, and type)
-for each of the objects ELF segments.
-.P
-The following shell session demonstrates the output
-produced by the program on an x86-64 system.
-The first shared object for which output is displayed
-(where the name is an empty string)
-is the main program.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-Name: "" (9 segments)
-     0: [      0x400040; memsz:    1f8] flags: 0x5; PT_PHDR
-     1: [      0x400238; memsz:     1c] flags: 0x4; PT_INTERP
-     2: [      0x400000; memsz:    ac4] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
-     3: [      0x600e10; memsz:    240] flags: 0x6; PT_LOAD
-     4: [      0x600e28; memsz:    1d0] flags: 0x6; PT_DYNAMIC
-     5: [      0x400254; memsz:     44] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
-     6: [      0x400970; memsz:     3c] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
-     7: [         (nil); memsz:      0] flags: 0x6; PT_GNU_STACK
-     8: [      0x600e10; memsz:    1f0] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_RELRO
-Name: "linux\-vdso.so.1" (4 segments)
-     0: [0x7ffc6edd1000; memsz:    e89] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
-     1: [0x7ffc6edd1360; memsz:    110] flags: 0x4; PT_DYNAMIC
-     2: [0x7ffc6edd17b0; memsz:     3c] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
-     3: [0x7ffc6edd17ec; memsz:     3c] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
-Name: "/lib64/libc.so.6" (10 segments)
-     0: [0x7f55712ce040; memsz:    230] flags: 0x5; PT_PHDR
-     1: [0x7f557145b980; memsz:     1c] flags: 0x4; PT_INTERP
-     2: [0x7f55712ce000; memsz: 1b6a5c] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
-     3: [0x7f55716857a0; memsz:   9240] flags: 0x6; PT_LOAD
-     4: [0x7f5571688b80; memsz:    1f0] flags: 0x6; PT_DYNAMIC
-     5: [0x7f55712ce270; memsz:     44] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
-     6: [0x7f55716857a0; memsz:     78] flags: 0x4; PT_TLS
-     7: [0x7f557145b99c; memsz:   544c] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
-     8: [0x7f55712ce000; memsz:      0] flags: 0x6; PT_GNU_STACK
-     9: [0x7f55716857a0; memsz:   3860] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_RELRO
-Name: "/lib64/ld\-linux\-x86\-64.so.2" (7 segments)
-     0: [0x7f557168f000; memsz:  20828] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
-     1: [0x7f55718afba0; memsz:   15a8] flags: 0x6; PT_LOAD
-     2: [0x7f55718afe10; memsz:    190] flags: 0x6; PT_DYNAMIC
-     3: [0x7f557168f1c8; memsz:     24] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
-     4: [0x7f55716acec4; memsz:    604] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
-     5: [0x7f557168f000; memsz:      0] flags: 0x6; PT_GNU_STACK
-     6: [0x7f55718afba0; memsz:    460] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_RELRO
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (dl_iterate_phdr.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <link.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-static int
-callback(struct dl_phdr_info *info, size_t size, void *data)
-{
-    char *type;
-    int p_type;
-\&
-    printf("Name: \e"%s\e" (%d segments)\en", info\->dlpi_name,
-           info\->dlpi_phnum);
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < info\->dlpi_phnum; j++) {
-        p_type = info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_type;
-        type = (p_type == PT_LOAD) ? "PT_LOAD" :
-               (p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) ? "PT_DYNAMIC" :
-               (p_type == PT_INTERP) ? "PT_INTERP" :
-               (p_type == PT_NOTE) ? "PT_NOTE" :
-               (p_type == PT_INTERP) ? "PT_INTERP" :
-               (p_type == PT_PHDR) ? "PT_PHDR" :
-               (p_type == PT_TLS) ? "PT_TLS" :
-               (p_type == PT_GNU_EH_FRAME) ? "PT_GNU_EH_FRAME" :
-               (p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) ? "PT_GNU_STACK" :
-               (p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) ? "PT_GNU_RELRO" : NULL;
-\&
-        printf("    %2zu: [%14p; memsz:%7jx] flags: %#jx; ", j,
-               (void *) (info\->dlpi_addr + info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_vaddr),
-               (uintmax_t) info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_memsz,
-               (uintmax_t) info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_flags);
-        if (type != NULL)
-            printf("%s\en", type);
-        else
-            printf("[other (%#x)]\en", p_type);
-    }
-\&
-    return 0;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    dl_iterate_phdr(callback, NULL);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ldd (1),
-.BR objdump (1),
-.BR readelf (1),
-.BR dladdr (3),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR elf (5),
-.BR ld.so (8)
-.P
-.IR "Executable and Linking Format Specification" ,
-available at various locations online.
diff --git a/man3/dladdr.3 b/man3/dladdr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f52437df8..000000000
--- a/man3/dladdr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2008 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz> (dladdr caveat)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH dladdr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dladdr, dladdr1 \- translate address to symbolic information
-.SH LIBRARY
-Dynamic linking library
-.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.BI "int dladdr(const void *" addr ", Dl_info *" info );
-.BI "int dladdr1(const void *" addr ", Dl_info *" info ", void **" extra_info ,
-.BI "            int " flags );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR dladdr ()
-determines whether the address specified in
-.I addr
-is located in one of the shared objects loaded by the calling application.
-If it is, then
-.BR dladdr ()
-returns information about the shared object and symbol that overlaps
-.IR addr .
-This information is returned in a
-.I Dl_info
-structure:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    const char *dli_fname;  /* Pathname of shared object that
-                               contains address */
-    void       *dli_fbase;  /* Base address at which shared
-                               object is loaded */
-    const char *dli_sname;  /* Name of symbol whose definition
-                               overlaps \fIaddr\fP */
-    void       *dli_saddr;  /* Exact address of symbol named
-                               in \fIdli_sname\fP */
-} Dl_info;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-If no symbol matching
-.I addr
-could be found, then
-.I dli_sname
-and
-.I dli_saddr
-are set to NULL.
-.P
-The function
-.BR dladdr1 ()
-is like
-.BR dladdr (),
-but returns additional information via the argument
-.IR extra_info .
-The information returned depends on the value specified in
-.IR flags ,
-which can have one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B RTLD_DL_LINKMAP
-Obtain a pointer to the link map for the matched file.
-The
-.I extra_info
-argument points to a pointer to a
-.I link_map
-structure (i.e.,
-.IR "struct link_map\~**" ),
-defined in
-.I <link.h>
-as:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct link_map {
-    ElfW(Addr) l_addr;  /* Difference between the
-                           address in the ELF file and
-                           the address in memory */
-    char      *l_name;  /* Absolute pathname where
-                           object was found */
-    ElfW(Dyn) *l_ld;    /* Dynamic section of the
-                           shared object */
-    struct link_map *l_next, *l_prev;
-                        /* Chain of loaded objects */
-\&
-    /* Plus additional fields private to the
-       implementation */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.TP
-.B RTLD_DL_SYMENT
-Obtain a pointer to the ELF symbol table entry of the matching symbol.
-The
-.I extra_info
-argument is a pointer to a symbol pointer:
-.IR "const ElfW(Sym) **" .
-The
-.IR ElfW ()
-macro definition turns its argument into the name of an ELF data
-type suitable for the hardware architecture.
-For example, on a 64-bit platform,
-.I ElfW(Sym)
-yields the data type name
-.IR Elf64_Sym ,
-which is defined in
-.I <elf.h>
-as:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct  {
-    Elf64_Word    st_name;     /* Symbol name */
-    unsigned char st_info;     /* Symbol type and binding */
-    unsigned char st_other;    /* Symbol visibility */
-    Elf64_Section st_shndx;    /* Section index */
-    Elf64_Addr    st_value;    /* Symbol value */
-    Elf64_Xword   st_size;     /* Symbol size */
-} Elf64_Sym;
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I st_name
-field is an index into the string table.
-.IP
-The
-.I st_info
-field encodes the symbol's type and binding.
-The type can be extracted using the macro
-.B ELF64_ST_TYPE(st_info)
-(or
-.B ELF32_ST_TYPE()
-on 32-bit platforms), which yields one of the following values:
-.in +4n
-.TS
-lb lb
-lb l.
-Value	Description
-STT_NOTYPE	Symbol type is unspecified
-STT_OBJECT	Symbol is a data object
-STT_FUNC	Symbol is a code object
-STT_SECTION	Symbol associated with a section
-STT_FILE	Symbol's name is filename
-STT_COMMON	Symbol is a common data object
-STT_TLS	Symbol is thread-local data object
-STT_GNU_IFUNC	Symbol is indirect code object
-.TE
-.in
-.IP
-The symbol binding can be extracted from the
-.I st_info
-field using the macro
-.B ELF64_ST_BIND(st_info)
-(or
-.B ELF32_ST_BIND()
-on 32-bit platforms), which yields one of the following values:
-.in +4n
-.TS
-lb lb
-lb l.
-Value	Description
-STB_LOCAL	Local symbol
-STB_GLOBAL	Global symbol
-STB_WEAK	Weak symbol
-STB_GNU_UNIQUE	Unique symbol
-.TE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I st_other
-field contains the symbol's visibility, which can be extracted using the macro
-.B ELF64_ST_VISIBILITY(st_info)
-(or
-.B ELF32_ST_VISIBILITY()
-on 32-bit platforms), which yields one of the following values:
-.in +4n
-.TS
-lb lb
-lb l.
-Value	Description
-STV_DEFAULT	Default symbol visibility rules
-STV_INTERNAL	Processor-specific hidden class
-STV_HIDDEN	Symbol unavailable in other modules
-STV_PROTECTED	Not preemptible, not exported
-.TE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return a nonzero value.
-If the address specified in
-.I addr
-could be matched to a shared object,
-but not to a symbol in the shared object, then the
-.I info\->dli_sname
-and
-.I info\->dli_saddr
-fields are set to NULL.
-.P
-If the address specified in
-.I addr
-could not be matched to a shared object, then these functions return 0.
-In this case, an error message is
-.I not
-.\" According to the FreeBSD man page, dladdr1() does signal an
-.\" error via dlerror() for this case.
-available via
-.BR dlerror (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dladdr (),
-.BR dladdr1 ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR dladdr ()
-glibc 2.0.
-.TP
-.BR dladdr1 ()
-glibc 2.3.3.
-.P
-Solaris.
-.SH BUGS
-Sometimes, the function pointers you pass to
-.BR dladdr ()
-may surprise you.
-On some architectures (notably i386 and x86-64),
-.I dli_fname
-and
-.I dli_fbase
-may end up pointing back at the object from which you called
-.BR dladdr (),
-even if the function used as an argument should come from
-a dynamically linked library.
-.P
-The problem is that the function pointer will still be resolved
-at compile time, but merely point to the
-.I plt
-(Procedure Linkage Table)
-section of the original object (which dispatches the call after
-asking the dynamic linker to resolve the symbol).
-To work around this,
-you can try to compile the code to be position-independent:
-then, the compiler cannot prepare the pointer
-at compile time any more and
-.BR gcc (1)
-will generate code that just loads the final symbol address from the
-.I got
-(Global Offset Table) at run time before passing it to
-.BR dladdr ().
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
-.BR dlinfo (3),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR dlsym (3),
-.BR ld.so (8)
diff --git a/man3/dladdr1.3 b/man3/dladdr1.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 43979e52a..000000000
--- a/man3/dladdr1.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/dladdr.3
diff --git a/man3/dlclose.3 b/man3/dlclose.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 15d096806..000000000
--- a/man3/dlclose.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/dlopen.3
diff --git a/man3/dlerror.3 b/man3/dlerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a779c12db..000000000
--- a/man3/dlerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated.
-.\" and Copyright 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH dlerror 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dlerror \- obtain error diagnostic for functions in the dlopen API
-.SH LIBRARY
-Dynamic linking library
-.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.B "char *dlerror(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR dlerror ()
-function returns a human-readable,
-null-terminated string describing the most recent error
-that occurred from a call to one of the functions in the dlopen API
-since the last call to
-.BR dlerror ().
-The returned string does
-.I not
-include a trailing newline.
-.P
-.BR dlerror ()
-returns NULL if no errors have occurred since initialization or since
-it was last called.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dlerror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-SunOS.
-.SH NOTES
-The message returned by
-.BR dlerror ()
-may reside in a statically allocated buffer that is
-overwritten by subsequent
-.BR dlerror ()
-calls.
-.\" .P
-.\" The string returned by
-.\" .BR dlerror ()
-.\" should not be modified.
-.\" Some systems give the prototype as
-.\" .sp
-.\" .in +5
-.\" .B "const char *dlerror(void);"
-.\" .in
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR dlopen (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dladdr (3),
-.BR dlinfo (3),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR dlsym (3)
diff --git a/man3/dlinfo.3 b/man3/dlinfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c3a5662ca..000000000
--- a/man3/dlinfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH dlinfo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dlinfo \- obtain information about a dynamically loaded object
-.SH LIBRARY
-Dynamic linking library
-.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
-.B #include <link.h>
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.BR "int dlinfo(void *restrict " handle ", int " request \
-", void *restrict " info );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR dlinfo ()
-function obtains information about the dynamically loaded object
-referred to by
-.I handle
-(typically obtained by an earlier call to
-.BR dlopen (3)
-or
-.BR dlmopen (3)).
-The
-.I request
-argument specifies which information is to be returned.
-The
-.I info
-argument is a pointer to a buffer used to store information
-returned by the call; the type of this argument depends on
-.IR request .
-.P
-The following values are supported for
-.I request
-(with the corresponding type for
-.I info
-shown in parentheses):
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_LMID " (\fILmid_t *\fP)"
-Obtain the ID of the link-map list (namespace) in which
-.I handle
-is loaded.
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_LINKMAP " (\fIstruct link_map **\fP)"
-Obtain a pointer to the
-.I link_map
-structure corresponding to
-.IR handle .
-The
-.I info
-argument points to a pointer to a
-.I link_map
-structure, defined in
-.I <link.h>
-as:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct link_map {
-    ElfW(Addr) l_addr;  /* Difference between the
-                           address in the ELF file and
-                           the address in memory */
-    char      *l_name;  /* Absolute pathname where
-                           object was found */
-    ElfW(Dyn) *l_ld;    /* Dynamic section of the
-                           shared object */
-    struct link_map *l_next, *l_prev;
-                        /* Chain of loaded objects */
-\&
-    /* Plus additional fields private to the
-       implementation */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_ORIGIN " (\fIchar *\fP)"
-Copy the pathname of the origin of the shared object corresponding to
-.I handle
-to the location pointed to by
-.IR info .
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_SERINFO " (\fIDl_serinfo *\fP)"
-Obtain the library search paths for the shared object referred to by
-.IR handle .
-The
-.I info
-argument is a pointer to a
-.I Dl_serinfo
-that contains the search paths.
-Because the number of search paths may vary,
-the size of the structure pointed to by
-.I info
-can vary.
-The
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
-request described below allows applications to size the buffer suitably.
-The caller must perform the following steps:
-.RS
-.IP (1) 5
-Use a
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
-request to populate a
-.I Dl_serinfo
-structure with the size
-.RI ( dls_size )
-of the structure needed for the subsequent
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
-request.
-.IP (2)
-Allocate a
-.I Dl_serinfo
-buffer of the correct size
-.RI ( dls_size ).
-.IP (3)
-Use a further
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
-request to populate the
-.I dls_size
-and
-.I dls_cnt
-fields of the buffer allocated in the previous step.
-.IP (4)
-Use a
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
-to obtain the library search paths.
-.RE
-.IP
-The
-.I Dl_serinfo
-structure is defined as follows:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    size_t dls_size;           /* Size in bytes of
-                                  the whole buffer */
-    unsigned int dls_cnt;      /* Number of elements
-                                  in \[aq]dls_serpath\[aq] */
-    Dl_serpath dls_serpath[1]; /* Actually longer,
-                                  \[aq]dls_cnt\[aq] elements */
-} Dl_serinfo;
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-Each of the
-.I dls_serpath
-elements in the above structure is a structure of the following form:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    char *dls_name;            /* Name of library search
-                                  path directory */
-    unsigned int dls_flags;    /* Indicates where this
-                                  directory came from */
-} Dl_serpath;
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I dls_flags
-field is currently unused, and always contains zero.
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE " (\fIDl_serinfo *\fP)"
-Populate the
-.I dls_size
-and
-.I dls_cnt
-fields of the
-.I Dl_serinfo
-structure pointed to by
-.I info
-with values suitable for allocating a buffer for use in a subsequent
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
-request.
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_TLS_MODID " (\fIsize_t *\fP, since glibc 2.4)"
-Obtain the module ID of this shared object's TLS (thread-local storage)
-segment, as used in TLS relocations.
-If this object does not define a TLS segment, zero is placed in
-.IR *info .
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DI_TLS_DATA " (\fIvoid **\fP, since glibc 2.4)"
-Obtain a pointer to the calling
-thread's TLS block corresponding to this shared object's TLS segment.
-If this object does not define a PT_TLS segment,
-or if the calling thread has not allocated a block for it,
-NULL is placed in
-.IR *info .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR dlinfo ()
-returns 0.
-On failure, it returns \-1; the cause of the error can be diagnosed using
-.BR dlerror (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dlinfo ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The sets of requests supported by the various implementations
-overlaps only partially.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.3.
-Solaris.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below opens a shared objects using
-.BR dlopen (3)
-and then uses the
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
-and
-.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
-requests to obtain the library search path list for the library.
-Here is an example of what we might see when running the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out /lib64/libm.so.6\fP
-dls_serpath[0].dls_name = /lib64
-dls_serpath[1].dls_name = /usr/lib64
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (dlinfo.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#include <link.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    void *handle;
-    Dl_serinfo serinfo;
-    Dl_serinfo *sip;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <libpath>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Obtain a handle for shared object specified on command line. */
-\&
-    handle = dlopen(argv[1], RTLD_NOW);
-    if (handle == NULL) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "dlopen() failed: %s\en", dlerror());
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Discover the size of the buffer that we must pass to
-       RTLD_DI_SERINFO. */
-\&
-    if (dlinfo(handle, RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE, &serinfo) == \-1) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE failed: %s\en", dlerror());
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Allocate the buffer for use with RTLD_DI_SERINFO. */
-\&
-    sip = malloc(serinfo.dls_size);
-    if (sip == NULL) {
-        perror("malloc");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Initialize the \[aq]dls_size\[aq] and \[aq]dls_cnt\[aq] fields in the newly
-       allocated buffer. */
-\&
-    if (dlinfo(handle, RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE, sip) == \-1) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE failed: %s\en", dlerror());
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Fetch and print library search list. */
-\&
-    if (dlinfo(handle, RTLD_DI_SERINFO, sip) == \-1) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "RTLD_DI_SERINFO failed: %s\en", dlerror());
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < serinfo.dls_cnt; j++)
-        printf("dls_serpath[%zu].dls_name = %s\en",
-               j, sip\->dls_serpath[j].dls_name);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
-.BR dladdr (3),
-.BR dlerror (3),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR dlsym (3),
-.BR ld.so (8)
diff --git a/man3/dlmopen.3 b/man3/dlmopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 15d096806..000000000
--- a/man3/dlmopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/dlopen.3
diff --git a/man3/dlopen.3 b/man3/dlopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 03fbc04e1..000000000
--- a/man3/dlopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,624 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated.
-.\" written by Adam J. Richter (adam@yggdrasil.com),
-.\" with typesetting help from Daniel Quinlan (quinlan@yggdrasil.com).
-.\" and Copyright 2003, 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified by David A. Wheeler <dwheeler@dwheeler.com> 2000-11-28.
-.\" Applied patch by Terran Melconian, aeb, 2001-12-14.
-.\" Modified by Hacksaw <hacksaw@hacksaw.org> 2003-03-13.
-.\" Modified by Matt Domsch, 2003-04-09: _init and _fini obsolete
-.\" Modified by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> 2003-05-16.
-.\" Modified by Walter Harms: dladdr, dlvsym
-.\" Modified by Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>, 2008-12-04: dladdr caveat
-.\"
-.TH dlopen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dlclose, dlopen, dlmopen \-
-open and close a shared object
-.SH LIBRARY
-Dynamic linking library
-.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *dlopen(const char *" filename ", int " flags );
-.BI "int dlclose(void *" handle );
-.P
-.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
-.br
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *dlmopen(Lmid_t " lmid ", const char *" filename ", int " flags );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.SS dlopen()
-The function
-.BR dlopen ()
-loads the dynamic shared object (shared library)
-file named by the null-terminated
-string
-.I filename
-and returns an opaque "handle" for the loaded object.
-This handle is employed with other functions in the dlopen API, such as
-.BR dlsym (3),
-.BR dladdr (3),
-.BR dlinfo (3),
-and
-.BR dlclose ().
-.P
-If
-.I filename
-.\" FIXME On Solaris, when handle is NULL, we seem to get back
-.\" a handle for (something like) the root of the namespace.
-.\" The point here is that if we do a dlmopen(LM_ID_NEWLM), then
-.\" the filename==NULL case returns a different handle than
-.\" in the initial namespace. But, on glibc, the same handle is
-.\" returned. This is probably a bug in glibc.
-.\"
-is NULL, then the returned handle is for the main program.
-If
-.I filename
-contains a slash ("/"), then it is interpreted as a (relative
-or absolute) pathname.
-Otherwise, the dynamic linker searches for the object as follows
-(see
-.BR ld.so (8)
-for further details):
-.IP \[bu] 3
-(ELF only) If the calling object
-(i.e., the shared library or executable from which
-.BR dlopen ()
-is called)
-contains a DT_RPATH tag, and does not contain a DT_RUNPATH tag,
-then the directories listed in the DT_RPATH tag are searched.
-.IP \[bu]
-If, at the time that the program was started, the environment variable
-.B LD_LIBRARY_PATH
-was defined to contain a colon-separated list of directories,
-then these are searched.
-(As a security measure, this variable is ignored for set-user-ID and
-set-group-ID programs.)
-.IP \[bu]
-(ELF only) If the calling object
-contains a DT_RUNPATH tag, then the directories listed in that tag
-are searched.
-.IP \[bu]
-The cache file
-.I /etc/ld.so.cache
-(maintained by
-.BR ldconfig (8))
-is checked to see whether it contains an entry for
-.IR filename .
-.IP \[bu]
-The directories
-.I /lib
-and
-.I /usr/lib
-are searched (in that order).
-.P
-If the object specified by
-.I filename
-has dependencies on other shared objects,
-then these are also automatically loaded by the dynamic linker
-using the same rules.
-(This process may occur recursively,
-if those objects in turn have dependencies, and so on.)
-.P
-One of the following two values must be included in
-.IR flags :
-.TP
-.B RTLD_LAZY
-Perform lazy binding.
-Resolve symbols only as the code that references them is executed.
-If the symbol is never referenced, then it is never resolved.
-(Lazy binding is performed only for function references;
-references to variables are always immediately bound when
-the shared object is loaded.)
-Since glibc 2.1.1,
-.\" commit 12b5b6b7f78ea111e89bbf638294a5413c791072
-this flag is overridden by the effect of the
-.B LD_BIND_NOW
-environment variable.
-.TP
-.B RTLD_NOW
-If this value is specified, or the environment variable
-.B LD_BIND_NOW
-is set to a nonempty string,
-all undefined symbols in the shared object are resolved before
-.BR dlopen ()
-returns.
-If this cannot be done, an error is returned.
-.P
-Zero or more of the following values may also be ORed in
-.IR flags :
-.TP
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-The symbols defined by this shared object will be
-made available for symbol resolution of subsequently loaded shared objects.
-.TP
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-This is the converse of
-.BR RTLD_GLOBAL ,
-and the default if neither flag is specified.
-Symbols defined in this shared object are not made available to resolve
-references in subsequently loaded shared objects.
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_NODELETE " (since glibc 2.2)"
-Do not unload the shared object during
-.BR dlclose ().
-Consequently, the object's static and global variables are not reinitialized
-if the object is reloaded with
-.BR dlopen ()
-at a later time.
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_NOLOAD " (since glibc 2.2)"
-Don't load the shared object.
-This can be used to test if the object is already resident
-.RB ( dlopen ()
-returns NULL if it is not, or the object's handle if it is resident).
-This flag can also be used to promote the flags on a shared object
-that is already loaded.
-For example, a shared object that was previously loaded with
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-can be reopened with
-.BR RTLD_NOLOAD\ |\ RTLD_GLOBAL .
-.\"
-.TP
-.BR RTLD_DEEPBIND " (since glibc 2.3.4)"
-.\" Inimitably described by UD in
-.\" http://sources.redhat.com/ml/libc-hacker/2004-09/msg00083.html.
-Place the lookup scope of the symbols in this
-shared object ahead of the global scope.
-This means that a self-contained object will use
-its own symbols in preference to global symbols with the same name
-contained in objects that have already been loaded.
-.P
-If
-.I filename
-is NULL, then the returned handle is for the main program.
-When given to
-.BR dlsym (3),
-this handle causes a search for a symbol in the main program,
-followed by all shared objects loaded at program startup,
-and then all shared objects loaded by
-.BR dlopen ()
-with the flag
-.BR RTLD_GLOBAL .
-.P
-Symbol references in the shared object are resolved using (in order):
-symbols in the link map of objects loaded for the main program and its
-dependencies;
-symbols in shared objects (and their dependencies)
-that were previously opened with
-.BR dlopen ()
-using the
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-flag;
-and definitions in the shared object itself
-(and any dependencies that were loaded for that object).
-.P
-Any global symbols in the executable that were placed into
-its dynamic symbol table by
-.BR ld (1)
-can also be used to resolve references in a dynamically loaded shared object.
-Symbols may be placed in the dynamic symbol table
-either because the executable was linked with the flag "\-rdynamic"
-(or, synonymously, "\-\-export\-dynamic"), which causes all of
-the executable's global symbols to be placed in the dynamic symbol table,
-or because
-.BR ld (1)
-noted a dependency on a symbol in another object during static linking.
-.P
-If the same shared object is opened again with
-.BR dlopen (),
-the same object handle is returned.
-The dynamic linker maintains reference
-counts for object handles, so a dynamically loaded shared object is not
-deallocated until
-.BR dlclose ()
-has been called on it as many times as
-.BR dlopen ()
-has succeeded on it.
-Constructors (see below) are called only when the object is actually loaded
-into memory (i.e., when the reference count increases to 1).
-.P
-A subsequent
-.BR dlopen ()
-call that loads the same shared object with
-.B RTLD_NOW
-may force symbol resolution for a shared object earlier loaded with
-.BR RTLD_LAZY .
-Similarly, an object that was previously opened with
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-can be promoted to
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-in a subsequent
-.BR dlopen ().
-.P
-If
-.BR dlopen ()
-fails for any reason, it returns NULL.
-.\"
-.SS dlmopen()
-This function performs the same task as
-.BR dlopen ()\[em]the
-.I filename
-and
-.I flags
-arguments, as well as the return value, are the same,
-except for the differences noted below.
-.P
-The
-.BR dlmopen ()
-function differs from
-.BR dlopen ()
-primarily in that it accepts an additional argument,
-.IR lmid ,
-that specifies the link-map list (also referred to as a
-.IR namespace )
-in which the shared object should be loaded.
-(By comparison,
-.BR dlopen ()
-adds the dynamically loaded shared object to the same namespace as
-the shared object from which the
-.BR dlopen ()
-call is made.)
-The
-.I Lmid_t
-type is an opaque handle that refers to a namespace.
-.P
-The
-.I lmid
-argument is either the ID of an existing namespace
-.\" FIXME: Is using dlinfo() RTLD_DI_LMID the right technique?
-(which can be obtained using the
-.BR dlinfo (3)
-.B RTLD_DI_LMID
-request) or one of the following special values:
-.TP
-.B LM_ID_BASE
-Load the shared object in the initial namespace
-(i.e., the application's namespace).
-.TP
-.B LM_ID_NEWLM
-Create a new namespace and load the shared object in that namespace.
-The object must have been correctly linked
-to reference all of the other shared objects that it requires,
-since the new namespace is initially empty.
-.P
-If
-.I filename
-is NULL, then the only permitted value for
-.I lmid
-is
-.BR LM_ID_BASE .
-.SS dlclose()
-The function
-.BR dlclose ()
-decrements the reference count on the
-dynamically loaded shared object referred to by
-.IR handle .
-.P
-If the object's reference count drops to zero
-and no symbols in this object are required by other objects,
-then the object is unloaded
-after first calling any destructors defined for the object.
-(Symbols in this object might be required in another object
-because this object was opened with the
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-flag and one of its symbols satisfied a relocation in another object.)
-.P
-All shared objects that were automatically loaded when
-.BR dlopen ()
-was invoked on the object referred to by
-.I handle
-are recursively closed in the same manner.
-.P
-A successful return from
-.BR dlclose ()
-does not guarantee that the symbols associated with
-.I handle
-are removed from the caller's address space.
-In addition to references resulting from explicit
-.BR dlopen ()
-calls, a shared object may have been implicitly loaded
-(and reference counted) because of dependencies in other shared objects.
-Only when all references have been released can the shared object
-be removed from the address space.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR dlopen ()
-and
-.BR dlmopen ()
-return a non-NULL handle for the loaded object.
-On error
-(file could not be found, was not readable, had the wrong format,
-or caused errors during loading),
-these functions return NULL.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR dlclose ()
-returns 0; on error, it returns a nonzero value.
-.P
-Errors from these functions can be diagnosed using
-.BR dlerror (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dlopen (),
-.BR dlmopen (),
-.BR dlclose ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR dlopen ()
-.TQ
-.BR dlclose ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR dlmopen ()
-.TQ
-.B RTLD_NOLOAD
-.TQ
-.B RTLD_NODELETE
-GNU.
-.TP
-.B RTLD_DEEPBIND
-Solaris.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR dlopen ()
-.TQ
-.BR dlclose ()
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR dlmopen ()
-glibc 2.3.4.
-.SH NOTES
-.SS dlmopen() and namespaces
-A link-map list defines an isolated namespace for the
-resolution of symbols by the dynamic linker.
-Within a namespace,
-dependent shared objects are implicitly loaded according to the usual rules,
-and symbol references are likewise resolved according to the usual rules,
-but such resolution is confined to the definitions provided by the
-objects that have been (explicitly and implicitly) loaded into the namespace.
-.P
-The
-.BR dlmopen ()
-function permits object-load isolation\[em]the ability
-to load a shared object in a new namespace without
-exposing the rest of the application to the symbols
-made available by the new object.
-Note that the use of the
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-flag is not sufficient for this purpose,
-since it prevents a shared object's symbols from being available to
-.I any
-other shared object.
-In some cases,
-we may want to make the symbols provided by a dynamically
-loaded shared object available to (a subset of) other shared objects
-without exposing those symbols to the entire application.
-This can be achieved by using a separate namespace and the
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-flag.
-.P
-The
-.BR dlmopen ()
-function also can be used to provide better isolation than the
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-flag.
-In particular, shared objects loaded with
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-may be promoted to
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-if they are dependencies of another shared object loaded with
-.BR RTLD_GLOBAL .
-Thus,
-.B RTLD_LOCAL
-is insufficient to isolate a loaded shared object except in the (uncommon)
-case where one has explicit control over all shared object dependencies.
-.P
-Possible uses of
-.BR dlmopen ()
-are plugins where the author of the plugin-loading framework
-can't trust the plugin authors and does not wish
-any undefined symbols from the plugin framework to be resolved to plugin
-symbols.
-Another use is to load the same object more than once.
-Without the use of
-.BR dlmopen (),
-this would require the creation of distinct copies of the shared object file.
-Using
-.BR dlmopen (),
-this can be achieved by loading the same shared object file into
-different namespaces.
-.P
-The glibc implementation supports a maximum of
-.\" DL_NNS
-16 namespaces.
-.\"
-.SS Initialization and finalization functions
-Shared objects may export functions using the
-.B __attribute__((constructor))
-and
-.B __attribute__((destructor))
-function attributes.
-Constructor functions are executed before
-.BR dlopen ()
-returns, and destructor functions are executed before
-.BR dlclose ()
-returns.
-A shared object may export multiple constructors and destructors,
-and priorities can be associated with each function
-to determine the order in which they are executed.
-See the
-.B gcc
-info pages (under "Function attributes")
-.\" info gcc "C Extensions" "Function attributes"
-for further information.
-.P
-An older method of (partially) achieving the same result is via the use of
-two special symbols recognized by the linker:
-.B _init
-and
-.BR _fini .
-If a dynamically loaded shared object exports a routine named
-.BR _init (),
-then that code is executed after loading a shared object, before
-.BR dlopen ()
-returns.
-If the shared object exports a routine named
-.BR _fini (),
-then that routine is called just before the object is unloaded.
-In this case, one must avoid linking against the system startup files,
-which contain default versions of these files;
-this can be done by using the
-.BR gcc (1)
-.I \-nostartfiles
-command-line option.
-.P
-Use of
-.B _init
-and
-.B _fini
-is now deprecated in favor of the aforementioned
-constructors and destructors,
-which among other advantages,
-permit multiple initialization and finalization functions to be defined.
-.\"
-.\" Using these routines, or the gcc
-.\" .B \-nostartfiles
-.\" or
-.\" .B \-nostdlib
-.\" options, is not recommended.
-.\" Their use may result in undesired behavior,
-.\" since the constructor/destructor routines will not be executed
-.\" (unless special measures are taken).
-.\" .\" void _init(void) __attribute__((constructor));
-.\" .\" void _fini(void) __attribute__((destructor));
-.\"
-.P
-Since glibc 2.2.3,
-.BR atexit (3)
-can be used to register an exit handler that is automatically
-called when a shared object is unloaded.
-.SS History
-These functions are part of the dlopen API, derived from SunOS.
-.SH BUGS
-As at glibc 2.24, specifying the
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-flag when calling
-.BR dlmopen ()
-.\" dlerror(): "invalid mode"
-generates an error.
-Furthermore, specifying
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-when calling
-.BR dlopen ()
-results in a program crash
-.RB ( SIGSEGV )
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18684
-if the call is made from any object loaded in a
-namespace other than the initial namespace.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below loads the (glibc) math library,
-looks up the address of the
-.BR cos (3)
-function, and prints the cosine of 2.0.
-The following is an example of building and running the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fBcc dlopen_demo.c \-ldl\fP
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-\-0.416147
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (dlopen.c)
-.EX
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#include <gnu/lib\-names.h>  /* Defines LIBM_SO (which will be a
-                               string such as "libm.so.6") */
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    void *handle;
-    double (*cosine)(double);
-    char *error;
-\&
-    handle = dlopen(LIBM_SO, RTLD_LAZY);
-    if (!handle) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s\en", dlerror());
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    dlerror();    /* Clear any existing error */
-\&
-    cosine = (double (*)(double)) dlsym(handle, "cos");
-\&
-    /* According to the ISO C standard, casting between function
-       pointers and \[aq]void *\[aq], as done above, produces undefined results.
-       POSIX.1\-2001 and POSIX.1\-2008 accepted this state of affairs and
-       proposed the following workaround:
-\&
-           *(void **) (&cosine) = dlsym(handle, "cos");
-\&
-       This (clumsy) cast conforms with the ISO C standard and will
-       avoid any compiler warnings.
-\&
-       The 2013 Technical Corrigendum 1 to POSIX.1\-2008 improved matters
-       by requiring that conforming implementations support casting
-       \[aq]void *\[aq] to a function pointer.  Nevertheless, some compilers
-       (e.g., gcc with the \[aq]\-pedantic\[aq] option) may complain about the
-       cast used in this program. */
-.\" http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/dlsym.html#tag_03_112_08
-.\" http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/dlsym.html#tag_16_96_07
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=74
-\&
-    error = dlerror();
-    if (error != NULL) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s\en", error);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("%f\en", (*cosine)(2.0));
-    dlclose(handle);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ld (1),
-.BR ldd (1),
-.BR pldd (1),
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
-.BR dladdr (3),
-.BR dlerror (3),
-.BR dlinfo (3),
-.BR dlsym (3),
-.BR rtld\-audit (7),
-.BR ld.so (8),
-.BR ldconfig (8)
-.P
-gcc info pages, ld info pages
diff --git a/man3/dlsym.3 b/man3/dlsym.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74cc36af2..000000000
--- a/man3/dlsym.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated.
-.\" and Copyright 2003, 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH dlsym 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dlsym, dlvsym \- obtain address of a symbol in a shared object or executable
-.SH LIBRARY
-Dynamic linking library
-.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *dlsym(void *restrict " handle ", const char *restrict " symbol );
-.P
-.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
-.B #include <dlfcn.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *dlvsym(void *restrict " handle ", const char *restrict " symbol ,
-.BI "             const char *restrict " version );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR dlsym ()
-takes a "handle" of a dynamic loaded shared object returned by
-.BR dlopen (3)
-along with a null-terminated symbol name,
-and returns the address where that symbol is
-loaded into memory.
-If the symbol is not found, in the specified
-object or any of the shared objects that were automatically loaded by
-.BR dlopen (3)
-when that object was loaded,
-.BR dlsym ()
-returns NULL.
-(The search performed by
-.BR dlsym ()
-is breadth first through the dependency tree of these shared objects.)
-.P
-In unusual cases (see NOTES) the value of the symbol could actually be NULL.
-Therefore, a NULL return from
-.BR dlsym ()
-need not indicate an error.
-The correct way to distinguish an error from a symbol whose value is NULL
-is to call
-.BR dlerror (3)
-to clear any old error conditions, then call
-.BR dlsym (),
-and then call
-.BR dlerror (3)
-again, saving its return value into a variable, and check whether
-this saved value is not NULL.
-.P
-There are two special pseudo-handles that may be specified in
-.IR handle :
-.TP
-.B RTLD_DEFAULT
-Find the first occurrence of the desired symbol
-using the default shared object search order.
-The search will include global symbols in the executable
-and its dependencies,
-as well as symbols in shared objects that were dynamically loaded with the
-.B RTLD_GLOBAL
-flag.
-.TP
-.B RTLD_NEXT
-Find the next occurrence of the desired symbol in the search order
-after the current object.
-This allows one to provide a wrapper
-around a function in another shared object, so that, for example,
-the definition of a function in a preloaded shared object
-(see
-.B LD_PRELOAD
-in
-.BR ld.so (8))
-can find and invoke the "real" function provided in another shared object
-(or for that matter, the "next" definition of the function in cases
-where there are multiple layers of preloading).
-.P
-The
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-feature test macro must be defined in order to obtain the
-definitions of
-.B RTLD_DEFAULT
-and
-.B RTLD_NEXT
-from
-.IR <dlfcn.h> .
-.P
-The function
-.BR dlvsym ()
-does the same as
-.BR dlsym ()
-but takes a version string as an additional argument.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-these functions return the address associated with
-.IR symbol .
-On failure, they return NULL;
-the cause of the error can be diagnosed using
-.BR dlerror (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dlsym (),
-.BR dlvsym ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR dlsym ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR dlvsym ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR dlsym ()
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR dlvsym ()
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-There are several scenarios when the address of a global symbol is NULL.
-For example, a symbol can be placed at zero address by the linker, via
-a linker script or with
-.I \-\-defsym
-command-line option.
-Undefined weak symbols also have NULL value.
-Finally, the symbol value may be the result of
-a GNU indirect function (IFUNC) resolver function that returns
-NULL as the resolved value.
-In the latter case,
-.BR dlsym ()
-also returns NULL without error.
-However, in the former two cases, the
-behavior of GNU dynamic linker is inconsistent: relocation processing
-succeeds and the symbol can be observed to have NULL value, but
-.BR dlsym ()
-fails and
-.BR dlerror ()
-indicates a lookup error.
-.\"
-.SS History
-The
-.BR dlsym ()
-function is part of the dlopen API, derived from SunOS.
-That system does not have
-.BR dlvsym ().
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR dlopen (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
-.BR dladdr (3),
-.BR dlerror (3),
-.BR dlinfo (3),
-.BR dlopen (3),
-.BR ld.so (8)
diff --git a/man3/dlvsym.3 b/man3/dlvsym.3
deleted file mode 100644
index df2ca09f4..000000000
--- a/man3/dlvsym.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/dlsym.3
diff --git a/man3/dn_comp.3 b/man3/dn_comp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/dn_comp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/dn_expand.3 b/man3/dn_expand.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/dn_expand.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/dprintf.3 b/man3/dprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/dprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/drand48.3 b/man3/drand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 108fe0f44..000000000
--- a/man3/drand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:46:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH drand48 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-drand48, erand48, lrand48, nrand48, mrand48, jrand48, srand48, seed48,
-lcong48 \- generate uniformly distributed pseudo-random numbers
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B double drand48(void);
-.BI "double erand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
-.P
-.B long lrand48(void);
-.BI "long nrand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
-.P
-.B long mrand48(void);
-.BI "long jrand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
-.P
-.BI "void srand48(long " seedval );
-.BI "unsigned short *seed48(unsigned short " seed16v [3]);
-.BI "void lcong48(unsigned short " param [7]);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.\" .BR drand48 (),
-.\" .BR erand48 (),
-.\" .BR lrand48 (),
-.\" .BR nrand48 (),
-.\" .BR mrand48 (),
-.\" .BR jrand48 (),
-.\" .BR srand48 (),
-.\" .BR seed48 (),
-.\" .BR lcong48 ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions generate pseudo-random numbers using the linear congruential
-algorithm and 48-bit integer arithmetic.
-.P
-The
-.BR drand48 ()
-and
-.BR erand48 ()
-functions return nonnegative
-double-precision floating-point values uniformly distributed over the interval
-[0.0,\ 1.0).
-.P
-The
-.BR lrand48 ()
-and
-.BR nrand48 ()
-functions return nonnegative
-long integers uniformly distributed over the interval [0,\ 2\[ha]31).
-.P
-The
-.BR mrand48 ()
-and
-.BR jrand48 ()
-functions return signed long
-integers uniformly distributed over the interval [\-2\[ha]31,\ 2\[ha]31).
-.P
-The
-.BR srand48 (),
-.BR seed48 (),
-and
-.BR lcong48 ()
-functions are
-initialization functions, one of which should be called before using
-.BR drand48 (),
-.BR lrand48 (),
-or
-.BR mrand48 ().
-The functions
-.BR erand48 (),
-.BR nrand48 (),
-and
-.BR jrand48 ()
-do not require
-an initialization function to be called first.
-.P
-All the functions work by generating a sequence of 48-bit integers,
-.IR Xi ,
-according to the linear congruential formula:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.B Xn+1 = (aXn + c) mod m,   where n >= 0
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The parameter
-.I m
-= 2\[ha]48, hence 48-bit integer arithmetic is performed.
-Unless
-.BR lcong48 ()
-is called,
-.I a
-and
-.I c
-are given by:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.B a = 0x5DEECE66D
-.B c = 0xB
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The value returned by any of the functions
-.BR drand48 (),
-.BR erand48 (),
-.BR lrand48 (),
-.BR nrand48 (),
-.BR mrand48 (),
-or
-.BR jrand48 ()
-is
-computed by first generating the next 48-bit
-.I Xi
-in the sequence.
-Then the appropriate number of bits, according to the type of data item to
-be returned, is copied from the high-order bits of
-.I Xi
-and transformed
-into the returned value.
-.P
-The functions
-.BR drand48 (),
-.BR lrand48 (),
-and
-.BR mrand48 ()
-store
-the last 48-bit
-.I Xi
-generated in an internal buffer.
-The functions
-.BR erand48 (),
-.BR nrand48 (),
-and
-.BR jrand48 ()
-require the calling
-program to provide storage for the successive
-.I Xi
-values in the array
-argument
-.IR xsubi .
-The functions are initialized by placing the initial
-value of
-.I Xi
-into the array before calling the function for the first
-time.
-.P
-The initializer function
-.BR srand48 ()
-sets the high order 32-bits of
-.I Xi
-to the argument
-.IR seedval .
-The low order 16-bits are set
-to the arbitrary value 0x330E.
-.P
-The initializer function
-.BR seed48 ()
-sets the value of
-.I Xi
-to
-the 48-bit value specified in the array argument
-.IR seed16v .
-The
-previous value of
-.I Xi
-is copied into an internal buffer and a
-pointer to this buffer is returned by
-.BR seed48 ().
-.P
-The initialization function
-.BR lcong48 ()
-allows the user to specify
-initial values for
-.IR Xi ,
-.IR a ,
-and
-.IR c .
-Array argument
-elements
-.I param[0\-2]
-specify
-.IR Xi ,
-.I param[3\-5]
-specify
-.IR a ,
-and
-.I param[6]
-specifies
-.IR c .
-After
-.BR lcong48 ()
-has been called, a subsequent call to either
-.BR srand48 ()
-or
-.BR seed48 ()
-will restore the standard values of
-.I a
-and
-.IR c .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR drand48 (),
-.BR erand48 (),
-.BR lrand48 (),
-.BR nrand48 (),
-.BR mrand48 (),
-.BR jrand48 (),
-.BR srand48 (),
-.BR seed48 (),
-.BR lcong48 ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:drand48
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-The above
-functions record global state information for the random number generator,
-so they are not thread-safe.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rand (3),
-.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man3/drand48_r.3 b/man3/drand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 13f893246..000000000
--- a/man3/drand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms, 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Created 2004-10-31. Text taken from a page by Walter Harms, 2003-09-08
-.\"
-.TH drand48_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-drand48_r, erand48_r, lrand48_r, nrand48_r, mrand48_r, jrand48_r,
-srand48_r, seed48_r, lcong48_r
-\- generate uniformly distributed pseudo-random numbers reentrantly
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int drand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
-.BI "              double *restrict " result );
-.BI "int erand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi [3] ","
-.BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict "buffer ,
-.BI "              double *restrict " result ");"
-.P
-.BI "int lrand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
-.BI "              long *restrict " result );
-.BI "int nrand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi[3] ","
-.BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict "buffer ,
-.BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
-.P
-.BI "int mrand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
-.BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
-.BI "int jrand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi[3] ","
-.BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
-.BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
-.P
-.BI "int srand48_r(long int " seedval ", struct drand48_data *" buffer ");"
-.BI "int seed48_r(unsigned short " seed16v[3] ", struct drand48_data *" buffer );
-.BI "int lcong48_r(unsigned short " param[7] ", struct drand48_data *" buffer );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.\" .BR drand48_r (),
-.\" .BR erand48_r (),
-.\" .BR lrand48_r (),
-.\" .BR nrand48_r (),
-.\" .BR mrand48_r (),
-.\" .BR jrand48_r (),
-.\" .BR srand48_r (),
-.\" .BR seed48_r (),
-.\" .BR lcong48_r ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are the reentrant analogs of the functions described in
-.BR drand48 (3).
-Instead of modifying the global random generator state, they use
-the supplied data
-.IR buffer .
-.P
-Before the first use, this struct must be initialized, for example,
-by filling it with zeros, or by calling one of the functions
-.BR srand48_r (),
-.BR seed48_r (),
-or
-.BR lcong48_r ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return value is 0.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR drand48_r (),
-.BR erand48_r (),
-.BR lrand48_r (),
-.BR nrand48_r (),
-.BR mrand48_r (),
-.BR jrand48_r (),
-.BR srand48_r (),
-.BR seed48_r (),
-.BR lcong48_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:buffer
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR drand48 (3),
-.BR rand (3),
-.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man3/drem.3 b/man3/drem.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a5b23bf..000000000
--- a/man3/drem.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man3/dremf.3 b/man3/dremf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a5b23bf..000000000
--- a/man3/dremf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man3/dreml.3 b/man3/dreml.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a5b23bf..000000000
--- a/man3/dreml.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man3/duplocale.3 b/man3/duplocale.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 246af79e9..000000000
--- a/man3/duplocale.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH duplocale 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-duplocale \- duplicate a locale object
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <locale.h>
-.P
-.BI "locale_t duplocale(locale_t " locobj );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR duplocale ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR duplocale ()
-function creates a duplicate of the locale object referred to by
-.IR locobj .
-.P
-If
-.I locobj
-is
-.BR LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE ,
-.BR duplocale ()
-creates a locale object containing a copy of the global locale
-determined by
-.BR setlocale (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR duplocale ()
-returns a handle for the new locale object.
-On error, it returns
-.IR "(locale_t)\ 0",
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to create the duplicate locale object.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.
-.SH NOTES
-Duplicating a locale can serve the following purposes:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-To create a copy of a locale object in which one of more categories
-are to be modified (using
-.BR newlocale (3)).
-.IP \[bu]
-To obtain a handle for the current locale which can used in
-other functions that employ a locale handle, such as
-.BR toupper_l (3).
-This is done by applying
-.BR duplocale ()
-to the value returned by the following call:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-loc = uselocale((locale_t) 0);
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-This technique is necessary, because the above
-.BR uselocale (3)
-call may return the value
-.BR LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE ,
-which results in undefined behavior if passed to functions such as
-.BR toupper_l (3).
-Calling
-.BR duplocale ()
-can be used to ensure that the
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-value is converted into a usable locale object.
-See EXAMPLES, below.
-.P
-Each locale object created by
-.BR duplocale ()
-should be deallocated using
-.BR  freelocale (3).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below uses
-.BR uselocale (3)
-and
-.BR duplocale ()
-to obtain a handle for the current locale which is then passed to
-.BR toupper_l (3).
-The program takes one command-line argument,
-a string of characters that is converted to uppercase and
-displayed on standard output.
-An example of its use is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out abc\fP
-ABC
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (duplocale.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 700
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
-                        } while (0)
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    locale_t loc, nloc;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s string\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* This sequence is necessary, because uselocale() might return
-       the value LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE, which can\[aq]t be passed as an
-       argument to toupper_l(). */
-\&
-    loc = uselocale((locale_t) 0);
-    if (loc == (locale_t) 0)
-        errExit("uselocale");
-\&
-    nloc = duplocale(loc);
-    if (nloc == (locale_t) 0)
-        errExit("duplocale");
-\&
-    for (char *p = argv[1]; *p; p++)
-        putchar(toupper_l(*p, nloc));
-\&
-    printf("\en");
-\&
-    freelocale(nloc);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR freelocale (3),
-.BR newlocale (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR uselocale (3),
-.BR locale (5),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/dysize.3 b/man3/dysize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6278f1bf..000000000
--- a/man3/dysize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2001 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" aeb: some corrections
-.TH dysize 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-dysize \- get number of days for a given year
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <time.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int dysize(int " year );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR dysize ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function returns 365 for a normal year and 366 for a leap year.
-The calculation for leap year is based on:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-(year) %4 == 0 && ((year) %100 != 0 || (year) %400 == 0)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The formula is defined in the macro
-.I __isleap(year)
-also found in
-.IR <time.h> .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR dysize ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SunOS 4.x.
-.P
-This is a compatibility function only.
-Don't use it in new programs.
-.\" The SCO version of this function had a year-2000 problem.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strftime (3)
diff --git a/man3/eaccess.3 b/man3/eaccess.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e5035180..000000000
--- a/man3/eaccess.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/euidaccess.3
diff --git a/man3/ecb_crypt.3 b/man3/ecb_crypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853c9cbdf..000000000
--- a/man3/ecb_crypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man3/ecvt.3 b/man3/ecvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 48e25904e..000000000
--- a/man3/ecvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:40:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Jun 25 12:10:47 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.TH ecvt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ecvt, fcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *ecvt(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *fcvt(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ecvt (),
-.BR fcvt ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.17
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L))
-            || /* glibc >= 2.20 */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19 */ _SVID_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.16:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L))
-            || _SVID_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ecvt ()
-function converts \fInumber\fP to a null-terminated
-string of \fIndigits\fP digits (where \fIndigits\fP is reduced to a
-system-specific limit determined by the precision of a
-.IR double ),
-and returns a pointer to the string.
-The high-order digit is nonzero, unless
-.I number
-is zero.
-The low order digit is rounded.
-The string itself does not contain a decimal point; however,
-the position of the decimal point relative to the start of the string
-is stored in \fI*decpt\fP.
-A negative value for \fI*decpt\fP means that
-the decimal point is to the left of the start of the string.
-If the sign of
-\fInumber\fP is negative, \fI*sign\fP is set to a nonzero value,
-otherwise it is set to 0.
-If
-.I number
-is zero, it is unspecified whether \fI*decpt\fP is 0 or 1.
-.P
-The
-.BR fcvt ()
-function is identical to
-.BR ecvt (),
-except that
-\fIndigits\fP specifies the number of digits after the decimal point.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Both the
-.BR ecvt ()
-and
-.BR fcvt ()
-functions return a pointer to a
-static string containing the ASCII representation of \fInumber\fP.
-The static string is overwritten by each call to
-.BR ecvt ()
-or
-.BR fcvt ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ecvt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ecvt
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fcvt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fcvt
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr2;
-marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
-POSIX.1-2008 removes the specifications of
-.BR ecvt ()
-and
-.BR fcvt (),
-recommending the use of
-.BR sprintf (3)
-instead (though
-.BR snprintf (3)
-may be preferable).
-.SH NOTES
-.\" Linux libc4 and libc5 specified the type of
-.\" .I ndigits
-.\" as
-.\" .IR size_t .
-Not all locales use a point as the radix character ("decimal point").
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ecvt_r (3),
-.BR gcvt (3),
-.BR qecvt (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/ecvt_r.3 b/man3/ecvt_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34e32abb7..000000000
--- a/man3/ecvt_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
-.\"
-.\" Corrected return types; from Fabian; 2004-10-05
-.\"
-.TH ecvt_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ecvt_r, fcvt_r, qecvt_r, qfcvt_r \- convert a floating-point number to a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int ecvt_r(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
-.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int fcvt_r(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
-.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int qecvt_r(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
-.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int qfcvt_r(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
-.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ecvt_r (),
-.BR fcvt_r (),
-.BR qecvt_r (),
-.BR qfcvt_r ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions
-.BR ecvt_r (),
-.BR fcvt_r (),
-.BR qecvt_r (),
-and
-.BR qfcvt_r ()
-are identical to
-.BR ecvt (3),
-.BR fcvt (3),
-.BR qecvt (3),
-and
-.BR qfcvt (3),
-respectively, except that they do not return their result in a static
-buffer, but instead use the supplied
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR len .
-See
-.BR ecvt (3)
-and
-.BR qecvt (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return 0 on success, and \-1 otherwise.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ecvt_r (),
-.BR fcvt_r (),
-.BR qecvt_r (),
-.BR qfcvt_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions are obsolete.
-Instead,
-.BR sprintf (3)
-is recommended.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ecvt (3),
-.BR qecvt (3),
-.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/edata.3 b/man3/edata.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 94843fb05..000000000
--- a/man3/edata.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/end.3
diff --git a/man3/encrypt.3 b/man3/encrypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ec5cd7fd..000000000
--- a/man3/encrypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2000 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\" Created 2000-07-22 00:52-0300
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2002-07-23 19:21:35 CEST 2002 Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2003-04-04, aeb
-.\"
-.TH encrypt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-encrypt, setkey, encrypt_r, setkey_r \- encrypt 64-bit messages
-.SH LIBRARY
-Password hashing library
-.RI ( libcrypt ", " \-lcrypt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void encrypt(char " block "[64], int " edflag );
-.P
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void setkey(const char *" key );
-.P
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <crypt.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void setkey_r(const char *" key ", struct crypt_data *" data );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void encrypt_r(char *" block ", int " edflag ,
-.BI "                              struct crypt_data *" data );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions encrypt and decrypt 64-bit messages.
-The
-.BR setkey ()
-function sets the key used by
-.BR encrypt ().
-The
-.I key
-argument used here is an array of 64 bytes, each of which has
-numerical value 1 or 0.
-The bytes key[n] where n=8*i-1 are ignored,
-so that the effective key length is 56 bits.
-.P
-The
-.BR encrypt ()
-function modifies the passed buffer, encoding if
-.I edflag
-is 0, and decoding if 1 is being passed.
-Like the
-.I key
-argument, also
-.I block
-is a bit vector representation of the actual value that is encoded.
-The result is returned in that same vector.
-.P
-These two functions are not reentrant, that is, the key data is
-kept in static storage.
-The functions
-.BR setkey_r ()
-and
-.BR encrypt_r ()
-are the reentrant versions.
-They use the following
-structure to hold the key data:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct crypt_data {
-    char keysched[16 * 8];
-    char sb0[32768];
-    char sb1[32768];
-    char sb2[32768];
-    char sb3[32768];
-    char crypt_3_buf[14];
-    char current_salt[2];
-    long current_saltbits;
-    int  direction;
-    int  initialized;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Before calling
-.BR setkey_r ()
-set
-.I data\->initialized
-to zero.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions do not return any value.
-.SH ERRORS
-Set
-.I errno
-to zero before calling the above functions.
-On success,
-.I errno
-is unchanged.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The function is not provided.
-(For example because of former USA export restrictions.)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR encrypt (),
-.BR setkey ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:crypt
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR encrypt_r (),
-.BR setkey_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR encrypt ()
-.TQ
-.BR setkey ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR encrypt_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR setkey_r ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Removed in glibc 2.28.
-.P
-Because they employ the DES block cipher,
-which is no longer considered secure,
-these functions were removed from glibc.
-Applications should switch to a modern cryptography library, such as
-.BR libgcrypt .
-.TP
-.BR encrypt ()
-.TQ
-.BR setkey ()
-POSIX.1-2001, SUS, SVr4.
-.SS Availability in glibc
-See
-.BR crypt (3).
-.SS Features in glibc
-In glibc 2.2, these functions use the DES algorithm.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (encrypt.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE
-#include <crypt.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char key[64];
-    char orig[9] = "eggplant";
-    char buf[64];
-    char txt[9];
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
-        key[i] = rand() & 1;
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
-        for (size_t j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
-            buf[i * 8 + j] = orig[i] >> j & 1;
-        }
-        setkey(key);
-    }
-    printf("Before encrypting: %s\en", orig);
-\&
-    encrypt(buf, 0);
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
-        for (size_t j = 0, txt[i] = \[aq]\e0\[aq]; j < 8; j++) {
-            txt[i] |= buf[i * 8 + j] << j;
-        }
-        txt[8] = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
-    }
-    printf("After encrypting:  %s\en", txt);
-\&
-    encrypt(buf, 1);
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
-        for (size_t j = 0, txt[i] = \[aq]\e0\[aq]; j < 8; j++) {
-            txt[i] |= buf[i * 8 + j] << j;
-        }
-        txt[8] = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
-    }
-    printf("After decrypting:  %s\en", txt);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbc_crypt (3),
-.BR crypt (3),
-.BR ecb_crypt (3)
-.\" .BR fcrypt (3)
diff --git a/man3/encrypt_r.3 b/man3/encrypt_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e34c9e911..000000000
--- a/man3/encrypt_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/encrypt.3
diff --git a/man3/end.3 b/man3/end.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f0c22ff5d..000000000
--- a/man3/end.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH end 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-etext, edata, end \- end of program segments
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BI extern " etext" ;
-.BI extern " edata" ;
-.BI extern " end" ;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The addresses of these symbols indicate the end of various program
-segments:
-.TP
-.I etext
-This is the first address past the end of the text segment
-(the program code).
-.TP
-.I edata
-This is the first address past the end of the
-initialized data segment.
-.TP
-.I end
-This is the first address past the end of the
-uninitialized data segment (also known as the BSS segment).
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Although these symbols have long been provided on most UNIX systems,
-they are not standardized; use with caution.
-.SH NOTES
-The program must explicitly declare these symbols;
-they are not defined in any header file.
-.P
-On some systems the names of these symbols are preceded by underscores,
-thus:
-.IR _etext ,
-.IR _edata ,
-and
-.IR _end .
-These symbols are also defined for programs compiled on Linux.
-.P
-At the start of program execution,
-the program break will be somewhere near
-.I &end
-(perhaps at the start of the following page).
-However, the break will change as memory is allocated via
-.BR brk (2)
-or
-.BR malloc (3).
-Use
-.BR sbrk (2)
-with an argument of zero to find the current value of the program break.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-When run, the program below produces output such as the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-First address past:
-    program text (etext)       0x8048568
-    initialized data (edata)   0x804a01c
-    uninitialized data (end)   0x804a024
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (end.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-extern char etext, edata, end; /* The symbols must have some type,
-                                   or "gcc \-Wall" complains */
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    printf("First address past:\en");
-    printf("    program text (etext)      %10p\en", &etext);
-    printf("    initialized data (edata)  %10p\en", &edata);
-    printf("    uninitialized data (end)  %10p\en", &end);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR objdump (1),
-.BR readelf (1),
-.BR sbrk (2),
-.BR elf (5)
diff --git a/man3/endaliasent.3 b/man3/endaliasent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37dcf1914..000000000
--- a/man3/endaliasent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man3/endfsent.3 b/man3/endfsent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e6a3eb7e..000000000
--- a/man3/endfsent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man3/endgrent.3 b/man3/endgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bde736fff..000000000
--- a/man3/endgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getgrent.3
diff --git a/man3/endhostent.3 b/man3/endhostent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/endhostent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/endian.3 b/man3/endian.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cd85317a..000000000
--- a/man3/endian.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2009, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" a few pieces remain from an earlier version
-.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Nanno Langstraat <nal@ii.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH endian 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-htobe16, htole16, be16toh, le16toh, htobe32, htole32, be32toh, le32toh,
-htobe64, htole64, be64toh, le64toh \-
-convert values between host and big-/little-endian byte order
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <endian.h>
-.P
-.BI "uint16_t htobe16(uint16_t " host_16bits );
-.BI "uint16_t htole16(uint16_t " host_16bits );
-.BI "uint16_t be16toh(uint16_t " big_endian_16bits );
-.BI "uint16_t le16toh(uint16_t " little_endian_16bits );
-.P
-.BI "uint32_t htobe32(uint32_t " host_32bits );
-.BI "uint32_t htole32(uint32_t " host_32bits );
-.BI "uint32_t be32toh(uint32_t " big_endian_32bits );
-.BI "uint32_t le32toh(uint32_t " little_endian_32bits );
-.P
-.BI "uint64_t htobe64(uint64_t " host_64bits );
-.BI "uint64_t htole64(uint64_t " host_64bits );
-.BI "uint64_t be64toh(uint64_t " big_endian_64bits );
-.BI "uint64_t le64toh(uint64_t " little_endian_64bits );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.ad l
-.P
-.BR htobe16 (),
-.BR htole16 (),
-.BR be16toh (),
-.BR le16toh (),
-.BR htobe32 (),
-.BR htole32 (),
-.BR be32toh (),
-.BR le32toh (),
-.BR htobe64 (),
-.BR htole64 (),
-.BR be64toh (),
-.BR le64toh ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.ad
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions convert the byte encoding of integer values from
-the byte order that the current CPU (the "host") uses,
-to and from little-endian and big-endian byte order.
-.P
-The number,
-.IR nn ,
-in the name of each function indicates the size of
-integer handled by the function, either 16, 32, or 64 bits.
-.P
-The functions with names of the form "htobe\fInn\fP" convert
-from host byte order to big-endian order.
-.P
-The functions with names of the form "htole\fInn\fP" convert
-from host byte order to little-endian order.
-.P
-The functions with names of the form "be\fInn\fPtoh" convert
-from big-endian order to host byte order.
-.P
-The functions with names of the form "le\fInn\fPtoh" convert
-from little-endian order to host byte order.
-.SH VERSIONS
-Similar functions are present on the BSDs,
-where the required header file is
-.I <sys/endian.h>
-instead of
-.IR <endian.h> .
-Unfortunately,
-NetBSD, FreeBSD, and glibc haven't followed the original
-OpenBSD naming convention for these functions,
-whereby the
-.I nn
-component always appears at the end of the function name
-(thus, for example, in NetBSD, FreeBSD, and glibc,
-the equivalent of OpenBSDs "betoh32" is "be32toh").
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.9.
-.P
-These functions are similar to the older
-.BR byteorder (3)
-family of functions.
-For example,
-.BR be32toh ()
-is identical to
-.BR ntohl ().
-.P
-The advantage of the
-.BR byteorder (3)
-functions is that they are standard functions available
-on all UNIX systems.
-On the other hand, the fact that they were designed
-for use in the context of TCP/IP means that
-they lack the 64-bit and little-endian variants described in this page.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below display the results of converting an integer
-from host byte order to both little-endian and big-endian byte order.
-Since host byte order is either little-endian or big-endian,
-only one of these conversions will have an effect.
-When we run this program on a little-endian system such as x86-32,
-we see the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-x.u32 = 0x44332211
-htole32(x.u32) = 0x44332211
-htobe32(x.u32) = 0x11223344
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (endian.c)
-.EX
-#include <endian.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    union {
-        uint32_t u32;
-        uint8_t arr[4];
-    } x;
-\&
-    x.arr[0] = 0x11;	/* Lowest\-address byte */
-    x.arr[1] = 0x22;
-    x.arr[2] = 0x33;
-    x.arr[3] = 0x44;	/* Highest\-address byte */
-\&
-    printf("x.u32 = %#x\en", x.u32);
-    printf("htole32(x.u32) = %#x\en", htole32(x.u32));
-    printf("htobe32(x.u32) = %#x\en", htobe32(x.u32));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bswap (3),
-.BR byteorder (3)
diff --git a/man3/endmntent.3 b/man3/endmntent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c2bb35c9..000000000
--- a/man3/endmntent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man3/endnetent.3 b/man3/endnetent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 70f5670dc..000000000
--- a/man3/endnetent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man3/endnetgrent.3 b/man3/endnetgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34268f941..000000000
--- a/man3/endnetgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man3/endprotoent.3 b/man3/endprotoent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f8cb4bba2..000000000
--- a/man3/endprotoent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man3/endpwent.3 b/man3/endpwent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f2d121b80..000000000
--- a/man3/endpwent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getpwent.3
diff --git a/man3/endrpcent.3 b/man3/endrpcent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 923085e2e..000000000
--- a/man3/endrpcent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man3/endservent.3 b/man3/endservent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eaafb1c1e..000000000
--- a/man3/endservent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man3/endspent.3 b/man3/endspent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/endspent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/endttyent.3 b/man3/endttyent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cd11e3d8..000000000
--- a/man3/endttyent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getttyent.3
diff --git a/man3/endusershell.3 b/man3/endusershell.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 718ed12e9..000000000
--- a/man3/endusershell.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getusershell.3
diff --git a/man3/endutent.3 b/man3/endutent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/endutent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/endutxent.3 b/man3/endutxent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/endutxent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/envz.3 b/man3/envz.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e0737e2..000000000
--- a/man3/envz.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/envz_add.3 b/man3/envz_add.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fd5b77029..000000000
--- a/man3/envz_add.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" based on the description in glibc source and infopages
-.\"
-.\" Corrections and additions, aeb
-.TH envz_add 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-envz_add, envz_entry, envz_get, envz_merge,
-envz_remove, envz_strip \- environment string support
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <envz.h>
-.P
-.BI "error_t envz_add(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
-.BI "               const char *restrict " name \
-", const char *restrict " value );
-.P
-.BI "char *envz_entry(const char *restrict " envz ", size_t " envz_len ,
-.BI "               const char *restrict " name );
-.P
-.BI "char *envz_get(const char *restrict " envz ", size_t " envz_len ,
-.BI "               const char *restrict " name );
-.P
-.BI "error_t envz_merge(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
-.BI "               const char *restrict " envz2 ", size_t " envz2_len ,
-.BI "               int " override );
-.P
-.BI "void envz_remove(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
-.BI "               const char *restrict " name );
-.P
-.BI "void envz_strip(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are glibc-specific.
-.P
-An argz vector is a pointer to a character buffer together with a length,
-see
-.BR argz_add (3).
-An envz vector is a special argz vector, namely one where the strings
-have the form "name=value".
-Everything after the first \[aq]=\[aq] is considered
-to be the value.
-If there is no \[aq]=\[aq], the value is taken to be NULL.
-(While the value in case of a trailing \[aq]=\[aq] is the empty string "".)
-.P
-These functions are for handling envz vectors.
-.P
-.BR envz_add ()
-adds the string
-.RI \&" name = value \&"
-(in case
-.I value
-is non-NULL) or
-.RI \&" name \&"
-(in case
-.I value
-is NULL) to the envz vector
-.RI ( *envz ,\  *envz_len )
-and updates
-.I *envz
-and
-.IR *envz_len .
-If an entry with the same
-.I name
-existed, it is removed.
-.P
-.BR envz_entry ()
-looks for
-.I name
-in the envz vector
-.RI ( envz ,\  envz_len )
-and returns the entry if found, or NULL if not.
-.P
-.BR envz_get ()
-looks for
-.I name
-in the envz vector
-.RI ( envz ,\  envz_len )
-and returns the value if found, or NULL if not.
-(Note that the value can also be NULL, namely when there is
-an entry for
-.I name
-without \[aq]=\[aq] sign.)
-.P
-.BR envz_merge ()
-adds each entry in
-.I envz2
-to
-.IR *envz ,
-as if with
-.BR envz_add ().
-If
-.I override
-is true, then values in
-.I envz2
-will supersede those with the same name in
-.IR *envz ,
-otherwise not.
-.P
-.BR envz_remove ()
-removes the entry for
-.I name
-from
-.RI ( *envz ,\  *envz_len )
-if there was one.
-.P
-.BR envz_strip ()
-removes all entries with value NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-All envz functions that do memory allocation have a return type of
-.I error_t
-(an integer type),
-and return 0 for success, and
-.B ENOMEM
-if an allocation error occurs.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR envz_add (),
-.BR envz_entry (),
-.BR envz_get (),
-.BR envz_merge (),
-.BR envz_remove (),
-.BR envz_strip ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (envz_add.c)
-.EX
-#include <envz.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
-{
-    char    *str;
-    size_t  e_len = 0;
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; envp[i] != NULL; i++)
-        e_len += strlen(envp[i]) + 1;
-\&
-    str = envz_entry(*envp, e_len, "HOME");
-    printf("%s\en", str);
-    str = envz_get(*envp, e_len, "HOME");
-    printf("%s\en", str);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR argz_add (3)
diff --git a/man3/envz_entry.3 b/man3/envz_entry.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e0737e2..000000000
--- a/man3/envz_entry.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/envz_get.3 b/man3/envz_get.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e0737e2..000000000
--- a/man3/envz_get.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/envz_merge.3 b/man3/envz_merge.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e0737e2..000000000
--- a/man3/envz_merge.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/envz_remove.3 b/man3/envz_remove.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e0737e2..000000000
--- a/man3/envz_remove.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/envz_strip.3 b/man3/envz_strip.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e0737e2..000000000
--- a/man3/envz_strip.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man3/erand48.3 b/man3/erand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/erand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/erand48_r.3 b/man3/erand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/erand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/erf.3 b/man3/erf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b43b866e5..000000000
--- a/man3/erf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH erf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-erf, erff, erfl \- error function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double erf(double " x );
-.BI "float erff(float " x );
-.BI "long double erfl(long double " x );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR erf ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR erff (),
-.BR erfl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the error function of
-.IR x ,
-defined as
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi) * integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t*t) dt
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the value of the error function of
-.IR x ,
-a value in the range [\-1,\ 1].
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-+1 (\-1) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is subnormal,
-a range error occurs,
-and the return value is 2*x/sqrt(pi).
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow (\fIx\fP is subnormal)
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" It is intentional that these functions do not set errno for this case
-.\" see https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6785
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR erf (),
-.BR erff (),
-.BR erfl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cerf (3),
-.BR erfc (3),
-.BR exp (3)
diff --git a/man3/erfc.3 b/man3/erfc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f5717c789..000000000
--- a/man3/erfc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH erfc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-erfc, erfcf, erfcl \- complementary error function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double erfc(double " x );
-.BI "float erfcf(float " x );
-.BI "long double erfcl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR erfc ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR erfcf (),
-.BR erfcl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the complementary error function of
-.IR x ,
-that is, 1.0 \- erf(x).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the complementary error function of
-.IR x ,
-a value in the range [0,2].
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 or \-0, 1 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity,
-+0 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-+2 is returned.
-.P
-If the function result underflows and produces an unrepresentable value,
-the return value is 0.0.
-.P
-If the function result underflows but produces a representable
-(i.e., subnormal) value,
-.\" e.g., erfc(27) on x86-32
-that value is returned, and
-a range error occurs.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow (result is subnormal)
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" It is intentional that these functions do not set errno for this case
-.\" see https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6785
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR erfc (),
-.BR erfcf (),
-.BR erfcl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR erfc (),
-.BR erfcf (),
-and
-.BR erfcl ()
-functions are provided to avoid the loss accuracy that
-would occur for the calculation 1-erf(x) for large values of
-.I x
-(for which the value of erf(x) approaches 1).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cerf (3),
-.BR erf (3),
-.BR exp (3)
diff --git a/man3/erfcf.3 b/man3/erfcf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 371bd6b5c..000000000
--- a/man3/erfcf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/erfc.3
diff --git a/man3/erfcl.3 b/man3/erfcl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 371bd6b5c..000000000
--- a/man3/erfcl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/erfc.3
diff --git a/man3/erff.3 b/man3/erff.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fc5471fcb..000000000
--- a/man3/erff.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/erf.3
diff --git a/man3/erfl.3 b/man3/erfl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fc5471fcb..000000000
--- a/man3/erfl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/erf.3
diff --git a/man3/err.3 b/man3/err.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7df6d6cfe..000000000
--- a/man3/err.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	From: @(#)err.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
-.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/gen/err.3,v 1.11.2.5 2001/08/17 15:42:32 ru Exp $
-.\"
-.\" 2011-09-10, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
-.\"
-.TH err 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-err, verr, errx, verrx, warn, vwarn, warnx, vwarnx \- formatted error messages
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <err.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void err(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", ...);"
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void errx(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", ...);"
-.P
-.BI "void warn(const char *" fmt ", ...);"
-.BI "void warnx(const char *" fmt ", ...);"
-.P
-.B #include <stdarg.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void verr(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void verrx(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
-.P
-.BI "void vwarn(const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
-.BI "void vwarnx(const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR err ()
-and
-.BR warn ()
-family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard
-error output.
-In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character,
-and a space are output.
-If the
-.I fmt
-argument is not NULL, the
-.BR printf (3)-like
-formatted error message is output.
-The output is terminated by a newline character.
-.P
-The
-.BR err (),
-.BR verr (),
-.BR warn (),
-and
-.BR vwarn ()
-functions append an error message obtained from
-.BR strerror (3)
-based on the global variable
-.IR errno ,
-preceded by another colon and space unless the
-.I fmt
-argument is
-NULL.
-.P
-The
-.BR errx ()
-and
-.BR warnx ()
-functions do not append an error message.
-.P
-The
-.BR err (),
-.BR verr (),
-.BR errx (),
-and
-.BR verrx ()
-functions do not return, but exit with the value of the argument
-.IR eval .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR err (),
-.BR errx (),
-.BR warn (),
-.BR warnx (),
-.BR verr (),
-.BR verrx (),
-.BR vwarn (),
-.BR vwarnx ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR err ()
-.TQ
-.BR warn ()
-4.4BSD.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Display the current
-.I errno
-information string and exit:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-p = malloc(size);
-if (p == NULL)
-    err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
-fd = open(file_name, O_RDONLY, 0);
-if (fd == \-1)
-    err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", file_name);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Display an error message and exit:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME)
-    errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "too early, wait until %s",
-            start_time_string);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Warn of an error:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-fd = open(raw_device, O_RDONLY, 0);
-if (fd == \-1)
-    warnx("%s: %s: trying the block device",
-            raw_device, strerror(errno));
-fd = open(block_device, O_RDONLY, 0);
-if (fd == \-1)
-    err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", block_device);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR error (3),
-.BR exit (3),
-.BR perror (3),
-.BR printf (3),
-.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man3/errno.3 b/man3/errno.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 786dec824..000000000
--- a/man3/errno.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,655 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" 5 Oct 2002, Modified by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" 	Updated for POSIX.1 2001
-.\" 2004-12-17 Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>, mtk
-.\"	Removed errno declaration prototype, added notes
-.\" 2006-02-09 Kurt Wall, mtk
-.\"     Added non-POSIX errors
-.\"
-.TH errno 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-errno \- number of last error
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <errno.h>
-.\".P
-.\".BI "extern int " errno ;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I <errno.h>
-header file defines the integer variable
-.IR errno ,
-which is set by system calls and some library functions in the event
-of an error to indicate what went wrong.
-.\"
-.SS errno
-The value in
-.I errno
-is significant only when the return value of
-the call indicated an error
-(i.e., \-1 from most system calls;
-\-1 or NULL from most library functions);
-a function that succeeds
-.I is
-allowed to change
-.IR errno .
-The value of
-.I errno
-is never set to zero by any system call or library function.
-.P
-For some system calls and library functions (e.g.,
-.BR getpriority (2)),
-\-1 is a valid return on success.
-In such cases, a successful return can be distinguished from an error
-return by setting
-.I errno
-to zero before the call, and then,
-if the call returns a status that indicates that an error
-may have occurred, checking to see if
-.I errno
-has a nonzero value.
-.P
-.I errno
-is defined by the ISO C standard to be a modifiable lvalue
-of type
-.IR int ,
-and must not be explicitly declared;
-.I errno
-may be a macro.
-.I errno
-is thread-local; setting it in one thread
-does not affect its value in any other thread.
-.\"
-.SS Error numbers and names
-Valid error numbers are all positive numbers.
-The
-.I <errno.h>
-header file defines symbolic names for each
-of the possible error numbers that may appear in
-.IR errno .
-.P
-All the error names specified by POSIX.1
-must have distinct values, with the exception of
-.B EAGAIN
-and
-.BR EWOULDBLOCK ,
-which may be the same.
-On Linux, these two have the same value on all architectures.
-.P
-The error numbers that correspond to each symbolic name
-vary across UNIX systems,
-and even across different architectures on Linux.
-Therefore, numeric values are not included as part of the list of
-error names below.
-The
-.BR perror (3)
-and
-.BR strerror (3)
-functions can be used to convert these names to
-corresponding textual error messages.
-.P
-On any particular Linux system,
-one can obtain a list of all symbolic error names and
-the corresponding error numbers using the
-.BR errno (1)
-command (part of the
-.I moreutils
-package):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fBerrno \-l\fP
-EPERM 1 Operation not permitted
-ENOENT 2 No such file or directory
-ESRCH 3 No such process
-EINTR 4 Interrupted system call
-EIO 5 Input/output error
-\&...
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.BR errno (1)
-command can also be used to look up individual error numbers and names,
-and to search for errors using strings from the error description,
-as in the following examples:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fBerrno 2\fP
-ENOENT 2 No such file or directory
-$ \fBerrno ESRCH\fP
-ESRCH 3 No such process
-$ \fBerrno \-s permission\fP
-EACCES 13 Permission denied
-.EE
-.in
-.\".P
-.\" POSIX.1 (2001 edition) lists the following symbolic error names.  Of
-.\" these, \fBEDOM\fP and \fBERANGE\fP are in the ISO C standard.  ISO C
-.\" Amendment 1 defines the additional error number \fBEILSEQ\fP for
-.\" coding errors in multibyte or wide characters.
-.\"
-.SS List of error names
-In the list of the symbolic error names below,
-various names are marked as follows:
-.TP
-.I POSIX.1-2001
-The name is defined by POSIX.1-2001,
-and is defined in later POSIX.1 versions, unless otherwise indicated.
-.TP
-.I POSIX.1-2008
-The name is defined in POSIX.1-2008,
-but was not present in earlier POSIX.1 standards.
-.TP
-.I C99
-The name is defined by C99.
-.P
-Below is a list of the symbolic error names that are defined on Linux:
-.TP 16
-.B E2BIG
-Argument list too long (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Permission denied (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EADDRINUSE
-Address already in use (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EADDRNOTAVAIL
-Address not available (POSIX.1-2001).
-.\" EADV is only an error on HURD(?)
-.TP
-.B EAFNOSUPPORT
-Address family not supported (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-Resource temporarily unavailable (may be the same value as
-.BR EWOULDBLOCK )
-(POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EALREADY
-Connection already in progress (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EBADE
-Invalid exchange.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-Bad file descriptor (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EBADFD
-File descriptor in bad state.
-.TP
-.B EBADMSG
-Bad message (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EBADR
-Invalid request descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EBADRQC
-Invalid request code.
-.TP
-.B EBADSLT
-Invalid slot.
-.\" EBFONT is defined but appears not to be used by kernel or glibc.
-.TP
-.B EBUSY
-Device or resource busy (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ECANCELED
-Operation canceled (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ECHILD
-No child processes (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ECHRNG
-Channel number out of range.
-.TP
-.B ECOMM
-Communication error on send.
-.TP
-.B ECONNABORTED
-Connection aborted (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ECONNREFUSED
-Connection refused (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ECONNRESET
-Connection reset (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EDEADLK
-Resource deadlock avoided (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EDEADLOCK
-On most architectures, a synonym for
-.BR EDEADLK .
-On some architectures (e.g., Linux MIPS, PowerPC, SPARC),
-it is a separate error code "File locking deadlock error".
-.TP
-.B EDESTADDRREQ
-Destination address required (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EDOM
-Mathematics argument out of domain of function (POSIX.1, C99).
-.\" EDOTDOT is defined but appears to be unused
-.TP
-.B EDQUOT
-.\" POSIX just says "Reserved"
-Disk quota exceeded (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-File exists (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EFAULT
-Bad address (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EFBIG
-File too large (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EHOSTDOWN
-Host is down.
-.TP
-.B EHOSTUNREACH
-Host is unreachable (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EHWPOISON
-Memory page has hardware error.
-.TP
-.B EIDRM
-Identifier removed (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EILSEQ
-Invalid or incomplete multibyte or wide character (POSIX.1, C99).
-.IP
-The text shown here is the glibc error description;
-in POSIX.1, this error is described as "Illegal byte sequence".
-.TP
-.B EINPROGRESS
-Operation in progress (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-Interrupted function call (POSIX.1-2001); see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid argument (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EIO
-Input/output error (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EISCONN
-Socket is connected (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EISDIR
-Is a directory (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EISNAM
-Is a named type file.
-.TP
-.B EKEYEXPIRED
-Key has expired.
-.TP
-.B EKEYREJECTED
-Key was rejected by service.
-.TP
-.B EKEYREVOKED
-Key has been revoked.
-.TP
-.B EL2HLT
-Level 2 halted.
-.TP
-.B EL2NSYNC
-Level 2 not synchronized.
-.TP
-.B EL3HLT
-Level 3 halted.
-.TP
-.B EL3RST
-Level 3 reset.
-.TP
-.B ELIBACC
-Cannot access a needed shared library.
-.TP
-.B ELIBBAD
-Accessing a corrupted shared library.
-.TP
-.B ELIBMAX
-Attempting to link in too many shared libraries.
-.TP
-.B ELIBSCN
-\&.lib section in a.out corrupted
-.TP
-.B ELIBEXEC
-Cannot exec a shared library directly.
-.TP
-.B ELNRNG
-.\" ELNRNG appears to be used by a few drivers
-Link number out of range.
-.TP
-.B ELOOP
-Too many levels of symbolic links (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EMEDIUMTYPE
-Wrong medium type.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-Too many open files (POSIX.1-2001).
-Commonly caused by exceeding the
-.B RLIMIT_NOFILE
-resource limit described in
-.BR getrlimit (2).
-Can also be caused by exceeding the limit specified in
-.IR /proc/sys/fs/nr_open .
-.TP
-.B EMLINK
-Too many links (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EMSGSIZE
-Message too long (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EMULTIHOP
-.\" POSIX says "Reserved"
-Multihop attempted (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-Filename too long (POSIX.1-2001).
-.\" ENAVAIL is defined, but appears not to be used
-.TP
-.B ENETDOWN
-Network is down (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENETRESET
-Connection aborted by network (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENETUNREACH
-Network unreachable (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-Too many open files in system (POSIX.1-2001).
-On Linux, this is probably a result of encountering the
-.I /proc/sys/fs/file\-max
-limit (see
-.BR proc (5)).
-.TP
-.B ENOANO
-.\" ENOANO appears to be used by a few drivers
-No anode.
-.TP
-.B ENOBUFS
-No buffer space available (POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
-.\" ENOCSI is defined but appears to be unused.
-.TP
-.B ENODATA
-The named attribute does not exist,
-or the process has no access to this attribute; see
-.BR xattr (7).
-.IP
-In POSIX.1-2001 (XSI STREAMS option),
-this error was described as
-"No message is available on the STREAM head read queue".
-.TP
-.B ENODEV
-No such device (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-No such file or directory (POSIX.1-2001).
-.IP
-Typically, this error results when a specified pathname does not exist,
-or one of the components in the directory prefix of a pathname does not exist,
-or the specified pathname is a dangling symbolic link.
-.TP
-.B ENOEXEC
-Exec format error (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOKEY
-Required key not available.
-.TP
-.B ENOLCK
-No locks available (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOLINK
-.\" POSIX says "Reserved"
-Link has been severed (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOMEDIUM
-No medium found.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Not enough space/cannot allocate memory (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOMSG
-No message of the desired type (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENONET
-Machine is not on the network.
-.TP
-.B ENOPKG
-Package not installed.
-.TP
-.B ENOPROTOOPT
-Protocol not available (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOSPC
-No space left on device (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOSR
-No STREAM resources (POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
-.TP
-.B ENOSTR
-Not a STREAM (POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-Function not implemented (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOTBLK
-Block device required.
-.TP
-.B ENOTCONN
-The socket is not connected (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-Not a directory (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOTEMPTY
-Directory not empty (POSIX.1-2001).
-.\" ENOTNAM is defined but appears to be unused.
-.TP
-.B ENOTRECOVERABLE
-State not recoverable (POSIX.1-2008).
-.TP
-.B ENOTSOCK
-Not a socket (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOTSUP
-Operation not supported (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-Inappropriate I/O control operation (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ENOTUNIQ
-Name not unique on network.
-.TP
-.B ENXIO
-No such device or address (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EOPNOTSUPP
-Operation not supported on socket (POSIX.1-2001).
-.IP
-.RB ( ENOTSUP
-and
-.B EOPNOTSUPP
-have the same value on Linux, but
-according to POSIX.1 these error values should be distinct.)
-.TP
-.B EOVERFLOW
-Value too large to be stored in data type (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EOWNERDEAD
-.\" Used at least by the user-space side of rubost mutexes
-Owner died (POSIX.1-2008).
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-Operation not permitted (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EPFNOSUPPORT
-Protocol family not supported.
-.TP
-.B EPIPE
-Broken pipe (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EPROTO
-Protocol error (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EPROTONOSUPPORT
-Protocol not supported (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EPROTOTYPE
-Protocol wrong type for socket (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Result too large (POSIX.1, C99).
-.TP
-.B EREMCHG
-Remote address changed.
-.TP
-.B EREMOTE
-Object is remote.
-.TP
-.B EREMOTEIO
-Remote I/O error.
-.TP
-.B ERESTART
-Interrupted system call should be restarted.
-.TP
-.B ERFKILL
-.\" ERFKILL appears to be used by various drivers
-Operation not possible due to RF-kill.
-.TP
-.B EROFS
-Read-only filesystem (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ESHUTDOWN
-Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown.
-.TP
-.B ESPIPE
-Invalid seek (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ESOCKTNOSUPPORT
-Socket type not supported.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No such process (POSIX.1-2001).
-.\" ESRMNT is defined but appears not to be used
-.TP
-.B ESTALE
-Stale file handle (POSIX.1-2001).
-.IP
-This error can occur for NFS and for other filesystems.
-.TP
-.B ESTRPIPE
-Streams pipe error.
-.TP
-.B ETIME
-Timer expired
-(POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
-.IP
-(POSIX.1 says "STREAM
-.BR ioctl (2)
-timeout".)
-.TP
-.B ETIMEDOUT
-Connection timed out (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B ETOOMANYREFS
-.\" ETOOMANYREFS seems to be used in net/unix/af_unix.c
-Too many references: cannot splice.
-.TP
-.B ETXTBSY
-Text file busy (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EUCLEAN
-Structure needs cleaning.
-.TP
-.B EUNATCH
-Protocol driver not attached.
-.TP
-.B EUSERS
-Too many users.
-.TP
-.B EWOULDBLOCK
-Operation would block (may be same value as
-.BR EAGAIN )
-(POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EXDEV
-Invalid cross-device link (POSIX.1-2001).
-.TP
-.B EXFULL
-Exchange full.
-.SH NOTES
-A common mistake is to do
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-if (somecall() == \-1) {
-    printf("somecall() failed\en");
-    if (errno == ...) { ... }
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I errno
-no longer needs to have the value it had upon return from
-.IR somecall ()
-(i.e., it may have been changed by the
-.BR printf (3)).
-If the value of
-.I errno
-should be preserved across a library call, it must be saved:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-if (somecall() == \-1) {
-    int errsv = errno;
-    printf("somecall() failed\en");
-    if (errsv == ...) { ... }
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Note that the POSIX threads APIs do
-.I not
-set
-.I errno
-on error.
-Instead, on failure they return an error number as the function result.
-These error numbers have the same meanings as the error numbers returned in
-.I errno
-by other APIs.
-.P
-On some ancient systems,
-.I <errno.h>
-was not present or did not declare
-.IR errno ,
-so that it was necessary to declare
-.I errno
-manually
-(i.e.,
-.IR "extern int errno" ).
-.BR "Do not do this" .
-It long ago ceased to be necessary,
-and it will cause problems with modern versions of the C library.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR errno (1),  \" In the moreutils package
-.BR err (3),
-.BR error (3),
-.BR perror (3),
-.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man3/error.3 b/man3/error.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 95a964103..000000000
--- a/man3/error.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" References:
-.\"   glibc manual and source
-.TH error 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-error, error_at_line, error_message_count, error_one_per_line,
-error_print_progname \- glibc error reporting functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <error.h>
-.P
-.BI "void error(int " status ", int " errnum ", const char *" format ", ...);"
-.BI "void error_at_line(int " status ", int " errnum ", const char *" filename ,
-.BI "                   unsigned int " linenum ", const char *" format ", ...);"
-.P
-.BI "extern unsigned int " error_message_count ;
-.BI "extern int " error_one_per_line ;
-.P
-.BI "extern void (*" error_print_progname ")(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR error ()
-is a general error-reporting function.
-It flushes
-.IR stdout ,
-and then outputs to
-.I stderr
-the program name, a colon and a space, the message specified by the
-.BR printf (3)-style
-format string \fIformat\fP, and, if \fIerrnum\fP is
-nonzero, a second colon and a space followed by the string given by
-.IR strerror(errnum) .
-Any arguments required for
-.I format
-should follow
-.I format
-in the argument list.
-The output is terminated by a newline character.
-.P
-The program name printed by
-.BR error ()
-is the value of the global variable
-.BR program_invocation_name (3).
-.I program_invocation_name
-initially has the same value as
-.IR main ()'s
-.IR argv[0] .
-The value of this variable can be modified to change the output of
-.BR error ().
-.P
-If \fIstatus\fP has a nonzero value, then
-.BR error ()
-calls
-.BR exit (3)
-to terminate the program using the given value as the exit status;
-otherwise it returns after printing the error message.
-.P
-The
-.BR error_at_line ()
-function is exactly the same as
-.BR error (),
-except for the addition of the arguments
-.I filename
-and
-.IR linenum .
-The output produced is as for
-.BR error (),
-except that after the program name are written: a colon, the value of
-.IR filename ,
-a colon, and the value of
-.IR linenum .
-The preprocessor values \fB__LINE__\fP and
-\fB__FILE__\fP may be useful when calling
-.BR error_at_line (),
-but other values can also be used.
-For example, these arguments could refer to a location in an input file.
-.P
-If the global variable \fIerror_one_per_line\fP is set nonzero,
-a sequence of
-.BR error_at_line ()
-calls with the
-same value of \fIfilename\fP and \fIlinenum\fP will result in only
-one message (the first) being output.
-.P
-The global variable \fIerror_message_count\fP counts the number of
-messages that have been output by
-.BR error ()
-and
-.BR error_at_line ().
-.P
-If the global variable \fIerror_print_progname\fP
-is assigned the address of a function
-(i.e., is not NULL), then that function is called
-instead of prefixing the message with the program name and colon.
-The function should print a suitable string to
-.IR stderr .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR error ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR error_at_line ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe\ race: error_at_line/\:error_one_per_line locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-The internal
-.I error_one_per_line
-variable is accessed (without any form of synchronization, but since it's an
-.I int
-used once, it should be safe enough) and, if
-.I error_one_per_line
-is set nonzero, the internal static variables (not exposed to users)
-used to hold the last printed filename and line number are accessed
-and modified without synchronization; the update is not atomic and it
-occurs before disabling cancelation, so it can be interrupted only after
-one of the two variables is modified.
-After that,
-.BR error_at_line ()
-is very much like
-.BR error ().
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR err (3),
-.BR errno (3),
-.BR exit (3),
-.BR perror (3),
-.BR program_invocation_name (3),
-.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man3/error_at_line.3 b/man3/error_at_line.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ce8691bf..000000000
--- a/man3/error_at_line.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man3/error_message_count.3 b/man3/error_message_count.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ce8691bf..000000000
--- a/man3/error_message_count.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man3/error_one_per_line.3 b/man3/error_one_per_line.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ce8691bf..000000000
--- a/man3/error_one_per_line.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man3/error_print_progname.3 b/man3/error_print_progname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ce8691bf..000000000
--- a/man3/error_print_progname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man3/errx.3 b/man3/errx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/errx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/etext.3 b/man3/etext.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 94843fb05..000000000
--- a/man3/etext.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/end.3
diff --git a/man3/ether_aton.3 b/man3/ether_aton.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7016fcc15..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_aton.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Ian Redfern (redferni@logica.com)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     FreeBSD 4.4 man pages
-.\"
-.\" Minor additions, aeb, 2013-06-21
-.\"
-.TH ether_aton 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ether_aton, ether_ntoa, ether_ntohost, ether_hostton, ether_line,
-ether_ntoa_r, ether_aton_r \- Ethernet address manipulation routines
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netinet/ether.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *ether_ntoa(const struct ether_addr *" addr );
-.BI "struct ether_addr *ether_aton(const char *" asc );
-.P
-.BI "int ether_ntohost(char *" hostname ", const struct ether_addr *" addr );
-.BI "int ether_hostton(const char *" hostname ", struct ether_addr *" addr );
-.P
-.BI "int ether_line(const char *" line ", struct ether_addr *" addr ,
-.BI "               char *" hostname );
-.P
-/* GNU extensions */
-.BI "char *ether_ntoa_r(const struct ether_addr *" addr ", char *" buf );
-.P
-.BI "struct ether_addr *ether_aton_r(const char *" asc ,
-.BI "                                struct ether_addr *" addr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR ether_aton ()
-converts the 48-bit Ethernet host address
-.I asc
-from the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation into binary data in
-network byte order and returns a pointer to it in a statically
-allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will
-overwrite.
-.BR ether_aton ()
-returns NULL if the address is invalid.
-.P
-The
-.BR ether_ntoa ()
-function converts the Ethernet host address
-.I addr
-given in network byte order to a string in standard
-hex-digits-and-colons notation, omitting leading zeros.
-The string is returned in a statically allocated buffer,
-which subsequent calls will overwrite.
-.P
-The
-.BR ether_ntohost ()
-function maps an Ethernet address to the
-corresponding hostname in
-.I /etc/ethers
-and returns nonzero if it cannot be found.
-.P
-The
-.BR ether_hostton ()
-function maps a hostname to the
-corresponding Ethernet address in
-.I /etc/ethers
-and returns nonzero if it cannot be found.
-.P
-The
-.BR ether_line ()
-function parses a line in
-.I /etc/ethers
-format (ethernet address followed by whitespace followed by
-hostname; \[aq]#\[aq] introduces a comment) and returns an address
-and hostname pair, or nonzero if it cannot be parsed.
-The buffer pointed to by
-.I hostname
-must be sufficiently long, for example, have the same length as
-.IR line .
-.P
-The functions
-.BR ether_ntoa_r ()
-and
-.BR ether_aton_r ()
-are reentrant
-thread-safe versions of
-.BR ether_ntoa ()
-and
-.BR ether_aton ()
-respectively, and do not use static buffers.
-.P
-The structure
-.I ether_addr
-is defined in
-.I <net/ethernet.h>
-as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct ether_addr {
-    uint8_t ether_addr_octet[6];
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ether_aton (),
-.BR ether_ntoa ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ether_ntohost (),
-.BR ether_hostton (),
-.BR ether_line (),
-.BR ether_ntoa_r (),
-.BR ether_aton_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD, SunOS.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.2.5 and earlier, the implementation of
-.BR ether_line ()
-.\" The fix was presumably commit c0a0f9a32c8baa6ab93d00eb42d92c02e9e146d7
-.\" which was in glibc 2.3
-is broken.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ethers (5)
diff --git a/man3/ether_aton_r.3 b/man3/ether_aton_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f88e044ab..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_aton_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man3/ether_hostton.3 b/man3/ether_hostton.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f88e044ab..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_hostton.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man3/ether_line.3 b/man3/ether_line.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f88e044ab..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_line.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man3/ether_ntoa.3 b/man3/ether_ntoa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f88e044ab..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_ntoa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man3/ether_ntoa_r.3 b/man3/ether_ntoa_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f88e044ab..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_ntoa_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man3/ether_ntohost.3 b/man3/ether_ntohost.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f88e044ab..000000000
--- a/man3/ether_ntohost.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man3/euidaccess.3 b/man3/euidaccess.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 999bb9d9d..000000000
--- a/man3/euidaccess.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH euidaccess 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-euidaccess, eaccess \- check effective user's permissions for a file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int euidaccess(const char *" pathname ", int " mode );
-.BI "int eaccess(const char *" pathname ", int " mode );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Like
-.BR access (2),
-.BR euidaccess ()
-checks permissions and existence of the file identified by its argument
-.IR pathname .
-However, whereas
-.BR access (2)
-performs checks using the real user and group identifiers of the process,
-.BR euidaccess ()
-uses the effective identifiers.
-.P
-.I mode
-is a mask consisting of one or more of
-.BR R_OK ", " W_OK ", " X_OK ", and " F_OK ,
-with the same meanings as for
-.BR access (2).
-.P
-.BR eaccess ()
-is a synonym for
-.BR euidaccess (),
-provided for compatibility with some other systems.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success (all requested permissions granted), zero is returned.
-On error (at least one bit in
-.I mode
-asked for a permission that is denied, or some other error occurred),
-\-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-As for
-.BR access (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR euidaccess (),
-.BR eaccess ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Some other systems have an
-.\" e.g., FreeBSD 6.1.
-.BR eaccess ()
-function.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR eaccess ()
-glibc 2.4.
-.SH NOTES
-.IR Warning :
-Using this function to check a process's permissions on a file before
-performing some operation based on that information leads to race conditions:
-the file permissions may change between the two steps.
-Generally, it is safer just to attempt the desired operation and handle
-any permission error that occurs.
-.P
-This function always dereferences symbolic links.
-If you need to check the permissions on a symbolic link, use
-.BR faccessat (2)
-with the flags
-.B AT_EACCESS
-and
-.BR AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR access (2),
-.BR chmod (2),
-.BR chown (2),
-.BR faccessat (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR setgid (2),
-.BR setuid (2),
-.BR stat (2),
-.BR credentials (7),
-.BR path_resolution (7)
diff --git a/man3/eventfd_read.3 b/man3/eventfd_read.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eddfaa8a1..000000000
--- a/man3/eventfd_read.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/eventfd.2
diff --git a/man3/eventfd_write.3 b/man3/eventfd_write.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eddfaa8a1..000000000
--- a/man3/eventfd_write.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/eventfd.2
diff --git a/man3/exec.3 b/man3/exec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ff3b1f48..000000000
--- a/man3/exec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)exec.3	6.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 11:12:48 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Updated more for Linux, Tue Jul 15 11:54:18 1997, pacman@cqc.com
-.\" Modified, 24 Jun 2004, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"     Added note on casting NULL
-.\"
-.TH exec 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-execl, execlp, execle, execv, execvp, execvpe \- execute a file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.B extern char **environ;
-.P
-.BI "int execl(const char *" pathname ", const char *" arg ", ..."
-.B  "                /*, (char *) NULL */);"
-.BI "int execlp(const char *" file ", const char *" arg ", ..."
-.B  "                /*, (char *) NULL */);"
-.BI "int execle(const char *" pathname ", const char *" arg ", ..."
-.BI "                /*, (char *) NULL, char *const " envp "[] */);"
-.BI "int execv(const char *" pathname ", char *const " argv "[]);"
-.BI "int execvp(const char *" file ", char *const " argv "[]);"
-.BI "int execvpe(const char *" file ", char *const " argv \
-"[], char *const " envp "[]);"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR execvpe ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR exec ()
-family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process
-image.
-The functions described in this manual page are layered on top of
-.BR execve (2).
-(See the manual page for
-.BR execve (2)
-for further details about the replacement of the current process image.)
-.P
-The initial argument for these functions is the name of a file that is
-to be executed.
-.P
-The functions can be grouped based on the letters following the "exec" prefix.
-.\"
-.SS l - execl(), execlp(), execle()
-The
-.I "const char\ *arg"
-and subsequent ellipses can be thought of as
-.IR arg0 ,
-.IR arg1 ,
-\&...,
-.IR argn .
-Together they describe a list of one or more pointers to null-terminated
-strings that represent the argument list available to the executed program.
-The first argument, by convention, should point to the filename associated
-with the file being executed.
-The list of arguments
-.I must
-be terminated by a null pointer,
-and, since these are variadic functions, this pointer must be cast
-.IR "(char\ *) NULL" .
-.P
-By contrast with the 'l' functions, the 'v' functions (below) specify the
-command-line arguments of the executed program as a vector.
-.\"
-.SS v - execv(), execvp(), execvpe()
-The
-.I "char\ *const argv[]"
-argument is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings that
-represent the argument list available to the new program.
-The first argument, by convention, should point to the filename
-associated with the file being executed.
-The array of pointers
-.I must
-be terminated by a null pointer.
-.SS e - execle(), execvpe()
-The environment of the new process image is specified via the argument
-.IR envp .
-The
-.I envp
-argument is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings and
-.I must
-be terminated by a null pointer.
-.P
-All other
-.BR exec ()
-functions (which do not include 'e' in the suffix)
-take the environment for the new process
-image from the external variable
-.I environ
-in the calling process.
-.SS p - execlp(), execvp(), execvpe()
-These functions duplicate the actions of the shell in
-searching for an executable file
-if the specified filename does not contain a slash (/) character.
-The file is sought in the colon-separated list of directory pathnames
-specified in the
-.B PATH
-environment variable.
-If this variable isn't defined, the path list defaults to
-a list that includes the directories returned by
-.I confstr(_CS_PATH)
-(which typically returns the value "/bin:/usr/bin")
-and possibly also the current working directory;
-see NOTES for further details.
-.P
-.BR execvpe ()
-searches for the program using the value of
-.B PATH
-from the caller's environment, not from the
-.I envp
-argument.
-.P
-If the specified filename includes a slash character, then
-.B PATH
-is ignored, and the file at the specified pathname is executed.
-.P
-In addition, certain errors are treated specially.
-.P
-If permission is denied for a file (the attempted
-.BR execve (2)
-failed with the error
-.BR EACCES ),
-these functions will continue searching the rest of the search path.
-If no other file is found, however,
-they will return with
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EACCES .
-.P
-If the header of a file isn't recognized (the attempted
-.BR execve (2)
-failed with the error
-.BR ENOEXEC ),
-these functions will execute the shell
-.RI ( /bin/sh )
-with the path of the file as its first argument.
-(If this attempt fails, no further searching is done.)
-.P
-All other
-.BR exec ()
-functions (which do not include 'p' in the suffix)
-take as their first argument a (relative or absolute) pathname
-that identifies the program to be executed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR exec ()
-functions return only if an error has occurred.
-The return value is \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-All of these functions may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for
-.BR execve (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR execl (),
-.BR execle (),
-.BR execv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR execlp (),
-.BR execvp (),
-.BR execvpe ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The default search path (used when the environment
-does not contain the variable \fBPATH\fR)
-shows some variation across systems.
-It generally includes
-.I /bin
-and
-.I /usr/bin
-(in that order) and may also include the current working directory.
-On some other systems, the current working is included after
-.I /bin
-and
-.IR /usr/bin ,
-as an anti-Trojan-horse measure.
-The glibc implementation long followed the traditional default where
-the current working directory is included at the start of the search path.
-However, some code refactoring during the development of glibc 2.24
-.\" glibc commit 1eb8930608705702d5746e5491bab4e4429fcb83
-caused the current working directory to be dropped altogether
-from the default search path.
-This accidental behavior change is considered mildly beneficial,
-and won't be reverted.
-.P
-The behavior of
-.BR execlp ()
-and
-.BR execvp ()
-when errors occur while attempting to execute the file is historic
-practice, but has not traditionally been documented and is not specified by
-the POSIX standard.
-BSD (and possibly other systems) do an automatic
-sleep and retry if
-.B ETXTBSY
-is encountered.
-Linux treats it as a hard
-error and returns immediately.
-.P
-Traditionally, the functions
-.BR execlp ()
-and
-.BR execvp ()
-ignored all errors except for the ones described above and
-.B ENOMEM
-and
-.BR E2BIG ,
-upon which they returned.
-They now return if any error other than the ones
-described above occurs.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.B environ
-.TQ
-.BR execl ()
-.TQ
-.BR execlp ()
-.TQ
-.BR execle ()
-.TQ
-.BR execv ()
-.TQ
-.BR execvp ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR execvpe ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.B environ
-.TQ
-.BR execl ()
-.TQ
-.BR execlp ()
-.TQ
-.BR execle ()
-.TQ
-.BR execv ()
-.TQ
-.BR execvp ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR execvpe ()
-glibc 2.11.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.24,
-.BR execl ()
-and
-.BR execle ()
-employed
-.BR realloc (3)
-internally and were consequently not async-signal-safe,
-in violation of the requirements of POSIX.1.
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19534
-This was fixed in glibc 2.24.
-.\"
-.SS Architecture-specific details
-On sparc and sparc64,
-.BR execv ()
-is provided as a system call by the kernel
-(with the prototype shown above)
-for compatibility with SunOS.
-This function is
-.I not
-employed by the
-.BR execv ()
-wrapper function on those architectures.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR execve (2),
-.BR execveat (2),
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR ptrace (2),
-.BR fexecve (3),
-.BR system (3),
-.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man3/execl.3 b/man3/execl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bf4872a6..000000000
--- a/man3/execl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man3/execle.3 b/man3/execle.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bf4872a6..000000000
--- a/man3/execle.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man3/execlp.3 b/man3/execlp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bf4872a6..000000000
--- a/man3/execlp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man3/execv.3 b/man3/execv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bf4872a6..000000000
--- a/man3/execv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man3/execvp.3 b/man3/execvp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bf4872a6..000000000
--- a/man3/execvp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man3/execvpe.3 b/man3/execvpe.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4bf4872a6..000000000
--- a/man3/execvpe.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man3/exit.3 b/man3/exit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 16dad7571..000000000
--- a/man3/exit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" FIXME . There are a lot of other process termination actions that
-.\" could be listed on this page. See, for example, the list in the
-.\" POSIX exit(3p) page.
-.\"
-.TH exit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-exit \- cause normal process termination
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void exit(int " status );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR exit ()
-function causes normal process termination and the least significant byte of
-.I status
-(i.e., \fIstatus & 0xFF\fP) is returned to the parent (see
-.BR wait (2)).
-.P
-All functions registered with
-.BR atexit (3)
-and
-.BR on_exit (3)
-are called, in the reverse order of their registration.
-(It is possible for one of these functions to use
-.BR atexit (3)
-or
-.BR on_exit (3)
-to register an additional
-function to be executed during exit processing;
-the new registration is added to the front of the list of functions
-that remain to be called.)
-If one of these functions does not return
-(e.g., it calls
-.BR _exit (2),
-or kills itself with a signal),
-then none of the remaining functions is called,
-and further exit processing (in particular, flushing of
-.BR stdio (3)
-streams) is abandoned.
-If a function has been registered multiple times using
-.BR atexit (3)
-or
-.BR on_exit (3),
-then it is called as many times as it was registered.
-.P
-All open
-.BR stdio (3)
-streams are flushed and closed.
-Files created by
-.BR tmpfile (3)
-are removed.
-.P
-The C standard specifies two constants,
-\fBEXIT_SUCCESS\fP and \fBEXIT_FAILURE\fP,
-that may be passed to
-.BR exit ()
-to indicate successful or unsuccessful
-termination, respectively.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR exit ()
-function does not return.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR exit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:exit
-.TE
-.P
-The
-.BR exit ()
-function uses a global variable that is not protected,
-so it is not thread-safe.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior is undefined if one of the functions registered using
-.BR atexit (3)
-and
-.BR on_exit (3)
-calls either
-.BR exit ()
-or
-.BR longjmp (3).
-Note that a call to
-.BR execve (2)
-removes registrations created using
-.BR atexit (3)
-and
-.BR on_exit (3).
-.P
-The use of
-.B EXIT_SUCCESS
-and
-.B EXIT_FAILURE
-is slightly more portable
-(to non-UNIX environments) than the use of 0 and some nonzero value
-like 1 or \-1.
-In particular, VMS uses a different convention.
-.P
-BSD has attempted to standardize exit codes
-(which some C libraries such as the GNU C library have also adopted);
-see the file
-.IR <sysexits.h> .
-.P
-After
-.BR exit (),
-the exit status must be transmitted to the
-parent process.
-There are three cases:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-If the parent has set
-.BR SA_NOCLDWAIT ,
-or has set the
-.B SIGCHLD
-handler to
-.BR SIG_IGN ,
-the status is discarded and the child dies immediately.
-.IP \[bu]
-If the parent was waiting on the child,
-it is notified of the exit status and the child dies immediately.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-the child becomes a "zombie" process:
-most of the process resources are recycled,
-but a slot containing minimal information about the child process
-(termination status, resource usage statistics) is retained in process table.
-This allows the parent to subsequently use
-.BR waitpid (2)
-(or similar) to learn the termination status of the child;
-at that point the zombie process slot is released.
-.P
-If the implementation supports the
-.B SIGCHLD
-signal, this signal
-is sent to the parent.
-If the parent has set
-.BR SA_NOCLDWAIT ,
-it is undefined whether a
-.B SIGCHLD
-signal is sent.
-.\"
-.SS Signals sent to other processes
-If the exiting process is a session leader and its controlling terminal
-is the controlling terminal of the session, then each process in
-the foreground process group of this controlling terminal
-is sent a
-.B SIGHUP
-signal, and the terminal is disassociated
-from this session, allowing it to be acquired by a new controlling
-process.
-.P
-If the exit of the process causes a process group to become orphaned,
-and if any member of the newly orphaned process group is stopped,
-then a
-.B SIGHUP
-signal followed by a
-.B SIGCONT
-signal will be
-sent to each process in this process group.
-See
-.BR setpgid (2)
-for an explanation of orphaned process groups.
-.P
-Except in the above cases,
-where the signalled processes may be children of the terminating process,
-termination of a process does
-.I not
-in general cause a signal to be sent to children of that process.
-However, a process can use the
-.BR prctl (2)
-.B PR_SET_PDEATHSIG
-operation to arrange that it receives a signal if its parent terminates.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR _exit (2),
-.BR get_robust_list (2),
-.BR setpgid (2),
-.BR wait (2),
-.BR atexit (3),
-.BR on_exit (3),
-.BR tmpfile (3)
diff --git a/man3/exp.3 b/man3/exp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 378eeb64b..000000000
--- a/man3/exp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH exp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-exp, expf, expl \- base-e exponential function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double exp(double " x );
-.BI "float expf(float " x );
-.BI "long double expl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR expf (),
-.BR expl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the value of e (the base of natural
-logarithms) raised to the power of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the exponential value of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity,
-positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-+0 is returned.
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and zero is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error, overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error, underflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR exp (),
-.BR expf (),
-.BR expl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR cexp (3),
-.BR exp10 (3),
-.BR exp2 (3),
-.BR expm1 (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/exp10.3 b/man3/exp10.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d5281fd49..000000000
--- a/man3/exp10.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH exp10 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-exp10, exp10f, exp10l \- base-10 exponential function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double exp10(double " x );
-.BI "float exp10f(float " x );
-.BI "long double exp10l(long double " x );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the value of 10
-raised to the power of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the base-10 exponential value of
-.IR x .
-.P
-For various special cases, including the handling of infinity and NaN,
-as well as overflows and underflows, see
-.BR exp (3).
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
-.BR exp (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR exp10 (),
-.BR exp10f (),
-.BR exp10l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.19, the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
-.I errno
-to
-.B ERANGE
-when an underflow error occurred.
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6787
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR exp (3),
-.BR exp2 (3),
-.BR log10 (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/exp10f.3 b/man3/exp10f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 705b75e97..000000000
--- a/man3/exp10f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exp10.3
diff --git a/man3/exp10l.3 b/man3/exp10l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 705b75e97..000000000
--- a/man3/exp10l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exp10.3
diff --git a/man3/exp2.3 b/man3/exp2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fda0b3c3e..000000000
--- a/man3/exp2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH exp2 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-exp2, exp2f, exp2l \- base-2 exponential function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double exp2(double " x );
-.BI "float exp2f(float " x );
-.BI "long double exp2l(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR exp2 (),
-.BR exp2f (),
-.BR exp2l ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the value of 2 raised to the power of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the base-2 exponential value of
-.IR x .
-.P
-For various special cases, including the handling of infinity and NaN,
-as well as overflows and underflows, see
-.BR exp (3).
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
-.BR exp (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR exp2 (),
-.BR exp2f (),
-.BR exp2l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR cexp2 (3),
-.BR exp (3),
-.BR exp10 (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/exp2f.3 b/man3/exp2f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b69beeace..000000000
--- a/man3/exp2f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exp2.3
diff --git a/man3/exp2l.3 b/man3/exp2l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b69beeace..000000000
--- a/man3/exp2l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exp2.3
diff --git a/man3/expf.3 b/man3/expf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b1efda66..000000000
--- a/man3/expf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exp.3
diff --git a/man3/expl.3 b/man3/expl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b1efda66..000000000
--- a/man3/expl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/exp.3
diff --git a/man3/explicit_bzero.3 b/man3/explicit_bzero.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a43e76af..000000000
--- a/man3/explicit_bzero.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/bzero.3
diff --git a/man3/expm1.3 b/man3/expm1.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e093a617..000000000
--- a/man3/expm1.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH expm1 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-expm1, expm1f, expm1l \- exponential minus 1
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double expm1(double " x );
-.BI "float expm1f(float " x );
-.BI "long double expm1l(long double " x );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR expm1 ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR expm1f (),
-.BR expm1l ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a value equivalent to
-.P
-.nf
-    exp(x) \- 1
-.fi
-.P
-The result is computed in a way that is accurate even if the value of
-.I x
-is near
-zero\[em]a case where
-.I "exp(x) \- 1"
-would be inaccurate due to
-subtraction of two numbers that are nearly equal.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return
-.IR "exp(x)\ \-\ 1" .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0),
-+0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity, \-1 is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows, a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error, overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-(but see BUGS).
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1 specifies an optional range error (underflow) if
-.\" x is subnormal.  glibc does not implement this.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR expm1 (),
-.BR expm1f (),
-.BR expm1l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.17,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6778
-on certain architectures (e.g., x86, but not x86_64)
-.BR expm1 ()
-raised a bogus underflow floating-point exception
-for some large negative
-.I x
-values (where the function result approaches \-1).
-.P
-Before approximately glibc 2.11,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6814
-.\" e.g., expm1(1e5) through expm1(1.00199970127e5),
-.\" but not expm1(1.00199970128e5) and beyond.
-.BR expm1 ()
-raised a bogus invalid floating-point exception in addition to the expected
-overflow exception, and returned a NaN instead of positive infinity,
-for some large positive
-.I x
-values.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.11,
-.\" It looks like the fix was in glibc 2.11, or possibly glibc 2.12.
-.\" I have no test system for glibc 2.11, but glibc 2.12 passes.
-.\" From the source (sysdeps/i386/fpu/s_expm1.S) it looks
-.\" like the changes were in glibc 2.11.
-the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6788
-.I errno
-to
-.B ERANGE
-when a range error occurred.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR exp (3),
-.BR log (3),
-.BR log1p (3)
diff --git a/man3/expm1f.3 b/man3/expm1f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c9e4eac1..000000000
--- a/man3/expm1f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/expm1.3
diff --git a/man3/expm1l.3 b/man3/expm1l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c9e4eac1..000000000
--- a/man3/expm1l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/expm1.3
diff --git a/man3/fabs.3 b/man3/fabs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bfd04d76b..000000000
--- a/man3/fabs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:42:04 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Added fabsl, fabsf, aeb, 2001-06-07
-.\"
-.TH fabs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fabs, fabsf, fabsl \- absolute value of floating-point number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double fabs(double " x );
-.BI "float fabsf(float " x );
-.BI "long double fabsl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fabsf (),
-.BR fabsl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the absolute value of the floating-point
-number
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the absolute value of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is \-0, +0 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity or positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fabs (),
-.BR fabsf (),
-.BR fabsl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR abs (3),
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR labs (3),
-.BR rint (3)
diff --git a/man3/fabsf.3 b/man3/fabsf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0426cf0f2..000000000
--- a/man3/fabsf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fabs.3
diff --git a/man3/fabsl.3 b/man3/fabsl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0426cf0f2..000000000
--- a/man3/fabsl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fabs.3
diff --git a/man3/fclose.3 b/man3/fclose.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c8d044b9c..000000000
--- a/man3/fclose.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)fclose.3	6.7 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:19:14 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2000-07-22 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\"
-.TH fclose 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fclose \- close a stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fclose(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fclose ()
-function flushes the stream pointed to by
-.I stream
-(writing any buffered output data using
-.BR fflush (3))
-and closes the underlying file descriptor.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion, 0 is returned.
-Otherwise,
-.B EOF
-is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-In either case, any further access
-(including another call to
-.BR fclose ())
-to the stream results in undefined behavior.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The file descriptor underlying
-.I stream
-is not valid.
-.\"  This error cannot occur unless you are mixing ANSI C stdio operations and
-.\"  low-level file operations on the same stream. If you do get this error,
-.\"  you must have closed the stream's low-level file descriptor using
-.\"  something like close(fileno(stream)).
-.P
-The
-.BR fclose ()
-function may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the routines
-.BR close (2),
-.BR write (2),
-or
-.BR fflush (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fclose ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Note that
-.BR fclose ()
-flushes only the user-space buffers provided by the
-C library.
-To ensure that the data is physically stored
-on disk the kernel buffers must be flushed too, for example, with
-.BR sync (2)
-or
-.BR fsync (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR close (2),
-.BR fcloseall (3),
-.BR fflush (3),
-.BR fileno (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR setbuf (3)
diff --git a/man3/fcloseall.3 b/man3/fcloseall.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d9700268..000000000
--- a/man3/fcloseall.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH fcloseall 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fcloseall \- close all open streams
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.B int fcloseall(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fcloseall ()
-function closes all of the calling process's open streams.
-Buffered output for each stream is written before it is closed
-(as for
-.BR fflush (3));
-buffered input is discarded.
-.P
-The standard streams,
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-and
-.I stderr
-are also closed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function returns 0 if all files were successfully closed;
-on error,
-.B EOF
-is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fcloseall ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:streams
-.TE
-.P
-The
-.BR fcloseall ()
-function does not lock the streams, so it is not thread-safe.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR close (2),
-.BR fclose (3),
-.BR fflush (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR setbuf (3)
diff --git a/man3/fcvt.3 b/man3/fcvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 39d377098..000000000
--- a/man3/fcvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ecvt.3
diff --git a/man3/fcvt_r.3 b/man3/fcvt_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 41ce9ee8a..000000000
--- a/man3/fcvt_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ecvt_r.3
diff --git a/man3/fdim.3 b/man3/fdim.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74f707402..000000000
--- a/man3/fdim.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms, Andries Brouwer
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH fdim 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fdim, fdimf, fdiml \- positive difference
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double fdim(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float fdimf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double fdiml(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fdimf (),
-.BR fdiml ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the positive difference, max(\fIx\fP-\fIy\fP,0),
-between their arguments.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the positive difference.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fdim (),
-.BR fdimf (),
-.BR fdiml ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.24
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6796
-on certain architectures (e.g., x86, but not x86_64)
-these functions did not set
-.IR errno .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fmax (3)
diff --git a/man3/fdimf.3 b/man3/fdimf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4058e45d..000000000
--- a/man3/fdimf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fdim.3
diff --git a/man3/fdiml.3 b/man3/fdiml.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4058e45d..000000000
--- a/man3/fdiml.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fdim.3
diff --git a/man3/fdopen.3 b/man3/fdopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a4012491..000000000
--- a/man3/fdopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fopen.3
diff --git a/man3/fdopendir.3 b/man3/fdopendir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 55b720e2a..000000000
--- a/man3/fdopendir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/opendir.3
diff --git a/man3/feclearexcept.3 b/man3/feclearexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/feclearexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fedisableexcept.3 b/man3/fedisableexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fedisableexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/feenableexcept.3 b/man3/feenableexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/feenableexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fegetenv.3 b/man3/fegetenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fegetenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fegetexcept.3 b/man3/fegetexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fegetexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fegetexceptflag.3 b/man3/fegetexceptflag.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fegetexceptflag.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fegetround.3 b/man3/fegetround.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fegetround.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/feholdexcept.3 b/man3/feholdexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/feholdexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fenv.3 b/man3/fenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e9f59f4..000000000
--- a/man3/fenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" 2000-08-14 added GNU additions from Andreas Jaeger
-.\" 2000-12-05 some changes inspired by acahalan's remarks
-.\"
-.TH fenv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-feclearexcept, fegetexceptflag, feraiseexcept, fesetexceptflag,
-fetestexcept, fegetenv, fegetround, feholdexcept, fesetround,
-fesetenv, feupdateenv, feenableexcept, fedisableexcept,
-fegetexcept \- floating-point rounding and exception handling
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <fenv.h>
-.P
-.BI "int feclearexcept(int " excepts );
-.BI "int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *" flagp ", int " excepts );
-.BI "int feraiseexcept(int " excepts );
-.BI "int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *" flagp ", int " excepts );
-.BI "int fetestexcept(int " excepts );
-.P
-.B "int fegetround(void);"
-.BI "int fesetround(int " rounding_mode );
-.P
-.BI "int fegetenv(fenv_t *" envp );
-.BI "int feholdexcept(fenv_t *" envp );
-.BI "int fesetenv(const fenv_t *" envp );
-.BI "int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *" envp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These eleven functions were defined in C99, and describe the handling
-of floating-point rounding and exceptions (overflow, zero-divide, etc.).
-.SS Exceptions
-The
-.I divide-by-zero
-exception occurs when an operation on finite numbers
-produces infinity as exact answer.
-.P
-The
-.I overflow
-exception occurs when a result has to be represented as a
-floating-point number, but has (much) larger absolute value than the
-largest (finite) floating-point number that is representable.
-.P
-The
-.I underflow
-exception occurs when a result has to be represented as a
-floating-point number, but has smaller absolute value than the smallest
-positive normalized floating-point number (and would lose much accuracy
-when represented as a denormalized number).
-.P
-The
-.I inexact
-exception occurs when the rounded result of an operation
-is not equal to the infinite precision result.
-It may occur whenever
-.I overflow
-or
-.I underflow
-occurs.
-.P
-The
-.I invalid
-exception occurs when there is no well-defined result
-for an operation, as for 0/0 or infinity \- infinity or sqrt(\-1).
-.SS Exception handling
-Exceptions are represented in two ways: as a single bit
-(exception present/absent), and these bits correspond in some
-implementation-defined way with bit positions in an integer,
-and also as an opaque structure that may contain more information
-about the exception (perhaps the code address where it occurred).
-.P
-Each of the macros
-.BR FE_DIVBYZERO ,
-.BR FE_INEXACT ,
-.BR FE_INVALID ,
-.BR FE_OVERFLOW ,
-.B FE_UNDERFLOW
-is defined when the implementation supports handling
-of the corresponding exception, and if so then
-defines the corresponding bit(s), so that one can call
-exception handling functions, for example, using the integer argument
-.BR FE_OVERFLOW | FE_UNDERFLOW .
-Other exceptions may be supported.
-The macro
-.B FE_ALL_EXCEPT
-is the bitwise OR of all bits corresponding to supported exceptions.
-.P
-The
-.BR feclearexcept ()
-function clears the supported exceptions represented by the bits
-in its argument.
-.P
-The
-.BR fegetexceptflag ()
-function stores a representation of the state of the exception flags
-represented by the argument
-.I excepts
-in the opaque object
-.IR *flagp .
-.P
-The
-.BR feraiseexcept ()
-function raises the supported exceptions represented by the bits in
-.IR excepts .
-.P
-The
-.BR fesetexceptflag ()
-function sets the complete status for the exceptions represented by
-.I excepts
-to the value
-.IR *flagp .
-This value must have been obtained by an earlier call of
-.BR fegetexceptflag ()
-with a last argument that contained all bits in
-.IR excepts .
-.P
-The
-.BR fetestexcept ()
-function returns a word in which the bits are set that were
-set in the argument
-.I excepts
-and for which the corresponding exception is currently set.
-.SS Rounding mode
-The rounding mode determines how the result of floating-point operations
-is treated when the result cannot be exactly represented in the significand.
-Various rounding modes may be provided:
-round to nearest (the default),
-round up (toward positive infinity),
-round down (toward negative infinity), and
-round toward zero.
-.P
-Each of the macros
-.BR FE_TONEAREST ,
-.BR FE_UPWARD ,
-.BR FE_DOWNWARD ,
-and
-.B FE_TOWARDZERO
-is defined when the implementation supports getting and setting
-the corresponding rounding direction.
-.P
-The
-.BR fegetround ()
-function returns the macro corresponding to the current
-rounding mode.
-.P
-The
-.BR fesetround ()
-function sets the rounding mode as specified by its argument
-and returns zero when it was successful.
-.P
-C99 and POSIX.1-2008 specify an identifier,
-.BR FLT_ROUNDS ,
-defined in
-.IR <float.h> ,
-which indicates the implementation-defined rounding
-behavior for floating-point addition.
-This identifier has one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B \-1
-The rounding mode is not determinable.
-.TP
-.B 0
-Rounding is toward 0.
-.TP
-.B 1
-Rounding is toward nearest number.
-.TP
-.B 2
-Rounding is toward positive infinity.
-.TP
-.B 3
-Rounding is toward negative infinity.
-.P
-Other values represent machine-dependent, nonstandard rounding modes.
-.P
-The value of
-.B FLT_ROUNDS
-should reflect the current rounding mode as set by
-.BR fesetround ()
-(but see BUGS).
-.SS Floating-point environment
-The entire floating-point environment, including
-control modes and status flags, can be handled
-as one opaque object, of type
-.IR fenv_t .
-The default environment is denoted by
-.B FE_DFL_ENV
-(of type
-.IR "const fenv_t\ *" ).
-This is the environment setup at program start and it is defined by
-ISO C to have round to nearest, all exceptions cleared and a nonstop
-(continue on exceptions) mode.
-.P
-The
-.BR fegetenv ()
-function saves the current floating-point environment in the object
-.IR *envp .
-.P
-The
-.BR feholdexcept ()
-function does the same, then clears all exception flags,
-and sets a nonstop (continue on exceptions) mode,
-if available.
-It returns zero when successful.
-.P
-The
-.BR fesetenv ()
-function restores the floating-point environment from
-the object
-.IR *envp .
-This object must be known to be valid, for example, the result of a call to
-.BR fegetenv ()
-or
-.BR feholdexcept ()
-or equal to
-.BR FE_DFL_ENV .
-This call does not raise exceptions.
-.P
-The
-.BR feupdateenv ()
-function installs the floating-point environment represented by
-the object
-.IR *envp ,
-except that currently raised exceptions are not cleared.
-After calling this function, the raised exceptions will be a bitwise OR
-of those previously set with those in
-.IR *envp .
-As before, the object
-.I *envp
-must be known to be valid.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return zero on success and nonzero if an error occurred.
-.\" Earlier seven of these functions were listed as returning void.
-.\" This was corrected in Corrigendum 1 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.1:2001(E))
-.\" of the C99 Standard.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.nh
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR feclearexcept (),
-.BR fegetexceptflag (),
-.BR feraiseexcept (),
-.BR fesetexceptflag (),
-.BR fetestexcept (),
-.BR fegetround (),
-.BR fesetround (),
-.BR fegetenv (),
-.BR feholdexcept (),
-.BR fesetenv (),
-.BR feupdateenv (),
-.BR feenableexcept (),
-.BR fedisableexcept (),
-.BR fegetexcept ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe
-T}
-.TE
-.hy
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008, IEC 60559 (IEC 559:1989), ANSI/IEEE 854.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-.SS glibc notes
-If possible, the GNU C Library defines a macro
-.B FE_NOMASK_ENV
-which represents an environment where every exception raised causes a
-trap to occur.
-You can test for this macro using
-.BR #ifdef .
-It is defined only if
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-is defined.
-The C99 standard does not define a way to set individual bits in the
-floating-point mask, for example, to trap on specific flags.
-Since glibc 2.2, glibc supports the functions
-.BR feenableexcept ()
-and
-.BR fedisableexcept ()
-to set individual floating-point traps, and
-.BR fegetexcept ()
-to query the state.
-.P
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B "#include <fenv.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int feenableexcept(int " excepts );
-.BI "int fedisableexcept(int " excepts );
-.B "int fegetexcept(void);"
-.fi
-.P
-The
-.BR feenableexcept ()
-and
-.BR fedisableexcept ()
-functions enable (disable) traps for each of the exceptions represented by
-.I excepts
-and return the previous set of enabled exceptions when successful,
-and \-1 otherwise.
-The
-.BR fegetexcept ()
-function returns the set of all currently enabled exceptions.
-.SH BUGS
-C99 specifies that the value of
-.B FLT_ROUNDS
-should reflect changes to the current rounding mode, as set by
-.BR fesetround ().
-Currently,
-.\" Aug 08, glibc 2.8
-this does not occur:
-.B FLT_ROUNDS
-always has the value 1.
-.\" See http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2002-02/msg01535.html
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR math_error (7)
diff --git a/man3/feof.3 b/man3/feof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a95cca9f..000000000
--- a/man3/feof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ferror.3
diff --git a/man3/feof_unlocked.3 b/man3/feof_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/feof_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/feraiseexcept.3 b/man3/feraiseexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/feraiseexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/ferror.3 b/man3/ferror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0baf2443a..000000000
--- a/man3/ferror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2021 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)ferror.3	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:24:40 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\"
-.TH ferror 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-clearerr, feof, ferror \- check and reset stream status
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "void clearerr(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int feof(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int ferror(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR clearerr ()
-clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by
-.IR stream .
-.P
-The function
-.BR feof ()
-tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by
-.IR stream ,
-returning nonzero if it is set.
-The end-of-file indicator can be cleared only by the function
-.BR clearerr ().
-.P
-The function
-.BR ferror ()
-tests the error indicator for the stream pointed to by
-.IR stream ,
-returning nonzero if it is set.
-The error indicator can be reset only by the
-.BR clearerr ()
-function.
-.P
-For nonlocking counterparts, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR feof ()
-function returns nonzero if the end-of-file indicator is set for
-.IR stream ;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-.P
-The
-.BR ferror ()
-function returns nonzero if the error indicator is set for
-.IR stream ;
-otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ERRORS
-These functions should not fail and do not set
-.IR errno .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR clearerr (),
-.BR feof (),
-.BR ferror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-POSIX.1-2008 specifies
-.\"https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=401
-that these functions shall not change the value of
-.I errno
-if
-.I stream
-is valid.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Normally,
-programs should read the return value of an input function,
-such as
-.BR fgetc (3),
-before using functions of the
-.BR feof (3)
-family.
-Only when the function returned the sentinel value
-.B EOF
-it makes sense to distinguish between the end of a file or an error with
-.BR feof (3)
-or
-.BR ferror (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR fdopen (3),
-.BR fileno (3),
-.BR stdio (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/ferror_unlocked.3 b/man3/ferror_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/ferror_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fesetenv.3 b/man3/fesetenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fesetenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fesetexceptflag.3 b/man3/fesetexceptflag.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fesetexceptflag.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fesetround.3 b/man3/fesetround.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fesetround.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fetestexcept.3 b/man3/fetestexcept.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/fetestexcept.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/feupdateenv.3 b/man3/feupdateenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 47668e719..000000000
--- a/man3/feupdateenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man3/fexecve.3 b/man3/fexecve.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 015d2e7fe..000000000
--- a/man3/fexecve.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2014, Michael Kerrisk
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH fexecve 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fexecve \- execute program specified via file descriptor
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fexecve(int " fd ", char *const " argv "[], char *const " envp []);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fexecve ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR fexecve ()
-performs the same task as
-.BR execve (2),
-with the difference that the file to be executed
-is specified via a file descriptor,
-.IR fd ,
-rather than via a pathname.
-The file descriptor
-.I fd
-must be opened read-only
-.RB ( O_RDONLY )
-or with the
-.B O_PATH
-flag
-and the caller must have permission to execute the file that it refers to.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-A successful call to
-.BR fexecve ()
-never returns.
-On error, the function does return, with a result value of \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-Errors are as for
-.BR execve (2),
-with the following additions:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor, or
-.I argv
-is NULL, or
-.I envp
-is NULL.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-The close-on-exec flag is set on
-.IR fd ,
-and
-.I fd
-refers to a script.
-See BUGS.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The kernel does not provide the
-.BR execveat (2)
-system call, and the
-.I /proc
-filesystem could not be accessed.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fexecve ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.2.
-.P
-On Linux with glibc versions 2.26 and earlier,
-.BR fexecve ()
-is implemented using the
-.BR proc (5)
-filesystem, so
-.I /proc
-needs to be mounted and available at the time of the call.
-Since glibc 2.27,
-.\" glibc commit 43ffc53a352a67672210c9dd4959f6c6b7407e60
-if the underlying kernel supports the
-.BR execveat (2)
-system call, then
-.BR fexecve ()
-is implemented using that system call, with the benefit that
-.I /proc
-does not need to be mounted.
-.SH NOTES
-The idea behind
-.BR fexecve ()
-is to allow the caller to verify (checksum) the contents of
-an executable before executing it.
-Simply opening the file, checksumming the contents, and then doing an
-.BR execve (2)
-would not suffice, since, between the two steps, the filename,
-or a directory prefix of the pathname, could have been exchanged
-(by, for example, modifying the target of a symbolic link).
-.BR fexecve ()
-does not mitigate the problem that the
-.I contents
-of a file could be changed between the checksumming and the call to
-.BR fexecve ();
-for that, the solution is to ensure that the permissions on the file
-prevent it from being modified by malicious users.
-.P
-The natural idiom when using
-.BR fexecve ()
-is to set the close-on-exec flag on
-.IR fd ,
-so that the file descriptor does not leak through to the program
-that is executed.
-This approach is natural for two reasons.
-First, it prevents file descriptors being consumed unnecessarily.
-(The executed program normally has no need of a file descriptor
-that refers to the program itself.)
-Second, if
-.BR fexecve ()
-is used recursively,
-employing the close-on-exec flag prevents the file descriptor exhaustion
-that would result from the fact that each step in the recursion would
-cause one more file descriptor to be passed to the new program.
-(But see BUGS.)
-.SH BUGS
-If
-.I fd
-refers to a script (i.e., it is an executable text file that names
-a script interpreter with a first line that begins with the characters
-.IR #! )
-and the close-on-exec flag has been set for
-.IR fd ,
-then
-.BR fexecve ()
-fails with the error
-.BR ENOENT .
-This error occurs because,
-by the time the script interpreter is executed,
-.I fd
-has already been closed because of the close-on-exec flag.
-Thus, the close-on-exec flag can't be set on
-.I fd
-if it refers to a script, leading to the problems described in NOTES.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR execve (2),
-.BR execveat (2)
diff --git a/man3/fflush.3 b/man3/fflush.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6590af5e8..000000000
--- a/man3/fflush.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)fflush.3	5.4 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2000-07-22 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\" Modified 2001-10-16 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.\"
-.TH fflush 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fflush \- flush a stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fflush(FILE *_Nullable " stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-For output streams,
-.BR fflush ()
-forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given output or update
-.I stream
-via the stream's underlying write function.
-.P
-For input streams associated with seekable files
-(e.g., disk files, but not pipes or terminals),
-.BR fflush ()
-discards any buffered data that has been fetched from the underlying file,
-but has not been consumed by the application.
-.P
-The open status of the stream is unaffected.
-.P
-If the
-.I stream
-argument is NULL,
-.BR fflush ()
-flushes
-.I all
-open output streams.
-.\" mtk: POSIX specifies that only output streams are flushed for this case.
-.\" Also verified for glibc by experiment.
-.P
-For a nonlocking counterpart, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion 0 is returned.
-Otherwise,
-.B EOF
-is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I stream
-is not an open stream, or is not open for writing.
-.P
-The function
-.BR fflush ()
-may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for
-.BR write (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fflush ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 did not specify the behavior for flushing of input streams,
-but the behavior is specified in POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-Note that
-.BR fflush ()
-flushes only the user-space buffers provided by the C library.
-To ensure that the data is physically stored on disk
-the kernel buffers must be flushed too, for example, with
-.BR sync (2)
-or
-.BR fsync (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fsync (2),
-.BR sync (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR fclose (3),
-.BR fileno (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fpurge (3),
-.BR setbuf (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fflush_unlocked.3 b/man3/fflush_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fflush_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/ffs.3 b/man3/ffs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index aab5f1099..000000000
--- a/man3/ffs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:39:35 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH ffs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ffs, ffsl, ffsll \- find first bit set in a word
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.P
-.BI "int ffs(int " i );
-.BI "int ffsl(long " i );
-.BI "int ffsll(long long " i );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ffs ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.12:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-            || ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        none
-.fi
-.P
-.BR ffsl (),
-.BR ffsll ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.27:
-.\" glibc commit 68fe16dd327c895c08b9ee443b234c49c13b36e9
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.27:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ffs ()
-function returns the position of the first
-(least significant) bit set in the word \fIi\fP.
-The least significant bit is position 1 and the
-most significant position is, for example, 32 or 64.
-The functions
-.BR ffsll ()
-and
-.BR ffsl ()
-do the same but take
-arguments of possibly different size.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the position of the first bit set,
-or 0 if no bits are set in
-.IR i .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ffs (),
-.BR ffsl (),
-.BR ffsll ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR ffs ()
-POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR ffsl ()
-.TQ
-.BR ffsll ()
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3)
diff --git a/man3/ffsl.3 b/man3/ffsl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23c4024a5..000000000
--- a/man3/ffsl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ffs.3
diff --git a/man3/ffsll.3 b/man3/ffsll.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23c4024a5..000000000
--- a/man3/ffsll.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ffs.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetc.3 b/man3/fgetc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d92fd8413..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:07 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Sep  8 15:48:13 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH fgetc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fgetc, fgets, getc, getchar, ungetc \- input of characters and strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fgetc(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int getc(FILE *" stream );
-.B "int getchar(void);"
-.P
-.BI "char *fgets(char " s "[restrict ." size "], int " size ", \
-FILE *restrict " stream );
-.P
-.BI "int ungetc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR fgetc ()
-reads the next character from
-.I stream
-and returns it as an
-.I unsigned char
-cast to an
-.IR int ,
-or
-.B EOF
-on end of file or error.
-.P
-.BR getc ()
-is equivalent to
-.BR fgetc ()
-except that it may be implemented as a macro which evaluates
-.I stream
-more than once.
-.P
-.BR getchar ()
-is equivalent to
-.BI "getc(" stdin ) \fR.
-.P
-.BR fgets ()
-reads in at most one less than
-.I size
-characters from
-.I stream
-and stores them into the buffer pointed to by
-.IR s .
-Reading stops after an
-.B EOF
-or a newline.
-If a newline is read, it is stored into the buffer.
-A terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
-is stored after the last character in the buffer.
-.P
-.BR ungetc ()
-pushes
-.I c
-back to
-.IR stream ,
-cast to
-.IR "unsigned char" ,
-where it is available for subsequent read operations.
-Pushed-back characters
-will be returned in reverse order; only one pushback is guaranteed.
-.P
-Calls to the functions described here can be mixed with each other and with
-calls to other input functions from the
-.I stdio
-library for the same input stream.
-.P
-For nonlocking counterparts, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR fgetc (),
-.BR getc (),
-and
-.BR getchar ()
-return the character read as an
-.I unsigned char
-cast to an
-.I int
-or
-.B EOF
-on end of file or error.
-.P
-.BR fgets ()
-returns
-.I s
-on success, and NULL
-on error or when end of file occurs while no characters have been read.
-.P
-.BR ungetc ()
-returns
-.I c
-on success, or
-.B EOF
-on error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetc (),
-.BR fgets (),
-.BR getc (),
-.BR getchar (),
-.BR ungetc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.SH NOTES
-It is not advisable to mix calls to input functions from the
-.I stdio
-library with low-level calls to
-.BR read (2)
-for the file descriptor associated with the input stream; the results
-will be undefined and very probably not what you want.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR ferror (3),
-.BR fgetwc (3),
-.BR fgetws (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fread (3),
-.BR fseek (3),
-.BR getline (3),
-.BR gets (3),
-.BR getwchar (3),
-.BR puts (3),
-.BR scanf (3),
-.BR ungetwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3),
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)
diff --git a/man3/fgetc_unlocked.3 b/man3/fgetc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetgrent.3 b/man3/fgetgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index aea64ac21..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:38:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH fgetgrent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fgetgrent \- get group file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct group *fgetgrent(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fgetgrent ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fgetgrent ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the group information from the file referred to by
-.IR stream .
-The first time it is called
-it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive entries.
-The file referred to by
-.I stream
-must have the same format as
-.I /etc/group
-(see
-.BR group (5)).
-.P
-The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct group {
-    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
-    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
-    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
-    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
-                               to names of group members */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR fgetgrent ()
-function returns a pointer to a
-.I group
-structure,
-or NULL if there are no more entries or an error occurs.
-In the event of an error,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I group
-structure.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetgrent ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fgetgrent
-.TE
-.\" FIXME The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
-.\" which has:
-.\"
-.\"    fgetgrent: MT-Unsafe race:fgrent
-.\"
-.\" We think race:fgrent in glibc may be hard for users to understand,
-.\" and have sent a patch to the GNU libc community for changing it to
-.\" race:fgetgrent, however, something about the copyright impeded the
-.\" progress.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR endgrent (3),
-.BR fgetgrent_r (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR getgrgid (3),
-.BR getgrnam (3),
-.BR putgrent (3),
-.BR setgrent (3),
-.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man3/fgetgrent_r.3 b/man3/fgetgrent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c6dfe43a..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetgrent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getgrent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetpos.3 b/man3/fgetpos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1487b5a8..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetpos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetpwent.3 b/man3/fgetpwent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 038778033..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetpwent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:37:37 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon May 27 22:40:48 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\"
-.TH fgetpwent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fgetpwent \- get password file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct passwd *fgetpwent(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fgetpwent ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fgetpwent ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken out fields of a line in the file \fIstream\fP.
-The first time it is called it returns the first entry;
-thereafter, it returns successive entries.
-The file referred to by
-.I stream
-must have the same format as
-.I /etc/passwd
-(see
-.BR passwd (5)).
-.P
-The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd {
-    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
-    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
-    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
-    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
-    char   *pw_gecos;      /* real name */
-    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
-    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR fgetpwent ()
-function returns a pointer to a
-.I passwd
-structure, or NULL if
-there are no more entries or an error occurs.
-In the event of an error,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I passwd
-structure.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/passwd
-password database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetpwent ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fgetpwent
-.TE
-.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
-.\" which has:
-.\"
-.\"    fgetpwent: MT-Unsafe race:fpwent
-.\"
-.\" We think race:fpwent in glibc maybe hard for users to understand,
-.\" and have sent a patch to the GNU libc community for changing it to
-.\" race:fgetpwent, however, something about the copyright impeded the
-.\" progress.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR endpwent (3),
-.BR fgetpwent_r (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR getpw (3),
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR getpwuid (3),
-.BR putpwent (3),
-.BR setpwent (3),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/fgetpwent_r.3 b/man3/fgetpwent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b2393bb64..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetpwent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getpwent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/fgets.3 b/man3/fgets.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f6585a10..000000000
--- a/man3/fgets.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man3/fgets_unlocked.3 b/man3/fgets_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fgets_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetspent.3 b/man3/fgetspent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetspent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetspent_r.3 b/man3/fgetspent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetspent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetwc.3 b/man3/fgetwc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e3d17bfd2..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetwc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 16 23:18:40 BST 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.TH fgetwc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fgetwc, getwc \- read a wide character from a FILE stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t fgetwc(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "wint_t getwc(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fgetwc ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR fgetc (3)
-function.
-It reads a wide character from \fIstream\fP and returns it.
-If the end of stream is reached, or if \fIferror(stream)\fP becomes true,
-it returns
-.BR WEOF .
-If a wide-character conversion error occurs, it sets
-\fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
-.BR WEOF .
-.P
-The
-.BR getwc ()
-function or macro functions identically to
-.BR fgetwc ().
-It may be implemented as a macro, and may evaluate its argument
-more than once.
-There is no reason ever to use it.
-.P
-For nonlocking counterparts, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR fgetwc ()
-returns the next wide-character from the stream.
-Otherwise,
-.B WEOF
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-Apart from the usual ones, there is
-.TP
-.B EILSEQ
-The data obtained from the input stream does not
-form a valid character.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetwc (),
-.BR getwc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR fgetwc ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-In the absence of additional information passed to the
-.BR fopen (3)
-call, it is
-reasonable to expect that
-.BR fgetwc ()
-will actually read a multibyte sequence
-from the stream and then convert it to a wide character.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetws (3),
-.BR fputwc (3),
-.BR ungetwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fgetwc_unlocked.3 b/man3/fgetwc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetwc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fgetws.3 b/man3/fgetws.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a41573b6f..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetws.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"     http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 16 23:18:40 BST 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.TH fgetws 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fgetws \- read a wide-character string from a FILE stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t " ws "[restrict ." n "], int " n \
-", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fgetws ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR fgets (3)
-function.
-It reads a string of at most \fIn\-1\fP wide characters into the
-wide-character array pointed to by \fIws\fP,
-and adds a terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-It stops reading wide characters after it has encountered and
-stored a newline wide character.
-It also stops when end of stream is reached.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least \fIn\fP wide
-characters at \fIws\fP.
-.P
-For a nonlocking counterpart, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR fgetws ()
-function, if successful, returns \fIws\fP.
-If end of stream
-was already reached or if an error occurred, it returns NULL.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetws ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR fgetws ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-In the absence of additional information passed to the
-.BR fopen (3)
-call, it is
-reasonable to expect that
-.BR fgetws ()
-will actually read a multibyte string
-from the stream and then convert it to a wide-character string.
-.P
-This function is unreliable,
-because it does not permit to deal properly with
-null wide characters that may be present in the input.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fgetws_unlocked.3 b/man3/fgetws_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fgetws_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fileno.3 b/man3/fileno.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e9954626..000000000
--- a/man3/fileno.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2021 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:24:40 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Added remark on EBADF for fileno, aeb, 2001-03-22
-.\"
-.TH fileno 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fileno \- obtain file descriptor of a stdio stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fileno(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fileno ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR fileno ()
-examines the argument
-.I stream
-and returns the integer file descriptor used to implement this stream.
-The file descriptor is still owned by
-.I stream
-and will be closed when
-.BR fclose (3)
-is called.
-Duplicate the file descriptor with
-.BR dup (2)
-before passing it to code that might close it.
-.P
-For the nonlocking counterpart, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR fileno ()
-returns the file descriptor associated with
-.IR stream .
-On failure, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I stream
-is not associated with a file.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fileno ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR fdopen (3),
-.BR stdio (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fileno_unlocked.3 b/man3/fileno_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fileno_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/finite.3 b/man3/finite.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 246a82a1f..000000000
--- a/man3/finite.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH finite 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-finite, finitef, finitel, isinf, isinff, isinfl, isnan, isnanf, isnanl \-
-BSD floating-point classification functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "int finite(double " x );
-.BI "int finitef(float " x );
-.BI "int finitel(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "int isinf(double " x );
-.BI "int isinff(float " x );
-.BI "int isinfl(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "int isnan(double " x );
-.BI "int isnanf(float " x );
-.BI "int isnanl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR finite (),
-.BR finitef (),
-.BR finitel ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.P
-.BR isinf ():
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isinff (),
-.BR isinfl ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isnan ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isnanf (),
-.BR isnanl ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR finite (),
-.BR finitef (),
-and
-.BR finitel ()
-functions return a nonzero value if
-.I x
-is neither infinite
-nor a "not-a-number" (NaN) value, and 0 otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR isnan (),
-.BR isnanf (),
-and
-.BR isnanl ()
-functions return a nonzero value if
-.I x
-is a NaN value,
-and 0 otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR isinf (),
-.BR isinff (),
-and
-.BR isinfl ()
-functions return 1 if
-.I x
-is positive infinity, \-1 if
-.I x
-is negative infinity, and 0 otherwise.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR finite (),
-.BR finitef (),
-.BR finitel (),
-.BR isinf (),
-.BR isinff (),
-.BR isinfl (),
-.BR isnan (),
-.BR isnanf (),
-.BR isnanl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH NOTES
-Note that these functions are obsolete.
-C99 defines macros
-.BR isfinite (),
-.BR isinf (),
-and
-.BR isnan ()
-(for all types) replacing them.
-Further note that the C99
-.BR isinf ()
-has weaker guarantees on the return value.
-See
-.BR fpclassify (3).
-.\"
-.\" finite* not on HP-UX; they exist on Tru64.
-.\" .SH HISTORY
-.\" The
-.\" .BR finite ()
-.\" function occurs in 4.3BSD.
-.\" see IEEE.3 in the 4.3BSD manual
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fpclassify (3)
diff --git a/man3/finitef.3 b/man3/finitef.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f709b1c..000000000
--- a/man3/finitef.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man3/finitel.3 b/man3/finitel.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f709b1c..000000000
--- a/man3/finitel.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man3/flockfile.3 b/man3/flockfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 86b0f7ac5..000000000
--- a/man3/flockfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH flockfile 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-flockfile, ftrylockfile, funlockfile \- lock FILE for stdio
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "void flockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
-.BI "int ftrylockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
-.BI "void funlockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.24: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.23: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The stdio functions are thread-safe.
-This is achieved by assigning
-to each
-.I FILE
-object a lockcount and (if the lockcount is nonzero)
-an owning thread.
-For each library call, these functions wait until the
-.I FILE
-object
-is no longer locked by a different thread, then lock it, do the
-requested I/O, and unlock the object again.
-.P
-(Note: this locking has nothing to do with the file locking done
-by functions like
-.BR flock (2)
-and
-.BR lockf (3).)
-.P
-All this is invisible to the C-programmer, but there may be two
-reasons to wish for more detailed control.
-On the one hand, maybe
-a series of I/O actions by one thread belongs together, and should
-not be interrupted by the I/O of some other thread.
-On the other hand, maybe the locking overhead should be avoided
-for greater efficiency.
-.P
-To this end, a thread can explicitly lock the
-.I FILE
-object,
-then do its series of I/O actions, then unlock.
-This prevents
-other threads from coming in between.
-If the reason for doing
-this was to achieve greater efficiency, one does the I/O with
-the nonlocking versions of the stdio functions: with
-.BR getc_unlocked (3)
-and
-.BR putc_unlocked (3)
-instead of
-.BR getc (3)
-and
-.BR putc (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR flockfile ()
-function waits for
-.I *filehandle
-to be
-no longer locked by a different thread, then makes the
-current thread owner of
-.IR *filehandle ,
-and increments
-the lockcount.
-.P
-The
-.BR funlockfile ()
-function decrements the lock count.
-.P
-The
-.BR ftrylockfile ()
-function is a nonblocking version
-of
-.BR flockfile ().
-It does nothing in case some other thread
-owns
-.IR *filehandle ,
-and it obtains ownership and increments
-the lockcount otherwise.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR ftrylockfile ()
-function returns zero for success
-(the lock was obtained), and nonzero for failure.
-.SH ERRORS
-None.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR flockfile (),
-.BR ftrylockfile (),
-.BR funlockfile ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-These functions are available when
-.B _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
-is defined.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/floor.3 b/man3/floor.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df4489ba..000000000
--- a/man3/floor.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH floor 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-floor, floorf, floorl \- largest integral value not greater than argument
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double floor(double " x );
-.BI "float floorf(float " x );
-.BI "long double floorl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR floorf (),
-.BR floorl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the largest integral value that is not greater than
-.IR x .
-.P
-For example,
-.I floor(0.5)
-is 0.0, and
-.I floor(\-0.5)
-is \-1.0.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the floor of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or an infinity,
-.I x
-itself is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR floor (),
-.BR floorf (),
-.BR floorl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.P
-SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ERANGE ,
-or raise an
-.B FE_OVERFLOW
-exception).
-In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
-so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
-.\" The POSIX.1-2001 APPLICATION USAGE SECTION discusses this point.
-(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
-of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
-For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
-the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
-and the number of mantissa bits
-including the implicit bit
-is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR lrint (3),
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR round (3),
-.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man3/floorf.3 b/man3/floorf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d8e79b22..000000000
--- a/man3/floorf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/floor.3
diff --git a/man3/floorl.3 b/man3/floorl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d8e79b22..000000000
--- a/man3/floorl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/floor.3
diff --git a/man3/fma.3 b/man3/fma.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4d2330a6..000000000
--- a/man3/fma.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2004-11-15, Added further text on FLT_ROUNDS
-.\" 	as suggested by AEB and Fabian Kreutz
-.\"
-.TH fma 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fma, fmaf, fmal \- floating-point multiply and add
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double fma(double " x ", double " y ", double " z );
-.BI "float fmaf(float " x ", float " y ", float " z );
-.BI "long double fmal(long double " x ", long double " y ", long double " z );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fma (),
-.BR fmaf (),
-.BR fmal ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions compute
-.IR x " * " y " + " z .
-The result is rounded as one ternary operation according to the
-current rounding mode (see
-.BR fenv (3)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the value of
-.IR x " * " y " + " z ,
-rounded as one ternary operation.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-times
-.I y
-is an exact infinity, and
-.I z
-is an infinity with the opposite sign,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.P
-.\" POSIX.1-2008 allows some possible differences for the following two
-.\" domain error cases, but on Linux they are treated the same (AFAICS).
-.\" Nevertheless, we'll mirror POSIX.1 and describe the two cases
-.\" separately.
-If one of
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is an infinity, the other is 0, and
-.I z
-is not a NaN,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.\" POSIX.1 says that a NaN or an implementation-defined value shall
-.\" be returned for this case.
-.P
-If one of
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is an infinity, and the other is 0, and
-.I z
-is a NaN,
-.\" POSIX.1 makes the domain error optional for this case.
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-times
-.I y
-is not an infinity times zero (or vice versa), and
-.I z
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs, and
-an infinity with the correct sign is returned.
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs, and
-a signed 0 is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP * \fIy\fP + \fIz\fP, \
-or \fIx\fP * \fIy\fP is invalid and \fIz\fP is not a NaN
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
-.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6801
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fma (),
-.BR fmaf (),
-.BR fmal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR remainder (3),
-.BR remquo (3)
diff --git a/man3/fmaf.3 b/man3/fmaf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e050da05f..000000000
--- a/man3/fmaf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fma.3
diff --git a/man3/fmal.3 b/man3/fmal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e050da05f..000000000
--- a/man3/fmal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fma.3
diff --git a/man3/fmax.3 b/man3/fmax.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ea16797a7..000000000
--- a/man3/fmax.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH fmax 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fmax, fmaxf, fmaxl \- determine maximum of two floating-point numbers
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double fmax(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float fmaxf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double fmaxl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fmax (),
-.BR fmaxf (),
-.BR fmaxl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the larger value of
-.I x
-and
-.IR y .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the maximum of
-.I x
-and
-.IR y .
-.P
-If one argument is a NaN, the other argument is returned.
-.P
-If both arguments are NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fmax (),
-.BR fmaxf (),
-.BR fmaxl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fdim (3),
-.BR fmin (3)
diff --git a/man3/fmaxf.3 b/man3/fmaxf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f68a861e..000000000
--- a/man3/fmaxf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fmax.3
diff --git a/man3/fmaxl.3 b/man3/fmaxl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f68a861e..000000000
--- a/man3/fmaxl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fmax.3
diff --git a/man3/fmemopen.3 b/man3/fmemopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 385fcdcc9..000000000
--- a/man3/fmemopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2005, 2012, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH fmemopen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fmemopen \-  open memory as stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *fmemopen(void " buf [. size "], size_t " size ", \
-const char *" mode );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fmemopen ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fmemopen ()
-function opens a stream that permits the access specified by
-.IR mode .
-The stream allows I/O to be performed on the string or memory buffer
-pointed to by
-.IR buf .
-.P
-The
-.I mode
-argument specifies the semantics of I/O on the stream,
-and is one of the following:
-.TP
-.I r
-The stream is opened for reading.
-.TP
-.I w
-The stream is opened for writing.
-.TP
-.I a
-Append; open the stream for writing,
-with the initial buffer position set to the first null byte.
-.TP
-.I r+
-Open the stream for reading and writing.
-.TP
-.I w+
-Open the stream for reading and writing.
-The buffer contents are truncated
-(i.e., \[aq]\e0\[aq] is placed in the first byte of the buffer).
-.TP
-.I a+
-Append; open the stream for reading and writing,
-with the initial buffer position set to the first null byte.
-.P
-The stream maintains the notion of a current position,
-the location where the next I/O operation will be performed.
-The current position is implicitly updated by I/O operations.
-It can be explicitly updated using
-.BR fseek (3),
-and determined using
-.BR ftell (3).
-In all modes other than append,
-the initial position is set to the start of the buffer.
-In append mode, if no null byte is found within the buffer,
-then the initial position is
-.IR size+1 .
-.P
-If
-.I buf
-is specified as NULL, then
-.BR fmemopen ()
-allocates a buffer of
-.I size
-bytes.
-This is useful for an application that wants to write data to
-a temporary buffer and then read it back again.
-The initial position is set to the start of the buffer.
-The buffer is automatically freed when the stream is closed.
-Note that the caller has no way to obtain a pointer to the
-temporary buffer allocated by this call (but see
-.BR open_memstream (3)).
-.P
-If
-.I buf
-is not NULL, then it should point to a buffer of at least
-.I size
-bytes allocated by the caller.
-.P
-When a stream that has been opened for writing is flushed
-.RB ( fflush (3))
-or closed
-.RB ( fclose (3)),
-a null byte is written at the end of the buffer if there is space.
-The caller should ensure that an extra byte is available in the
-buffer
-(and that
-.I size
-counts that byte)
-to allow for this.
-.P
-In a stream opened for reading,
-null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) in the buffer do not cause read
-operations to return an end-of-file indication.
-A read from the buffer will indicate end-of-file
-only when the current buffer position advances
-.I size
-bytes past the start of the buffer.
-.P
-Write operations take place either at the current position
-(for modes other than append), or at the current size of the stream
-(for append modes).
-.P
-Attempts to write more than
-.I size
-bytes to the buffer result in an error.
-By default, such errors will be visible
-(by the absence of data) only when the
-.I stdio
-buffer is flushed.
-Disabling buffering with the following call
-may be useful to detect errors at the time of an output operation:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-setbuf(stream, NULL);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion,
-.BR fmemopen ()
-returns a
-.I FILE
-pointer.
-Otherwise, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fmemopen (),
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 1.0.x.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2008 specifies that \[aq]b\[aq] in
-.I mode
-shall be ignored.
-However, Technical Corrigendum 1
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=396
-adjusts the standard to allow implementation-specific treatment for this case,
-thus permitting the glibc treatment of \[aq]b\[aq].
-.P
-With glibc 2.22, binary mode (see below) was removed,
-many longstanding bugs in the implementation of
-.BR fmemopen ()
-were fixed, and a new versioned symbol was created for this interface.
-.\"
-.SS Binary mode
-From glibc 2.9 to glibc 2.21, the glibc implementation of
-.BR fmemopen ()
-supported a "binary" mode,
-enabled by specifying the letter \[aq]b\[aq] as the second character in
-.IR mode .
-In this mode,
-writes don't implicitly add a terminating null byte, and
-.BR fseek (3)
-.B SEEK_END
-is relative to the end of the buffer (i.e., the value specified by the
-.I size
-argument), rather than the current string length.
-.P
-An API bug afflicted the implementation of binary mode:
-to specify binary mode, the \[aq]b\[aq] must be the
-.I second
-character in
-.IR mode .
-Thus, for example, "wb+" has the desired effect, but "w+b" does not.
-This is inconsistent with the treatment of
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12836
-.I mode
-by
-.BR fopen (3).
-.P
-Binary mode was removed in glibc 2.22; a \[aq]b\[aq] specified in
-.I mode
-has no effect.
-.SH NOTES
-There is no file descriptor associated with the file stream
-returned by this function
-(i.e.,
-.BR fileno (3)
-will return an error if called on the returned stream).
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.22, if
-.I size
-is specified as zero,
-.BR fmemopen ()
-fails with the error
-.BR EINVAL .
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=11216
-It would be more consistent if this case successfully created
-a stream that then returned end-of-file on the first attempt at reading;
-since glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation provides that behavior.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.22,
-specifying append mode ("a" or "a+") for
-.BR fmemopen ()
-sets the initial buffer position to the first null byte, but
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13152
-(if the current position is reset to a location other than
-the end of the stream)
-does not force subsequent writes to append at the end of the stream.
-This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.22, if the
-.I mode
-argument to
-.BR fmemopen ()
-specifies append ("a" or "a+"), and the
-.I size
-argument does not cover a null byte in
-.IR buf ,
-then, according to POSIX.1-2008,
-the initial buffer position should be set to
-the next byte after the end of the buffer.
-However, in this case the glibc
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13151
-.BR fmemopen ()
-sets the buffer position to \-1.
-This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.22,
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14292
-when a call to
-.BR fseek (3)
-with a
-.I whence
-value of
-.B SEEK_END
-was performed on a stream created by
-.BR fmemopen (),
-the
-.I offset
-was
-.I subtracted
-from the end-of-stream position, instead of being added.
-This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
-.P
-The glibc 2.9 addition of "binary" mode for
-.BR fmemopen ()
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6544
-silently changed the ABI: previously,
-.BR fmemopen ()
-ignored \[aq]b\[aq] in
-.IR mode .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below uses
-.BR fmemopen ()
-to open an input buffer, and
-.BR open_memstream (3)
-to open a dynamically sized output buffer.
-The program scans its input string (taken from the program's
-first command-line argument) reading integers,
-and writes the squares of these integers to the output buffer.
-An example of the output produced by this program is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]1 23 43\[aq]"
-size=11; ptr=1 529 1849
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (fmemopen.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <err.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    FILE *out, *in;
-    int v, s;
-    size_t size;
-    char *ptr;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s \[aq]<num>...\[aq]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    in = fmemopen(argv[1], strlen(argv[1]), "r");
-    if (in == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fmemopen");
-\&
-    out = open_memstream(&ptr, &size);
-    if (out == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "open_memstream");
-\&
-    for (;;) {
-        s = fscanf(in, "%d", &v);
-        if (s <= 0)
-            break;
-\&
-        s = fprintf(out, "%d ", v * v);
-        if (s == \-1)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fprintf");
-    }
-\&
-    fclose(in);
-    fclose(out);
-\&
-    printf("size=%zu; ptr=%s\en", size, ptr);
-\&
-    free(ptr);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fopencookie (3),
-.BR open_memstream (3)
diff --git a/man3/fmin.3 b/man3/fmin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23aa01cc3..000000000
--- a/man3/fmin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH fmin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fmin, fminf, fminl \- determine minimum of two floating-point numbers
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double fmin(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float fminf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double fminl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fmin (),
-.BR fminf (),
-.BR fminl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the lesser value of
-.I x
-and
-.IR y .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the minimum of
-.I x
-and
-.IR y .
-.P
-If one argument is a NaN, the other argument is returned.
-.P
-If both arguments are NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fmin (),
-.BR fminf (),
-.BR fminl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fdim (3),
-.BR fmax (3)
diff --git a/man3/fminf.3 b/man3/fminf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a86d77d74..000000000
--- a/man3/fminf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fmin.3
diff --git a/man3/fminl.3 b/man3/fminl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a86d77d74..000000000
--- a/man3/fminl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fmin.3
diff --git a/man3/fmod.3 b/man3/fmod.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d6c76c7a3..000000000
--- a/man3/fmod.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH fmod 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fmod, fmodf, fmodl \- floating-point remainder function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double fmod(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float fmodf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double fmodl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fmodf (),
-.BR fmodl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions compute the floating-point remainder of dividing
-.I x
-by
-.IR y .
-The return value is
-.I x
-\-
-.I n
-*
-.IR y ,
-where
-.I n
-is the quotient of
-.I x
-/
-.IR y ,
-rounded toward zero to an integer.
-.P
-To obtain the modulus, more specifically, the Least Positive Residue,
-you will need to adjust the result from fmod like so:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.nf
-z = fmod(x, y);
-if (z < 0)
-	z += y;
-.fi
-.in
-.P
-An alternate way to express this is with
-.IR "fmod(fmod(x, y) + y, y)" ,
-but the second
-.BR fmod ()
-usually costs way more than the one branch.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these
-functions return the value \fIx\fP\ \-\ \fIn\fP*\fIy\fP,
-for some integer
-.IR n ,
-such that the returned value has the same sign as
-.I x
-and a magnitude less than the magnitude of
-.IR y .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is an infinity,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is zero,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), and
-.I y
-is not zero, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIy\fP is zero
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.\" POSIX.1 documents an optional underflow error, but AFAICT it doesn't
-.\" (can't?) occur -- mtk, Jul 2008
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fmod (),
-.BR fmodf (),
-.BR fmodl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6784
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when a domain error occurred for an infinite
-.IR x .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The call
-.I fmod(372, 360)
-returns 348.
-.P
-The call
-.I fmod(-372, 360)
-returns -12.
-.P
-The call
-.I fmod(-372, -360)
-also returns -12.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man3/fmodf.3 b/man3/fmodf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d014cc043..000000000
--- a/man3/fmodf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fmod.3
diff --git a/man3/fmodl.3 b/man3/fmodl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d014cc043..000000000
--- a/man3/fmodl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fmod.3
diff --git a/man3/fmtmsg.3 b/man3/fmtmsg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 699db65e7..000000000
--- a/man3/fmtmsg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\"  adapted glibc info page
-.\"
-.\"  This should run as 'Guru Meditation' (amiga joke :)
-.\"  The function is quite complex and deserves an example
-.\"
-.\"  Polished, aeb, 2003-11-01
-.TH fmtmsg 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fmtmsg \- print formatted error messages
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <fmtmsg.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fmtmsg(long " classification ", const char *" label ,
-.BI "           int " severity ", const char *" text ,
-.BI "           const char *" action ", const char *" tag );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function displays a message described by its arguments on the device(s)
-specified in the
-.I classification
-argument.
-For messages written to
-.IR stderr ,
-the format depends on the
-.B MSGVERB
-environment variable.
-.P
-The
-.I label
-argument identifies the source of the message.
-The string must consist
-of two colon separated parts where the first part has not more
-than 10 and the second part not more than 14 characters.
-.P
-The
-.I text
-argument describes the condition of the error.
-.P
-The
-.I action
-argument describes possible steps to recover from the error.
-If it is printed, it is prefixed by "TO FIX: ".
-.P
-The
-.I tag
-argument is a reference to the online documentation where more
-information can be found.
-It should contain the
-.I label
-value and a unique identification number.
-.SS Dummy arguments
-Each of the arguments can have a dummy value.
-The dummy classification value
-.B MM_NULLMC
-(0L) does not specify any output, so nothing is printed.
-The dummy severity value
-.B NO_SEV
-(0) says that no severity is supplied.
-The values
-.BR MM_NULLLBL ,
-.BR MM_NULLTXT ,
-.BR MM_NULLACT ,
-.B MM_NULLTAG
-are synonyms for
-.IR "((char\ *)\ 0)" ,
-the empty string, and
-.B MM_NULLSEV
-is a synonym for
-.BR NO_SEV .
-.SS The classification argument
-The
-.I classification
-argument is the sum of values describing 4 types of information.
-.P
-The first value defines the output channel.
-.TP 12n
-.B MM_PRINT
-Output to
-.IR stderr .
-.TP
-.B MM_CONSOLE
-Output to the system console.
-.TP
-.B "MM_PRINT | MM_CONSOLE"
-Output to both.
-.P
-The second value is the source of the error:
-.TP 12n
-.B MM_HARD
-A hardware error occurred.
-.TP
-.B MM_FIRM
-A firmware error occurred.
-.TP
-.B MM_SOFT
-A software error occurred.
-.P
-The third value encodes the detector of the problem:
-.TP 12n
-.B MM_APPL
-It is detected by an application.
-.TP
-.B MM_UTIL
-It is detected by a utility.
-.TP
-.B MM_OPSYS
-It is detected by the operating system.
-.P
-The fourth value shows the severity of the incident:
-.TP 12n
-.B MM_RECOVER
-It is a recoverable error.
-.TP
-.B MM_NRECOV
-It is a nonrecoverable error.
-.SS The severity argument
-The
-.I severity
-argument can take one of the following values:
-.TP 12n
-.B MM_NOSEV
-No severity is printed.
-.TP
-.B MM_HALT
-This value is printed as HALT.
-.TP
-.B MM_ERROR
-This value is printed as ERROR.
-.TP
-.B MM_WARNING
-This value is printed as WARNING.
-.TP
-.B MM_INFO
-This value is printed as INFO.
-.P
-The numeric values are between 0 and 4.
-Using
-.BR addseverity (3)
-or the environment variable
-.B SEV_LEVEL
-you can add more levels and strings to print.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The function can return 4 values:
-.TP 12n
-.B MM_OK
-Everything went smooth.
-.TP
-.B MM_NOTOK
-Complete failure.
-.TP
-.B MM_NOMSG
-Error writing to
-.IR stderr .
-.TP
-.B MM_NOCON
-Error writing to the console.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variable
-.B MSGVERB
-("message verbosity") can be used to suppress parts of
-the output to
-.IR stderr .
-(It does not influence output to the console.)
-When this variable is defined, is non-NULL, and is a colon-separated
-list of valid keywords, then only the parts of the message corresponding
-to these keywords is printed.
-Valid keywords are "label", "severity", "text", "action", and "tag".
-.P
-The environment variable
-.B SEV_LEVEL
-can be used to introduce new severity levels.
-By default, only the five severity levels described
-above are available.
-Any other numeric value would make
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-print nothing.
-If the user puts
-.B SEV_LEVEL
-with a format like
-.P
-.RS
-SEV_LEVEL=[description[:description[:...]]]
-.RE
-.P
-in the environment of the process before the first call to
-.BR fmtmsg (),
-where each description is of the form
-.P
-.RS
-severity-keyword,level,printstring
-.RE
-.P
-then
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-will also accept the indicated values for the level (in addition to
-the standard levels 0\[en]4), and use the indicated printstring when
-such a level occurs.
-.P
-The severity-keyword part is not used by
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-but it has to be present.
-The level part is a string representation of a number.
-The numeric value must be a number greater than 4.
-This value must be used in the severity argument of
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-to select this class.
-It is not possible to overwrite
-any of the predefined classes.
-The printstring
-is the string printed when a message of this class is processed by
-.BR fmtmsg ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-glibc\ >=\ 2.16: MT-Safe;
-glibc\ <\ 2.16: MT-Unsafe
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-Before glibc 2.16, the
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-function uses a static variable that is not protected,
-so it is not thread-safe.
-.P
-Since glibc 2.16,
-.\" Modified in commit 7724defcf8873116fe4efab256596861eef21a94
-the
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-function uses a lock to protect the static variable, so it is thread-safe.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-.TQ
-.B MSGVERB
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR fmtmsg ()
-System V.
-POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008.
-glibc 2.1.
-.TP
-.B MSGVERB
-System V.
-POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.B SEV_LEVEL
-System V.
-.P
-System V and UnixWare man pages tell us that these functions
-have been replaced by "pfmt() and addsev()" or by "pfmt(),
-vpfmt(), lfmt(), and vlfmt()", and will be removed later.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (fmtmsg.c)
-.EX
-#include <fmtmsg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    long class = MM_PRINT | MM_SOFT | MM_OPSYS | MM_RECOVER;
-    int err;
-\&
-    err = fmtmsg(class, "util\-linux:mount", MM_ERROR,
-                 "unknown mount option", "See mount(8).",
-                 "util\-linux:mount:017");
-    switch (err) {
-    case MM_OK:
-        break;
-    case MM_NOTOK:
-        printf("Nothing printed\en");
-        break;
-    case MM_NOMSG:
-        printf("Nothing printed to stderr\en");
-        break;
-    case MM_NOCON:
-        printf("No console output\en");
-        break;
-    default:
-        printf("Unknown error from fmtmsg()\en");
-    }
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.P
-The output should be:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-util\-linux:mount: ERROR: unknown mount option
-TO FIX: See mount(8).  util\-linux:mount:017
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-and after
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-MSGVERB=text:action; export MSGVERB
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-the output becomes:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-unknown mount option
-TO FIX: See mount(8).
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR addseverity (3),
-.BR perror (3)
diff --git a/man3/fnmatch.3 b/man3/fnmatch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 978163af5..000000000
--- a/man3/fnmatch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:35:54 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon Oct 16 00:16:29 2000 following Joseph S. Myers
-.\"
-.TH fnmatch 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fnmatch \- match filename or pathname
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <fnmatch.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fnmatch(const char *" "pattern" ", const char *" string ", int " flags );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fnmatch ()
-function checks whether the
-.I string
-argument matches the
-.I pattern
-argument, which is a shell wildcard pattern (see
-.BR glob (7)).
-.P
-The
-.I flags
-argument modifies the behavior; it is the bitwise OR of zero or more
-of the following flags:
-.TP
-.B FNM_NOESCAPE
-If this flag is set, treat backslash as an ordinary character,
-instead of an escape character.
-.TP
-.B FNM_PATHNAME
-If this flag is set, match a slash in
-.I string
-only with a slash in
-.I pattern
-and not by an asterisk (*) or a question mark (?) metacharacter,
-nor by a bracket expression ([]) containing a slash.
-.TP
-.B FNM_PERIOD
-If this flag is set, a leading period in
-.I string
-has to be matched exactly by a period in
-.IR pattern .
-A period is considered to be leading if it is the first character in
-.IR string ,
-or if both
-.B FNM_PATHNAME
-is set and the period immediately follows a slash.
-.TP
-.B FNM_FILE_NAME
-This is a GNU synonym for
-.BR FNM_PATHNAME .
-.TP
-.B FNM_LEADING_DIR
-If this flag (a GNU extension) is set, the pattern is considered to be
-matched if it matches an initial segment of
-.I string
-which is followed by a slash.
-This flag is mainly for the internal
-use of glibc and is implemented only in certain cases.
-.TP
-.B FNM_CASEFOLD
-If this flag (a GNU extension) is set, the pattern is matched
-case-insensitively.
-.TP
-.B FNM_EXTMATCH
-If this flag (a GNU extension) is set, extended patterns are
-supported, as introduced by \&'ksh' and now supported by other shells.
-The extended format is as follows, with \fIpattern\-list\fR
-being a \&'|' separated list of patterns.
-.TP
-\&'?(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
-The pattern matches if zero or one occurrences of any of the
-patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
-.TP
-\&'*(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
-The pattern matches if zero or more occurrences of any of the
-patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
-.TP
-\&'+(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
-The pattern matches if one or more occurrences of any of the
-patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
-.TP
-\&'@(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
-The pattern matches if exactly one occurrence of any of the
-patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
-.TP
-\&'!(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
-The pattern matches if the input \fIstring\fR cannot be matched with
-any of the patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Zero if
-.I string
-matches
-.IR pattern ,
-.B FNM_NOMATCH
-if there is no match or another nonzero value if there is an error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fnmatch ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR fnmatch ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.B FNM_FILE_NAME
-.TQ
-.B FNM_LEADING_DIR
-.TQ
-.B FNM_CASEFOLD
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR fnmatch ()
-POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.2.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR glob (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR wordexp (3),
-.BR glob (7)
diff --git a/man3/fopen.3 b/man3/fopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e230a8fd..000000000
--- a/man3/fopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)fopen.3	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Modified, aeb, 960421, 970806
-.\" Modified, joey, aeb, 2002-01-03
-.\"
-.TH fopen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fopen, fdopen, freopen \- stream open functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *fopen(const char *restrict " pathname \
-", const char *restrict " mode );
-.BI "FILE *fdopen(int " fd ", const char *" mode );
-.BI "FILE *freopen(const char *restrict " pathname \
-", const char *restrict " mode ,
-.BI "              FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fdopen ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fopen ()
-function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
-.I pathname
-and associates a stream with it.
-.P
-The argument
-.I mode
-points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences
-(possibly followed by additional characters, as described below):
-.TP
-.B r
-Open text file for reading.
-The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
-.TP
-.B r+
-Open for reading and writing.
-The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
-.TP
-.B w
-Truncate file to zero length or create text file for writing.
-The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
-.TP
-.B w+
-Open for reading and writing.
-The file is created if it does not exist, otherwise it is truncated.
-The stream is positioned at the beginning of
-the file.
-.TP
-.B a
-Open for appending (writing at end of file).
-The file is created if it does not exist.
-The stream is positioned at the end of the file.
-.TP
-.B a+
-Open for reading and appending (writing at end of file).
-The file is created if it does not exist.
-Output is always appended to the end of the file.
-POSIX is silent on what the initial read position is when using this mode.
-For glibc, the initial file position for reading is at
-the beginning of the file, but for Android/BSD/MacOS, the
-initial file position for reading is at the end of the file.
-.P
-The
-.I mode
-string can also include the letter \[aq]b\[aq] either as a last character or as
-a character between the characters in any of the two-character strings
-described above.
-This is strictly for compatibility with ISO C
-and has no effect; the \[aq]b\[aq] is ignored on all POSIX
-conforming systems, including Linux.
-(Other systems may treat text files and binary files differently,
-and adding the \[aq]b\[aq] may be a good idea if you do I/O to a binary
-file and expect that your program may be ported to non-UNIX
-environments.)
-.P
-See NOTES below for details of glibc extensions for
-.IR mode .
-.P
-Any created file will have the mode
-.BR S_IRUSR " | " S_IWUSR " | "  S_IRGRP " | "  S_IWGRP " | " S_IROTH " | " S_IWOTH
-(0666), as modified by the process's umask value (see
-.BR umask (2)).
-.P
-Reads and writes may be intermixed on read/write streams in any order.
-Note that ANSI C requires that a file positioning function intervene
-between output and input, unless an input operation encounters end-of-file.
-(If this condition is not met, then a read is allowed to return the
-result of writes other than the most recent.)
-Therefore it is good practice (and indeed sometimes necessary
-under Linux) to put an
-.BR fseek (3)
-or
-.BR fsetpos (3)
-operation between write and read operations on such a stream.
-This operation may be an apparent no-op
-(as in \fIfseek(..., 0L, SEEK_CUR)\fP
-called for its synchronizing side effect).
-.P
-Opening a file in append mode (\fBa\fP as the first character of
-.IR mode )
-causes all subsequent write operations to this stream to occur
-at end-of-file, as if preceded by the call:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-fseek(stream, 0, SEEK_END);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The file descriptor associated with the stream is opened as if by a call to
-.BR open (2)
-with the following flags:
-.RS
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb
-c l.
-fopen() mode	open() flags
-\fIr\fP	O_RDONLY
-\fIw\fP	O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC
-\fIa\fP	O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_APPEND
-\fIr+\fP	O_RDWR
-\fIw+\fP	O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC
-\fIa+\fP	O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_APPEND
-.TE
-.RE
-.\"
-.SS fdopen()
-The
-.BR fdopen ()
-function associates a stream with the existing file descriptor,
-.IR fd .
-The
-.I mode
-of the stream (one of the values "r", "r+", "w", "w+", "a", "a+")
-must be compatible with the mode of the file descriptor.
-The file position indicator of the new stream is set to that
-belonging to
-.IR fd ,
-and the error and end-of-file indicators are cleared.
-Modes "w" or "w+" do not cause truncation of the file.
-The file descriptor is not dup'ed, and will be closed when
-the stream created by
-.BR fdopen ()
-is closed.
-The result of applying
-.BR fdopen ()
-to a shared memory object is undefined.
-.\"
-.SS freopen()
-The
-.BR freopen ()
-function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
-.I pathname
-and associates the stream pointed to by
-.I stream
-with it.
-The original stream (if it exists) is closed.
-The
-.I mode
-argument is used just as in the
-.BR fopen ()
-function.
-.P
-If the
-.I pathname
-argument is a null pointer,
-.BR freopen ()
-changes the mode of the stream to that specified in
-.IR mode ;
-that is,
-.BR freopen ()
-reopens the pathname that is associated with the stream.
-The specification for this behavior was added in the C99 standard, which says:
-.P
-.RS
-In this case,
-the file descriptor associated with the stream need not be closed
-if the call to
-.BR freopen ()
-succeeds.
-It is implementation-defined which changes of mode are permitted (if any),
-and under what circumstances.
-.RE
-.P
-The primary use of the
-.BR freopen ()
-function is to change the file associated with a standard text stream
-.RI ( stderr ", " stdin ", or " stdout ).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion
-.BR fopen (),
-.BR fdopen (),
-and
-.BR freopen ()
-return a
-.I FILE
-pointer.
-Otherwise, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I mode
-provided to
-.BR fopen (),
-.BR fdopen (),
-or
-.BR freopen ()
-was invalid.
-.P
-The
-.BR fopen (),
-.BR fdopen (),
-and
-.BR freopen ()
-functions may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the routine
-.BR malloc (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR fopen ()
-function may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the routine
-.BR open (2).
-.P
-The
-.BR fdopen ()
-function may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the routine
-.BR fcntl (2).
-.P
-The
-.BR freopen ()
-function may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the routines
-.BR open (2),
-.BR fclose (3),
-and
-.BR fflush (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fopen (),
-.BR fdopen (),
-.BR freopen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR fopen ()
-.TQ
-.BR freopen ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR fdopen ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR fopen ()
-.TQ
-.BR freopen ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.TP
-.BR fdopen ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-.SS glibc notes
-The GNU C library allows the following extensions for the string specified in
-.IR mode :
-.TP
-.BR c " (since glibc 2.3.3)"
-Do not make the open operation,
-or subsequent read and write operations,
-thread cancelation points.
-This flag is ignored for
-.BR fdopen ().
-.TP
-.BR e " (since glibc 2.7)"
-Open the file with the
-.B O_CLOEXEC
-flag.
-See
-.BR open (2)
-for more information.
-This flag is ignored for
-.BR fdopen ().
-.TP
-.BR m " (since glibc 2.3)"
-Attempt to access the file using
-.BR mmap (2),
-rather than I/O system calls
-.RB ( read (2),
-.BR write (2)).
-Currently,
-.\" As at glibc 2.4:
-use of
-.BR mmap (2)
-is attempted only for a file opened for reading.
-.TP
-.B x
-.\" Since glibc 2.0?
-.\" FIXME . C11 specifies this flag
-Open the file exclusively
-(like the
-.B O_EXCL
-flag of
-.BR open (2)).
-If the file already exists,
-.BR fopen ()
-fails, and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EEXIST .
-This flag is ignored for
-.BR fdopen ().
-.P
-In addition to the above characters,
-.BR fopen ()
-and
-.BR freopen ()
-support the following syntax
-in
-.IR mode :
-.P
-.BI "    ,ccs=" string
-.P
-The given
-.I string
-is taken as the name of a coded character set and
-the stream is marked as wide-oriented.
-Thereafter, internal conversion functions convert I/O
-to and from the character set
-.IR string .
-If the
-.BI ,ccs= string
-syntax is not specified,
-then the wide-orientation of the stream is
-determined by the first file operation.
-If that operation is a wide-character operation,
-the stream is marked wide-oriented,
-and functions to convert to the coded character set are loaded.
-.SH BUGS
-When parsing for individual flag characters in
-.I mode
-(i.e., the characters preceding the "ccs" specification),
-the glibc implementation of
-.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12685
-.BR fopen ()
-and
-.BR freopen ()
-limits the number of characters examined in
-.I mode
-to 7 (or, before glibc 2.14, to 6,
-which was not enough to include possible specifications such as "rb+cmxe").
-The current implementation of
-.BR fdopen ()
-parses at most 5 characters in
-.IR mode .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR fclose (3),
-.BR fileno (3),
-.BR fmemopen (3),
-.BR fopencookie (3),
-.BR open_memstream (3)
diff --git a/man3/fopencookie.3 b/man3/fopencookie.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1821772c..000000000
--- a/man3/fopencookie.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"      <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH fopencookie 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fopencookie \- open a custom stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *fopencookie(void *restrict " cookie ", const char *restrict " mode ,
-.BI "                  cookie_io_functions_t " io_funcs );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fopencookie ()
-function allows the programmer to create a custom implementation
-for a standard I/O stream.
-This implementation can store the stream's data at a location of
-its own choosing; for example,
-.BR fopencookie ()
-is used to implement
-.BR fmemopen (3),
-which provides a stream interface to data that is stored in a
-buffer in memory.
-.P
-In order to create a custom stream the programmer must:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-Implement four "hook" functions that are used internally by the
-standard I/O library when performing I/O on the stream.
-.IP \[bu]
-Define a "cookie" data type,
-a structure that provides bookkeeping information
-(e.g., where to store data) used by the aforementioned hook functions.
-The standard I/O package knows nothing about the contents of this cookie
-(thus it is typed as
-.I void\~*
-when passed to
-.BR fopencookie ()),
-but automatically supplies the cookie
-as the first argument when calling the hook functions.
-.IP \[bu]
-Call
-.BR fopencookie ()
-to open a new stream and associate the cookie and hook functions
-with that stream.
-.P
-The
-.BR fopencookie ()
-function serves a purpose similar to
-.BR fopen (3):
-it opens a new stream and returns a pointer to a
-.I FILE
-object that is used to operate on that stream.
-.P
-The
-.I cookie
-argument is a pointer to the caller's cookie structure
-that is to be associated with the new stream.
-This pointer is supplied as the first argument when the standard I/O
-library invokes any of the hook functions described below.
-.P
-The
-.I mode
-argument serves the same purpose as for
-.BR fopen (3).
-The following modes are supported:
-.IR r ,
-.IR w ,
-.IR a ,
-.IR r+ ,
-.IR w+ ,
-and
-.IR a+ .
-See
-.BR fopen (3)
-for details.
-.P
-The
-.I io_funcs
-argument is a structure that contains four fields pointing to the
-programmer-defined hook functions that are used to implement this stream.
-The structure is defined as follows
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    cookie_read_function_t  *read;
-    cookie_write_function_t *write;
-    cookie_seek_function_t  *seek;
-    cookie_close_function_t *close;
-} cookie_io_functions_t;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The four fields are as follows:
-.TP
-.I cookie_read_function_t *read
-This function implements read operations for the stream.
-When called, it receives three arguments:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ssize_t read(void *cookie, char *buf, size_t size);
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I buf
-and
-.I size
-arguments are, respectively,
-a buffer into which input data can be placed and the size of that buffer.
-As its function result, the
-.I read
-function should return the number of bytes copied into
-.IR buf ,
-0 on end of file, or \-1 on error.
-The
-.I read
-function should update the stream offset appropriately.
-.IP
-If
-.I *read
-is a null pointer,
-then reads from the custom stream always return end of file.
-.TP
-.I cookie_write_function_t *write
-This function implements write operations for the stream.
-When called, it receives three arguments:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ssize_t write(void *cookie, const char *buf, size_t size);
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I buf
-and
-.I size
-arguments are, respectively,
-a buffer of data to be output to the stream and the size of that buffer.
-As its function result, the
-.I write
-function should return the number of bytes copied from
-.IR buf ,
-or 0 on error.
-(The function must not return a negative value.)
-The
-.I write
-function should update the stream offset appropriately.
-.IP
-If
-.I *write
-is a null pointer,
-then output to the stream is discarded.
-.TP
-.I cookie_seek_function_t *seek
-This function implements seek operations on the stream.
-When called, it receives three arguments:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int seek(void *cookie, off_t *offset, int whence);
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I *offset
-argument specifies the new file offset depending on which
-of the following three values is supplied in
-.IR whence :
-.RS
-.TP
-.B SEEK_SET
-The stream offset should be set
-.I *offset
-bytes from the start of the stream.
-.TP
-.B SEEK_CUR
-.I *offset
-should be added to the current stream offset.
-.TP
-.B SEEK_END
-The stream offset should be set to the size of the stream plus
-.IR *offset .
-.RE
-.IP
-Before returning, the
-.I seek
-function should update
-.I *offset
-to indicate the new stream offset.
-.IP
-As its function result, the
-.I seek
-function should return 0 on success, and \-1 on error.
-.IP
-If
-.I *seek
-is a null pointer,
-then it is not possible to perform seek operations on the stream.
-.TP
-.I cookie_close_function_t *close
-This function closes the stream.
-The hook function can do things such as freeing buffers allocated
-for the stream.
-When called, it receives one argument:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int close(void *cookie);
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.I cookie
-argument is the cookie that the programmer supplied when calling
-.BR fopencookie ().
-.IP
-As its function result, the
-.I close
-function should return 0 on success, and
-.B EOF
-on error.
-.IP
-If
-.I *close
-is NULL, then no special action is performed when the stream is closed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR fopencookie ()
-returns a pointer to the new stream.
-On error, NULL is returned.
-.\" .SH ERRORS
-.\" It's not clear if errno ever gets set...
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fopencookie ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below implements a custom stream whose functionality
-is similar (but not identical) to that available via
-.BR fmemopen (3).
-It implements a stream whose data is stored in a memory buffer.
-The program writes its command-line arguments to the stream,
-and then seeks through the stream reading two out of every
-five characters and writing them to standard output.
-The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]hello world\[aq]"
-/he/
-/ w/
-/d/
-Reached end of file
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Note that a more general version of the program below
-could be improved to more robustly handle various error situations
-(e.g., opening a stream with a cookie that already has an open stream;
-closing a stream that has already been closed).
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (fopencookie.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 4
-\&
-struct memfile_cookie {
-    char   *buf;        /* Dynamically sized buffer for data */
-    size_t  allocated;  /* Size of buf */
-    size_t  endpos;     /* Number of characters in buf */
-    off_t   offset;     /* Current file offset in buf */
-};
-\&
-ssize_t
-memfile_write(void *c, const char *buf, size_t size)
-{
-    char *new_buff;
-    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
-\&
-    /* Buffer too small? Keep doubling size until big enough. */
-\&
-    while (size + cookie\->offset > cookie\->allocated) {
-        new_buff = realloc(cookie\->buf, cookie\->allocated * 2);
-        if (new_buff == NULL)
-            return \-1;
-        cookie\->allocated *= 2;
-        cookie\->buf = new_buff;
-    }
-\&
-    memcpy(cookie\->buf + cookie\->offset, buf, size);
-\&
-    cookie\->offset += size;
-    if (cookie\->offset > cookie\->endpos)
-        cookie\->endpos = cookie\->offset;
-\&
-    return size;
-}
-\&
-ssize_t
-memfile_read(void *c, char *buf, size_t size)
-{
-    ssize_t xbytes;
-    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
-\&
-    /* Fetch minimum of bytes requested and bytes available. */
-\&
-    xbytes = size;
-    if (cookie\->offset + size > cookie\->endpos)
-        xbytes = cookie\->endpos \- cookie\->offset;
-    if (xbytes < 0)     /* offset may be past endpos */
-        xbytes = 0;
-\&
-    memcpy(buf, cookie\->buf + cookie\->offset, xbytes);
-\&
-    cookie\->offset += xbytes;
-    return xbytes;
-}
-\&
-int
-memfile_seek(void *c, off_t *offset, int whence)
-{
-    off_t new_offset;
-    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
-\&
-    if (whence == SEEK_SET)
-        new_offset = *offset;
-    else if (whence == SEEK_END)
-        new_offset = cookie\->endpos + *offset;
-    else if (whence == SEEK_CUR)
-        new_offset = cookie\->offset + *offset;
-    else
-        return \-1;
-\&
-    if (new_offset < 0)
-        return \-1;
-\&
-    cookie\->offset = new_offset;
-    *offset = new_offset;
-    return 0;
-}
-\&
-int
-memfile_close(void *c)
-{
-    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
-\&
-    free(cookie\->buf);
-    cookie\->allocated = 0;
-    cookie\->buf = NULL;
-\&
-    return 0;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    cookie_io_functions_t  memfile_func = {
-        .read  = memfile_read,
-        .write = memfile_write,
-        .seek  = memfile_seek,
-        .close = memfile_close
-    };
-    FILE *stream;
-    struct memfile_cookie mycookie;
-    size_t nread;
-    char buf[1000];
-\&
-    /* Set up the cookie before calling fopencookie(). */
-\&
-    mycookie.buf = malloc(INIT_BUF_SIZE);
-    if (mycookie.buf == NULL) {
-        perror("malloc");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    mycookie.allocated = INIT_BUF_SIZE;
-    mycookie.offset = 0;
-    mycookie.endpos = 0;
-\&
-    stream = fopencookie(&mycookie, "w+", memfile_func);
-    if (stream == NULL) {
-        perror("fopencookie");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Write command\-line arguments to our file. */
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 1; j < argc; j++)
-        if (fputs(argv[j], stream) == EOF) {
-            perror("fputs");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-\&
-    /* Read two bytes out of every five, until EOF. */
-\&
-    for (long p = 0; ; p += 5) {
-        if (fseek(stream, p, SEEK_SET) == \-1) {
-            perror("fseek");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-        nread = fread(buf, 1, 2, stream);
-        if (nread == 0) {
-            if (ferror(stream) != 0) {
-                fprintf(stderr, "fread failed\en");
-                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-            }
-            printf("Reached end of file\en");
-            break;
-        }
-\&
-        printf("/%.*s/\en", (int) nread, buf);
-    }
-\&
-    free(mycookie.buf);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH NOTES
-.B _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-should be defined to be 64 in code that uses non-null
-.I seek
-or that takes the address of
-.BR fopencookie ,
-if the code is intended to be portable
-to traditional 32-bit x86 and ARM platforms where
-.BR off_t 's
-width defaults to 32 bits.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fclose (3),
-.BR fmemopen (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fseek (3)
diff --git a/man3/forkpty.3 b/man3/forkpty.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb4952d52..000000000
--- a/man3/forkpty.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/openpty.3
diff --git a/man3/fpathconf.3 b/man3/fpathconf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7718473c3..000000000
--- a/man3/fpathconf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:26 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" FIXME Probably all of the following should be documented:
-.\"     _PC_SYNC_IO,
-.\"     _PC_ASYNC_IO,
-.\"     _PC_PRIO_IO,
-.\"     _PC_SOCK_MAXBUF,
-.\"     _PC_FILESIZEBITS,
-.\"     _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE,
-.\"     _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE,
-.\"     _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE,
-.\"     _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN,
-.\"     _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN,
-.\"     _PC_SYMLINK_MAX,
-.\"     _PC_2_SYMLINKS
-.\"
-.TH fpathconf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fpathconf, pathconf \- get configuration values for files
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "long fpathconf(int " fd ", int " name );
-.BI "long pathconf(const char *" path ", int " name );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR fpathconf ()
-gets a value for the configuration option
-.I name
-for the open file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-.P
-.BR pathconf ()
-gets a value for configuration option
-.I name
-for the filename
-.IR path .
-.P
-The corresponding macros defined in
-.I <unistd.h>
-are minimum values; if an application wants to take advantage of values
-which may change, a call to
-.BR fpathconf ()
-or
-.BR pathconf ()
-can be made, which may yield more liberal results.
-.P
-Setting
-.I name
-equal to one of the following constants returns the following
-configuration options:
-.TP
-.B _PC_LINK_MAX
-The maximum number of links to the file.
-If
-.I fd
-or
-.I path
-refer to a directory, then the value applies to the whole directory.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_LINK_MAX .
-.TP
-.B _PC_MAX_CANON
-The maximum length of a formatted input line, where
-.I fd
-or
-.I path
-must refer to a terminal.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_MAX_CANON .
-.TP
-.B _PC_MAX_INPUT
-The maximum length of an input line, where
-.I fd
-or
-.I path
-must refer to a terminal.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_MAX_INPUT .
-.TP
-.B _PC_NAME_MAX
-The maximum length of a filename in the directory
-.I path
-or
-.I fd
-that the process is allowed to create.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_NAME_MAX .
-.TP
-.B _PC_PATH_MAX
-The maximum length of a relative pathname when
-.I path
-or
-.I fd
-is the current working directory.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_PATH_MAX .
-.TP
-.B _PC_PIPE_BUF
-The maximum number of bytes that can be written atomically to a pipe of FIFO.
-For
-.BR fpathconf (),
-.I fd
-should refer to a pipe or FIFO.
-For
-.BR fpathconf (),
-.I path
-should refer to a FIFO or a directory; in the latter case,
-the returned value corresponds to FIFOs created in that directory.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_PIPE_BUF .
-.TP
-.B _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED
-This returns a positive value if the use of
-.BR chown (2)
-and
-.BR fchown (2)
-for changing a file's user ID is restricted to a process
-with appropriate privileges,
-and changing a file's group ID to a value other than the process's
-effective group ID or one of its supplementary group IDs
-is restricted to a process with appropriate privileges.
-According to POSIX.1,
-this variable shall always be defined with a value other than \-1.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED .
-.IP
-If
-.I fd
-or
-.I path
-refers to a directory,
-then the return value applies to all files in that directory.
-.TP
-.B _PC_NO_TRUNC
-This returns nonzero if accessing filenames longer than
-.B _POSIX_NAME_MAX
-generates an error.
-The corresponding macro is
-.BR _POSIX_NO_TRUNC .
-.TP
-.B _PC_VDISABLE
-This returns nonzero if special character processing can be disabled, where
-.I fd
-or
-.I path
-must refer to a terminal.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return value of these functions is one of the following:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-On error, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error
-(for example,
-.BR EINVAL ,
-indicating that
-.I name
-is invalid).
-.IP \[bu]
-If
-.I name
-corresponds to a maximum or minimum limit, and that limit is indeterminate,
-\-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is not changed.
-(To distinguish an indeterminate limit from an error, set
-.I errno
-to zero before the call, and then check whether
-.I errno
-is nonzero when \-1 is returned.)
-.IP \[bu]
-If
-.I name
-corresponds to an option,
-a positive value is returned if the option is supported,
-and \-1 is returned if the option is not supported.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-the current value of the option or limit is returned.
-This value will not be more restrictive than
-the corresponding value that was described to the application in
-.I <unistd.h>
-or
-.I <limits.h>
-when the application was compiled.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-.RB ( pathconf ())
-Search permission is denied for one of the directories in the path prefix of
-.IR path .
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.RB ( fpathconf ())
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I name
-is invalid.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The implementation does not support an association of
-.I name
-with the specified file.
-.TP
-.B ELOOP
-.RB ( pathconf ())
-Too many symbolic links were encountered while resolving
-.IR path .
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.RB ( pathconf ())
-.I path
-is too long.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( pathconf ())
-A component of
-.I path
-does not exist, or
-.I path
-is an empty string.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-.RB ( pathconf ())
-A component used as a directory in
-.I path
-is not in fact a directory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fpathconf (),
-.BR pathconf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Files with name lengths longer than the value returned for
-.I name
-equal to
-.B _PC_NAME_MAX
-may exist in the given directory.
-.P
-Some returned values may be huge; they are not suitable for allocating
-memory.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getconf (1),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR statfs (2),
-.BR confstr (3),
-.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man3/fpclassify.3 b/man3/fpclassify.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 98ec33d19..000000000
--- a/man3/fpclassify.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" This was done with the help of the glibc manual.
-.\"
-.\" 2004-10-31, aeb, corrected
-.TH fpclassify 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fpclassify, isfinite, isnormal, isnan, isinf \- floating-point
-classification macros
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fpclassify(" x );
-.BI "int isfinite(" x );
-.BI "int isnormal(" x );
-.BI "int isnan(" x );
-.BI "int isinf(" x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.\" I haven't fully grokked the source to determine the FTM requirements;
-.\" in part, the following has been tested by experiment.
-.BR fpclassify (),
-.BR isfinite (),
-.BR isnormal ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isnan ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isinf ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Floating point numbers can have special values, such as
-infinite or NaN.
-With the macro
-.BI fpclassify( x )
-you can find out what type
-.I x
-is.
-The macro takes any floating-point expression as argument.
-The result is one of the following values:
-.TP 14
-.B FP_NAN
-.I x
-is "Not a Number".
-.TP
-.B FP_INFINITE
-.I x
-is either positive infinity or negative infinity.
-.TP
-.B FP_ZERO
-.I x
-is zero.
-.TP
-.B FP_SUBNORMAL
-.I x
-is too small to be represented in normalized format.
-.TP
-.B FP_NORMAL
-if nothing of the above is correct then it must be a
-normal floating-point number.
-.P
-The other macros provide a short answer to some standard questions.
-.TP 14
-.BI isfinite( x )
-returns a nonzero value if
-.br
-(fpclassify(x) != FP_NAN && fpclassify(x) != FP_INFINITE)
-.TP
-.BI isnormal( x )
-returns a nonzero value if
-(fpclassify(x) == FP_NORMAL)
-.TP
-.BI isnan( x )
-returns a nonzero value if
-(fpclassify(x) == FP_NAN)
-.TP
-.BI isinf( x )
-returns 1 if
-.I x
-is positive infinity, and \-1 if
-.I x
-is negative infinity.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fpclassify (),
-.BR isfinite (),
-.BR isnormal (),
-.BR isnan (),
-.BR isinf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.P
-In glibc 2.01 and earlier,
-.BR isinf ()
-returns a nonzero value (actually: 1) if
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity.
-(This is all that C99 requires.)
-.SH NOTES
-For
-.BR isinf (),
-the standards merely say that the return value is nonzero
-if and only if the argument has an infinite value.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR finite (3),
-.BR INFINITY (3),
-.BR isgreater (3),
-.BR signbit (3)
diff --git a/man3/fprintf.3 b/man3/fprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/fprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/fpurge.3 b/man3/fpurge.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b928f5f3..000000000
--- a/man3/fpurge.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH fpurge 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fpurge, __fpurge \- purge a stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-/* unsupported */
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fpurge(FILE *" stream );
-.P
-/* supported */
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <stdio_ext.h>
-.P
-.BI "void  __fpurge(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR fpurge ()
-clears the buffers of the given stream.
-For output streams this discards any unwritten output.
-For input streams this discards any input read from the underlying object
-but not yet obtained via
-.BR getc (3);
-this includes any text pushed back via
-.BR ungetc (3).
-See also
-.BR fflush (3).
-.P
-The function
-.BR __fpurge ()
-does precisely the same, but without returning a value.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion
-.BR fpurge ()
-returns 0.
-On error, it returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I stream
-is not an open stream.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR __fpurge ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stream
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR fpurge ()
-4.4BSD.
-Not available under Linux.
-.TP
-.BR __fpurge ()
-Solaris, glibc 2.1.95.
-.SH NOTES
-Usually it is a mistake to want to discard input buffers.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.\" .BR fclean (3),
-.BR fflush (3),
-.BR setbuf (3),
-.BR stdio_ext (3)
diff --git a/man3/fputc.3 b/man3/fputc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a7c3b57fc..000000000
--- a/man3/fputc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man3/fputc_unlocked.3 b/man3/fputc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fputc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fputs.3 b/man3/fputs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a7c3b57fc..000000000
--- a/man3/fputs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man3/fputs_unlocked.3 b/man3/fputs_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fputs_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fputwc.3 b/man3/fputwc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c7d4013b..000000000
--- a/man3/fputwc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH fputwc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fputwc, putwc \- write a wide character to a FILE stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t fputwc(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
-.BI "wint_t putwc(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fputwc ()
-function is the wide-character
-equivalent of the
-.BR fputc (3)
-function.
-It writes the wide character \fIwc\fP to \fIstream\fP.
-If
-\fIferror(stream)\fP becomes true, it returns
-.BR WEOF .
-If a wide-character conversion error occurs,
-it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
-.BR WEOF .
-Otherwise, it returns \fIwc\fP.
-.P
-The
-.BR putwc ()
-function or macro functions identically to
-.BR fputwc ().
-It may be implemented as a macro, and may evaluate its argument
-more than once.
-There is no reason ever to use it.
-.P
-For nonlocking counterparts, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR fputwc ()
-function returns
-.IR wc .
-Otherwise,
-.B WEOF
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-Apart from the usual ones, there is
-.TP
-.B EILSEQ
-Conversion of \fIwc\fP to the stream's encoding fails.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fputwc (),
-.BR putwc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR fputwc ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-In the absence of additional information passed to the
-.BR fopen (3)
-call, it is
-reasonable to expect that
-.BR fputwc ()
-will actually write the multibyte
-sequence corresponding to the wide character \fIwc\fP.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetwc (3),
-.BR fputws (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fputwc_unlocked.3 b/man3/fputwc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fputwc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fputws.3 b/man3/fputws.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e40396d15..000000000
--- a/man3/fputws.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH fputws 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fputws \- write a wide-character string to a FILE stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fputws(const wchar_t *restrict " ws ", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fputws ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of
-the
-.BR fputs (3)
-function.
-It writes the wide-character string starting at \fIws\fP,
-up to but not including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-to \fIstream\fP.
-.P
-For a nonlocking counterpart, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR fputws ()
-function returns a
-nonnegative integer if the operation was
-successful, or \-1 to indicate an error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fputws ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR fputws ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-In the absence of additional information passed to the
-.BR fopen (3)
-call, it is
-reasonable to expect that
-.BR fputws ()
-will actually write the multibyte
-string corresponding to the wide-character string \fIws\fP.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fputwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fputws_unlocked.3 b/man3/fputws_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fputws_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/fread.3 b/man3/fread.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc320cd30..000000000
--- a/man3/fread.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 Arkadiusz Drabczyk <arkadiusz@drabczyk.org>
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)fread.3	6.6 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:37:33 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Sun Feb 19 21:26:54 1995 by faith, return values
-.\" Modified Thu Apr 20 20:43:53 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" Modified Fri May 17 10:21:51 1996 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
-.\"
-.TH fread 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fread, fwrite \- binary stream input/output
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t fread(void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." nmemb ],
-.BI "             size_t " size ", size_t " nmemb ,
-.BI "             FILE *restrict " stream );
-.BI "size_t fwrite(const void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." nmemb ],
-.BI "             size_t " size ", size_t " nmemb ,
-.BI "             FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR fread ()
-reads
-.I nmemb
-items of data, each
-.I size
-bytes long, from the stream pointed to by
-.IR stream ,
-storing them at the location given by
-.IR ptr .
-.P
-The function
-.BR fwrite ()
-writes
-.I nmemb
-items of data, each
-.I size
-bytes long, to the stream pointed to by
-.IR stream ,
-obtaining them from the location given by
-.IR ptr .
-.P
-For nonlocking counterparts, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR fread ()
-and
-.BR fwrite ()
-return the number of items read or written.
-This number equals the number of bytes transferred only when
-.I size
-is 1.
-If an error occurs, or the end of the file is reached,
-the return value is a short item count (or zero).
-.P
-The file position indicator for the stream is advanced by the number
-of bytes successfully read or written.
-.P
-.BR fread ()
-does not distinguish between end-of-file and error, and callers must use
-.BR feof (3)
-and
-.BR ferror (3)
-to determine which occurred.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fread (),
-.BR fwrite ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR fread ()
-by parsing /bin/sh ELF executable in binary mode and printing its
-magic and class:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-ELF magic: 0x7f454c46
-Class: 0x02
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (fread.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr) (sizeof(arr) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    FILE           *fp;
-    size_t         ret;
-    unsigned char  buffer[4];
-\&
-    fp = fopen("/bin/sh", "rb");
-    if (!fp) {
-        perror("fopen");
-        return EXIT_FAILURE;
-    }
-\&
-    ret = fread(buffer, sizeof(*buffer), ARRAY_SIZE(buffer), fp);
-    if (ret != ARRAY_SIZE(buffer)) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "fread() failed: %zu\en", ret);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("ELF magic: %#04x%02x%02x%02x\en", buffer[0], buffer[1],
-           buffer[2], buffer[3]);
-\&
-    ret = fread(buffer, 1, 1, fp);
-    if (ret != 1) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "fread() failed: %zu\en", ret);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("Class: %#04x\en", buffer[0]);
-\&
-    fclose(fp);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR feof (3),
-.BR ferror (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/fread_unlocked.3 b/man3/fread_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fread_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/free.3 b/man3/free.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4b9d4455..000000000
--- a/man3/free.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man3/freeaddrinfo.3 b/man3/freeaddrinfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17f7236a7..000000000
--- a/man3/freeaddrinfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getaddrinfo.3
diff --git a/man3/freehostent.3 b/man3/freehostent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 82e01df46..000000000
--- a/man3/freehostent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getipnodebyname.3
diff --git a/man3/freeifaddrs.3 b/man3/freeifaddrs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 38f977da6..000000000
--- a/man3/freeifaddrs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getifaddrs.3
diff --git a/man3/freelocale.3 b/man3/freelocale.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4246c555..000000000
--- a/man3/freelocale.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/newlocale.3
diff --git a/man3/freopen.3 b/man3/freopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a4012491..000000000
--- a/man3/freopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fopen.3
diff --git a/man3/frexp.3 b/man3/frexp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 16ece267d..000000000
--- a/man3/frexp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH frexp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-frexp, frexpf, frexpl \- convert floating-point number to fractional
-and integral components
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double frexp(double " x ", int *" exp );
-.BI "float frexpf(float " x ", int *" exp );
-.BI "long double frexpl(long double " x ", int *" exp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR frexpf (),
-.BR frexpl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are used to split the number
-.I x
-into a
-normalized fraction and an exponent which is stored in
-.IR exp .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the normalized fraction.
-If the argument
-.I x
-is not zero,
-the normalized fraction is
-.I x
-times a power of two,
-and its absolute value is always in the range 1/2 (inclusive) to
-1 (exclusive), that is, [0.5,1).
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is zero, then the normalized fraction is
-zero and zero is stored in
-.IR exp .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned, and the value of
-.I *exp
-is unspecified.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned, and the value of
-.I *exp
-is unspecified.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR frexp (),
-.BR frexpf (),
-.BR frexpl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below produces results such as the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 2560"
-frexp(2560, &e) = 0.625: 0.625 * 2\[ha]12 = 2560
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \-4"
-frexp(\-4, &e) = \-0.5: \-0.5 * 2\[ha]3 = \-4
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (frexp.c)
-.EX
-#include <float.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    double x, r;
-    int exp;
-\&
-    x = strtod(argv[1], NULL);
-    r = frexp(x, &exp);
-\&
-    printf("frexp(%g, &e) = %g: %g * %d\[ha]%d = %g\en", x, r, r, 2, exp, x);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ldexp (3),
-.BR modf (3)
diff --git a/man3/frexpf.3 b/man3/frexpf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 980426f3d..000000000
--- a/man3/frexpf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/frexp.3
diff --git a/man3/frexpl.3 b/man3/frexpl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 980426f3d..000000000
--- a/man3/frexpl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/frexp.3
diff --git a/man3/fscanf.3 b/man3/fscanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd424bb2..000000000
--- a/man3/fscanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scanf.3
diff --git a/man3/fseek.3 b/man3/fseek.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 64a23bbee..000000000
--- a/man3/fseek.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)fseek.3	6.11 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\"
-.TH fseek 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fgetpos, fseek, fsetpos, ftell, rewind \- reposition a stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fseek(FILE *" stream ", long " offset ", int " whence );
-.BI "long ftell(FILE *" stream );
-.P
-.BI "void rewind(FILE *" stream );
-.P
-.BI "int fgetpos(FILE *restrict " stream ", fpos_t *restrict " pos );
-.BI "int fsetpos(FILE *" stream ", const fpos_t *" pos );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fseek ()
-function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
-.IR stream .
-The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding
-.I offset
-bytes to the position specified by
-.IR whence .
-If
-.I whence
-is set to
-.BR SEEK_SET ,
-.BR SEEK_CUR ,
-or
-.BR SEEK_END ,
-the offset is relative to the start of the file, the current position
-indicator, or end-of-file, respectively.
-A successful call to the
-.BR fseek ()
-function clears the end-of-file indicator for the stream and undoes
-any effects of the
-.BR ungetc (3)
-function on the same stream.
-.P
-The
-.BR ftell ()
-function obtains the current value of the file position indicator for the
-stream pointed to by
-.IR stream .
-.P
-The
-.BR rewind ()
-function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
-.I stream
-to the beginning of the file.
-It is equivalent to:
-.P
-.RS
-(void) fseek(stream, 0L, SEEK_SET)
-.RE
-.P
-except that the error indicator for the stream is also cleared (see
-.BR clearerr (3)).
-.P
-The
-.BR fgetpos ()
-and
-.BR fsetpos ()
-functions are alternate interfaces equivalent to
-.BR ftell ()
-and
-.BR fseek ()
-(with
-.I whence
-set to
-.BR SEEK_SET ),
-setting and storing the current value of the file offset into or from the
-object referenced by
-.IR pos .
-On some non-UNIX systems, an
-.I fpos_t
-object may be a complex object and these routines may be the only way to
-portably reposition a text stream.
-.P
-If the stream refers to a regular file
-and the resulting stream offset is beyond the size of the file,
-subsequent writes will extend the file with a hole, up to the offset,
-before committing any data.
-See
-.BR lseek (2)
-for details on file seeking semantics.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR rewind ()
-function returns no value.
-Upon successful completion,
-.BR fgetpos (),
-.BR fseek (),
-.BR fsetpos ()
-return 0,
-and
-.BR ftell ()
-returns the current offset.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I whence
-argument to
-.BR fseek ()
-was not
-.BR SEEK_SET ,
-.BR SEEK_END ,
-or
-.BR SEEK_CUR .
-Or: the resulting file offset would be negative.
-.TP
-.B ESPIPE
-The file descriptor underlying
-.I stream
-is not seekable (e.g., it refers to a pipe, FIFO, or socket).
-.P
-The functions
-.BR fgetpos (),
-.BR fseek (),
-.BR fsetpos (),
-and
-.BR ftell ()
-may also fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the routines
-.BR fflush (3),
-.BR fstat (2),
-.BR lseek (2),
-and
-.BR malloc (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fseek (),
-.BR ftell (),
-.BR rewind (),
-.BR fgetpos (),
-.BR fsetpos ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR lseek (2),
-.BR fseeko (3)
diff --git a/man3/fseeko.3 b/man3/fseeko.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f698ac0e..000000000
--- a/man3/fseeko.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH fseeko 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fseeko, ftello \- seek to or report file position
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fseeko(FILE *" stream ", off_t " offset ", int " whence );
-.BI "off_t ftello(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fseeko (),
-.BR ftello ():
-.nf
-    _FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64 || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR fseeko ()
-and
-.BR ftello ()
-functions are identical to
-.BR fseek (3)
-and
-.BR ftell (3)
-(see
-.BR fseek (3)),
-respectively, except that the
-.I offset
-argument of
-.BR fseeko ()
-and the return value of
-.BR ftello ()
-is of type
-.I off_t
-instead of
-.IR long .
-.P
-On some architectures, both
-.I off_t
-and
-.I long
-are 32-bit types, but defining
-.B _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-with the value 64 (before including
-.I any
-header files)
-will turn
-.I off_t
-into a 64-bit type.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On successful completion,
-.BR fseeko ()
-returns 0, while
-.BR ftello ()
-returns the current offset.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-See the ERRORS in
-.BR fseek (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fseeko (),
-.BR ftello ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
-.SH NOTES
-The declarations of these functions can also be obtained by defining
-the obsolete
-.B _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
-feature test macro.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fseek (3)
diff --git a/man3/fsetpos.3 b/man3/fsetpos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1487b5a8..000000000
--- a/man3/fsetpos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man3/fstatvfs.3 b/man3/fstatvfs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index adec9ddea..000000000
--- a/man3/fstatvfs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/statvfs.3
diff --git a/man3/ftell.3 b/man3/ftell.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1487b5a8..000000000
--- a/man3/ftell.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man3/ftello.3 b/man3/ftello.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d5628f46d..000000000
--- a/man3/ftello.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fseeko.3
diff --git a/man3/ftime.3 b/man3/ftime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 28fb6bffe..000000000
--- a/man3/ftime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Michael Haardt
-.\" (michael@moria.de)
-.\" Fri Apr  2 11:32:09 MET DST 1993
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 14:23:14 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sun Oct 18 17:31:43 1998 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" 2008-06-23, mtk, minor rewrites, added some details
-.\"
-.TH ftime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ftime \- return date and time
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <sys/timeb.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int ftime(struct timeb *" tp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR NOTE :
-This function is no longer provided by the GNU C library.
-Use
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-instead.
-.P
-This function returns the current time as seconds and milliseconds
-since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-The time is returned in
-.IR tp ,
-which is declared as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct timeb {
-    time_t         time;
-    unsigned short millitm;
-    short          timezone;
-    short          dstflag;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Here \fItime\fP is the number of seconds since the Epoch,
-and \fImillitm\fP is the number of milliseconds since \fItime\fP
-seconds since the Epoch.
-The \fItimezone\fP field is the local timezone measured in minutes
-of time west of Greenwich (with a negative value indicating minutes
-east of Greenwich).
-The \fIdstflag\fP field
-is a flag that, if nonzero, indicates that Daylight Saving time
-applies locally during the appropriate part of the year.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 says that the contents of the \fItimezone\fP and \fIdstflag\fP
-fields are unspecified; avoid relying on them.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function always returns 0.
-(POSIX.1-2001 specifies, and some systems document, a \-1 error return.)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ftime ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Removed in glibc 2.33.
-4.2BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-This function is obsolete.
-Don't use it.
-If the time in seconds
-suffices,
-.BR time (2)
-can be used;
-.BR gettimeofday (2)
-gives microseconds;
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-gives nanoseconds but is not as widely available.
-.SH BUGS
-Early glibc2 is buggy and returns 0 in the
-.I millitm
-field;
-glibc 2.1.1 is correct again.
-.\" .SH HISTORY
-.\" The
-.\" .BR ftime ()
-.\" function appeared in 4.2BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gettimeofday (2),
-.BR time (2)
diff --git a/man3/ftok.3 b/man3/ftok.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74fad12b2..000000000
--- a/man3/ftok.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Giorgio Ciucci (giorgio@crcc.it)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2001-11-28, by Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"	Changed data type of proj_id; minor fixes
-.\"	aeb: further fixes; added notes.
-.\"
-.TH ftok 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ftok \- convert a pathname and a project identifier to a System V IPC key
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/ipc.h>
-.fi
-.P
-.BI "key_t ftok(const char *" pathname ", int " proj_id );
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ftok ()
-function uses the identity of the file named by the given
-.I pathname
-(which must refer to an existing, accessible file)
-and the least significant 8 bits of
-.I proj_id
-(which must be nonzero) to generate a
-.I key_t
-type System V IPC key, suitable for use with
-.BR msgget (2),
-.BR semget (2),
-or
-.BR shmget (2).
-.P
-The resulting value is the same for all pathnames that
-name the same file, when the same value of
-.I proj_id
-is used.
-The value returned should be different when the
-(simultaneously existing) files or the project IDs differ.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, the generated
-.I key_t
-value is returned.
-On failure \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-indicating the error as for the
-.BR stat (2)
-system call.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ftok ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-On some ancient systems, the prototype was:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "key_t ftok(char *" pathname ", char " proj_id );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Today,
-.I proj_id
-is an
-.IR int ,
-but still only 8 bits are used.
-Typical usage has an ASCII character
-.IR proj_id ,
-that is why the behavior is said to be undefined when
-.I proj_id
-is zero.
-.P
-Of course, no guarantee can be given that the resulting
-.I key_t
-is unique.
-Typically, a best-effort attempt combines the given
-.I proj_id
-byte, the lower 16 bits of the inode number, and the
-lower 8 bits of the device number into a 32-bit result.
-Collisions may easily happen, for example between files on
-.I /dev/hda1
-and files on
-.IR /dev/sda1 .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR semget (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR msgget (2),
-.BR semget (2),
-.BR shmget (2),
-.BR stat (2),
-.BR sysvipc (7)
diff --git a/man3/ftrylockfile.3 b/man3/ftrylockfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b33c2ee65..000000000
--- a/man3/ftrylockfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/flockfile.3
diff --git a/man3/fts.3 b/man3/fts.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d2c520450..000000000
--- a/man3/fts.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,826 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"	$NetBSD: fts.3,v 1.13.2.1 1997/11/14 02:09:32 mrg Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)fts.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
-.\"
-.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
-.\"
-.TH fts 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fts, fts_open, fts_read, fts_children, fts_set, fts_close \- \
-traverse a file hierarchy
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.B #include <fts.h>
-.P
-.BI "FTS *fts_open(char *const *" path_argv ", int " options ,
-.BI "              int (*_Nullable " compar ")(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **));"
-.P
-.BI "FTSENT *fts_read(FTS *" ftsp );
-.P
-.BI "FTSENT *fts_children(FTS *" ftsp ", int " instr );
-.P
-.BI "int fts_set(FTS *" ftsp ", FTSENT *" f ", int " instr );
-.P
-.BI "int fts_close(FTS *" ftsp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-fts functions are provided for traversing
-file hierarchies.
-A simple overview is that the
-.BR fts_open ()
-function returns a "handle" (of type
-.IR "FTS\ *" )
-that refers to a file hierarchy "stream".
-This handle is then supplied to the other
-fts functions.
-The function
-.BR fts_read ()
-returns a pointer to a structure describing one of the files in the file
-hierarchy.
-The function
-.BR fts_children ()
-returns a pointer to a linked list of structures, each of which describes
-one of the files contained in a directory in the hierarchy.
-.P
-In general, directories are visited two distinguishable times; in preorder
-(before any of their descendants are visited) and in postorder (after all
-of their descendants have been visited).
-Files are visited once.
-It is possible to walk the hierarchy "logically" (visiting the files that
-symbolic links point to)
-or physically (visiting the symbolic links themselves),
-order the walk of the hierarchy or
-prune and/or revisit portions of the hierarchy.
-.P
-Two structures (and associated types) are defined in the include file
-.IR <fts.h> .
-The first type is
-.IR FTS ,
-the structure that represents the file hierarchy itself.
-The second type is
-.IR FTSENT ,
-the structure that represents a file in the file
-hierarchy.
-Normally, an
-.I FTSENT
-structure is returned for every file in the file
-hierarchy.
-In this manual page, "file" and
-"FTSENT structure"
-are generally interchangeable.
-.P
-The
-.I FTSENT
-structure contains fields describing a file.
-The structure contains at least the following fields
-(there are additional fields that
-should be considered private to the implementation):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct _ftsent {
-    unsigned short  fts_info;     /* flags for FTSENT structure */
-    char           *fts_accpath;  /* access path */
-    char           *fts_path;     /* root path */
-    short           fts_pathlen;  /* strlen(fts_path) +
-                                     strlen(fts_name) */
-    char           *fts_name;     /* filename */
-    short           fts_namelen;  /* strlen(fts_name) */
-    short           fts_level;    /* depth (\-1 to N) */
-    int             fts_errno;    /* file errno */
-    long            fts_number;   /* local numeric value */
-    void           *fts_pointer;  /* local address value */
-    struct _ftsent *fts_parent;   /* parent directory */
-    struct _ftsent *fts_link;     /* next file structure */
-    struct _ftsent *fts_cycle;    /* cycle structure */
-    struct stat    *fts_statp;    /* [l]stat(2) information */
-.\" Also:
-.\"     ino_t fts_ino;                  /* inode (only for directories)*/
-.\"     dev_t fts_dev;                  /* device (only for directories)*/
-.\"     nlink_t fts_nlink;              /* link count (only for directories)*/
-.\"     u_short fts_flags;              /* private flags for FTSENT structure */
-.\"     u_short fts_instr;              /* fts_set() instructions */
-} FTSENT;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-These fields are defined as follows:
-.\" .Bl -tag -width "fts_namelen"
-.TP
-.I fts_info
-One of the following values describing the returned
-.I FTSENT
-structure and
-the file it represents.
-With the exception of directories without errors
-.RB ( FTS_D ),
-all of these
-entries are terminal, that is, they will not be revisited, nor will any
-of their descendants be visited.
-.\" .Bl  -tag -width FTS_DEFAULT
-.RS
-.TP
-.B FTS_D
-A directory being visited in preorder.
-.TP
-.B FTS_DC
-A directory that causes a cycle in the tree.
-(The
-.I fts_cycle
-field of the
-.I FTSENT
-structure will be filled in as well.)
-.TP
-.B FTS_DEFAULT
-Any
-.I FTSENT
-structure that represents a file type not explicitly described
-by one of the other
-.I fts_info
-values.
-.TP
-.B FTS_DNR
-A directory which cannot be read.
-This is an error return, and the
-.I fts_errno
-field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
-.TP
-.B FTS_DOT
-A file named
-"."
-or
-".."
-which was not specified as a filename to
-.BR fts_open ()
-(see
-.BR FTS_SEEDOT ).
-.TP
-.B FTS_DP
-A directory being visited in postorder.
-The contents of the
-.I FTSENT
-structure will be unchanged from when
-it was returned in preorder, that is, with the
-.I fts_info
-field set to
-.BR FTS_D .
-.TP
-.B FTS_ERR
-This is an error return, and the
-.I fts_errno
-field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
-.TP
-.B FTS_F
-A regular file.
-.TP
-.B FTS_NS
-A file for which no
-.RB [ l ]\c
-.BR stat (2)
-information was available.
-The contents of the
-.I fts_statp
-field are undefined.
-This is an error return, and the
-.I fts_errno
-field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
-.TP
-.B FTS_NSOK
-A file for which no
-.RB [ l ]\c
-.BR stat (2)
-information was requested.
-The contents of the
-.I fts_statp
-field are undefined.
-.TP
-.B FTS_SL
-A symbolic link.
-.TP
-.B FTS_SLNONE
-A symbolic link with a nonexistent target.
-The contents of the
-.I fts_statp
-field reference the file characteristic information for the symbolic link
-itself.
-.\" .El
-.RE
-.TP
-.I fts_accpath
-A path for accessing the file from the current directory.
-.TP
-.I fts_path
-The path for the file relative to the root of the traversal.
-This path contains the path specified to
-.BR fts_open ()
-as a prefix.
-.TP
-.I fts_pathlen
-The sum of the lengths of the strings referenced by
-.I fts_path
-and
-.IR fts_name .
-.TP
-.I fts_name
-The name of the file.
-.TP
-.I fts_namelen
-The length of the string referenced by
-.IR fts_name .
-.TP
-.I fts_level
-The depth of the traversal, numbered from \-1 to N, where this file
-was found.
-The
-.I FTSENT
-structure representing the parent of the starting point (or root)
-of the traversal is numbered \-1, and the
-.I FTSENT
-structure for the root
-itself is numbered 0.
-.TP
-.I fts_errno
-If
-.BR fts_children ()
-or
-.BR fts_read ()
-returns an
-.I FTSENT
-structure whose
-.I fts_info
-field is set to
-.BR FTS_DNR ,
-.BR FTS_ERR ,
-or
-.BR FTS_NS ,
-the
-.I fts_errno
-field contains the error number (i.e., the
-.I errno
-value)
-specifying the cause of the error.
-Otherwise, the contents of the
-.I fts_errno
-field are undefined.
-.TP
-.I fts_number
-This field is provided for the use of the application program and is
-not modified by the
-fts functions.
-It is initialized to 0.
-.TP
-.I fts_pointer
-This field is provided for the use of the application program and is
-not modified by the
-fts functions.
-It is initialized to
-NULL.
-.TP
-.I fts_parent
-A pointer to the
-.I FTSENT
-structure referencing the file in the hierarchy
-immediately above the current file, that is, the directory of which this
-file is a member.
-A parent structure for the initial entry point is provided as well,
-however, only the
-.IR fts_level ,
-.IR fts_number ,
-and
-.I fts_pointer
-fields are guaranteed to be initialized.
-.TP
-.I fts_link
-Upon return from the
-.BR fts_children ()
-function, the
-.I fts_link
-field points to the next structure in the NULL-terminated linked list of
-directory members.
-Otherwise, the contents of the
-.I fts_link
-field are undefined.
-.TP
-.I fts_cycle
-If a directory causes a cycle in the hierarchy (see
-.BR FTS_DC ),
-either because
-of a hard link between two directories, or a symbolic link pointing to a
-directory, the
-.I fts_cycle
-field of the structure will point to the
-.I FTSENT
-structure in the hierarchy that references the same file as the current
-.I FTSENT
-structure.
-Otherwise, the contents of the
-.I fts_cycle
-field are undefined.
-.TP
-.I fts_statp
-A pointer to
-.RB [ l ]\c
-.BR stat (2)
-information for the file.
-.\" .El
-.P
-A single buffer is used for all of the paths of all of the files in the
-file hierarchy.
-Therefore, the
-.I fts_path
-and
-.I fts_accpath
-fields are guaranteed to be
-null-terminated
-.I only
-for the file most recently returned by
-.BR fts_read ().
-To use these fields to reference any files represented by other
-.I FTSENT
-structures will require that the path buffer be modified using the
-information contained in that
-.I FTSENT
-structure's
-.I fts_pathlen
-field.
-Any such modifications should be undone before further calls to
-.BR fts_read ()
-are attempted.
-The
-.I fts_name
-field is always
-null-terminated.
-.SS fts_open()
-The
-.BR fts_open ()
-function takes a pointer to an array of character pointers naming one
-or more paths which make up a logical file hierarchy to be traversed.
-The array must be terminated by a
-null pointer.
-.P
-There are
-a number of options, at least one of which (either
-.B FTS_LOGICAL
-or
-.BR FTS_PHYSICAL )
-must be specified.
-The options are selected by ORing
-the following values:
-.\" .Bl -tag -width "FTS_PHYSICAL"
-.TP
-.B FTS_LOGICAL
-This option causes the
-fts routines to return
-.I FTSENT
-structures for the targets of symbolic links
-instead of the symbolic links themselves.
-If this option is set, the only symbolic links for which
-.I FTSENT
-structures
-are returned to the application are those referencing nonexistent files:
-the
-.I fts_statp
-field is obtained via
-.BR stat (2)
-with a fallback to
-.BR lstat (2).
-.TP
-.B FTS_PHYSICAL
-This option causes the
-fts routines to return
-.I FTSENT
-structures for symbolic links themselves instead
-of the target files they point to.
-If this option is set,
-.I FTSENT
-structures for all symbolic links in the
-hierarchy are returned to the application:
-the
-.I fts_statp
-field is obtained via
-.BR lstat (2).
-.TP
-.B FTS_COMFOLLOW
-This option causes any symbolic link specified as a root path to be
-followed immediately, as if via
-.BR FTS_LOGICAL ,
-regardless of the primary mode.
-.TP
-.B FTS_NOCHDIR
-As a performance optimization, the
-fts functions change directories as they walk the file hierarchy.
-This has the side-effect that an application cannot rely on being
-in any particular directory during the traversal.
-This
-option turns off this optimization, and the
-fts functions will not change the current directory.
-Note that applications should not themselves change their current directory
-and try to access files unless
-.B FTS_NOCHDIR
-is specified and absolute
-pathnames were provided as arguments to
-.BR fts_open ().
-.TP
-.B FTS_NOSTAT
-By default, returned
-.I FTSENT
-structures reference file characteristic information (the
-.I fts_statp
-field) for each file visited.
-This option relaxes that requirement as a performance optimization,
-allowing the
-fts functions to set the
-.I fts_info
-field to
-.B FTS_NSOK
-and leave the contents of the
-.I fts_statp
-field undefined.
-.TP
-.B FTS_SEEDOT
-By default, unless they are specified as path arguments to
-.BR fts_open (),
-any files named
-"."
-or
-".."
-encountered in the file hierarchy are ignored.
-This option causes the
-fts routines to return
-.I FTSENT
-structures for them.
-.TP
-.B FTS_XDEV
-This option prevents
-fts from descending into directories that have a different device number
-than the file from which the descent began.
-.\" .El
-.P
-The argument
-.BR compar ()
-specifies a user-defined function which may be used to order the traversal
-of the hierarchy.
-It
-takes two pointers to pointers to
-.I FTSENT
-structures as arguments and
-should return a negative value, zero, or a positive value to indicate
-if the file referenced by its first argument comes before, in any order
-with respect to, or after, the file referenced by its second argument.
-The
-.IR fts_accpath ,
-.IR fts_path ,
-and
-.I fts_pathlen
-fields of the
-.I FTSENT
-structures may
-.I never
-be used in this comparison.
-If the
-.I fts_info
-field is set to
-.B FTS_NS
-or
-.BR FTS_NSOK ,
-the
-.I fts_statp
-field may not either.
-If the
-.BR compar ()
-argument is
-NULL,
-the directory traversal order is in the order listed in
-.I path_argv
-for the root paths, and in the order listed in the directory for
-everything else.
-.SS fts_read()
-The
-.BR fts_read ()
-function returns a pointer to an
-.I FTSENT
-structure describing a file in
-the hierarchy.
-Directories (that are readable and do not cause cycles) are visited at
-least twice, once in preorder and once in postorder.
-All other files are visited at least once.
-(Hard links between directories that do not cause cycles or symbolic
-links to symbolic links may cause files to be visited more than once,
-or directories more than twice.)
-.P
-If all the members of the hierarchy have been returned,
-.BR fts_read ()
-returns NULL and sets
-.I errno
-to 0.
-If an error unrelated to a file in the hierarchy occurs,
-.BR fts_read ()
-returns
-NULL
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-If an error related to a returned file occurs, a pointer to an
-.I FTSENT
-structure is returned, and
-.I errno
-may or may not have been set (see
-.IR fts_info ).
-.P
-The
-.I FTSENT
-structures returned by
-.BR fts_read ()
-may be overwritten after a call to
-.BR fts_close ()
-on the same file hierarchy stream, or, after a call to
-.BR fts_read ()
-on the same file hierarchy stream unless they represent a file of type
-directory, in which case they will not be overwritten until after a call to
-.BR fts_read ()
-after the
-.I FTSENT
-structure has been returned by the function
-.BR fts_read ()
-in postorder.
-.SS fts_children()
-The
-.BR fts_children ()
-function returns a pointer to an
-.I FTSENT
-structure describing the first entry in a NULL-terminated linked list of
-the files in the directory represented by the
-.I FTSENT
-structure most recently returned by
-.BR fts_read ().
-The list is linked through the
-.I fts_link
-field of the
-.I FTSENT
-structure, and is ordered by the user-specified comparison function, if any.
-Repeated calls to
-.BR fts_children ()
-will re-create this linked list.
-.P
-As a special case, if
-.BR fts_read ()
-has not yet been called for a hierarchy,
-.BR fts_children ()
-will return a pointer to the files in the logical directory specified to
-.BR fts_open (),
-that is, the arguments specified to
-.BR fts_open ().
-Otherwise, if the
-.I FTSENT
-structure most recently returned by
-.BR fts_read ()
-is not a directory being visited in preorder,
-or the directory does not contain any files,
-.BR fts_children ()
-returns
-NULL
-and sets
-.I errno
-to zero.
-If an error occurs,
-.BR fts_children ()
-returns
-NULL
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.P
-The
-.I FTSENT
-structures returned by
-.BR fts_children ()
-may be overwritten after a call to
-.BR fts_children (),
-.BR fts_close (),
-or
-.BR fts_read ()
-on the same file hierarchy stream.
-.P
-The
-.I instr
-argument is either zero or the following value:
-.\" .Bl -tag -width FTS_NAMEONLY
-.TP
-.B FTS_NAMEONLY
-Only the names of the files are needed.
-The contents of all the fields in the returned linked list of structures
-are undefined with the exception of the
-.I fts_name
-and
-.I fts_namelen
-fields.
-.\" .El
-.SS fts_set()
-The function
-.BR fts_set ()
-allows the user application to determine further processing for the
-file
-.I f
-of the stream
-.IR ftsp .
-The
-.BR fts_set ()
-function
-returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.P
-The
-.I instr
-argument is either 0 (meaning "do nothing") or one of the following values:
-.\" .Bl -tag -width FTS_PHYSICAL
-.TP
-.B FTS_AGAIN
-Revisit the file; any file type may be revisited.
-The next call to
-.BR fts_read ()
-will return the referenced file.
-The
-.I fts_stat
-and
-.I fts_info
-fields of the structure will be reinitialized at that time,
-but no other fields will have been changed.
-This option is meaningful only for the most recently returned
-file from
-.BR fts_read ().
-Normal use is for postorder directory visits, where it causes the
-directory to be revisited (in both preorder and postorder) as well as all
-of its descendants.
-.TP
-.B FTS_FOLLOW
-The referenced file must be a symbolic link.
-If the referenced file is the one most recently returned by
-.BR fts_read (),
-the next call to
-.BR fts_read ()
-returns the file with the
-.I fts_info
-and
-.I fts_statp
-fields reinitialized to reflect the target of the symbolic link instead
-of the symbolic link itself.
-If the file is one of those most recently returned by
-.BR fts_children (),
-the
-.I fts_info
-and
-.I fts_statp
-fields of the structure, when returned by
-.BR fts_read (),
-will reflect the target of the symbolic link instead of the symbolic link
-itself.
-In either case, if the target of the symbolic link does not exist, the
-fields of the returned structure will be unchanged and the
-.I fts_info
-field will be set to
-.BR FTS_SLNONE .
-.IP
-If the target of the link is a directory, the preorder return, followed
-by the return of all of its descendants, followed by a postorder return,
-is done.
-.TP
-.B FTS_SKIP
-No descendants of this file are visited.
-The file may be one of those most recently returned by either
-.BR fts_children ()
-or
-.BR fts_read ().
-.\" .El
-.SS fts_close()
-The
-.BR fts_close ()
-function closes the file hierarchy stream referred to by
-.I ftsp
-and restores the current directory to the directory from which
-.BR fts_open ()
-was called to open
-.IR ftsp .
-The
-.BR fts_close ()
-function
-returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.SH ERRORS
-The function
-.BR fts_open ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for
-.BR open (2)
-and
-.BR malloc (3).
-.P
-In addition,
-.BR fts_open ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-as follows:
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-Any element of
-.I path_argv
-was an empty string.
-.P
-The function
-.BR fts_close ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for
-.BR chdir (2)
-and
-.BR close (2).
-.P
-The functions
-.BR fts_read ()
-and
-.BR fts_children ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for
-.BR chdir (2),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-and
-.RB [ l ]\c
-.BR stat (2).
-.P
-In addition,
-.BR fts_children (),
-.BR fts_open (),
-and
-.BR fts_set ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-as follows:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I options
-or
-.I instr
-was invalid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fts_open (),
-.BR fts_set (),
-.BR fts_close ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fts_read (),
-.BR fts_children ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.
-4.4BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.23,
-.\" Fixed by commit 8b7b7f75d91f7bac323dd6a370aeb3e9c5c4a7d5
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15838
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=11460
-all of the APIs described in this man page are not safe when compiling
-a program using the LFS APIs (e.g., when compiling with
-.IR \-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 ).
-.\"
-.\" The following statement is years old, and seems no closer to
-.\" being true -- mtk
-.\" The
-.\" .I fts
-.\" utility is expected to be included in a future
-.\" POSIX.1
-.\" revision.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR find (1),
-.BR chdir (2),
-.BR lstat (2),
-.BR stat (2),
-.BR ftw (3),
-.BR qsort (3)
diff --git a/man3/fts_children.3 b/man3/fts_children.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 85caf7524..000000000
--- a/man3/fts_children.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man3/fts_close.3 b/man3/fts_close.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 85caf7524..000000000
--- a/man3/fts_close.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man3/fts_open.3 b/man3/fts_open.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 85caf7524..000000000
--- a/man3/fts_open.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man3/fts_read.3 b/man3/fts_read.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 85caf7524..000000000
--- a/man3/fts_read.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man3/fts_set.3 b/man3/fts_set.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 85caf7524..000000000
--- a/man3/fts_set.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man3/ftw.3 b/man3/ftw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 655bd38ac..000000000
--- a/man3/ftw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Michael Haardt (michael@moria.de)
-.\" and copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" and copyright (c) 2006 Justin Pryzby <justinpryzby@users.sf.net>
-.\" and copyright (c) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:02:22 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" 2006-05-24, Justin Pryzby <justinpryzby@users.sf.net>
-.\"  	document FTW_ACTIONRETVAL; include .SH RETURN VALUE;
-.\" 2006-05-24, Justin Pryzby <justinpryzby@users.sf.net> and
-.\"	Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" 	reorganized and rewrote much of the page
-.\" 2006-05-24, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"	Added an example program.
-.\"
-.TH ftw 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ftw, nftw \- file tree walk
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ftw.h>
-.P
-.BI "int nftw(const char *" dirpath ,
-.BI "        int (*" fn ")(const char *" fpath ", const struct stat *" sb ,
-.BI "                  int " typeflag ", struct FTW *" ftwbuf ),
-.BI "        int " nopenfd ", int " flags );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int ftw(const char *" dirpath ,
-.BI "        int (*" fn ")(const char *" fpath ", const struct stat *" sb ,
-.BI "                  int " typeflag ),
-.BI "        int " nopenfd );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR nftw ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR nftw ()
-walks through the directory tree that is
-located under the directory \fIdirpath\fP,
-and calls \fIfn\fP() once for each entry in the tree.
-By default, directories are handled before the files and
-subdirectories they contain (preorder traversal).
-.P
-To avoid using up all of the calling process's file descriptors,
-\fInopenfd\fP specifies the maximum number of directories that
-.BR nftw ()
-will hold open simultaneously.
-When
-the search depth exceeds this,
-.BR nftw ()
-will become slower because
-directories have to be closed and reopened.
-.BR nftw ()
-uses at most
-one file descriptor for each level in the directory tree.
-.P
-For each entry found in the tree,
-.BR nftw ()
-calls
-\fIfn\fP() with four arguments:
-.IR fpath ,
-.IR sb ,
-.IR typeflag ,
-and
-.IR ftwbuf .
-.I fpath
-is the pathname of the entry,
-and is expressed either as a pathname relative to the calling process's
-current working directory at the time of the call to
-.BR nftw (),
-if
-.I dirpath
-was expressed as a relative pathname,
-or as an absolute pathname, if
-.I dirpath
-was expressed as an absolute pathname.
-.I sb
-is a pointer to the
-.I stat
-structure returned by a call to
-.BR stat (2)
-for
-.IR fpath .
-.P
-The
-.I typeflag
-argument passed to
-.IR fn ()
-is an integer that has one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B FTW_F
-.I fpath
-is a regular file.
-.TP
-.B FTW_D
-.I fpath
-is a directory.
-.TP
-.B FTW_DNR
-.I fpath
-is a directory which can't be read.
-.TP
-.B FTW_DP
-.I fpath
-is a directory, and \fBFTW_DEPTH\fP was specified in \fIflags\fP.
-(If
-.B FTW_DEPTH
-was not specified in
-.IR flags ,
-then directories will always be visited with
-.I typeflag
-set to
-.BR FTW_D .)
-All of the files
-and subdirectories within \fIfpath\fP have been processed.
-.TP
-.B FTW_NS
-The
-.BR stat (2)
-call failed on
-.IR fpath ,
-which is not a symbolic link.
-The probable cause for this is that the caller had read permission
-on the parent directory, so that the filename
-.I fpath
-could be seen,
-but did not have execute permission,
-so that the file could not be reached for
-.BR stat (2).
-The contents of the buffer pointed to by
-.I sb
-are undefined.
-.TP
-.B FTW_SL
-.I fpath
-is a symbolic link, and \fBFTW_PHYS\fP was set in \fIflags\fP.
-.\" To obtain the definition of this constant from
-.\" .IR <ftw.h> ,
-.\" either
-.\" .B _BSD_SOURCE
-.\" must be defined, or
-.\" .BR _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.\" must be defined with a value of 500 or more.
-.TP
-.B FTW_SLN
-.I fpath
-is a symbolic link pointing to a nonexistent file.
-(This occurs only if \fBFTW_PHYS\fP is not set.)
-In this case the
-.I sb
-argument passed to
-.IR fn ()
-contains information returned by performing
-.BR lstat (2)
-on the "dangling" symbolic link.
-(But see BUGS.)
-.P
-The fourth argument
-.RI ( ftwbuf )
-that
-.BR nftw ()
-supplies when calling
-\fIfn\fP()
-is a pointer to a structure of type \fIFTW\fP:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct FTW {
-    int base;
-    int level;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-.I base
-is the offset of the filename (i.e., basename component)
-in the pathname given in
-.IR fpath .
-.I level
-is the depth of
-.I fpath
-in the directory tree, relative to the root of the tree
-.RI ( dirpath ,
-which has depth 0).
-.P
-To stop the tree walk, \fIfn\fP() returns a nonzero value; this
-value will become the return value of
-.BR nftw ().
-As long as \fIfn\fP() returns 0,
-.BR nftw ()
-will continue either until it has traversed the entire tree,
-in which case it will return zero,
-or until it encounters an error (such as a
-.BR malloc (3)
-failure), in which case it will return \-1.
-.P
-Because
-.BR nftw ()
-uses dynamic data structures, the only safe way to
-exit out of a tree walk is to return a nonzero value from \fIfn\fP().
-To allow a signal to terminate the walk without causing a memory leak,
-have the handler set a global flag that is checked by \fIfn\fP().
-\fIDon't\fP use
-.BR longjmp (3)
-unless the program is going to terminate.
-.P
-The \fIflags\fP argument of
-.BR nftw ()
-is formed by ORing zero or more of the
-following flags:
-.TP
-.BR FTW_ACTIONRETVAL " (since glibc 2.3.3)"
-If this glibc-specific flag is set, then
-.BR nftw ()
-handles the return value from
-.IR fn ()
-differently.
-.IR fn ()
-should return one of the following values:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B FTW_CONTINUE
-Instructs
-.BR nftw ()
-to continue normally.
-.TP
-.B FTW_SKIP_SIBLINGS
-If \fIfn\fP() returns this value, then
-siblings of the current entry will be skipped,
-and processing continues in the parent.
-.\" If \fBFTW_DEPTH\fP
-.\" is set, the entry's parent directory is processed next (with
-.\" \fIflag\fP set to \fBFTW_DP\fP).
-.TP
-.B FTW_SKIP_SUBTREE
-If \fIfn\fP() is called with an entry that is a directory
-(\fItypeflag\fP is \fBFTW_D\fP), this return
-value will prevent objects within that directory from being passed as
-arguments to \fIfn\fP().
-.BR nftw ()
-continues processing with the next sibling of the directory.
-.TP
-.B FTW_STOP
-Causes
-.BR nftw ()
-to return immediately with the return value
-\fBFTW_STOP\fP.
-.P
-Other return values could be associated with new actions in the future;
-\fIfn\fP() should not return values other than those listed above.
-.P
-The feature test macro
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-must be defined
-(before including
-.I any
-header files)
-in order to
-obtain the definition of \fBFTW_ACTIONRETVAL\fP from \fI<ftw.h>\fP.
-.RE
-.TP
-.B FTW_CHDIR
-If set, do a
-.BR chdir (2)
-to each directory before handling its contents.
-This is useful if the program needs to perform some action
-in the directory in which \fIfpath\fP resides.
-(Specifying this flag has no effect on the pathname that is passed in the
-.I fpath
-argument of
-.IR fn .)
-.TP
-.B FTW_DEPTH
-If set, do a post-order traversal, that is, call \fIfn\fP() for
-the directory itself \fIafter\fP handling the contents of the directory
-and its subdirectories.
-(By default, each directory is handled \fIbefore\fP its contents.)
-.TP
-.B FTW_MOUNT
-If set, stay within the same filesystem
-(i.e., do not cross mount points).
-.TP
-.B FTW_PHYS
-If set, do not follow symbolic links.
-(This is what you want.)
-If not set, symbolic links are followed, but no file is reported twice.
-.IP
-If \fBFTW_PHYS\fP is not set, but \fBFTW_DEPTH\fP is set,
-then the function
-.IR fn ()
-is never called for a directory that would be a descendant of itself.
-.SS ftw()
-.BR ftw ()
-is an older function that offers a subset of the functionality of
-.BR nftw ().
-The notable differences are as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-.BR ftw ()
-has no
-.I flags
-argument.
-It behaves the same as when
-.BR nftw ()
-is called with
-.I flags
-specified as zero.
-.IP \[bu]
-The callback function,
-.IR fn (),
-is not supplied with a fourth argument.
-.IP \[bu]
-The range of values that is passed via the
-.I typeflag
-argument supplied to
-.IR fn ()
-is smaller: just
-.BR FTW_F ,
-.BR FTW_D ,
-.BR FTW_DNR ,
-.BR FTW_NS ,
-and (possibly)
-.BR FTW_SL .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.P
-If \fIfn\fP() returns nonzero,
-then the tree walk is terminated and the value returned by \fIfn\fP()
-is returned as the result of
-.BR ftw ()
-or
-.BR nftw ().
-.P
-If
-.BR nftw ()
-is called with the \fBFTW_ACTIONRETVAL\fP flag,
-then the only nonzero value that should be used by \fIfn\fP()
-to terminate the tree walk is \fBFTW_STOP\fP,
-and that value is returned as the result of
-.BR nftw ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR nftw ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe cwd
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ftw ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-In some implementations (e.g., glibc),
-.BR ftw ()
-will never use \fBFTW_SL\fP; on other systems \fBFTW_SL\fP occurs only
-for symbolic links that do not point to an existing file;
-and again on other systems
-.BR ftw ()
-will use \fBFTW_SL\fP for each symbolic link.
-If
-.I fpath
-is a symbolic link and
-.BR stat (2)
-failed, POSIX.1-2008 states
-that it is undefined whether \fBFTW_NS\fP or \fBFTW_SL\fP
-is passed in
-.IR typeflag .
-For predictable results, use
-.BR nftw ().
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR ftw ()
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, SUSv1.
-POSIX.1-2008 marks it as obsolete.
-.TP
-.BR nftw ()
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001, SUSv1.
-.TP
-.B FTW_SL
-POSIX.1-2001, SUSv1.
-.SH NOTES
-POSIX.1-2008 notes that the results are unspecified if
-.I fn
-does not preserve the current working directory.
-.SH BUGS
-According to POSIX.1-2008, when the
-.I typeflag
-argument passed to
-.IR fn ()
-contains
-.BR FTW_SLN ,
-the buffer pointed to by
-.I sb
-should contain information about the dangling symbolic link
-(obtained by calling
-.BR lstat (2)
-on the link).
-Early glibc versions correctly followed the POSIX specification on this point.
-However, as a result of a regression introduced in glibc 2.4,
-the contents of the buffer pointed to by
-.I sb
-were undefined when
-.B FTW_SLN
-is passed in
-.IR typeflag .
-(More precisely, the contents of the buffer were left unchanged in this case.)
-This regression was eventually fixed in glibc 2.30,
-.\" https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1422736
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1121
-.\" glibc commit 6ba205b2c35e3e024c8c12d2ee1b73363e84da87
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=23501
-so that the glibc implementation (once more) follows the POSIX specification.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program traverses the directory tree under the path named
-in its first command-line argument, or under the current directory
-if no argument is supplied.
-It displays various information about each file.
-The second command-line argument can be used to specify characters that
-control the value assigned to the \fIflags\fP
-argument when calling
-.BR nftw ().
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (ftw.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
-#include <ftw.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-static int
-display_info(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb,
-             int tflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
-{
-    printf("%\-3s %2d ",
-           (tflag == FTW_D) ?   "d"   : (tflag == FTW_DNR) ? "dnr" :
-           (tflag == FTW_DP) ?  "dp"  : (tflag == FTW_F) ?   "f" :
-           (tflag == FTW_NS) ?  "ns"  : (tflag == FTW_SL) ?  "sl" :
-           (tflag == FTW_SLN) ? "sln" : "???",
-           ftwbuf\->level);
-\&
-    if (tflag == FTW_NS)
-        printf("\-\-\-\-\-\-\-");
-    else
-        printf("%7jd", (intmax_t) sb\->st_size);
-\&
-    printf("   %\-40s %d %s\en",
-           fpath, ftwbuf\->base, fpath + ftwbuf\->base);
-\&
-    return 0;           /* To tell nftw() to continue */
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int flags = 0;
-\&
-    if (argc > 2 && strchr(argv[2], \[aq]d\[aq]) != NULL)
-        flags |= FTW_DEPTH;
-    if (argc > 2 && strchr(argv[2], \[aq]p\[aq]) != NULL)
-        flags |= FTW_PHYS;
-\&
-    if (nftw((argc < 2) ? "." : argv[1], display_info, 20, flags)
-        == \-1)
-    {
-        perror("nftw");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR stat (2),
-.BR fts (3),
-.BR readdir (3)
diff --git a/man3/funlockfile.3 b/man3/funlockfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b33c2ee65..000000000
--- a/man3/funlockfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/flockfile.3
diff --git a/man3/futimens.3 b/man3/futimens.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a365c7b53..000000000
--- a/man3/futimens.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/utimensat.2
diff --git a/man3/futimes.3 b/man3/futimes.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 98bb0749c..000000000
--- a/man3/futimes.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2008, Michael Kerrisk
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH futimes 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-futimes, lutimes \- change file timestamps
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/time.h>
-.P
-.BI "int futimes(int " fd ", const struct timeval " tv [2]);
-.BI "int lutimes(const char *" filename ", const struct timeval " tv [2]);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR futimes (),
-.BR lutimes ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR futimes ()
-changes the access and modification times of a file in the same way as
-.BR utimes (2),
-with the difference that the file whose timestamps are to be changed
-is specified via a file descriptor,
-.IR fd ,
-rather than via a pathname.
-.P
-.BR lutimes ()
-changes the access and modification times of a file in the same way as
-.BR utimes (2),
-with the difference that if
-.I filename
-refers to a symbolic link, then the link is not dereferenced:
-instead, the timestamps of the symbolic link are changed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, zero is returned.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-Errors are as for
-.BR utimes (2),
-with the following additions for
-.BR futimes ():
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The
-.I /proc
-filesystem could not be accessed.
-.P
-The following additional error may occur for
-.BR lutimes ():
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The kernel does not support this call; Linux 2.6.22 or later is required.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR futimes (),
-.BR lutimes ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-Linux, BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR futimes ()
-glibc 2.3.
-.TP
-.BR lutimes ()
-glibc 2.6.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR lutimes ()
-is implemented using the
-.BR utimensat (2)
-system call.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR utime (2),
-.BR utimensat (2),
-.BR symlink (7)
diff --git a/man3/fwide.3 b/man3/fwide.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 006520aae..000000000
--- a/man3/fwide.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH fwide 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fwide \- set and determine the orientation of a FILE stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fwide(FILE *" stream ", int " mode );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fwide ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-When \fImode\fP is zero, the
-.BR fwide ()
-function determines the current
-orientation of \fIstream\fP.
-It returns a positive value if \fIstream\fP is
-wide-character oriented, that is, if wide-character I/O is permitted but char
-I/O is disallowed.
-It returns a negative value if \fIstream\fP is byte oriented\[em]that is,
-if char I/O is permitted but wide-character I/O is disallowed.
-It
-returns zero if \fIstream\fP has no orientation yet; in this case the next
-I/O operation might change the orientation (to byte oriented if it is a char
-I/O operation, or to wide-character oriented if it is a wide-character I/O
-operation).
-.P
-Once a stream has an orientation, it cannot be changed and persists until
-the stream is closed.
-.P
-When \fImode\fP is nonzero, the
-.BR fwide ()
-function first attempts to set
-\fIstream\fP's orientation (to wide-character oriented
-if \fImode\fP is greater than 0, or
-to byte oriented if \fImode\fP is less than 0).
-It then returns a value denoting the
-current orientation, as above.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR fwide ()
-function returns the stream's orientation, after possibly
-changing it.
-A positive return value means wide-character oriented.
-A negative return value means byte oriented.
-A return value of zero means undecided.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-Wide-character output to a byte oriented stream can be performed through the
-.BR fprintf (3)
-function with the
-.B %lc
-and
-.B %ls
-directives.
-.P
-Char oriented output to a wide-character oriented stream can be performed
-through the
-.BR fwprintf (3)
-function with the
-.B %c
-and
-.B %s
-directives.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fprintf (3),
-.BR fwprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/fwprintf.3 b/man3/fwprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ec9685b..000000000
--- a/man3/fwprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/fwrite.3 b/man3/fwrite.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 86906ede5..000000000
--- a/man3/fwrite.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fread.3
diff --git a/man3/fwrite_unlocked.3 b/man3/fwrite_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/fwrite_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/gai_cancel.3 b/man3/gai_cancel.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b0f392ae..000000000
--- a/man3/gai_cancel.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
diff --git a/man3/gai_error.3 b/man3/gai_error.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b0f392ae..000000000
--- a/man3/gai_error.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
diff --git a/man3/gai_strerror.3 b/man3/gai_strerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17f7236a7..000000000
--- a/man3/gai_strerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getaddrinfo.3
diff --git a/man3/gai_suspend.3 b/man3/gai_suspend.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b0f392ae..000000000
--- a/man3/gai_suspend.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
diff --git a/man3/gamma.3 b/man3/gamma.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f0dc9a2d..000000000
--- a/man3/gamma.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2003-11-18, aeb: historical remarks
-.\"
-.TH gamma 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gamma, gammaf, gammal \- (logarithm of the) gamma function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] double gamma(double " x ");"
-.BI "[[deprecated]] float gammaf(float " x ");"
-.BI "[[deprecated]] long double gammal(long double " x ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR gamma ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR gammaf (),
-.BR gammal ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _ISOC99_SOURCE)
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are deprecated: instead, use either the
-.BR tgamma (3)
-or the
-.BR lgamma (3)
-functions, as appropriate.
-.P
-For the definition of the Gamma function, see
-.BR tgamma (3).
-.SS *BSD version
-The libm in 4.4BSD and some versions of FreeBSD had a
-.BR gamma ()
-function that computes the Gamma function, as one would expect.
-.SS glibc version
-glibc has a
-.BR gamma ()
-function that is equivalent to
-.BR lgamma (3)
-and computes the natural logarithm of the Gamma function.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-See
-.BR lgamma (3).
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR lgamma (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gamma (),
-.BR gammaf (),
-.BR gammal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:signgam
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVID 2.
-.P
-Because of historical variations in behavior across systems,
-this function is not specified in any recent standard.
-.P
-4.2BSD had a
-.BR gamma ()
-that computed
-.RI ln(|Gamma(| x |)|),
-leaving the sign of
-.RI Gamma(| x |)
-in the external integer
-.IR signgam .
-In 4.3BSD the name was changed to
-.BR lgamma (3),
-and the man page promises
-.P
-.in +4n
-"At some time in the future the name gamma will be rehabilitated
-and used for the Gamma function"
-.in
-.P
-This did indeed happen in 4.4BSD, where
-.BR gamma ()
-computes the Gamma function (with no effect on
-.IR signgam ).
-However, this came too late, and we now have
-.BR tgamma (3),
-the "true gamma" function.
-.\" The FreeBSD man page says about gamma() that it is like lgamma()
-.\" except that is does not set signgam.
-.\" Also, that 4.4BSD has a gamma() that computes the true gamma function.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR lgamma (3),
-.BR signgam (3),
-.BR tgamma (3)
diff --git a/man3/gammaf.3 b/man3/gammaf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 64ab6eec3..000000000
--- a/man3/gammaf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gamma.3
diff --git a/man3/gammal.3 b/man3/gammal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 64ab6eec3..000000000
--- a/man3/gammal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gamma.3
diff --git a/man3/gcvt.3 b/man3/gcvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cdaec33e..000000000
--- a/man3/gcvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:32:25 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH gcvt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *gcvt(double " number ", int " ndigit ", char *" buf );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR gcvt ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.17
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L))
-            || /* glibc >= 2.20 */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19 */ _SVID_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.16:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L))
-            || _SVID_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR gcvt ()
-function converts \fInumber\fP to a minimal length null-terminated
-ASCII string and stores the result in \fIbuf\fP.
-It produces \fIndigit\fP significant digits in either
-.BR printf (3)
-F format or E format.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR gcvt ()
-function returns
-\fIbuf\fP.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gcvt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
-POSIX.1-2008 removed it,
-recommending the use of
-.BR sprintf (3)
-instead (though
-.BR snprintf (3)
-may be preferable).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ecvt (3),
-.BR fcvt (3),
-.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/get_avphys_pages.3 b/man3/get_avphys_pages.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cbd22ccff..000000000
--- a/man3/get_avphys_pages.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/get_phys_pages.3
diff --git a/man3/get_current_dir_name.3 b/man3/get_current_dir_name.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f73c1579c..000000000
--- a/man3/get_current_dir_name.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getcwd.3
diff --git a/man3/get_myaddress.3 b/man3/get_myaddress.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/get_myaddress.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/get_nprocs.3 b/man3/get_nprocs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49605f99a..000000000
--- a/man3/get_nprocs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012, Petr Benas
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2012, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.man-pages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH get_nprocs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-get_nprocs, get_nprocs_conf \- get number of processors
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/sysinfo.h>
-.P
-.B int get_nprocs(void);
-.B int get_nprocs_conf(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
-returns the number of processors configured by the operating system.
-.P
-The function
-.BR get_nprocs ()
-returns the number of processors currently available in the system.
-This may be less than the number returned by
-.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
-because processors may be offline (e.g., on hotpluggable systems).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-As given in DESCRIPTION.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR get_nprocs (),
-.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH NOTES
-The current
-.\" glibc 2.15
-implementation of these functions is rather expensive,
-since they open and parse files in the
-.I /sys
-filesystem each time they are called.
-.P
-The following
-.BR sysconf (3)
-calls make use of the functions documented on this page
-to return the same information.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-np = sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF);     /* processors configured */
-np = sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN);     /* processors available */
-.EE
-.in
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following example shows how
-.BR get_nprocs ()
-and
-.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
-can be used.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (get_nprocs_conf.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/sysinfo.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    printf("This system has %d processors configured and "
-            "%d processors available.\en",
-            get_nprocs_conf(), get_nprocs());
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR nproc (1)
diff --git a/man3/get_nprocs_conf.3 b/man3/get_nprocs_conf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7de3e2b31..000000000
--- a/man3/get_nprocs_conf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/get_nprocs.3
diff --git a/man3/get_phys_pages.3 b/man3/get_phys_pages.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a2a627a8c..000000000
--- a/man3/get_phys_pages.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2015 William Woodruff (william@tuffbizz.com)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH get_phys_pages 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-get_phys_pages, get_avphys_pages \- get total and available physical
-page counts
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <sys/sysinfo.h>"
-.P
-.B long get_phys_pages(void);
-.B long get_avphys_pages(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR get_phys_pages ()
-returns the total number of physical pages of memory available on the system.
-.P
-The function
-.BR get_avphys_pages ()
-returns the number of currently available physical pages of memory on the
-system.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-these functions return a nonnegative value as given in DESCRIPTION.
-On failure, they return \-1 and set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The system could not provide the required information
-(possibly because the
-.I /proc
-filesystem was not mounted).
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-Before glibc 2.23,
-these functions obtained the required information by scanning the
-.I MemTotal
-and
-.I MemFree
-fields of
-.IR /proc/meminfo .
-Since glibc 2.23,
-these functions obtain the required information by calling
-.BR sysinfo (2).
-.SH NOTES
-The following
-.BR sysconf (3)
-calls provide a portable means of obtaining the same information as the
-functions described on this page.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-total_pages = sysconf(_SC_PHYS_PAGES);    /* total pages */
-avl_pages = sysconf(_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);    /* available pages */
-.EE
-.in
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following example shows how
-.BR get_phys_pages ()
-and
-.BR get_avphys_pages ()
-can be used.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (get_phys_pages.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/sysinfo.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    printf("This system has %ld pages of physical memory and "
-            "%ld pages of physical memory available.\en",
-            get_phys_pages(), get_avphys_pages());
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man3/getaddrinfo.3 b/man3/getaddrinfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index beb643460..000000000
--- a/man3/getaddrinfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,854 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2006 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
-.\" A few pieces of an earlier version remain:
-.\" Copyright 2000, Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References: RFC 2553
-.\"
-.\" 2005-08-09, mtk, added AI_ALL, AI_ADDRCONFIG, AI_V4MAPPED,
-.\"			and AI_NUMERICSERV.
-.\" 2006-11-25, Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
-.\"     Add text describing Internationalized Domain Name extensions.
-.\" 2007-06-08, mtk: added example programs
-.\" 2008-02-26, mtk; clarify discussion of NULL 'hints' argument; other
-.\"     minor rewrites.
-.\" 2008-06-18, mtk: many parts rewritten
-.\" 2008-12-04, Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
-.\"	Describe results ordering and reference /etc/gai.conf.
-.\"
-.\" FIXME . glibc's 2.9 NEWS file documents DCCP and UDP-lite support
-.\"           and is SCTP support now also there?
-.\"
-.TH getaddrinfo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getaddrinfo, freeaddrinfo, gai_strerror \- network address and
-service translation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getaddrinfo(const char *restrict " node ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " service ,
-.BI "                const struct addrinfo *restrict " hints ,
-.BI "                struct addrinfo **restrict " res );
-.P
-.BI "void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *" res );
-.P
-.BI "const char *gai_strerror(int " errcode );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getaddrinfo (),
-.BR freeaddrinfo (),
-.BR gai_strerror ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.22:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-    glibc 2.21 and earlier:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Given
-.I node
-and
-.IR service ,
-which identify an Internet host and a service,
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-returns one or more
-.I addrinfo
-structures, each of which contains an Internet address
-that can be specified in a call to
-.BR bind (2)
-or
-.BR connect (2).
-The
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-function combines the functionality provided by the
-.\" .BR getipnodebyname (3),
-.\" .BR getipnodebyaddr (3),
-.BR gethostbyname (3)
-and
-.BR getservbyname (3)
-functions into a single interface, but unlike the latter functions,
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-is reentrant and allows programs to eliminate IPv4-versus-IPv6 dependencies.
-.P
-The
-.I addrinfo
-structure used by
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-contains the following fields:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct addrinfo {
-    int              ai_flags;
-    int              ai_family;
-    int              ai_socktype;
-    int              ai_protocol;
-    socklen_t        ai_addrlen;
-    struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
-    char            *ai_canonname;
-    struct addrinfo *ai_next;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I hints
-argument points to an
-.I addrinfo
-structure that specifies criteria for selecting the socket address
-structures returned in the list pointed to by
-.IR res .
-If
-.I hints
-is not NULL it points to an
-.I addrinfo
-structure whose
-.IR ai_family ,
-.IR ai_socktype ,
-and
-.I ai_protocol
-specify criteria that limit the set of socket addresses returned by
-.BR getaddrinfo (),
-as follows:
-.TP
-.I ai_family
-This field specifies the desired address family for the returned addresses.
-Valid values for this field include
-.B AF_INET
-and
-.BR AF_INET6 .
-The value
-.B AF_UNSPEC
-indicates that
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-should return socket addresses for any address family
-(either IPv4 or IPv6, for example) that can be used with
-.I node
-and
-.IR service .
-.TP
-.I ai_socktype
-This field specifies the preferred socket type, for example
-.B SOCK_STREAM
-or
-.BR SOCK_DGRAM .
-Specifying 0 in this field indicates that socket addresses of any type
-can be returned by
-.BR getaddrinfo ().
-.TP
-.I ai_protocol
-This field specifies the protocol for the returned socket addresses.
-Specifying 0 in this field indicates that socket addresses with
-any protocol can be returned by
-.BR getaddrinfo ().
-.TP
-.I ai_flags
-This field specifies additional options, described below.
-Multiple flags are specified by bitwise OR-ing them together.
-.P
-All the other fields in the structure pointed to by
-.I hints
-must contain either 0 or a null pointer, as appropriate.
-.P
-Specifying
-.I hints
-as NULL is equivalent to setting
-.I ai_socktype
-and
-.I ai_protocol
-to 0;
-.I ai_family
-to
-.BR AF_UNSPEC ;
-and
-.I ai_flags
-to
-.BR "(AI_V4MAPPED\ |\ AI_ADDRCONFIG)" .
-(POSIX specifies different defaults for
-.IR ai_flags ;
-see NOTES.)
-.I node
-specifies either a numerical network address
-(for IPv4, numbers-and-dots notation as supported by
-.BR inet_aton (3);
-for IPv6, hexadecimal string format as supported by
-.BR inet_pton (3)),
-or a network hostname, whose network addresses are looked up and resolved.
-If
-.I hints.ai_flags
-contains the
-.B AI_NUMERICHOST
-flag, then
-.I node
-must be a numerical network address.
-The
-.B AI_NUMERICHOST
-flag suppresses any potentially lengthy network host address lookups.
-.P
-If the
-.B AI_PASSIVE
-flag is specified in
-.IR hints.ai_flags ,
-and
-.I node
-is NULL,
-then the returned socket addresses will be suitable for
-.BR bind (2)ing
-a socket that will
-.BR accept (2)
-connections.
-The returned socket address will contain the "wildcard address"
-.RB ( INADDR_ANY
-for IPv4 addresses,
-.B IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT
-for IPv6 address).
-The wildcard address is used by applications (typically servers)
-that intend to accept connections on any of the host's network addresses.
-If
-.I node
-is not NULL, then the
-.B AI_PASSIVE
-flag is ignored.
-.P
-If the
-.B AI_PASSIVE
-flag is not set in
-.IR hints.ai_flags ,
-then the returned socket addresses will be suitable for use with
-.BR connect (2),
-.BR sendto (2),
-or
-.BR sendmsg (2).
-If
-.I node
-is NULL,
-then the network address will be set to the loopback interface address
-.RB ( INADDR_LOOPBACK
-for IPv4 addresses,
-.B IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT
-for IPv6 address);
-this is used by applications that intend to communicate
-with peers running on the same host.
-.P
-.I service
-sets the port in each returned address structure.
-If this argument is a service name (see
-.BR services (5)),
-it is translated to the corresponding port number.
-This argument can also be specified as a decimal number,
-which is simply converted to binary.
-If
-.I service
-is NULL, then the port number of the returned socket addresses
-will be left uninitialized.
-If
-.B AI_NUMERICSERV
-is specified in
-.I hints.ai_flags
-and
-.I service
-is not NULL, then
-.I service
-must point to a string containing a numeric port number.
-This flag is used to inhibit the invocation of a name resolution service
-in cases where it is known not to be required.
-.P
-Either
-.I node
-or
-.IR service ,
-but not both, may be NULL.
-.P
-The
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-function allocates and initializes a linked list of
-.I addrinfo
-structures, one for each network address that matches
-.I node
-and
-.IR service ,
-subject to any restrictions imposed by
-.IR hints ,
-and returns a pointer to the start of the list in
-.IR res .
-The items in the linked list are linked by the
-.I ai_next
-field.
-.P
-There are several reasons why
-the linked list may have more than one
-.I addrinfo
-structure, including: the network host is multihomed, accessible
-over multiple protocols (e.g., both
-.B AF_INET
-and
-.BR AF_INET6 );
-or the same service is available from multiple socket types (one
-.B SOCK_STREAM
-address and another
-.B SOCK_DGRAM
-address, for example).
-Normally, the application should try
-using the addresses in the order in which they are returned.
-The sorting function used within
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-is defined in RFC\ 3484; the order can be tweaked for a particular
-system by editing
-.I /etc/gai.conf
-(available since glibc 2.5).
-.P
-If
-.I hints.ai_flags
-includes the
-.B AI_CANONNAME
-flag, then the
-.I ai_canonname
-field of the first of the
-.I addrinfo
-structures in the returned list is set to point to the
-official name of the host.
-.\" Prior to glibc 2.3.4, the ai_canonname of each addrinfo
-.\" structure was set pointing to the canonical name; that was
-.\" more than POSIX.1-2001 specified, or other implementations provided.
-.\" MTK, Aug 05
-.P
-The remaining fields of each returned
-.I addrinfo
-structure are initialized as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The
-.IR ai_family ,
-.IR ai_socktype ,
-and
-.I ai_protocol
-fields return the socket creation parameters (i.e., these fields have
-the same meaning as the corresponding arguments of
-.BR socket (2)).
-For example,
-.I ai_family
-might return
-.B AF_INET
-or
-.BR AF_INET6 ;
-.I ai_socktype
-might return
-.B SOCK_DGRAM
-or
-.BR SOCK_STREAM ;
-and
-.I ai_protocol
-returns the protocol for the socket.
-.IP \[bu]
-A pointer to the socket address is placed in the
-.I ai_addr
-field, and the length of the socket address, in bytes,
-is placed in the
-.I ai_addrlen
-field.
-.P
-If
-.I hints.ai_flags
-includes the
-.B AI_ADDRCONFIG
-flag, then IPv4 addresses are returned in the list pointed to by
-.I res
-only if the local system has at least one
-IPv4 address configured, and IPv6 addresses are returned
-only if the local system has at least one IPv6 address configured.
-The loopback address is not considered for this case as valid
-as a configured address.
-This flag is useful on, for example,
-IPv4-only systems, to ensure that
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-does not return IPv6 socket addresses that would always fail in
-.BR connect (2)
-or
-.BR bind (2).
-.P
-If
-.I hints.ai_flags
-specifies the
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-flag, and
-.I hints.ai_family
-was specified as
-.BR AF_INET6 ,
-and no matching IPv6 addresses could be found,
-then return IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses in the list pointed to by
-.IR res .
-If both
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-and
-.B AI_ALL
-are specified in
-.IR hints.ai_flags ,
-then return both IPv6 and IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses
-in the list pointed to by
-.IR res .
-.B AI_ALL
-is ignored if
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-is not also specified.
-.P
-The
-.BR freeaddrinfo ()
-function frees the memory that was allocated
-for the dynamically allocated linked list
-.IR res .
-.SS Extensions to getaddrinfo() for Internationalized Domain Names
-Starting with glibc 2.3.4,
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-has been extended to selectively allow the incoming and outgoing
-hostnames to be transparently converted to and from the
-Internationalized Domain Name (IDN) format (see RFC 3490,
-.IR "Internationalizing Domain Names in Applications (IDNA)" ).
-Four new flags are defined:
-.TP
-.B AI_IDN
-If this flag is specified, then the node name given in
-.I node
-is converted to IDN format if necessary.
-The source encoding is that of the current locale.
-.IP
-If the input name contains non-ASCII characters, then the IDN encoding
-is used.
-Those parts of the node name (delimited by dots) that contain
-non-ASCII characters are encoded using ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE)
-before being passed to the name resolution functions.
-.\" Implementation Detail:
-.\" To minimize effects on system performance the implementation might
-.\" want to check whether the input string contains any non-ASCII
-.\" characters.  If there are none the IDN step can be skipped completely.
-.\" On systems which allow not-ASCII safe encodings for a locale this
-.\" might be a problem.
-.TP
-.B AI_CANONIDN
-After a successful name lookup, and if the
-.B AI_CANONNAME
-flag was specified,
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-will return the canonical name of the
-node corresponding to the
-.I addrinfo
-structure value passed back.
-The return value is an exact copy of the value returned by the name
-resolution function.
-.IP
-If the name is encoded using ACE, then it will contain the
-.I xn\-\-
-prefix for one or more components of the name.
-To convert these components into a readable form the
-.B AI_CANONIDN
-flag can be passed in addition to
-.BR AI_CANONNAME .
-The resulting string is encoded using the current locale's encoding.
-.\"
-.\"Implementation Detail:
-.\"If no component of the returned name starts with xn\-\- the IDN
-.\"step can be skipped, therefore avoiding unnecessary slowdowns.
-.TP
-.B AI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED
-.TQ
-.B AI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
-Setting these flags will enable the
-IDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED (allow unassigned Unicode code points) and
-IDNA_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES (check output to make sure it is a STD3
-conforming hostname)
-flags respectively to be used in the IDNA handling.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.\" FIXME glibc defines the following additional errors, some which
-.\" can probably be returned by getaddrinfo(); they need to
-.\" be documented.
-.\"    #ifdef __USE_GNU
-.\"    #define EAI_INPROGRESS  -100  /* Processing request in progress.  */
-.\"    #define EAI_CANCELED    -101  /* Request canceled.  */
-.\"    #define EAI_NOTCANCELED -102  /* Request not canceled.  */
-.\"    #define EAI_ALLDONE     -103  /* All requests done.  */
-.\"    #define EAI_INTR        -104  /* Interrupted by a signal.  */
-.\"    #define EAI_IDN_ENCODE  -105  /* IDN encoding failed.  */
-.\"    #endif
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-returns 0 if it succeeds, or one of the following nonzero error codes:
-.TP
-.B EAI_ADDRFAMILY
-.\" Not in SUSv3
-The specified network host does not have any network addresses in the
-requested address family.
-.TP
-.B EAI_AGAIN
-The name server returned a temporary failure indication.
-Try again later.
-.TP
-.B EAI_BADFLAGS
-.I hints.ai_flags
-contains invalid flags; or,
-.I hints.ai_flags
-included
-.B AI_CANONNAME
-and
-.I node
-was NULL.
-.TP
-.B EAI_FAIL
-The name server returned a permanent failure indication.
-.TP
-.B EAI_FAMILY
-The requested address family is not supported.
-.TP
-.B EAI_MEMORY
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B EAI_NODATA
-.\" Not in SUSv3
-The specified network host exists, but does not have any
-network addresses defined.
-.TP
-.B EAI_NONAME
-The
-.I node
-or
-.I service
-is not known; or both
-.I node
-and
-.I service
-are NULL; or
-.B AI_NUMERICSERV
-was specified in
-.I hints.ai_flags
-and
-.I service
-was not a numeric port-number string.
-.TP
-.B EAI_SERVICE
-The requested service is not available for the requested socket type.
-It may be available through another socket type.
-For example, this error could occur if
-.I service
-was "shell" (a service available only on stream sockets), and either
-.I hints.ai_protocol
-was
-.BR IPPROTO_UDP ,
-or
-.I hints.ai_socktype
-was
-.BR SOCK_DGRAM ;
-or the error could occur if
-.I service
-was not NULL, and
-.I hints.ai_socktype
-was
-.B SOCK_RAW
-(a socket type that does not support the concept of services).
-.TP
-.B EAI_SOCKTYPE
-The requested socket type is not supported.
-This could occur, for example, if
-.I hints.ai_socktype
-and
-.I hints.ai_protocol
-are inconsistent (e.g.,
-.B SOCK_DGRAM
-and
-.BR IPPROTO_TCP ,
-respectively).
-.TP
-.B EAI_SYSTEM
-Other system error;
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_strerror ()
-function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
-suitable for error reporting.
-.SH FILES
-.I /etc/gai.conf
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR freeaddrinfo (),
-.BR gai_strerror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-According to POSIX.1, specifying
-.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
-.I hints
-as NULL should cause
-.I ai_flags
-to be assumed as 0.
-The GNU C library instead assumes a value of
-.B (AI_V4MAPPED\~|\~AI_ADDRCONFIG)
-for this case,
-since this value is considered an improvement on the specification.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-RFC\ 2553.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.B AI_ADDRCONFIG
-.TQ
-.B AI_ALL
-.TQ
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-glibc 2.3.3.
-.TP
-.B AI_NUMERICSERV
-glibc 2.3.4.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR getaddrinfo ()
-supports the
-.IB address % scope-id
-notation for specifying the IPv6 scope-ID.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" getnameinfo.3 refers to this example
-.\" socket.2 refers to this example
-.\" bind.2 refers to this example
-.\" connect.2 refers to this example
-.\" recvfrom.2 refers to this example
-.\" sendto.2 refers to this example
-The following programs demonstrate the use of
-.BR getaddrinfo (),
-.BR gai_strerror (),
-.BR freeaddrinfo (),
-and
-.BR getnameinfo (3).
-The programs are an echo server and client for UDP datagrams.
-.SS Server program
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (server.c)
-.EX
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define BUF_SIZE 500
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int                      sfd, s;
-    char                     buf[BUF_SIZE];
-    ssize_t                  nread;
-    socklen_t                peer_addrlen;
-    struct addrinfo          hints;
-    struct addrinfo          *result, *rp;
-    struct sockaddr_storage  peer_addr;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s port\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
-    hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC;    /* Allow IPv4 or IPv6 */
-    hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; /* Datagram socket */
-    hints.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE;    /* For wildcard IP address */
-    hints.ai_protocol = 0;          /* Any protocol */
-    hints.ai_canonname = NULL;
-    hints.ai_addr = NULL;
-    hints.ai_next = NULL;
-\&
-    s = getaddrinfo(NULL, argv[1], &hints, &result);
-    if (s != 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* getaddrinfo() returns a list of address structures.
-       Try each address until we successfully bind(2).
-       If socket(2) (or bind(2)) fails, we (close the socket
-       and) try the next address. */
-\&
-    for (rp = result; rp != NULL; rp = rp\->ai_next) {
-        sfd = socket(rp\->ai_family, rp\->ai_socktype,
-                     rp\->ai_protocol);
-        if (sfd == \-1)
-            continue;
-\&
-        if (bind(sfd, rp\->ai_addr, rp\->ai_addrlen) == 0)
-            break;                  /* Success */
-\&
-        close(sfd);
-    }
-\&
-    freeaddrinfo(result);           /* No longer needed */
-\&
-    if (rp == NULL) {               /* No address succeeded */
-        fprintf(stderr, "Could not bind\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Read datagrams and echo them back to sender. */
-\&
-    for (;;) {
-        char host[NI_MAXHOST], service[NI_MAXSERV];
-\&
-        peer_addrlen = sizeof(peer_addr);
-        nread = recvfrom(sfd, buf, BUF_SIZE, 0,
-                         (struct sockaddr *) &peer_addr, &peer_addrlen);
-        if (nread == \-1)
-            continue;               /* Ignore failed request */
-\&
-        s = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) &peer_addr,
-                        peer_addrlen, host, NI_MAXHOST,
-                        service, NI_MAXSERV, NI_NUMERICSERV);
-        if (s == 0)
-            printf("Received %zd bytes from %s:%s\en",
-                   nread, host, service);
-        else
-            fprintf(stderr, "getnameinfo: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
-\&
-        if (sendto(sfd, buf, nread, 0, (struct sockaddr *) &peer_addr,
-                   peer_addrlen) != nread)
-        {
-            fprintf(stderr, "Error sending response\en");
-        }
-    }
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SS Client program
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (client.c)
-.EX
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define BUF_SIZE 500
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int              sfd, s;
-    char             buf[BUF_SIZE];
-    size_t           len;
-    ssize_t          nread;
-    struct addrinfo  hints;
-    struct addrinfo  *result, *rp;
-\&
-    if (argc < 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s host port msg...\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Obtain address(es) matching host/port. */
-\&
-    memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
-    hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC;    /* Allow IPv4 or IPv6 */
-    hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; /* Datagram socket */
-    hints.ai_flags = 0;
-    hints.ai_protocol = 0;          /* Any protocol */
-\&
-    s = getaddrinfo(argv[1], argv[2], &hints, &result);
-    if (s != 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* getaddrinfo() returns a list of address structures.
-       Try each address until we successfully connect(2).
-       If socket(2) (or connect(2)) fails, we (close the socket
-       and) try the next address. */
-\&
-    for (rp = result; rp != NULL; rp = rp\->ai_next) {
-        sfd = socket(rp\->ai_family, rp\->ai_socktype,
-                     rp\->ai_protocol);
-        if (sfd == \-1)
-            continue;
-\&
-        if (connect(sfd, rp\->ai_addr, rp\->ai_addrlen) != \-1)
-            break;                  /* Success */
-\&
-        close(sfd);
-    }
-\&
-    freeaddrinfo(result);           /* No longer needed */
-\&
-    if (rp == NULL) {               /* No address succeeded */
-        fprintf(stderr, "Could not connect\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Send remaining command\-line arguments as separate
-       datagrams, and read responses from server. */
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 3; j < argc; j++) {
-        len = strlen(argv[j]) + 1;
-                /* +1 for terminating null byte */
-\&
-        if (len > BUF_SIZE) {
-            fprintf(stderr,
-                    "Ignoring long message in argument %zu\en", j);
-            continue;
-        }
-\&
-        if (write(sfd, argv[j], len) != len) {
-            fprintf(stderr, "partial/failed write\en");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-\&
-        nread = read(sfd, buf, BUF_SIZE);
-        if (nread == \-1) {
-            perror("read");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-\&
-        printf("Received %zd bytes: %s\en", nread, buf);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.\" .BR getipnodebyaddr (3),
-.\" .BR getipnodebyname (3),
-.BR getaddrinfo_a (3),
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-.BR getnameinfo (3),
-.BR inet (3),
-.BR gai.conf (5),
-.BR hostname (7),
-.BR ip (7)
diff --git a/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3 b/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e7792fd76..000000000
--- a/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,645 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
-.\" and clean-ups and additions (C) Copyright 2010 Michael Kerrisk
-.\"                                 <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References: http://people.redhat.com/drepper/asynchnl.pdf,
-.\"     http://www.imperialviolet.org/2005/06/01/asynchronous-dns-lookups-with-glibc.html
-.\"
-.TH getaddrinfo_a 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getaddrinfo_a, gai_suspend, gai_error, gai_cancel \- asynchronous
-network address and service translation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Asynchronous name lookup library
-.RI ( libanl ", " \-lanl )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getaddrinfo_a(int " mode ", struct gaicb *" list [restrict],
-.BI "                  int " nitems ", struct sigevent *restrict " sevp );
-.BI "int gai_suspend(const struct gaicb *const " list "[], int " nitems ,
-.BI "                  const struct timespec *" timeout );
-.P
-.BI "int gai_error(struct gaicb *" req );
-.BI "int gai_cancel(struct gaicb *" req );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
-function performs the same task as
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-but allows multiple name look-ups to be performed asynchronously,
-with optional notification on completion of look-up operations.
-.P
-The
-.I mode
-argument has one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B GAI_WAIT
-Perform the look-ups synchronously.
-The call blocks until the look-ups have completed.
-.TP
-.B GAI_NOWAIT
-Perform the look-ups asynchronously.
-The call returns immediately,
-and the requests are resolved in the background.
-See the discussion of the
-.I sevp
-argument below.
-.P
-The array
-.I list
-specifies the look-up requests to process.
-The
-.I nitems
-argument specifies the number of elements in
-.IR list .
-The requested look-up operations are started in parallel.
-NULL elements in
-.I list
-are ignored.
-Each request is described by a
-.I gaicb
-structure, defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct gaicb {
-    const char            *ar_name;
-    const char            *ar_service;
-    const struct addrinfo *ar_request;
-    struct addrinfo       *ar_result;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The elements of this structure correspond to the arguments of
-.BR getaddrinfo (3).
-Thus,
-.I ar_name
-corresponds to the
-.I node
-argument and
-.I ar_service
-to the
-.I service
-argument, identifying an Internet host and a service.
-The
-.I ar_request
-element corresponds to the
-.I hints
-argument, specifying the criteria for selecting
-the returned socket address structures.
-Finally,
-.I ar_result
-corresponds to the
-.I res
-argument; you do not need to initialize this element,
-it will be automatically set when the request
-is resolved.
-The
-.I addrinfo
-structure referenced by the last two elements is described in
-.BR getaddrinfo (3).
-.P
-When
-.I mode
-is specified as
-.BR GAI_NOWAIT ,
-notifications about resolved requests
-can be obtained by employing the
-.I sigevent
-structure pointed to by the
-.I sevp
-argument.
-For the definition and general details of this structure, see
-.BR sigevent (3type).
-The
-.I sevp\->sigev_notify
-field can have the following values:
-.TP
-.B SIGEV_NONE
-Don't provide any notification.
-.TP
-.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
-When a look-up completes, generate the signal
-.I sigev_signo
-for the process.
-See
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for general details.
-The
-.I si_code
-field of the
-.I siginfo_t
-structure will be set to
-.BR SI_ASYNCNL .
-.\" si_pid and si_uid are also set, to the values of the calling process,
-.\" which doesn't provide useful information, so we'll skip mentioning it.
-.TP
-.B SIGEV_THREAD
-When a look-up completes, invoke
-.I sigev_notify_function
-as if it were the start function of a new thread.
-See
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for details.
-.P
-For
-.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
-and
-.BR SIGEV_THREAD ,
-it may be useful to point
-.I sevp\->sigev_value.sival_ptr
-to
-.IR list .
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_suspend ()
-function suspends execution of the calling thread,
-waiting for the completion of one or more requests in the array
-.IR list .
-The
-.I nitems
-argument specifies the size of the array
-.IR list .
-The call blocks until one of the following occurs:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-One or more of the operations in
-.I list
-completes.
-.IP \[bu]
-The call is interrupted by a signal that is caught.
-.IP \[bu]
-The time interval specified in
-.I timeout
-elapses.
-This argument specifies a timeout in seconds plus nanoseconds (see
-.BR nanosleep (2)
-for details of the
-.I timespec
-structure).
-If
-.I timeout
-is NULL, then the call blocks indefinitely
-(until one of the events above occurs).
-.P
-No explicit indication of which request was completed is given;
-you must determine which request(s) have completed by iterating with
-.BR gai_error ()
-over the list of requests.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_error ()
-function returns the status of the request
-.IR req :
-either
-.B EAI_INPROGRESS
-if the request was not completed yet,
-0 if it was handled successfully,
-or an error code if the request could not be resolved.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_cancel ()
-function cancels the request
-.IR req .
-If the request has been canceled successfully,
-the error status of the request will be set to
-.B EAI_CANCELED
-and normal asynchronous notification will be performed.
-The request cannot be canceled if it is currently being processed;
-in that case, it will be handled as if
-.BR gai_cancel ()
-has never been called.
-If
-.I req
-is NULL, an attempt is made to cancel all outstanding requests
-that the process has made.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
-function returns 0 if all of the requests have been enqueued successfully,
-or one of the following nonzero error codes:
-.TP
-.B EAI_AGAIN
-The resources necessary to enqueue the look-up requests were not available.
-The application may check the error status of each
-request to determine which ones failed.
-.TP
-.B EAI_MEMORY
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B EAI_SYSTEM
-.I mode
-is invalid.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_suspend ()
-function returns 0 if at least one of the listed requests has been completed.
-Otherwise, it returns one of the following nonzero error codes:
-.TP
-.B EAI_AGAIN
-The given timeout expired before any of the requests could be completed.
-.TP
-.B EAI_ALLDONE
-There were no actual requests given to the function.
-.TP
-.B EAI_INTR
-A signal has interrupted the function.
-Note that this interruption might have been
-caused by signal notification of some completed look-up request.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_error ()
-function can return
-.B EAI_INPROGRESS
-for an unfinished look-up request,
-0 for a successfully completed look-up
-(as described above), one of the error codes that could be returned by
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-or the error code
-.B EAI_CANCELED
-if the request has been canceled explicitly before it could be finished.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_cancel ()
-function can return one of these values:
-.TP
-.B EAI_CANCELED
-The request has been canceled successfully.
-.TP
-.B EAI_NOTCANCELED
-The request has not been canceled.
-.TP
-.B EAI_ALLDONE
-The request has already completed.
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_strerror (3)
-function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
-suitable for error reporting.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getaddrinfo_a (),
-.BR gai_suspend (),
-.BR gai_error (),
-.BR gai_cancel ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.3.
-.P
-The interface of
-.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
-was modeled after the
-.BR lio_listio (3)
-interface.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Two examples are provided: a simple example that resolves
-several requests in parallel synchronously, and a complex example
-showing some of the asynchronous capabilities.
-.SS Synchronous example
-The program below simply resolves several hostnames in parallel,
-giving a speed-up compared to resolving the hostnames sequentially using
-.BR getaddrinfo (3).
-The program might be used like this:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out mirrors.kernel.org enoent.linuxfoundation.org gnu.org\fP
-mirrors.kernel.org: 139.178.88.99
-enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Name or service not known
-gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Here is the program source code
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (sync.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <err.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define MALLOC(n, type)  ((type *) reallocarray(NULL, n, sizeof(type)))
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int ret;
-    struct gaicb *reqs[argc \- 1];
-    char host[NI_MAXHOST];
-    struct addrinfo *res;
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s HOST...\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < argc \- 1; i++) {
-        reqs[i] = MALLOC(1, struct gaicb);
-        if (reqs[i] == NULL)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
-\&
-        memset(reqs[i], 0, sizeof(*reqs[0]));
-        reqs[i]\->ar_name = argv[i + 1];
-    }
-\&
-    ret = getaddrinfo_a(GAI_WAIT, reqs, argc \- 1, NULL);
-    if (ret != 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo_a() failed: %s\en",
-                gai_strerror(ret));
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < argc \- 1; i++) {
-        printf("%s: ", reqs[i]\->ar_name);
-        ret = gai_error(reqs[i]);
-        if (ret == 0) {
-            res = reqs[i]\->ar_result;
-\&
-            ret = getnameinfo(res\->ai_addr, res\->ai_addrlen,
-                              host, sizeof(host),
-                              NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
-            if (ret != 0) {
-                fprintf(stderr, "getnameinfo() failed: %s\en",
-                        gai_strerror(ret));
-                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-            }
-            puts(host);
-\&
-        } else {
-            puts(gai_strerror(ret));
-        }
-    }
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SS Asynchronous example
-This example shows a simple interactive
-.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
-front-end.
-The notification facility is not demonstrated.
-.P
-An example session might look like this:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-> a mirrors.kernel.org enoent.linuxfoundation.org gnu.org
-> c 2
-[2] gnu.org: Request not canceled
-> w 0 1
-[00] mirrors.kernel.org: Finished
-> l
-[00] mirrors.kernel.org: 139.178.88.99
-[01] enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Processing request in progress
-[02] gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
-> l
-[00] mirrors.kernel.org: 139.178.88.99
-[01] enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Name or service not known
-[02] gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The program source is as follows:
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (async.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <err.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define CALLOC(n, type)  ((type *) calloc(n, sizeof(type)))
-\&
-#define REALLOCF(ptr, n, type)                                          \e
-({                                                                      \e
-    static_assert(__builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(ptr), type *));   \e
-                                                                        \e
-    (type *) reallocarrayf(ptr, n, sizeof(type));                       \e
-})
-\&
-static struct gaicb **reqs = NULL;
-static size_t nreqs = 0;
-\&
-static inline void *
-reallocarrayf(void *p, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
-{
-    void  *q;
-\&
-    q = reallocarray(p, nmemb, size);
-    if (q == NULL && nmemb != 0 && size != 0)
-        free(p);
-    return q;
-}
-\&
-static char *
-getcmd(void)
-{
-    static char buf[256];
-\&
-    fputs("> ", stdout); fflush(stdout);
-    if (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-\&
-    if (buf[strlen(buf) \- 1] == \[aq]\en\[aq])
-        buf[strlen(buf) \- 1] = 0;
-\&
-    return buf;
-}
-\&
-/* Add requests for specified hostnames. */
-static void
-add_requests(void)
-{
-    size_t nreqs_base = nreqs;
-    char *host;
-    int ret;
-\&
-    while ((host = strtok(NULL, " "))) {
-        nreqs++;
-        reqs = REALLOCF(reqs, nreqs, struct gaicb *);
-        if (reqs == NULL)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "reallocf");
-\&
-        reqs[nreqs \- 1] = CALLOC(1, struct gaicb);
-        if (reqs[nreqs \- 1] == NULL)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
-\&
-        reqs[nreqs \- 1]\->ar_name = strdup(host);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Queue nreqs_base..nreqs requests. */
-\&
-    ret = getaddrinfo_a(GAI_NOWAIT, &reqs[nreqs_base],
-                        nreqs \- nreqs_base, NULL);
-    if (ret) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo_a() failed: %s\en",
-                gai_strerror(ret));
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-}
-\&
-/* Wait until at least one of specified requests completes. */
-static void
-wait_requests(void)
-{
-    char *id;
-    int ret;
-    size_t n;
-    struct gaicb const **wait_reqs;
-\&
-    wait_reqs = CALLOC(nreqs, const struct gaicb *);
-    if (wait_reqs == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
-\&
-                /* NULL elements are ignored by gai_suspend(). */
-\&
-    while ((id = strtok(NULL, " ")) != NULL) {
-        n = atoi(id);
-\&
-        if (n >= nreqs) {
-            printf("Bad request number: %s\en", id);
-            return;
-        }
-\&
-        wait_reqs[n] = reqs[n];
-    }
-\&
-    ret = gai_suspend(wait_reqs, nreqs, NULL);
-    if (ret) {
-        printf("gai_suspend(): %s\en", gai_strerror(ret));
-        return;
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < nreqs; i++) {
-        if (wait_reqs[i] == NULL)
-            continue;
-\&
-        ret = gai_error(reqs[i]);
-        if (ret == EAI_INPROGRESS)
-            continue;
-\&
-        printf("[%02zu] %s: %s\en", i, reqs[i]\->ar_name,
-               ret == 0 ? "Finished" : gai_strerror(ret));
-    }
-}
-\&
-/* Cancel specified requests. */
-static void
-cancel_requests(void)
-{
-    char *id;
-    int ret;
-    size_t n;
-\&
-    while ((id = strtok(NULL, " ")) != NULL) {
-        n = atoi(id);
-\&
-        if (n >= nreqs) {
-            printf("Bad request number: %s\en", id);
-            return;
-        }
-\&
-        ret = gai_cancel(reqs[n]);
-        printf("[%s] %s: %s\en", id, reqs[atoi(id)]\->ar_name,
-               gai_strerror(ret));
-    }
-}
-\&
-/* List all requests. */
-static void
-list_requests(void)
-{
-    int ret;
-    char host[NI_MAXHOST];
-    struct addrinfo *res;
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < nreqs; i++) {
-        printf("[%02zu] %s: ", i, reqs[i]\->ar_name);
-        ret = gai_error(reqs[i]);
-\&
-        if (!ret) {
-            res = reqs[i]\->ar_result;
-\&
-            ret = getnameinfo(res\->ai_addr, res\->ai_addrlen,
-                              host, sizeof(host),
-                              NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
-            if (ret) {
-                fprintf(stderr, "getnameinfo() failed: %s\en",
-                        gai_strerror(ret));
-                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-            }
-            puts(host);
-        } else {
-            puts(gai_strerror(ret));
-        }
-    }
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char *cmdline;
-    char *cmd;
-\&
-    while ((cmdline = getcmd()) != NULL) {
-        cmd = strtok(cmdline, " ");
-\&
-        if (cmd == NULL) {
-            list_requests();
-        } else {
-            switch (cmd[0]) {
-            case \[aq]a\[aq]:
-                add_requests();
-                break;
-            case \[aq]w\[aq]:
-                wait_requests();
-                break;
-            case \[aq]c\[aq]:
-                cancel_requests();
-                break;
-            case \[aq]l\[aq]:
-                list_requests();
-                break;
-            default:
-                fprintf(stderr, "Bad command: %c\en", cmd[0]);
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.BR inet (3),
-.BR lio_listio (3),
-.BR hostname (7),
-.BR ip (7),
-.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man3/getaliasbyname.3 b/man3/getaliasbyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37dcf1914..000000000
--- a/man3/getaliasbyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man3/getaliasbyname_r.3 b/man3/getaliasbyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37dcf1914..000000000
--- a/man3/getaliasbyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man3/getaliasent.3 b/man3/getaliasent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37dcf1914..000000000
--- a/man3/getaliasent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man3/getaliasent_r.3 b/man3/getaliasent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37dcf1914..000000000
--- a/man3/getaliasent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man3/getauxval.3 b/man3/getauxval.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 082d9586a..000000000
--- a/man3/getauxval.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2012 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" See also https://lwn.net/Articles/519085/
-.\"
-.TH getauxval 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getauxval \- retrieve a value from the auxiliary vector
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/auxv.h>
-.P
-.BI "unsigned long getauxval(unsigned long " type );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getauxval ()
-function retrieves values from the auxiliary vector,
-a mechanism that the kernel's ELF binary loader
-uses to pass certain information to
-user space when a program is executed.
-.P
-Each entry in the auxiliary vector consists of a pair of values:
-a type that identifies what this entry represents,
-and a value for that type.
-Given the argument
-.IR type ,
-.BR getauxval ()
-returns the corresponding value.
-.P
-The value returned for each
-.I type
-is given in the following list.
-Not all
-.I type
-values are present on all architectures.
-.TP
-.B AT_BASE
-The base address of the program interpreter (usually, the dynamic linker).
-.TP
-.B AT_BASE_PLATFORM
-A pointer to a string (PowerPC and MIPS only).
-On PowerPC, this identifies the real platform; may differ from
-.BR AT_PLATFORM "."
-On MIPS,
-.\" commit e585b768da111f2c2d413de6214e83bbdfee8f22
-this identifies the ISA level (since Linux 5.7).
-.TP
-.B AT_CLKTCK
-The frequency with which
-.BR times (2)
-counts.
-This value can also be obtained via
-.IR sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK) .
-.TP
-.B AT_DCACHEBSIZE
-The data cache block size.
-.TP
-.B AT_EGID
-The effective group ID of the thread.
-.TP
-.B AT_ENTRY
-The entry address of the executable.
-.TP
-.B AT_EUID
-The effective user ID of the thread.
-.TP
-.B AT_EXECFD
-File descriptor of program.
-.TP
-.B AT_EXECFN
-A pointer to a string containing the pathname used to execute the program.
-.TP
-.B AT_FLAGS
-Flags (unused).
-.TP
-.B AT_FPUCW
-Used FPU control word (SuperH architecture only).
-This gives some information about the FPU initialization
-performed by the kernel.
-.TP
-.B AT_GID
-The real group ID of the thread.
-.TP
-.B AT_HWCAP
-An architecture and ABI dependent bit-mask whose settings
-indicate detailed processor capabilities.
-The contents of the bit mask are hardware dependent
-(for example, see the kernel source file
-.I arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeature.h
-for details relating to the Intel x86 architecture; the value
-returned is the first 32-bit word of the array described there).
-A human-readable version of the same information is available via
-.IR /proc/cpuinfo .
-.TP
-.BR AT_HWCAP2 " (since glibc 2.18)"
-Further machine-dependent hints about processor capabilities.
-.TP
-.B AT_ICACHEBSIZE
-The instruction cache block size.
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BR AT_IGNORE
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BR AT_IGNOREPPC
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BR AT_NOTELF
-.TP
-.\" Kernel commit 98a5f361b8625c6f4841d6ba013bbf0e80d08147
-.B AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY
-Geometry of the L1 data cache, encoded with the cache line size in bytes
-in the bottom 16 bits and the cache associativity in the next 16 bits.
-The associativity is such that if N is the 16-bit value,
-the cache is N-way set associative.
-.TP
-.B AT_L1D_CACHESIZE
-The L1 data cache size.
-.TP
-.B AT_L1I_CACHEGEOMETRY
-Geometry of the L1 instruction cache, encoded as for
-.BR AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY .
-.TP
-.B AT_L1I_CACHESIZE
-The L1 instruction cache size.
-.TP
-.B AT_L2_CACHEGEOMETRY
-Geometry of the L2 cache, encoded as for
-.BR AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY .
-.TP
-.B AT_L2_CACHESIZE
-The L2 cache size.
-.TP
-.B AT_L3_CACHEGEOMETRY
-Geometry of the L3 cache, encoded as for
-.BR AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY .
-.TP
-.B AT_L3_CACHESIZE
-The L3 cache size.
-.TP
-.B AT_PAGESZ
-The system page size (the same value returned by
-.IR sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) ).
-.TP
-.B AT_PHDR
-The address of the program headers of the executable.
-.TP
-.B AT_PHENT
-The size of program header entry.
-.TP
-.B AT_PHNUM
-The number of program headers.
-.TP
-.B AT_PLATFORM
-A pointer to a string that identifies the hardware platform
-that the program is running on.
-The dynamic linker uses this in the interpretation of
-.I rpath
-values.
-.TP
-.B AT_RANDOM
-The address of sixteen bytes containing a random value.
-.TP
-.B AT_SECURE
-Has a nonzero value if this executable should be treated securely.
-Most commonly, a nonzero value indicates that the process is
-executing a set-user-ID or set-group-ID binary
-(so that its real and effective UIDs or GIDs differ from one another),
-or that it gained capabilities by executing
-a binary file that has capabilities (see
-.BR capabilities (7)).
-Alternatively,
-a nonzero value may be triggered by a Linux Security Module.
-When this value is nonzero,
-the dynamic linker disables the use of certain environment variables (see
-.BR ld\-linux.so (8))
-and glibc changes other aspects of its behavior.
-(See also
-.BR secure_getenv (3).)
-.TP
-.B AT_SYSINFO
-The entry point to the system call function in the vDSO.
-Not present/needed on all architectures (e.g., absent on x86-64).
-.TP
-.B AT_SYSINFO_EHDR
-The address of a page containing the virtual Dynamic Shared Object (vDSO)
-that the kernel creates in order to provide fast implementations of
-certain system calls.
-.TP
-.B AT_UCACHEBSIZE
-The unified cache block size.
-.TP
-.B AT_UID
-The real user ID of the thread.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR getauxval ()
-returns the value corresponding to
-.IR type .
-If
-.I type
-is not found, 0 is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.BR ENOENT " (since glibc 2.19)"
-.\" commit b9ab448f980e296eac21ac65f53783967cc6037b
-No entry corresponding to
-.I type
-could be found in the auxiliary vector.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getauxval ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.16.
-.SH NOTES
-The primary consumer of the information in the auxiliary vector
-is the dynamic linker,
-.BR ld\-linux.so (8).
-The auxiliary vector is a convenient and efficient shortcut
-that allows the kernel to communicate a certain set of standard
-information that the dynamic linker usually or always needs.
-In some cases, the same information could be obtained by system calls,
-but using the auxiliary vector is cheaper.
-.P
-The auxiliary vector resides just above the argument list and
-environment in the process address space.
-The auxiliary vector supplied to a program can be viewed by setting the
-.B LD_SHOW_AUXV
-environment variable when running a program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ LD_SHOW_AUXV=1 sleep 1
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The auxiliary vector of any process can (subject to file permissions)
-be obtained via
-.IR /proc/ pid /auxv ;
-see
-.BR proc (5)
-for more information.
-.SH BUGS
-Before the addition of the
-.B ENOENT
-error in glibc 2.19,
-there was no way to unambiguously distinguish the case where
-.I type
-could not be found from the case where the value corresponding to
-.I type
-was zero.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR execve (2),
-.BR secure_getenv (3),
-.BR vdso (7),
-.BR ld\-linux.so (8)
diff --git a/man3/getc.3 b/man3/getc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f6585a10..000000000
--- a/man3/getc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man3/getc_unlocked.3 b/man3/getc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/getc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/getchar.3 b/man3/getchar.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f6585a10..000000000
--- a/man3/getchar.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man3/getchar_unlocked.3 b/man3/getchar_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/getchar_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/getcontext.3 b/man3/getcontext.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ef2f35fff..000000000
--- a/man3/getcontext.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getcontext 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getcontext, setcontext \- get or set the user context
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ucontext.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getcontext(ucontext_t *" ucp );
-.BI "int setcontext(const ucontext_t *" ucp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-In a System V-like environment, one has the two types
-.I mcontext_t
-and
-.I ucontext_t
-defined in
-.I <ucontext.h>
-and the four functions
-.BR getcontext (),
-.BR setcontext (),
-.BR makecontext (3),
-and
-.BR swapcontext (3)
-that allow user-level context switching between multiple
-threads of control within a process.
-.P
-The
-.I mcontext_t
-type is machine-dependent and opaque.
-The
-.I ucontext_t
-type is a structure that has at least
-the following fields:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct ucontext_t {
-    struct ucontext_t *uc_link;
-    sigset_t          uc_sigmask;
-    stack_t           uc_stack;
-    mcontext_t        uc_mcontext;
-    ...
-} ucontext_t;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-with
-.I sigset_t
-and
-.I stack_t
-defined in
-.IR <signal.h> .
-Here
-.I uc_link
-points to the context that will be resumed
-when the current context terminates (in case the current context
-was created using
-.BR makecontext (3)),
-.I uc_sigmask
-is the
-set of signals blocked in this context (see
-.BR sigprocmask (2)),
-.I uc_stack
-is the stack used by this context (see
-.BR sigaltstack (2)),
-and
-.I uc_mcontext
-is the
-machine-specific representation of the saved context,
-that includes the calling thread's machine registers.
-.P
-The function
-.BR getcontext ()
-initializes the structure
-pointed to by
-.I ucp
-to the currently active context.
-.P
-The function
-.BR setcontext ()
-restores the user context
-pointed to by
-.IR ucp .
-A successful call does not return.
-The context should have been obtained by a call of
-.BR getcontext (),
-or
-.BR makecontext (3),
-or received as the third argument to a signal
-handler (see the discussion of the
-.B SA_SIGINFO
-flag in
-.BR sigaction (2)).
-.P
-If the context was obtained by a call of
-.BR getcontext (),
-program execution continues as if this call just returned.
-.P
-If the context was obtained by a call of
-.BR makecontext (3),
-program execution continues by a call to the function
-.I func
-specified as the second argument of that call to
-.BR makecontext (3).
-When the function
-.I func
-returns, we continue with the
-.I uc_link
-member of the structure
-.I ucp
-specified as the
-first argument of that call to
-.BR makecontext (3).
-When this member is NULL, the thread exits.
-.P
-If the context was obtained by a call to a signal handler,
-then old standard text says that "program execution continues with the
-program instruction following the instruction interrupted
-by the signal".
-However, this sentence was removed in SUSv2,
-and the present verdict is "the result is unspecified".
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When successful,
-.BR getcontext ()
-returns 0 and
-.BR setcontext ()
-does not return.
-On error, both return \-1 and set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-None defined.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getcontext (),
-.BR setcontext ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:ucp
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2008 removes these functions,
-citing portability issues, and
-recommending that applications be rewritten to use POSIX threads instead.
-.SH NOTES
-The earliest incarnation of this mechanism was the
-.BR setjmp (3)/\c
-.BR longjmp (3)
-mechanism.
-Since that does not define
-the handling of the signal context, the next stage was the
-.BR sigsetjmp (3)/\c
-.BR siglongjmp (3)
-pair.
-The present mechanism gives much more control.
-On the other hand,
-there is no easy way to detect whether a return from
-.BR getcontext ()
-is from the first call, or via a
-.BR setcontext ()
-call.
-The user has to invent their own bookkeeping device, and a register
-variable won't do since registers are restored.
-.P
-When a signal occurs, the current user context is saved and
-a new context is created by the kernel for the signal handler.
-Do not leave the handler using
-.BR longjmp (3):
-it is undefined what would happen with contexts.
-Use
-.BR siglongjmp (3)
-or
-.BR setcontext ()
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigaltstack (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR longjmp (3),
-.BR makecontext (3),
-.BR sigsetjmp (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/getcwd.3 b/man3/getcwd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ba1e3280..000000000
--- a/man3/getcwd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Wed Jul 21 22:35:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 18 Mar 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@infodrom.north.de):
-.\"   Corrected description of getwd().
-.\" Modified Sat Aug 21 12:32:12 MET 1999 by aeb - applied fix by aj
-.\" Modified Mon Dec 11 13:32:51 MET 2000 by aeb
-.\" Modified Thu Apr 22 03:49:15 CEST 2002 by Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch>
-.\"
-.TH getcwd 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getcwd, getwd, get_current_dir_name \- get current working directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *getcwd(char " buf [. size "], size_t " size );
-.B "char *get_current_dir_name(void);"
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *getwd(char " buf [PATH_MAX]);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR get_current_dir_name ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR getwd ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.12:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a null-terminated string containing an
-absolute pathname that is the current working directory of
-the calling process.
-The pathname is returned as the function result and via the argument
-.IR buf ,
-if present.
-.P
-The
-.BR getcwd ()
-function copies an absolute pathname of the current working directory
-to the array pointed to by
-.IR buf ,
-which is of length
-.IR size .
-.P
-If the length of the absolute pathname of the current working directory,
-including the terminating null byte, exceeds
-.I size
-bytes, NULL is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE ;
-an application should check for this error, and allocate a larger
-buffer if necessary.
-.P
-As an extension to the POSIX.1-2001 standard, glibc's
-.BR getcwd ()
-allocates the buffer dynamically using
-.BR malloc (3)
-if
-.I buf
-is NULL.
-In this case, the allocated buffer has the length
-.I size
-unless
-.I size
-is zero, when
-.I buf
-is allocated as big as necessary.
-The caller should
-.BR free (3)
-the returned buffer.
-.P
-.BR get_current_dir_name ()
-will
-.BR malloc (3)
-an array big enough to hold the absolute pathname of
-the current working directory.
-If the environment
-variable
-.B PWD
-is set, and its value is correct, then that value will be returned.
-The caller should
-.BR free (3)
-the returned buffer.
-.P
-.BR getwd ()
-does not
-.BR malloc (3)
-any memory.
-The
-.I buf
-argument should be a pointer to an array at least
-.B PATH_MAX
-bytes long.
-If the length of the absolute pathname of the current working directory,
-including the terminating null byte, exceeds
-.B PATH_MAX
-bytes, NULL is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ENAMETOOLONG .
-(Note that on some systems,
-.B PATH_MAX
-may not be a compile-time constant;
-furthermore, its value may depend on the filesystem, see
-.BR pathconf (3).)
-For portability and security reasons, use of
-.BR getwd ()
-is deprecated.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return a pointer to a string containing
-the pathname of the current working directory.
-In the case of
-.BR getcwd ()
-and
-.BR getwd ()
-this is the same value as
-.IR buf .
-.P
-On failure, these functions return NULL, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-The contents of the array pointed to by
-.I buf
-are undefined on error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Permission to read or search a component of the filename was denied.
-.TP
-.B EFAULT
-.I buf
-points to a bad address.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I size
-argument is zero and
-.I buf
-is not a null pointer.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.BR getwd ():
-.I buf
-is NULL.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.BR getwd ():
-The size of the null-terminated absolute pathname string exceeds
-.B PATH_MAX
-bytes.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-The current working directory has been unlinked.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-The
-.I size
-argument is less than the length of the absolute pathname of the
-working directory, including the terminating null byte.
-You need to allocate a bigger array and try again.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getcwd (),
-.BR getwd ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR get_current_dir_name ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX.1-2001 leaves the behavior of
-.BR getcwd ()
-unspecified if
-.I buf
-is NULL.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001
-does not define any errors for
-.BR getwd ().
-.SH VERSIONS
-.SS C library/kernel differences
-On Linux, the kernel provides a
-.BR getcwd ()
-system call, which the functions described in this page will use if possible.
-The system call takes the same arguments as the library function
-of the same name, but is limited to returning at most
-.B PATH_MAX
-bytes.
-(Before Linux 3.12,
-.\" commit 3272c544da48f8915a0e34189182aed029bd0f2b
-the limit on the size of the returned pathname was the system page size.
-On many architectures,
-.B PATH_MAX
-and the system page size are both 4096 bytes,
-but a few architectures have a larger page size.)
-If the length of the pathname of the current working directory
-exceeds this limit, then the system call fails with the error
-.BR ENAMETOOLONG .
-In this case, the library functions fall back to
-a (slower) alternative implementation that returns the full pathname.
-.P
-Following a change in Linux 2.6.36,
-.\" commit 8df9d1a4142311c084ffeeacb67cd34d190eff74
-the pathname returned by the
-.BR getcwd ()
-system call will be prefixed with the string "(unreachable)"
-if the current directory is not below the root directory of the current
-process (e.g., because the process set a new filesystem root using
-.BR chroot (2)
-without changing its current directory into the new root).
-Such behavior can also be caused by an unprivileged user by changing
-the current directory into another mount namespace.
-When dealing with pathname from untrusted sources, callers of the
-functions described in this page
-should consider checking whether the returned pathname starts
-with '/' or '(' to avoid misinterpreting an unreachable path
-as a relative pathname.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR getcwd ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR get_current_dir_name ()
-GNU.
-.TP
-.BR getwd ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR getcwd ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR getwd ()
-POSIX.1-2001, but marked LEGACY.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-Use
-.BR getcwd ()
-instead.
-.P
-Under Linux, these functions make use of the
-.BR getcwd ()
-system call (available since Linux 2.1.92).
-On older systems they would query
-.IR /proc/self/cwd .
-If both system call and proc filesystem are missing, a
-generic implementation is called.
-Only in that case can
-these calls fail under Linux with
-.BR EACCES .
-.SH NOTES
-These functions are often used to save the location of the current working
-directory for the purpose of returning to it later.
-Opening the current
-directory (".") and calling
-.BR fchdir (2)
-to return is usually a faster and more reliable alternative when sufficiently
-many file descriptors are available, especially on platforms other than Linux.
-.SH BUGS
-Since the Linux 2.6.36 change that added "(unreachable)" in the
-circumstances described above, the glibc implementation of
-.BR getcwd ()
-has failed to conform to POSIX and returned a relative pathname when the API
-contract requires an absolute pathname.
-With glibc 2.27 onwards this is corrected;
-calling
-.BR getcwd ()
-from such a pathname will now result in failure with
-.BR ENOENT .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pwd (1),
-.BR chdir (2),
-.BR fchdir (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR unlink (2),
-.BR free (3),
-.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man3/getdate.3 b/man3/getdate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74e4a086e..000000000
--- a/man3/getdate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified, 2001-12-26, aeb
-.\" 2008-09-07, mtk, Various rewrites; added an example program.
-.\"
-.TH getdate 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getdate, getdate_r \- convert a date-plus-time string to broken-down time
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <time.h>"
-.P
-.BI "struct tm *getdate(const char *" string );
-.P
-.B "extern int getdate_err;"
-.P
-.BI "int getdate_r(const char *restrict " string ", struct tm *restrict " res );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getdate ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.P
-.BR getdate_r ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR getdate ()
-converts a string representation of a date and time,
-contained in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR string ,
-into a broken-down time.
-The broken-down time is stored in a
-.I tm
-structure, and a pointer to this
-structure is returned as the function result.
-This
-.I tm
-structure is allocated in static storage,
-and consequently it will be overwritten by further calls to
-.BR getdate ().
-.P
-In contrast to
-.BR strptime (3),
-(which has a
-.I format
-argument),
-.BR getdate ()
-uses the formats found in the file
-whose full pathname is given in the environment variable
-.BR DATEMSK .
-The first line in the file that matches the given input string
-is used for the conversion.
-.P
-The matching is done case insensitively.
-Superfluous whitespace, either in the pattern or in the string to
-be converted, is ignored.
-.P
-The conversion specifications that a pattern can contain are those given for
-.BR strptime (3).
-One more conversion specification is specified in POSIX.1-2001:
-.TP
-.B %Z
-Timezone name.
-.\" FIXME Is it (still) true that %Z is not supported in glibc?
-.\" Looking at the glibc 2.21 source code, where the implementation uses
-.\" strptime(), suggests that it might be supported.
-This is not implemented in glibc.
-.P
-When
-.B %Z
-is given, the structure containing the broken-down time
-is initialized with values corresponding to the current
-time in the given timezone.
-Otherwise, the structure is initialized to the broken-down time
-corresponding to the current local time (as by a call to
-.BR localtime (3)).
-.P
-When only the day of the week is given,
-the day is taken to be the first such day
-on or after today.
-.P
-When only the month is given (and no year), the month is taken to
-be the first such month equal to or after the current month.
-If no day is given, it is the first day of the month.
-.P
-When no hour, minute, and second are given, the current
-hour, minute, and second are taken.
-.P
-If no date is given, but we know the hour, then that hour is taken
-to be the first such hour equal to or after the current hour.
-.P
-.BR getdate_r ()
-is a GNU extension that provides a reentrant version of
-.BR getdate ().
-Rather than using a global variable to report errors and a static buffer
-to return the broken down time,
-it returns errors via the function result value,
-and returns the resulting broken-down time in the
-caller-allocated buffer pointed to by the argument
-.IR res .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When successful,
-.BR getdate ()
-returns a pointer to a
-.IR "struct tm" .
-Otherwise, it returns NULL and sets the global variable
-.I getdate_err
-to one of the error numbers shown below.
-Changes to
-.I errno
-are unspecified.
-.P
-On success
-.BR getdate_r ()
-returns 0;
-on error it returns one of the error numbers shown below.
-.SH ERRORS
-The following errors are returned via
-.I getdate_err
-(for
-.BR getdate ())
-or as the function result (for
-.BR getdate_r ()):
-.TP 4n
-.B 1
-The
-.B DATEMSK
-environment variable is not defined, or its value is an empty string.
-.TP
-.B 2
-The template file specified by
-.B DATEMSK
-cannot be opened for reading.
-.TP
-.B 3
-Failed to get file status information.
-.\" stat()
-.TP
-.B 4
-The template file is not a regular file.
-.TP
-.B 5
-An error was encountered while reading the template file.
-.TP
-.B 6
-Memory allocation failed (not enough memory available).
-.\" Error 6 doesn't seem to occur in glibc
-.TP
-.B 7
-There is no line in the file that matches the input.
-.TP
-.B 8
-Invalid input specification.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.B DATEMSK
-File containing format patterns.
-.TP
-.B TZ
-.TQ
-.B LC_TIME
-Variables used by
-.BR strptime (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getdate ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:getdate env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getdate_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe env locale
-T}
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The POSIX.1 specification for
-.BR strptime (3)
-contains conversion specifications using the
-.B %E
-or
-.B %O
-modifier, while such specifications are not given for
-.BR getdate ().
-In glibc,
-.BR getdate ()
-is implemented using
-.BR strptime (3),
-so that precisely the same conversions are supported by both.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below calls
-.BR getdate ()
-for each of its command-line arguments,
-and for each call displays the values in the fields of the returned
-.I tm
-structure.
-The following shell session demonstrates the operation of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " TFILE=$PWD/tfile"
-.RB "$" " echo \[aq]%A\[aq] > $TFILE " "      # Full name of the day of the week"
-.RB "$" " echo \[aq]%T\[aq] >> $TFILE" "      # Time (HH:MM:SS)"
-.RB "$" " echo \[aq]%F\[aq] >> $TFILE" "      # ISO date (YYYY\-MM\-DD)"
-.RB "$" " date"
-.RB "$" " export DATEMSK=$TFILE"
-.RB "$" " ./a.out Tuesday \[aq]2009\-12\-28\[aq] \[aq]12:22:33\[aq]"
-Sun Sep  7 06:03:36 CEST 2008
-Call 1 ("Tuesday") succeeded:
-    tm_sec   = 36
-    tm_min   = 3
-    tm_hour  = 6
-    tm_mday  = 9
-    tm_mon   = 8
-    tm_year  = 108
-    tm_wday  = 2
-    tm_yday  = 252
-    tm_isdst = 1
-Call 2 ("2009\-12\-28") succeeded:
-    tm_sec   = 36
-    tm_min   = 3
-    tm_hour  = 6
-    tm_mday  = 28
-    tm_mon   = 11
-    tm_year  = 109
-    tm_wday  = 1
-    tm_yday  = 361
-    tm_isdst = 0
-Call 3 ("12:22:33") succeeded:
-    tm_sec   = 33
-    tm_min   = 22
-    tm_hour  = 12
-    tm_mday  = 7
-    tm_mon   = 8
-    tm_year  = 108
-    tm_wday  = 0
-    tm_yday  = 250
-    tm_isdst = 1
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getdate.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct tm *tmp;
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 1; j < argc; j++) {
-        tmp = getdate(argv[j]);
-\&
-        if (tmp == NULL) {
-            printf("Call %zu failed; getdate_err = %d\en",
-                   j, getdate_err);
-            continue;
-        }
-\&
-        printf("Call %zu (\e"%s\e") succeeded:\en", j, argv[j]);
-        printf("    tm_sec   = %d\en", tmp\->tm_sec);
-        printf("    tm_min   = %d\en", tmp\->tm_min);
-        printf("    tm_hour  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_hour);
-        printf("    tm_mday  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_mday);
-        printf("    tm_mon   = %d\en", tmp\->tm_mon);
-        printf("    tm_year  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_year);
-        printf("    tm_wday  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_wday);
-        printf("    tm_yday  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_yday);
-        printf("    tm_isdst = %d\en", tmp\->tm_isdst);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR time (2),
-.BR localtime (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strftime (3),
-.BR strptime (3)
diff --git a/man3/getdate_err.3 b/man3/getdate_err.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c78ed340c..000000000
--- a/man3/getdate_err.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getdate.3
diff --git a/man3/getdate_r.3 b/man3/getdate_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c78ed340c..000000000
--- a/man3/getdate_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getdate.3
diff --git a/man3/getdelim.3 b/man3/getdelim.3
deleted file mode 100644
index caf4e4894..000000000
--- a/man3/getdelim.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getline.3
diff --git a/man3/getdirentries.3 b/man3/getdirentries.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b738192af..000000000
--- a/man3/getdirentries.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Portions extracted from /usr/include/dirent.h are:
-.\"                    Copyright 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getdirentries 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getdirentries \- get directory entries in a filesystem-independent format
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "ssize_t getdirentries(int " fd ", char " buf "[restrict ." nbytes "], \
-size_t " nbytes ,
-.BI "                      off_t *restrict " basep );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getdirentries ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Read directory entries from the directory specified by
-.I fd
-into
-.IR buf .
-At most
-.I nbytes
-are read.
-Reading starts at offset
-.IR *basep ,
-and
-.I *basep
-is updated with the new position after reading.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR getdirentries ()
-returns the number of bytes read or zero when at the end of the directory.
-If an error occurs, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-See the Linux library source code for details.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getdirentries ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-Use
-.BR opendir (3)
-and
-.BR readdir (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR lseek (2),
-.BR open (2)
diff --git a/man3/getdtablesize.3 b/man3/getdtablesize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9482886f7..000000000
--- a/man3/getdtablesize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2002-04-15 by Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch> and aeb
-.\"
-.TH getdtablesize 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getdtablesize \- get file descriptor table size
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.B int getdtablesize(void);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getdtablesize ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getdtablesize ()
-returns the maximum number of files a process can have open,
-one more than the largest possible value for a file descriptor.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The current limit on the number of open files per process.
-.SH ERRORS
-On Linux,
-.BR getdtablesize ()
-can return any of the errors described for
-.BR getrlimit (2);
-see NOTES below.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getdtablesize ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The glibc version of
-.BR getdtablesize ()
-calls
-.BR getrlimit (2)
-and returns the current
-.B RLIMIT_NOFILE
-limit, or
-.B OPEN_MAX
-when that fails.
-.\" The libc4 and libc5 versions return
-.\" .B OPEN_MAX
-.\" (set to 256 since Linux 0.98.4).
-.P
-Portable applications should employ
-.I sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)
-instead of this call.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, 4.4BSD
-(first appeared in 4.2BSD).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR close (2),
-.BR dup (2),
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR open (2)
diff --git a/man3/getentropy.3 b/man3/getentropy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a26a4eff5..000000000
--- a/man3/getentropy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getentropy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getentropy \- fill a buffer with random bytes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getentropy(void " buffer [. length "], size_t " length );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getentropy ():
-.nf
-    _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getentropy ()
-function writes
-.I length
-bytes of high-quality random data to the buffer starting
-at the location pointed to by
-.IR buffer .
-The maximum permitted value for the
-.I length
-argument is 256.
-.P
-A successful call to
-.BR getentropy ()
-always provides the requested number of bytes of entropy.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, this function returns zero.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EFAULT
-Part or all of the buffer specified by
-.I buffer
-and
-.I length
-is not in valid addressable memory.
-.TP
-.B EIO
-.I length
-is greater than 256.
-.TP
-.B EIO
-An unspecified error occurred while trying to overwrite
-.I buffer
-with random data.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-This kernel version does not implement the
-.BR getrandom (2)
-system call required to implement this function.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.25.
-OpenBSD.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR getentropy ()
-function is implemented using
-.BR getrandom (2).
-.P
-Whereas the glibc wrapper makes
-.BR getrandom (2)
-a cancelation point,
-.BR getentropy ()
-is not a cancelation point.
-.P
-.BR getentropy ()
-is also declared in
-.BR <sys/random.h> .
-(No feature test macro need be defined to obtain the declaration from
-that header file.)
-.P
-A call to
-.BR getentropy ()
-may block if the system has just booted and the kernel has
-not yet collected enough randomness to initialize the entropy pool.
-In this case,
-.BR getentropy ()
-will keep blocking even if a signal is handled,
-and will return only once the entropy pool has been initialized.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getrandom (2),
-.BR urandom (4),
-.BR random (7)
diff --git a/man3/getenv.3 b/man3/getenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 65bc3c81e..000000000
--- a/man3/getenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2007, 2012 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's "POSIX Programmer's Guide" (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:30:29 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.TH getenv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getenv, secure_getenv \- get an environment variable
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *getenv(const char *" name );
-.BI "char *secure_getenv(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR secure_getenv ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getenv ()
-function searches the environment list to find the
-environment variable
-.IR name ,
-and returns a pointer to the corresponding
-.I value
-string.
-.P
-The GNU-specific
-.BR secure_getenv ()
-function is just like
-.BR getenv ()
-except that it returns NULL in cases where "secure execution" is required.
-Secure execution is required if one of the following conditions
-was true when the program run by the calling process was loaded:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-the process's effective user ID did not match its real user ID or
-the process's effective group ID did not match its real group ID
-(typically this is the result of executing a set-user-ID or
-set-group-ID program);
-.IP \[bu]
-the effective capability bit was set on the executable file; or
-.IP \[bu]
-the process has a nonempty permitted capability set.
-.P
-Secure execution may also be required if triggered
-by some Linux security modules.
-.P
-The
-.BR secure_getenv ()
-function is intended for use in general-purpose libraries
-to avoid vulnerabilities that could occur if
-set-user-ID or set-group-ID programs accidentally
-trusted the environment.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getenv ()
-function returns a pointer to the value in the
-environment, or NULL if there is no match.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getenv (),
-.BR secure_getenv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR getenv ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR secure_getenv ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR getenv ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR secure_getenv ()
-glibc 2.17.
-.SH NOTES
-The strings in the environment list are of the form \fIname=value\fP.
-.P
-As typically implemented,
-.BR getenv ()
-returns a pointer to a string within the environment list.
-The caller must take care not to modify this string,
-since that would change the environment of the process.
-.P
-The implementation of
-.BR getenv ()
-is not required to be reentrant.
-The string pointed to by the return value of
-.BR getenv ()
-may be statically allocated,
-and can be modified by a subsequent call to
-.BR getenv (),
-.BR putenv (3),
-.BR setenv (3),
-or
-.BR unsetenv (3).
-.P
-The "secure execution" mode of
-.BR secure_getenv ()
-is controlled by the
-.B AT_SECURE
-flag contained in the auxiliary vector passed from the kernel to user space.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clearenv (3),
-.BR getauxval (3),
-.BR putenv (3),
-.BR setenv (3),
-.BR unsetenv (3),
-.BR capabilities (7),
-.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man3/getfsent.3 b/man3/getfsent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb610a62a..000000000
--- a/man3/getfsent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Inspired by a page written by Walter Harms.
-.\"
-.TH getfsent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getfsent, getfsspec, getfsfile, setfsent, endfsent \- handle fstab entries
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <fstab.h>
-.P
-.B "int setfsent(void);"
-.B "struct fstab *getfsent(void);"
-.B "void endfsent(void);"
-.P
-.BI "struct fstab *getfsfile(const char *" mount_point );
-.BI "struct fstab *getfsspec(const char *" special_file );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions read from the file
-.IR /etc/fstab .
-The
-.I struct fstab
-is defined by:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct fstab {
-    char       *fs_spec;       /* block device name */
-    char       *fs_file;       /* mount point */
-    char       *fs_vfstype;    /* filesystem type */
-    char       *fs_mntops;     /* mount options */
-    const char *fs_type;       /* rw/rq/ro/sw/xx option */
-    int         fs_freq;       /* dump frequency, in days */
-    int         fs_passno;     /* pass number on parallel dump */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Here the field
-.I fs_type
-contains (on a *BSD system)
-one of the five strings "rw", "rq", "ro", "sw", "xx"
-(read-write, read-write with quota, read-only, swap, ignore).
-.P
-The function
-.BR setfsent ()
-opens the file when required and positions it at the first line.
-.P
-The function
-.BR getfsent ()
-parses the next line from the file.
-(After opening it when required.)
-.P
-The function
-.BR endfsent ()
-closes the file when required.
-.P
-The function
-.BR getfsspec ()
-searches the file from the start and returns the first entry found
-for which the
-.I fs_spec
-field matches the
-.I special_file
-argument.
-.P
-The function
-.BR getfsfile ()
-searches the file from the start and returns the first entry found
-for which the
-.I fs_file
-field matches the
-.I mount_point
-argument.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon success, the functions
-.BR getfsent (),
-.BR getfsfile (),
-and
-.BR getfsspec ()
-return a pointer to a
-.IR "struct fstab" ,
-while
-.BR setfsent ()
-returns 1.
-Upon failure or end-of-file, these functions return NULL and 0, respectively.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR endfsent (),
-.BR setfsent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:fsent
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getfsent (),
-.BR getfsspec (),
-.BR getfsfile ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:fsent locale
-T}
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Several operating systems have these functions, for example,
-*BSD, SunOS, Digital UNIX, AIX (which also has a
-.BR getfstype ()).
-HP-UX has functions of the same names,
-that however use a
-.I struct checklist
-instead of a
-.IR "struct fstab" ,
-and calls these functions obsolete, superseded by
-.BR getmntent (3).
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-The
-.BR getfsent ()
-function appeared in 4.0BSD; the other four functions appeared in 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions are not thread-safe.
-.P
-Since Linux allows mounting a block special device in several places,
-and since several devices can have the same mount point, where the
-last device with a given mount point is the interesting one,
-while
-.BR getfsfile ()
-and
-.BR getfsspec ()
-only return the first occurrence, these two functions are not suitable
-for use under Linux.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getmntent (3),
-.BR fstab (5)
diff --git a/man3/getfsfile.3 b/man3/getfsfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e6a3eb7e..000000000
--- a/man3/getfsfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man3/getfsspec.3 b/man3/getfsspec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e6a3eb7e..000000000
--- a/man3/getfsspec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man3/getgrent.3 b/man3/getgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 16b41ff8b..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:29:54 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getgrent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getgrent, setgrent, endgrent \- get group file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.B struct group *getgrent(void);
-.P
-.B void setgrent(void);
-.B void endgrent(void);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR setgrent ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR getgrent (),
-.BR endgrent ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.22:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-    glibc 2.21 and earlier
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-            || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getgrent ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of a record in the group database
-(e.g., the local group file
-.IR /etc/group ,
-NIS, and LDAP).
-The first time
-.BR getgrent ()
-is called,
-it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive entries.
-.P
-The
-.BR setgrent ()
-function rewinds to the beginning
-of the group database, to allow repeated scans.
-.P
-The
-.BR endgrent ()
-function is used to close the group database
-after all processing has been performed.
-.P
-The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct group {
-    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
-    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
-    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
-    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
-                               to names of group members */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more information about the fields of this structure, see
-.BR group (5).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getgrent ()
-function returns a pointer to a
-.I group
-structure,
-or NULL if there are no more entries or an error occurs.
-.P
-Upon error,
-.I errno
-may be set.
-If one wants to check
-.I errno
-after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.P
-The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
-by subsequent calls to
-.BR getgrent (),
-.BR getgrgid (3),
-or
-.BR getgrnam (3).
-(Do not pass the returned pointer to
-.BR free (3).)
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The service was temporarily unavailable; try again later.
-For NSS backends in glibc
-this indicates a temporary error talking to the backend.
-The error may correct itself, retrying later is suggested.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-A signal was caught; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EIO
-I/O error.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.\" not in POSIX
-.B ENOENT
-A necessary input file cannot be found.
-For NSS backends in glibc
-this indicates the backend is not correctly configured.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.\" not in POSIX
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I group
-structure.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient buffer space supplied.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/group
-local group database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getgrent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:grent
-race:grentbuf locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setgrent (),
-.BR endgrent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:grent locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I grent
-in
-.I race:grent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setgrent (),
-.BR getgrent (),
-or
-.BR endgrent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetgrent (3),
-.BR getgrent_r (3),
-.BR getgrgid (3),
-.BR getgrnam (3),
-.BR getgrouplist (3),
-.BR putgrent (3),
-.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man3/getgrent_r.3 b/man3/getgrent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c3018787..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH getgrent_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getgrent_r, fgetgrent_r \- get group file entry reentrantly
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getgrent_r(struct group *restrict " gbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct group **restrict " gbufp );
-.BI "int fgetgrent_r(FILE *restrict " stream ", struct group *restrict " gbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct group **restrict " gbufp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getgrent_r ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.\" FIXME . The FTM requirements seem inconsistent here.  File a glibc bug?
-.P
-.BR fgetgrent_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions
-.BR getgrent_r ()
-and
-.BR fgetgrent_r ()
-are the reentrant versions of
-.BR getgrent (3)
-and
-.BR fgetgrent (3).
-The former reads the next group entry from the stream initialized by
-.BR setgrent (3).
-The latter reads the next group entry from
-.IR stream .
-.P
-The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in
-.I <grp.h>
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct group {
-    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
-    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
-    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
-    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
-                               to names of group members */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more information about the fields of this structure, see
-.BR group (5).
-.P
-The nonreentrant functions return a pointer to static storage,
-where this static storage contains further pointers to group
-name, password, and members.
-The reentrant functions described here return all of that in
-caller-provided buffers.
-First of all there is the buffer
-.I gbuf
-that can hold a \fIstruct group\fP.
-And next the buffer
-.I buf
-of size
-.I buflen
-that can hold additional strings.
-The result of these functions, the \fIstruct group\fP read from the stream,
-is stored in the provided buffer
-.IR *gbuf ,
-and a pointer to this \fIstruct group\fP is returned in
-.IR *gbufp .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0 and
-.I *gbufp
-is a pointer to the \fIstruct group\fP.
-On error, these functions return an error value and
-.I *gbufp
-is NULL.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-No more entries.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient buffer space supplied.
-Try again with larger buffer.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getgrent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:grent locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetgrent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I grent
-in
-.I race:grent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setgrent (3),
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR endgrent (3),
-or
-.BR getgrent_r ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH VERSIONS
-Other systems use the prototype
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct group *getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buf,
-                         int buflen);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-or, better,
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buf, int buflen,
-               FILE **gr_fp);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-These functions are done in a style resembling
-the POSIX version of functions like
-.BR getpwnam_r (3).
-.SH NOTES
-The function
-.BR getgrent_r ()
-is not really reentrant since it shares the reading position
-in the stream with all other threads.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getgrent_r.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <grp.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#define BUFLEN 4096
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct group grp;
-    struct group *grpp;
-    char buf[BUFLEN];
-    int i;
-\&
-    setgrent();
-    while (1) {
-        i = getgrent_r(&grp, buf, sizeof(buf), &grpp);
-        if (i)
-            break;
-        printf("%s (%jd):", grpp\->gr_name, (intmax_t) grpp\->gr_gid);
-        for (size_t j = 0; ; j++) {
-            if (grpp\->gr_mem[j] == NULL)
-                break;
-            printf(" %s", grpp\->gr_mem[j]);
-        }
-        printf("\en");
-    }
-    endgrent();
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" perhaps add error checking - should use strerror_r
-.\" #include <errno.h>
-.\" #include <stdlib.h>
-.\"         if (i) {
-.\"               if (i == ENOENT)
-.\"                     break;
-.\"               printf("getgrent_r: %s", strerror(i));
-.\"               exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-.\"         }
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetgrent (3),
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR getgrgid (3),
-.BR getgrnam (3),
-.BR putgrent (3),
-.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man3/getgrgid.3 b/man3/getgrgid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f9a97b451..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrgid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getgrnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getgrgid_r.3 b/man3/getgrgid_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f9a97b451..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrgid_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getgrnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getgrnam.3 b/man3/getgrnam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2010e6d1c..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrnam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2003-11-15 by aeb
-.\"
-.TH getgrnam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getgrnam, getgrnam_r, getgrgid, getgrgid_r \- get group file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct group *getgrnam(const char *" name );
-.BI "struct group *getgrgid(gid_t " gid );
-.P
-.BI "int getgrnam_r(const char *restrict " name \
-", struct group *restrict " grp ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct group **restrict " result );
-.BI "int getgrgid_r(gid_t " gid ", struct group *restrict " grp ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct group **restrict " result );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getgrnam_r (),
-.BR getgrgid_r ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getgrnam ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of the record in the group database
-(e.g., the local group file
-.IR /etc/group ,
-NIS, and LDAP)
-that matches the group name
-.IR name .
-.P
-The
-.BR getgrgid ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of the record in the group database
-that matches the group ID
-.IR gid .
-.P
-The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct group {
-    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
-    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
-    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
-    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
-                               to names of group members */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more information about the fields of this structure, see
-.BR group (5).
-.P
-The
-.BR getgrnam_r ()
-and
-.BR getgrgid_r ()
-functions obtain the same information as
-.BR getgrnam ()
-and
-.BR getgrgid (),
-but store the retrieved
-.I group
-structure
-in the space pointed to by
-.IR grp .
-The string fields pointed to by the members of the
-.I group
-structure are stored in the buffer
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR buflen .
-A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
-was found or an error occurred) is stored in
-.IR *result .
-.P
-The call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-sysconf(_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-returns either \-1, without changing
-.IR errno ,
-or an initial suggested size for
-.IR buf .
-(If this size is too small,
-the call fails with
-.BR ERANGE ,
-in which case the caller can retry with a larger buffer.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getgrnam ()
-and
-.BR getgrgid ()
-functions return a pointer to a
-.I group
-structure, or NULL if the matching entry
-is not found or an error occurs.
-If an error occurs,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-If one wants to check
-.I errno
-after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.P
-The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
-by subsequent calls to
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR getgrgid (),
-or
-.BR getgrnam ().
-(Do not pass the returned pointer to
-.BR free (3).)
-.P
-On success,
-.BR getgrnam_r ()
-and
-.BR getgrgid_r ()
-return zero, and set
-.I *result
-to
-.IR grp .
-If no matching group record was found,
-these functions return 0 and store NULL in
-.IR *result .
-In case of error, an error number is returned, and NULL is stored in
-.IR *result .
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.BR 0 " or " ENOENT " or " ESRCH " or " EBADF " or " EPERM " or ..."
-The given
-.I name
-or
-.I gid
-was not found.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-A signal was caught; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EIO
-I/O error.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.\" not in POSIX
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I group
-structure.
-.\" to allocate the group structure, or to allocate buffers
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient buffer space supplied.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/group
-local group database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getgrnam ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:grnam locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getgrgid ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:grgid locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getgrnam_r (),
-.BR getgrgid_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The formulation given above under "RETURN VALUE" is from POSIX.1.
-.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
-It does not call "not found" an error, hence does not specify what value
-.I errno
-might have in this situation.
-But that makes it impossible to recognize
-errors.
-One might argue that according to POSIX
-.I errno
-should be left unchanged if an entry is not found.
-Experiments on various
-UNIX-like systems show that lots of different values occur in this
-situation: 0, ENOENT, EBADF, ESRCH, EWOULDBLOCK, EPERM, and probably others.
-.\" more precisely:
-.\" AIX 5.1 - gives ESRCH
-.\" OSF1 4.0g - gives EWOULDBLOCK
-.\" libc, glibc up to glibc 2.6, Irix 6.5 - give ENOENT
-.\" since glibc 2.7 - give 0
-.\" FreeBSD 4.8, OpenBSD 3.2, NetBSD 1.6 - give EPERM
-.\" SunOS 5.8 - gives EBADF
-.\" Tru64 5.1b, HP-UX-11i, SunOS 5.7 - give 0
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR endgrent (3),
-.BR fgetgrent (3),
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR setgrent (3),
-.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man3/getgrnam_r.3 b/man3/getgrnam_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f9a97b451..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrnam_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getgrnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getgrouplist.3 b/man3/getgrouplist.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 61d3b7a9b..000000000
--- a/man3/getgrouplist.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\" <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" A few pieces remain from an earlier version written in
-.\" 2002 by Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getgrouplist 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getgrouplist \- get list of groups to which a user belongs
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getgrouplist(const char *" user ", gid_t " group ,
-.BI "                 gid_t *" groups ", int *" ngroups );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getgrouplist ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getgrouplist ()
-function scans the group database (see
-.BR group (5))
-to obtain the list of groups that
-.I user
-belongs to.
-Up to
-.I *ngroups
-of these groups are returned in the array
-.IR groups .
-.P
-If it was not among the groups defined for
-.I user
-in the group database, then
-.I group
-is included in the list of groups returned by
-.BR getgrouplist ();
-typically this argument is specified as the group ID from
-the password record for
-.IR user .
-.P
-The
-.I ngroups
-argument is a value-result argument:
-on return it always contains the number of groups found for
-.IR user ,
-including
-.IR group ;
-this value may be greater than the number of groups stored in
-.IR groups .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If the number of groups of which
-.I user
-is a member is less than or equal to
-.IR *ngroups ,
-then the value
-.I *ngroups
-is returned.
-.P
-If the user is a member of more than
-.I *ngroups
-groups, then
-.BR getgrouplist ()
-returns \-1.
-In this case, the value returned in
-.I *ngroups
-can be used to resize the buffer passed to a further call to
-.BR getgrouplist ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getgrouplist ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.4.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.3.3,
-the implementation of this function contains a buffer-overrun bug:
-it returns the complete list of groups for
-.I user
-in the array
-.IR groups ,
-even when the number of groups exceeds
-.IR *ngroups .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below displays the group list for the user named in its
-first command-line argument.
-The second command-line argument specifies the
-.I ngroups
-value to be supplied to
-.BR getgrouplist ().
-The following shell session shows examples of the use of this program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out cecilia 0"
-getgrouplist() returned \-1; ngroups = 3
-.RB "$" " ./a.out cecilia 3"
-ngroups = 3
-16 (dialout)
-33 (video)
-100 (users)
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getgrouplist.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int            ngroups;
-    gid_t          *groups;
-    struct group   *gr;
-    struct passwd  *pw;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <user> <ngroups>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    ngroups = atoi(argv[2]);
-\&
-    groups = malloc(sizeof(*groups) * ngroups);
-    if (groups == NULL) {
-        perror("malloc");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Fetch passwd structure (contains first group ID for user). */
-\&
-    errno = 0;
-    pw = getpwnam(argv[1]);
-    if (pw == NULL) {
-        if (errno)
-            perror("getpwnam");
-        else
-            fprintf(stderr, "no such user\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Retrieve group list. */
-\&
-    if (getgrouplist(argv[1], pw\->pw_gid, groups, &ngroups) == \-1) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "getgrouplist() returned \-1; ngroups = %d\en",
-                ngroups);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Display list of retrieved groups, along with group names. */
-\&
-    fprintf(stderr, "ngroups = %d\en", ngroups);
-    for (int j = 0; j < ngroups; j++) {
-        printf("%d", groups[j]);
-        gr = getgrgid(groups[j]);
-        if (gr != NULL)
-            printf(" (%s)", gr\->gr_name);
-        printf("\en");
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getgroups (2),
-.BR setgroups (2),
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR group_member (3),
-.BR group (5),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyaddr.3 b/man3/gethostbyaddr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostbyaddr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyaddr_r.3 b/man3/gethostbyaddr_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostbyaddr_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyname.3 b/man3/gethostbyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a881b2c10..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostbyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,553 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-05-22, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-07-25, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1997-02-16, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 1998-12-21, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 2000-08-12, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 2001-05-19, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 2002-08-05, Michael Kerrisk
-.\" Modified 2004-10-31, Andries Brouwer
-.\"
-.TH gethostbyname 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gethostbyname, gethostbyaddr, sethostent, gethostent, endhostent,
-h_errno,
-herror, hstrerror,
-gethostbyaddr_r,
-gethostbyname2, gethostbyname2_r, gethostbyname_r,
-gethostent_r \- get network host entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "void sethostent(int " stayopen );
-.B void endhostent(void);
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]] extern int h_errno;
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *" name );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *gethostbyaddr(const void " addr [. len ],
-.BI "                                             socklen_t " len ", int " type );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void herror(const char *" s );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] const char *hstrerror(int " err );
-.P
-/* System V/POSIX extension */
-.B struct hostent *gethostent(void);
-.P
-/* GNU extensions */
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "struct hostent *gethostbyname2(const char *" name ", int " af );
-.P
-.BI "int gethostent_r(struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int gethostbyaddr_r(const void " addr "[restrict ." len "], socklen_t " len ,
-.BI "                 int " type ,
-.BI "                 struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int gethostbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
-.BI "                 struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int gethostbyname2_r(const char *restrict " name ", int " af,
-.BI "                 struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR gethostbyname2 (),
-.BR gethostent_r (),
-.BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
-.BR gethostbyname_r (),
-.BR gethostbyname2_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc up to and including 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR herror (),
-.BR hstrerror ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.8 to glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.8:
-        none
-.fi
-.P
-.BR h_errno :
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 200809L
-    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        none
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR gethostbyname* (),
-.BR gethostbyaddr* (),
-.BR herror (),
-and
-.BR hstrerror ()
-functions are obsolete.
-Applications should use
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.BR getnameinfo (3),
-and
-.BR gai_strerror (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.BR sethostent ()
-function specifies, if \fIstayopen\fP is true (1),
-that a connected TCP socket should be used for the name server queries and
-that the connection should remain open during successive queries.
-Otherwise, name server queries will use UDP datagrams.
-.P
-The
-.BR endhostent ()
-function ends the use of a TCP connection for name
-server queries.
-.P
-The
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-function returns a structure of type
-.I hostent
-for the given host
-.IR name .
-Here
-.I name
-is either a hostname or an IPv4 address in standard dot notation (as for
-.BR inet_addr (3)).
-If
-.I name
-is an IPv4 address, no lookup is performed and
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-simply copies
-.I name
-into the
-.I h_name
-field and its
-.I struct in_addr
-equivalent into the
-.I h_addr_list[0]
-field of the returned
-.I hostent
-structure.
-If
-.I name
-doesn't end in a dot and the environment variable
-.B HOSTALIASES
-is set, the alias file pointed to by
-.B HOSTALIASES
-will first be searched for
-.I name
-(see
-.BR hostname (7)
-for the file format).
-The current domain and its parents are searched unless \fIname\fP
-ends in a dot.
-.P
-The
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-function returns a structure of type \fIhostent\fP
-for the given host address \fIaddr\fP of length \fIlen\fP and address type
-\fItype\fP.
-Valid address types are
-.B AF_INET
-and
-.B AF_INET6
-(defined in
-.IR <sys/socket.h> ).
-The host address argument is a pointer to a struct of a type depending
-on the address type, for example a \fIstruct in_addr *\fP (probably
-obtained via a call to
-.BR inet_addr (3))
-for address type
-.BR AF_INET .
-.P
-The (obsolete)
-.BR herror ()
-function prints the error message associated
-with the current value of \fIh_errno\fP on \fIstderr\fP.
-.P
-The (obsolete)
-.BR hstrerror ()
-function takes an error number
-(typically \fIh_errno\fP) and returns the corresponding message string.
-.P
-The domain name queries carried out by
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-and
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-rely on the Name Service Switch
-.RB ( nsswitch.conf (5))
-configured sources or a local name server
-.RB ( named (8)).
-The default action is to query the Name Service Switch
-.RB ( nsswitch.conf (5))
-configured sources, failing that, a local name server
-.RB ( named (8)).
-.\"
-.SS Historical
-The
-.BR nsswitch.conf (5)
-file is the modern way of controlling the order of host lookups.
-.P
-In glibc 2.4 and earlier, the
-.I order
-keyword was used to control the order of host lookups as defined in
-.I /etc/host.conf
-.RB ( host.conf (5)).
-.P
-The \fIhostent\fP structure is defined in \fI<netdb.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct hostent {
-    char  *h_name;            /* official name of host */
-    char **h_aliases;         /* alias list */
-    int    h_addrtype;        /* host address type */
-    int    h_length;          /* length of address */
-    char **h_addr_list;       /* list of addresses */
-}
-#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The members of the \fIhostent\fP structure are:
-.TP
-.I h_name
-The official name of the host.
-.TP
-.I h_aliases
-An array of alternative names for the host, terminated by a null pointer.
-.TP
-.I h_addrtype
-The type of address; always
-.B AF_INET
-or
-.B AF_INET6
-at present.
-.TP
-.I h_length
-The length of the address in bytes.
-.TP
-.I h_addr_list
-An array of pointers to network addresses for the host (in network byte
-order), terminated by a null pointer.
-.TP
-.I h_addr
-The first address in \fIh_addr_list\fP for backward compatibility.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-and
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-functions return the
-.I hostent
-structure or a null pointer if an error occurs.
-On error, the
-.I h_errno
-variable holds an error number.
-When non-NULL, the return value may point at static data, see the notes below.
-.SH ERRORS
-The variable \fIh_errno\fP can have the following values:
-.TP
-.B HOST_NOT_FOUND
-The specified host is unknown.
-.TP
-.B NO_DATA
-The requested name is valid but does not have an IP address.
-Another type of request to the name server for this domain
-may return an answer.
-The constant
-.B NO_ADDRESS
-is a synonym for
-.BR NO_DATA .
-.TP
-.B NO_RECOVERY
-A nonrecoverable name server error occurred.
-.TP
-.B TRY_AGAIN
-A temporary error occurred on an authoritative name server.
-Try again later.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/host.conf
-resolver configuration file
-.TP
-.I /etc/hosts
-host database file
-.TP
-.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
-name service switch configuration
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:hostbyname env
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:hostbyaddr env
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sethostent (),
-.BR endhostent (),
-.BR gethostent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:hostent env
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR herror (),
-.BR hstrerror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gethostent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:hostent
-race:hostentbuf env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gethostbyname2 ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:hostbyname2
-env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
-.BR gethostbyname_r (),
-.BR gethostbyname2_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I hostent
-in
-.I race:hostent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR sethostent (),
-.BR gethostent (),
-.BR gethostent_r (),
-or
-.BR \%endhostent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR sethostent ()
-.TQ
-.BR endhostent ()
-.TQ
-.BR gethostent ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR gethostent_r ()
-GNU.
-.TP
-Others:
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR sethostent ()
-.TQ
-.BR endhostent ()
-.TQ
-.BR gethostent ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-.TQ
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-.TQ
-.I h_errno
-Marked obsolescent in POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
-recommending the use of
-.BR getaddrinfo (3)
-and
-.BR getnameinfo (3)
-instead.
-.SH NOTES
-The functions
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-and
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-may return pointers to static data, which may be overwritten by
-later calls.
-Copying the
-.I struct hostent
-does not suffice, since it contains pointers; a deep copy is required.
-.P
-In the original BSD implementation the
-.I len
-argument
-of
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-was an
-.IR int .
-The SUSv2 standard is buggy and declares the
-.I len
-argument of
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-to be of type
-.IR size_t .
-(That is wrong, because it has to be
-.IR int ,
-and
-.I size_t
-is not.
-POSIX.1-2001 makes it
-.IR socklen_t ,
-which is OK.)
-See also
-.BR accept (2).
-.P
-The BSD prototype for
-.BR gethostbyaddr ()
-uses
-.I "const char\ *"
-for the first argument.
-.SS System V/POSIX extension
-POSIX requires the
-.BR gethostent ()
-call, which should return the next entry in the host data base.
-When using DNS/BIND this does not make much sense, but it may
-be reasonable if the host data base is a file that can be read
-line by line.
-On many systems, a routine of this name reads
-from the file
-.IR /etc/hosts .
-.\" e.g., Linux, FreeBSD, UnixWare, HP-UX
-It may be available only when the library was built without DNS support.
-.\" e.g., FreeBSD, AIX
-The glibc version will ignore ipv6 entries.
-This function is not reentrant,
-and glibc adds a reentrant version
-.BR gethostent_r ().
-.SS GNU extensions
-glibc2 also has a
-.BR gethostbyname2 ()
-that works like
-.BR gethostbyname (),
-but permits to specify the address family to which the address must belong.
-.P
-glibc2 also has reentrant versions
-.BR gethostent_r (),
-.BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
-.BR gethostbyname_r (),
-and
-.BR gethostbyname2_r ().
-The caller supplies a
-.I hostent
-structure
-.I ret
-which will be filled in on success, and a temporary work buffer
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR buflen .
-After the call,
-.I result
-will point to the result on success.
-In case of an error
-or if no entry is found
-.I result
-will be NULL.
-The functions return 0 on success and a nonzero error number on failure.
-In addition to the errors returned by the nonreentrant
-versions of these functions, if
-.I buf
-is too small, the functions will return
-.BR ERANGE ,
-and the call should be retried with a larger buffer.
-The global variable
-.I h_errno
-is not modified, but the address of a variable in which to store error numbers
-is passed in
-.IR h_errnop .
-.SH BUGS
-.BR gethostbyname ()
-does not recognize components of a dotted IPv4 address string
-that are expressed in hexadecimal.
-.\" http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=482973
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.\" .BR getipnodebyaddr (3),
-.\" .BR getipnodebyname (3),
-.BR getnameinfo (3),
-.BR inet (3),
-.BR inet_ntop (3),
-.BR inet_pton (3),
-.BR resolver (3),
-.BR hosts (5),
-.BR nsswitch.conf (5),
-.BR hostname (7),
-.BR named (8)
-.\" .BR resolv+ (8)
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyname2.3 b/man3/gethostbyname2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostbyname2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyname2_r.3 b/man3/gethostbyname2_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostbyname2_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostbyname_r.3 b/man3/gethostbyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostbyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostent.3 b/man3/gethostent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostent_r.3 b/man3/gethostent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/gethostid.3 b/man3/gethostid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index daaaf548a..000000000
--- a/man3/gethostid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" Updated with additions from Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-apu.cam.ac.uk>
-.\" Portions Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-apu.cam.ac.uk>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 00:22:35 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-.TH gethostid 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gethostid, sethostid \- get or set the unique identifier of the current host
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.B long gethostid(void);
-.BI "int sethostid(long " hostid );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR gethostid ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.P
-.BR sethostid ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.21:
-.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR gethostid ()
-and
-.BR sethostid ()
-respectively get or set a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine.
-The 32-bit identifier was intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in
-existence.
-This normally resembles the Internet address for the local
-machine, as returned by
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-and thus usually never needs to be set.
-.P
-The
-.BR sethostid ()
-call is restricted to the superuser.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR gethostid ()
-returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by
-.BR sethostid ().
-.P
-On success,
-.BR sethostid ()
-returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR sethostid ()
-can fail with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The caller did not have permission to write to the file used
-to store the host ID.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The calling process's effective user or group ID is not the same
-as its corresponding real ID.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gethostid ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe hostid env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sethostid ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe const:hostid
-T}
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-In the glibc implementation, the
-.I hostid
-is stored in the file
-.IR /etc/hostid .
-(Before glibc 2.2, the file
-.I /var/adm/hostid
-was used.)
-.\" libc5 used /etc/hostid; libc4 didn't have these functions
-.P
-In the glibc implementation, if
-.BR gethostid ()
-cannot open the file containing the host ID,
-then it obtains the hostname using
-.BR gethostname (2),
-passes that hostname to
-.BR gethostbyname_r (3)
-in order to obtain the host's IPv4 address,
-and returns a value obtained by bit-twiddling the IPv4 address.
-(This value may not be unique.)
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR gethostid ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR sethostid ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.2BSD; dropped in 4.4BSD.
-SVr4 and POSIX.1-2001 include
-.BR gethostid ()
-but not
-.BR sethostid ().
-.SH BUGS
-It is impossible to ensure that the identifier is globally unique.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR hostid (1),
-.BR gethostbyname (3)
diff --git a/man3/getifaddrs.3 b/man3/getifaddrs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ecaf71c0..000000000
--- a/man3/getifaddrs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
-.\" and copyright (c) 2009, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\"
-.\" 2008-12-08 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
-.\"    Rewrite the BSD manpage in the Linux man pages style and account
-.\"    for glibc specificities, provide an example.
-.\" 2009-01-14 mtk, many edits and changes, rewrote example program.
-.\"
-.TH getifaddrs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getifaddrs, freeifaddrs \- get interface addresses
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <ifaddrs.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getifaddrs(struct ifaddrs **" "ifap" );
-.BI "void freeifaddrs(struct ifaddrs *" "ifa" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getifaddrs ()
-function creates a linked list of structures describing
-the network interfaces of the local system,
-and stores the address of the first item of the list in
-.IR *ifap .
-The list consists of
-.I ifaddrs
-structures, defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct ifaddrs {
-    struct ifaddrs  *ifa_next;    /* Next item in list */
-    char            *ifa_name;    /* Name of interface */
-    unsigned int     ifa_flags;   /* Flags from SIOCGIFFLAGS */
-    struct sockaddr *ifa_addr;    /* Address of interface */
-    struct sockaddr *ifa_netmask; /* Netmask of interface */
-    union {
-        struct sockaddr *ifu_broadaddr;
-                         /* Broadcast address of interface */
-        struct sockaddr *ifu_dstaddr;
-                         /* Point\-to\-point destination address */
-    } ifa_ifu;
-#define              ifa_broadaddr ifa_ifu.ifu_broadaddr
-#define              ifa_dstaddr   ifa_ifu.ifu_dstaddr
-    void            *ifa_data;    /* Address\-specific data */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I ifa_next
-field contains a pointer to the next structure on the list,
-or NULL if this is the last item of the list.
-.P
-The
-.I ifa_name
-points to the null-terminated interface name.
-.\" The constant
-.\" .B IF NAMESIZE
-.\" indicates the maximum length of this field.
-.P
-The
-.I ifa_flags
-field contains the interface flags, as returned by the
-.B SIOCGIFFLAGS
-.BR ioctl (2)
-operation (see
-.BR netdevice (7)
-for a list of these flags).
-.P
-The
-.I ifa_addr
-field points to a structure containing the interface address.
-(The
-.I sa_family
-subfield should be consulted to determine the format of the
-address structure.)
-This field may contain a null pointer.
-.P
-The
-.I ifa_netmask
-field points to a structure containing the netmask associated with
-.IR ifa_addr ,
-if applicable for the address family.
-This field may contain a null pointer.
-.P
-Depending on whether the bit
-.B IFF_BROADCAST
-or
-.B IFF_POINTOPOINT
-is set in
-.I ifa_flags
-(only one can be set at a time),
-either
-.I ifa_broadaddr
-will contain the broadcast address associated with
-.I ifa_addr
-(if applicable for the address family) or
-.I ifa_dstaddr
-will contain the destination address of the point-to-point interface.
-.P
-The
-.I ifa_data
-field points to a buffer containing address-family-specific data;
-this field may be NULL if there is no such data for this interface.
-.P
-The data returned by
-.BR getifaddrs ()
-is dynamically allocated and should be freed using
-.BR freeifaddrs ()
-when no longer needed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR getifaddrs ()
-returns zero;
-on error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR getifaddrs ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for
-.BR socket (2),
-.BR bind (2),
-.BR getsockname (2),
-.BR recvmsg (2),
-.BR sendto (2),
-.BR malloc (3),
-or
-.BR realloc (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getifaddrs (),
-.BR freeifaddrs ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-This function first appeared in BSDi and is
-present on the BSD systems, but with slightly different
-semantics documented\[em]returning one entry per interface,
-not per address.
-This means
-.I ifa_addr
-and other fields can actually be NULL if the interface has no address,
-and no link-level address is returned if the interface has an IP address
-assigned.
-Also, the way of choosing either
-.I ifa_broadaddr
-or
-.I ifa_dstaddr
-differs on various systems.
-.\" , but the BSD-derived documentation generally
-.\" appears to be confused and obsolete on this point.
-.\" i.e., commonly it still says one of them will be NULL, even if
-.\" the ifa_ifu union is already present
-.P
-.BR getifaddrs ()
-first appeared in glibc 2.3, but before glibc 2.3.3,
-the implementation supported only IPv4 addresses;
-IPv6 support was added in glibc 2.3.3.
-Support of address families other than IPv4 is available only
-on kernels that support netlink.
-.SH NOTES
-The addresses returned on Linux will usually be the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses
-assigned to the interface, but also one
-.B AF_PACKET
-address per interface containing lower-level details about the interface
-and its physical layer.
-In this case, the
-.I ifa_data
-field may contain a pointer to a
-.IR "struct rtnl_link_stats" ,
-defined in
-.I <linux/if_link.h>
-(in Linux 2.4 and earlier,
-.IR "struct net_device_stats" ,
-defined in
-.IR <linux/netdevice.h> ),
-which contains various interface attributes and statistics.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR getifaddrs (),
-.BR freeifaddrs (),
-and
-.BR getnameinfo (3).
-Here is what we see when running this program on one system:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-lo       AF_PACKET (17)
-                tx_packets =        524; rx_packets =        524
-                tx_bytes   =      38788; rx_bytes   =      38788
-wlp3s0   AF_PACKET (17)
-                tx_packets =     108391; rx_packets =     130245
-                tx_bytes   =   30420659; rx_bytes   =   94230014
-em1      AF_PACKET (17)
-                tx_packets =          0; rx_packets =          0
-                tx_bytes   =          0; rx_bytes   =          0
-lo       AF_INET (2)
-                address: <127.0.0.1>
-wlp3s0   AF_INET (2)
-                address: <192.168.235.137>
-lo       AF_INET6 (10)
-                address: <::1>
-wlp3s0   AF_INET6 (10)
-                address: <fe80::7ee9:d3ff:fef5:1a91%wlp3s0>
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* To get defns of NI_MAXSERV and NI_MAXHOST */
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <ifaddrs.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <linux/if_link.h>
-\&
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct ifaddrs *ifaddr;
-    int family, s;
-    char host[NI_MAXHOST];
-\&
-    if (getifaddrs(&ifaddr) == \-1) {
-        perror("getifaddrs");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Walk through linked list, maintaining head pointer so we
-       can free list later. */
-\&
-    for (struct ifaddrs *ifa = ifaddr; ifa != NULL;
-             ifa = ifa\->ifa_next) {
-        if (ifa\->ifa_addr == NULL)
-            continue;
-\&
-        family = ifa\->ifa_addr\->sa_family;
-\&
-        /* Display interface name and family (including symbolic
-           form of the latter for the common families). */
-\&
-        printf("%\-8s %s (%d)\en",
-               ifa\->ifa_name,
-               (family == AF_PACKET) ? "AF_PACKET" :
-               (family == AF_INET) ? "AF_INET" :
-               (family == AF_INET6) ? "AF_INET6" : "???",
-               family);
-\&
-        /* For an AF_INET* interface address, display the address. */
-\&
-        if (family == AF_INET || family == AF_INET6) {
-            s = getnameinfo(ifa\->ifa_addr,
-                    (family == AF_INET) ? sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) :
-                                          sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6),
-                    host, NI_MAXHOST,
-                    NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
-            if (s != 0) {
-                printf("getnameinfo() failed: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
-                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-            }
-\&
-            printf("\et\etaddress: <%s>\en", host);
-\&
-        } else if (family == AF_PACKET && ifa\->ifa_data != NULL) {
-            struct rtnl_link_stats *stats = ifa\->ifa_data;
-\&
-            printf("\et\ettx_packets = %10u; rx_packets = %10u\en"
-                   "\et\ettx_bytes   = %10u; rx_bytes   = %10u\en",
-                   stats\->tx_packets, stats\->rx_packets,
-                   stats\->tx_bytes, stats\->rx_bytes);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    freeifaddrs(ifaddr);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bind (2),
-.BR getsockname (2),
-.BR socket (2),
-.BR packet (7),
-.BR ifconfig (8)
diff --git a/man3/getipnodebyaddr.3 b/man3/getipnodebyaddr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 82e01df46..000000000
--- a/man3/getipnodebyaddr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getipnodebyname.3
diff --git a/man3/getipnodebyname.3 b/man3/getipnodebyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 09808542b..000000000
--- a/man3/getipnodebyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2000 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References: RFC 2553
-.TH getipnodebyname 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, freehostent \- get network
-hostnames and addresses
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *getipnodebyname(const char *" name ", int " af ,
-.BI "                                            int " flags ", int *" error_num );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *getipnodebyaddr(const void " addr [. len ],
-.BI "                                            size_t " len ", int " af ,
-.BI "                                            int *" "error_num" );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void freehostent(struct hostent *" "ip" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are deprecated (and unavailable in glibc).
-Use
-.BR getaddrinfo (3)
-and
-.BR getnameinfo (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.BR getipnodebyname ()
-and
-.BR getipnodebyaddr ()
-functions return the names and addresses of a network host.
-These functions return a pointer to the
-following structure:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct hostent {
-    char  *h_name;
-    char **h_aliases;
-    int    h_addrtype;
-    int    h_length;
-    char **h_addr_list;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-These functions replace the
-.BR gethostbyname (3)
-and
-.BR gethostbyaddr (3)
-functions, which could access only the IPv4 network address family.
-The
-.BR getipnodebyname ()
-and
-.BR getipnodebyaddr ()
-functions can access multiple network address families.
-.P
-Unlike the
-.B gethostby
-functions,
-these functions return pointers to dynamically allocated memory.
-The
-.BR freehostent ()
-function is used to release the dynamically allocated memory
-after the caller no longer needs the
-.I hostent
-structure.
-.SS getipnodebyname() arguments
-The
-.BR getipnodebyname ()
-function
-looks up network addresses for the host
-specified by the
-.I name
-argument.
-The
-.I af
-argument specifies one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B AF_INET
-The
-.I name
-argument points to a dotted-quad IPv4 address or a name
-of an IPv4 network host.
-.TP
-.B AF_INET6
-The
-.I name
-argument points to a hexadecimal IPv6 address or a name
-of an IPv6 network host.
-.P
-The
-.I flags
-argument specifies additional options.
-More than one option can be specified by bitwise OR-ing
-them together.
-.I flags
-should be set to 0
-if no options are desired.
-.TP
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-This flag is used with
-.B AF_INET6
-to request a query for IPv4 addresses instead of
-IPv6 addresses; the IPv4 addresses will
-be mapped to IPv6 addresses.
-.TP
-.B AI_ALL
-This flag is used with
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-to request a query for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
-Any IPv4 address found will be mapped to an IPv6 address.
-.TP
-.B AI_ADDRCONFIG
-This flag is used with
-.B AF_INET6
-to
-further request that queries for IPv6 addresses should not be made unless
-the system has at least one IPv6 address assigned to a network interface,
-and that queries for IPv4 addresses should not be made unless the
-system has at least one IPv4 address assigned to a network interface.
-This flag may be used by itself or with the
-.B AI_V4MAPPED
-flag.
-.TP
-.B AI_DEFAULT
-This flag is equivalent to
-.BR "(AI_ADDRCONFIG | AI_V4MAPPED)" .
-.SS getipnodebyaddr() arguments
-The
-.BR getipnodebyaddr ()
-function
-looks up the name of the host whose
-network address is
-specified by the
-.I addr
-argument.
-The
-.I af
-argument specifies one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B AF_INET
-The
-.I addr
-argument points to a
-.I struct in_addr
-and
-.I len
-must be set to
-.IR "sizeof(struct in_addr)" .
-.TP
-.B AF_INET6
-The
-.I addr
-argument points to a
-.I struct in6_addr
-and
-.I len
-must be set to
-.IR "sizeof(struct in6_addr)" .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-NULL is returned if an error occurred, and
-.I error_num
-will contain an error code from the following list:
-.TP
-.B HOST_NOT_FOUND
-The hostname or network address was not found.
-.TP
-.B NO_ADDRESS
-The domain name server recognized the network address or name,
-but no answer was returned.
-This can happen if the network host has only IPv4 addresses and
-a request has been made for IPv6 information only, or vice versa.
-.TP
-.B NO_RECOVERY
-The domain name server returned a permanent failure response.
-.TP
-.B TRY_AGAIN
-The domain name server returned a temporary failure response.
-You might have better luck next time.
-.P
-A successful query returns a pointer to a
-.I hostent
-structure that contains the following fields:
-.TP
-.I h_name
-This is the official name of this network host.
-.TP
-.I h_aliases
-This is an array of pointers to unofficial aliases for the same host.
-The array is terminated by a null pointer.
-.TP
-.I h_addrtype
-This is a copy of the
-.I af
-argument to
-.BR getipnodebyname ()
-or
-.BR getipnodebyaddr ().
-.I h_addrtype
-will always be
-.B AF_INET
-if the
-.I af
-argument was
-.BR AF_INET .
-.I h_addrtype
-will always be
-.B AF_INET6
-if the
-.I af
-argument was
-.BR AF_INET6 .
-.TP
-.I h_length
-This field will be set to
-.I sizeof(struct in_addr)
-if
-.I h_addrtype
-is
-.BR AF_INET ,
-and to
-.I sizeof(struct in6_addr)
-if
-.I h_addrtype
-is
-.BR AF_INET6 .
-.TP
-.I h_addr_list
-This is an array of one or more pointers to network address structures for the
-network host.
-The array is terminated by a null pointer.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.\" Not in POSIX.1-2001.
-RFC\ 2553.
-.P
-Present in glibc 2.1.91-95, but removed again.
-Several UNIX-like systems support them, but all
-call them deprecated.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.BR getnameinfo (3),
-.BR inet_ntop (3),
-.BR inet_pton (3)
diff --git a/man3/getline.3 b/man3/getline.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e9afc06eb..000000000
--- a/man3/getline.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2001 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.\" Based in part on GNU libc documentation
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getline 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getline, getdelim \- delimited string input
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "ssize_t getline(char **restrict " lineptr ", size_t *restrict " n ,
-.BI "                FILE *restrict " stream );
-.BI "ssize_t getdelim(char **restrict " lineptr ", size_t *restrict " n ,
-.BI "                int " delim ", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getline (),
-.BR getdelim ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getline ()
-reads an entire line from \fIstream\fP,
-storing the address of the buffer containing the text into
-.IR *lineptr .
-The buffer is null-terminated and includes the newline character, if
-one was found.
-.P
-If
-.I *lineptr
-is set to NULL before the call, then
-.BR getline ()
-will allocate a buffer for storing the line.
-This buffer should be freed by the user program
-even if
-.BR getline ()
-failed.
-.P
-Alternatively, before calling
-.BR getline (),
-.I *lineptr
-can contain a pointer to a
-.BR malloc (3)\-allocated
-buffer
-.I *n
-bytes in size.
-If the buffer is not large enough to hold the line,
-.BR getline ()
-resizes it with
-.BR realloc (3),
-updating
-.I *lineptr
-and
-.I *n
-as necessary.
-.P
-In either case, on a successful call,
-.I *lineptr
-and
-.I *n
-will be updated to reflect the buffer address and allocated size respectively.
-.P
-.BR getdelim ()
-works like
-.BR getline (),
-except that a line delimiter other than newline can be specified as the
-.I delimiter
-argument.
-As with
-.BR getline (),
-a delimiter character is not added if one was not present
-in the input before end of file was reached.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR getline ()
-and
-.BR getdelim ()
-return the number of characters read, including the delimiter character,
-but not including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-This value can be used
-to handle embedded null bytes in the line read.
-.P
-Both functions return \-1 on failure to read a line (including end-of-file
-condition).
-In the event of a failure,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-If
-.I *lineptr
-was set to NULL before the call, then the buffer should be freed by the
-user program even on failure.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Bad arguments
-.RI ( n
-or
-.I lineptr
-is NULL, or
-.I stream
-is not valid).
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Allocation or reallocation of the line buffer failed.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getline (),
-.BR getdelim ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getline.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    FILE *stream;
-    char *line = NULL;
-    size_t len = 0;
-    ssize_t nread;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <file>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    stream = fopen(argv[1], "r");
-    if (stream == NULL) {
-        perror("fopen");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    while ((nread = getline(&line, &len, stream)) != \-1) {
-        printf("Retrieved line of length %zd:\en", nread);
-        fwrite(line, nread, 1, stdout);
-    }
-\&
-    free(line);
-    fclose(stream);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR read (2),
-.BR fgets (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fread (3),
-.BR scanf (3)
diff --git a/man3/getloadavg.3 b/man3/getloadavg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bbfc716c..000000000
--- a/man3/getloadavg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)getloadavg.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
-.\"
-.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
-.\"
-.TH getloadavg 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getloadavg \- get system load averages
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getloadavg(double " loadavg[] ", int " nelem );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getloadavg ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getloadavg ()
-function returns the number of processes in the system run queue
-averaged over various periods of time.
-Up to
-.I nelem
-samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of
-.IR loadavg[] .
-The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages
-over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If the load average was unobtainable, \-1 is returned; otherwise,
-the number of samples actually retrieved is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getloadavg ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD-Reno, Solaris.
-glibc 2.2.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR uptime (1),
-.BR proc (5)
diff --git a/man3/getlogin.3 b/man3/getlogin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f27dfb2d6..000000000
--- a/man3/getlogin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995  James R. Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Changed Tue Sep 19 01:49:29 1995, aeb: moved from man2 to man3
-.\"  added ref to /etc/utmp, added BUGS section, etc.
-.\" modified 2003 Walter Harms, aeb - added getlogin_r, note on stdin use
-.TH getlogin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getlogin, getlogin_r, cuserid \- get username
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.B "char *getlogin(void);"
-.BI "int getlogin_r(char " buf [. bufsize "], size_t " bufsize );
-.P
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *cuserid(char *" string );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getlogin_r ():
-.nf
-.\" Deprecated: _REENTRANT ||
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
-.fi
-.P
-.BR cuserid ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-            || _GNU_SOURCE
-    Up to and including glibc 2.23:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getlogin ()
-returns a pointer to a string containing the name of
-the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the process, or a
-null pointer if this information cannot be determined.
-The string is
-statically allocated and might be overwritten on subsequent calls to
-this function or to
-.BR cuserid ().
-.P
-.BR getlogin_r ()
-returns this same username in the array
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR bufsize .
-.P
-.BR cuserid ()
-returns a pointer to a string containing a username
-associated with the effective user ID of the process.
-If \fIstring\fP
-is not a null pointer, it should be an array that can hold at least
-\fBL_cuserid\fP characters; the string is returned in this array.
-Otherwise, a pointer to a string in a static area is returned.
-This
-string is statically allocated and might be overwritten on subsequent
-calls to this function or to
-.BR getlogin ().
-.P
-The macro \fBL_cuserid\fP is an integer constant that indicates how
-long an array you might need to store a username.
-\fBL_cuserid\fP is declared in \fI<stdio.h>\fP.
-.P
-These functions let your program identify positively the user who is
-running
-.RB ( cuserid ())
-or the user who logged in this session
-.RB ( getlogin ()).
-(These can differ when set-user-ID programs are involved.)
-.P
-For most purposes, it is more useful to use the environment variable
-\fBLOGNAME\fP to find out who the user is.
-This is more flexible
-precisely because the user can set \fBLOGNAME\fP arbitrarily.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR getlogin ()
-returns a pointer to the username when successful,
-and NULL on failure, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.BR getlogin_r ()
-returns 0 when successful, and nonzero on failure.
-.SH ERRORS
-POSIX specifies:
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENXIO
-The calling process has no controlling terminal.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-(getlogin_r)
-The length of the username, including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-is larger than
-.IR bufsize .
-.P
-Linux/glibc also has:
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-There was no corresponding entry in the utmp-file.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to allocate passwd structure.
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-Standard input didn't refer to a terminal.
-(See BUGS.)
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-\fI/etc/passwd\fP
-password database file
-.TP
-\fI/var/run/utmp\fP
-(traditionally \fI/etc/utmp\fP;
-some libc versions used \fI/var/adm/utmp\fP)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getlogin ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:getlogin race:utent
-sig:ALRM timer locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getlogin_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:utent sig:ALRM timer
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR cuserid ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:cuserid/!string locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I utent
-in
-.I race:utent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setutent (3),
-.BR getutent (3),
-or
-.BR endutent (3)
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.BR getlogin ()
-and
-.BR getlogin_r ()
-call those functions,
-so we use race:utent to remind users.
-.SH VERSIONS
-OpenBSD has
-.BR getlogin ()
-and
-.BR setlogin (),
-and a username
-associated with a session, even if it has no controlling terminal.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR getlogin ()
-.TQ
-.BR getlogin_r ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR cuserid ()
-None.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR getlogin ()
-.TQ
-.BR getlogin_r ():
-POSIX.1-2001.
-OpenBSD.
-.TP
-.BR cuserid ()
-System V, POSIX.1-1988.
-Removed in POSIX.1-1990.
-SUSv2.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2001.
-.IP
-System V has a
-.BR cuserid ()
-function which uses the real
-user ID rather than the effective user ID.
-.SH BUGS
-Unfortunately, it is often rather easy to fool
-.BR getlogin ().
-Sometimes it does not work at all, because some program messed up
-the utmp file.
-Often, it gives only the first 8 characters of
-the login name.
-The user currently logged in on the controlling terminal
-of our program need not be the user who started it.
-Avoid
-.BR getlogin ()
-for security-related purposes.
-.P
-Note that glibc does not follow the POSIX specification and uses
-.I stdin
-instead of
-.IR /dev/tty .
-A bug.
-(Other recent systems, like SunOS 5.8 and HP-UX 11.11 and FreeBSD 4.8
-all return the login name also when
-.I stdin
-is redirected.)
-.P
-Nobody knows precisely what
-.BR cuserid ()
-does; avoid it in portable programs.
-Or avoid it altogether: use
-.I getpwuid(geteuid())
-instead, if that is
-what you meant.
-.B Do not use
-.BR cuserid ().
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR logname (1),
-.BR geteuid (2),
-.BR getuid (2),
-.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man3/getlogin_r.3 b/man3/getlogin_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b6d53bf72..000000000
--- a/man3/getlogin_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getlogin.3
diff --git a/man3/getmntent.3 b/man3/getmntent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f22658ef..000000000
--- a/man3/getmntent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:46:57 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 961109, 031115, aeb
-.\"
-.TH getmntent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getmntent, setmntent, addmntent, endmntent, hasmntopt,
-getmntent_r \- get filesystem descriptor file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <mntent.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *setmntent(const char *" filename ", const char *" type );
-.P
-.BI "struct mntent *getmntent(FILE *" stream );
-.P
-.BI "int addmntent(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "              const struct mntent *restrict " mnt );
-.P
-.BI "int endmntent(FILE *" streamp );
-.P
-.BI "char *hasmntopt(const struct mntent *" mnt ", const char *" opt );
-.P
-/* GNU extension */
-.B #include <mntent.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct mntent *getmntent_r(FILE *restrict " streamp ,
-.BI "              struct mntent *restrict " mntbuf ,
-.BI "              char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], int " buflen );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getmntent_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines are used to access the filesystem description file
-.I /etc/fstab
-and the mounted filesystem description file
-.IR /etc/mtab .
-.P
-The
-.BR setmntent ()
-function opens the filesystem description file
-.I filename
-and returns a file pointer which can be used by
-.BR getmntent ().
-The argument
-.I type
-is the type of access
-required and can take the same values as the
-.I mode
-argument of
-.BR fopen (3).
-The returned stream should be closed using
-.BR endmntent ()
-rather than
-.BR fclose (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR getmntent ()
-function reads the next line of the filesystem
-description file from
-.I stream
-and returns a pointer to a structure
-containing the broken out fields from a line in the file.
-The pointer
-points to a static area of memory which is overwritten by subsequent
-calls to
-.BR getmntent ().
-.P
-The
-.BR addmntent ()
-function adds the
-.I mntent
-structure
-.I mnt
-to
-the end of the open
-.IR stream .
-.P
-The
-.BR endmntent ()
-function closes the
-.I stream
-associated with the filesystem description file.
-.P
-The
-.BR hasmntopt ()
-function scans the
-.I mnt_opts
-field (see below)
-of the
-.I mntent
-structure
-.I mnt
-for a substring that matches
-.IR opt .
-See
-.I <mntent.h>
-and
-.BR mount (8)
-for valid mount options.
-.P
-The reentrant
-.BR getmntent_r ()
-function is similar to
-.BR getmntent (),
-but stores the
-.I mntent
-structure
-in the provided
-.IR *mntbuf ,
-and stores the strings pointed to by the entries in that structure
-in the provided array
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR buflen .
-.P
-The
-.I mntent
-structure is defined in
-.I <mntent.h>
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct mntent {
-    char *mnt_fsname;   /* name of mounted filesystem */
-    char *mnt_dir;      /* filesystem path prefix */
-    char *mnt_type;     /* mount type (see mntent.h) */
-    char *mnt_opts;     /* mount options (see mntent.h) */
-    int   mnt_freq;     /* dump frequency in days */
-    int   mnt_passno;   /* pass number on parallel fsck */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Since fields in the mtab and fstab files are separated by whitespace,
-octal escapes are used to represent the characters space (\e040),
-tab (\e011), newline (\e012), and backslash (\e\e) in those files
-when they occur in one of the four strings in a
-.I mntent
-structure.
-The routines
-.BR addmntent ()
-and
-.BR getmntent ()
-will convert
-from string representation to escaped representation and back.
-When converting from escaped representation, the sequence \e134 is
-also converted to a backslash.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getmntent ()
-and
-.BR getmntent_r ()
-functions return
-a pointer to the
-.I mntent
-structure or NULL on failure.
-.P
-The
-.BR addmntent ()
-function returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.
-.P
-The
-.BR endmntent ()
-function always returns 1.
-.P
-The
-.BR hasmntopt ()
-function returns the address of the substring if
-a match is found and NULL otherwise.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/fstab
-filesystem description file
-.TP
-.I /etc/mtab
-mounted filesystem description file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setmntent (),
-.BR endmntent (),
-.BR hasmntopt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getmntent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:mntentbuf locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR addmntent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe race:stream locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getmntent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-The nonreentrant functions are from SunOS 4.1.3.
-A routine
-.BR getmntent_r ()
-was introduced in HP-UX 10, but it returns an
-.IR int .
-The prototype shown above is glibc-only.
-.P
-System V also has a
-.BR getmntent ()
-function but the calling sequence
-differs, and the returned structure is different.
-Under System V
-.I /etc/mnttab
-is used.
-4.4BSD and Digital UNIX have a routine
-.BR \%getmntinfo (),
-a wrapper around the system call
-.BR getfsstat ().
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fstab (5),
-.BR mount (8)
diff --git a/man3/getmntent_r.3 b/man3/getmntent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c2bb35c9..000000000
--- a/man3/getmntent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man3/getnameinfo.3 b/man3/getnameinfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 16c202fc4..000000000
--- a/man3/getnameinfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
-.\" This page is in the public domain.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" Almost all details are from RFC 2553.
-.\"
-.\" 2004-12-14, mtk, Added EAI_OVERFLOW error
-.\" 2004-12-14 Fixed description of error return
-.\"
-.TH getnameinfo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getnameinfo \- address-to-name translation in protocol-independent manner
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *restrict " addr \
-", socklen_t " addrlen ,
-.BI "                char " host "[_Nullable restrict ." hostlen ],
-.BI "                socklen_t " hostlen ,
-.BI "                char " serv "[_Nullable restrict ." servlen ],
-.BI "                socklen_t " servlen ,
-.BI "                int " flags );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getnameinfo ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.22:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-    glibc 2.21 and earlier:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-function is the inverse of
-.BR getaddrinfo (3):
-it converts a socket address to a corresponding host and service,
-in a protocol-independent manner.
-It combines the functionality of
-.BR gethostbyaddr (3)
-and
-.BR getservbyport (3),
-but unlike those functions,
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-is reentrant and allows programs to eliminate
-IPv4-versus-IPv6 dependencies.
-.P
-The
-.I addr
-argument is a pointer to a generic socket address structure
-(of type
-.I sockaddr_in
-or
-.IR sockaddr_in6 )
-of size
-.I addrlen
-that holds the input IP address and port number.
-The arguments
-.I host
-and
-.I serv
-are pointers to caller-allocated buffers (of size
-.I hostlen
-and
-.I servlen
-respectively) into which
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-places null-terminated strings containing the host and
-service names respectively.
-.P
-The caller can specify that no hostname (or no service name)
-is required by providing a NULL
-.I host
-(or
-.IR serv )
-argument or a zero
-.I hostlen
-(or
-.IR servlen )
-argument.
-However, at least one of hostname or service name
-must be requested.
-.P
-The
-.I flags
-argument modifies the behavior of
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-as follows:
-.TP
-.B NI_NAMEREQD
-If set, then an error is returned if the hostname cannot be determined.
-.TP
-.B NI_DGRAM
-If set, then the service is datagram (UDP) based rather than
-stream (TCP) based.
-This is required for the few ports (512\[en]514)
-that have different services for UDP and TCP.
-.TP
-.B NI_NOFQDN
-If set, return only the hostname part of the fully qualified domain name
-for local hosts.
-.TP
-.B NI_NUMERICHOST
-If set, then the numeric form of the hostname is returned.
-.\" For example, by calling
-.\" .BR inet_ntop ()
-.\" instead of
-.\" .BR gethostbyaddr ().
-(When not set, this will still happen in case the node's name
-cannot be determined.)
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 TC1 has NI_NUMERICSCOPE, but glibc doesn't have it.
-.TP
-.B NI_NUMERICSERV
-If set, then the numeric form of the service address is returned.
-(When not set, this will still happen in case the service's name
-cannot be determined.)
-.SS Extensions to getnameinfo() for Internationalized Domain Names
-Starting with glibc 2.3.4,
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-has been extended to selectively allow
-hostnames to be transparently converted to and from the
-Internationalized Domain Name (IDN) format (see RFC 3490,
-.IR "Internationalizing Domain Names in Applications (IDNA)" ).
-Three new flags are defined:
-.TP
-.B NI_IDN
-If this flag is used, then the name found in the lookup process is
-converted from IDN format to the locale's encoding if necessary.
-ASCII-only names are not affected by the conversion, which
-makes this flag usable in existing programs and environments.
-.TP
-.B NI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED
-.TQ
-.B NI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
-Setting these flags will enable the
-IDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED (allow unassigned Unicode code points) and
-IDNA_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES (check output to make sure it is a STD3
-conforming hostname)
-flags respectively to be used in the IDNA handling.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.\" FIXME glibc defines the following additional errors, some which
-.\" can probably be returned by getnameinfo(); they need to
-.\" be documented.
-.\"
-.\"     #ifdef __USE_GNU
-.\"     #define EAI_INPROGRESS  -100  /* Processing request in progress.  */
-.\"     #define EAI_CANCELED    -101  /* Request canceled.  */
-.\"     #define EAI_NOTCANCELED -102  /* Request not canceled.  */
-.\"     #define EAI_ALLDONE     -103  /* All requests done.  */
-.\"     #define EAI_INTR        -104  /* Interrupted by a signal.  */
-.\"     #define EAI_IDN_ENCODE  -105  /* IDN encoding failed.  */
-.\"     #endif
-On success, 0 is returned, and node and service names, if requested,
-are filled with null-terminated strings, possibly truncated to fit
-the specified buffer lengths.
-On error, one of the following nonzero error codes is returned:
-.TP
-.B EAI_AGAIN
-The name could not be resolved at this time.
-Try again later.
-.TP
-.B EAI_BADFLAGS
-The
-.I flags
-argument has an invalid value.
-.TP
-.B EAI_FAIL
-A nonrecoverable error occurred.
-.TP
-.B EAI_FAMILY
-The address family was not recognized,
-or the address length was invalid for the specified family.
-.TP
-.B EAI_MEMORY
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B EAI_NONAME
-The name does not resolve for the supplied arguments.
-.B NI_NAMEREQD
-is set and the host's name cannot be located,
-or neither hostname nor service name were requested.
-.TP
-.B EAI_OVERFLOW
-The buffer pointed to by
-.I host
-or
-.I serv
-was too small.
-.TP
-.B EAI_SYSTEM
-A system error occurred.
-The error code can be found in
-.IR errno .
-.P
-The
-.BR gai_strerror (3)
-function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
-suitable for error reporting.
-.SH FILES
-.I /etc/hosts
-.br
-.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
-.br
-.I /etc/resolv.conf
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-RFC\ 2553.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.2, the
-.I hostlen
-and
-.I servlen
-arguments were typed as
-.IR size_t .
-.SH NOTES
-In order to assist the programmer in choosing reasonable sizes
-for the supplied buffers,
-.I <netdb.h>
-defines the constants
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define NI_MAXHOST      1025
-#define NI_MAXSERV      32
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Since glibc 2.8,
-these definitions are exposed only if suitable
-feature test macros are defined, namely:
-.BR _GNU_SOURCE ,
-.B _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-(since glibc 2.19),
-or (in glibc versions up to and including 2.19)
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE .
-.P
-The former is the constant
-.B MAXDNAME
-in recent versions of BIND's
-.I <arpa/nameser.h>
-header file.
-The latter is a guess based on the services listed
-in the current Assigned Numbers RFC.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following code tries to get the numeric hostname and service name,
-for a given socket address.
-Note that there is no hardcoded reference to
-a particular address family.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct sockaddr *addr;     /* input */
-socklen_t addrlen;         /* input */
-char hbuf[NI_MAXHOST], sbuf[NI_MAXSERV];
-\&
-if (getnameinfo(addr, addrlen, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), sbuf,
-            sizeof(sbuf), NI_NUMERICHOST | NI_NUMERICSERV) == 0)
-    printf("host=%s, serv=%s\en", hbuf, sbuf);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The following version checks if the socket address has a
-reverse address mapping.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct sockaddr *addr;     /* input */
-socklen_t addrlen;         /* input */
-char hbuf[NI_MAXHOST];
-\&
-if (getnameinfo(addr, addrlen, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf),
-            NULL, 0, NI_NAMEREQD))
-    printf("could not resolve hostname");
-else
-    printf("host=%s\en", hbuf);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-An example program using
-.BR getnameinfo ()
-can be found in
-.BR getaddrinfo (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR accept (2),
-.BR getpeername (2),
-.BR getsockname (2),
-.BR recvfrom (2),
-.BR socket (2),
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.BR gethostbyaddr (3),
-.BR getservbyname (3),
-.BR getservbyport (3),
-.BR inet_ntop (3),
-.BR hosts (5),
-.BR services (5),
-.BR hostname (7),
-.BR named (8)
-.P
-R.\& Gilligan, S.\& Thomson, J.\& Bound and W.\& Stevens,
-.IR "Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6" ,
-RFC\ 2553, March 1999.
-.P
-Tatsuya Jinmei and Atsushi Onoe,
-.IR "An Extension of Format for IPv6 Scoped Addresses" ,
-internet draft, work in progress
-.UR ftp://ftp.ietf.org\:/internet\-drafts\:/draft\-ietf\-ipngwg\-scopedaddr\-format\-02.txt
-.UE .
-.P
-Craig Metz,
-.IR "Protocol Independence Using the Sockets API" ,
-Proceedings of the freenix track:
-2000 USENIX annual technical conference, June 2000
-.ad l
-.UR http://www.usenix.org\:/publications\:/library\:/proceedings\:/usenix2000\:/freenix\:/metzprotocol.html
-.UE .
diff --git a/man3/getnetbyaddr.3 b/man3/getnetbyaddr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 70f5670dc..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetbyaddr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man3/getnetbyaddr_r.3 b/man3/getnetbyaddr_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 316d315b7..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetbyaddr_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getnetent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getnetbyname.3 b/man3/getnetbyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 70f5670dc..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetbyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man3/getnetbyname_r.3 b/man3/getnetbyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 316d315b7..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetbyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getnetent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getnetent.3 b/man3/getnetent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a2a268994..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:48:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getnetent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getnetent, getnetbyname, getnetbyaddr, setnetent, endnetent \-
-get network entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.B struct netent *getnetent(void);
-.P
-.BI "struct netent *getnetbyname(const char *" name );
-.BI "struct netent *getnetbyaddr(uint32_t " net ", int " type );
-.P
-.BI "void setnetent(int " stayopen );
-.B void endnetent(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getnetent ()
-function reads the next entry from the networks database
-and returns a
-.I netent
-structure containing
-the broken-out fields from the entry.
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR getnetbyname ()
-function returns a
-.I netent
-structure
-for the entry from the database
-that matches the network
-.IR name .
-.P
-The
-.BR getnetbyaddr ()
-function returns a
-.I netent
-structure
-for the entry from the database
-that matches the network number
-.I net
-of type
-.IR type .
-The
-.I net
-argument must be in host byte order.
-.P
-The
-.BR setnetent ()
-function opens a connection to the database,
-and sets the next entry to the first entry.
-If
-.I stayopen
-is nonzero,
-then the connection to the database
-will not be closed between calls to one of the
-.BR getnet* ()
-functions.
-.P
-The
-.BR endnetent ()
-function closes the connection to the database.
-.P
-The
-.I netent
-structure is defined in
-.I <netdb.h>
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct netent {
-    char      *n_name;     /* official network name */
-    char     **n_aliases;  /* alias list */
-    int        n_addrtype; /* net address type */
-    uint32_t   n_net;      /* network number */
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The members of the
-.I netent
-structure are:
-.TP
-.I n_name
-The official name of the network.
-.TP
-.I n_aliases
-A NULL-terminated list of alternative names for the network.
-.TP
-.I n_addrtype
-The type of the network number; always
-.BR AF_INET .
-.TP
-.I n_net
-The network number in host byte order.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getnetent (),
-.BR getnetbyname (),
-and
-.BR getnetbyaddr ()
-functions return a pointer to a
-statically allocated
-.I netent
-structure, or a null pointer if an
-error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/networks
-networks database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getnetent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netent
-race:netentbuf env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getnetbyname ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netbyname
-env locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getnetbyaddr ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netbyaddr
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setnetent (),
-.BR endnetent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netent env
-locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I netent
-in
-.I race:netent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setnetent (),
-.BR getnetent (),
-or
-.BR endnetent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.2, the
-.I net
-argument of
-.BR getnetbyaddr ()
-was of type
-.IR long .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getnetent_r (3),
-.BR getprotoent (3),
-.BR getservent (3)
-.\" .BR networks (5)
-.br
-RFC\ 1101
diff --git a/man3/getnetent_r.3 b/man3/getnetent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d8f70c3a2..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getnetent_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getnetent_r, getnetbyname_r, getnetbyaddr_r \- get
-network entry (reentrant)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getnetent_r(struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.BI "int getnetbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
-.BI "                struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.BI "int getnetbyaddr_r(uint32_t " net ", int " type ,
-.BI "                struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
-.BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getnetent_r (),
-.BR getnetbyname_r (),
-.BR getnetbyaddr_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getnetent_r (),
-.BR getnetbyname_r (),
-and
-.BR getnetbyaddr_r ()
-functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
-.BR getnetent (3),
-.BR getnetbyname (3),
-and
-.BR getnetbynumber (3).
-They differ in the way that the
-.I netent
-structure is returned,
-and in the function calling signature and return value.
-This manual page describes just the differences from
-the nonreentrant functions.
-.P
-Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
-.I netent
-structure as the function result,
-these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
-.IR result_buf .
-.P
-The
-.I buf
-array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
-.I netent
-structure.
-(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
-The size of this array is specified in
-.IR buflen .
-If
-.I buf
-is too small, the call fails with the error
-.BR ERANGE ,
-and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
-(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
-.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
-.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
-.P
-If the function call successfully obtains a network record, then
-.I *result
-is set pointing to
-.IR result_buf ;
-otherwise,
-.I *result
-is set to NULL.
-.P
-The buffer pointed to by
-.I h_errnop
-is used to return the value that would be stored in the global variable
-.I h_errno
-by the nonreentrant versions of these functions.
-.\" getnetent.3 doesn't document any use of h_errno, but nevertheless
-.\" the nonreentrant functions no seem to set h_errno.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.P
-On error, record not found
-.RB ( getnetbyname_r (),
-.BR getnetbyaddr_r ()),
-or end of input
-.RB ( getnetent_r ())
-.I result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( getnetent_r ())
-No more records in database.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-.I buf
-is too small.
-Try again with a larger buffer
-(and increased
-.IR buflen ).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getnetent_r (),
-.BR getnetbyname_r (),
-.BR getnetbyaddr_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
-though typically with different calling signatures.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getnetent (3),
-.BR networks (5)
diff --git a/man3/getnetgrent.3 b/man3/getnetgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34268f941..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man3/getnetgrent_r.3 b/man3/getnetgrent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34268f941..000000000
--- a/man3/getnetgrent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man3/getopt.3 b/man3/getopt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 02d0ea141..000000000
--- a/man3/getopt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,577 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2006-2008, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:27:50 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon Aug 30 22:02:34 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"  longindex is a pointer, has_arg can take 3 values, using consistent
-.\"  names for optstring and longindex, "\n" in formats fixed.  Documenting
-.\"  opterr and getopt_long_only.  Clarified explanations (borrowing heavily
-.\"  from the source code).
-.\" Modified 8 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
-.\" Modified 990715, aeb: changed `EOF' into `-1' since that is what POSIX
-.\"  says; moreover, EOF is not defined in <unistd.h>.
-.\" Modified 2002-02-16, joey: added information about nonexistent
-.\"  option character and colon as first option character
-.\" Modified 2004-07-28, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"	Added text to explain how to order both '[-+]' and ':' at
-.\"		the start of optstring
-.\" Modified 2006-12-15, mtk, Added getopt() example program.
-.\"
-.TH getopt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getopt, getopt_long, getopt_long_only,
-optarg, optind, opterr, optopt \- Parse command-line options
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getopt(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
-.BI "           const char *" optstring );
-.P
-.BI "extern char *" optarg ;
-.BI "extern int " optind ", " opterr ", " optopt ;
-.P
-.B #include <getopt.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getopt_long(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
-.BI "           const char *" optstring ,
-.BI "           const struct option *" longopts ", int *" longindex );
-.BI "int getopt_long_only(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
-.BI "           const char *" optstring ,
-.BI "           const struct option *" longopts ", int *" longindex );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getopt ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2 || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR getopt_long (),
-.BR getopt_long_only ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getopt ()
-function parses the command-line arguments.
-Its arguments
-.I argc
-and
-.I argv
-are the argument count and array as passed to the
-.IR main ()
-function on program invocation.
-An element of \fIargv\fP that starts with \[aq]\-\[aq]
-(and is not exactly "\-" or "\-\-")
-is an option element.
-The characters of this element
-(aside from the initial \[aq]\-\[aq]) are option characters.
-If
-.BR getopt ()
-is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
-from each of the option elements.
-.P
-The variable
-.I optind
-is the index of the next element to be processed in
-.IR argv .
-The system initializes this value to 1.
-The caller can reset it to 1 to restart scanning of the same
-.IR argv ,
-or when scanning a new argument vector.
-.P
-If
-.BR getopt ()
-finds another option character, it returns that
-character, updating the external variable \fIoptind\fP and a static
-variable \fInextchar\fP so that the next call to
-.BR getopt ()
-can
-resume the scan with the following option character or
-\fIargv\fP-element.
-.P
-If there are no more option characters,
-.BR getopt ()
-returns \-1.
-Then \fIoptind\fP is the index in \fIargv\fP of the first
-\fIargv\fP-element that is not an option.
-.P
-.I optstring
-is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
-A legitimate option character is any visible one byte
-.BR ascii (7)
-character (for which
-.BR isgraph (3)
-would return nonzero) that is not \[aq]\-\[aq], \[aq]:\[aq], or \[aq];\[aq].
-If such a
-character is followed by a colon, the option requires an argument, so
-.BR getopt ()
-places a pointer to the following text in the same
-\fIargv\fP-element, or the text of the following \fIargv\fP-element, in
-.IR optarg .
-Two colons mean an option takes
-an optional arg; if there is text in the current \fIargv\fP-element
-(i.e., in the same word as the option name itself, for example, "\-oarg"),
-then it is returned in \fIoptarg\fP, otherwise \fIoptarg\fP is set to zero.
-This is a GNU extension.
-If
-.I optstring
-contains
-.B W
-followed by a semicolon, then
-.B \-W foo
-is treated as the long option
-.BR \-\-foo .
-(The
-.B \-W
-option is reserved by POSIX.2 for implementation extensions.)
-This behavior is a GNU extension, not available with libraries before
-glibc 2.
-.P
-By default,
-.BR getopt ()
-permutes the contents of \fIargv\fP as it
-scans, so that eventually all the nonoptions are at the end.
-Two other scanning modes are also implemented.
-If the first character of
-\fIoptstring\fP is \[aq]+\[aq] or the environment variable
-.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
-is set, then option processing stops as soon as a nonoption argument is
-encountered.
-If \[aq]+\[aq] is not the first character of
-.IR optstring ,
-it is treated as a normal option.
-If
-.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
-behaviour is required in this case
-.I optstring
-will contain two \[aq]+\[aq] symbols.
-If the first character of \fIoptstring\fP is \[aq]\-\[aq], then
-each nonoption \fIargv\fP-element is handled as if it were the argument of
-an option with character code 1.
-(This is used by programs that were
-written to expect options and other \fIargv\fP-elements in any order
-and that care about the ordering of the two.)
-The special argument "\-\-" forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-of the scanning mode.
-.P
-While processing the option list,
-.BR getopt ()
-can detect two kinds of errors:
-(1) an option character that was not specified in
-.I optstring
-and (2) a missing option argument
-(i.e., an option at the end of the command line without an expected argument).
-Such errors are handled and reported as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-By default,
-.BR getopt ()
-prints an error message on standard error,
-places the erroneous option character in
-.IR optopt ,
-and returns \[aq]?\[aq] as the function result.
-.IP \[bu]
-If the caller has set the global variable
-.I opterr
-to zero, then
-.BR getopt ()
-does not print an error message.
-The caller can determine that there was an error by testing whether
-the function return value is \[aq]?\[aq].
-(By default,
-.I opterr
-has a nonzero value.)
-.IP \[bu]
-If the first character
-(following any optional \[aq]+\[aq] or \[aq]\-\[aq] described above)
-of \fIoptstring\fP
-is a colon (\[aq]:\[aq]), then
-.BR getopt ()
-likewise does not print an error message.
-In addition, it returns \[aq]:\[aq] instead of \[aq]?\[aq] to
-indicate a missing option argument.
-This allows the caller to distinguish the two different types of errors.
-.\"
-.SS getopt_long() and getopt_long_only()
-The
-.BR getopt_long ()
-function works like
-.BR getopt ()
-except that it also accepts long options, started with two dashes.
-(If the program accepts only long options, then
-.I optstring
-should be specified as an empty string (""), not NULL.)
-Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is
-unique or is an exact match for some defined option.
-A long option
-may take a parameter, of the form
-.B \-\-arg=param
-or
-.BR "\-\-arg param" .
-.P
-.I longopts
-is a pointer to the first element of an array of
-.I struct option
-declared in
-.I <getopt.h>
-as
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct option {
-    const char *name;
-    int         has_arg;
-    int        *flag;
-    int         val;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The meanings of the different fields are:
-.TP
-.I name
-is the name of the long option.
-.TP
-.I has_arg
-is:
-\fBno_argument\fP (or 0) if the option does not take an argument;
-\fBrequired_argument\fP (or 1) if the option requires an argument; or
-\fBoptional_argument\fP (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-.TP
-.I flag
-specifies how results are returned for a long option.
-If \fIflag\fP
-is NULL, then
-.BR getopt_long ()
-returns \fIval\fP.
-(For example, the calling program may set \fIval\fP to the equivalent short
-option character.)
-Otherwise,
-.BR getopt_long ()
-returns 0, and
-\fIflag\fP points to a variable which is set to \fIval\fP if the
-option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found.
-.TP
-\fIval\fP
-is the value to return, or to load into the variable pointed
-to by \fIflag\fP.
-.P
-The last element of the array has to be filled with zeros.
-.P
-If \fIlongindex\fP is not NULL, it
-points to a variable which is set to the index of the long option relative to
-.IR longopts .
-.P
-.BR getopt_long_only ()
-is like
-.BR getopt_long (),
-but \[aq]\-\[aq] as well
-as "\-\-" can indicate a long option.
-If an option that starts with \[aq]\-\[aq]
-(not "\-\-") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option,
-it is parsed as a short option instead.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If an option was successfully found, then
-.BR getopt ()
-returns the option character.
-If all command-line options have been parsed, then
-.BR getopt ()
-returns \-1.
-If
-.BR getopt ()
-encounters an option character that was not in
-.IR optstring ,
-then \[aq]?\[aq] is returned.
-If
-.BR getopt ()
-encounters an option with a missing argument,
-then the return value depends on the first character in
-.IR optstring :
-if it is \[aq]:\[aq], then \[aq]:\[aq] is returned;
-otherwise \[aq]?\[aq] is returned.
-.P
-.BR getopt_long ()
-and
-.BR getopt_long_only ()
-also return the option
-character when a short option is recognized.
-For a long option, they
-return \fIval\fP if \fIflag\fP is NULL, and 0 otherwise.
-Error and \-1 returns are the same as for
-.BR getopt (),
-plus \[aq]?\[aq] for an
-ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
-If this is set, then option processing stops as soon as a nonoption
-argument is encountered.
-.TP
-.B _<PID>_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_
-This variable was used by
-.BR bash (1)
-2.0 to communicate to glibc which arguments are the results of
-wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options.
-This behavior was removed in
-.BR bash (1)
-2.01, but the support remains in glibc.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getopt (),
-.BR getopt_long (),
-.BR getopt_long_only ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:getopt env
-T}
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX specifies that the
-.I argv
-array argument should be
-.IR const ,
-but these functions permute its elements
-unless the environment variable
-.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
-is set.
-.I const
-is used in the actual prototype to be compatible with other systems;
-however, this page doesn't show the qualifier,
-to avoid confusing readers.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR getopt ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR getopt_long ()
-.TQ
-.BR getopt_long_only ()
-GNU.
-.IP
-The use of \[aq]+\[aq] and \[aq]\-\[aq] in
-.I optstring
-is a GNU extension.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR getopt ()
-POSIX.1-2001, and POSIX.2.
-.P
-On some older implementations,
-.BR getopt ()
-was declared in
-.IR <stdio.h> .
-SUSv1 permitted the declaration to appear in either
-.I <unistd.h>
-or
-.IR <stdio.h> .
-POSIX.1-1996 marked the use of
-.I <stdio.h>
-for this purpose as LEGACY.
-POSIX.1-2001 does not require the declaration to appear in
-.IR <stdio.h> .
-.SH NOTES
-A program that scans multiple argument vectors,
-or rescans the same vector more than once,
-and wants to make use of GNU extensions such as \[aq]+\[aq]
-and \[aq]\-\[aq] at the start of
-.IR optstring ,
-or changes the value of
-.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
-between scans,
-must reinitialize
-.BR getopt ()
-by resetting
-.I optind
-to 0, rather than the traditional value of 1.
-(Resetting to 0 forces the invocation of an internal initialization
-routine that rechecks
-.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
-and checks for GNU extensions in
-.IR optstring .)
-.P
-Command-line arguments are parsed in strict order
-meaning that an option requiring an argument will consume the next argument,
-regardless of whether that argument is the correctly specified option argument
-or simply the next option
-(in the scenario the user mis-specifies the command line).
-For example, if
-.I optstring
-is specified as "1n:"
-and the user specifies the command line arguments incorrectly as
-.IR "prog\ \-n\ \-1" ,
-the
-.I \-n
-option will be given the
-.B optarg
-value "\-1", and the
-.I \-1
-option will be considered to have not been specified.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.SS getopt()
-The following trivial example program uses
-.BR getopt ()
-to handle two program options:
-.IR \-n ,
-with no associated value; and
-.IR "\-t val" ,
-which expects an associated value.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getopt.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int flags, opt;
-    int nsecs, tfnd;
-\&
-    nsecs = 0;
-    tfnd = 0;
-    flags = 0;
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "nt:")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]n\[aq]:
-            flags = 1;
-            break;
-        case \[aq]t\[aq]:
-            nsecs = atoi(optarg);
-            tfnd = 1;
-            break;
-        default: /* \[aq]?\[aq] */
-            fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [\-t nsecs] [\-n] name\en",
-                    argv[0]);
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    printf("flags=%d; tfnd=%d; nsecs=%d; optind=%d\en",
-           flags, tfnd, nsecs, optind);
-\&
-    if (optind >= argc) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Expected argument after options\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("name argument = %s\en", argv[optind]);
-\&
-    /* Other code omitted */
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SS getopt_long()
-The following example program illustrates the use of
-.BR getopt_long ()
-with most of its features.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getopt_long.c)
-.EX
-#include <getopt.h>
-#include <stdio.h>     /* for printf */
-#include <stdlib.h>    /* for exit */
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int c;
-    int digit_optind = 0;
-\&
-    while (1) {
-        int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-        int option_index = 0;
-        static struct option long_options[] = {
-            {"add",     required_argument, 0,  0 },
-            {"append",  no_argument,       0,  0 },
-            {"delete",  required_argument, 0,  0 },
-            {"verbose", no_argument,       0,  0 },
-            {"create",  required_argument, 0, \[aq]c\[aq]},
-            {"file",    required_argument, 0,  0 },
-            {0,         0,                 0,  0 }
-        };
-\&
-        c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "abc:d:012",
-                        long_options, &option_index);
-        if (c == \-1)
-            break;
-\&
-        switch (c) {
-        case 0:
-            printf("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-            if (optarg)
-                printf(" with arg %s", optarg);
-            printf("\en");
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]0\[aq]:
-        case \[aq]1\[aq]:
-        case \[aq]2\[aq]:
-            if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-              printf("digits occur in two different argv\-elements.\en");
-            digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-            printf("option %c\en", c);
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]a\[aq]:
-            printf("option a\en");
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]b\[aq]:
-            printf("option b\en");
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]c\[aq]:
-            printf("option c with value \[aq]%s\[aq]\en", optarg);
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]d\[aq]:
-            printf("option d with value \[aq]%s\[aq]\en", optarg);
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]?\[aq]:
-            break;
-\&
-        default:
-            printf("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\en", c);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    if (optind < argc) {
-        printf("non\-option ARGV\-elements: ");
-        while (optind < argc)
-            printf("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-        printf("\en");
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getopt (1),
-.BR getsubopt (3)
diff --git a/man3/getopt_long.3 b/man3/getopt_long.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7612d3f67..000000000
--- a/man3/getopt_long.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man3/getopt_long_only.3 b/man3/getopt_long_only.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7612d3f67..000000000
--- a/man3/getopt_long_only.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man3/getpass.3 b/man3/getpass.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 979da4949..000000000
--- a/man3/getpass.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH getpass 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getpass \- get a password
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *getpass(const char *" prompt );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getpass ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.2.2:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.2.2:
-        none
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function is obsolete.
-Do not use it.
-See NOTES.
-If you want to read input without terminal echoing enabled,
-see the description of the
-.I ECHO
-flag in
-.BR termios (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR getpass ()
-function opens
-.I /dev/tty
-(the controlling terminal of the process), outputs the string
-.IR prompt ,
-turns off echoing, reads one line (the "password"),
-restores the terminal state and closes
-.I /dev/tty
-again.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The function
-.BR getpass ()
-returns a pointer to a static buffer containing (the first
-.B PASS_MAX
-bytes of) the password without the trailing
-newline, terminated by a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-This buffer may be overwritten by a following call.
-On error, the terminal state is restored,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error, and NULL is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENXIO
-The process does not have a controlling terminal.
-.SH FILES
-.I /dev/tty
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpass ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe term
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Version 7 AT&T UNIX.
-Present in SUSv2, but marked LEGACY.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-.\" For libc4 and libc5, the prompt is not written to
-.\" .I /dev/tty
-.\" but to
-.\" .IR stderr .
-.\" Moreover, if
-.\" .I /dev/tty
-.\" cannot be opened, the password is read from
-.\" .IR stdin .
-.\" The static buffer has length 128 so that only the first 127
-.\" bytes of the password are returned.
-.\" While reading the password, signal generation
-.\" .RB ( SIGINT ,
-.\" .BR SIGQUIT ,
-.\" .BR SIGSTOP ,
-.\" .BR SIGTSTP )
-.\" is disabled and the corresponding characters
-.\" (usually control-C, control-\e, control-Z and control-Y)
-.\" are transmitted as part of the password.
-.\" Since libc 5.4.19 also line editing is disabled, so that also
-.\" backspace and the like will be seen as part of the password.
-You should use instead
-.BR readpassphrase (3bsd),
-provided by
-.IR libbsd .
-.P
-In the GNU C library implementation, if
-.I /dev/tty
-cannot be opened, the prompt is written to
-.I stderr
-and the password is read from
-.IR stdin .
-There is no limit on the length of the password.
-Line editing is not disabled.
-.P
-According to SUSv2, the value of
-.B PASS_MAX
-must be defined in
-.I <limits.h>
-in case it is smaller than 8, and can in any case be obtained using
-.IR sysconf(_SC_PASS_MAX) .
-However, POSIX.2 withdraws the constants
-.B PASS_MAX
-and
-.BR _SC_PASS_MAX ,
-and the function
-.BR getpass ().
-.\" Libc4 and libc5 have never supported
-.\" .B PASS_MAX
-.\" or
-.\" .BR _SC_PASS_MAX .
-The glibc version accepts
-.B _SC_PASS_MAX
-and returns
-.B BUFSIZ
-(e.g., 8192).
-.SH BUGS
-The calling process should zero the password as soon as possible to avoid
-leaving the cleartext password visible in the process's address space.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR crypt (3)
diff --git a/man3/getprotobyname.3 b/man3/getprotobyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f8cb4bba2..000000000
--- a/man3/getprotobyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man3/getprotobyname_r.3 b/man3/getprotobyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9936ea827..000000000
--- a/man3/getprotobyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getprotoent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getprotobynumber.3 b/man3/getprotobynumber.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f8cb4bba2..000000000
--- a/man3/getprotobynumber.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man3/getprotobynumber_r.3 b/man3/getprotobynumber_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9936ea827..000000000
--- a/man3/getprotobynumber_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getprotoent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getprotoent.3 b/man3/getprotoent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 79b5d23be..000000000
--- a/man3/getprotoent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:26:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getprotoent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getprotoent, getprotobyname, getprotobynumber, setprotoent,
-endprotoent \- get protocol entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.B struct protoent *getprotoent(void);
-.P
-.BI "struct protoent *getprotobyname(const char *" name );
-.BI "struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int " proto );
-.P
-.BI "void setprotoent(int " stayopen );
-.B void endprotoent(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getprotoent ()
-function reads the next entry from the protocols database (see
-.BR protocols (5))
-and returns a
-.I protoent
-structure
-containing the broken-out fields from the entry.
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR getprotobyname ()
-function returns a
-.I protoent
-structure
-for the entry from the database
-that matches the protocol name
-.IR name .
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR getprotobynumber ()
-function returns a
-.I protoent
-structure
-for the entry from the database
-that matches the protocol number
-.IR number .
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR setprotoent ()
-function opens a connection to the database,
-and sets the next entry to the first entry.
-If
-.I stayopen
-is nonzero,
-then the connection to the database
-will not be closed between calls to one of the
-.BR getproto* ()
-functions.
-.P
-The
-.BR endprotoent ()
-function closes the connection to the database.
-.P
-The
-.I protoent
-structure is defined in
-.I <netdb.h>
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct protoent {
-    char  *p_name;       /* official protocol name */
-    char **p_aliases;    /* alias list */
-    int    p_proto;      /* protocol number */
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The members of the
-.I protoent
-structure are:
-.TP
-.I p_name
-The official name of the protocol.
-.TP
-.I p_aliases
-A NULL-terminated list of alternative names for the protocol.
-.TP
-.I p_proto
-The protocol number.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getprotoent (),
-.BR getprotobyname (),
-and
-.BR getprotobynumber ()
-functions return a pointer to a
-statically allocated
-.I protoent
-structure, or a null pointer if an
-error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
-.SH FILES
-.PD 0
-.TP
-.I /etc/protocols
-protocol database file
-.PD
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getprotoent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:protoent
-race:protoentbuf locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getprotobyname ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:protobyname
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getprotobynumber ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:protobynumber
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setprotoent (),
-.BR endprotoent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:protoent
-locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I protoent
-in
-.I race:protoent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setprotoent (),
-.BR getprotoent (),
-or
-.BR endprotoent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getnetent (3),
-.BR getprotoent_r (3),
-.BR getservent (3),
-.BR protocols (5)
diff --git a/man3/getprotoent_r.3 b/man3/getprotoent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 846eec936..000000000
--- a/man3/getprotoent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getprotoent_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getprotoent_r, getprotobyname_r, getprotobynumber_r \- get
-protocol entry (reentrant)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getprotoent_r(struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
-.BI "int getprotobyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
-.BI "                  struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
-.BI "int getprotobynumber_r(int " proto ,
-.BI "                  struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getprotoent_r (),
-.BR getprotobyname_r (),
-.BR getprotobynumber_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getprotoent_r (),
-.BR getprotobyname_r (),
-and
-.BR getprotobynumber_r ()
-functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
-.BR getprotoent (3),
-.BR getprotobyname (3),
-and
-.BR getprotobynumber (3).
-They differ in the way that the
-.I protoent
-structure is returned,
-and in the function calling signature and return value.
-This manual page describes just the differences from
-the nonreentrant functions.
-.P
-Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
-.I protoent
-structure as the function result,
-these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
-.IR result_buf .
-.P
-The
-.I buf
-array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
-.I protoent
-structure.
-(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
-The size of this array is specified in
-.IR buflen .
-If
-.I buf
-is too small, the call fails with the error
-.BR ERANGE ,
-and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
-(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
-.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
-.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer.
-.\" The 1024 byte value is also what the Solaris man page suggests. -- mtk
-.P
-If the function call successfully obtains a protocol record, then
-.I *result
-is set pointing to
-.IR result_buf ;
-otherwise,
-.I *result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.P
-On error, record not found
-.RB ( getprotobyname_r (),
-.BR getprotobynumber_r ()),
-or end of input
-.RB ( getprotoent_r ())
-.I result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( getprotoent_r ())
-No more records in database.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-.I buf
-is too small.
-Try again with a larger buffer
-(and increased
-.IR buflen ).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getprotoent_r (),
-.BR getprotobyname_r (),
-.BR getprotobynumber_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
-though typically with different calling signatures.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below uses
-.BR getprotobyname_r ()
-to retrieve the protocol record for the protocol named
-in its first command-line argument.
-If a second (integer) command-line argument is supplied,
-it is used as the initial value for
-.IR buflen ;
-if
-.BR getprotobyname_r ()
-fails with the error
-.BR ERANGE ,
-the program retries with larger buffer sizes.
-The following shell session shows a couple of sample runs:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out tcp 1"
-ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer
-getprotobyname_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=78)
-p_name=tcp; p_proto=6; aliases=TCP
-.RB "$" " ./a.out xxx 1"
-ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer
-getprotobyname_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=100)
-Call failed/record not found
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getprotoent_r.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define MAX_BUF 10000
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int buflen, erange_cnt, s;
-    struct protoent result_buf;
-    struct protoent *result;
-    char buf[MAX_BUF];
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        printf("Usage: %s proto\-name [buflen]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    buflen = 1024;
-    if (argc > 2)
-        buflen = atoi(argv[2]);
-\&
-    if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
-        printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    erange_cnt = 0;
-    do {
-        s = getprotobyname_r(argv[1], &result_buf,
-                             buf, buflen, &result);
-        if (s == ERANGE) {
-            if (erange_cnt == 0)
-                printf("ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer\en");
-            erange_cnt++;
-\&
-            /* Increment a byte at a time so we can see exactly
-               what size buffer was required. */
-\&
-            buflen++;
-\&
-            if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
-                printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
-                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-            }
-        }
-    } while (s == ERANGE);
-\&
-    printf("getprotobyname_r() returned: %s  (buflen=%d)\en",
-           (s == 0) ? "0 (success)" : (s == ENOENT) ? "ENOENT" :
-           strerror(s), buflen);
-\&
-    if (s != 0 || result == NULL) {
-        printf("Call failed/record not found\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("p_name=%s; p_proto=%d; aliases=",
-           result_buf.p_name, result_buf.p_proto);
-    for (char **p = result_buf.p_aliases; *p != NULL; p++)
-        printf("%s ", *p);
-    printf("\en");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getprotoent (3),
-.BR protocols (5)
diff --git a/man3/getpt.3 b/man3/getpt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fca62693e..000000000
--- a/man3/getpt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This man page was written by Jeremy Phelps <jphelps@notreached.net>.
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(FREELY_REDISTRIBUTABLE)
-.\" Redistribute and modify at will.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.TH getpt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getpt \- open a new pseudoterminal master
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B "int getpt(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getpt ()
-opens a new pseudoterminal device and returns a file descriptor
-that refers to that device.
-It is equivalent to opening the pseudoterminal multiplexor device
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-open("/dev/ptmx", O_RDWR);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-on Linux systems, though the pseudoterminal multiplexor device is located
-elsewhere on some systems that use the GNU C library.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR getpt ()
-returns an open file descriptor upon successful completion.
-Otherwise, it
-returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR getpt ()
-can fail with various errors described in
-.BR open (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Use
-.BR posix_openpt (3)
-instead.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR grantpt (3),
-.BR posix_openpt (3),
-.BR ptsname (3),
-.BR unlockpt (3),
-.BR ptmx (4),
-.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man3/getpw.3 b/man3/getpw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b40b36ffd..000000000
--- a/man3/getpw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:23:25 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon May 27 21:37:47 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\"
-.TH getpw 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getpw \- reconstruct password line entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int getpw(uid_t " uid ", char *" buf );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getpw ()
-function reconstructs the password line entry for
-the given user ID \fIuid\fP in the buffer \fIbuf\fP.
-The returned buffer contains a line of format
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.B name:passwd:uid:gid:gecos:dir:shell
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd {
-    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
-    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
-    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
-    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
-    char   *pw_gecos;      /* user information */
-    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
-    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more information about the fields of this structure, see
-.BR passwd (5).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getpw ()
-function returns 0 on success; on error, it returns \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-If
-.I uid
-is not found in the password database,
-.BR getpw ()
-returns \-1, sets
-.I errno
-to 0, and leaves
-.I buf
-unchanged.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.BR 0 " or " ENOENT
-No user corresponding to
-.IR uid .
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I buf
-is NULL.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I passwd
-structure.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/passwd
-password database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpw ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr2.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR getpw ()
-function is dangerous as it may overflow the provided buffer
-.IR buf .
-It is obsoleted by
-.BR getpwuid (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR endpwent (3),
-.BR fgetpwent (3),
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR getpwuid (3),
-.BR putpwent (3),
-.BR setpwent (3),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/getpwent.3 b/man3/getpwent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c213db9a..000000000
--- a/man3/getpwent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:22:14 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon May 27 21:37:47 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\"
-.TH getpwent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getpwent, setpwent, endpwent \- get password file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.P
-.B struct passwd *getpwent(void);
-.B void setpwent(void);
-.B void endpwent(void);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getpwent (),
-.BR setpwent (),
-.BR endpwent ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getpwent ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of a record from the password database
-(e.g., the local password file
-.IR /etc/passwd ,
-NIS, and LDAP).
-The first time
-.BR getpwent ()
-is called, it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive
-entries.
-.P
-The
-.BR setpwent ()
-function rewinds to the beginning
-of the password database.
-.P
-The
-.BR endpwent ()
-function is used to close the password database
-after all processing has been performed.
-.P
-The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd {
-    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
-    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
-    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
-    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
-    char   *pw_gecos;      /* user information */
-    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
-    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more information about the fields of this structure, see
-.BR passwd (5).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getpwent ()
-function returns a pointer to a
-.I passwd
-structure, or NULL if
-there are no more entries or an error occurred.
-If an error occurs,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-If one wants to check
-.I errno
-after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.P
-The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
-by subsequent calls to
-.BR getpwent (),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-or
-.BR getpwuid (3).
-(Do not pass the returned pointer to
-.BR free (3).)
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-A signal was caught; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EIO
-I/O error.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.\" not in POSIX
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I passwd
-structure.
-.\" to allocate the passwd structure, or to allocate buffers
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient buffer space supplied.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/passwd
-local password database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpwent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:pwent
-race:pwentbuf locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setpwent (),
-.BR endpwent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:pwent locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I pwent
-in
-.I race:pwent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setpwent (),
-.BR getpwent (),
-or
-.BR endpwent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH VERSIONS
-The
-.I pw_gecos
-field is not specified in POSIX, but is present on most implementations.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetpwent (3),
-.BR getpw (3),
-.BR getpwent_r (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR getpwuid (3),
-.BR putpwent (3),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/getpwent_r.3 b/man3/getpwent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5433e6ae6..000000000
--- a/man3/getpwent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH getpwent_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getpwent_r, fgetpwent_r \- get passwd file entry reentrantly
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getpwent_r(struct passwd *restrict " pwbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " pwbufp );
-.BI "int fgetpwent_r(FILE *restrict " stream \
-", struct passwd *restrict " pwbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " pwbufp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getpwent_r (),
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR fgetpwent_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions
-.BR getpwent_r ()
-and
-.BR fgetpwent_r ()
-are the reentrant versions of
-.BR getpwent (3)
-and
-.BR fgetpwent (3).
-The former reads the next passwd entry from the stream initialized by
-.BR setpwent (3).
-The latter reads the next passwd entry from
-.IR stream .
-.P
-The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in
-.I <pwd.h>
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd {
-    char    *pw_name;      /* username */
-    char    *pw_passwd;    /* user password */
-    uid_t    pw_uid;       /* user ID */
-    gid_t    pw_gid;       /* group ID */
-    char    *pw_gecos;     /* user information */
-    char    *pw_dir;       /* home directory */
-    char    *pw_shell;     /* shell program */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more information about the fields of this structure, see
-.BR passwd (5).
-.P
-The nonreentrant functions return a pointer to static storage,
-where this static storage contains further pointers to user
-name, password, gecos field, home directory and shell.
-The reentrant functions described here return all of that in
-caller-provided buffers.
-First of all there is the buffer
-.I pwbuf
-that can hold a \fIstruct passwd\fP.
-And next the buffer
-.I buf
-of size
-.I buflen
-that can hold additional strings.
-The result of these functions, the \fIstruct passwd\fP read from the stream,
-is stored in the provided buffer
-.IR *pwbuf ,
-and a pointer to this \fIstruct passwd\fP is returned in
-.IR *pwbufp .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0 and
-.I *pwbufp
-is a pointer to the \fIstruct passwd\fP.
-On error, these functions return an error value and
-.I *pwbufp
-is NULL.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-No more entries.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient buffer space supplied.
-Try again with larger buffer.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpwent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:pwent locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetpwent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I pwent
-in
-.I race:pwent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setpwent (),
-.BR getpwent (),
-.BR endpwent (),
-or
-.BR getpwent_r ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH VERSIONS
-Other systems use the prototype
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd *
-getpwent_r(struct passwd *pwd, char *buf, int buflen);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-or, better,
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int
-getpwent_r(struct passwd *pwd, char *buf, int buflen,
-           FILE **pw_fp);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-These functions are done in a style resembling
-the POSIX version of functions like
-.BR getpwnam_r (3).
-.SH NOTES
-The function
-.BR getpwent_r ()
-is not really reentrant since it shares the reading position
-in the stream with all other threads.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getpwent_r.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#define BUFLEN 4096
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct passwd pw;
-    struct passwd *pwp;
-    char buf[BUFLEN];
-    int i;
-\&
-    setpwent();
-    while (1) {
-        i = getpwent_r(&pw, buf, sizeof(buf), &pwp);
-        if (i)
-            break;
-        printf("%s (%jd)\etHOME %s\etSHELL %s\en", pwp\->pw_name,
-               (intmax_t) pwp\->pw_uid, pwp\->pw_dir, pwp\->pw_shell);
-    }
-    endpwent();
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" perhaps add error checking - should use strerror_r
-.\" #include <errno.h>
-.\" #include <stdlib.h>
-.\"         if (i) {
-.\"               if (i == ENOENT)
-.\"                     break;
-.\"               printf("getpwent_r: %s", strerror(i));
-.\"               exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-.\"         }
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetpwent (3),
-.BR getpw (3),
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR getpwuid (3),
-.BR putpwent (3),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/getpwnam.3 b/man3/getpwnam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7974fd229..000000000
--- a/man3/getpwnam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's "POSIX Programmer's Guide" (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1996-05-27 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\" Modified 2003-11-15 by aeb
-.\" 2008-11-07, mtk, Added an example program for getpwnam_r().
-.\"
-.TH getpwnam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getpwnam, getpwnam_r, getpwuid, getpwuid_r \- get password file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct passwd *getpwnam(const char *" name );
-.BI "struct passwd *getpwuid(uid_t " uid );
-.P
-.BI "int getpwnam_r(const char *restrict " name ", \
-struct passwd *restrict " pwd ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " result );
-.BI "int getpwuid_r(uid_t " uid ", struct passwd *restrict " pwd ,
-.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " result );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getpwnam_r (),
-.BR getpwuid_r ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getpwnam ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of the record in the password database
-(e.g., the local password file
-.IR /etc/passwd ,
-NIS, and LDAP)
-that matches the username
-.IR name .
-.P
-The
-.BR getpwuid ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of the record in the password database
-that matches the user ID
-.IR uid .
-.P
-The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd {
-    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
-    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
-    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
-    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
-    char   *pw_gecos;      /* user information */
-    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
-    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-See
-.BR passwd (5)
-for more information about these fields.
-.P
-The
-.BR getpwnam_r ()
-and
-.BR getpwuid_r ()
-functions obtain the same information as
-.BR getpwnam ()
-and
-.BR getpwuid (),
-but store the retrieved
-.I passwd
-structure in the space pointed to by
-.IR pwd .
-The string fields pointed to by the members of the
-.I passwd
-structure are stored in the buffer
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR buflen .
-A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
-was found or an error occurred) is stored in
-.IR *result .
-.P
-The call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-sysconf(_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-returns either \-1, without changing
-.IR errno ,
-or an initial suggested size for
-.IR buf .
-(If this size is too small,
-the call fails with
-.BR ERANGE ,
-in which case the caller can retry with a larger buffer.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getpwnam ()
-and
-.BR getpwuid ()
-functions return a pointer to a
-.I passwd
-structure, or NULL if the matching entry is not found or
-an error occurs.
-If an error occurs,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-If one wants to check
-.I errno
-after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
-.P
-The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
-by subsequent calls to
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getpwnam (),
-or
-.BR getpwuid ().
-(Do not pass the returned pointer to
-.BR free (3).)
-.P
-On success,
-.BR getpwnam_r ()
-and
-.BR getpwuid_r ()
-return zero, and set
-.I *result
-to
-.IR pwd .
-If no matching password record was found,
-these functions return 0 and store NULL in
-.IR *result .
-In case of error, an error number is returned, and NULL is stored in
-.IR *result .
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.BR 0 " or " ENOENT " or " ESRCH " or " EBADF " or " EPERM " or ..."
-The given
-.I name
-or
-.I uid
-was not found.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-A signal was caught; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EIO
-I/O error.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.\" not in POSIX
-Insufficient memory to allocate
-.I passwd
-structure.
-.\" This structure is static, allocated 0 or 1 times. No memory leak. (libc45)
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient buffer space supplied.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/passwd
-local password database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpwnam ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:pwnam locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpwuid ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:pwuid locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getpwnam_r (),
-.BR getpwuid_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe locale
-T}
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The
-.I pw_gecos
-field is not specified in POSIX, but is present on most implementations.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-The formulation given above under "RETURN VALUE" is from POSIX.1-2001.
-It does not call "not found" an error, and hence does not specify what value
-.I errno
-might have in this situation.
-But that makes it impossible to recognize
-errors.
-One might argue that according to POSIX
-.I errno
-should be left unchanged if an entry is not found.
-Experiments on various
-UNIX-like systems show that lots of different values occur in this
-situation: 0, ENOENT, EBADF, ESRCH, EWOULDBLOCK, EPERM, and probably others.
-.\" more precisely:
-.\" AIX 5.1 - gives ESRCH
-.\" OSF1 4.0g - gives EWOULDBLOCK
-.\" libc, glibc up to glibc 2.6, Irix 6.5 - give ENOENT
-.\" since glibc 2.7 - give 0
-.\" FreeBSD 4.8, OpenBSD 3.2, NetBSD 1.6 - give EPERM
-.\" SunOS 5.8 - gives EBADF
-.\" Tru64 5.1b, HP-UX-11i, SunOS 5.7 - give 0
-.P
-The
-.I pw_dir
-field contains the name of the initial working directory of the user.
-Login programs use the value of this field to initialize the
-.B HOME
-environment variable for the login shell.
-An application that wants to determine its user's home directory
-should inspect the value of
-.B HOME
-(rather than the value
-.IR getpwuid(getuid())\->pw_dir )
-since this allows the user to modify their notion of
-"the home directory" during a login session.
-To determine the (initial) home directory of another user,
-it is necessary to use
-.I getpwnam("username")\->pw_dir
-or similar.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR getpwnam_r ()
-to find the full username and user ID for the username
-supplied as a command-line argument.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getpwnam.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct passwd pwd;
-    struct passwd *result;
-    char *buf;
-    long bufsize;
-    int s;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s username\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    bufsize = sysconf(_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX);
-    if (bufsize == \-1)          /* Value was indeterminate */
-        bufsize = 16384;        /* Should be more than enough */
-\&
-    buf = malloc(bufsize);
-    if (buf == NULL) {
-        perror("malloc");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    s = getpwnam_r(argv[1], &pwd, buf, bufsize, &result);
-    if (result == NULL) {
-        if (s == 0)
-            printf("Not found\en");
-        else {
-            errno = s;
-            perror("getpwnam_r");
-        }
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("Name: %s; UID: %jd\en", pwd.pw_gecos,
-           (intmax_t) pwd.pw_uid);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR endpwent (3),
-.BR fgetpwent (3),
-.BR getgrnam (3),
-.BR getpw (3),
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getspnam (3),
-.BR putpwent (3),
-.BR setpwent (3),
-.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man3/getpwnam_r.3 b/man3/getpwnam_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e83dcaf7e..000000000
--- a/man3/getpwnam_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getpwnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getpwuid.3 b/man3/getpwuid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e83dcaf7e..000000000
--- a/man3/getpwuid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getpwnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getpwuid_r.3 b/man3/getpwuid_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e83dcaf7e..000000000
--- a/man3/getpwuid_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getpwnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getrpcbyname.3 b/man3/getrpcbyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 923085e2e..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcbyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man3/getrpcbyname_r.3 b/man3/getrpcbyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 78323ea91..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcbyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getrpcent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getrpcbynumber.3 b/man3/getrpcbynumber.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 923085e2e..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcbynumber.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man3/getrpcbynumber_r.3 b/man3/getrpcbynumber_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 78323ea91..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcbynumber_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getrpcent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getrpcent.3 b/man3/getrpcent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ec217b70c..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" @(#)getrpcent.3n	2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.11 88/03/14 SMI
-.TH getrpcent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getrpcent, getrpcbyname, getrpcbynumber, setrpcent, endrpcent \- get
-RPC entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.B struct rpcent *getrpcent(void);
-.P
-.BI "struct rpcent *getrpcbyname(const char *" name );
-.BI "struct rpcent *getrpcbynumber(int " number );
-.P
-.BI "void setrpcent(int " stayopen );
-.B void endrpcent(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getrpcent (),
-.BR getrpcbyname (),
-and
-.BR getrpcbynumber ()
-functions each return a pointer to an object with the
-following structure containing the broken-out
-fields of an entry in the RPC program number data base.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct rpcent {
-    char  *r_name;     /* name of server for this RPC program */
-    char **r_aliases;  /* alias list */
-    long   r_number;   /* RPC program number */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The members of this structure are:
-.TP
-.I r_name
-The name of the server for this RPC program.
-.TP
-.I r_aliases
-A NULL-terminated list of alternate names for the RPC program.
-.TP
-.I r_number
-The RPC program number for this service.
-.P
-The
-.BR getrpcent ()
-function reads the next entry from the database.
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR setrpcent ()
-function opens a connection to the database,
-and sets the next entry to the first entry.
-If
-.I stayopen
-is nonzero,
-then the connection to the database
-will not be closed between calls to one of the
-.BR getrpc* ()
-functions.
-.P
-The
-.BR endrpcent ()
-function closes the connection to the database.
-.P
-The
-.BR getrpcbyname ()
-and
-.BR getrpcbynumber ()
-functions sequentially search from the beginning
-of the file until a matching RPC program name or
-program number is found, or until end-of-file is encountered.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR getrpcent (),
-.BR getrpcbyname (),
-and
-.BR getrpcbynumber ()
-return a pointer to a statically allocated
-.I rpcent
-structure.
-NULL is returned on EOF or error.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/rpc
-RPC program number database.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getrpcent (),
-.BR getrpcbyname (),
-.BR getrpcbynumber ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setrpcent (),
-.BR endrpcent ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-BSD, Solaris.
-.SH BUGS
-All information
-is contained in a static area
-so it must be copied if it is
-to be saved.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getrpcent_r (3),
-.BR rpc (5),
-.BR rpcinfo (8),
-.BR ypserv (8)
diff --git a/man3/getrpcent_r.3 b/man3/getrpcent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 558d0a831..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getrpcent_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getrpcent_r, getrpcbyname_r, getrpcbynumber_r \- get
-RPC entry (reentrant)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getrpcent_r(struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
-.BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
-.BI "int getrpcbyname_r(const char *" name ,
-.BI "                struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
-.BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
-.BI "int getrpcbynumber_r(int " number ,
-.BI "                struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
-.BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getrpcent_r (),
-.BR getrpcbyname_r (),
-.BR getrpcbynumber_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getrpcent_r (),
-.BR getrpcbyname_r (),
-and
-.BR getrpcbynumber_r ()
-functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
-.BR getrpcent (3),
-.BR getrpcbyname (3),
-and
-.BR getrpcbynumber (3).
-They differ in the way that the
-.I rpcent
-structure is returned,
-and in the function calling signature and return value.
-This manual page describes just the differences from
-the nonreentrant functions.
-.P
-Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
-.I rpcent
-structure as the function result,
-these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
-.IR result_buf .
-.P
-The
-.I buf
-array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
-.I rpcent
-structure.
-(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
-The size of this array is specified in
-.IR buflen .
-If
-.I buf
-is too small, the call fails with the error
-.BR ERANGE ,
-and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
-(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
-.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
-.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
-.P
-If the function call successfully obtains an RPC record, then
-.I *result
-is set pointing to
-.IR result_buf ;
-otherwise,
-.I *result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
-.P
-On error, record not found
-.RB ( getrpcbyname_r (),
-.BR getrpcbynumber_r ()),
-or end of input
-.RB ( getrpcent_r ())
-.I result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( getrpcent_r ())
-No more records in database.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-.I buf
-is too small.
-Try again with a larger buffer
-(and increased
-.IR buflen ).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getrpcent_r (),
-.BR getrpcbyname_r (),
-.BR getrpcbynumber_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
-though typically with different calling signatures.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getrpcent (3),
-.BR rpc (5)
diff --git a/man3/getrpcport.3 b/man3/getrpcport.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bdc6451b6..000000000
--- a/man3/getrpcport.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" @(#)getrpcport.3r	2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.12 88/02/26 SMI
-.TH getrpcport 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getrpcport \- get RPC port number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <rpc/rpc.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int getrpcport(const char *" host ", unsigned long " prognum ,
-.BI "               unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned int " proto );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getrpcport ()
-returns the port number for version
-.I versnum
-of the RPC program
-.I prognum
-running on
-.I host
-and using protocol
-.IR proto .
-It returns 0 if it cannot contact the portmapper, or if
-.I prognum
-is not registered.
-If
-.I prognum
-is registered but not with version
-.IR versnum ,
-it will still return a port number (for some version of the program)
-indicating that the program is indeed registered.
-The version mismatch will be detected upon the first call to the service.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getrpcport ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-BSD, Solaris.
diff --git a/man3/gets.3 b/man3/gets.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ffffaaa6..000000000
--- a/man3/gets.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:07 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Sep  8 15:48:13 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 2013-12-31, David Malcolm <dmalcolm@redhat.com>
-.\"     Split gets(3) into its own page; fgetc() et al. move to fgetc(3)
-.TH gets 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gets \- get a string from standard input (DEPRECATED)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *gets(char *" "s" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Never use this function" .
-.P
-.BR gets ()
-reads a line from
-.I stdin
-into the buffer pointed to by
-.I s
-until either a terminating newline or
-.BR EOF ,
-which it replaces with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-No check for buffer overrun is performed (see BUGS below).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR gets ()
-returns
-.I s
-on success, and NULL
-on error or when end of file occurs while no characters have been read.
-However, given the lack of buffer overrun checking, there can be no
-guarantees that the function will even return.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gets ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-LSB deprecates
-.BR gets ().
-POSIX.1-2008 marks
-.BR gets ()
-obsolescent.
-ISO C11 removes the specification of
-.BR gets ()
-from the C language, and since glibc 2.16,
-glibc header files don't expose the function declaration if the
-.B _ISOC11_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined.
-.SH BUGS
-Never use
-.BR gets ().
-Because it is impossible to tell without knowing the data in advance how many
-characters
-.BR gets ()
-will read, and because
-.BR gets ()
-will continue to store characters past the end of the buffer,
-it is extremely dangerous to use.
-It has been used to break computer security.
-Use
-.BR fgets ()
-instead.
-.P
-For more information, see CWE-242 (aka "Use of Inherently Dangerous
-Function") at
-http://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/242.html
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR ferror (3),
-.BR fgetc (3),
-.BR fgets (3),
-.BR fgetwc (3),
-.BR fgetws (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fread (3),
-.BR fseek (3),
-.BR getline (3),
-.BR getwchar (3),
-.BR puts (3),
-.BR scanf (3),
-.BR ungetwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3),
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)
diff --git a/man3/getservbyname.3 b/man3/getservbyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eaafb1c1e..000000000
--- a/man3/getservbyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man3/getservbyname_r.3 b/man3/getservbyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b36a44260..000000000
--- a/man3/getservbyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getservent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getservbyport.3 b/man3/getservbyport.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eaafb1c1e..000000000
--- a/man3/getservbyport.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man3/getservbyport_r.3 b/man3/getservbyport_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b36a44260..000000000
--- a/man3/getservbyport_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getservent_r.3
diff --git a/man3/getservent.3 b/man3/getservent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97f01dfbb..000000000
--- a/man3/getservent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:19:11 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Wed Oct 18 20:23:54 1995 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
-.\" Modified Mon Apr 22 01:50:54 1996 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
-.\" 2001-07-25 added a clause about NULL proto (Martin Michlmayr or David N. Welton)
-.\"
-.TH getservent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getservent, getservbyname, getservbyport, setservent, endservent \-
-get service entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.B struct servent *getservent(void);
-.P
-.BI "struct servent *getservbyname(const char *" name ", const char *" proto );
-.BI "struct servent *getservbyport(int " port ", const char *" proto );
-.P
-.BI "void setservent(int " stayopen );
-.B void endservent(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getservent ()
-function reads the next entry from the services database (see
-.BR services (5))
-and returns a
-.I servent
-structure containing
-the broken-out fields from the entry.
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR getservbyname ()
-function returns a
-.I servent
-structure
-for the entry from the database
-that matches the service
-.I name
-using protocol
-.IR proto .
-If
-.I proto
-is NULL, any protocol will be matched.
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR getservbyport ()
-function returns a
-.I servent
-structure
-for the entry from the database
-that matches the port
-.I port
-(given in network byte order)
-using protocol
-.IR proto .
-If
-.I proto
-is NULL, any protocol will be matched.
-A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
-.P
-The
-.BR setservent ()
-function opens a connection to the database,
-and sets the next entry to the first entry.
-If
-.I stayopen
-is nonzero,
-then the connection to the database
-will not be closed between calls to one of the
-.BR getserv* ()
-functions.
-.P
-The
-.BR endservent ()
-function closes the connection to the database.
-.P
-The
-.I servent
-structure is defined in
-.I <netdb.h>
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct servent {
-    char  *s_name;       /* official service name */
-    char **s_aliases;    /* alias list */
-    int    s_port;       /* port number */
-    char  *s_proto;      /* protocol to use */
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The members of the
-.I servent
-structure are:
-.TP
-.I s_name
-The official name of the service.
-.TP
-.I s_aliases
-A NULL-terminated list of alternative names for the service.
-.TP
-.I s_port
-The port number for the service given in network byte order.
-.TP
-.I s_proto
-The name of the protocol to use with this service.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getservent (),
-.BR getservbyname (),
-and
-.BR getservbyport ()
-functions return a pointer to a
-statically allocated
-.I servent
-structure, or NULL if an
-error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/services
-services database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getservent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:servent
-race:serventbuf locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getservbyname ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:servbyname
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getservbyport ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:servbyport
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setservent (),
-.BR endservent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:servent
-locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I servent
-in
-.I race:servent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setservent (),
-.BR getservent (),
-or
-.BR endservent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getnetent (3),
-.BR getprotoent (3),
-.BR getservent_r (3),
-.BR services (5)
diff --git a/man3/getservent_r.3 b/man3/getservent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 50952d87d..000000000
--- a/man3/getservent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getservent_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getservent_r, getservbyname_r, getservbyport_r \- get
-service entry (reentrant)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getservent_r(struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
-.BI "int getservbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
-.BI "                 const char *restrict " proto ,
-.BI "                 struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
-.BI "int getservbyport_r(int " port ,
-.BI "                 const char *restrict " proto ,
-.BI "                 struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
-.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getservent_r (),
-.BR getservbyname_r (),
-.BR getservbyport_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getservent_r (),
-.BR getservbyname_r (),
-and
-.BR getservbyport_r ()
-functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
-.BR getservent (3),
-.BR getservbyname (3),
-and
-.BR getservbyport (3).
-They differ in the way that the
-.I servent
-structure is returned,
-and in the function calling signature and return value.
-This manual page describes just the differences from
-the nonreentrant functions.
-.P
-Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
-.I servent
-structure as the function result,
-these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
-.IR result_buf .
-.P
-The
-.I buf
-array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
-.I servent
-structure.
-(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
-The size of this array is specified in
-.IR buflen .
-If
-.I buf
-is too small, the call fails with the error
-.BR ERANGE ,
-and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
-(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
-.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
-.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
-.P
-If the function call successfully obtains a service record, then
-.I *result
-is set pointing to
-.IR result_buf ;
-otherwise,
-.I *result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in errors.
-.P
-On error, record not found
-.RB ( getservbyname_r (),
-.BR getservbyport_r ()),
-or end of input
-.RB ( getservent_r ())
-.I result
-is set to NULL.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( getservent_r ())
-No more records in database.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-.I buf
-is too small.
-Try again with a larger buffer
-(and increased
-.IR buflen ).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getservent_r (),
-.BR getservbyname_r (),
-.BR getservbyport_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
-though typically with different calling signatures.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below uses
-.BR getservbyport_r ()
-to retrieve the service record for the port and protocol named
-in its first command-line argument.
-If a third (integer) command-line argument is supplied,
-it is used as the initial value for
-.IR buflen ;
-if
-.BR getservbyport_r ()
-fails with the error
-.BR ERANGE ,
-the program retries with larger buffer sizes.
-The following shell session shows a couple of sample runs:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 7 tcp 1"
-ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer
-getservbyport_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=87)
-s_name=echo; s_proto=tcp; s_port=7; aliases=
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 77777 tcp"
-getservbyport_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=1024)
-Call failed/record not found
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getservent_r.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define MAX_BUF 10000
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int buflen, erange_cnt, port, s;
-    struct servent result_buf;
-    struct servent *result;
-    char buf[MAX_BUF];
-    char *protop;
-\&
-    if (argc < 3) {
-        printf("Usage: %s port\-num proto\-name [buflen]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    port = htons(atoi(argv[1]));
-    protop = (strcmp(argv[2], "null") == 0 ||
-              strcmp(argv[2], "NULL") == 0) ?  NULL : argv[2];
-\&
-    buflen = 1024;
-    if (argc > 3)
-        buflen = atoi(argv[3]);
-\&
-    if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
-        printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    erange_cnt = 0;
-    do {
-        s = getservbyport_r(port, protop, &result_buf,
-                            buf, buflen, &result);
-        if (s == ERANGE) {
-            if (erange_cnt == 0)
-                printf("ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer\en");
-            erange_cnt++;
-\&
-            /* Increment a byte at a time so we can see exactly
-               what size buffer was required. */
-\&
-            buflen++;
-\&
-            if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
-                printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
-                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-            }
-        }
-    } while (s == ERANGE);
-\&
-    printf("getservbyport_r() returned: %s  (buflen=%d)\en",
-           (s == 0) ? "0 (success)" : (s == ENOENT) ? "ENOENT" :
-           strerror(s), buflen);
-\&
-    if (s != 0 || result == NULL) {
-        printf("Call failed/record not found\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("s_name=%s; s_proto=%s; s_port=%d; aliases=",
-           result_buf.s_name, result_buf.s_proto,
-           ntohs(result_buf.s_port));
-    for (char **p = result_buf.s_aliases; *p != NULL; p++)
-        printf("%s ", *p);
-    printf("\en");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getservent (3),
-.BR services (5)
diff --git a/man3/getspent.3 b/man3/getspent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/getspent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getspent_r.3 b/man3/getspent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/getspent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getspnam.3 b/man3/getspnam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c97f2fa2d..000000000
--- a/man3/getspnam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) and
-.\" Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH getspnam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getspnam, getspnam_r, getspent, getspent_r, setspent, endspent,
-fgetspent, fgetspent_r, sgetspent, sgetspent_r, putspent,
-lckpwdf, ulckpwdf \- get shadow password file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-/* General shadow password file API */
-.B #include <shadow.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct spwd *getspnam(const char *" name );
-.B struct spwd *getspent(void);
-.P
-.B void setspent(void);
-.B void endspent(void);
-.P
-.BI "struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "struct spwd *sgetspent(const char *" s );
-.P
-.BI "int putspent(const struct spwd *" p ", FILE *" stream );
-.P
-.B int lckpwdf(void);
-.B int ulckpwdf(void);
-.P
-/* GNU extension */
-.B #include <shadow.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getspent_r(struct spwd *" spbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
-struct spwd **" spbufp );
-.BI "int getspnam_r(const char *" name ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
-struct spwd **" spbufp );
-.P
-.BI "int fgetspent_r(FILE *" stream ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
-struct spwd **" spbufp );
-.BI "int sgetspent_r(const char *" s ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
-.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
-struct spwd **" spbufp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getspent_r (),
-.BR getspnam_r (),
-.BR fgetspent_r (),
-.BR sgetspent_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Long ago it was considered safe to have encrypted passwords openly
-visible in the password file.
-When computers got faster and people
-got more security-conscious, this was no longer acceptable.
-Julianne Frances Haugh implemented the shadow password suite
-that keeps the encrypted passwords in
-the shadow password database
-(e.g., the local shadow password file
-.IR /etc/shadow ,
-NIS, and LDAP),
-readable only by root.
-.P
-The functions described below resemble those for
-the traditional password database
-(e.g., see
-.BR getpwnam (3)
-and
-.BR getpwent (3)).
-.\" FIXME . I've commented out the following for the
-.\" moment.  The relationship between PAM and nsswitch.conf needs
-.\" to be clearly documented in one place, which is pointed to by
-.\" the pages for the user, group, and shadow password functions.
-.\" (Jul 2005, mtk)
-.\"
-.\" This shadow password setup has been superseded by PAM
-.\" (pluggable authentication modules), and the file
-.\" .I /etc/nsswitch.conf
-.\" now describes the sources to be used.
-.P
-The
-.BR getspnam ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the broken-out fields of the record in the shadow password database
-that matches the username
-.IR name .
-.P
-The
-.BR getspent ()
-function returns a pointer to the next entry in the shadow password
-database.
-The position in the input stream is initialized by
-.BR setspent ().
-When done reading, the program may call
-.BR endspent ()
-so that resources can be deallocated.
-.\" some systems require a call of setspent() before the first getspent()
-.\" glibc does not
-.P
-The
-.BR fgetspent ()
-function is similar to
-.BR getspent ()
-but uses the supplied stream instead of the one implicitly opened by
-.BR setspent ().
-.P
-The
-.BR sgetspent ()
-function parses the supplied string
-.I s
-into a struct
-.IR spwd .
-.P
-The
-.BR putspent ()
-function writes the contents of the supplied struct
-.I spwd
-.I *p
-as a text line in the shadow password file format to
-.IR stream .
-String entries with value NULL and numerical entries with value \-1
-are written as an empty string.
-.P
-The
-.BR lckpwdf ()
-function is intended to protect against multiple simultaneous accesses
-of the shadow password database.
-It tries to acquire a lock, and returns 0 on success,
-or \-1 on failure (lock not obtained within 15 seconds).
-The
-.BR ulckpwdf ()
-function releases the lock again.
-Note that there is no protection against direct access of the shadow
-password file.
-Only programs that use
-.BR lckpwdf ()
-will notice the lock.
-.P
-These were the functions that formed the original shadow API.
-They are widely available.
-.\" Also in libc5
-.\" SUN doesn't have sgetspent()
-.SS Reentrant versions
-Analogous to the reentrant functions for the password database, glibc
-also has reentrant functions for the shadow password database.
-The
-.BR getspnam_r ()
-function is like
-.BR getspnam ()
-but stores the retrieved shadow password structure in the space pointed to by
-.IR spbuf .
-This shadow password structure contains pointers to strings, and these strings
-are stored in the buffer
-.I buf
-of size
-.IR buflen .
-A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
-was found or an error occurred) is stored in
-.IR *spbufp .
-.P
-The functions
-.BR getspent_r (),
-.BR fgetspent_r (),
-and
-.BR sgetspent_r ()
-are similarly analogous to their nonreentrant counterparts.
-.P
-Some non-glibc systems also have functions with these names,
-often with different prototypes.
-.\" SUN doesn't have sgetspent_r()
-.SS Structure
-The shadow password structure is defined in \fI<shadow.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct spwd {
-    char *sp_namp;     /* Login name */
-    char *sp_pwdp;     /* Encrypted password */
-    long  sp_lstchg;   /* Date of last change
-                          (measured in days since
-                          1970\-01\-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC)) */
-    long  sp_min;      /* Min # of days between changes */
-    long  sp_max;      /* Max # of days between changes */
-    long  sp_warn;     /* # of days before password expires
-                          to warn user to change it */
-    long  sp_inact;    /* # of days after password expires
-                          until account is disabled */
-    long  sp_expire;   /* Date when account expires
-                          (measured in days since
-                          1970\-01\-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC)) */
-    unsigned long sp_flag;  /* Reserved */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions that return a pointer return NULL if no more entries
-are available or if an error occurs during processing.
-The functions which have \fIint\fP as the return value return 0 for
-success and \-1 for failure, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.P
-For the nonreentrant functions, the return value may point to static area,
-and may be overwritten by subsequent calls to these functions.
-.P
-The reentrant functions return zero on success.
-In case of error, an error number is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The caller does not have permission to access the shadow password file.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Supplied buffer is too small.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/shadow
-local shadow password database file
-.TP
-.I /etc/.pwd.lock
-lock file
-.P
-The include file
-.I <paths.h>
-defines the constant
-.B _PATH_SHADOW
-to the pathname of the shadow password file.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getspnam ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:getspnam locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getspent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:getspent
-race:spentbuf locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setspent (),
-.BR endspent (),
-.BR getspent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:getspent locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fgetspent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:fgetspent
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sgetspent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:sgetspent
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR putspent (),
-.BR getspnam_r (),
-.BR sgetspent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lckpwdf (),
-.BR ulckpwdf (),
-.BR fgetspent_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I getspent
-in
-.I race:getspent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setspent (),
-.BR getspent (),
-.BR getspent_r (),
-or
-.BR endspent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH VERSIONS
-Many other systems provide a similar API.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getgrnam (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR getpwnam_r (3),
-.BR shadow (5)
diff --git a/man3/getspnam_r.3 b/man3/getspnam_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/getspnam_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/getsubopt.3 b/man3/getsubopt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e5da55405..000000000
--- a/man3/getsubopt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2007 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.TH getsubopt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getsubopt \- parse suboption arguments from a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getsubopt(char **restrict " optionp ", char *const *restrict " tokens ,
-.BI "              char **restrict " valuep );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getsubopt ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getsubopt ()
-parses the list of comma-separated suboptions provided in
-.IR optionp .
-(Such a suboption list is typically produced when
-.BR getopt (3)
-is used to parse a command line;
-see for example the \fI\-o\fP option of
-.BR mount (8).)
-Each suboption may include an associated value,
-which is separated from the suboption name by an equal sign.
-The following is an example of the kind of string
-that might be passed in
-.IR optionp :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.B ro,name=xyz
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I tokens
-argument is a pointer to a NULL-terminated array of pointers to the tokens that
-.BR getsubopt ()
-will look for in
-.IR optionp .
-The tokens should be distinct, null-terminated strings containing at
-least one character, with no embedded equal signs or commas.
-.P
-Each call to
-.BR getsubopt ()
-returns information about the next unprocessed suboption in
-.IR optionp .
-The first equal sign in a suboption (if any) is interpreted as a
-separator between the name and the value of that suboption.
-The value extends to the next comma,
-or (for the last suboption) to the end of the string.
-If the name of the suboption matches a known name from
-.IR tokens ,
-and a value string was found,
-.BR getsubopt ()
-sets
-.I *valuep
-to the address of that string.
-The first comma in
-.I optionp
-is overwritten with a null byte, so
-.I *valuep
-is precisely the "value string" for that suboption.
-.P
-If the suboption is recognized, but no value string was found,
-.I *valuep
-is set to NULL.
-.P
-When
-.BR getsubopt ()
-returns,
-.I optionp
-points to the next suboption,
-or to the null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) at the end of the
-string if the last suboption was just processed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If the first suboption in
-.I optionp
-is recognized,
-.BR getsubopt ()
-returns the index of the matching suboption element in
-.IR tokens .
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
-.I *valuep
-is the entire
-.IB name [= value ]
-string.
-.P
-Since
-.I *optionp
-is changed, the first suboption before the call to
-.BR getsubopt ()
-is not (necessarily) the same as the first suboption after
-.BR getsubopt ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getsubopt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Since
-.BR getsubopt ()
-overwrites any commas it finds in the string
-.IR *optionp ,
-that string must be writable; it cannot be a string constant.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program expects suboptions following a "\-o" option.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getsubopt.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#include <assert.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    enum {
-        RO_OPT = 0,
-        RW_OPT,
-        NAME_OPT
-    };
-    char *const token[] = {
-        [RO_OPT]   = "ro",
-        [RW_OPT]   = "rw",
-        [NAME_OPT] = "name",
-        NULL
-    };
-    char *subopts;
-    char *value;
-    int opt;
-\&
-    int readonly = 0;
-    int readwrite = 0;
-    char *name = NULL;
-    int errfnd = 0;
-\&
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "o:")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]o\[aq]:
-            subopts = optarg;
-            while (*subopts != \[aq]\e0\[aq] && !errfnd) {
-\&
-                switch (getsubopt(&subopts, token, &value)) {
-                case RO_OPT:
-                    readonly = 1;
-                    break;
-\&
-                case RW_OPT:
-                    readwrite = 1;
-                    break;
-\&
-                case NAME_OPT:
-                    if (value == NULL) {
-                        fprintf(stderr,
-                                "Missing value for suboption \[aq]%s\[aq]\en",
-                                token[NAME_OPT]);
-                        errfnd = 1;
-                        continue;
-                    }
-\&
-                    name = value;
-                    break;
-\&
-                default:
-                    fprintf(stderr,
-                            "No match found for token: /%s/\en", value);
-                    errfnd = 1;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-            if (readwrite && readonly) {
-                fprintf(stderr,
-                        "Only one of \[aq]%s\[aq] and \[aq]%s\[aq] can be specified\en",
-                        token[RO_OPT], token[RW_OPT]);
-                errfnd = 1;
-            }
-            break;
-\&
-        default:
-            errfnd = 1;
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    if (errfnd || argc == 1) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "\enUsage: %s \-o <suboptstring>\en", argv[0]);
-        fprintf(stderr,
-                "suboptions are \[aq]ro\[aq], \[aq]rw\[aq], and \[aq]name=<value>\[aq]\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Remainder of program... */
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getopt (3)
diff --git a/man3/getttyent.3 b/man3/getttyent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c694e5fe..000000000
--- a/man3/getttyent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH getttyent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getttyent, getttynam, setttyent, endttyent \- get ttys file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <ttyent.h>"
-.P
-.B "struct ttyent *getttyent(void);"
-.BI "struct ttyent *getttynam(const char *" name );
-.P
-.B "int setttyent(void);"
-.B "int endttyent(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions provide an interface to the file
-.B _PATH_TTYS
-(e.g.,
-.IR /etc/ttys ).
-.P
-The function
-.BR setttyent ()
-opens the file or rewinds it if already open.
-.P
-The function
-.BR endttyent ()
-closes the file.
-.P
-The function
-.BR getttynam ()
-searches for a given terminal name in the file.
-It returns a pointer to a
-.I ttyent
-structure (description below).
-.P
-The function
-.BR getttyent ()
-opens the file
-.B _PATH_TTYS
-(if necessary) and returns the first entry.
-If the file is already open, the next entry.
-The
-.I ttyent
-structure has the form:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct ttyent {
-    char *ty_name;     /* terminal device name */
-    char *ty_getty;    /* command to execute, usually getty */
-    char *ty_type;     /* terminal type for termcap */
-    int   ty_status;   /* status flags */
-    char *ty_window;   /* command to start up window manager */
-    char *ty_comment;  /* comment field */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-.I ty_status
-can be:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define TTY_ON     0x01  /* enable logins (start ty_getty program) */
-#define TTY_SECURE 0x02  /* allow UID 0 to login */
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getttyent (),
-.BR setttyent (),
-.BR endttyent (),
-.BR getttynam ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyent
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-Under Linux, the file
-.IR /etc/ttys ,
-and the functions described above, are not used.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ttyname (3),
-.BR ttyslot (3)
diff --git a/man3/getttynam.3 b/man3/getttynam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cd11e3d8..000000000
--- a/man3/getttynam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getttyent.3
diff --git a/man3/getusershell.3 b/man3/getusershell.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 77c7c0409..000000000
--- a/man3/getusershell.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:17:53 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH getusershell 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getusershell, setusershell, endusershell \- get permitted user shells
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.B char *getusershell(void);
-.B void setusershell(void);
-.B void endusershell(void);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getusershell (),
-.BR setusershell (),
-.BR endusershell ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.21:
-.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getusershell ()
-function returns the next line from the file
-.IR /etc/shells ,
-opening the file if necessary.
-The line should contain
-the pathname of a valid user shell.
-If
-.I /etc/shells
-does not exist or
-is unreadable,
-.BR getusershell ()
-behaves as if
-.I /bin/sh
-and
-.I /bin/csh
-were listed in the file.
-.P
-The
-.BR setusershell ()
-function rewinds
-.IR /etc/shells .
-.P
-The
-.BR endusershell ()
-function closes
-.IR /etc/shells .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getusershell ()
-function returns NULL on end-of-file.
-.SH FILES
-.I /etc/shells
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getusershell (),
-.BR setusershell (),
-.BR endusershell ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR shells (5)
diff --git a/man3/getutent.3 b/man3/getutent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 656a52cd2..000000000
--- a/man3/getutent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Mark D. Roth (roth@uiuc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Solaris manpages
-.\"
-.\" Modified Thu Jul 25 14:43:46 MET DST 1996 by Michael Haardt
-.\"     <michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de>
-.\"
-.TH getutent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getutent, getutid, getutline, pututline, setutent, endutent,
-utmpname \- access utmp file entries
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <utmp.h>
-.P
-.B struct utmp *getutent(void);
-.BI "struct utmp *getutid(const struct utmp *" ut );
-.BI "struct utmp *getutline(const struct utmp *" ut );
-.P
-.BI "struct utmp *pututline(const struct utmp *" ut );
-.P
-.B void setutent(void);
-.B void endutent(void);
-.P
-.BI "int utmpname(const char *" file );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-New applications should use the POSIX.1-specified "utmpx" versions of
-these functions; see STANDARDS.
-.P
-.BR utmpname ()
-sets the name of the utmp-format file for the other utmp
-functions to access.
-If
-.BR utmpname ()
-is not used to set the filename
-before the other functions are used, they assume \fB_PATH_UTMP\fP, as
-defined in \fI<paths.h>\fP.
-.P
-.BR setutent ()
-rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file.
-It is generally a good idea to call it before any of the other
-functions.
-.P
-.BR endutent ()
-closes the utmp file.
-It should be called when the user
-code is done accessing the file with the other functions.
-.P
-.BR getutent ()
-reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file.
-It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of
-the line.
-The definition of this structure is shown in
-.BR utmp (5).
-.P
-.BR getutid ()
-searches forward from the current file position in the utmp
-file based upon \fIut\fP.
-If \fIut\->ut_type\fP is one of \fBRUN_LVL\fP,
-\fBBOOT_TIME\fP, \fBNEW_TIME\fP, or \fBOLD_TIME\fP,
-.BR getutid ()
-will
-find the first entry whose \fIut_type\fP field matches \fIut\->ut_type\fP.
-If \fIut\->ut_type\fP is one of \fBINIT_PROCESS\fP, \fBLOGIN_PROCESS\fP,
-\fBUSER_PROCESS\fP, or \fBDEAD_PROCESS\fP,
-.BR getutid ()
-will find the
-first entry whose
-.I ut_id
-field matches \fIut\->ut_id\fP.
-.P
-.BR getutline ()
-searches forward from the current file position in the utmp file.
-It scans entries whose
-.I ut_type
-is \fBUSER_PROCESS\fP
-or \fBLOGIN_PROCESS\fP and returns the first one whose
-.I ut_line
-field
-matches \fIut\->ut_line\fP.
-.P
-.BR pututline ()
-writes the
-.I utmp
-structure \fIut\fP into the utmp file.
-It uses
-.BR getutid ()
-to search for the proper place in the file to insert
-the new entry.
-If it cannot find an appropriate slot for \fIut\fP,
-.BR pututline ()
-will append the new entry to the end of the file.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR getutent (),
-.BR getutid (),
-and
-.BR getutline ()
-return a pointer to a \fIstruct utmp\fP on success,
-and NULL on failure (which includes the "record not found" case).
-This \fIstruct utmp\fP is allocated in static storage, and may be
-overwritten by subsequent calls.
-.P
-On success
-.BR pututline ()
-returns
-.IR ut ;
-on failure, it returns NULL.
-.P
-.BR utmpname ()
-returns 0 if the new name was successfully stored, or \-1 on failure.
-.P
-On failure, these functions
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-Record not found.
-.P
-.BR setutent (),
-.BR pututline (),
-and the
-.BR getut* ()
-functions can also fail for the reasons described in
-.BR open (2).
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /var/run/utmp
-database of currently logged-in users
-.TP
-.I /var/log/wtmp
-database of past user logins
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getutent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe init race:utent
-race:utentbuf sig:ALRM timer
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getutid (),
-.BR getutline ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe init race:utent
-sig:ALRM timer
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pututline ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:utent
-sig:ALRM timer
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setutent (),
-.BR endutent (),
-.BR utmpname ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:utent
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I utent
-in
-.I race:utent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setutent (),
-.BR getutent (),
-.BR getutid (),
-.BR getutline (),
-.BR pututline (),
-.BR utmpname (),
-or
-.BR endutent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-XPG2, SVr4.
-.P
-In XPG2 and SVID 2 the function
-.BR pututline ()
-is documented to return void, and that is what it does on many systems
-(AIX, HP-UX).
-HP-UX introduces a new function
-.BR _pututline ()
-with the prototype given above for
-.BR pututline ().
-.P
-All these functions are obsolete now on non-Linux systems.
-POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008, following SUSv1,
-does not have any of these functions, but instead uses
-.P
-.RS 4
-.EX
-.B #include <utmpx.h>
-.P
-.B struct utmpx *getutxent(void);
-.B struct utmpx *getutxid(const struct utmpx *);
-.B struct utmpx *getutxline(const struct utmpx *);
-.B struct utmpx *pututxline(const struct utmpx *);
-.B void setutxent(void);
-.B void endutxent(void);
-.EE
-.RE
-.P
-These functions are provided by glibc,
-and perform the same task as their equivalents without the "x", but use
-.IR "struct utmpx" ,
-defined on Linux to be the same as
-.IR "struct utmp" .
-For completeness, glibc also provides
-.BR utmpxname (),
-although this function is not specified by POSIX.1.
-.P
-On some other systems,
-the \fIutmpx\fP structure is a superset of the \fIutmp\fP structure,
-with additional fields, and larger versions of the existing fields,
-and parallel files are maintained, often
-.I /var/*/utmpx
-and
-.IR /var/*/wtmpx .
-.P
-Linux glibc on the other hand does not use a parallel \fIutmpx\fP file
-since its \fIutmp\fP structure is already large enough.
-The "x" functions listed above are just aliases for
-their counterparts without the "x" (e.g.,
-.BR getutxent ()
-is an alias for
-.BR getutent ()).
-.SH NOTES
-.SS glibc notes
-The above functions are not thread-safe.
-glibc adds reentrant versions
-.P
-.nf
-.B #include <utmp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getutent_r(struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
-.BI "int getutid_r(struct utmp *" ut ,
-.BI "              struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
-.BI "int getutline_r(struct utmp *" ut ,
-.BI "                struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
-.fi
-.P
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.P
-.BR getutent_r (),
-.BR getutid_r (),
-.BR getutline_r ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */    _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-These functions are GNU extensions, analogs of the functions of the
-same name without the _r suffix.
-The
-.I ubuf
-argument gives these functions a place to store their result.
-On success, they return 0, and a pointer to the result is written in
-.IR *ubufp .
-On error, these functions return \-1.
-There are no utmpx equivalents of the above functions.
-(POSIX.1 does not specify such functions.)
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following example adds and removes a utmp record, assuming it is run
-from within a pseudo terminal.
-For usage in a real application, you
-should check the return values of
-.BR getpwuid (3)
-and
-.BR ttyname (3).
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (getutent.c)
-.EX
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <utmp.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct utmp entry;
-\&
-    system("echo before adding entry:;who");
-\&
-    entry.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-    entry.ut_pid = getpid();
-    strcpy(entry.ut_line, ttyname(STDIN_FILENO) + strlen("/dev/"));
-    /* only correct for ptys named /dev/tty[pqr][0\-9a\-z] */
-    strcpy(entry.ut_id, ttyname(STDIN_FILENO) + strlen("/dev/tty"));
-    entry.ut_time = time(NULL);
-    strcpy(entry.ut_user, getpwuid(getuid())\->pw_name);
-    memset(entry.ut_host, 0, UT_HOSTSIZE);
-    entry.ut_addr = 0;
-    setutent();
-    pututline(&entry);
-\&
-    system("echo after adding entry:;who");
-\&
-    entry.ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
-    memset(entry.ut_line, 0, UT_LINESIZE);
-    entry.ut_time = 0;
-    memset(entry.ut_user, 0, UT_NAMESIZE);
-    setutent();
-    pututline(&entry);
-\&
-    system("echo after removing entry:;who");
-\&
-    endutent();
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getutmp (3),
-.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man3/getutent_r.3 b/man3/getutent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutid.3 b/man3/getutid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutid_r.3 b/man3/getutid_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutid_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutline.3 b/man3/getutline.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutline.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutline_r.3 b/man3/getutline_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutline_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutmp.3 b/man3/getutmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d3e774a81..000000000
--- a/man3/getutmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getutmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getutmp, getutmpx \- copy utmp structure to utmpx, and vice versa
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <utmpx.h>
-.P
-.BI "void getutmp(const struct utmpx *" ux ", struct utmp *" u );
-.BI "void getutmpx(const struct utmp *" u ", struct utmpx *" ux );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getutmp ()
-function copies the fields of the
-.I utmpx
-structure pointed to by
-.I ux
-to the corresponding fields of the
-.I utmp
-structure pointed to by
-.IR u .
-The
-.BR getutmpx ()
-function performs the converse operation.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions do not return a value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getutmp (),
-.BR getutmpx ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.1.
-Solaris, NetBSD.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions exist primarily for compatibility with other
-systems where the
-.I utmp
-and
-.I utmpx
-structures contain different fields,
-or the size of corresponding fields differs.
-.\" e.g., on Solaris, the utmpx structure is rather larger than utmp.
-On Linux, the two structures contain the same fields,
-and the fields have the same sizes.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR utmpdump (1),
-.BR getutent (3),
-.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man3/getutmpx.3 b/man3/getutmpx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 668ecb5d7..000000000
--- a/man3/getutmpx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutmp.3
diff --git a/man3/getutxent.3 b/man3/getutxent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutxent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutxid.3 b/man3/getutxid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutxid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getutxline.3 b/man3/getutxline.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/getutxline.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/getw.3 b/man3/getw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e41b7d8a4..000000000
--- a/man3/getw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH getw 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getw, putw \- input and output of words (ints)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getw(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int putw(int " w ", FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR getw (),
-.BR putw ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.3.3:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.3.3:
-        _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR getw ()
-reads a word (that is, an \fIint\fP) from \fIstream\fP.
-It's provided for compatibility with SVr4.
-We recommend you use
-.BR fread (3)
-instead.
-.P
-.BR putw ()
-writes the word \fIw\fP (that is,
-an \fIint\fP) to \fIstream\fP.
-It is provided for compatibility with SVr4, but we recommend you use
-.BR fwrite (3)
-instead.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Normally,
-.BR getw ()
-returns the word read, and
-.BR putw ()
-returns 0.
-On error, they return \fBEOF\fP.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getw (),
-.BR putw ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, SUSv2.
-.SH BUGS
-The value returned on error is also a legitimate data value.
-.BR ferror (3)
-can be used to distinguish between the two cases.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ferror (3),
-.BR fread (3),
-.BR fwrite (3),
-.BR getc (3),
-.BR putc (3)
diff --git a/man3/getwc.3 b/man3/getwc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 358c2d214..000000000
--- a/man3/getwc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fgetwc.3
diff --git a/man3/getwc_unlocked.3 b/man3/getwc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/getwc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/getwchar.3 b/man3/getwchar.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dd9c16f7..000000000
--- a/man3/getwchar.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH getwchar 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getwchar \- read a wide character from standard input
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.B "wint_t getwchar(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR getwchar ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR getchar (3)
-function.
-It reads a wide character from
-.I stdin
-and returns
-it.
-If the end of stream is reached, or if
-.I ferror(stdin)
-becomes true, it returns
-.BR WEOF .
-If a wide-character conversion error occurs, it sets
-.I errno
-to
-.B EILSEQ
-and returns
-.BR WEOF .
-.P
-For a nonlocking counterpart, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR getwchar ()
-function returns the next wide-character from
-standard input, or
-.BR WEOF .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getwchar ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR getwchar ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-It is reasonable to expect that
-.BR getwchar ()
-will actually
-read a multibyte sequence from standard input and then
-convert it to a wide character.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/getwchar_unlocked.3 b/man3/getwchar_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/getwchar_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/getwd.3 b/man3/getwd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f73c1579c..000000000
--- a/man3/getwd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getcwd.3
diff --git a/man3/glob.3 b/man3/glob.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 130a6ce60..000000000
--- a/man3/glob.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon May 13 23:08:50 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\" Modified 11 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
-.\" Modified 990912 by aeb
-.\" 2007-10-10 mtk
-.\"     Added description of GLOB_TILDE_NOMATCH
-.\"     Expanded the description of various flags
-.\"     Various wording fixes.
-.\"
-.TH glob 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-glob, globfree \- find pathnames matching a pattern, free memory from glob()
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <glob.h>
-.P
-.BI "int glob(const char *restrict " pattern ", int " flags ,
-.BI "         int (*" errfunc ")(const char *" epath ", int " eerrno ),
-.BI "         glob_t *restrict " pglob );
-.BI "void globfree(glob_t *" pglob );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR glob ()
-function searches for all the pathnames matching
-.I pattern
-according to the rules used by the shell (see
-.BR glob (7)).
-No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; if you want
-these, use
-.BR wordexp (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR globfree ()
-function frees the dynamically allocated storage from an earlier call
-to
-.BR glob ().
-.P
-The results of a
-.BR glob ()
-call are stored in the structure pointed to by
-.IR pglob .
-This structure is of type
-.I glob_t
-(declared in
-.IR <glob.h> )
-and includes the following elements defined by POSIX.2 (more may be
-present as an extension):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    size_t   gl_pathc;    /* Count of paths matched so far  */
-    char   **gl_pathv;    /* List of matched pathnames.  */
-    size_t   gl_offs;     /* Slots to reserve in \fIgl_pathv\fP.  */
-} glob_t;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Results are stored in dynamically allocated storage.
-.P
-The argument
-.I flags
-is made up of the bitwise OR of zero or more the following symbolic
-constants, which modify the behavior of
-.BR glob ():
-.TP
-.B GLOB_ERR
-Return upon a read error (because a directory does not
-have read permission, for example).
-By default,
-.BR glob ()
-attempts carry on despite errors,
-reading all of the directories that it can.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_MARK
-Append a slash to each path which corresponds to a directory.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_NOSORT
-Don't sort the returned pathnames.
-The only reason to do this is to save processing time.
-By default, the returned pathnames are sorted.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_DOOFFS
-Reserve
-.I pglob\->gl_offs
-slots at the beginning of the list of strings in
-.IR pglob\->pathv .
-The reserved slots contain null pointers.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_NOCHECK
-If no pattern matches, return the original pattern.
-By default,
-.BR glob ()
-returns
-.B GLOB_NOMATCH
-if there are no matches.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_APPEND
-Append the results of this call to the vector of results
-returned by a previous call to
-.BR glob ().
-Do not set this flag on the first invocation of
-.BR glob ().
-.TP
-.B GLOB_NOESCAPE
-Don't allow backslash (\[aq]\e\[aq]) to be used as an escape
-character.
-Normally, a backslash can be used to quote the following character,
-providing a mechanism to turn off the special meaning
-metacharacters.
-.P
-.I flags
-may also include any of the following, which are GNU
-extensions and not defined by POSIX.2:
-.TP
-.B GLOB_PERIOD
-Allow a leading period to be matched by metacharacters.
-By default, metacharacters can't match a leading period.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC
-Use alternative functions
-.IR pglob\->gl_closedir ,
-.IR pglob\->gl_readdir ,
-.IR pglob\->gl_opendir ,
-.IR pglob\->gl_lstat ,
-and
-.I pglob\->gl_stat
-for filesystem access instead of the normal library
-functions.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_BRACE
-Expand
-.BR csh (1)
-style brace expressions of the form
-.BR {a,b} .
-Brace expressions can be nested.
-Thus, for example, specifying the pattern
-"{foo/{,cat,dog},bar}" would return the same results as four separate
-.BR glob ()
-calls using the strings:
-"foo/",
-"foo/cat",
-"foo/dog",
-and
-"bar".
-.TP
-.B GLOB_NOMAGIC
-If the pattern contains no metacharacters,
-then it should be returned as the sole matching word,
-even if there is no file with that name.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_TILDE
-Carry out tilde expansion.
-If a tilde (\[aq]\[ti]\[aq]) is the only character in the pattern,
-or an initial tilde is followed immediately by a slash (\[aq]/\[aq]),
-then the home directory of the caller is substituted for
-the tilde.
-If an initial tilde is followed by a username (e.g., "\[ti]andrea/bin"),
-then the tilde and username are substituted by the home directory
-of that user.
-If the username is invalid, or the home directory cannot be
-determined, then no substitution is performed.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_TILDE_CHECK
-This provides behavior similar to that of
-.BR GLOB_TILDE .
-The difference is that if the username is invalid, or the
-home directory cannot be determined, then
-instead of using the pattern itself as the name,
-.BR glob ()
-returns
-.B GLOB_NOMATCH
-to indicate an error.
-.TP
-.B GLOB_ONLYDIR
-This is a
-.I hint
-to
-.BR glob ()
-that the caller is interested only in directories that match the pattern.
-If the implementation can easily determine file-type information,
-then nondirectory files are not returned to the caller.
-However, the caller must still check that returned files
-are directories.
-(The purpose of this flag is merely to optimize performance when
-the caller is interested only in directories.)
-.P
-If
-.I errfunc
-is not NULL,
-it will be called in case of an error with the arguments
-.IR epath ,
-a pointer to the path which failed, and
-.IR eerrno ,
-the value of
-.I errno
-as returned from one of the calls to
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-or
-.BR stat (2).
-If
-.I errfunc
-returns nonzero, or if
-.B GLOB_ERR
-is set,
-.BR glob ()
-will terminate after the call to
-.IR errfunc .
-.P
-Upon successful return,
-.I pglob\->gl_pathc
-contains the number of matched pathnames and
-.I pglob\->gl_pathv
-contains a pointer to the list of pointers to matched pathnames.
-The list of pointers is terminated by a null pointer.
-.P
-It is possible to call
-.BR glob ()
-several times.
-In that case, the
-.B GLOB_APPEND
-flag has to be set in
-.I flags
-on the second and later invocations.
-.P
-As a GNU extension,
-.I pglob\->gl_flags
-is set to the flags specified,
-.BR or ed
-with
-.B GLOB_MAGCHAR
-if any metacharacters were found.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On successful completion,
-.BR glob ()
-returns zero.
-Other possible returns are:
-.TP
-.B GLOB_NOSPACE
-for running out of memory,
-.TP
-.B GLOB_ABORTED
-for a read error, and
-.TP
-.B GLOB_NOMATCH
-for no found matches.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR glob ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:utent env
-sig:ALRM timer locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR globfree ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I utent
-in
-.I race:utent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setutent (3),
-.BR getutent (3),
-or
-.BR endutent (3)
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.BR glob ()
-calls those functions,
-so we use race:utent to remind users.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.2.
-.SH NOTES
-The structure elements
-.I gl_pathc
-and
-.I gl_offs
-are declared as
-.I size_t
-in glibc 2.1, as they should be according to POSIX.2,
-but are declared as
-.I int
-in glibc 2.0.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR glob ()
-function may fail due to failure of underlying function calls, such as
-.BR malloc (3)
-or
-.BR opendir (3).
-These will store their error code in
-.IR errno .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-One example of use is the following code, which simulates typing
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-ls \-l *.c ../*.c
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-in the shell:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-glob_t globbuf;
-\&
-globbuf.gl_offs = 2;
-glob("*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS, NULL, &globbuf);
-glob("../*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS | GLOB_APPEND, NULL, &globbuf);
-globbuf.gl_pathv[0] = "ls";
-globbuf.gl_pathv[1] = "\-l";
-execvp("ls", &globbuf.gl_pathv[0]);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ls (1),
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR stat (2),
-.BR exec (3),
-.BR fnmatch (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR wordexp (3),
-.BR glob (7)
diff --git a/man3/globfree.3 b/man3/globfree.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 20056c69a..000000000
--- a/man3/globfree.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/glob.3
diff --git a/man3/gmtime.3 b/man3/gmtime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/gmtime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/gmtime_r.3 b/man3/gmtime_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/gmtime_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/gnu_dev_major.3 b/man3/gnu_dev_major.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eabbdd013..000000000
--- a/man3/gnu_dev_major.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man3/gnu_dev_makedev.3 b/man3/gnu_dev_makedev.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eabbdd013..000000000
--- a/man3/gnu_dev_makedev.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man3/gnu_dev_minor.3 b/man3/gnu_dev_minor.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eabbdd013..000000000
--- a/man3/gnu_dev_minor.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man3/gnu_get_libc_release.3 b/man3/gnu_get_libc_release.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f84005f3..000000000
--- a/man3/gnu_get_libc_release.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
diff --git a/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3 b/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d08ecc4b9..000000000
--- a/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH gnu_get_libc_version 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gnu_get_libc_version, gnu_get_libc_release \- get glibc version and release
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <gnu/libc\-version.h>
-.P
-.B const char *gnu_get_libc_version(void);
-.B const char *gnu_get_libc_release(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR gnu_get_libc_version ()
-returns a string that identifies the glibc version available on the system.
-.P
-The function
-.BR gnu_get_libc_release ()
-returns a string indicates the release status of the glibc version
-available on the system.
-This will be a string such as
-.IR "stable" .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gnu_get_libc_version (),
-.BR gnu_get_libc_release ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-When run, the program below will produce output such as the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-GNU libc version: 2.8
-GNU libc release: stable
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (gnu_get_libc_version.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#include <gnu/libc\-version.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    printf("GNU libc version: %s\en", gnu_get_libc_version());
-    printf("GNU libc release: %s\en", gnu_get_libc_release());
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR confstr (3)
diff --git a/man3/grantpt.3 b/man3/grantpt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 94526691b..000000000
--- a/man3/grantpt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
-.\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.TH grantpt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-grantpt \- grant access to the slave pseudoterminal
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int grantpt(int " fd ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR grantpt ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
-    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR grantpt ()
-function changes the mode and owner of the slave pseudoterminal device
-corresponding to the master pseudoterminal referred to by the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-The user ID of the slave is set to the real UID of the calling process.
-The group ID is set to an unspecified value (e.g.,
-.IR tty ).
-The mode of the slave is set to 0620 (crw\-\-w\-\-\-\-).
-.P
-The behavior of
-.BR grantpt ()
-is unspecified if a signal handler is installed to catch
-.B SIGCHLD
-signals.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When successful,
-.BR grantpt ()
-returns 0.
-Otherwise, it returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The corresponding slave pseudoterminal could not be accessed.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The
-.I fd
-argument is not a valid open file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I fd
-argument is valid but not associated with a master pseudoterminal.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR grantpt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-This is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support, see
-.BR pts (4).
-.P
-Historical systems implemented this function via a set-user-ID helper binary
-called "pt_chown".
-glibc on Linux before glibc 2.33 could do so as well,
-in order to support configurations with only BSD pseudoterminals;
-this support has been removed.
-On modern systems this is either a no-op
-\[em]with permissions configured on pty allocation, as is the case on Linux\[em]
-or an
-.BR ioctl (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR posix_openpt (3),
-.BR ptsname (3),
-.BR unlockpt (3),
-.BR pts (4),
-.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man3/group_member.3 b/man3/group_member.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7985b89be..000000000
--- a/man3/group_member.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2014, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH group_member 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-group_member \- test whether a process is in a group
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int group_member(gid_t " gid );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR group_member ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR group_member ()
-function tests whether any of the caller's supplementary group IDs
-(as returned by
-.BR getgroups (2))
-matches
-.IR gid .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR group_member ()
-function returns nonzero if any of the caller's
-supplementary group IDs matches
-.IR gid ,
-and zero otherwise.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getgid (2),
-.BR getgroups (2),
-.BR getgrouplist (3),
-.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man3/gsignal.3 b/man3/gsignal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 538837a63..000000000
--- a/man3/gsignal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
-.TH gsignal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-gsignal, ssignal \- software signal facility
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int gsignal(int " signum );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] sighandler_t ssignal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " action );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR gsignal (),
-.BR ssignal ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Don't use these functions under Linux.
-Due to a historical mistake, under Linux these functions are
-aliases for
-.BR raise (3)
-and
-.BR signal (2),
-respectively.
-.P
-Elsewhere, on System V-like systems, these functions implement
-software signaling, entirely independent of the classical
-.BR signal (2)
-and
-.BR kill (2)
-functions.
-The function
-.BR ssignal ()
-defines the action to take when the software signal with
-number
-.I signum
-is raised using the function
-.BR gsignal (),
-and returns the previous such action or
-.BR SIG_DFL .
-The function
-.BR gsignal ()
-does the following: if no action (or the action
-.BR SIG_DFL )
-was
-specified for
-.IR signum ,
-then it does nothing and returns 0.
-If the action
-.B SIG_IGN
-was specified for
-.IR signum ,
-then it does nothing and returns 1.
-Otherwise, it resets the action to
-.B SIG_DFL
-and calls
-the action function with argument
-.IR signum ,
-and returns the value returned by that function.
-The range of possible values
-.I signum
-varies (often 1\[en]15 or 1\[en]17).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR gsignal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ssignal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe sigintr
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-AIX, DG/UX, HP-UX, SCO, Solaris, Tru64.
-They are called obsolete under most of these systems, and are
-broken under
-.\" Linux libc and
-glibc.
-Some systems also have
-.BR gsignal_r ()
-and
-.BR ssignal_r ().
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR raise (3)
diff --git a/man3/h_errno.3 b/man3/h_errno.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/h_errno.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/hash.3 b/man3/hash.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b40623a47..000000000
--- a/man3/hash.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)hash.3	8.6 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
-.\"
-.TH hash 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.UC 7
-.SH NAME
-hash \- hash database access method
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <db.h>
-.ft R
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Note well" :
-This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
-Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
-Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
-.I libdb
-library instead.
-.P
-The routine
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is the library interface to database files.
-One of the supported file formats is hash files.
-The general description of the database access methods is in
-.BR dbopen (3),
-this manual page describes only the hash-specific information.
-.P
-The hash data structure is an extensible, dynamic hashing scheme.
-.P
-The access-method-specific data structure provided to
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is defined in the
-.I <db.h>
-include file as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    unsigned int       bsize;
-    unsigned int       ffactor;
-    unsigned int       nelem;
-    unsigned int       cachesize;
-    uint32_t         (*hash)(const void *, size_t);
-    int         lorder;
-} HASHINFO;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The elements of this structure are as follows:
-.TP 10
-.I bsize
-defines the hash table bucket size, and is, by default, 256 bytes.
-It may be preferable to increase the page size for disk-resident tables
-and tables with large data items.
-.TP
-.I ffactor
-indicates a desired density within the hash table.
-It is an approximation of the number of keys allowed to accumulate in any
-one bucket, determining when the hash table grows or shrinks.
-The default value is 8.
-.TP
-.I nelem
-is an estimate of the final size of the hash table.
-If not set or set too low, hash tables will expand gracefully as keys
-are entered, although a slight performance degradation may be noticed.
-The default value is 1.
-.TP
-.I cachesize
-is the suggested maximum size, in bytes, of the memory cache.
-This value is
-.IR "only advisory" ,
-and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail.
-.TP
-.I hash
-is a user-defined hash function.
-Since no hash function performs equally well on all possible data, the
-user may find that the built-in hash function does poorly on a particular
-data set.
-A user-specified hash functions must take two arguments (a pointer to a byte
-string and a length) and return a 32-bit quantity to be used as the hash
-value.
-.TP
-.I lorder
-is the byte order for integers in the stored database metadata.
-The number should represent the order as an integer; for example,
-big endian order would be the number 4,321.
-If
-.I lorder
-is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
-If the file already exists, the specified value is ignored and the
-value specified when the tree was created is used.
-.P
-If the file already exists (and the
-.B O_TRUNC
-flag is not specified), the
-values specified for
-.IR bsize ,
-.IR ffactor ,
-.IR lorder ,
-and
-.I nelem
-are
-ignored and the values specified when the tree was created are used.
-.P
-If a hash function is specified,
-.I hash_open
-attempts to determine if the hash function specified is the same as
-the one with which the database was created, and fails if it is not.
-.P
-Backward-compatible interfaces to the routines described in
-.BR dbm (3),
-and
-.BR ndbm (3)
-are provided, however these interfaces are not compatible with
-previous file formats.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.I hash
-access method routines may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR dbopen (3).
-.SH BUGS
-Only big and little endian byte order are supported.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR btree (3),
-.BR dbopen (3),
-.BR mpool (3),
-.BR recno (3)
-.P
-.IR "Dynamic Hash Tables" ,
-Per-Ake Larson, Communications of the ACM, April 1988.
-.P
-.IR "A New Hash Package for UNIX" ,
-Margo Seltzer, USENIX Proceedings, Winter 1991.
diff --git a/man3/hasmntopt.3 b/man3/hasmntopt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c2bb35c9..000000000
--- a/man3/hasmntopt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man3/hcreate.3 b/man3/hcreate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4a0405da..000000000
--- a/man3/hcreate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/hcreate_r.3 b/man3/hcreate_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4a0405da..000000000
--- a/man3/hcreate_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/hdestroy.3 b/man3/hdestroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4a0405da..000000000
--- a/man3/hdestroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/hdestroy_r.3 b/man3/hdestroy_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4a0405da..000000000
--- a/man3/hdestroy_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/herror.3 b/man3/herror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/herror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/hsearch.3 b/man3/hsearch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1234228c0..000000000
--- a/man3/hsearch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Ulrich Drepper (drepper@karlsruhe.gmd.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     SunOS 4.1.1 man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Sep 30 21:52:01 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" Remarks from dhw@gamgee.acad.emich.edu Fri Jun 19 06:46:31 1998
-.\" Modified 2001-12-26, 2003-11-28, 2004-05-20, aeb
-.\" 2008-09-02, mtk: various additions and rewrites
-.\" 2008-09-03, mtk, restructured somewhat, in part after suggestions from
-.\"     Timothy S. Nelson <wayland@wayland.id.au>
-.\"
-.TH hsearch 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-hcreate, hdestroy, hsearch, hcreate_r, hdestroy_r,
-hsearch_r \- hash table management
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <search.h>
-.P
-.BI "int hcreate(size_t " nel );
-.B "void hdestroy(void);"
-.P
-.BI "ENTRY *hsearch(ENTRY " item ", ACTION " action );
-.P
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <search.h>
-.P
-.BI "int hcreate_r(size_t " nel ", struct hsearch_data *" htab );
-.BI "void hdestroy_r(struct hsearch_data *" htab );
-.P
-.BI "int hsearch_r(ENTRY " item ", ACTION " action ", ENTRY **" retval ,
-.BI "              struct hsearch_data *" htab );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The three functions
-.BR hcreate (),
-.BR hsearch (),
-and
-.BR hdestroy ()
-allow the caller to create and manage a hash search table
-containing entries consisting of a key (a string) and associated data.
-Using these functions, only one hash table can be used at a time.
-.P
-The three functions
-.BR hcreate_r (),
-.BR hsearch_r (),
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-are reentrant versions that allow a program to use
-more than one hash search table at the same time.
-The last argument,
-.IR htab ,
-points to a structure that describes the table
-on which the function is to operate.
-The programmer should treat this structure as opaque
-(i.e., do not attempt to directly access or modify
-the fields in this structure).
-.P
-First a hash table must be created using
-.BR hcreate ().
-The argument \fInel\fP specifies the maximum number of entries
-in the table.
-(This maximum cannot be changed later, so choose it wisely.)
-The implementation may adjust this value upward to improve the
-performance of the resulting hash table.
-.\" e.g., in glibc it is raised to the next higher prime number
-.P
-The
-.BR hcreate_r ()
-function performs the same task as
-.BR hcreate (),
-but for the table described by the structure
-.IR *htab .
-The structure pointed to by
-.I htab
-must be zeroed before the first call to
-.BR hcreate_r ().
-.P
-The function
-.BR hdestroy ()
-frees the memory occupied by the hash table that was created by
-.BR hcreate ().
-After calling
-.BR hdestroy (),
-a new hash table can be created using
-.BR hcreate ().
-The
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-function performs the analogous task for a hash table described by
-.IR *htab ,
-which was previously created using
-.BR hcreate_r ().
-.P
-The
-.BR hsearch ()
-function searches the hash table for an
-item with the same key as \fIitem\fP (where "the same" is determined using
-.BR strcmp (3)),
-and if successful returns a pointer to it.
-.P
-The argument \fIitem\fP is of type \fIENTRY\fP, which is defined in
-\fI<search.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct entry {
-    char *key;
-    void *data;
-} ENTRY;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The field \fIkey\fP points to a null-terminated string which is the
-search key.
-The field \fIdata\fP points to data that is associated with that key.
-.P
-The argument \fIaction\fP determines what
-.BR hsearch ()
-does after an unsuccessful search.
-This argument must either have the value
-.BR ENTER ,
-meaning insert a copy of
-.I item
-(and return a pointer to the new hash table entry as the function result),
-or the value
-.BR FIND ,
-meaning that NULL should be returned.
-(If
-.I action
-is
-.BR FIND ,
-then
-.I data
-is ignored.)
-.P
-The
-.BR hsearch_r ()
-function is like
-.BR hsearch ()
-but operates on the hash table described by
-.IR *htab .
-The
-.BR hsearch_r ()
-function differs from
-.BR hsearch ()
-in that a pointer to the found item is returned in
-.IR *retval ,
-rather than as the function result.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR hcreate ()
-and
-.BR hcreate_r ()
-return nonzero on success.
-They return 0 on error, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR hsearch ()
-returns a pointer to an entry in the hash table.
-.BR hsearch ()
-returns NULL on error, that is,
-if \fIaction\fP is \fBENTER\fP and
-the hash table is full, or \fIaction\fP is \fBFIND\fP and \fIitem\fP
-cannot be found in the hash table.
-.BR hsearch_r ()
-returns nonzero on success, and 0 on error.
-In the event of an error, these two functions set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR hcreate_r ()
-and
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-can fail for the following reasons:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I htab
-is NULL.
-.P
-.BR hsearch ()
-and
-.BR hsearch_r ()
-can fail for the following reasons:
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.I action
-was
-.BR ENTER ,
-.I key
-was not found in the table,
-and there was no room in the table to add a new entry.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-.I action
-was
-.BR FIND ,
-and
-.I key
-was not found in the table.
-.P
-POSIX.1 specifies only the
-.\" PROX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
-.B ENOMEM
-error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR hcreate (),
-.BR hsearch (),
-.BR hdestroy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:hsearch
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR hcreate_r (),
-.BR hsearch_r (),
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:htab
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR hcreate ()
-.TQ
-.BR hsearch ()
-.TQ
-.BR hdestroy ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR hcreate_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR hsearch_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR hcreate ()
-.TQ
-.BR hsearch ()
-.TQ
-.BR hdestroy ()
-SVr4, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR hcreate_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR hsearch_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-GNU.
-.SH NOTES
-Hash table implementations are usually more efficient when the
-table contains enough free space to minimize collisions.
-Typically, this means that
-.I nel
-should be at least 25% larger than the maximum number of elements
-that the caller expects to store in the table.
-.P
-The
-.BR hdestroy ()
-and
-.BR hdestroy_r ()
-functions do not free the buffers pointed to by the
-.I key
-and
-.I data
-elements of the hash table entries.
-(It can't do this because it doesn't know
-whether these buffers were allocated dynamically.)
-If these buffers need to be freed (perhaps because the program
-is repeatedly creating and destroying hash tables,
-rather than creating a single table whose lifetime
-matches that of the program),
-then the program must maintain bookkeeping data structures that
-allow it to free them.
-.SH BUGS
-SVr4 and POSIX.1-2001 specify that \fIaction\fP
-is significant only for unsuccessful searches, so that an \fBENTER\fP
-should not do anything for a successful search.
-In libc and glibc (before glibc 2.3), the
-implementation violates the specification,
-updating the \fIdata\fP for the given \fIkey\fP in this case.
-.P
-Individual hash table entries can be added, but not deleted.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program inserts 24 items into a hash table, then prints
-some of them.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (hsearch.c)
-.EX
-#include <search.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-static char *data[] = { "alpha", "bravo", "charlie", "delta",
-     "echo", "foxtrot", "golf", "hotel", "india", "juliet",
-     "kilo", "lima", "mike", "november", "oscar", "papa",
-     "quebec", "romeo", "sierra", "tango", "uniform",
-     "victor", "whisky", "x\-ray", "yankee", "zulu"
-};
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    ENTRY e;
-    ENTRY *ep;
-\&
-    hcreate(30);
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < 24; i++) {
-        e.key = data[i];
-        /* data is just an integer, instead of a
-           pointer to something */
-        e.data = (void *) i;
-        ep = hsearch(e, ENTER);
-        /* there should be no failures */
-        if (ep == NULL) {
-            fprintf(stderr, "entry failed\en");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 22; i < 26; i++) {
-        /* print two entries from the table, and
-           show that two are not in the table */
-        e.key = data[i];
-        ep = hsearch(e, FIND);
-        printf("%9.9s \-> %9.9s:%d\en", e.key,
-               ep ? ep\->key : "NULL", ep ? (int)(ep\->data) : 0);
-    }
-    hdestroy();
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bsearch (3),
-.BR lsearch (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR tsearch (3)
diff --git a/man3/hsearch_r.3 b/man3/hsearch_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4a0405da..000000000
--- a/man3/hsearch_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/hstrerror.3 b/man3/hstrerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/hstrerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/htobe16.3 b/man3/htobe16.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/htobe16.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/htobe32.3 b/man3/htobe32.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/htobe32.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/htobe64.3 b/man3/htobe64.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/htobe64.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/htole16.3 b/man3/htole16.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/htole16.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/htole32.3 b/man3/htole32.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/htole32.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/htole64.3 b/man3/htole64.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/htole64.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/htonl.3 b/man3/htonl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ba374e841..000000000
--- a/man3/htonl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man3/htons.3 b/man3/htons.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ba374e841..000000000
--- a/man3/htons.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man3/hypot.3 b/man3/hypot.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c82980c1..000000000
--- a/man3/hypot.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH hypot 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-hypot, hypotf, hypotl \- Euclidean distance function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double hypot(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float hypotf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double hypotl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR hypot ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR hypotf (),
-.BR hypotl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return
-.RI sqrt( x * x + y * y ).
-This is the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle
-with sides of length
-.I x
-and
-.IR y ,
-or the distance of the point
-.RI ( x , y )
-from the origin.
-.P
-The calculation is performed without undue overflow or underflow
-during the intermediate steps of the calculation.
-.\" e.g., hypot(DBL_MIN, DBL_MIN) does the right thing, as does, say
-.\" hypot(DBL_MAX/2.0, DBL_MAX/2.0).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the length of the hypotenuse of
-a right-angled triangle
-with sides of length
-.I x
-and
-.IR y .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is an infinity,
-positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN,
-and the other argument is not an infinity,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.P
-If both arguments are subnormal, and the result is subnormal,
-.\" Actually, could the result not be subnormal if both arguments
-.\" are subnormal?  I think not -- mtk, Jul 2008
-a range error occurs,
-and the correct result is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.IP
-These functions do not set
-.I errno
-for this case.
-.\" This is intentional; see
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6795
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR hypot (),
-.BR hypotf (),
-.BR hypotl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cabs (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/hypotf.3 b/man3/hypotf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e5c8ab887..000000000
--- a/man3/hypotf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hypot.3
diff --git a/man3/hypotl.3 b/man3/hypotl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e5c8ab887..000000000
--- a/man3/hypotl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/hypot.3
diff --git a/man3/iconv.3 b/man3/iconv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12bb9b50b..000000000
--- a/man3/iconv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"	http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.\" 2000-06-30 correction by Yuichi SATO <sato@complex.eng.hokudai.ac.jp>
-.\" 2000-11-15 aeb, fixed prototype
-.\"
-.TH iconv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iconv \- perform character set conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <iconv.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t iconv(iconv_t " cd ,
-.BI "             char **restrict " inbuf ", size_t *restrict " inbytesleft ,
-.BI "             char **restrict " outbuf ", size_t *restrict " outbytesleft );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iconv ()
-function converts a sequence of characters in one character encoding
-to a sequence of characters in another character encoding.
-The
-.I cd
-argument is a conversion descriptor,
-previously created by a call to
-.BR iconv_open (3);
-the conversion descriptor defines the character encodings that
-.BR iconv ()
-uses for the conversion.
-The
-.I inbuf
-argument is the address of a variable that points to
-the first character of the input sequence;
-.I inbytesleft
-indicates the number of bytes in that buffer.
-The
-.I outbuf
-argument is the address of a variable that points to
-the first byte available in the output buffer;
-.I outbytesleft
-indicates the number of bytes available in the output buffer.
-.P
-The main case is when \fIinbuf\fP is not NULL and \fI*inbuf\fP is not NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR iconv ()
-function converts the multibyte sequence
-starting at \fI*inbuf\fP to a multibyte sequence starting at \fI*outbuf\fP.
-At most \fI*inbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*inbuf\fP, will be read.
-At most \fI*outbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*outbuf\fP, will be written.
-.P
-The
-.BR iconv ()
-function converts one multibyte character at a time, and for
-each character conversion it increments \fI*inbuf\fP and decrements
-\fI*inbytesleft\fP by the number of converted input bytes, it increments
-\fI*outbuf\fP and decrements \fI*outbytesleft\fP by the number of converted
-output bytes, and it updates the conversion state contained in \fIcd\fP.
-If the character encoding of the input is stateful, the
-.BR iconv ()
-function can also convert a sequence of input bytes
-to an update to the conversion state without producing any output bytes;
-such input is called a \fIshift sequence\fP.
-The conversion can stop for five reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-An invalid multibyte sequence is encountered in the input.
-In this case,
-it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
-.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
-\fI*inbuf\fP
-is left pointing to the beginning of the invalid multibyte sequence.
-.IP \[bu]
-A multibyte sequence is encountered that is valid but that
-cannot be translated to the character encoding of the output.
-This condition depends on the implementation and on the conversion descriptor.
-In the GNU C library and GNU libiconv, if
-.I cd
-was created without the suffix
-.B //TRANSLIT
-or
-.BR //IGNORE ,
-the conversion is strict:
-lossy conversions produce this condition.
-If the suffix
-.B //TRANSLIT
-was specified,
-transliteration can avoid this condition in some cases.
-In the musl C library,
-this condition cannot occur because a conversion to
-.B \[aq]*\[aq]
-is used as a fallback.
-In the FreeBSD, NetBSD, and Solaris implementations of
-.BR iconv (),
-this condition cannot occur either,
-because a conversion to
-.B \[aq]?\[aq]
-is used as a fallback.
-When this condition is met,
-.BR iconv ()
-sets
-.I errno
-to
-.B EILSEQ
-and returns
-.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
-.I *inbuf
-is left pointing to the beginning of the unconvertible multibyte sequence.
-.IP \[bu]
-The input byte sequence has been entirely converted,
-that is, \fI*inbytesleft\fP has gone down to 0.
-In this case,
-.BR iconv ()
-returns the number of
-nonreversible conversions performed during this call.
-.IP \[bu]
-An incomplete multibyte sequence is encountered in the input, and the
-input byte sequence terminates after it.
-In this case, it sets \fIerrno\fP to
-\fBEINVAL\fP and returns
-.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
-\fI*inbuf\fP is left pointing to the
-beginning of the incomplete multibyte sequence.
-.IP \[bu]
-The output buffer has no more room for the next converted character.
-In this case, it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBE2BIG\fP and returns
-.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
-.P
-A different case is when \fIinbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*inbuf\fP is NULL, but
-\fIoutbuf\fP is not NULL and \fI*outbuf\fP is not NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR iconv ()
-function attempts to set \fIcd\fP's conversion state to the
-initial state and store a corresponding shift sequence at \fI*outbuf\fP.
-At most \fI*outbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*outbuf\fP, will be written.
-If the output buffer has no more room for this reset sequence, it sets
-\fIerrno\fP to \fBE2BIG\fP and returns
-.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
-Otherwise, it increments
-\fI*outbuf\fP and decrements \fI*outbytesleft\fP by the number of bytes
-written.
-.P
-A third case is when \fIinbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*inbuf\fP is NULL, and
-\fIoutbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*outbuf\fP is NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR iconv ()
-function sets \fIcd\fP's conversion state to the initial state.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iconv ()
-function returns the number of characters converted in a
-nonreversible way during this call; reversible conversions are not counted.
-In case of error,
-.BR iconv ()
-returns
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-The following errors can occur, among others:
-.TP
-.B E2BIG
-There is not sufficient room at \fI*outbuf\fP.
-.TP
-.B EILSEQ
-An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered in the input.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-An incomplete multibyte sequence has been encountered in the input.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iconv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:cd
-.TE
-.P
-The
-.BR iconv ()
-function is MT-Safe, as long as callers arrange for
-mutual exclusion on the
-.I cd
-argument.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-In each series of calls to
-.BR iconv (),
-the last should be one with \fIinbuf\fP or \fI*inbuf\fP equal to NULL,
-in order to flush out any partially converted input.
-.P
-Although
-.I inbuf
-and
-.I outbuf
-are typed as
-.IR "char\ **" ,
-this does not mean that the objects they point can be interpreted
-as C strings or as arrays of characters:
-the interpretation of character byte sequences is
-handled internally by the conversion functions.
-In some encodings, a zero byte may be a valid part of a multibyte character.
-.P
-The caller of
-.BR iconv ()
-must ensure that the pointers passed to the function are suitable
-for accessing characters in the appropriate character set.
-This includes ensuring correct alignment on platforms that have
-tight restrictions on alignment.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv_close (3),
-.BR iconv_open (3),
-.BR iconvconfig (8)
diff --git a/man3/iconv_close.3 b/man3/iconv_close.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e3dc87e8a..000000000
--- a/man3/iconv_close.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH iconv_close 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iconv_close \- deallocate descriptor for character set conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <iconv.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iconv_close(iconv_t " cd );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iconv_close ()
-function deallocates a conversion descriptor
-.I cd
-previously allocated using
-.BR iconv_open (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR iconv_close ()
-returns 0; otherwise, it returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iconv_close ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv (3),
-.BR iconv_open (3)
diff --git a/man3/iconv_open.3 b/man3/iconv_open.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f58629aee..000000000
--- a/man3/iconv_open.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"     http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.\" 2007-03-31 Bruno Haible, Describe the glibc/libiconv //TRANSLIT
-.\" and //IGNORE extensions for 'tocode'.
-.\"
-.TH iconv_open 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iconv_open \- allocate descriptor for character set conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <iconv.h>
-.P
-.BI "iconv_t iconv_open(const char *" tocode ", const char *" fromcode );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iconv_open ()
-function allocates a conversion descriptor suitable
-for converting byte sequences from character encoding
-.I fromcode
-to
-character encoding
-.IR tocode .
-.P
-The values permitted for
-.I fromcode
-and
-.I tocode
-and the supported
-combinations are system-dependent.
-For the GNU C library, the permitted
-values are listed by the
-.I "iconv \-\-list"
-command, and all combinations
-of the listed values are supported.
-Furthermore the GNU C library and the
-GNU libiconv library support the following two suffixes:
-.TP
-//TRANSLIT
-When the string "//TRANSLIT" is appended to
-.IR tocode ,
-transliteration
-is activated.
-This means that when a character cannot be represented in the
-target character set, it can be approximated through one or several
-similarly looking characters.
-.TP
-//IGNORE
-When the string "//IGNORE" is appended to
-.IR tocode ,
-characters that
-cannot be represented in the target character set will be silently discarded.
-.P
-The resulting conversion descriptor can be used with
-.BR iconv (3)
-any number of times.
-It remains valid until deallocated using
-.BR iconv_close (3).
-.P
-A conversion descriptor contains a conversion state.
-After creation using
-.BR iconv_open (),
-the state is in the initial state.
-Using
-.BR iconv (3)
-modifies the descriptor's conversion state.
-To bring the state back to the initial state, use
-.BR iconv (3)
-with NULL as
-.I inbuf
-argument.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR iconv_open ()
-returns a freshly allocated conversion
-descriptor.
-On failure, it returns
-.I (iconv_t)\ \-1
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-The following error can occur, among others:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The conversion from
-.I fromcode
-to
-.I tocode
-is not supported by the
-implementation.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iconv_open ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv (1),
-.BR iconv (3),
-.BR iconv_close (3)
diff --git a/man3/if_freenameindex.3 b/man3/if_freenameindex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d8aac8484..000000000
--- a/man3/if_freenameindex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/if_nameindex.3
diff --git a/man3/if_indextoname.3 b/man3/if_indextoname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 437965929..000000000
--- a/man3/if_indextoname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/if_nametoindex.3
diff --git a/man3/if_nameindex.3 b/man3/if_nameindex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 32afb1763..000000000
--- a/man3/if_nameindex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2012 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH if_nameindex 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-if_nameindex, if_freenameindex \- get network interface names and indexes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <net/if.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct if_nameindex *if_nameindex(" void );
-.BI "void if_freenameindex(struct if_nameindex *" "ptr" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR if_nameindex ()
-function returns an array of
-.I if_nameindex
-structures, each containing information
-about one of the network interfaces on the local system.
-The
-.I if_nameindex
-structure contains at least the following entries:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-unsigned int if_index; /* Index of interface (1, 2, ...) */
-char        *if_name;  /* Null\-terminated name ("eth0", etc.) */
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I if_index
-field contains the interface index.
-The
-.I if_name
-field points to the null-terminated interface name.
-The end of the array is indicated by entry with
-.I if_index
-set to zero and
-.I if_name
-set to NULL.
-.P
-The data structure returned by
-.BR if_nameindex ()
-is dynamically allocated and should be freed using
-.BR if_freenameindex ()
-when no longer needed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR if_nameindex ()
-returns pointer to the array;
-on error, NULL is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR if_nameindex ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-if:
-.TP
-.B ENOBUFS
-Insufficient resources available.
-.P
-.BR if_nameindex ()
-may also fail for any of the errors specified for
-.BR socket (2),
-.BR bind (2),
-.BR ioctl (2),
-.BR getsockname (2),
-.BR recvmsg (2),
-.BR sendto (2),
-or
-.BR malloc (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR if_nameindex (),
-.BR if_freenameindex ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008, RFC\ 3493.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-BSDi.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.3.4,
-the implementation supported only interfaces with IPv4 addresses.
-Support of interfaces that don't have IPv4 addresses is available only
-on kernels that support netlink.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of the functions described
-on this page.
-An example of the output this program might produce is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fI
-1: lo
-2: wlan0
-3: em1
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-.\" SRC BEGIN (if_nameindex.c)
-.EX
-#include <net/if.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct if_nameindex *if_ni, *i;
-\&
-    if_ni = if_nameindex();
-    if (if_ni == NULL) {
-        perror("if_nameindex");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (i = if_ni; !(i\->if_index == 0 && i\->if_name == NULL); i++)
-        printf("%u: %s\en", i\->if_index, i\->if_name);
-\&
-    if_freenameindex(if_ni);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getsockopt (2),
-.BR setsockopt (2),
-.BR getifaddrs (3),
-.BR if_indextoname (3),
-.BR if_nametoindex (3),
-.BR ifconfig (8)
diff --git a/man3/if_nametoindex.3 b/man3/if_nametoindex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ca0514ed..000000000
--- a/man3/if_nametoindex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH if_nametoindex 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-if_nametoindex, if_indextoname \- mappings between network interface
-names and indexes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <net/if.h>
-.P
-.BI "unsigned int if_nametoindex(const char *" "ifname" );
-.BI "char *if_indextoname(unsigned int ifindex, char *" ifname );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR if_nametoindex ()
-function returns the index of the network interface
-corresponding to the name
-.IR ifname .
-.P
-The
-.BR if_indextoname ()
-function returns the name of the network interface
-corresponding to the interface index
-.IR ifindex .
-The name is placed in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR ifname .
-The buffer must allow for the storage of at least
-.B IF_NAMESIZE
-bytes.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR if_nametoindex ()
-returns the index number of the network interface;
-on error, 0 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR if_indextoname ()
-returns
-.IR ifname ;
-on error, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR if_nametoindex ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-if:
-.TP
-.B ENODEV
-No interface found with given name.
-.P
-.BR if_indextoname ()
-may fail and set
-.I errno
-if:
-.TP
-.B ENXIO
-No interface found for the index.
-.P
-.BR if_nametoindex ()
-and
-.BR if_indextoname ()
-may also fail for any of the errors specified for
-.BR socket (2)
-or
-.BR ioctl (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR if_nametoindex (),
-.BR if_indextoname ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008, RFC\ 3493.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-BSDi.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getifaddrs (3),
-.BR if_nameindex (3),
-.BR ifconfig (8)
diff --git a/man3/ilogb.3 b/man3/ilogb.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5130e40e0..000000000
--- a/man3/ilogb.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Inspired by a page by Walter Harms created 2002-08-10
-.\"
-.TH ilogb 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ilogb, ilogbf, ilogbl \- get integer exponent of a floating-point value
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "int ilogb(double " x );
-.BI "int ilogbf(float " x );
-.BI "int ilogbl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ilogb ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR ilogbf (),
-.BR ilogbl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the exponent part of their argument
-as a signed integer.
-When no error occurs, these functions
-are equivalent to the corresponding
-.BR logb (3)
-functions, cast to
-.IR int .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the exponent of
-.IR x ,
-as a signed integer.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is zero, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
-.\" the POSIX.1 spec for logb() says logb() gives pole error for this
-.\" case, but for ilogb() it says domain error.
-.BR FP_ILOGB0 .
-.\" glibc: The numeric value is either `INT_MIN' or `-INT_MAX'.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
-.BR FP_ILOGBNAN .
-.\" glibc: The numeric value is either `INT_MIN' or `INT_MAX'.
-.\" On i386, FP_ILOGB0 and FP_ILOGBNAN have the same value.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity or positive infinity, then
-a domain error occurs, and the functions return
-.BR INT_MAX .
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 also says:
-.\" If the correct value is greater than {INT_MAX}, {INT_MAX}
-.\" shall be returned and a domain error shall occur.
-.\"
-.\" If the correct value is less than {INT_MIN}, {INT_MIN}
-.\" shall be returned and a domain error shall occur.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is 0 or a NaN
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ilogb (),
-.BR ilogbf (),
-.BR ilogbl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6794
-Before glibc 2.16, the following bugs existed in the
-glibc implementation of these functions:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The domain error case where
-.I x
-is 0 or a NaN did not cause
-.I errno
-to be set or (on some architectures) raise a floating-point exception.
-.IP \[bu]
-The domain error case where
-.I x
-is an infinity did not cause
-.I errno
-to be set or raise a floating-point exception.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR log (3),
-.BR logb (3),
-.BR significand (3)
diff --git a/man3/ilogbf.3 b/man3/ilogbf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 213d00afa..000000000
--- a/man3/ilogbf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ilogb.3
diff --git a/man3/ilogbl.3 b/man3/ilogbl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 213d00afa..000000000
--- a/man3/ilogbl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ilogb.3
diff --git a/man3/imaxabs.3 b/man3/imaxabs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97db8d2b6..000000000
--- a/man3/imaxabs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/abs.3
diff --git a/man3/imaxdiv.3 b/man3/imaxdiv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 934824e3e..000000000
--- a/man3/imaxdiv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/div.3
diff --git a/man3/index.3 b/man3/index.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a47ce0dae..000000000
--- a/man3/index.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH index 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-index, rindex \- locate character in string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *index(const char *" s ", int " c );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *rindex(const char *" s ", int " c );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR index ()
-is identical to
-.BR strchr (3).
-.P
-.BR rindex ()
-is identical to
-.BR strrchr (3).
-.P
-Use
-.BR strchr (3)
-and
-.BR strrchr (3)
-instead of these functions.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD; marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
-recommending
-.BR strchr (3)
-and
-.BR strrchr (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR strrchr (3)
diff --git a/man3/inet.3 b/man3/inet.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e292f08a..000000000
--- a/man3/inet.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"     libc.info (from glibc distribution)
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:12:00 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified Sun Sep  3 20:29:36 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" Changed network into host byte order (for inet_network),
-.\"     Andreas Jaeger <aj@arthur.rhein-neckar.de>, 980130.
-.\" 2008-06-19, mtk
-.\"     Describe the various address forms supported by inet_aton().
-.\"     Clarify discussion of inet_lnaof(), inet_netof(), and inet_makeaddr().
-.\"     Add discussion of Classful Addressing, noting that it is obsolete.
-.\"     Added an EXAMPLE program.
-.\"
-.TH inet 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-inet_aton, inet_addr, inet_network, inet_ntoa, inet_makeaddr, inet_lnaof,
-inet_netof \- Internet address manipulation routines
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.B #include <netinet/in.h>
-.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.P
-.BI "int inet_aton(const char *" cp ", struct in_addr *" inp );
-.P
-.BI "in_addr_t inet_addr(const char *" cp );
-.BI "in_addr_t inet_network(const char *" cp );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr " in );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] struct in_addr inet_makeaddr(in_addr_t " net ,
-.BI "                                            in_addr_t " host );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] in_addr_t inet_lnaof(struct in_addr " in );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] in_addr_t inet_netof(struct in_addr " in );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR inet_aton (),
-.BR inet_ntoa ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR inet_aton ()
-converts the Internet host address \fIcp\fP from the
-IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation into binary form (in network byte order)
-and stores it in the structure that \fIinp\fP points to.
-.BR inet_aton ()
-returns nonzero if the address is valid, zero if not.
-The address supplied in
-.I cp
-can have one of the following forms:
-.TP 10
-.I a.b.c.d
-Each of the four numeric parts specifies a byte of the address;
-the bytes are assigned in left-to-right order to produce the binary address.
-.TP
-.I a.b.c
-Parts
-.I a
-and
-.I b
-specify the first two bytes of the binary address.
-Part
-.I c
-is interpreted as a 16-bit value that defines the rightmost two bytes
-of the binary address.
-This notation is suitable for specifying (outmoded) Class B
-network addresses.
-.TP
-.I a.b
-Part
-.I a
-specifies the first byte of the binary address.
-Part
-.I b
-is interpreted as a 24-bit value that defines the rightmost three bytes
-of the binary address.
-This notation is suitable for specifying (outmoded) Class A
-network addresses.
-.TP
-.I a
-The value
-.I a
-is interpreted as a 32-bit value that is stored directly
-into the binary address without any byte rearrangement.
-.P
-In all of the above forms,
-components of the dotted address can be specified in decimal,
-octal (with a leading
-.IR 0 ),
-or hexadecimal, with a leading
-.IR 0X ).
-Addresses in any of these forms are collectively termed
-.IR "IPV4 numbers-and-dots notation" .
-The form that uses exactly four decimal numbers is referred to as
-.I IPv4 dotted-decimal notation
-(or sometimes:
-.IR "IPv4 dotted-quad notation" ).
-.P
-.BR inet_aton ()
-returns 1 if the supplied string was successfully interpreted,
-or 0 if the string is invalid
-.RB ( errno
-is
-.I not
-set on error).
-.P
-The
-.BR inet_addr ()
-function converts the Internet host address
-\fIcp\fP from IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation into binary data in network
-byte order.
-If the input is invalid,
-.B INADDR_NONE
-(usually \-1) is returned.
-Use of this function is problematic because \-1 is a valid address
-(255.255.255.255).
-Avoid its use in favor of
-.BR inet_aton (),
-.BR inet_pton (3),
-or
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-which provide a cleaner way to indicate error return.
-.P
-The
-.BR inet_network ()
-function converts
-.IR cp ,
-a string in IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation,
-into a number in host byte order suitable for use as an
-Internet network address.
-On success, the converted address is returned.
-If the input is invalid, \-1 is returned.
-.P
-The
-.BR inet_ntoa ()
-function converts the Internet host address
-\fIin\fP, given in network byte order, to a string in IPv4
-dotted-decimal notation.
-The string is returned in a statically
-allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will overwrite.
-.P
-The
-.BR inet_lnaof ()
-function returns the local network address part
-of the Internet address \fIin\fP.
-The returned value is in host byte order.
-.P
-The
-.BR inet_netof ()
-function returns the network number part of
-the Internet address \fIin\fP.
-The returned value is in host byte order.
-.P
-The
-.BR inet_makeaddr ()
-function is the converse of
-.BR inet_netof ()
-and
-.BR inet_lnaof ().
-It returns an Internet host address in network byte order,
-created by combining the network number \fInet\fP
-with the local address \fIhost\fP, both in
-host byte order.
-.P
-The structure \fIin_addr\fP as used in
-.BR inet_ntoa (),
-.BR inet_makeaddr (),
-.BR inet_lnaof (),
-and
-.BR inet_netof ()
-is defined in
-.I <netinet/in.h>
-as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef uint32_t in_addr_t;
-\&
-struct in_addr {
-    in_addr_t s_addr;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR inet_aton (),
-.BR inet_addr (),
-.BR inet_network (),
-.BR inet_ntoa ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR inet_makeaddr (),
-.BR inet_lnaof (),
-.BR inet_netof ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR inet_addr ()
-.TQ
-.BR inet_ntoa ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR inet_aton ()
-None.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR inet_addr ()
-.TQ
-.BR inet_ntoa ()
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-.BR inet_lnaof (),
-.BR inet_netof (),
-and
-.BR inet_makeaddr ()
-are legacy functions that assume they are dealing with
-.IR "classful network addresses" .
-Classful networking divides IPv4 network addresses into host and network
-components at byte boundaries, as follows:
-.TP 10
-Class A
-This address type is indicated by the value 0 in the
-most significant bit of the (network byte ordered) address.
-The network address is contained in the most significant byte,
-and the host address occupies the remaining three bytes.
-.TP
-Class B
-This address type is indicated by the binary value 10 in the
-most significant two bits of the address.
-The network address is contained in the two most significant bytes,
-and the host address occupies the remaining two bytes.
-.TP
-Class C
-This address type is indicated by the binary value 110 in the
-most significant three bits of the address.
-The network address is contained in the three most significant bytes,
-and the host address occupies the remaining byte.
-.P
-Classful network addresses are now obsolete,
-having been superseded by Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR),
-which divides addresses into network and host components at
-arbitrary bit (rather than byte) boundaries.
-.SH NOTES
-On x86 architectures, the host byte order is Least Significant Byte
-first (little endian), whereas the network byte order, as used on the
-Internet, is Most Significant Byte first (big endian).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-An example of the use of
-.BR inet_aton ()
-and
-.BR inet_ntoa ()
-is shown below.
-Here are some example runs:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 226.000.000.037" "      # Last byte is in octal"
-226.0.0.31
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 0x7f.1         " "      # First byte is in hex"
-127.0.0.1
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (inet.c)
-.EX
-#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct in_addr addr;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s <dotted\-address>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (inet_aton(argv[1], &addr) == 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Invalid address\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("%s\en", inet_ntoa(addr));
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR byteorder (3),
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-.BR getnameinfo (3),
-.BR getnetent (3),
-.BR inet_net_pton (3),
-.BR inet_ntop (3),
-.BR inet_pton (3),
-.BR hosts (5),
-.BR networks (5)
diff --git a/man3/inet_addr.3 b/man3/inet_addr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eba30eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_addr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_aton.3 b/man3/inet_aton.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eba30eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_aton.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_lnaof.3 b/man3/inet_lnaof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eba30eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_lnaof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_makeaddr.3 b/man3/inet_makeaddr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a9e0fd11..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_makeaddr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet_addr.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_net_ntop.3 b/man3/inet_net_ntop.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 10b8d4473..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_net_ntop.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet_net_pton.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_net_pton.3 b/man3/inet_net_pton.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c66ee8257..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_net_pton.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH inet_net_pton 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-inet_net_pton, inet_net_ntop \- Internet network number conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Resolver library
-.RI ( libresolv ", " \-lresolv )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.P
-.BI "int inet_net_pton(int " af ", const char *" pres ,
-.BI "                  void " netp [. nsize "], size_t " nsize );
-.BI "char *inet_net_ntop(int " af ,
-.BI "                  const void " netp [(. bits " - CHAR_BIT + 1) / CHAR_BIT],"
-.BI "                  int " bits ,
-.BI "                  char " pres [. psize "], size_t " psize );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR inet_net_pton (),
-.BR inet_net_ntop ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.20:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions convert network numbers between
-presentation (i.e., printable) format and network (i.e., binary) format.
-.P
-For both functions,
-.I af
-specifies the address family for the conversion;
-the only supported value is
-.BR AF_INET .
-.SS inet_net_pton()
-The
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-function converts
-.IR pres ,
-a null-terminated string containing an Internet network number in
-presentation format to network format.
-The result of the conversion, which is in network byte order,
-is placed in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR netp .
-(The
-.I netp
-argument typically points to an
-.I in_addr
-structure.)
-The
-.I nsize
-argument specifies the number of bytes available in
-.IR netp .
-.P
-On success,
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-returns the number of bits in the network number field
-of the result placed in
-.IR netp .
-For a discussion of the input presentation format and the return value,
-see NOTES.
-.P
-.IR Note :
-the buffer pointed to by
-.I netp
-should be zeroed out before calling
-.BR inet_net_pton (),
-since the call writes only as many bytes as are required
-for the network number (or as are explicitly specified by
-.IR pres ),
-which may be less than the number of bytes in a complete network address.
-.SS inet_net_ntop()
-The
-.BR inet_net_ntop ()
-function converts the network number in the buffer pointed to by
-.I netp
-to presentation format;
-.I *netp
-is interpreted as a value in network byte order.
-The
-.I bits
-argument specifies the number of bits in the network number in
-.IR *netp .
-.P
-The null-terminated presentation-format string
-is placed in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR pres .
-The
-.I psize
-argument specifies the number of bytes available in
-.IR pres .
-The presentation string is in CIDR format:
-a dotted-decimal number representing the network address,
-followed by a slash, and the size of the network number in bits.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-returns the number of bits in the network number.
-On error, it returns \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR inet_net_ntop ()
-returns
-.IR pres .
-On error, it returns NULL, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAFNOSUPPORT
-.I af
-specified a value other than
-.BR AF_INET .
-.TP
-.B EMSGSIZE
-The size of the output buffer was insufficient.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( inet_net_pton ())
-.I pres
-was not in correct presentation format.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH NOTES
-.SS Input presentation format for inet_net_pton()
-The network number may be specified either
-as a hexadecimal value
-or in dotted-decimal notation.
-.P
-Hexadecimal values are indicated by an initial "0x" or "0X".
-The hexadecimal digits populate the nibbles (half octets) of the
-network number from left to right in network byte order.
-.\" If the hexadecimal string is short, the remaining nibbles are zeroed.
-.P
-In dotted-decimal notation, up to four octets are specified,
-as decimal numbers separated by dots.
-Thus, any of the following forms are accepted:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-a.b.c.d
-a.b.c
-a.b
-a
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Each part is a number in the range 0 to 255 that
-populates one byte of the resulting network number,
-going from left to right, in network-byte (big endian) order.
-Where a part is omitted, the resulting byte in the network number is zero.
-.\" Reading other man pages, some other implementations treat
-.\" 	'c' in a.b.c as a 16-bit number that populates right-most two bytes
-.\"     'b' in a.b as a 24-bit number that populates right-most three bytes
-.P
-For either hexadecimal or dotted-decimal format,
-the network number can optionally be followed by a slash
-and a number in the range 0 to 32,
-which specifies the size of the network number in bits.
-.SS Return value of inet_net_pton()
-The return value of
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-is the number of bits in the network number field.
-If the input presentation string terminates with a slash and
-an explicit size value, then that size becomes the return value of
-.BR inet_net_pton ().
-Otherwise, the return value,
-.IR bits ,
-is inferred as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-If the most significant byte of the network number is
-greater than or equal to 240,
-then
-.I bits
-is 32.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-if the most significant byte of the network number is
-greater than or equal to 224,
-then
-.I bits
-is 4.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-if the most significant byte of the network number is
-greater than or equal to 192,
-then
-.I bits
-is 24.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-if the most significant byte of the network number is
-greater than or equal to 128,
-then
-.I bits
-is 16.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-.I bits
-is 8.
-.P
-If the resulting
-.I bits
-value from the above steps is greater than or equal to 8,
-but the number of octets specified in the network number exceed
-.IR "bits/8" ,
-then
-.I bits
-is set to 8 times the number of octets actually specified.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-and
-.BR inet_net_ntop ().
-It uses
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-to convert the presentation format network address provided in
-its first command-line argument to binary form, displays the return value from
-.BR inet_net_pton ().
-It then uses
-.BR inet_net_ntop ()
-to convert the binary form back to presentation format,
-and displays the resulting string.
-.P
-In order to demonstrate that
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-may not write to all bytes of its
-.I netp
-argument, the program allows an optional second command-line argument,
-a number used to initialize the buffer before
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-is called.
-As its final line of output,
-the program displays all of the bytes of the buffer returned by
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-allowing the user to see which bytes have not been touched by
-.BR inet_net_pton ().
-.P
-An example run, showing that
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-infers the number of bits in the network number:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 193.168\fP
-inet_net_pton() returned: 24
-inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.0/24
-Raw address:              c1a80000
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Demonstrate that
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-does not zero out unused bytes in its result buffer:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 193.168 0xffffffff\fP
-inet_net_pton() returned: 24
-inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.0/24
-Raw address:              c1a800ff
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Demonstrate that
-.BR inet_net_pton ()
-will widen the inferred size of the network number,
-if the supplied number of bytes in the presentation
-string exceeds the inferred value:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 193.168.1.128\fP
-inet_net_pton() returned: 32
-inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.1.128/32
-Raw address:              c1a80180
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Explicitly specifying the size of the network number overrides any
-inference about its size
-(but any extra bytes that are explicitly specified will still be used by
-.BR inet_net_pton ():
-to populate the result buffer):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 193.168.1.128/24\fP
-inet_net_pton() returned: 24
-inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.1/24
-Raw address:              c1a80180
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-.\" SRC BEGIN (inet_net_pton.c)
-.EX
-/* Link with "\-lresolv" */
-\&
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
-                        } while (0)
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char buf[100];
-    struct in_addr addr;
-    int bits;
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr,
-                "Usage: %s presentation\-form [addr\-init\-value]\en",
-                argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* If argv[2] is supplied (a numeric value), use it to initialize
-       the output buffer given to inet_net_pton(), so that we can see
-       that inet_net_pton() initializes only those bytes needed for
-       the network number. If argv[2] is not supplied, then initialize
-       the buffer to zero (as is recommended practice). */
-\&
-    addr.s_addr = (argc > 2) ? strtod(argv[2], NULL) : 0;
-\&
-    /* Convert presentation network number in argv[1] to binary. */
-\&
-    bits = inet_net_pton(AF_INET, argv[1], &addr, sizeof(addr));
-    if (bits == \-1)
-        errExit("inet_net_ntop");
-\&
-    printf("inet_net_pton() returned: %d\en", bits);
-\&
-    /* Convert binary format back to presentation, using \[aq]bits\[aq]
-       returned by inet_net_pton(). */
-\&
-    if (inet_net_ntop(AF_INET, &addr, bits, buf, sizeof(buf)) == NULL)
-        errExit("inet_net_ntop");
-\&
-    printf("inet_net_ntop() yielded:  %s\en", buf);
-\&
-    /* Display \[aq]addr\[aq] in raw form (in network byte order), so we can
-       see bytes not displayed by inet_net_ntop(); some of those bytes
-       may not have been touched by inet_net_ntop(), and so will still
-       have any initial value that was specified in argv[2]. */
-\&
-    printf("Raw address:              %x\en", htonl(addr.s_addr));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR inet (3),
-.BR networks (5)
diff --git a/man3/inet_netof.3 b/man3/inet_netof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eba30eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_netof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_network.3 b/man3/inet_network.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eba30eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_network.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_ntoa.3 b/man3/inet_ntoa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0eba30eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_ntoa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man3/inet_ntop.3 b/man3/inet_ntop.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8926460d4..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_ntop.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2000 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References: RFC 2553
-.TH inet_ntop 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-inet_ntop \- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from binary to text form
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.P
-.BI "const char *inet_ntop(int " af ", const void *restrict " src ,
-.BI "                      char " dst "[restrict ." size "], socklen_t " size );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function converts the network address structure
-.I src
-in the
-.I af
-address family into a character string.
-The resulting string is copied to the buffer pointed to by
-.IR dst ,
-which must be a non-null pointer.
-The caller specifies the number of bytes available in this buffer in
-the argument
-.IR size .
-.P
-.BR inet_ntop ()
-extends the
-.BR inet_ntoa (3)
-function to support multiple address families,
-.BR inet_ntoa (3)
-is now considered to be deprecated in favor of
-.BR inet_ntop ().
-The following address families are currently supported:
-.TP
-.B AF_INET
-.I src
-points to a
-.I struct in_addr
-(in network byte order)
-which is converted to an IPv4 network address in
-the dotted-decimal format, "\fIddd.ddd.ddd.ddd\fP".
-The buffer
-.I dst
-must be at least
-.B INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-bytes long.
-.TP
-.B AF_INET6
-.I src
-points to a
-.I struct in6_addr
-(in network byte order)
-which is converted to a representation of this address in the
-most appropriate IPv6 network address format for this address.
-The buffer
-.I dst
-must be at least
-.B INET6_ADDRSTRLEN
-bytes long.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR inet_ntop ()
-returns a non-null pointer to
-.IR dst .
-NULL is returned if there was an error, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAFNOSUPPORT
-.I af
-was not a valid address family.
-.TP
-.B ENOSPC
-The converted address string would exceed the size given by
-.IR size .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR inet_ntop ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Note that RFC\ 2553 defines a prototype where the last argument
-.I size
-is of type
-.IR size_t .
-Many systems follow RFC\ 2553.
-glibc 2.0 and 2.1 have
-.IR size_t ,
-but 2.2 and later have
-.IR socklen_t .
-.\" 2.1.3: size_t, 2.1.91: socklen_t
-.SH BUGS
-.B AF_INET6
-converts IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses into an IPv6 format.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR inet_pton (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getnameinfo (3),
-.BR inet (3),
-.BR inet_pton (3)
diff --git a/man3/inet_pton.3 b/man3/inet_pton.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b92046e40..000000000
--- a/man3/inet_pton.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2000 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References: RFC 2553
-.TH inet_pton 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-inet_pton \- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from text to binary form
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.P
-.BI "int inet_pton(int " af ", const char *restrict " src \
-", void *restrict " dst );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function converts the character string
-.I src
-into a network address structure in the
-.I af
-address family, then
-copies
-the network address structure to
-.IR dst .
-The
-.I af
-argument must be either
-.B AF_INET
-or
-.BR AF_INET6 .
-.I dst
-is written in network byte order.
-.P
-The following address families are currently supported:
-.TP
-.B AF_INET
-.I src
-points to a character string containing an IPv4 network address in
-dotted-decimal format, "\fIddd.ddd.ddd.ddd\fP", where
-.I ddd
-is a decimal number of up to three digits in the range 0 to 255.
-The address is converted to a
-.I struct in_addr
-and copied to
-.IR dst ,
-which must be
-.I sizeof(struct in_addr)
-(4) bytes (32 bits) long.
-.TP
-.B AF_INET6
-.I src
-points to a character string containing an IPv6 network address.
-The address is converted to a
-.I struct in6_addr
-and copied to
-.IR dst ,
-which must be
-.I sizeof(struct in6_addr)
-(16) bytes (128 bits) long.
-The allowed formats for IPv6 addresses follow these rules:
-.RS
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The preferred format is
-.IR x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x .
-This form consists of eight hexadecimal numbers,
-each of which expresses a 16-bit value (i.e., each
-.I x
-can be up to 4 hex digits).
-.IP \[bu]
-A series of contiguous zero values in the preferred format
-can be abbreviated to
-.IR :: .
-Only one instance of
-.I ::
-can occur in an address.
-For example, the loopback address
-.I 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1
-can be abbreviated as
-.IR ::1 .
-The wildcard address, consisting of all zeros, can be written as
-.IR :: .
-.IP \[bu]
-An alternate format is useful for expressing IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses.
-This form is written as
-.IR x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d ,
-where the six leading
-.IR x s
-are hexadecimal values that define the six most-significant
-16-bit pieces of the address (i.e., 96 bits), and the
-.IR d s
-express a value in dotted-decimal notation that
-defines the least significant 32 bits of the address.
-An example of such an address is
-.IR ::FFFF:204.152.189.116 .
-.RE
-.IP
-See RFC 2373 for further details on the representation of IPv6 addresses.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR inet_pton ()
-returns 1 on success (network address was successfully converted).
-0 is returned if
-.I src
-does not contain a character string representing a valid network
-address in the specified address family.
-If
-.I af
-does not contain a valid address family, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EAFNOSUPPORT .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR inet_pton ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Unlike
-.BR inet_aton (3)
-and
-.BR inet_addr (3),
-.BR inet_pton ()
-supports IPv6 addresses.
-On the other hand,
-.BR inet_pton ()
-accepts only IPv4 addresses in dotted-decimal notation, whereas
-.BR inet_aton (3)
-and
-.BR inet_addr (3)
-allow the more general numbers-and-dots notation (hexadecimal
-and octal number formats, and formats that don't require all
-four bytes to be explicitly written).
-For an interface that handles both IPv6 addresses, and IPv4
-addresses in numbers-and-dots notation, see
-.BR getaddrinfo (3).
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-.B AF_INET6
-does not recognize IPv4 addresses.
-An explicit IPv4-mapped IPv6 address must be supplied in
-.I src
-instead.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR inet_pton ()
-and
-.BR inet_ntop (3).
-Here are some example runs:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out i6 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0"
-::
-.RB "$" " ./a.out i6 1:0:0:0:0:0:0:8"
-1::8
-.RB "$" " ./a.out i6 0:0:0:0:0:FFFF:204.152.189.116"
-::ffff:204.152.189.116
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (inet_pton.c)
-.EX
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    unsigned char buf[sizeof(struct in6_addr)];
-    int domain, s;
-    char str[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s {i4|i6|<num>} string\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    domain = (strcmp(argv[1], "i4") == 0) ? AF_INET :
-             (strcmp(argv[1], "i6") == 0) ? AF_INET6 : atoi(argv[1]);
-\&
-    s = inet_pton(domain, argv[2], buf);
-    if (s <= 0) {
-        if (s == 0)
-            fprintf(stderr, "Not in presentation format");
-        else
-            perror("inet_pton");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (inet_ntop(domain, buf, str, INET6_ADDRSTRLEN) == NULL) {
-        perror("inet_ntop");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("%s\en", str);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-.BR inet (3),
-.BR inet_ntop (3)
diff --git a/man3/initgroups.3 b/man3/initgroups.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 46e1b8501..000000000
--- a/man3/initgroups.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified 2004-10-10 by aeb
-.\"
-.TH initgroups 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-initgroups \- initialize the supplementary group access list
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int initgroups(const char *" user ", gid_t " group );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR initgroups ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR initgroups ()
-function initializes the group access list by
-reading the group database
-.I /etc/group
-and using all groups of
-which
-.I user
-is a member.
-The additional group
-.I group
-is
-also added to the list.
-.P
-The
-.I user
-argument must be non-NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR initgroups ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The calling process has insufficient privilege.
-See the underlying system call
-.BR setgroups (2).
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/group
-group database file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR initgroups ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getgroups (2),
-.BR setgroups (2),
-.BR credentials (7)
diff --git a/man3/initstate.3 b/man3/initstate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e34104e2..000000000
--- a/man3/initstate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/random.3
diff --git a/man3/initstate_r.3 b/man3/initstate_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b01937f4d..000000000
--- a/man3/initstate_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/random_r.3
diff --git a/man3/innetgr.3 b/man3/innetgr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34268f941..000000000
--- a/man3/innetgr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man3/insque.3 b/man3/insque.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fedbbc214..000000000
--- a/man3/insque.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" peter memishian -- meem@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-.\" $Id: insque.3,v 1.2 1996/10/30 21:03:39 meem Exp meem $
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2010, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   Linux libc source code (5.4.7)
-.\"   Solaris 2.x, OSF/1, and HP-UX manpages
-.\"   Curry's "UNIX Systems Programming for SVR4" (O'Reilly & Associates 1996)
-.\"
-.\" Changed to POSIX, 2003-08-11, aeb+wh
-.\" mtk, 2010-09-09: Noted glibc 2.4 bug, added info on circular
-.\"	lists, added example program
-.\"
-.TH insque 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-insque, remque \- insert/remove an item from a queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <search.h>
-.P
-.BI "void insque(void *" elem ", void *" prev );
-.BI "void remque(void *" elem );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR insque (),
-.BR remque ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR insque ()
-and
-.BR remque ()
-functions manipulate doubly linked lists.
-Each element in the list is a structure of
-which the first two elements are a forward and a
-backward pointer.
-The linked list may be linear (i.e., NULL forward pointer at
-the end of the list and NULL backward pointer at the start of the list)
-or circular.
-.P
-The
-.BR insque ()
-function inserts the element pointed to by \fIelem\fP
-immediately after the element pointed to by \fIprev\fP.
-.P
-If the list is linear, then the call
-.I "insque(elem, NULL)"
-can be used to insert the initial list element,
-and the call sets the forward and backward pointers of
-.I elem
-to NULL.
-.P
-If the list is circular,
-the caller should ensure that the forward and backward pointers of the
-first element are initialized to point to that element,
-and the
-.I prev
-argument of the
-.BR insque ()
-call should also point to the element.
-.P
-The
-.BR remque ()
-function removes the element pointed to by \fIelem\fP from the
-doubly linked list.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR insque (),
-.BR remque ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On ancient systems,
-.\" e.g., SunOS, Linux libc4 and libc5
-the arguments of these functions were of type \fIstruct qelem *\fP,
-defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct qelem {
-    struct qelem *q_forw;
-    struct qelem *q_back;
-    char          q_data[1];
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-This is still what you will get if
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-is defined before
-including \fI<search.h>\fP.
-.P
-The location of the prototypes for these functions differs among several
-versions of UNIX.
-The above is the POSIX version.
-Some systems place them in \fI<string.h>\fP.
-.\" Linux libc4 and libc 5 placed them
-.\" in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.4 and earlier, it was not possible to specify
-.I prev
-as NULL.
-Consequently, to build a linear list, the caller had to build a list
-using an initial call that contained the first two elements of the list,
-with the forward and backward pointers in each element suitably initialized.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR insque ().
-Here is an example run of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$ " "./a.out \-c a b c"
-Traversing completed list:
-    a
-    b
-    c
-That was a circular list
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (insque.c)
-.EX
-#include <search.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-struct element {
-    struct element *forward;
-    struct element *backward;
-    char *name;
-};
-\&
-static struct element *
-new_element(void)
-{
-    struct element *e;
-\&
-    e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
-    if (e == NULL) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "malloc() failed\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    return e;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct element *first, *elem, *prev;
-    int circular, opt, errfnd;
-\&
-    /* The "\-c" command\-line option can be used to specify that the
-       list is circular. */
-\&
-    errfnd = 0;
-    circular = 0;
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "c")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]c\[aq]:
-            circular = 1;
-            break;
-        default:
-            errfnd = 1;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    if (errfnd || optind >= argc) {
-        fprintf(stderr,  "Usage: %s [\-c] string...\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Create first element and place it in the linked list. */
-\&
-    elem = new_element();
-    first = elem;
-\&
-    elem\->name = argv[optind];
-\&
-    if (circular) {
-        elem\->forward = elem;
-        elem\->backward = elem;
-        insque(elem, elem);
-    } else {
-        insque(elem, NULL);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Add remaining command\-line arguments as list elements. */
-\&
-    while (++optind < argc) {
-        prev = elem;
-\&
-        elem = new_element();
-        elem\->name = argv[optind];
-        insque(elem, prev);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Traverse the list from the start, printing element names. */
-\&
-    printf("Traversing completed list:\en");
-    elem = first;
-    do {
-        printf("    %s\en", elem\->name);
-        elem = elem\->forward;
-    } while (elem != NULL && elem != first);
-\&
-    if (elem == first)
-        printf("That was a circular list\en");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man3/intro.3 b/man3/intro.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f75df9a1..000000000
--- a/man3/intro.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 2007-10-23 mtk, Nearly a complete rewrite of the earlier page.
-.TH intro 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-intro \- introduction to library functions
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Section 3 of the manual describes all library functions
-excluding the library functions
-(system call wrappers)
-described in Section 2,
-which implement system calls.
-.P
-Many of the functions described in the section are part of the
-Standard C Library
-.RI ( libc ).
-Some functions are part of other libraries
-(e.g.,
-the math library,
-.IR libm ,
-or the real-time library,
-.IR librt )
-in which case the manual page will indicate
-the linker option needed to link against the required library
-(e.g.,
-.I \-lm
-and
-.IR \-lrt ,
-respectively,
-for the aforementioned libraries).
-.P
-In some cases,
-the programmer must define a feature test macro in order to obtain
-the declaration of a function from the header file specified
-in the man page SYNOPSIS section.
-(Where required,
-these
-.I feature test macros
-must be defined before including
-.I any
-header files.)
-In such cases,
-the required macro is described in the man page.
-For further information on feature test macros,
-see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7).
-.\"
-.\" There
-.\" are various function groups which can be identified by a letter which
-.\" is appended to the chapter number:
-.\" .IP (3C)
-.\" These functions,
-.\" the functions from chapter 2 and from chapter 3S are
-.\" contained in the C standard library libc,
-.\" which will be used by
-.\" .BR cc (1)
-.\" by default.
-.\" .IP (3S)
-.\" These functions are parts of the
-.\" .BR stdio (3)
-.\" library.  They are contained in the standard C library libc.
-.\" .IP (3M)
-.\" These functions are contained in the arithmetic library libm.  They are
-.\" used by the
-.\" .BR f77 (1)
-.\" FORTRAN compiler by default,
-.\" but not by the
-.\" .BR cc (1)
-.\" C compiler,
-.\" which needs the option \fI\-lm\fP.
-.\" .IP (3F)
-.\" These functions are part of the FORTRAN library libF77.  There are no
-.\" special compiler flags needed to use these functions.
-.\" .IP (3X)
-.\" Various special libraries.  The manual pages documenting their functions
-.\" specify the library names.
-.SS Subsections
-Section 3 of this manual is organized into subsections
-that reflect the complex structure of the standard C library
-and its many implementations:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-3const
-.IP \[bu]
-3head
-.IP \[bu]
-3type
-.P
-This difficult history frequently makes it a poor example to follow
-in design,
-implementation,
-and presentation.
-.P
-Ideally,
-a library for the C language
-is designed such that each header file
-presents the interface to a coherent software module.
-It provides a small number of function declarations
-and exposes only data types and constants that
-are required for use of those functions.
-Together,
-these are termed an API or
-.IR "application program interface" .
-Types and constants to be shared among multiple APIs
-should be placed in header files that declare no functions.
-This organization permits a C library module
-to be documented concisely with one header file per manual page.
-Such an approach
-improves the readability and accessibility of library documentation,
-and thereby the usability of the software.
-.SH STANDARDS
-Certain terms and abbreviations are used to indicate UNIX variants
-and standards to which calls in this section conform.
-See
-.BR standards (7).
-.SH NOTES
-.SS Authors and copyright conditions
-Look at the header of the manual page source
-for the author(s) and copyright conditions.
-Note that these can be different from page to page!
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR intro (2),
-.BR errno (3),
-.BR capabilities (7),
-.BR credentials (7),
-.BR environ (7),
-.BR feature_test_macros (7),
-.BR libc (7),
-.BR math_error (7),
-.BR path_resolution (7),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR signal (7),
-.BR standards (7),
-.BR system_data_types (7)
diff --git a/man3/iruserok.3 b/man3/iruserok.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/iruserok.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/iruserok_af.3 b/man3/iruserok_af.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/iruserok_af.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/isalnum.3 b/man3/isalnum.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isalnum.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isalnum_l.3 b/man3/isalnum_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isalnum_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isalpha.3 b/man3/isalpha.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 05d373780..000000000
--- a/man3/isalpha.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:10:00 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sun Aug 21 17:51:50 1994 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sat Sep  2 21:52:01 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" Modified Mon May 27 22:55:26 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\"
-.TH isalpha 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-isalnum, isalpha, isascii, isblank, iscntrl, isdigit, isgraph, islower,
-isprint, ispunct, isspace, isupper, isxdigit,
-isalnum_l, isalpha_l, isascii_l, isblank_l, iscntrl_l,
-isdigit_l, isgraph_l, islower_l,
-isprint_l, ispunct_l, isspace_l, isupper_l, isxdigit_l
-\- character classification functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int isalnum(int " c );
-.BI "int isalpha(int " c );
-.BI "int iscntrl(int " c );
-.BI "int isdigit(int " c );
-.BI "int isgraph(int " c );
-.BI "int islower(int " c );
-.BI "int isprint(int " c );
-.BI "int ispunct(int " c );
-.BI "int isspace(int " c );
-.BI "int isupper(int " c );
-.BI "int isxdigit(int " c );
-.P
-.BI "int isascii(int " c );
-.BI "int isblank(int " c );
-.P
-.BI "int isalnum_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isalpha_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isblank_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int iscntrl_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isdigit_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isgraph_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int islower_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isprint_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int ispunct_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isspace_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isupper_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int isxdigit_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.P
-.BI "int isascii_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.ad l
-.P
-.BR isascii ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isblank ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.P
-.BR \%salnum_l (),
-.BR \%salpha_l (),
-.BR \%sblank_l (),
-.BR \%scntrl_l (),
-.BR \%sdigit_l (),
-.BR \%sgraph_l (),
-.BR \%slower_l (),
-.BR \%sprint_l (),
-.BR \%spunct_l (),
-.BR \%sspace_l (),
-.BR \%supper_l (),
-.BR \%sxdigit_l ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR isascii_l ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700 && (_SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE)
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.ad
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions check whether
-.IR c ,
-which must have the value of an
-.I unsigned char
-or
-.BR EOF ,
-falls into a certain character class according to the specified locale.
-The functions without the
-"_l" suffix perform the check based on the current locale.
-.P
-The functions with the "_l" suffix perform the check
-based on the locale specified by the locale object
-.IR locale .
-The behavior of these functions is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-(see
-.BR duplocale (3))
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.P
-The list below explains the operation of the functions without
-the "_l" suffix;
-the functions with the "_l" suffix differ only in using the locale object
-.I locale
-instead of the current locale.
-.TP
-.BR isalnum ()
-checks for an alphanumeric character; it is equivalent to
-.BI "(isalpha(" c ") || isdigit(" c "))" \fR.
-.TP
-.BR isalpha ()
-checks for an alphabetic character; in the standard \fB"C"\fP
-locale, it is equivalent to
-.BI "(isupper(" c ") || islower(" c "))" \fR.
-In some locales, there may be additional characters for which
-.BR isalpha ()
-is true\[em]letters which are neither uppercase nor lowercase.
-.TP
-.BR isascii ()
-checks whether \fIc\fP is a 7-bit
-.I unsigned char
-value that fits into
-the ASCII character set.
-.TP
-.BR isblank ()
-checks for a blank character; that is, a space or a tab.
-.TP
-.BR iscntrl ()
-checks for a control character.
-.TP
-.BR isdigit ()
-checks for a digit (0 through 9).
-.TP
-.BR isgraph ()
-checks for any printable character except space.
-.TP
-.BR islower ()
-checks for a lowercase character.
-.TP
-.BR isprint ()
-checks for any printable character including space.
-.TP
-.BR ispunct ()
-checks for any printable character which is not a space or an
-alphanumeric character.
-.TP
-.BR isspace ()
-checks for white-space characters.
-In the
-.B \[dq]C\[dq]
-and
-.B \[dq]POSIX\[dq]
-locales, these are: space, form-feed
-.RB ( \[aq]\ef\[aq] ),
-newline
-.RB ( \[aq]\en\[aq] ),
-carriage return
-.RB ( \[aq]\er\[aq] ),
-horizontal tab
-.RB ( \[aq]\et\[aq] ),
-and vertical tab
-.RB ( \[aq]\ev\[aq] ).
-.TP
-.BR isupper ()
-checks for an uppercase letter.
-.TP
-.BR isxdigit ()
-checks for hexadecimal digits, that is, one of
-.br
-.BR "0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f A B C D E F" .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The values returned are nonzero if the character
-.I c
-falls into the tested class, and zero if not.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR isalnum (),
-.BR isalpha (),
-.BR isascii (),
-.BR isblank (),
-.BR iscntrl (),
-.BR isdigit (),
-.BR isgraph (),
-.BR islower (),
-.BR isprint (),
-.BR ispunct (),
-.BR isspace (),
-.BR isupper (),
-.BR isxdigit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.\" FIXME: need a thread-safety statement about the *_l functions
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR isalnum ()
-.TQ
-.BR isalpha ()
-.TQ
-.BR iscntrl ()
-.TQ
-.BR isdigit ()
-.TQ
-.BR isgraph ()
-.TQ
-.BR islower ()
-.TQ
-.BR isprint ()
-.TQ
-.BR ispunct ()
-.TQ
-.BR isspace ()
-.TQ
-.BR isupper ()
-.TQ
-.BR isxdigit ()
-.TQ
-.BR isblank ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR isascii ()
-.TQ
-.BR isalnum_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isalpha_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isblank_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR iscntrl_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isdigit_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isgraph_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR islower_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isprint_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR ispunct_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isspace_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isupper_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isxdigit_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR isascii_l ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR isalnum ()
-.TQ
-.BR isalpha ()
-.TQ
-.BR iscntrl ()
-.TQ
-.BR isdigit ()
-.TQ
-.BR isgraph ()
-.TQ
-.BR islower ()
-.TQ
-.BR isprint ()
-.TQ
-.BR ispunct ()
-.TQ
-.BR isspace ()
-.TQ
-.BR isupper ()
-.TQ
-.BR isxdigit ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR isblank ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR isascii ()
-POSIX.1-2001 (XSI).
-.IP
-POSIX.1-2008 marks it as obsolete,
-noting that it cannot be used portably in a localized application.
-.TP
-.BR isalnum_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isalpha_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isblank_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR iscntrl_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isdigit_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isgraph_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR islower_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isprint_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR ispunct_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isspace_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isupper_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR isxdigit_l ()
-glibc 2.3.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR isascii_l ()
-glibc 2.3.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The standards require that the argument
-.I c
-for these functions is either
-.B EOF
-or a value that is representable in the type
-.IR "unsigned char" ;
-otherwise,
-the behavior is undefined.
-If the argument
-.I c
-is of type
-.IR char ,
-it must be cast to
-.IR "unsigned char" ,
-as in the following example:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char c;
-\&...
-res = toupper((unsigned char) c);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-This is necessary because
-.I char
-may be the equivalent of
-.IR "signed char" ,
-in which case a byte where the top bit is set would be sign extended when
-converting to
-.IR int ,
-yielding a value that is outside the range of
-.IR "unsigned char" .
-.P
-The details of what characters belong to which class depend on the
-locale.
-For example,
-.BR isupper ()
-will not recognize an A-umlaut (\(:A) as an uppercase letter in the default
-.B "C"
-locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswalnum (3),
-.BR iswalpha (3),
-.BR iswblank (3),
-.BR iswcntrl (3),
-.BR iswdigit (3),
-.BR iswgraph (3),
-.BR iswlower (3),
-.BR iswprint (3),
-.BR iswpunct (3),
-.BR iswspace (3),
-.BR iswupper (3),
-.BR iswxdigit (3),
-.BR newlocale (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR toascii (3),
-.BR tolower (3),
-.BR toupper (3),
-.BR uselocale (3),
-.BR ascii (7),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/isalpha_l.3 b/man3/isalpha_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isalpha_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isascii.3 b/man3/isascii.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isascii.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isascii_l.3 b/man3/isascii_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isascii_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isatty.3 b/man3/isatty.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84342ff40..000000000
--- a/man3/isatty.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH isatty 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-isatty \- test whether a file descriptor refers to a terminal
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int isatty(int " fd );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR isatty ()
-function tests whether
-.I fd
-is an open file descriptor referring to a terminal.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR isatty ()
-returns 1 if
-.I fd
-is an open file descriptor referring to a terminal;
-otherwise 0 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-.I fd
-refers to a file other than a terminal.
-On some older kernels, some types of files
-.\" e.g., FIFOs and pipes on 2.6.32
-resulted in the error
-.B EINVAL
-in this case (which is a violation of POSIX, which specifies the error
-.BR ENOTTY ).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR isatty ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fstat (2),
-.BR ttyname (3)
diff --git a/man3/isblank.3 b/man3/isblank.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isblank.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isblank_l.3 b/man3/isblank_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isblank_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/iscntrl.3 b/man3/iscntrl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/iscntrl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/iscntrl_l.3 b/man3/iscntrl_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/iscntrl_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isdigit.3 b/man3/isdigit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isdigit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isdigit_l.3 b/man3/isdigit_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isdigit_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isfdtype.3 b/man3/isfdtype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ccfeb783..000000000
--- a/man3/isfdtype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH isfdtype 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-isfdtype \- test file type of a file descriptor
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.P
-.BI "int isfdtype(int " fd ", int " fdtype );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR isfdtype ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.20:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR isfdtype ()
-function tests whether the file descriptor
-.I fd
-refers to a file of type
-.IR fdtype .
-The
-.I fdtype
-argument specifies one of the
-.B S_IF*
-constants defined in
-.I <sys/stat.h>
-and documented in
-.BR stat (2)
-(e.g.,
-.BR S_IFREG ).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR isfdtype ()
-function returns 1 if the file descriptor
-.I fd
-is of type
-.I fdtype
-and 0 if it is not.
-On failure, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR isfdtype ()
-function can fail with any of the same errors as
-.BR fstat (2).
-.SH VERSIONS
-Portable applications should use
-.BR fstat (2)
-instead.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-It appeared in the draft POSIX.1g standard.
-It is present on OpenBSD and Tru64 UNIX
-(where the required header file in both cases is just
-.IR <sys/stat.h> ,
-as shown in the POSIX.1g draft).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fstat (2)
diff --git a/man3/isfinite.3 b/man3/isfinite.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17676c2c7..000000000
--- a/man3/isfinite.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man3/isgraph.3 b/man3/isgraph.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isgraph.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isgraph_l.3 b/man3/isgraph_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isgraph_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isgreater.3 b/man3/isgreater.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a2e52d18c..000000000
--- a/man3/isgreater.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
-.\" this was done with the help of the glibc manual
-.\"
-.TH isgreater 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-isgreater, isgreaterequal, isless, islessequal, islessgreater,
-isunordered \- floating-point relational tests without exception for NaN
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "int isgreater(" x ", " y );
-.BI "int isgreaterequal(" x ", " y );
-.BI "int isless(" x ", " y );
-.BI "int islessequal(" x ", " y );
-.BI "int islessgreater(" x ", " y );
-.BI "int isunordered(" x ", " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.nf
-    All functions described here:
-        _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The normal relational operations (like
-.BR < ,
-"less than")
-fail if one of the operands is NaN.
-This will cause an exception.
-To avoid this, C99 defines the macros listed below.
-.P
-These macros are guaranteed to evaluate their arguments only once.
-The arguments must be of real floating-point type (note: do not pass
-integer values as arguments to these macros, since the arguments will
-.I not
-be promoted to real-floating types).
-.TP
-.BR isgreater ()
-determines \fI(x)\ >\ (y)\fP without an exception
-if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN.
-.TP
-.BR isgreaterequal ()
-determines \fI(x)\ >=\ (y)\fP without an exception
-if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN.
-.TP
-.BR isless ()
-determines \fI(x)\ <\ (y)\fP without an exception
-if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN.
-.TP
-.BR islessequal ()
-determines \fI(x)\ <=\ (y)\fP without an exception
-if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN.
-.TP
-.BR islessgreater ()
-determines \fI(x)\ < (y) || (x) >\ (y)\fP
-without an exception if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN.
-This macro is not equivalent to \fIx\ !=\ y\fP because that expression is
-true if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN.
-.TP
-.BR isunordered ()
-determines whether its arguments are unordered, that is, whether
-at least one of the arguments is a NaN.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The macros other than
-.BR isunordered ()
-return the result of the relational comparison;
-these macros return 0 if either argument is a NaN.
-.P
-.BR isunordered ()
-returns 1 if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is NaN and 0 otherwise.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR isgreater (),
-.BR isgreaterequal (),
-.BR isless (),
-.BR islessequal (),
-.BR islessgreater (),
-.BR isunordered ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Not all hardware supports these functions,
-and where hardware support isn't provided, they will be emulated by macros.
-This will result in a performance penalty.
-Don't use these functions if NaN is of no concern for you.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fpclassify (3),
-.BR isnan (3)
diff --git a/man3/isgreaterequal.3 b/man3/isgreaterequal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24410b964..000000000
--- a/man3/isgreaterequal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man3/isinf.3 b/man3/isinf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17676c2c7..000000000
--- a/man3/isinf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man3/isinff.3 b/man3/isinff.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f709b1c..000000000
--- a/man3/isinff.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man3/isinfl.3 b/man3/isinfl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f709b1c..000000000
--- a/man3/isinfl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man3/isless.3 b/man3/isless.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24410b964..000000000
--- a/man3/isless.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man3/islessequal.3 b/man3/islessequal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24410b964..000000000
--- a/man3/islessequal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man3/islessgreater.3 b/man3/islessgreater.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24410b964..000000000
--- a/man3/islessgreater.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man3/islower.3 b/man3/islower.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/islower.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/islower_l.3 b/man3/islower_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/islower_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isnan.3 b/man3/isnan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17676c2c7..000000000
--- a/man3/isnan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man3/isnanf.3 b/man3/isnanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f709b1c..000000000
--- a/man3/isnanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man3/isnanl.3 b/man3/isnanl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19f709b1c..000000000
--- a/man3/isnanl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man3/isnormal.3 b/man3/isnormal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17676c2c7..000000000
--- a/man3/isnormal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man3/isprint.3 b/man3/isprint.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isprint.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isprint_l.3 b/man3/isprint_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isprint_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/ispunct.3 b/man3/ispunct.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/ispunct.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/ispunct_l.3 b/man3/ispunct_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/ispunct_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isspace.3 b/man3/isspace.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isspace.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isspace_l.3 b/man3/isspace_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isspace_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isunordered.3 b/man3/isunordered.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24410b964..000000000
--- a/man3/isunordered.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man3/isupper.3 b/man3/isupper.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isupper.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isupper_l.3 b/man3/isupper_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isupper_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/iswalnum.3 b/man3/iswalnum.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e0f73c801..000000000
--- a/man3/iswalnum.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswalnum 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswalnum \- test for alphanumeric wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswalnum(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswalnum ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isalnum (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "alnum".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alnum" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"graph", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
-the wide-character class
-"alnum" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
-the wide-character class "alnum" is disjoint from
-the wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alnum" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"punct".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alnum" is the union of the wide-character classes
-"alpha" and "digit".
-As such, it also contains the wide-character class
-"xdigit".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alnum"
-always contains at least the letters
-\[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq],
-\[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq],
-and the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswalnum ()
-function returns nonzero
-if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "alnum".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswalnum ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswalnum ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isalnum (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswalpha.3 b/man3/iswalpha.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fa88e9bd..000000000
--- a/man3/iswalpha.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswalpha 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswalpha \- test for alphabetic wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswalpha(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswalpha ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isalpha (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "alpha".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alpha" is a subclass of the
-wide-character class "alnum",
-and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "graph" and
-of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
-the wide-character class
-"alpha" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
-the wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from
-the wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum",
-the wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from the
-wide-character class "punct".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"digit".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alpha" contains the wide-character classes "upper"
-and "lower".
-.P
-The wide-character class "alpha" always contains at least the
-letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq] and \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswalpha ()
-function returns nonzero
-if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "alpha".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswalpha ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswalpha ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isalpha (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswblank.3 b/man3/iswblank.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 79c89ba59..000000000
--- a/man3/iswblank.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswblank 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswblank \- test for whitespace wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswblank(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR iswblank ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswblank ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isblank (3)
-function.
-It tests whether \fIwc\fP is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "blank".
-.P
-The wide-character class "blank" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"space".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "space",
-the wide-character class "blank" is disjoint from the
-wide-character class "graph" and therefore also disjoint
-from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha", "upper", "lower", "digit",
-"xdigit", "punct".
-.P
-The wide-character class "blank" always contains
-at least the space character
-and the control character \[aq]\et\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswblank ()
-function returns nonzero
-if \fIwc\fP is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "blank".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswblank ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswblank ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isblank (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswcntrl.3 b/man3/iswcntrl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3478088ca..000000000
--- a/man3/iswcntrl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswcntrl 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswcntrl \- test for control wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswcntrl(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswcntrl ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR iscntrl (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-The wide-character class "cntrl" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"print" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "graph", "alpha",
-"upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
-.P
-For an unsigned char
-.IR c ,
-.I iscntrl(c)
-implies
-.IR iswcntrl(btowc(c)) ,
-but not vice versa.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswcntrl ()
-function returns nonzero if
-.I wc
-is a
-wide character belonging to the wide-character class "cntrl".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswcntrl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswcntrl ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iscntrl (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswctype.3 b/man3/iswctype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bf457d5f3..000000000
--- a/man3/iswctype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswctype 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswctype \- wide-character classification
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswctype(wint_t " wc ", wctype_t " desc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I wc
-is a wide character having the character property designated by
-.I desc
-(or in other words: belongs to the character class designated by
-.IR desc ),
-then the
-.BR iswctype ()
-function returns nonzero.
-Otherwise, it
-returns zero.
-If
-.I wc
-is
-.BR WEOF ,
-zero is returned.
-.P
-.I desc
-must be a character property descriptor
-returned by the
-.BR wctype (3)
-function.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswctype ()
-function returns nonzero if
-the
-.I wc
-has the designated
-property.
-Otherwise, it returns 0.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswctype ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswctype ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswalnum (3),
-.BR iswalpha (3),
-.BR iswblank (3),
-.BR iswcntrl (3),
-.BR iswdigit (3),
-.BR iswgraph (3),
-.BR iswlower (3),
-.BR iswprint (3),
-.BR iswpunct (3),
-.BR iswspace (3),
-.BR iswupper (3),
-.BR iswxdigit (3),
-.BR wctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswdigit.3 b/man3/iswdigit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 60a088b87..000000000
--- a/man3/iswdigit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswdigit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswdigit \- test for decimal digit wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswdigit(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswdigit ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isdigit (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "digit".
-.P
-The wide-character class "digit" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"xdigit", and therefore also a subclass
-of the wide-character class "alnum", of
-the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide character
-class "print", the wide-character class
-"digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
-the wide-character class
-"digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
-"blank".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character
-class "alnum", the wide-character class
-"digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.P
-The wide-character class "digit" is
-disjoint from the wide-character class
-"alpha" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "lower", "upper".
-.P
-The wide-character class "digit" always
-contains exactly the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswdigit ()
-function returns nonzero
-if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "digit".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswdigit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswdigit ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isdigit (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswgraph.3 b/man3/iswgraph.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cfb3a6dc..000000000
--- a/man3/iswgraph.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswgraph 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswgraph \- test for graphic wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswgraph(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswgraph ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isgraph (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "graph".
-.P
-The wide-character class "graph" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
-the wide-character class
-"graph" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-The wide-character class "graph" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"space" and therefore also disjoint from its subclass "blank".
-.\" Note: UNIX98 (susv2/xbd/locale.html) says that "graph" and "space" may
-.\" have characters in common, except U+0020. But C99 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\" section 7.25.2.1.10) says that "space" and "graph" are disjoint.
-.P
-The wide-character class "graph" contains all the wide characters from the
-wide-character class "print" except the space character.
-It therefore contains
-the wide-character classes "alnum" and "punct".
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswgraph ()
-function returns nonzero
-if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "graph".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswgraph ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswgraph ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isgraph (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswlower.3 b/man3/iswlower.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d862b4a01..000000000
--- a/man3/iswlower.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswlower 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswlower \- test for lowercase wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswlower(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswlower ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR islower (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "lower".
-.P
-The wide-character class "lower" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"alpha", and therefore also a subclass
-of the wide-character class "alnum", of
-the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
-the wide-character class
-"lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
-the wide-character class "lower" is disjoint from the
-wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum",
-the wide-character class
-"lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alpha",
-the wide-character class
-"lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "digit".
-.P
-The wide-character class "lower" contains at least
-those characters
-.I wc
-which are equal to
-.I towlower(wc)
-and different from
-.IR towupper(wc) .
-.P
-The wide-character class "lower" always contains
-at least the letters \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswlower ()
-function returns nonzero
-if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "lower".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswlower ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswlower ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-This function is not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
-because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR islower (3),
-.BR iswctype (3),
-.BR towlower (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswprint.3 b/man3/iswprint.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 57055f6ee..000000000
--- a/man3/iswprint.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswprint 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswprint \- test for printing wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswprint(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswprint ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isprint (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-The wide-character class "print" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"cntrl".
-.P
-The wide-character class "print" contains the wide-character class "graph".
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswprint ()
-function returns nonzero if
-.I wc
-is a
-wide character belonging to the wide-character class "print".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswprint ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswprint ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isprint (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswpunct.3 b/man3/iswpunct.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f5a220a1..000000000
--- a/man3/iswpunct.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswpunct 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswpunct \- test for punctuation or symbolic wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswpunct(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswpunct ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR ispunct (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "punct".
-.P
-The wide-character class "punct" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"graph", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-The wide-character class "punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"alnum" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alpha", "upper",
-"lower", "digit", "xdigit".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
-the wide-character class
-"punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
-the wide-character class
-"punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
-"blank".
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswpunct ()
-function returns nonzero
-if
-.I wc
-is a wide-character
-belonging to the wide-character class "punct".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswpunct ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswpunct ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-This function's name is a misnomer when dealing with Unicode characters,
-because the wide-character class "punct" contains both punctuation characters
-and symbol (math, currency, etc.) characters.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ispunct (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswspace.3 b/man3/iswspace.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c89517b15..000000000
--- a/man3/iswspace.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswspace 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswspace \- test for whitespace wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswspace(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswspace ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isspace (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "space".
-.P
-The wide-character class "space" is disjoint from the wide-character class
-"graph" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha",
-"upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
-.\" Note: UNIX98 (susv2/xbd/locale.html) says that "space" and "graph" may
-.\" have characters in common, except U+0020. But C99 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\" section 7.25.2.1.10) says that "space" and "graph" are disjoint.
-.P
-The wide-character class "space" contains the wide-character class "blank".
-.P
-The wide-character class "space"
-always contains at least the space character
-and the control characters
-\[aq]\ef\[aq], \[aq]\en\[aq], \[aq]\er\[aq], \[aq]\et\[aq], and \[aq]\ev\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswspace ()
-function returns nonzero if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "space".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswspace ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswspace ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isspace (3),
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswupper.3 b/man3/iswupper.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a64ebae1..000000000
--- a/man3/iswupper.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswupper 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswupper \- test for uppercase wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswupper(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswupper ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isupper (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "upper".
-.P
-The wide-character class "upper" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"alpha", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", of
-the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print", the wide-character class
-"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph", the wide-character class
-"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
-"blank".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", the wide-character class
-"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alpha", the wide-character class
-"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "digit".
-.P
-The wide-character class "upper" contains at least those characters
-.I wc
-which are equal to
-.I towupper(wc)
-and different from
-.IR towlower(wc) .
-.P
-The wide-character class "upper" always contains at least the
-letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswupper ()
-function returns nonzero if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "upper".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswupper ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswupper ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-This function is not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
-because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isupper (3),
-.BR iswctype (3),
-.BR towupper (3)
diff --git a/man3/iswxdigit.3 b/man3/iswxdigit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 427fc3751..000000000
--- a/man3/iswxdigit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH iswxdigit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-iswxdigit \- test for hexadecimal digit wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int iswxdigit(wint_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR iswxdigit ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR isxdigit (3)
-function.
-It tests whether
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "xdigit".
-.P
-The wide-character class "xdigit" is a subclass of the wide-character class
-"alnum", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "graph" and
-of the wide-character class "print".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print", the wide-character class
-"xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph", the wide-character class
-"xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
-"blank".
-.P
-Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", the wide-character class
-"xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
-.P
-The wide-character class "xdigit" always contains at least the
-letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]F\[aq], \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]f\[aq]
-and the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR iswxdigit ()
-function returns nonzero if
-.I wc
-is a wide character
-belonging to the wide-character class "xdigit".
-Otherwise, it returns zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iswxdigit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR iswxdigit ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswctype (3),
-.BR isxdigit (3)
diff --git a/man3/isxdigit.3 b/man3/isxdigit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isxdigit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/isxdigit_l.3 b/man3/isxdigit_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69c7544..000000000
--- a/man3/isxdigit_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man3/j0.3 b/man3/j0.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1af2938b..000000000
--- a/man3/j0.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:08:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-08-25, aeb
-.\" Modified 2004-11-12 as per suggestion by Fabian Kreutz/AEB
-.\" 2008-07-24, mtk, moved yxx() material into separate y0.3 page
-.\"
-.TH j0 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-j0, j0f, j0l, j1, j1f, j1l, jn, jnf, jnl \-
-Bessel functions of the first kind
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double j0(double " x );
-.BI "double j1(double " x );
-.BI "double jn(int " n ", double " x );
-.P
-.BI "float j0f(float " x );
-.BI "float j1f(float " x );
-.BI "float jnf(int " n ", float " x );
-.P
-.BI "long double j0l(long double " x );
-.BI "long double j1l(long double " x );
-.BI "long double jnl(int " n ", long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR j0 (),
-.BR j1 (),
-.BR jn ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR j0f (),
-.BR j0l (),
-.BR j1f (),
-.BR j1l (),
-.BR jnf (),
-.BR jnl ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
-        || (_ISOC99_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE)
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR j0 ()
-and
-.BR j1 ()
-functions return Bessel functions of
-.I x
-of the first kind of orders 0 and 1, respectively.
-The
-.BR jn ()
-function
-returns the Bessel function of
-.I x
-of the first kind of order
-.IR n .
-.P
-The
-.BR j0f (),
-.BR j1f (),
-and
-.BR jnf (),
-functions are versions that take and return
-.I float
-values.
-The
-.BR j0l (),
-.BR j1l (),
-and
-.BR jnl ()
-functions are versions that take and return
-.I "long double"
-values.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the appropriate
-Bessel value of the first kind for
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is too large in magnitude,
-or the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the return value is 0.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow, or \fIx\fP is too large in magnitude
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-.P
-These functions do not raise exceptions for
-.BR fetestexcept (3).
-.\" e.g., j0(1.5e16)
-.\" This is intentional.
-.\" See https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6805
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR j0 (),
-.BR j0f (),
-.BR j0l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR j1 (),
-.BR j1f (),
-.BR j1l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR jn (),
-.BR jnf (),
-.BR jnl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR j0 ()
-.TQ
-.BR j1 ()
-.TQ
-.BR jn ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-Others:
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR j0 ()
-.TQ
-.BR j1 ()
-.TQ
-.BR jn ()
-SVr4, 4.3BSD,
-POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-Others:
-BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-There are errors of up to 2e\-16 in the values returned by
-.BR j0 (),
-.BR j1 (),
-and
-.BR jn ()
-for values of
-.I x
-between \-8 and 8.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR y0 (3)
diff --git a/man3/j0f.3 b/man3/j0f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/j0f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/j0l.3 b/man3/j0l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/j0l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/j1.3 b/man3/j1.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/j1.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/j1f.3 b/man3/j1f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/j1f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/j1l.3 b/man3/j1l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/j1l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/jn.3 b/man3/jn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/jn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/jnf.3 b/man3/jnf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/jnf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/jnl.3 b/man3/jnl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dc181883..000000000
--- a/man3/jnl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man3/jrand48.3 b/man3/jrand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/jrand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/jrand48_r.3 b/man3/jrand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/jrand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/key_decryptsession.3 b/man3/key_decryptsession.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bc4bb02b2..000000000
--- a/man3/key_decryptsession.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man3/key_encryptsession.3 b/man3/key_encryptsession.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bc4bb02b2..000000000
--- a/man3/key_encryptsession.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man3/key_gendes.3 b/man3/key_gendes.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bc4bb02b2..000000000
--- a/man3/key_gendes.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man3/key_secretkey_is_set.3 b/man3/key_secretkey_is_set.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bc4bb02b2..000000000
--- a/man3/key_secretkey_is_set.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man3/key_setsecret.3 b/man3/key_setsecret.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 18bbb107b..000000000
--- a/man3/key_setsecret.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\"  I had no way the check the functions out
-.\"  be careful
-.TH key_setsecret 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-key_decryptsession, key_encryptsession, key_setsecret, key_gendes,
-key_secretkey_is_set \- interfaces to rpc keyserver daemon
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <rpc/rpc.h>
-.P
-.BI "int key_decryptsession(char *" remotename ", des_block *" deskey );
-.BI "int key_encryptsession(char *" remotename ", des_block *" deskey );
-.P
-.BI "int key_gendes(des_block *" deskey );
-.P
-.BI "int key_setsecret(char *" key );
-.B int key_secretkey_is_set(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions here are used within the RPC's secure authentication
-mechanism (AUTH_DES).
-There should be no need for user programs to
-use this functions.
-.P
-The function
-.BR key_decryptsession ()
-uses the (remote) server netname and takes the DES key
-for decrypting.
-It uses the public key of the server and the
-secret key associated with the effective UID of the calling process.
-.P
-The function
-.BR key_encryptsession ()
-is the inverse of
-.BR key_decryptsession ().
-It encrypts the DES keys with the public key of the server and
-the secret key associated with the effective UID of the calling process.
-.P
-The function
-.BR key_gendes ()
-is used to ask the keyserver for a secure conversation key.
-.P
-The function
-.BR key_setsecret ()
-is used to set the key for the effective UID of the calling process.
-.P
-The function
-.BR key_secretkey_is_set ()
-can be used to determine whether a key has been
-set for the effective UID of the calling process.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return 1 on success and 0 on failure.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR key_decryptsession (),
-.BR key_encryptsession (),
-.BR key_gendes (),
-.BR key_setsecret (),
-.BR key_secretkey_is_set ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH NOTES
-Note that we talk about two types of encryption here.
-One is asymmetric using a public and secret key.
-The other is symmetric, the
-64-bit DES.
-.P
-These routines were part of the Linux/Doors-project, abandoned by now.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR crypt (3)
diff --git a/man3/killpg.3 b/man3/killpg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bec05d8be..000000000
--- a/man3/killpg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)killpg.2	6.5 (Berkeley) 3/10/91
-.\"
-.\" Modified Fri Jul 23 21:55:01 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 08:11:14 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
-.\" Modified 2004-06-16 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"     Added notes on CAP_KILL
-.\" Modified 2004-06-21 by aeb
-.\"
-.TH killpg 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-killpg \- send signal to a process group
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int killpg(int " pgrp ", int " sig );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR killpg ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR killpg ()
-sends the signal
-.I sig
-to the process group
-.IR pgrp .
-See
-.BR signal (7)
-for a list of signals.
-.P
-If
-.I pgrp
-is 0,
-.BR killpg ()
-sends the signal to the calling process's process group.
-(POSIX says: if
-.I pgrp
-is less than or equal to 1, the behavior is undefined.)
-.P
-For the permissions required to send a signal to another process, see
-.BR kill (2).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, zero is returned.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sig
-is not a valid signal number.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The process does not have permission to send the signal
-to any of the target processes.
-For the required permissions, see
-.BR kill (2).
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No process can be found in the process group specified by
-.IR pgrp .
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-The process group was given as 0 but the sending process does not
-have a process group.
-.SH VERSIONS
-There are various differences between the permission checking
-in BSD-type systems and System\ V-type systems.
-See the POSIX rationale for
-.BR kill (3p).
-A difference not mentioned by POSIX concerns the return
-value
-.BR EPERM :
-BSD documents that no signal is sent and
-.B EPERM
-returned when the permission check failed for at least one target process,
-while POSIX documents
-.B EPERM
-only when the permission check failed for all target processes.
-.SS C library/kernel differences
-On Linux,
-.BR killpg ()
-is implemented as a library function that makes the call
-.IR "kill(\-pgrp,\ sig)" .
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.4BSD
-(first appeared in 4BSD).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getpgrp (2),
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR capabilities (7),
-.BR credentials (7)
diff --git a/man3/klogctl.3 b/man3/klogctl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bbe6ab283..000000000
--- a/man3/klogctl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/syslog.2
diff --git a/man3/l64a.3 b/man3/l64a.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e54ce2724..000000000
--- a/man3/l64a.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/a64l.3
diff --git a/man3/labs.3 b/man3/labs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97db8d2b6..000000000
--- a/man3/labs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/abs.3
diff --git a/man3/lckpwdf.3 b/man3/lckpwdf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/lckpwdf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/lcong48.3 b/man3/lcong48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/lcong48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/lcong48_r.3 b/man3/lcong48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/lcong48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/ldexp.3 b/man3/ldexp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d361beb1f..000000000
--- a/man3/ldexp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb
-.\"
-.TH ldexp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ldexp, ldexpf, ldexpl \- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double ldexp(double " x ", int " exp );
-.BI "float ldexpf(float " x ", int " exp );
-.BI "long double ldexpl(long double " x ", int " exp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ldexpf (),
-.BR ldexpl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the result of multiplying the floating-point number
-.I x
-by 2 raised to the power
-.IR exp .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return
-.IR "x * (2\[ha]exp)" .
-.P
-If
-.I exp
-is zero, then
-.I x
-is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and zero is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with a sign the same as
-.IR x .
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error, overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error, underflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ldexp (),
-.BR ldexpf (),
-.BR ldexpl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR frexp (3),
-.BR modf (3),
-.BR scalbln (3)
diff --git a/man3/ldexpf.3 b/man3/ldexpf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e74a023e..000000000
--- a/man3/ldexpf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ldexp.3
diff --git a/man3/ldexpl.3 b/man3/ldexpl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e74a023e..000000000
--- a/man3/ldexpl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ldexp.3
diff --git a/man3/ldiv.3 b/man3/ldiv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 934824e3e..000000000
--- a/man3/ldiv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/div.3
diff --git a/man3/le16toh.3 b/man3/le16toh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/le16toh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/le32toh.3 b/man3/le32toh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/le32toh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/le64toh.3 b/man3/le64toh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b7bc7715..000000000
--- a/man3/le64toh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man3/lfind.3 b/man3/lfind.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24179b4d9..000000000
--- a/man3/lfind.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/lgamma.3 b/man3/lgamma.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87b8ec3ff..000000000
--- a/man3/lgamma.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" based on glibc infopages
-.\"
-.TH lgamma 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lgamma, lgammaf, lgammal, lgamma_r, lgammaf_r, lgammal_r, signgam \-
-log gamma function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double lgamma(double " x );
-.BI "float lgammaf(float " x );
-.BI "long double lgammal(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "double lgamma_r(double " x ", int *" signp );
-.BI "float lgammaf_r(float " x ", int *" signp );
-.BI "long double lgammal_r(long double " x ", int *" signp );
-.P
-.BI "extern int " signgam ;
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.nf
-.BR lgamma ():
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR lgammaf (),
-.BR lgammal ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR lgamma_r (),
-.BR lgammaf_r (),
-.BR lgammal_r ():
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.IR signgam :
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-For the definition of the Gamma function, see
-.BR tgamma (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR lgamma (),
-.BR lgammaf (),
-and
-.BR lgammal ()
-functions return the natural logarithm of
-the absolute value of the Gamma function.
-The sign of the Gamma function is returned in the
-external integer
-.I signgam
-declared in
-.IR <math.h> .
-It is 1 when the Gamma function is positive or zero, \-1
-when it is negative.
-.P
-Since using a constant location
-.I signgam
-is not thread-safe, the functions
-.BR lgamma_r (),
-.BR lgammaf_r (),
-and
-.BR lgammal_r ()
-have been introduced; they return the sign via the argument
-.IR signp .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of Gamma(x).
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is 1 or 2, +0 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a nonpositive integer,
-a pole error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-.\" e.g., lgamma(DBL_MAX)
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is a nonpositive integer
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-(but see BUGS).
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.\" glibc (as at 2.8) also supports an inexact
-.\" exception for various cases.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR lgamma ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammaf ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammal ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.I signgam
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR lgamma_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammaf_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammal_r ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR lgamma ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammaf ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammal ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.I signgam
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR lgamma_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammaf_r ()
-.TQ
-.BR lgammal_r ()
-None.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6777
-when a pole error occurs,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM ;
-instead of the POSIX-mandated
-.BR ERANGE .
-Since glibc 2.10, glibc does the right thing.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR tgamma (3)
diff --git a/man3/lgamma_r.3 b/man3/lgamma_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be0ed98e0..000000000
--- a/man3/lgamma_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/lgammaf.3 b/man3/lgammaf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be0ed98e0..000000000
--- a/man3/lgammaf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/lgammaf_r.3 b/man3/lgammaf_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be0ed98e0..000000000
--- a/man3/lgammaf_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/lgammal.3 b/man3/lgammal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be0ed98e0..000000000
--- a/man3/lgammal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/lgammal_r.3 b/man3/lgammal_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be0ed98e0..000000000
--- a/man3/lgammal_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/lio_listio.3 b/man3/lio_listio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bd9367d7c..000000000
--- a/man3/lio_listio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2010, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH lio_listio 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lio_listio \- initiate a list of I/O requests
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <aio.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int lio_listio(int " mode ,
-.BI "               struct aiocb *restrict const " aiocb_list [restrict],
-.BI "               int " nitems ", struct sigevent *restrict " sevp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR lio_listio ()
-function initiates the list of I/O operations described by the array
-.IR aiocb_list .
-.P
-The
-.I mode
-operation has one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B LIO_WAIT
-The call blocks until all operations are complete.
-The
-.I sevp
-argument is ignored.
-.TP
-.B LIO_NOWAIT
-The I/O operations are queued for processing and the call returns immediately.
-When all of the I/O operations complete, asynchronous notification occurs,
-as specified by the
-.I sevp
-argument; see
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for details.
-If
-.I sevp
-is NULL, no asynchronous notification occurs.
-.P
-The
-.I aiocb_list
-argument is an array of pointers to
-.I aiocb
-structures that describe I/O operations.
-These operations are executed in an unspecified order.
-The
-.I nitems
-argument specifies the size of the array
-.IR aiocb_list .
-Null pointers in
-.I aiocb_list
-are ignored.
-.P
-In each control block in
-.IR aiocb_list ,
-the
-.I aio_lio_opcode
-field specifies the I/O operation to be initiated, as follows:
-.TP
-.B LIO_READ
-Initiate a read operation.
-The operation is queued as for a call to
-.BR aio_read (3)
-specifying this control block.
-.TP
-.B LIO_WRITE
-Initiate a write operation.
-The operation is queued as for a call to
-.BR aio_write (3)
-specifying this control block.
-.TP
-.B LIO_NOP
-Ignore this control block.
-.P
-The remaining fields in each control block have the same meanings as for
-.BR aio_read (3)
-and
-.BR aio_write (3).
-The
-.I aio_sigevent
-fields of each control block can be used to specify notifications
-for the individual I/O operations (see
-.BR sigevent (7)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.I mode
-is
-.BR LIO_NOWAIT ,
-.BR lio_listio ()
-returns 0 if all I/O operations are successfully queued.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-If
-.I mode
-is
-.BR LIO_WAIT ,
-.BR lio_listio ()
-returns 0 when all of the I/O operations have completed successfully.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-The return status from
-.BR lio_listio ()
-provides information only about the call itself,
-not about the individual I/O operations.
-One or more of the I/O operations may fail,
-but this does not prevent other operations completing.
-The status of individual I/O operations in
-.I aiocb_list
-can be determined using
-.BR aio_error (3).
-When an operation has completed,
-its return status can be obtained using
-.BR aio_return (3).
-Individual I/O operations can fail for the reasons described in
-.BR aio_read (3)
-and
-.BR aio_write (3).
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR lio_listio ()
-function may fail for the following reasons:
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-Out of resources.
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-.\" Doesn't happen in glibc(?)
-The number of I/O operations specified by
-.I nitems
-would cause the limit
-.B AIO_MAX
-to be exceeded.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-.I mode
-was
-.B LIO_WAIT
-and a signal
-was caught before all I/O operations completed; see
-.BR signal (7).
-(This may even be one of the signals used for
-asynchronous I/O completion notification.)
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I mode
-is invalid, or
-.\" Doesn't happen in glibc(?)
-.I nitems
-exceeds the limit
-.BR AIO_LISTIO_MAX .
-.TP
-.B EIO
-One of more of the operations specified by
-.I aiocb_list
-failed.
-.\" e.g., ioa_reqprio or aio_lio_opcode was invalid
-The application can check the status of each operation using
-.BR aio_return (3).
-.P
-If
-.BR lio_listio ()
-fails with the error
-.BR EAGAIN ,
-.BR EINTR ,
-or
-.BR EIO ,
-then some of the operations in
-.I aiocb_list
-may have been initiated.
-If
-.BR lio_listio ()
-fails for any other reason,
-then none of the I/O operations has been initiated.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lio_listio ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-It is a good idea to zero out the control blocks before use.
-The control blocks must not be changed while the I/O operations
-are in progress.
-The buffer areas being read into or written from
-.\" or the control block of the operation
-must not be accessed during the operations or undefined results may occur.
-The memory areas involved must remain valid.
-.P
-Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
-.I aiocb
-structure produce undefined results.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR aio_cancel (3),
-.BR aio_error (3),
-.BR aio_fsync (3),
-.BR aio_return (3),
-.BR aio_suspend (3),
-.BR aio_write (3),
-.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man3/list.3 b/man3/list.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f33dbf99..000000000
--- a/man3/list.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\"
-.TH LIST 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-LIST_EMPTY,
-LIST_ENTRY,
-LIST_FIRST,
-LIST_FOREACH,
-.\"LIST_FOREACH_FROM,
-.\"LIST_FOREACH_SAFE,
-.\"LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
-LIST_HEAD,
-LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
-LIST_INIT,
-LIST_INSERT_AFTER,
-LIST_INSERT_BEFORE,
-LIST_INSERT_HEAD,
-LIST_NEXT,
-.\"LIST_PREV,
-LIST_REMOVE
-.\"LIST_SWAP
-\- implementation of a doubly linked list
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.P
-.B LIST_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.P
-.B LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
-.BI "LIST_HEAD LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(LIST_HEAD " head );
-.BI "void LIST_INIT(LIST_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "int LIST_EMPTY(LIST_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "void LIST_INSERT_HEAD(LIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void LIST_INSERT_AFTER(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "struct TYPE *LIST_FIRST(LIST_HEAD *" head );
-.\" .BI "struct TYPE *LIST_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                        struct TYPE, LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "struct TYPE *LIST_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "LIST_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .P
-.\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                        LIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                        LIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.P
-.BI "void LIST_REMOVE(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .P
-.\" .BI "void LIST_SWAP(LIST_HEAD *" head1 ", LIST_HEAD *" head2 ,
-.\" .BI "                        struct TYPE, LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros define and operate on doubly linked lists.
-.P
-In the macro definitions,
-.I TYPE
-is the name of a user-defined structure,
-that must contain a field of type
-.IR LIST_ENTRY ,
-named
-.IR NAME .
-The argument
-.I HEADNAME
-is the name of a user-defined structure
-that must be declared using the macro
-.BR LIST_HEAD ().
-.SS Creation
-A list is headed by a structure defined by the
-.BR LIST_HEAD ()
-macro.
-This structure contains a single pointer to the first element on the list.
-The elements are doubly linked
-so that an arbitrary element can be removed without traversing the list.
-New elements can be added to the list
-after an existing element,
-before an existing element,
-or at the head of the list.
-A
-.I LIST_HEAD
-structure is declared as follows:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I struct HEADNAME
-is the structure to be defined, and
-.I struct TYPE
-is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
-A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-struct HEADNAME *headp;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(The names
-.I head
-and
-.I headp
-are user selectable.)
-.P
-.BR LIST_ENTRY ()
-declares a structure that connects the elements in the list.
-.P
-.BR LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-evaluates to an initializer for the list
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR LIST_INIT ()
-initializes the list referenced by
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR LIST_EMPTY ()
-evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
-.SS Insertion
-.BR LIST_INSERT_HEAD ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the head of the list.
-.P
-.BR LIST_INSERT_BEFORE ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-before the element
-.IR listelm .
-.P
-.BR LIST_INSERT_AFTER ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-after the element
-.IR listelm .
-.SS Traversal
-.BR LIST_FIRST ()
-returns the first element in the list, or NULL if the list is empty.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR LIST_PREV ()
-.\" returns the previous element in the list, or NULL if this is the first.
-.\" List
-.\" .I head
-.\" must contain element
-.\" .IR elm .
-.P
-.BR LIST_NEXT ()
-returns the next element in the list, or NULL if this is the last.
-.P
-.BR LIST_FOREACH ()
-traverses the list referenced by
-.I head
-in the forward direction,
-assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_FROM ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found LIST element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the LIST referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" traverses the list referenced by
-.\" .I head
-.\" in the forward direction, assigning each element in turn to
-.\" .IR var .
-.\" However, unlike
-.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH ()
-.\" here it is permitted to both remove
-.\" .I var
-.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
-.\" traversal.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found LIST element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the LIST referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.SS Removal
-.BR LIST_REMOVE ()
-removes the element
-.I elm
-from the list.
-.\" .SS Other features
-.\" .BR LIST_SWAP ()
-.\" swaps the contents of
-.\" .I head1
-.\" and
-.\" .IR head2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR LIST_EMPTY ()
-returns nonzero if the list is empty,
-and zero if the list contains at least one entry.
-.P
-.BR LIST_FIRST (),
-and
-.BR LIST_NEXT ()
-return a pointer to the first or next
-.I TYPE
-structure, respectively.
-.P
-.BR LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-returns an initializer that can be assigned to the list
-.IR head .
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-.BR LIST_FOREACH ()
-doesn't allow
-.I var
-to be removed or freed within the loop,
-as it would interfere with the traversal.
-.BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE (),
-which is present on the BSDs but is not present in glibc,
-fixes this limitation by allowing
-.I var
-to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
-without interfering with the traversal.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (list.c)
-.EX
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-\&
-struct entry {
-    int data;
-    LIST_ENTRY(entry) entries;              /* List */
-};
-\&
-LIST_HEAD(listhead, entry);
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
-    struct listhead head;                   /* List head */
-    int i;
-\&
-    LIST_INIT(&head);                       /* Initialize the list */
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
-    LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
-    LIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries);
-\&
-    n3 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert before */
-    LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(n2, n3, entries);
-\&
-    i = 0;                                  /* Forward traversal */
-    LIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
-        np\->data = i++;
-\&
-    LIST_REMOVE(n2, entries);               /* Deletion */
-    free(n2);
-                                            /* Forward traversal */
-    LIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
-        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
-                                            /* List deletion */
-    n1 = LIST_FIRST(&head);
-    while (n1 != NULL) {
-        n2 = LIST_NEXT(n1, entries);
-        free(n1);
-        n1 = n2;
-    }
-    LIST_INIT(&head);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR insque (3),
-.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man3/llabs.3 b/man3/llabs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97db8d2b6..000000000
--- a/man3/llabs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/abs.3
diff --git a/man3/lldiv.3 b/man3/lldiv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 934824e3e..000000000
--- a/man3/lldiv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/div.3
diff --git a/man3/llrint.3 b/man3/llrint.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c0af3b8..000000000
--- a/man3/llrint.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man3/llrintf.3 b/man3/llrintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c0af3b8..000000000
--- a/man3/llrintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man3/llrintl.3 b/man3/llrintl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c0af3b8..000000000
--- a/man3/llrintl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man3/llround.3 b/man3/llround.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bcc9b0fda..000000000
--- a/man3/llround.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man3/llroundf.3 b/man3/llroundf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bcc9b0fda..000000000
--- a/man3/llroundf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man3/llroundl.3 b/man3/llroundl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bcc9b0fda..000000000
--- a/man3/llroundl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man3/localeconv.3 b/man3/localeconv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4862c9c53..000000000
--- a/man3/localeconv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:01:20 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH localeconv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-localeconv \- get numeric formatting information
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <locale.h>
-.P
-.B struct lconv *localeconv(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR localeconv ()
-function returns a pointer to a
-.I struct lconv
-for the current locale.
-This structure is shown in
-.BR locale (7),
-and contains all values associated with the locale categories
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-and
-.BR LC_MONETARY .
-Programs may also use the functions
-.BR printf (3)
-and
-.BR strfmon (3),
-which behave according to the actual locale in use.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR localeconv ()
-function returns a pointer to a filled in
-.IR "struct lconv" .
-This structure may be (in glibc,
-.IR is )
-statically allocated, and may be overwritten by subsequent calls.
-According to POSIX,
-the caller should not modify the contents of this structure.
-The
-.BR localeconv ()
-function always succeeds.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR localeconv ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:localeconv locale
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR printf (3)
-family of functions may or may not honor the current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR locale (1),
-.BR localedef (1),
-.BR isalpha (3),
-.BR nl_langinfo (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR strftime (3),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/localtime.3 b/man3/localtime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/localtime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/localtime_r.3 b/man3/localtime_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/localtime_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/lockf.3 b/man3/lockf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7267587c4..000000000
--- a/man3/lockf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1997 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\" Created Thu Aug  7 00:44:00 ART 1997
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Added section stuff, aeb, 2002-04-22.
-.\" Corrected include file, drepper, 2003-06-15.
-.\"
-.TH lockf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lockf \- apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int lockf(int " fd ", int " op ", off_t " len );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR lockf ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Apply, test, or remove a POSIX lock on a section of an open file.
-The file is specified by
-.IR fd ,
-a file descriptor open for writing, the action by
-.IR op ,
-and the section consists of byte positions
-.IR pos .. pos + len \-1
-if
-.I len
-is positive, and
-.IR pos \- len .. pos \-1
-if
-.I len
-is negative, where
-.I pos
-is the current file position, and if
-.I len
-is zero, the section extends from the current file position to
-infinity, encompassing the present and future end-of-file positions.
-In all cases, the section may extend past current end-of-file.
-.P
-On Linux,
-.BR lockf ()
-is just an interface on top of
-.BR fcntl (2)
-locking.
-Many other systems implement
-.BR lockf ()
-in this way, but note that POSIX.1 leaves the relationship between
-.BR lockf ()
-and
-.BR fcntl (2)
-locks unspecified.
-A portable application should probably avoid mixing calls
-to these interfaces.
-.P
-Valid operations are given below:
-.TP
-.B F_LOCK
-Set an exclusive lock on the specified section of the file.
-If (part of) this section is already locked, the call
-blocks until the previous lock is released.
-If this section overlaps an earlier locked section,
-both are merged.
-File locks are released as soon as the process holding the locks
-closes some file descriptor for the file.
-A child process does not inherit these locks.
-.TP
-.B F_TLOCK
-Same as
-.B F_LOCK
-but the call never blocks and returns an error instead if the file is
-already locked.
-.TP
-.B F_ULOCK
-Unlock the indicated section of the file.
-This may cause a locked section to be split into two locked sections.
-.TP
-.B F_TEST
-Test the lock: return 0 if the specified section
-is unlocked or locked by this process; return \-1, set
-.I errno
-to
-.B EAGAIN
-.RB ( EACCES
-on some other systems),
-if another process holds a lock.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, zero is returned.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.BR EACCES " or " EAGAIN
-The file is locked and
-.B F_TLOCK
-or
-.B F_TEST
-was specified, or the operation is prohibited because the file has
-been memory-mapped by another process.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not an open file descriptor; or
-.I op
-is
-.B F_LOCK
-or
-.B F_TLOCK
-and
-.I fd
-is not a writable file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EDEADLK
-.I op
-was
-.B F_LOCK
-and this lock operation would cause a deadlock.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-While waiting to acquire a lock, the call was interrupted by
-delivery of a signal caught by a handler; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-An invalid operation was specified in
-.IR op .
-.TP
-.B ENOLCK
-Too many segment locks open, lock table is full.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lockf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fcntl (2),
-.BR flock (2)
-.P
-.I locks.txt
-and
-.I mandatory\-locking.txt
-in the Linux kernel source directory
-.I Documentation/filesystems
-(on older kernels, these files are directly under the
-.I Documentation
-directory, and
-.I mandatory\-locking.txt
-is called
-.IR mandatory.txt )
diff --git a/man3/log.3 b/man3/log.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2192a9294..000000000
--- a/man3/log.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH log 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-log, logf, logl \- natural logarithmic function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double log(double " x );
-.BI "float logf(float " x );
-.BI "long double logl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR logf (),
-.BR logl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the natural logarithm of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is 1, the result is +0.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity,
-positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is zero,
-then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative (including negative infinity), then
-a domain error occurs, and a NaN (not a number) is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is zero
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR log (),
-.BR logf (),
-.BR logl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.5 and earlier,
-taking the
-.BR log ()
-of a NaN produces a bogus invalid floating-point
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-exception.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR clog (3),
-.BR log10 (3),
-.BR log1p (3),
-.BR log2 (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/log10.3 b/man3/log10.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 40e43117a..000000000
--- a/man3/log10.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH log10 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-log10, log10f, log10l \-  base-10 logarithmic function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double log10(double " x );
-.BI "float log10f(float " x );
-.BI "long double log10l(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR log10f (),
-.BR log10l ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the base-10 logarithm of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the base-10 logarithm of
-.IR x .
-.P
-For special cases, including where
-.I x
-is 0, 1, negative, infinity, or NaN, see
-.BR log (3).
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
-.BR log (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR log10 (),
-.BR log10f (),
-.BR log10l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR clog10 (3),
-.BR exp10 (3),
-.BR log (3),
-.BR log2 (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/log10f.3 b/man3/log10f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfa5796ed..000000000
--- a/man3/log10f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log10.3
diff --git a/man3/log10l.3 b/man3/log10l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfa5796ed..000000000
--- a/man3/log10l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log10.3
diff --git a/man3/log1p.3 b/man3/log1p.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7855e6772..000000000
--- a/man3/log1p.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH log1p 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-log1p, log1pf, log1pl \-  logarithm of 1 plus argument
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double log1p(double " x );
-.BI "float log1pf(float " x );
-.BI "long double log1pl(long double " x );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.nf
-.BR log1p ():
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR log1pf (),
-.BR log1pl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a value equivalent to
-.P
-.nf
-    log (1 + \fIx\fP)
-.fi
-.P
-The result is computed in a way
-that is accurate even if the value of
-.I x
-is near zero.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of
-.IR "(1\ +\ x)" .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is \-1, a pole error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is less than \-1 (including negative infinity),
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN (not a number) is returned.
-.\" POSIX.1 specifies a possible range error if x is subnormal
-.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is less than \-1
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is \-1
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-(but see BUGS).
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR log1p (),
-.BR log1pf (),
-.BR log1pl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" BSD
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6792
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when a domain error occurred.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6792
-.I errno
-to
-.B ERANGE
-when a range error occurred.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR exp (3),
-.BR expm1 (3),
-.BR log (3)
diff --git a/man3/log1pf.3 b/man3/log1pf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4dec80e7..000000000
--- a/man3/log1pf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log1p.3
diff --git a/man3/log1pl.3 b/man3/log1pl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4dec80e7..000000000
--- a/man3/log1pl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log1p.3
diff --git a/man3/log2.3 b/man3/log2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 11d8c3cc2..000000000
--- a/man3/log2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH log2 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-log2, log2f, log2l \- base-2 logarithmic function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double log2(double " x );
-.BI "float log2f(float " x );
-.BI "long double log2l(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR log2 (),
-.BR log2f (),
-.BR log2l ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the base-2 logarithm of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the base-2 logarithm of
-.IR x .
-.P
-For special cases, including where
-.I x
-is 0, 1, negative, infinity, or NaN, see
-.BR log (3).
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
-.BR log (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR log2 (),
-.BR log2f (),
-.BR log2l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR clog2 (3),
-.BR log (3),
-.BR log10 (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/log2f.3 b/man3/log2f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23aeb4ad0..000000000
--- a/man3/log2f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log2.3
diff --git a/man3/log2l.3 b/man3/log2l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23aeb4ad0..000000000
--- a/man3/log2l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log2.3
diff --git a/man3/logb.3 b/man3/logb.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d1cb5be8..000000000
--- a/man3/logb.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Inspired by a page by Walter Harms created 2002-08-10
-.\"
-.TH logb 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-logb, logbf, logbl \- get exponent of a floating-point value
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double logb(double " x );
-.BI "float logbf(float " x );
-.BI "long double logbl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR logb ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR logbf (),
-.BR logbl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions extract the exponent from the
-internal floating-point representation of
-.I x
-and return it as a floating-point value.
-The integer constant
-.BR FLT_RADIX ,
-defined in
-.IR <float.h> ,
-indicates the radix used for the system's floating-point representation.
-If
-.B FLT_RADIX
-is 2,
-.BI logb( x )
-is similar to
-.BI floor(log2(fabs( x )))\f[R],\f[]
-except that the latter may give an incorrect integer
-due to intermediate rounding.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is subnormal,
-.BR logb ()
-returns the exponent
-.I x
-would have if it were normalized.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the exponent of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is zero, then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity or positive infinity, then
-positive infinity is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is 0
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
-.\" log(), log2(), log10() do set errno
-.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6793
-.\"
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR logb (),
-.BR logbf (),
-.BR logbl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR logb ()
-4.3BSD
-(see IEEE.3 in the 4.3BSD manual).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ilogb (3),
-.BR log (3)
diff --git a/man3/logbf.3 b/man3/logbf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a70936a4..000000000
--- a/man3/logbf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/logb.3
diff --git a/man3/logbl.3 b/man3/logbl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a70936a4..000000000
--- a/man3/logbl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/logb.3
diff --git a/man3/logf.3 b/man3/logf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7807e7642..000000000
--- a/man3/logf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log.3
diff --git a/man3/login.3 b/man3/login.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5190dbf4b..000000000
--- a/man3/login.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Derived from text written by Martin Schulze (or taken from glibc.info)
-.\" and text written by Paul Thompson - both copyright 2002.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH login 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-login, logout \- write utmp and wtmp entries
-.SH LIBRARY
-System utilities library
-.RI ( libutil ", " \-lutil )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <utmp.h>
-.P
-.BI "void login(const struct utmp *" ut );
-.BI "int logout(const char *" ut_line );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The utmp file records who is currently using the system.
-The wtmp file records all logins and logouts.
-See
-.BR utmp (5).
-.P
-The function
-.BR login ()
-takes the supplied
-.IR "struct utmp" ,
-.IR ut ,
-and writes it to both the utmp and the wtmp file.
-.P
-The function
-.BR logout ()
-clears the entry in the utmp file again.
-.SS GNU details
-More precisely,
-.BR login ()
-takes the argument
-.I ut
-struct, fills the field
-.I ut\->ut_type
-(if there is such a field) with the value
-.BR USER_PROCESS ,
-and fills the field
-.I ut\->ut_pid
-(if there is such a field) with the process ID of the calling process.
-Then it tries to fill the field
-.IR ut\->ut_line .
-It takes the first of
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-.I stderr
-that is a terminal, and
-stores the corresponding pathname minus a possible leading
-.I /dev/
-into this field, and then writes the struct to the utmp file.
-On the other hand,
-if no terminal name was found, this field is filled with "???"
-and the struct is not written to the utmp file.
-After this, the struct is written to the wtmp file.
-.P
-The
-.BR logout ()
-function searches the utmp file for an entry matching the
-.I ut_line
-argument.
-If a record is found, it is updated by zeroing out the
-.I ut_name
-and
-.I ut_host
-fields, updating the
-.I ut_tv
-timestamp field and setting
-.I ut_type
-(if there is such a field) to
-.BR DEAD_PROCESS .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR logout ()
-function returns 1 if the entry was successfully written to the
-database, or 0 if an error occurred.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /var/run/utmp
-user accounting database, configured through
-.B _PATH_UTMP
-in
-.I <paths.h>
-.TP
-.I /var/log/wtmp
-user accounting log file, configured through
-.B _PATH_WTMP
-in
-.I <paths.h>
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR login (),
-.BR logout ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:utent
-sig:ALRM timer
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I utent
-in
-.I race:utent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setutent (3),
-.BR getutent (3),
-or
-.BR endutent (3)
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.BR login ()
-and
-.BR logout ()
-calls those functions,
-so we use race:utent to remind users.
-.SH VERSIONS
-The member
-.I ut_user
-of
-.I struct utmp
-is called
-.I ut_name
-in BSD.
-Therefore,
-.I ut_name
-is defined as an alias for
-.I ut_user
-in
-.IR <utmp.h> .
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getutent (3),
-.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man3/login_tty.3 b/man3/login_tty.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb4952d52..000000000
--- a/man3/login_tty.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/openpty.3
diff --git a/man3/logl.3 b/man3/logl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7807e7642..000000000
--- a/man3/logl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/log.3
diff --git a/man3/logout.3 b/man3/logout.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1ee67257..000000000
--- a/man3/logout.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/login.3
diff --git a/man3/logwtmp.3 b/man3/logwtmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dc4dea39..000000000
--- a/man3/logwtmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/updwtmp.3
diff --git a/man3/longjmp.3 b/man3/longjmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cf497fc3..000000000
--- a/man3/longjmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setjmp.3
diff --git a/man3/lrand48.3 b/man3/lrand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/lrand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/lrand48_r.3 b/man3/lrand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/lrand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/lrint.3 b/man3/lrint.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74b91af9c..000000000
--- a/man3/lrint.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH lrint 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lrint, lrintf, lrintl, llrint, llrintf, llrintl \- round to nearest integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "long lrint(double " x );
-.BI "long lrintf(float " x );
-.BI "long lrintl(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "long long llrint(double " x );
-.BI "long long llrintf(float " x );
-.BI "long long llrintl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
-using the current rounding direction (see
-.BR fesetround (3)).
-.P
-Note that unlike the
-.BR rint (3)
-family of functions,
-the return type of these functions differs from
-that of their arguments.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN or an infinity,
-or the rounded value is too large to be stored in a
-.I long
-.RI ( "long long"
-in the case of the
-.B ll*
-functions),
-then a domain error occurs, and the return value is unspecified.
-.\" The return value is -(LONG_MAX - 1) or -(LLONG_MAX -1)
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
-.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6798
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lrint (),
-.BR lrintf (),
-.BR lrintl (),
-.BR llrint (),
-.BR llrintf (),
-.BR llrintl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lround (3),
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man3/lrintf.3 b/man3/lrintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c0af3b8..000000000
--- a/man3/lrintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man3/lrintl.3 b/man3/lrintl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d1c0af3b8..000000000
--- a/man3/lrintl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man3/lround.3 b/man3/lround.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b16854b2d..000000000
--- a/man3/lround.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH lround 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lround, lroundf, lroundl, llround, llroundf, llroundl \- round to
-nearest integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "long lround(double " x );
-.BI "long lroundf(float " x );
-.BI "long lroundl(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "long long llround(double " x );
-.BI "long long llroundf(float " x );
-.BI "long long llroundl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
-rounding halfway cases away from zero,
-regardless of the current rounding direction (see
-.BR fenv (3)).
-.P
-Note that unlike the
-.BR round (3)
-and
-.BR ceil (3),
-functions, the return type of these functions differs from
-that of their arguments.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN or an infinity,
-or the rounded value is too large to be stored in a
-.I long
-.RI ( "long long"
-in the case of the
-.B ll*
-functions),
-then a domain error occurs, and the return value is unspecified.
-.\" The return value is -(LONG_MAX - 1) or -(LLONG_MAX -1)
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
-.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6797
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lround (),
-.BR lroundf (),
-.BR lroundl (),
-.BR llround (),
-.BR llroundf (),
-.BR llroundl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lrint (3),
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man3/lroundf.3 b/man3/lroundf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bcc9b0fda..000000000
--- a/man3/lroundf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man3/lroundl.3 b/man3/lroundl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bcc9b0fda..000000000
--- a/man3/lroundl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man3/lsearch.3 b/man3/lsearch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 13871e9cf..000000000
--- a/man3/lsearch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Corrected prototype and include, aeb, 990927
-.TH lsearch 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lfind, lsearch \- linear search of an array
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <search.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *lfind(const void " key [. size "], \
-const void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
-.BI "            size_t *" nmemb ", size_t " size ,
-.BI "            int(*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
-const void [." size ]));
-.BI "void *lsearch(const void " key [. size "], \
-void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
-.BI "            size_t *" nmemb ", size_t " size ,
-.BI "            int(*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
-const void [." size ]));
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR lfind ()
-and
-.BR lsearch ()
-perform a linear search for
-.I key
-in the array
-.I base
-which has
-.I *nmemb
-elements of
-.I size
-bytes each.
-The comparison function referenced by
-.I compar
-is expected to have two arguments which point to the
-.I key
-object and to an array member, in that order, and which
-returns zero if the
-.I key
-object matches the array member, and
-nonzero otherwise.
-.P
-If
-.BR lsearch ()
-does not find a matching element, then the
-.I key
-object is inserted at the end of the table, and
-.I *nmemb
-is
-incremented.
-In particular, one should know that a matching element
-exists, or that more room is available.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR lfind ()
-returns a pointer to a matching member of the array, or
-NULL if no match is found.
-.BR lsearch ()
-returns a pointer to
-a matching member of the array, or to the newly added member if no
-match is found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lfind (),
-.BR lsearch ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-libc-4.6.27.
-.SH BUGS
-The naming is unfortunate.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bsearch (3),
-.BR hsearch (3),
-.BR tsearch (3)
diff --git a/man3/lseek64.3 b/man3/lseek64.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e62a7238e..000000000
--- a/man3/lseek64.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH lseek64 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-lseek64 \- reposition 64-bit read/write file offset
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" "     /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "off64_t lseek64(int " fd ", off64_t " offset ", int " whence );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR lseek ()
-family of functions reposition the offset of the open file associated
-with the file descriptor
-.I fd
-to
-.I offset
-bytes relative to the start, current position, or end of the file,
-when
-.I whence
-has the value
-.BR SEEK_SET ,
-.BR SEEK_CUR ,
-or
-.BR SEEK_END ,
-respectively.
-.P
-For more details, return value, and errors, see
-.BR lseek (2).
-.P
-Four interfaces are available:
-.BR lseek (),
-.BR lseek64 (),
-.BR llseek (),
-and
-.BR _llseek ().
-.\"
-.\" For some background details, see:
-.\" https://lore.kernel.org/linux-man/CAKgNAkhNSWR3uYhYYaxx74fZfJ3JrpfAAPVrK0AFk_cAOUsbDg@mail.gmail.com/
-.\"
-.SS lseek()
-Prototype:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "off_t lseek(int " fd ", off_t " offset ", int " whence );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The C library's
-.BR lseek ()
-wrapper function uses the type
-.IR off_t .
-This is a 32-bit signed type on 32-bit architectures, unless one
-compiles with
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-in which case it is a 64-bit signed type.
-.SS lseek64()
-Prototype:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "off64_t lseek64(int " fd ", off64_t " offset ", int " whence );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.BR lseek64 ()
-library function uses a 64-bit type even when
-.I off_t
-is a 32-bit type.
-Its prototype (and the type
-.IR off64_t )
-is available only when one compiles with
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The function
-.BR lseek64 ()
-.\" in glibc 2.0.94, not in glibc 2.0.6
-is available since glibc 2.1.
-.\"
-.SS llseek()
-Prototype:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "loff_t llseek(int " fd ", loff_t " offset ", int " whence );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The type
-.I loff_t
-is a 64-bit signed type.
-The
-.BR llseek ()
-library function is available in glibc and works without special defines.
-However, the glibc headers do not provide a prototype.
-Users should add
-the above prototype, or something equivalent, to their own source.
-When users complained about data loss caused by a miscompilation of
-.BR e2fsck (8),
-glibc 2.1.3 added the link-time warning
-.P
-.in +4n
-"the \`llseek\' function may be dangerous; use \`lseek64\' instead."
-.in
-.P
-This makes this function unusable if one desires a warning-free
-compilation.
-.P
-Since glibc 2.28,
-.\" glibc commit 5c5c0dd747070db624c8e2c43691cec854f114ef
-this function symbol is no longer available to newly linked applications.
-.\"
-.SS _llseek()
-On 32-bit architectures,
-this is the system call that is used (by the C library wrapper functions)
-to implement all of the above functions.
-The prototype is:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "int _llseek(int " fd ", off_t " offset_hi ", off_t " offset_lo ,
-.BI "            loff_t *" result ", int " whence );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-For more details, see
-.BR llseek (2).
-.P
-64-bit systems don't need an
-.BR _llseek ()
-system call.
-Instead, they have an
-.BR lseek (2)
-system call that supports 64-bit file offsets.
-.\" In arch/x86/entry/syscalls/syscall_32.tbl,
-.\" we see the following line:
-.\"
-.\"    140     i386    _llseek                 sys_llseek
-.\"
-.\" This is essentially telling us that 'sys_llseek' (the name generated
-.\" by SYSCALL_DEFINE5(llseek...)) is exposed to user-space as system call
-.\" number 140, and that system call number will (IIUC) be exposed in
-.\" autogenerated headers with the name "__NR__llseek" (i.e., "_llseek").
-.\" The "i386" is telling us that this happens in i386 (32-bit Intel).
-.\" There is nothing equivalent on x86-64, because 64 bit systems don't
-.\" need an _llseek system call.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR lseek64 ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH NOTES
-.BR lseek64 ()
-is one of the functions that was specified in the Large File Summit (LFS)
-specification that was completed in 1996.
-The purpose of the specification was to provide transitional support
-that allowed applications on 32-bit systems to access
-files whose size exceeds that which can be represented with a 32-bit
-.I off_t
-type.
-As noted above, this symbol is exposed by header files if the
-.B _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined.
-ALternatively, on a 32-bit system, the symbol
-.I lseek
-is aliased to
-.I lseek64
-if the macro
-.B _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-is defined with the value 64.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR llseek (2),
-.BR lseek (2)
diff --git a/man3/lutimes.3 b/man3/lutimes.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 31459803f..000000000
--- a/man3/lutimes.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/futimes.3
diff --git a/man3/major.3 b/man3/major.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eabbdd013..000000000
--- a/man3/major.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man3/makecontext.3 b/man3/makecontext.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ee3cc2c4..000000000
--- a/man3/makecontext.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 2006-08-02, mtk, Added example program
-.\"
-.TH makecontext 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-makecontext, swapcontext \- manipulate user context
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ucontext.h>
-.P
-.BI "void makecontext(ucontext_t *" ucp ", void (*" func ")(), int " argc \
-", ...);"
-.BI "int swapcontext(ucontext_t *restrict " oucp ,
-.BI "                const ucontext_t *restrict " ucp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-In a System V-like environment, one has the type
-.I ucontext_t
-(defined in
-.I <ucontext.h>
-and described in
-.BR getcontext (3))
-and the four functions
-.BR getcontext (3),
-.BR setcontext (3),
-.BR makecontext (),
-and
-.BR swapcontext ()
-that allow user-level context switching
-between multiple threads of control within a process.
-.P
-The
-.BR makecontext ()
-function modifies the context pointed to
-by \fIucp\fP (which was obtained from a call to
-.BR getcontext (3)).
-Before invoking
-.BR makecontext (),
-the caller must allocate a new stack
-for this context and assign its address to \fIucp\->uc_stack\fP,
-and define a successor context and
-assign its address to \fIucp\->uc_link\fP.
-.P
-When this context is later activated (using
-.BR setcontext (3)
-or
-.BR swapcontext ())
-the function \fIfunc\fP is called,
-and passed the series of integer
-.RI ( int )
-arguments that follow
-.IR argc ;
-the caller must specify the number of these arguments in
-.IR argc .
-When this function returns, the successor context is activated.
-If the successor context pointer is NULL, the thread exits.
-.P
-The
-.BR swapcontext ()
-function saves the current context in
-the structure pointed to by \fIoucp\fP, and then activates the
-context pointed to by \fIucp\fP.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When successful,
-.BR swapcontext ()
-does not return.
-(But we may return later, in case \fIoucp\fP is
-activated, in which case it looks like
-.BR swapcontext ()
-returns 0.)
-On error,
-.BR swapcontext ()
-returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient stack space left.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR makecontext ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe race:ucp
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR swapcontext ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe race:oucp race:ucp
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
-citing portability issues, and
-recommending that applications be rewritten to use POSIX threads instead.
-.SH NOTES
-The interpretation of \fIucp\->uc_stack\fP is just as in
-.BR sigaltstack (2),
-namely, this struct contains the start and length of a memory area
-to be used as the stack, regardless of the direction of growth of
-the stack.
-Thus, it is not necessary for the user program to
-worry about this direction.
-.P
-On architectures where
-.I int
-and pointer types are the same size
-(e.g., x86-32, where both types are 32 bits),
-you may be able to get away with passing pointers as arguments to
-.BR makecontext ()
-following
-.IR argc .
-However, doing this is not guaranteed to be portable,
-is undefined according to the standards,
-and won't work on architectures where pointers are larger than
-.IR int s.
-Nevertheless, starting with glibc 2.8, glibc makes some changes to
-.BR makecontext (),
-to permit this on some 64-bit architectures (e.g., x86-64).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The example program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR getcontext (3),
-.BR makecontext (),
-and
-.BR swapcontext ().
-Running the program produces the following output:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-main: swapcontext(&uctx_main, &uctx_func2)
-func2: started
-func2: swapcontext(&uctx_func2, &uctx_func1)
-func1: started
-func1: swapcontext(&uctx_func1, &uctx_func2)
-func2: returning
-func1: returning
-main: exiting
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (makecontext.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <ucontext.h>
-\&
-static ucontext_t uctx_main, uctx_func1, uctx_func2;
-\&
-#define handle_error(msg) \e
-    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static void
-func1(void)
-{
-    printf("%s: started\en", __func__);
-    printf("%s: swapcontext(&uctx_func1, &uctx_func2)\en", __func__);
-    if (swapcontext(&uctx_func1, &uctx_func2) == \-1)
-        handle_error("swapcontext");
-    printf("%s: returning\en", __func__);
-}
-\&
-static void
-func2(void)
-{
-    printf("%s: started\en", __func__);
-    printf("%s: swapcontext(&uctx_func2, &uctx_func1)\en", __func__);
-    if (swapcontext(&uctx_func2, &uctx_func1) == \-1)
-        handle_error("swapcontext");
-    printf("%s: returning\en", __func__);
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char func1_stack[16384];
-    char func2_stack[16384];
-\&
-    if (getcontext(&uctx_func1) == \-1)
-        handle_error("getcontext");
-    uctx_func1.uc_stack.ss_sp = func1_stack;
-    uctx_func1.uc_stack.ss_size = sizeof(func1_stack);
-    uctx_func1.uc_link = &uctx_main;
-    makecontext(&uctx_func1, func1, 0);
-\&
-    if (getcontext(&uctx_func2) == \-1)
-        handle_error("getcontext");
-    uctx_func2.uc_stack.ss_sp = func2_stack;
-    uctx_func2.uc_stack.ss_size = sizeof(func2_stack);
-    /* Successor context is f1(), unless argc > 1 */
-    uctx_func2.uc_link = (argc > 1) ? NULL : &uctx_func1;
-    makecontext(&uctx_func2, func2, 0);
-\&
-    printf("%s: swapcontext(&uctx_main, &uctx_func2)\en", __func__);
-    if (swapcontext(&uctx_main, &uctx_func2) == \-1)
-        handle_error("swapcontext");
-\&
-    printf("%s: exiting\en", __func__);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigaltstack (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR getcontext (3),
-.BR sigsetjmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/makedev.3 b/man3/makedev.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fd748e5f..000000000
--- a/man3/makedev.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH makedev 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-makedev, major, minor \- manage a device number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/sysmacros.h>
-.P
-.BI "dev_t makedev(unsigned int " maj ", unsigned int " min );
-.P
-.BI "unsigned int major(dev_t " dev );
-.BI "unsigned int minor(dev_t " dev );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A device ID consists of two parts:
-a major ID, identifying the class of the device,
-and a minor ID, identifying a specific instance of a device in that class.
-A device ID is represented using the type
-.IR dev_t .
-.P
-Given major and minor device IDs,
-.BR makedev ()
-combines these to produce a device ID, returned as the function result.
-This device ID can be given to
-.BR mknod (2),
-for example.
-.P
-The
-.BR major ()
-and
-.BR minor ()
-functions perform the converse task: given a device ID,
-they return, respectively, the major and minor components.
-These macros can be useful to, for example,
-decompose the device IDs in the structure returned by
-.BR stat (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR makedev (),
-.BR major (),
-.BR minor ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The BSDs expose the definitions for these macros via
-.IR <sys/types.h> .
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-BSD, HP-UX, Solaris, AIX, Irix.
-.\" The header location is inconsistent:
-.\" Could be sys/mkdev.h, sys/sysmacros.h, or sys/types.h.
-.P
-These interfaces are defined as macros.
-Since glibc 2.3.3,
-they have been aliases for three GNU-specific functions:
-.BR gnu_dev_makedev (),
-.BR gnu_dev_major (),
-and
-.BR gnu_dev_minor ().
-The latter names are exported, but the traditional names are more portable.
-.P
-Depending on the version,
-glibc also exposes definitions for these macros from
-.I <sys/types.h>
-if suitable feature test macros are defined.
-However, this behavior was deprecated in glibc 2.25,
-.\" glibc commit dbab6577c6684c62bd2521c1c29dc25c3cac966f
-and since glibc 2.28,
-.\" glibc commit e16deca62e16f645213dffd4ecd1153c37765f17
-.I <sys/types.h>
-no longer provides these definitions.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mknod (2),
-.BR stat (2)
diff --git a/man3/mallinfo.3 b/man3/mallinfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 20ac7f896..000000000
--- a/man3/mallinfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mallinfo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mallinfo, mallinfo2 \- obtain memory allocation information
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.B struct mallinfo mallinfo(void);
-.B struct mallinfo2 mallinfo2(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a copy of a structure containing information about
-memory allocations performed by
-.BR malloc (3)
-and related functions.
-The structure returned by each function contains the same fields.
-However, the older function,
-.BR mallinfo (),
-is deprecated since the type used for the fields is too small (see BUGS).
-.P
-Note that not all allocations are visible to these functions;
-see BUGS and consider using
-.BR malloc_info (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.I mallinfo2
-structure returned by
-.BR mallinfo2 ()
-is defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct mallinfo2 {
-    size_t arena;     /* Non\-mmapped space allocated (bytes) */
-    size_t ordblks;   /* Number of free chunks */
-    size_t smblks;    /* Number of free fastbin blocks */
-    size_t hblks;     /* Number of mmapped regions */
-    size_t hblkhd;    /* Space allocated in mmapped regions
-                         (bytes) */
-    size_t usmblks;   /* See below */
-    size_t fsmblks;   /* Space in freed fastbin blocks (bytes) */
-    size_t uordblks;  /* Total allocated space (bytes) */
-    size_t fordblks;  /* Total free space (bytes) */
-    size_t keepcost;  /* Top\-most, releasable space (bytes) */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I mallinfo
-structure returned by the deprecated
-.BR mallinfo ()
-function is exactly the same, except that the fields are typed as
-.IR int .
-.P
-The structure fields contain the following information:
-.TP 10
-.I arena
-The total amount of memory allocated by means other than
-.BR mmap (2)
-(i.e., memory allocated on the heap).
-This figure includes both in-use blocks and blocks on the free list.
-.TP
-.I ordblks
-The number of ordinary (i.e., non-fastbin) free blocks.
-.TP
-.I smblks
-.\" the glibc info page wrongly says this field is unused
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=26746
-The number of fastbin free blocks (see
-.BR mallopt (3)).
-.TP
-.I hblks
-The number of blocks currently allocated using
-.BR mmap (2).
-(See the discussion of
-.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
-in
-.BR mallopt (3).)
-.TP
-.I hblkhd
-The number of bytes in blocks currently allocated using
-.BR mmap (2).
-.TP
-.I usmblks
-This field is unused, and is always 0.
-.\" It seems to have been zero since at least as far back as glibc 2.15
-Historically, it was the "highwater mark" for allocated space\[em]that is,
-the maximum amount of space that was ever allocated (in bytes);
-this field was maintained only in nonthreading environments.
-.TP
-.I fsmblks
-.\" the glibc info page wrongly says this field is unused
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=26746
-The total number of bytes in fastbin free blocks.
-.TP
-.I uordblks
-The total number of bytes used by in-use allocations.
-.TP
-.I fordblks
-The total number of bytes in free blocks.
-.TP
-.I keepcost
-The total amount of releasable free space at the top
-of the heap.
-This is the maximum number of bytes that could ideally
-(i.e., ignoring page alignment restrictions, and so on) be released by
-.BR malloc_trim (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mallinfo (),
-.BR mallinfo2 ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe init const:mallopt
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-.BR mallinfo ()/
-.BR mallinfo2 ()
-would access some global internal objects.
-If modify them with non-atomically,
-may get inconsistent results.
-The identifier
-.I mallopt
-in
-.I const:mallopt
-mean that
-.BR mallopt ()
-would modify the global internal objects with atomics, that make sure
-.BR mallinfo ()/
-.BR mallinfo2 ()
-is safe enough, others modify with non-atomically maybe not.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR mallinfo ()
-glibc 2.0.
-SVID.
-.TP
-.BR mallinfo2 ()
-.\" commit e3960d1c57e57f33e0e846d615788f4ede73b945
-glibc 2.33.
-.SH BUGS
-.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=208
-.\" See the 24 Aug 2011 mail by Paul Pluzhnikov:
-.\"     "[patch] Fix mallinfo() to accumulate results for all arenas"
-.\" on libc-alpha@sourceware.org
-.B Information is returned for only the main memory allocation area.
-Allocations in other arenas are excluded.
-See
-.BR malloc_stats (3)
-and
-.BR malloc_info (3)
-for alternatives that include information about other arenas.
-.P
-The fields of the
-.I mallinfo
-structure that is returned by the older
-.BR mallinfo ()
-function are typed as
-.IR int .
-However, because some internal bookkeeping values may be of type
-.IR long ,
-the reported values may wrap around zero and thus be inaccurate.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below employs
-.BR mallinfo2 ()
-to retrieve memory allocation statistics before and after
-allocating and freeing some blocks of memory.
-The statistics are displayed on standard output.
-.P
-The first two command-line arguments specify the number and size of
-blocks to be allocated with
-.BR malloc (3).
-.P
-The remaining three arguments specify which of the allocated blocks
-should be freed with
-.BR free (3).
-These three arguments are optional, and specify (in order):
-the step size to be used in the loop that frees blocks
-(the default is 1, meaning free all blocks in the range);
-the ordinal position of the first block to be freed
-(default 0, meaning the first allocated block);
-and a number one greater than the ordinal position
-of the last block to be freed
-(default is one greater than the maximum block number).
-If these three arguments are omitted,
-then the defaults cause all allocated blocks to be freed.
-.P
-In the following example run of the program,
-1000 allocations of 100 bytes are performed,
-and then every second allocated block is freed:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 1000 100 2\fP
-============== Before allocating blocks ==============
-Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       0
-# of free chunks (ordblks):            1
-# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     0
-# of mapped regions (hblks):           0
-Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      0
-Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  0
-Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): 0
-Total allocated space (uordblks):      0
-Total free space (fordblks):           0
-Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   0
-\&
-============== After allocating blocks ==============
-Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       135168
-# of free chunks (ordblks):            1
-# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     0
-# of mapped regions (hblks):           0
-Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      0
-Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  0
-Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): 0
-Total allocated space (uordblks):      104000
-Total free space (fordblks):           31168
-Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   31168
-\&
-============== After freeing blocks ==============
-Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       135168
-# of free chunks (ordblks):            501
-# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     0
-# of mapped regions (hblks):           0
-Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      0
-Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  0
-Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): 0
-Total allocated space (uordblks):      52000
-Total free space (fordblks):           83168
-Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   31168
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (mallinfo.c)
-.EX
-#include <malloc.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-static void
-display_mallinfo2(void)
-{
-    struct mallinfo2 mi;
-\&
-    mi = mallinfo2();
-\&
-    printf("Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       %zu\en", mi.arena);
-    printf("# of free chunks (ordblks):            %zu\en", mi.ordblks);
-    printf("# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     %zu\en", mi.smblks);
-    printf("# of mapped regions (hblks):           %zu\en", mi.hblks);
-    printf("Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      %zu\en", mi.hblkhd);
-    printf("Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  %zu\en", mi.usmblks);
-    printf("Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): %zu\en", mi.fsmblks);
-    printf("Total allocated space (uordblks):      %zu\en", mi.uordblks);
-    printf("Total free space (fordblks):           %zu\en", mi.fordblks);
-    printf("Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   %zu\en", mi.keepcost);
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-#define MAX_ALLOCS 2000000
-    char *alloc[MAX_ALLOCS];
-    size_t blockSize, numBlocks, freeBegin, freeEnd, freeStep;
-\&
-    if (argc < 3 || strcmp(argv[1], "\-\-help") == 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s num\-blocks block\-size [free\-step "
-                "[start\-free [end\-free]]]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    numBlocks = atoi(argv[1]);
-    blockSize = atoi(argv[2]);
-    freeStep = (argc > 3) ? atoi(argv[3]) : 1;
-    freeBegin = (argc > 4) ? atoi(argv[4]) : 0;
-    freeEnd = (argc > 5) ? atoi(argv[5]) : numBlocks;
-\&
-    printf("============== Before allocating blocks ==============\en");
-    display_mallinfo2();
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < numBlocks; j++) {
-        if (numBlocks >= MAX_ALLOCS) {
-            fprintf(stderr, "Too many allocations\en");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-\&
-        alloc[j] = malloc(blockSize);
-        if (alloc[j] == NULL) {
-            perror("malloc");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    printf("\en============== After allocating blocks ==============\en");
-    display_mallinfo2();
-\&
-    for (size_t j = freeBegin; j < freeEnd; j += freeStep)
-        free(alloc[j]);
-\&
-    printf("\en============== After freeing blocks ==============\en");
-    display_mallinfo2();
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR malloc_info (3),
-.BR malloc_stats (3),
-.BR malloc_trim (3),
-.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man3/mallinfo2.3 b/man3/mallinfo2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25caee77b..000000000
--- a/man3/mallinfo2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mallinfo.3
diff --git a/man3/malloc.3 b/man3/malloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e164d588f..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,460 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2007, 2012, 2018, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:00:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Clarification concerning realloc, iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk (Ian Jackson), 950701
-.\" Documented MALLOC_CHECK_, Wolfram Gloger (wmglo@dent.med.uni-muenchen.de)
-.\" 2007-09-15 mtk: added notes on malloc()'s use of sbrk() and mmap().
-.\"
-.\" FIXME . Review http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=374
-.\" to see what changes are required on this page.
-.\"
-.TH malloc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-malloc, free, calloc, realloc, reallocarray \- allocate and free dynamic memory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *malloc(size_t " size );
-.BI "void free(void *_Nullable " ptr );
-.BI "void *calloc(size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size );
-.BI "void *realloc(void *_Nullable " ptr ", size_t "  size );
-.BI "void *reallocarray(void *_Nullable " ptr ", size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR reallocarray ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.29:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.28 and earlier:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.SS malloc()
-The
-.BR malloc ()
-function allocates
-.I size
-bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
-.IR "The memory is not initialized" .
-If
-.I size
-is 0, then
-.BR malloc ()
-returns a unique pointer value that can later be successfully passed to
-.BR free ().
-(See "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues.)
-.SS free()
-The
-.BR free ()
-function frees the memory space pointed to by
-.IR ptr ,
-which must have been returned by a previous call to
-.BR malloc ()
-or related functions.
-Otherwise, or if
-.I ptr
-has already been freed, undefined behavior occurs.
-If
-.I ptr
-is NULL, no operation is performed.
-.SS calloc()
-The
-.BR calloc ()
-function allocates memory for an array of
-.I nmemb
-elements of
-.I size
-bytes each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
-The memory is set to zero.
-If
-.I nmemb
-or
-.I size
-is 0, then
-.BR calloc ()
-returns a unique pointer value that can later be successfully passed to
-.BR free ().
-.P
-If the multiplication of
-.I nmemb
-and
-.I size
-would result in integer overflow, then
-.BR calloc ()
-returns an error.
-By contrast,
-an integer overflow would not be detected in the following call to
-.BR malloc (),
-with the result that an incorrectly sized block of memory would be allocated:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-malloc(nmemb * size);
-.EE
-.in
-.SS realloc()
-The
-.BR realloc ()
-function changes the size of the memory block pointed to by
-.I ptr
-to
-.I size
-bytes.
-The contents of the memory
-will be unchanged in the range from the start of the region
-up to the minimum of the old and new sizes.
-If the new size is larger than the old size, the added memory will
-.I not
-be initialized.
-.P
-If
-.I ptr
-is NULL, then the call is equivalent to
-.IR malloc(size) ,
-for all values of
-.IR size .
-.P
-If
-.I size
-is equal to zero,
-and
-.I ptr
-is not NULL, then the call is equivalent to
-.I free(ptr)
-(but see "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues).
-.P
-Unless
-.I ptr
-is NULL, it must have been returned by an earlier call to
-.B malloc
-or related functions.
-If the area pointed to was moved, a
-.I free(ptr)
-is done.
-.SS reallocarray()
-The
-.BR reallocarray ()
-function changes the size of (and possibly moves)
-the memory block pointed to by
-.I ptr
-to be large enough for an array of
-.I nmemb
-elements, each of which is
-.I size
-bytes.
-It is equivalent to the call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-realloc(ptr, nmemb * size);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-However, unlike that
-.BR realloc ()
-call,
-.BR reallocarray ()
-fails safely in the case where the multiplication would overflow.
-If such an overflow occurs,
-.BR reallocarray ()
-returns an error.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR malloc (),
-.BR calloc (),
-.BR realloc (),
-and
-.BR reallocarray ()
-functions return a pointer to the allocated memory,
-which is suitably aligned for any type that fits into
-the requested size or less.
-On error, these functions return NULL and set
-.IR errno .
-Attempting to allocate more than
-.B PTRDIFF_MAX
-bytes is considered an error, as an object that large
-could cause later pointer subtraction to overflow.
-.P
-The
-.BR free ()
-function returns no value, and preserves
-.IR errno .
-.P
-The
-.BR realloc ()
-and
-.BR reallocarray ()
-functions return NULL if
-.I ptr
-is not NULL and the requested size is zero;
-this is not considered an error.
-(See "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues.)
-Otherwise, the returned pointer may be the same as
-.I ptr
-if the allocation was not moved
-(e.g., there was room to expand the allocation in-place), or different from
-.I ptr
-if the allocation was moved to a new address.
-If these functions fail,
-the original block is left untouched; it is not freed or moved.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR calloc (),
-.BR malloc (),
-.BR realloc (),
-and
-.BR reallocarray ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-Possibly, the application hit the
-.B RLIMIT_AS
-or
-.B RLIMIT_DATA
-limit described in
-.BR getrlimit (2).
-Another reason could be that
-the number of mappings created by the caller process
-exceeded the limit specified by
-.IR /proc/sys/vm/max_map_count .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR malloc (),
-.BR free (),
-.BR calloc (),
-.BR realloc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR malloc ()
-.TQ
-.BR free ()
-.TQ
-.BR calloc ()
-.TQ
-.BR realloc ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR reallocarray ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR malloc ()
-.TQ
-.BR free ()
-.TQ
-.BR calloc ()
-.TQ
-.BR realloc ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.TP
-.BR reallocarray ()
-glibc 2.26.
-OpenBSD 5.6, FreeBSD 11.0.
-.P
-.BR malloc ()
-and related functions rejected sizes greater than
-.B PTRDIFF_MAX
-starting in glibc 2.30.
-.P
-.BR free ()
-preserved
-.I errno
-starting in glibc 2.33.
-.SH NOTES
-By default, Linux follows an optimistic memory allocation strategy.
-This means that when
-.BR malloc ()
-returns non-NULL there is no guarantee that the memory really
-is available.
-In case it turns out that the system is out of memory,
-one or more processes will be killed by the OOM killer.
-For more information, see the description of
-.I /proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory
-and
-.I /proc/sys/vm/oom_adj
-in
-.BR proc (5),
-and the Linux kernel source file
-.IR Documentation/vm/overcommit\-accounting.rst .
-.P
-Normally,
-.BR malloc ()
-allocates memory from the heap, and adjusts the size of the heap
-as required, using
-.BR sbrk (2).
-When allocating blocks of memory larger than
-.B MMAP_THRESHOLD
-bytes, the glibc
-.BR malloc ()
-implementation allocates the memory as a private anonymous mapping using
-.BR mmap (2).
-.B MMAP_THRESHOLD
-is 128\ kB by default, but is adjustable using
-.BR mallopt (3).
-Prior to Linux 4.7
-allocations performed using
-.BR mmap (2)
-were unaffected by the
-.B RLIMIT_DATA
-resource limit;
-since Linux 4.7, this limit is also enforced for allocations performed using
-.BR mmap (2).
-.P
-To avoid corruption in multithreaded applications,
-mutexes are used internally to protect the memory-management
-data structures employed by these functions.
-In a multithreaded application in which threads simultaneously
-allocate and free memory,
-there could be contention for these mutexes.
-To scalably handle memory allocation in multithreaded applications,
-glibc creates additional
-.I memory allocation arenas
-if mutex contention is detected.
-Each arena is a large region of memory that is internally allocated
-by the system
-(using
-.BR brk (2)
-or
-.BR mmap (2)),
-and managed with its own mutexes.
-.P
-If your program uses a private memory allocator,
-it should do so by replacing
-.BR malloc (),
-.BR free (),
-.BR calloc (),
-and
-.BR realloc ().
-The replacement functions must implement the documented glibc behaviors,
-including
-.I errno
-handling, size-zero allocations, and overflow checking;
-otherwise, other library routines may crash or operate incorrectly.
-For example, if the replacement
-.IR free ()
-does not preserve
-.IR errno ,
-then seemingly unrelated library routines may
-fail without having a valid reason in
-.IR errno .
-Private memory allocators may also need to replace other glibc functions;
-see "Replacing malloc" in the glibc manual for details.
-.P
-Crashes in memory allocators
-are almost always related to heap corruption, such as overflowing
-an allocated chunk or freeing the same pointer twice.
-.P
-The
-.BR malloc ()
-implementation is tunable via environment variables; see
-.BR mallopt (3)
-for details.
-.SS Nonportable behavior
-The behavior of
-these functions when the requested size is zero
-is glibc specific;
-other implementations may return NULL without setting
-.IR errno ,
-and portable POSIX programs should tolerate such behavior.
-See
-.BR realloc (3p).
-.P
-POSIX requires memory allocators
-to set
-.I errno
-upon failure.
-However, the C standard does not require this, and applications
-portable to non-POSIX platforms should not assume this.
-.P
-Portable programs should not use private memory allocators,
-as POSIX and the C standard do not allow replacement of
-.BR malloc (),
-.BR free (),
-.BR calloc (),
-and
-.BR realloc ().
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-#include <err.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define MALLOCARRAY(n, type)  ((type *) my_mallocarray(n, sizeof(type)))
-#define MALLOC(type)          MALLOCARRAY(1, type)
-\&
-static inline void *my_mallocarray(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char  *p;
-\&
-    p = MALLOCARRAY(32, char);
-    if (p == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
-\&
-    strlcpy(p, "foo", 32);
-    puts(p);
-}
-\&
-static inline void *
-my_mallocarray(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
-{
-    return reallocarray(NULL, nmemb, size);
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.\" http://g.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html
-.\" A Memory Allocator - by Doug Lea
-.\"
-.\" http://www.bozemanpass.com/info/linux/malloc/Linux_Heap_Contention.html
-.\" Linux Heap, Contention in free() - David Boreham
-.\"
-.\" http://www.citi.umich.edu/projects/linux-scalability/reports/malloc.html
-.\" malloc() Performance in a Multithreaded Linux Environment -
-.\"     Check Lever, David Boreham
-.\"
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR valgrind (1),
-.BR brk (2),
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR alloca (3),
-.BR malloc_get_state (3),
-.BR malloc_info (3),
-.BR malloc_trim (3),
-.BR malloc_usable_size (3),
-.BR mallopt (3),
-.BR mcheck (3),
-.BR mtrace (3),
-.BR posix_memalign (3)
-.P
-For details of the GNU C library implementation, see
-.UR https://sourceware.org/glibc/wiki/MallocInternals
-.UE .
diff --git a/man3/malloc_get_state.3 b/man3/malloc_get_state.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 51783bc57..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_get_state.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH malloc_get_state 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-malloc_get_state, malloc_set_state \-
-record and restore state of malloc implementation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.B void *malloc_get_state(void);
-.BI "int malloc_set_state(void *" state );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR Note :
-these functions are removed in glibc 2.25.
-.P
-The
-.BR malloc_get_state ()
-function records the current state of all
-.BR malloc (3)
-internal bookkeeping variables
-(but not the actual contents of the heap
-or the state of
-.BR malloc_hook (3)
-functions pointers).
-The state is recorded in a system-dependent opaque data structure
-dynamically allocated via
-.BR malloc (3),
-and a pointer to that data structure is returned as the function result.
-(It is the caller's responsibility to
-.BR free (3)
-this memory.)
-.P
-The
-.BR malloc_set_state ()
-function restores the state of all
-.BR malloc (3)
-internal bookkeeping variables to the values recorded in
-the opaque data structure pointed to by
-.IR state .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR malloc_get_state ()
-returns a pointer to a newly allocated opaque data structure.
-On error (for example, memory could not be allocated for the data structure),
-.BR malloc_get_state ()
-returns NULL.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR malloc_set_state ()
-returns 0.
-If the implementation detects that
-.I state
-does not point to a correctly formed data structure,
-.\" if(ms->magic != MALLOC_STATE_MAGIC) return -1;
-.BR malloc_set_state ()
-returns \-1.
-If the implementation detects that
-the version of the data structure referred to by
-.I state
-is a more recent version than this implementation knows about,
-.\" /* Must fail if the major version is too high. */
-.\" if((ms->version & ~0xffl) > (MALLOC_STATE_VERSION & ~0xffl)) return -2;
-.BR malloc_set_state ()
-returns \-2.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR malloc_get_state (),
-.BR malloc_set_state ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions are useful when using this
-.BR malloc (3)
-implementation as part of a shared library,
-and the heap contents are saved/restored via some other method.
-This technique is used by GNU Emacs to implement its "dumping" function.
-.P
-Hook function pointers are never saved or restored by these
-functions, with two exceptions:
-if malloc checking (see
-.BR mallopt (3))
-was in use when
-.BR malloc_get_state ()
-was called, then
-.BR malloc_set_state ()
-resets malloc checking hooks
-.\" i.e., calls __malloc_check_init()
-if possible;
-.\" i.e., malloc checking is not already in use
-.\" and the caller requested malloc checking
-if malloc checking was not in use in the recorded state,
-but the caller has requested malloc checking,
-then the hooks are reset to 0.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man3/malloc_hook.3 b/man3/malloc_hook.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bddcdf3e2..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_hook.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Heavily based on glibc documentation
-.\" Polished, added docs, removed glibc doc bug, 2002-07-20, aeb
-.\"
-.TH __malloc_hook 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-__malloc_hook, __malloc_initialize_hook,
-__memalign_hook, __free_hook, __realloc_hook,
-__after_morecore_hook \- malloc debugging variables (DEPRECATED)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <malloc.h>"
-.P
-.BI "void *(*volatile __malloc_hook)(size_t " size ", const void *" caller );
-.P
-.BI "void *(*volatile __realloc_hook)(void *" ptr ", size_t " size ,
-.BI "                         const void *" caller );
-.P
-.BI "void *(*volatile __memalign_hook)(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size ,
-.BI "                         const void *" caller );
-.P
-.BI "void (*volatile __free_hook)(void *" ptr ", const void *" caller );
-.P
-.B "void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void);"
-.P
-.B "void (*volatile __after_morecore_hook)(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The GNU C library lets you modify the behavior of
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR realloc (3),
-and
-.BR free (3)
-by specifying appropriate hook functions.
-You can use these hooks
-to help you debug programs that use dynamic memory allocation,
-for example.
-.P
-The variable
-.B __malloc_initialize_hook
-points at a function that is called once when the malloc implementation
-is initialized.
-This is a weak variable, so it can be overridden in
-the application with a definition like the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void) = my_init_hook;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Now the function
-.IR my_init_hook ()
-can do the initialization of all hooks.
-.P
-The four functions pointed to by
-.BR __malloc_hook ,
-.BR __realloc_hook ,
-.BR __memalign_hook ,
-.B __free_hook
-have a prototype like the functions
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR realloc (3),
-.BR memalign (3),
-.BR free (3),
-respectively, except that they have a final argument
-.I caller
-that gives the address of the caller of
-.BR malloc (3),
-etc.
-.P
-The variable
-.B __after_morecore_hook
-points at a function that is called each time after
-.BR sbrk (2)
-was asked for more memory.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH NOTES
-The use of these hook functions is not safe in multithreaded programs,
-and they are now deprecated.
-From glibc 2.24 onwards, the
-.B __malloc_initialize_hook
-variable has been removed from the API,
-and from glibc 2.34 onwards, all
-the hook variables have been removed from the API.
-.\" https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=450187
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9957
-Programmers should instead preempt calls to the relevant functions
-by defining and exporting
-.BR malloc (),
-.BR free (),
-.BR realloc (),
-and
-.BR calloc ().
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Here is a short example of how to use these variables.
-.P
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <malloc.h>
-\&
-/* Prototypes for our hooks */
-static void my_init_hook(void);
-static void *my_malloc_hook(size_t, const void *);
-\&
-/* Variables to save original hooks */
-static void *(*old_malloc_hook)(size_t, const void *);
-\&
-/* Override initializing hook from the C library */
-void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void) = my_init_hook;
-\&
-static void
-my_init_hook(void)
-{
-    old_malloc_hook = __malloc_hook;
-    __malloc_hook = my_malloc_hook;
-}
-\&
-static void *
-my_malloc_hook(size_t size, const void *caller)
-{
-    void *result;
-\&
-    /* Restore all old hooks */
-    __malloc_hook = old_malloc_hook;
-\&
-    /* Call recursively */
-    result = malloc(size);
-\&
-    /* Save underlying hooks */
-    old_malloc_hook = __malloc_hook;
-\&
-    /* printf() might call malloc(), so protect it too */
-    printf("malloc(%zu) called from %p returns %p\en",
-            size, caller, result);
-\&
-    /* Restore our own hooks */
-    __malloc_hook = my_malloc_hook;
-\&
-    return result;
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mallinfo (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR mcheck (3),
-.BR mtrace (3)
diff --git a/man3/malloc_info.3 b/man3/malloc_info.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aa55ba67..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_info.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH malloc_info 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-malloc_info \- export malloc state to a stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.BI "int malloc_info(int " options ", FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR malloc_info ()
-function exports an XML string that describes the current state
-of the memory-allocation
-implementation in the caller.
-The string is printed on the file stream
-.IR stream .
-The exported string includes information about all arenas (see
-.BR malloc (3)).
-.P
-As currently implemented,
-.I options
-must be zero.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR malloc_info ()
-returns 0.
-On failure, it returns \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I options
-was nonzero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR malloc_info ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.10.
-.SH NOTES
-The memory-allocation information is provided as an XML string
-(rather than a C structure)
-because the information may change over time
-(according to changes in the underlying implementation).
-The output XML string includes a version field.
-.P
-The
-.BR open_memstream (3)
-function can be used to send the output of
-.BR malloc_info ()
-directly into a buffer in memory, rather than to a file.
-.P
-The
-.BR malloc_info ()
-function is designed to address deficiencies in
-.BR malloc_stats (3)
-and
-.BR mallinfo (3).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below takes up to four command-line arguments,
-of which the first three are mandatory.
-The first argument specifies the number of threads that
-the program should create.
-All of the threads, including the main thread,
-allocate the number of blocks of memory specified by the second argument.
-The third argument controls the size of the blocks to be allocated.
-The main thread creates blocks of this size,
-the second thread created by the program allocates blocks of twice this size,
-the third thread allocates blocks of three times this size, and so on.
-.P
-The program calls
-.BR malloc_info ()
-twice to display the memory-allocation state.
-The first call takes place before any threads
-are created or memory allocated.
-The second call is performed after all threads have allocated memory.
-.P
-In the following example,
-the command-line arguments specify the creation of one additional thread,
-and both the main thread and the additional thread
-allocate 10000 blocks of memory.
-After the blocks of memory have been allocated,
-.BR malloc_info ()
-shows the state of two allocation arenas.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$ " "getconf GNU_LIBC_VERSION"
-glibc 2.13
-.RB "$ " "./a.out 1 10000 100"
-============ Before allocating blocks ============
-<malloc version="1">
-<heap nr="0">
-<sizes>
-</sizes>
-<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
-<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
-<system type="current" size="135168"/>
-<system type="max" size="135168"/>
-<aspace type="total" size="135168"/>
-<aspace type="mprotect" size="135168"/>
-</heap>
-<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
-<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
-<system type="current" size="135168"/>
-<system type="max" size="135168"/>
-<aspace type="total" size="135168"/>
-<aspace type="mprotect" size="135168"/>
-</malloc>
-\&
-============ After allocating blocks ============
-<malloc version="1">
-<heap nr="0">
-<sizes>
-</sizes>
-<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
-<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
-<system type="current" size="1081344"/>
-<system type="max" size="1081344"/>
-<aspace type="total" size="1081344"/>
-<aspace type="mprotect" size="1081344"/>
-</heap>
-<heap nr="1">
-<sizes>
-</sizes>
-<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
-<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
-<system type="current" size="1032192"/>
-<system type="max" size="1032192"/>
-<aspace type="total" size="1032192"/>
-<aspace type="mprotect" size="1032192"/>
-</heap>
-<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
-<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
-<system type="current" size="2113536"/>
-<system type="max" size="2113536"/>
-<aspace type="total" size="2113536"/>
-<aspace type="mprotect" size="2113536"/>
-</malloc>
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-.\" SRC BEGIN (malloc_info.c)
-.EX
-#include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <malloc.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-static size_t        blockSize;
-static size_t        numThreads;
-static unsigned int  numBlocks;
-\&
-static void *
-thread_func(void *arg)
-{
-    int tn = (int) arg;
-\&
-    /* The multiplier \[aq](2 + tn)\[aq] ensures that each thread (including
-       the main thread) allocates a different amount of memory. */
-\&
-    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < numBlocks; j++)
-        if (malloc(blockSize * (2 + tn)) == NULL)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc\-thread");
-\&
-    sleep(100);         /* Sleep until main thread terminates. */
-    return NULL;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int        sleepTime;
-    pthread_t  *thr;
-\&
-    if (argc < 4) {
-        fprintf(stderr,
-                "%s num\-threads num\-blocks block\-size [sleep\-time]\en",
-                argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    numThreads = atoi(argv[1]);
-    numBlocks = atoi(argv[2]);
-    blockSize = atoi(argv[3]);
-    sleepTime = (argc > 4) ? atoi(argv[4]) : 0;
-\&
-    thr = calloc(numThreads, sizeof(*thr));
-    if (thr == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
-\&
-    printf("============ Before allocating blocks ============\en");
-    malloc_info(0, stdout);
-\&
-    /* Create threads that allocate different amounts of memory. */
-\&
-    for (size_t tn = 0; tn < numThreads; tn++) {
-        errno = pthread_create(&thr[tn], NULL, thread_func,
-                               (void *) tn);
-        if (errno != 0)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pthread_create");
-\&
-        /* If we add a sleep interval after the start\-up of each
-           thread, the threads likely won\[aq]t contend for malloc
-           mutexes, and therefore additional arenas won\[aq]t be
-           allocated (see malloc(3)). */
-\&
-        if (sleepTime > 0)
-            sleep(sleepTime);
-    }
-\&
-    /* The main thread also allocates some memory. */
-\&
-    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < numBlocks; j++)
-        if (malloc(blockSize) == NULL)
-            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
-\&
-    sleep(2);           /* Give all threads a chance to
-                           complete allocations. */
-\&
-    printf("\en============ After allocating blocks ============\en");
-    malloc_info(0, stdout);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mallinfo (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR malloc_stats (3),
-.BR mallopt (3),
-.BR open_memstream (3)
diff --git a/man3/malloc_set_state.3 b/man3/malloc_set_state.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ff16dd792..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_set_state.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc_get_state.3
diff --git a/man3/malloc_stats.3 b/man3/malloc_stats.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cd515c069..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_stats.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH malloc_stats 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-malloc_stats \- print memory allocation statistics
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.B void malloc_stats(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR malloc_stats ()
-function prints (on standard error) statistics about memory allocated by
-.BR malloc (3)
-and related functions.
-For each arena (allocation area), this function prints
-the total amount of memory allocated
-and the total number of bytes consumed by in-use allocations.
-(These two values correspond to the
-.I arena
-and
-.I uordblks
-fields retrieved by
-.BR mallinfo (3).)
-In addition,
-the function prints the sum of these two statistics for all arenas,
-and the maximum number of blocks and bytes that were ever simultaneously
-allocated using
-.BR mmap (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR malloc_stats ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0.
-.SH NOTES
-More detailed information about memory allocations in the main arena
-can be obtained using
-.BR mallinfo (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR mallinfo (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR malloc_info (3),
-.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man3/malloc_trim.3 b/man3/malloc_trim.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 23677832b..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_trim.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH malloc_trim 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-malloc_trim \- release free memory from the heap
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.BI "int malloc_trim(size_t "  pad );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR malloc_trim ()
-function attempts to release free memory from the heap
-(by calling
-.BR sbrk (2)
-or
-.BR madvise (2)
-with suitable arguments).
-.P
-The
-.I pad
-argument specifies the amount of free space to leave untrimmed
-at the top of the heap.
-If this argument is 0, only the minimum amount of memory is maintained
-at the top of the heap (i.e., one page or less).
-A nonzero argument can be used to maintain some trailing space
-at the top of the heap in order to allow future allocations
-to be made without having to extend the heap with
-.BR sbrk (2).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR malloc_trim ()
-function returns 1 if memory was actually released back to the system,
-or 0 if it was not possible to release any memory.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors are defined.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR malloc_trim ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH VERSIONS
-glibc 2.0.
-.SH NOTES
-Only the main heap (using
-.BR sbrk (2))
-honors the
-.I pad
-argument; thread heaps do not.
-.P
-Since glibc 2.8 this function frees memory in all arenas and in all
-chunks with whole free pages.
-.\" See commit 68631c8eb92ff38d9da1ae34f6aa048539b199cc
-.\" (dated 2007-12-16) which adds iteration over all
-.\" arenas and frees all pages in chunks which are free.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.8 this function only freed memory at the
-top of the heap in the main arena.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sbrk (2),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man3/malloc_usable_size.3 b/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b6a73de..000000000
--- a/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH malloc_usable_size 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-malloc_usable_size \- obtain size of block of memory allocated from heap
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t malloc_usable_size(void *_Nullable " ptr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function can be used for
-diagnostics or statistics about allocations from
-.BR malloc (3)
-or a related function.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR malloc_usable_size ()
-returns a value no less than
-the size of the block of allocated memory pointed to by
-.IR ptr .
-If
-.I ptr
-is NULL, 0 is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR malloc_usable_size ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The value returned by
-.BR malloc_usable_size ()
-may be greater than the requested size of the allocation
-because of various internal implementation details,
-none of which the programmer should rely on.
-This function is intended to only be used
-for diagnostics and statistics;
-writing to the excess memory without first calling
-.BR realloc (3)
-to resize the allocation is not supported.
-The returned value is only valid at the time of the call.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man3/mallopt.3 b/man3/mallopt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 822487251..000000000
--- a/man3/mallopt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,619 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mallopt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mallopt \- set memory allocation parameters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mallopt(int " param ", int " value );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mallopt ()
-function adjusts parameters that control the behavior of the
-memory-allocation functions (see
-.BR malloc (3)).
-The
-.I param
-argument specifies the parameter to be modified, and
-.I value
-specifies the new value for that parameter.
-.P
-The following values can be specified for
-.IR param :
-.TP
-.B M_ARENA_MAX
-If this parameter has a nonzero value,
-it defines a hard limit on the maximum number of arenas that can be created.
-An arena represents a pool of memory that can be used by
-.BR malloc (3)
-(and similar) calls to service allocation requests.
-Arenas are thread safe and
-therefore may have multiple concurrent memory requests.
-The trade-off is between the number of threads and the number of arenas.
-The more arenas you have, the lower the per-thread contention,
-but the higher the memory usage.
-.IP
-The default value of this parameter is 0,
-meaning that the limit on the number of arenas is determined
-according to the setting of
-.BR M_ARENA_TEST .
-.IP
-This parameter has been available since glibc 2.10 via
-.BR \-\-enable\-experimental\-malloc ,
-and since glibc 2.15 by default.
-In some versions of the allocator there was no limit on the number
-of created arenas (e.g., CentOS 5, RHEL 5).
-.IP
-When employing newer glibc versions, applications may in
-some cases exhibit high contention when accessing arenas.
-In these cases, it may be beneficial to increase
-.B M_ARENA_MAX
-to match the number of threads.
-This is similar in behavior to strategies taken by tcmalloc and jemalloc
-(e.g., per-thread allocation pools).
-.TP
-.B M_ARENA_TEST
-This parameter specifies a value, in number of arenas created,
-at which point the system configuration will be examined
-to determine a hard limit on the number of created arenas.
-(See
-.B M_ARENA_MAX
-for the definition of an arena.)
-.IP
-The computation of the arena hard limit is implementation-defined
-and is usually calculated as a multiple of the number of available CPUs.
-Once the hard limit is computed, the result is final and constrains
-the total number of arenas.
-.IP
-The default value for the
-.B M_ARENA_TEST
-parameter is 2 on systems where
-.I sizeof(long)
-is 4; otherwise the default value is 8.
-.IP
-This parameter has been available since glibc 2.10 via
-.BR \-\-enable\-experimental\-malloc ,
-and since glibc 2.15 by default.
-.IP
-The value of
-.B M_ARENA_TEST
-is not used when
-.B M_ARENA_MAX
-has a nonzero value.
-.TP
-.B M_CHECK_ACTION
-Setting this parameter controls how glibc responds when various kinds
-of programming errors are detected (e.g., freeing the same pointer twice).
-The 3 least significant bits (2, 1, and 0) of the value assigned
-to this parameter determine the glibc behavior, as follows:
-.RS
-.TP
-Bit 0
-If this bit is set, then print a one-line message on
-.I stderr
-that provides details about the error.
-The message starts with the string "***\ glibc detected\ ***",
-followed by the program name,
-the name of the memory-allocation function in which the error was detected,
-a brief description of the error,
-and the memory address where the error was detected.
-.TP
-Bit 1
-If this bit is set, then,
-after printing any error message specified by bit 0,
-the program is terminated by calling
-.BR abort (3).
-Since glibc 2.4,
-if bit 0 is also set,
-then, between printing the error message and aborting,
-the program also prints a stack trace in the manner of
-.BR backtrace (3),
-and prints the process's memory mapping in the style of
-.IR /proc/ pid /maps
-(see
-.BR proc (5)).
-.TP
-Bit 2 (since glibc 2.4)
-This bit has an effect only if bit 0 is also set.
-If this bit is set,
-then the one-line message describing the error is simplified
-to contain just the name of the function where the error
-was detected and the brief description of the error.
-.RE
-.IP
-The remaining bits in
-.I value
-are ignored.
-.IP
-Combining the above details,
-the following numeric values are meaningful for
-.BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
-.RS 12
-.TP
-.B 0
-Ignore error conditions; continue execution (with undefined results).
-.TP
-.B 1
-Print a detailed error message and continue execution.
-.TP
-.B 2
-Abort the program.
-.TP
-.B 3
-Print detailed error message, stack trace, and memory mappings,
-and abort the program.
-.TP
-.B 5
-Print a simple error message and continue execution.
-.TP
-.B 7
-Print simple error message, stack trace, and memory mappings,
-and abort the program.
-.RE
-.IP
-Since glibc 2.3.4, the default value for the
-.B M_CHECK_ACTION
-parameter is 3.
-In glibc 2.3.3 and earlier, the default value is 1.
-.IP
-Using a nonzero
-.B M_CHECK_ACTION
-value can be useful because otherwise a crash may happen much later,
-and the true cause of the problem is then very hard to track down.
-.TP
-.B M_MMAP_MAX
-.\" The following text adapted from comments in the glibc source:
-This parameter specifies the maximum number of allocation requests that
-may be simultaneously serviced using
-.BR mmap (2).
-This parameter exists because some systems have a limited number
-of internal tables for use by
-.BR mmap (2),
-and using more than a few of them may degrade performance.
-.IP
-The default value is 65,536,
-a value which has no special significance and
-which serves only as a safeguard.
-Setting this parameter to 0 disables the use of
-.BR mmap (2)
-for servicing large allocation requests.
-.TP
-.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
-For allocations greater than or equal to the limit specified (in bytes) by
-.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
-that can't be satisfied from the free list,
-the memory-allocation functions employ
-.BR mmap (2)
-instead of increasing the program break using
-.BR sbrk (2).
-.IP
-Allocating memory using
-.BR mmap (2)
-has the significant advantage that the allocated memory blocks
-can always be independently released back to the system.
-(By contrast,
-the heap can be trimmed only if memory is freed at the top end.)
-On the other hand, there are some disadvantages to the use of
-.BR mmap (2):
-deallocated space is not placed on the free list
-for reuse by later allocations;
-memory may be wasted because
-.BR mmap (2)
-allocations must be page-aligned;
-and the kernel must perform the expensive task of zeroing out
-memory allocated via
-.BR mmap (2).
-Balancing these factors leads to a default setting of 128*1024 for the
-.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
-parameter.
-.IP
-The lower limit for this parameter is 0.
-The upper limit is
-.BR DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD_MAX :
-512*1024 on 32-bit systems or
-.I 4*1024*1024*sizeof(long)
-on 64-bit systems.
-.IP
-.IR Note :
-Nowadays, glibc uses a dynamic mmap threshold by default.
-The initial value of the threshold is 128*1024,
-but when blocks larger than the current threshold and less than or equal to
-.B DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD_MAX
-are freed,
-the threshold is adjusted upward to the size of the freed block.
-When dynamic mmap thresholding is in effect,
-the threshold for trimming the heap is also dynamically adjusted
-to be twice the dynamic mmap threshold.
-Dynamic adjustment of the mmap threshold is disabled if any of the
-.BR M_TRIM_THRESHOLD ,
-.BR M_TOP_PAD ,
-.BR M_MMAP_THRESHOLD ,
-or
-.B M_MMAP_MAX
-parameters is set.
-.TP
-.BR M_MXFAST " (since glibc 2.3)"
-.\" The following text adapted from comments in the glibc sources:
-Set the upper limit for memory allocation requests that are satisfied
-using "fastbins".
-(The measurement unit for this parameter is bytes.)
-Fastbins are storage areas that hold deallocated blocks of memory
-of the same size without merging adjacent free blocks.
-Subsequent reallocation of blocks of the same size can be handled
-very quickly by allocating from the fastbin,
-although memory fragmentation and the overall memory footprint
-of the program can increase.
-.IP
-The default value for this parameter is
-.I 64*sizeof(size_t)/4
-(i.e., 64 on 32-bit architectures).
-The range for this parameter is 0 to
-.IR 80*sizeof(size_t)/4 .
-Setting
-.B M_MXFAST
-to 0 disables the use of fastbins.
-.TP
-.BR M_PERTURB " (since glibc 2.4)"
-If this parameter is set to a nonzero value,
-then bytes of allocated memory (other than allocations via
-.BR calloc (3))
-are initialized to the complement of the value
-in the least significant byte of
-.IR value ,
-and when allocated memory is released using
-.BR free (3),
-the freed bytes are set to the least significant byte of
-.IR value .
-This can be useful for detecting errors where programs
-incorrectly rely on allocated memory being initialized to zero,
-or reuse values in memory that has already been freed.
-.IP
-The default value for this parameter is 0.
-.TP
-.B M_TOP_PAD
-This parameter defines the amount of padding to employ when calling
-.BR sbrk (2)
-to modify the program break.
-(The measurement unit for this parameter is bytes.)
-This parameter has an effect in the following circumstances:
-.RS
-.IP \[bu] 3
-When the program break is increased, then
-.B M_TOP_PAD
-bytes are added to the
-.BR sbrk (2)
-request.
-.IP \[bu]
-When the heap is trimmed as a consequence of calling
-.BR free (3)
-(see the discussion of
-.BR M_TRIM_THRESHOLD )
-this much free space is preserved at the top of the heap.
-.RE
-.IP
-In either case,
-the amount of padding is always rounded to a system page boundary.
-.IP
-Modifying
-.B M_TOP_PAD
-is a trade-off between increasing the number of system calls
-(when the parameter is set low)
-and wasting unused memory at the top of the heap
-(when the parameter is set high).
-.IP
-The default value for this parameter is 128*1024.
-.\" DEFAULT_TOP_PAD in glibc source
-.TP
-.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
-When the amount of contiguous free memory at the top of the heap
-grows sufficiently large,
-.BR free (3)
-employs
-.BR sbrk (2)
-to release this memory back to the system.
-(This can be useful in programs that continue to execute for
-a long period after freeing a significant amount of memory.)
-The
-.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
-parameter specifies the minimum size (in bytes) that
-this block of memory must reach before
-.BR sbrk (2)
-is used to trim the heap.
-.IP
-The default value for this parameter is 128*1024.
-Setting
-.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
-to \-1 disables trimming completely.
-.IP
-Modifying
-.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
-is a trade-off between increasing the number of system calls
-(when the parameter is set low)
-and wasting unused memory at the top of the heap
-(when the parameter is set high).
-.\"
-.SS Environment variables
-A number of environment variables can be defined
-to modify some of the same parameters as are controlled by
-.BR mallopt ().
-Using these variables has the advantage that the source code
-of the program need not be changed.
-To be effective, these variables must be defined before the
-first call to a memory-allocation function.
-(If the same parameters are adjusted via
-.BR mallopt (),
-then the
-.BR mallopt ()
-settings take precedence.)
-For security reasons,
-these variables are ignored in set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
-.P
-The environment variables are as follows
-(note the trailing underscore at the end of the name of some variables):
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_ARENA_MAX
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_ARENA_MAX .
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_ARENA_TEST
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_ARENA_TEST .
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_CHECK_
-This environment variable controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_CHECK_ACTION .
-If this variable is set to a nonzero value,
-then a special implementation of the memory-allocation functions is used.
-(This is accomplished using the
-.BR malloc_hook (3)
-feature.)
-This implementation performs additional error checking,
-but is slower
-.\" On glibc 2.12/x86, a simple malloc()+free() loop is about 70% slower
-.\" when MALLOC_CHECK_ was set.
-than the standard set of memory-allocation functions.
-(This implementation does not detect all possible errors;
-memory leaks can still occur.)
-.IP
-The value assigned to this environment variable should be a single digit,
-whose meaning is as described for
-.BR M_CHECK_ACTION .
-Any characters beyond the initial digit are ignored.
-.IP
-For security reasons, the effect of
-.B MALLOC_CHECK_
-is disabled by default for set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
-However, if the file
-.I /etc/suid\-debug
-exists (the content of the file is irrelevant), then
-.B MALLOC_CHECK_
-also has an effect for set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_MMAP_MAX_
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_MMAP_MAX .
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_MMAP_THRESHOLD_
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_MMAP_THRESHOLD .
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_PERTURB_
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_PERTURB .
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_TRIM_THRESHOLD_
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_TRIM_THRESHOLD .
-.TP
-.B MALLOC_TOP_PAD_
-Controls the same parameter as
-.BR mallopt ()
-.BR M_TOP_PAD .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR mallopt ()
-returns 1.
-On error, it returns 0.
-.SH ERRORS
-On error,
-.I errno
-is
-.I not
-set.
-.SH VERSIONS
-A similar function exists on many System V derivatives,
-but the range of values for
-.I param
-varies across systems.
-The SVID defined options
-.BR M_MXFAST ,
-.BR M_NLBLKS ,
-.BR M_GRAIN ,
-and
-.BR M_KEEP ,
-but only the first of these is implemented in glibc.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0.
-.SH BUGS
-Specifying an invalid value for
-.I param
-does not generate an error.
-.P
-A calculation error within the glibc implementation means that
-a call of the form:
-.\" FIXME . This looks buggy:
-.\" setting the M_MXFAST limit rounds up:    (s + SIZE_SZ) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK)
-.\" malloc requests are rounded up:
-.\"    (req) + SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12129
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-mallopt(M_MXFAST, n)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-does not result in fastbins being employed for all allocations of size up to
-.IR n .
-To ensure desired results,
-.I n
-should be rounded up to the next multiple greater than or equal to
-.IR (2k+1)*sizeof(size_t) ,
-where
-.I k
-is an integer.
-.\" Bins are multiples of 2 * sizeof(size_t) + sizeof(size_t)
-.P
-If
-.BR mallopt ()
-is used to set
-.BR M_PERTURB ,
-then, as expected, the bytes of allocated memory are initialized
-to the complement of the byte in
-.IR value ,
-and when that memory is freed,
-the bytes of the region are initialized to the byte specified in
-.IR value .
-However, there is an
-.RI off-by- sizeof(size_t)
-error in the implementation:
-.\" FIXME . https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12140
-instead of initializing precisely the block of memory
-being freed by the call
-.IR free(p) ,
-the block starting at
-.I p+sizeof(size_t)
-is initialized.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR M_CHECK_ACTION .
-If the program is supplied with an (integer) command-line argument,
-then that argument is used to set the
-.B M_CHECK_ACTION
-parameter.
-The program then allocates a block of memory,
-and frees it twice (an error).
-.P
-The following shell session shows what happens when we run this program
-under glibc, with the default value for
-.BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-main(): returned from first free() call
-*** glibc detected *** ./a.out: double free or corruption (top): 0x09d30008 ***
-======= Backtrace: =========
-/lib/libc.so.6(+0x6c501)[0x523501]
-/lib/libc.so.6(+0x6dd70)[0x524d70]
-/lib/libc.so.6(cfree+0x6d)[0x527e5d]
-\&./a.out[0x80485db]
-/lib/libc.so.6(__libc_start_main+0xe7)[0x4cdce7]
-\&./a.out[0x8048471]
-======= Memory map: ========
-001e4000\-001fe000 r\-xp 00000000 08:06 1083555    /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
-001fe000\-001ff000 r\-\-p 00019000 08:06 1083555    /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
-[some lines omitted]
-b7814000\-b7817000 rw\-p 00000000 00:00 0
-bff53000\-bff74000 rw\-p 00000000 00:00 0          [stack]
-Aborted (core dumped)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The following runs show the results when employing other values for
-.BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out 1\fP             # Diagnose error and continue
-main(): returned from first free() call
-*** glibc detected *** ./a.out: double free or corruption (top): 0x09cbe008 ***
-main(): returned from second free() call
-$ \fB./a.out 2\fP             # Abort without error message
-main(): returned from first free() call
-Aborted (core dumped)
-$ \fB./a.out 0\fP             # Ignore error and continue
-main(): returned from first free() call
-main(): returned from second free() call
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The next run shows how to set the same parameter using the
-.B MALLOC_CHECK_
-environment variable:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fBMALLOC_CHECK_=1 ./a.out\fP
-main(): returned from first free() call
-*** glibc detected *** ./a.out: free(): invalid pointer: 0x092c2008 ***
-main(): returned from second free() call
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (mallopt.c)
-.EX
-#include <malloc.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char *p;
-\&
-    if (argc > 1) {
-        if (mallopt(M_CHECK_ACTION, atoi(argv[1])) != 1) {
-            fprintf(stderr, "mallopt() failed");
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    p = malloc(1000);
-    if (p == NULL) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "malloc() failed");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    free(p);
-    printf("%s(): returned from first free() call\en", __func__);
-\&
-    free(p);
-    printf("%s(): returned from second free() call\en", __func__);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR sbrk (2),
-.BR mallinfo (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR malloc_hook (3),
-.BR malloc_info (3),
-.BR malloc_stats (3),
-.BR malloc_trim (3),
-.BR mcheck (3),
-.BR mtrace (3),
-.BR posix_memalign (3)
diff --git a/man3/matherr.3 b/man3/matherr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 66b2f0fe8..000000000
--- a/man3/matherr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH matherr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-matherr \- SVID math library exception handling
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int matherr(struct exception *" exc );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]] extern _LIB_VERSION_TYPE _LIB_VERSION;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR Note :
-the mechanism described in this page is no longer supported by glibc.
-Before glibc 2.27, it had been marked as obsolete.
-Since glibc 2.27,
-.\" glibc commit 813378e9fe17e029caf627cab76fe23eb46815fa
-the mechanism has been removed altogether.
-New applications should use the techniques described in
-.BR math_error (7)
-and
-.BR fenv (3).
-This page documents the
-.BR matherr ()
-mechanism as an aid for maintaining and porting older applications.
-.P
-The System V Interface Definition (SVID) specifies that various
-math functions should invoke a function called
-.BR matherr ()
-if a math exception is detected.
-This function is called before the math function returns;
-after
-.BR matherr ()
-returns, the system then returns to the math function,
-which in turn returns to the caller.
-.P
-To employ
-.BR matherr (),
-the programmer must define the
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-feature test macro
-(before including
-.I any
-header files),
-and assign the value
-.B _SVID_
-to the external variable
-.BR _LIB_VERSION .
-.P
-The system provides a default version of
-.BR matherr ().
-This version does nothing, and returns zero
-(see below for the significance of this).
-The default
-.BR matherr ()
-can be overridden by a programmer-defined
-version, which will be invoked when an exception occurs.
-The function is invoked with one argument, a pointer to an
-.I exception
-structure, defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct exception {
-    int    type;      /* Exception type */
-    char  *name;      /* Name of function causing exception */
-    double arg1;      /* 1st argument to function */
-    double arg2;      /* 2nd argument to function */
-    double retval;    /* Function return value */
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I type
-field has one of the following values:
-.TP 12
-.B DOMAIN
-A domain error occurred (the function argument was outside the range
-for which the function is defined).
-The return value depends on the function;
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-.TP
-.B SING
-A pole error occurred (the function result is an infinity).
-The return value in most cases is
-.B HUGE
-(the largest single precision floating-point number),
-appropriately signed.
-In most cases,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-.TP
-.B OVERFLOW
-An overflow occurred.
-In most cases, the value
-.B HUGE
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-.TP
-.B UNDERFLOW
-An underflow occurred.
-0.0 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-.TP
-.B TLOSS
-Total loss of significance.
-0.0 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-.TP
-.B PLOSS
-Partial loss of significance.
-This value is unused on glibc
-(and many other systems).
-.P
-The
-.I arg1
-and
-.I arg2
-fields are the arguments supplied to the function
-.RI ( arg2
-is undefined for functions that take only one argument).
-.P
-The
-.I retval
-field specifies the return value that the math
-function will return to its caller.
-The programmer-defined
-.BR matherr ()
-can modify this field to change the return value of the math function.
-.P
-If the
-.BR matherr ()
-function returns zero, then the system sets
-.I errno
-as described above, and may print an error message on standard error
-(see below).
-.P
-If the
-.BR matherr ()
-function returns a nonzero value, then the system does not set
-.IR errno ,
-and doesn't print an error message.
-.SS Math functions that employ matherr()
-The table below lists the functions and circumstances in which
-.BR matherr ()
-is called.
-The "Type" column indicates the value assigned to
-.I exc\->type
-when calling
-.BR matherr ().
-The "Result" column is the default return value assigned to
-.IR exc\->retval .
-.P
-The "Msg?" and "errno" columns describe the default behavior if
-.BR matherr ()
-returns zero.
-If the "Msg?" columns contains "y",
-then the system prints an error message on standard error.
-.P
-The table uses the following notations and abbreviations:
-.P
-.RS
-.TS
-l l.
-x        first argument to function
-y        second argument to function
-fin      finite value for argument
-neg      negative value for argument
-int      integral value for argument
-o/f      result overflowed
-u/f      result underflowed
-|x|      absolute value of x
-X_TLOSS  is a constant defined in \fI<math.h>\fP
-.TE
-.RE
-.\" Details below from glibc 2.8's sysdeps/ieee754/k_standard.c
-.\" A subset of cases were test by experimental programs.
-.TS
-lB lB lB cB lB
-l l l c l.
-Function	Type	Result	Msg?	errno
-acos(|x|>1)	DOMAIN	HUGE	y	EDOM
-asin(|x|>1)	DOMAIN	HUGE	y	EDOM
-atan2(0,0)	DOMAIN	HUGE	y	EDOM
-acosh(x<1)	DOMAIN	NAN	y	EDOM	\" retval is 0.0/0.0
-atanh(|x|>1)	DOMAIN	NAN	y	EDOM	\" retval is 0.0/0.0
-atanh(|x|==1)	SING	(x>0.0)?	y	EDOM	\" retval is x/0.0
-\ 	\ 	HUGE_VAL :
-\ 	\ 	\-HUGE_VAL
-cosh(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-sinh(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	(x>0.0) ?	n	ERANGE
-\ 	\ 	HUGE : \-HUGE
-sqrt(x<0)	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM
-hypot(fin,fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-exp(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-exp(fin) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
-exp2(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-exp2(fin) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
-exp10(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-exp10(fin) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
-j0(|x|>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
-j1(|x|>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
-jn(|x|>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
-y0(x>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
-y1(x>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
-yn(x>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
-y0(0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-y0(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-y1(0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-y1(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-yn(n,0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-yn(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-lgamma(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-lgamma(\-int) or	SING	HUGE	y	EDOM
-\ \ lgamma(0)
-tgamma(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE_VAL	n	ERANGE
-tgamma(\-int)	SING	NAN	y	EDOM
-tgamma(0)	SING	copysign(	y	ERANGE
-\ 	\ 	HUGE_VAL,x)
-log(0)	SING	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-log(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-log2(0)	SING	\-HUGE	n	EDOM	\" different from log()
-log2(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	n	EDOM	\" different from log()
-log10(0)	SING	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-log10(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
-pow(0.0,0.0)	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM
-pow(x,y) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
-pow(x,y) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
-pow(NaN,0.0)	DOMAIN	x	n	EDOM
-0**neg	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM	\" +0 and -0
-neg**non-int	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM
-scalb() o/f	OVERFLOW	(x>0.0) ?	n	ERANGE
-\ 	\ 	HUGE_VAL :
-\ 	\ 	\-HUGE_VAL
-scalb() u/f	UNDERFLOW	copysign(	n	ERANGE
-\ 	\ 	\ \ 0.0,x)
-fmod(x,0)	DOMAIN	x	y	EDOM
-remainder(x,0)	DOMAIN	NAN	y	EDOM	\" retval is 0.0/0.0
-.TE
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR matherr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The example program demonstrates the use of
-.BR matherr ()
-when calling
-.BR log (3).
-The program takes up to three command-line arguments.
-The first argument is the floating-point number to be given to
-.BR log (3).
-If the optional second argument is provided, then
-.B _LIB_VERSION
-is set to
-.B _SVID_
-so that
-.BR matherr ()
-is called, and the integer supplied in the
-command-line argument is used as the return value from
-.BR matherr ().
-If the optional third command-line argument is supplied,
-then it specifies an alternative return value that
-.BR matherr ()
-should assign as the return value of the math function.
-.P
-The following example run, where
-.BR log (3)
-is given an argument of 0.0, does not use
-.BR matherr ():
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0"
-errno: Numerical result out of range
-x=\-inf
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the following run,
-.BR matherr ()
-is called, and returns 0:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 0"
-matherr SING exception in log() function
-        args:   0.000000, 0.000000
-        retval: \-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
-log: SING error
-errno: Numerical argument out of domain
-x=\-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The message "log: SING error" was printed by the C library.
-.P
-In the following run,
-.BR matherr ()
-is called, and returns a nonzero value:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 1"
-matherr SING exception in log() function
-        args:   0.000000, 0.000000
-        retval: \-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
-x=\-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In this case, the C library did not print a message, and
-.I errno
-was not set.
-.P
-In the following run,
-.BR matherr ()
-is called, changes the return value of the math function,
-and returns a nonzero value:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 1 12345.0"
-matherr SING exception in log() function
-        args:   0.000000, 0.000000
-        retval: \-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
-x=12345.000000
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (matherr.c)
-.EX
-#define _SVID_SOURCE
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-static int matherr_ret = 0;     /* Value that matherr()
-                                   should return */
-static int change_retval = 0;   /* Should matherr() change
-                                   function\[aq]s return value? */
-static double new_retval;       /* New function return value */
-\&
-int
-matherr(struct exception *exc)
-{
-    fprintf(stderr, "matherr %s exception in %s() function\en",
-            (exc\->type == DOMAIN) ?    "DOMAIN" :
-            (exc\->type == OVERFLOW) ?  "OVERFLOW" :
-            (exc\->type == UNDERFLOW) ? "UNDERFLOW" :
-            (exc\->type == SING) ?      "SING" :
-            (exc\->type == TLOSS) ?     "TLOSS" :
-            (exc\->type == PLOSS) ?     "PLOSS" : "???",
-            exc\->name);
-    fprintf(stderr, "        args:   %f, %f\en",
-            exc\->arg1, exc\->arg2);
-    fprintf(stderr, "        retval: %f\en", exc\->retval);
-\&
-    if (change_retval)
-        exc\->retval = new_retval;
-\&
-    return matherr_ret;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    double x;
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <argval>"
-                " [<matherr\-ret> [<new\-func\-retval>]]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (argc > 2) {
-        _LIB_VERSION = _SVID_;
-        matherr_ret = atoi(argv[2]);
-    }
-\&
-    if (argc > 3) {
-        change_retval = 1;
-        new_retval = atof(argv[3]);
-    }
-\&
-    x = log(atof(argv[1]));
-    if (errno != 0)
-        perror("errno");
-\&
-    printf("x=%f\en", x);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fenv (3),
-.BR math_error (7),
-.BR standards (7)
diff --git a/man3/mblen.3 b/man3/mblen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c2e421de9..000000000
--- a/man3/mblen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mblen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mblen \- determine number of bytes in next multibyte character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mblen(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I s
-is not NULL, the
-.BR mblen ()
-function inspects at most
-.I n
-bytes of the multibyte string starting at
-.I s
-and extracts the
-next complete multibyte character.
-It uses a static anonymous shift state known only to the
-.BR mblen ()
-function.
-If the multibyte character is not the null wide
-character, it returns the number of bytes that were consumed from
-.IR s .
-If the multibyte character is the null wide character, it returns 0.
-.P
-If the
-.I n
-bytes starting at
-.I s
-do not contain a complete multibyte
-character,
-.BR mblen ()
-returns \-1.
-This can happen even if
-.I n
-is greater than or equal to
-.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
-if the multibyte string contains redundant shift sequences.
-.P
-If the multibyte string starting at
-.I s
-contains an invalid multibyte
-sequence before the next complete character,
-.BR mblen ()
-also returns \-1.
-.P
-If
-.I s
-is NULL, the
-.BR mblen ()
-function
-.\" The Dinkumware doc and the Single UNIX specification say this, but
-.\" glibc doesn't implement this.
-resets the shift state, known to only this function, to the initial state, and
-returns nonzero if the encoding has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the
-encoding is stateless.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mblen ()
-function returns the number of
-bytes parsed from the multibyte
-sequence starting at
-.IR s ,
-if a non-null wide character was recognized.
-It returns 0, if a null wide character was recognized.
-It returns \-1, if an
-invalid multibyte sequence was encountered or if it couldn't parse a complete
-multibyte character.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mblen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The function
-.BR mbrlen (3)
-provides a better interface to the same
-functionality.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mblen ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mbrlen (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbrlen.3 b/man3/mbrlen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ae147f2bb..000000000
--- a/man3/mbrlen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mbrlen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbrlen \- determine number of bytes in next multibyte character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t mbrlen(const char " s "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
-.BI "              mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mbrlen ()
-function inspects at most
-.I n
-bytes of the multibyte
-string starting at
-.I s
-and extracts the next complete multibyte character.
-It updates the shift state
-.IR *ps .
-If the multibyte character is not the
-null wide character, it returns the number of bytes that were consumed from
-.IR s .
-If the multibyte character is the null wide character, it resets the
-shift state
-.I *ps
-to the initial state and returns 0.
-.P
-If the
-.I n
-bytes starting at
-.I s
-do not contain a complete multibyte
-character,
-.BR mbrlen ()
-returns
-.IR "(size_t)\ \-2" .
-This can happen even if
-.I n
->=
-.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
-if the multibyte string contains redundant shift
-sequences.
-.P
-If the multibyte string starting at
-.I s
-contains an invalid multibyte
-sequence before the next complete character,
-.BR mbrlen ()
-returns
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-In this case,
-the effects on
-.I *ps
-are undefined.
-.P
-If
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous state known only to the
-.BR mbrlen ()
-function is used instead.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mbrlen ()
-function returns the number of bytes
-parsed from the multibyte
-sequence starting at
-.IR s ,
-if a non-null wide character was recognized.
-It returns 0, if a null wide character was recognized.
-It returns
-.I "(size_t)\ \-1"
-and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EILSEQ ,
-if an invalid multibyte sequence was
-encountered.
-It returns
-.I (size_t)\ \-2
-if it couldn't parse a complete multibyte
-character, meaning that
-.I n
-should be increased.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbrlen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:mbrlen/!ps
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbrlen ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mbrtowc (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbrtowc.3 b/man3/mbrtowc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 26d29b255..000000000
--- a/man3/mbrtowc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mbrtowc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbrtowc \- convert a multibyte sequence to a wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t mbrtowc(wchar_t *restrict " pwc ", const char " s "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "               size_t " n ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The main case for this function is when
-.I s
-is not NULL and
-.I pwc
-is
-not NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-function inspects at most
-.I n
-bytes of the multibyte string starting at
-.IR s ,
-extracts the next complete
-multibyte character, converts it to a wide character and stores it at
-.IR *pwc .
-It updates the shift state
-.IR *ps .
-If the converted wide
-character is not L\[aq]\e0\[aq] (the null wide character),
-it returns the number of bytes that were consumed
-from
-.IR s .
-If the converted wide character is L\[aq]\e0\[aq], it resets the shift
-state
-.I *ps
-to the initial state and returns 0.
-.P
-If the
-.I n
-bytes starting at
-.I s
-do not contain a complete multibyte
-character,
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-returns
-.IR "(size_t)\ \-2" .
-This can happen even if
-.I n
->=
-.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
-if the multibyte string contains redundant shift
-sequences.
-.P
-If the multibyte string starting at
-.I s
-contains an invalid multibyte
-sequence before the next complete character,
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-returns
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-In this case,
-the effects on
-.I *ps
-are undefined.
-.P
-A different case is when
-.I s
-is not NULL but
-.I pwc
-is NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-function behaves as above, except that it does not
-store the converted wide character in memory.
-.P
-A third case is when
-.I s
-is NULL.
-In this case,
-.I pwc
-and
-.I n
-are
-ignored.
-If the conversion state represented by
-.I *ps
-denotes an
-incomplete multibyte character conversion, the
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-function
-returns
-.IR "(size_t)\ \-1" ,
-sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EILSEQ ,
-and
-leaves
-.I *ps
-in an undefined state.
-Otherwise, the
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-function
-puts
-.I *ps
-in the initial state and returns 0.
-.P
-In all of the above cases, if
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous
-state known only to the
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-function is used instead.
-Otherwise,
-.I *ps
-must be a valid
-.I mbstate_t
-object.
-An
-.I mbstate_t
-object
-.I a
-can be initialized to the initial state
-by zeroing it, for example using
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-memset(&a, 0, sizeof(a));
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-function returns the number of bytes parsed from the
-multibyte sequence starting at
-.IR s ,
-if a non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide character
-was recognized.
-It returns 0, if a L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide character was recognized.
-It returns
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EILSEQ ,
-if an invalid multibyte sequence was
-encountered.
-It returns
-.I "(size_t)\ \-2"
-if it couldn't parse a complete multibyte
-character, meaning that
-.I n
-should be increased.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:mbrtowc/!ps
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbrtowc ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mbsinit (3),
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbsinit.3 b/man3/mbsinit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ace32b69..000000000
--- a/man3/mbsinit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mbsinit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbsinit \- test for initial shift state
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *" ps );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Character conversion between the multibyte representation and the wide
-character representation uses conversion state, of type
-.IR mbstate_t .
-Conversion of a string uses a finite-state machine; when it is interrupted
-after the complete conversion of a number of characters, it may need to
-save a state for processing the remaining characters.
-Such a conversion
-state is needed for the sake of encodings such as ISO/IEC\~2022 and UTF-7.
-.P
-The initial state is the state at the beginning of conversion of a string.
-There are two kinds of state: the one used by multibyte to wide character
-conversion functions, such as
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3),
-and the one used by wide
-character to multibyte conversion functions, such as
-.BR wcsrtombs (3),
-but they both fit in a
-.IR mbstate_t ,
-and they both have the same
-representation for an initial state.
-.P
-For 8-bit encodings, all states are equivalent to the initial state.
-For multibyte encodings like UTF-8, EUC-*, BIG5, or SJIS, the wide character
-to multibyte conversion functions never produce non-initial states, but the
-multibyte to wide-character conversion functions like
-.BR mbrtowc (3)
-do
-produce non-initial states when interrupted in the middle of a character.
-.P
-One possible way to create an
-.I mbstate_t
-in initial state is to set it to zero:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-mbstate_t state;
-memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-On Linux, the following works as well, but might generate compiler warnings:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-mbstate_t state = { 0 };
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The function
-.BR mbsinit ()
-tests whether
-.I *ps
-corresponds to an
-initial state.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR mbsinit ()
-returns nonzero if
-.I *ps
-is an initial state, or if
-.I ps
-is NULL.
-Otherwise, it returns 0.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbsinit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbsinit ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mbrlen (3),
-.BR mbrtowc (3),
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3),
-.BR wcrtomb (3),
-.BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3 b/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a8447e594..000000000
--- a/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH mbsnrtowcs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbsnrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." len "], const char **restrict " src ,
-.BI "                  size_t " nms ", size_t " len \
-", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
-function is like the
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
-function, except that
-the number of bytes to be converted, starting at
-.IR *src ,
-is limited to at most
-.I nms
-bytes.
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is not NULL, the
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
-function converts at
-most
-.I nms
-bytes from the
-multibyte string
-.I *src
-to a wide-character string starting at
-.IR dest .
-At most
-.I len
-wide characters are written to
-.IR dest .
-The shift state
-.I *ps
-is updated.
-The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
-calling
-.I "mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps)"
-where
-.I n
-is some
-positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing
-.I dest
-by one and
-.I *src
-by the number of bytes consumed.
-The
-conversion can stop for three reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered.
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned,
-and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.IP \[bu]
-The
-.I nms
-limit forces a stop,
-or
-.I len
-non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters
-have been stored at
-.IR dest .
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing to the
-next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters
-written to
-.I dest
-is returned.
-.IP \[bu]
-The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the
-terminating null wide character (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
-(which has the side effect of bringing back
-.I *ps
-to the
-initial state).
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is set to NULL, and the number of wide
-characters written to
-.IR dest ,
-excluding the terminating null wide character,
-is returned.
-.P
-According to POSIX.1,
-if the input buffer ends with an incomplete character,
-it is unspecified whether conversion stops at the end of
-the previous character (if any), or at the end of the input buffer.
-The glibc implementation adopts the former behavior.
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is NULL,
-.I len
-is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
-above, except that the converted wide characters
-are not written out to memory,
-and that no destination length limit exists.
-.P
-In both of the above cases, if
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous
-state known only to the
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
-function is used instead.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I len
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
-function returns the number of wide characters
-that make up the converted part of the wide-character string,
-not including the terminating null wide character.
-If an invalid multibyte sequence was
-encountered,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:mbsnrtowcs/!ps
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-Passing NULL as
-.I ps
-is not multithread safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv (3),
-.BR mbrtowc (3),
-.BR mbsinit (3),
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbsrtowcs.3 b/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f061672b7..000000000
--- a/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mbsrtowcs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbsrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string (restartable)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t mbsrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." dsize ],
-.BI "                 const char **restrict " src ,
-.BI "                 size_t " dsize ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I dest
-is not NULL,
-convert the
-multibyte string
-.I *src
-to a wide-character string starting at
-.IR dest .
-At most
-.I dsize
-wide characters are written to
-.IR dest .
-The shift state
-.I *ps
-is updated.
-The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
-calling
-.I "mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps)"
-where
-.I n
-is some
-positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing
-.I dest
-by one and
-.I *src
-by the number of bytes consumed.
-The conversion can stop for three reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered.
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned,
-and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.IP \[bu]
-.I dsize
-non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters have been stored at
-.IR dest .
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing to the next
-multibyte sequence to be converted,
-and the number of wide characters written to
-.I dest
-is returned.
-.IP \[bu]
-The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the
-terminating null wide character (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), which has the side
-effect of bringing back
-.I *ps
-to the
-initial state.
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is set to NULL, and the number of wide
-characters written to
-.IR dest ,
-excluding the terminating null wide character, is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is NULL,
-.I dsize
-is ignored,
-and the conversion proceeds as above,
-except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory,
-and that no length limit exists.
-.P
-In both of the above cases,
-if
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous
-state known only to the
-.BR mbsrtowcs ()
-function is used instead.
-.P
-In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
-.I dsize
-is
-greater than or equal to
-.IR "mbsrtowcs(NULL,src,0,ps)+1" .
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I dsize
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.P
-This function is a restartable version of
-.BR mbstowcs (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The number of wide characters that make
-up the converted part of the wide-character string, not including the
-terminating null wide character.
-If an invalid multibyte sequence was
-encountered,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbsrtowcs ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:mbsrtowcs/!ps
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbsrtowcs ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-Passing NULL as
-.I ps
-is not multithread safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv (3),
-.BR mbrtowc (3),
-.BR mbsinit (3),
-.BR mbsnrtowcs (3),
-.BR mbstowcs (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbstowcs.3 b/man3/mbstowcs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f08ce3258..000000000
--- a/man3/mbstowcs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\" and Copyright 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mbstowcs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbstowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t mbstowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." dsize "], \
-const char *restrict " src ,
-.BI "                size_t " dsize );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I dest
-is not NULL,
-convert the
-multibyte string
-.I src
-to a wide-character string starting at
-.IR dest .
-At most
-.I dsize
-wide characters are written to
-.IR dest .
-The sequence of characters in the string
-.I src
-shall begin in the initial shift state.
-The conversion can stop for three reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered.
-In this case,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned.
-.IP \[bu]
-.I dsize
-non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters have been stored at
-.IR dest .
-In this case, the number of wide characters written to
-.I dest
-is returned, but the
-shift state at this point is lost.
-.IP \[bu]
-The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the
-terminating null character (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-In this case, the number of wide characters written to
-.IR dest ,
-excluding the terminating null wide character, is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is NULL,
-.I dsize
-is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
-above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory,
-and that no length limit exists.
-.P
-In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
-.I dsize
-is
-greater than or equal to
-.IR "mbstowcs(NULL,src,0)+1" .
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I dsize
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The number of wide characters that make
-up the converted part of the wide-character string, not including the
-terminating null wide character.
-If an invalid multibyte sequence was
-encountered,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbstowcs ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The function
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
-provides a better interface to the same
-functionality.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbstowcs ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below illustrates the use of
-.BR mbstowcs (),
-as well as some of the wide character classification functions.
-An example run is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ ./t_mbstowcs de_DE.UTF\-8 Grüße!
-Length of source string (excluding terminator):
-    8 bytes
-    6 multibyte characters
-\&
-Wide character string is: Grüße! (6 characters)
-    G alpha upper
-    r alpha lower
-    ü alpha lower
-    ß alpha lower
-    e alpha lower
-    ! !alpha
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (mbstowcs.c)
-.EX
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <wchar.h>
-#include <wctype.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    size_t mbslen;      /* Number of multibyte characters in source */
-    wchar_t *wcs;       /* Pointer to converted wide character string */
-\&
-    if (argc < 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <locale> <string>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Apply the specified locale. */
-\&
-    if (setlocale(LC_ALL, argv[1]) == NULL) {
-        perror("setlocale");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Calculate the length required to hold argv[2] converted to
-       a wide character string. */
-\&
-    mbslen = mbstowcs(NULL, argv[2], 0);
-    if (mbslen == (size_t) \-1) {
-        perror("mbstowcs");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Describe the source string to the user. */
-\&
-    printf("Length of source string (excluding terminator):\en");
-    printf("    %zu bytes\en", strlen(argv[2]));
-    printf("    %zu multibyte characters\en\en", mbslen);
-\&
-    /* Allocate wide character string of the desired size.  Add 1
-       to allow for terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]). */
-\&
-    wcs = calloc(mbslen + 1, sizeof(*wcs));
-    if (wcs == NULL) {
-        perror("calloc");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Convert the multibyte character string in argv[2] to a
-       wide character string. */
-\&
-    if (mbstowcs(wcs, argv[2], mbslen + 1) == (size_t) \-1) {
-        perror("mbstowcs");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("Wide character string is: %ls (%zu characters)\en",
-           wcs, mbslen);
-\&
-    /* Now do some inspection of the classes of the characters in
-       the wide character string. */
-\&
-    for (wchar_t *wp = wcs; *wp != 0; wp++) {
-        printf("    %lc ", (wint_t) *wp);
-\&
-        if (!iswalpha(*wp))
-            printf("!");
-        printf("alpha ");
-\&
-        if (iswalpha(*wp)) {
-            if (iswupper(*wp))
-                printf("upper ");
-\&
-            if (iswlower(*wp))
-                printf("lower ");
-        }
-\&
-        putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mblen (3),
-.BR mbsrtowcs (3),
-.BR mbtowc (3),
-.BR wcstombs (3),
-.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man3/mbtowc.3 b/man3/mbtowc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08739facb..000000000
--- a/man3/mbtowc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH mbtowc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mbtowc \- convert a multibyte sequence to a wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mbtowc(wchar_t *restrict " pwc ", const char " s "[restrict ." n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The main case for this function is when
-.I s
-is not NULL and
-.I pwc
-is
-not NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR mbtowc ()
-function inspects at most
-.I n
-bytes of the multibyte string starting at
-.IR s ,
-extracts the next complete
-multibyte character, converts it to a wide character and stores it at
-.IR *pwc .
-It updates an internal shift state known only to the
-.BR mbtowc ()
-function.
-If
-.I s
-does not point to a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), it returns the number
-of bytes that were consumed from
-.IR s ,
-otherwise it returns 0.
-.P
-If the
-.I n
-bytes starting at
-.I s
-do not contain a complete multibyte
-character, or if they contain an invalid multibyte sequence,
-.BR mbtowc ()
-returns \-1.
-This can happen even if
-.I n
->=
-.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
-if the multibyte string contains redundant shift sequences.
-.P
-A different case is when
-.I s
-is not NULL but
-.I pwc
-is NULL.
-In this case, the
-.BR mbtowc ()
-function behaves as above, except that it does not
-store the converted wide character in memory.
-.P
-A third case is when
-.I s
-is NULL.
-In this case,
-.I pwc
-and
-.I n
-are
-ignored.
-The
-.BR mbtowc ()
-function
-.\" The Dinkumware doc and the Single UNIX specification say this, but
-.\" glibc doesn't implement this.
-resets the shift state, only known to this function,
-to the initial state, and
-returns nonzero if the encoding has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the
-encoding is stateless.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.I s
-is not NULL, the
-.BR mbtowc ()
-function returns the number of
-consumed bytes starting at
-.IR s ,
-or 0 if
-.I s
-points to a null byte,
-or \-1 upon failure.
-.P
-If
-.I s
-is NULL, the
-.BR mbtowc ()
-function
-returns nonzero if the encoding
-has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the encoding is stateless.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mbtowc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-This function is not multithread safe.
-The function
-.BR mbrtowc (3)
-provides
-a better interface to the same functionality.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR mbtowc ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR MB_CUR_MAX (3),
-.BR mblen (3),
-.BR mbrtowc (3),
-.BR mbstowcs (3),
-.BR wcstombs (3),
-.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man3/mcheck.3 b/man3/mcheck.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4b2920c19..000000000
--- a/man3/mcheck.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mcheck 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mcheck, mcheck_check_all, mcheck_pedantic, mprobe \- heap consistency checking
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mcheck.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mcheck(void (*" abortfunc ")(enum mcheck_status " mstatus ));
-.BI "int mcheck_pedantic(void (*" abortfunc ")(enum mcheck_status " mstatus ));
-.B void mcheck_check_all(void);
-.P
-.BI "enum mcheck_status mprobe(void *" ptr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mcheck ()
-function installs a set of debugging hooks for the
-.BR malloc (3)
-family of memory-allocation functions.
-These hooks cause certain consistency checks to be performed
-on the state of the heap.
-The checks can detect application errors such as freeing a block of memory
-more than once or corrupting the bookkeeping data structures
-that immediately precede a block of allocated memory.
-.P
-To be effective, the
-.BR mcheck ()
-function must be called before the first call to
-.BR malloc (3)
-or a related function.
-In cases where this is difficult to ensure, linking the program with
-.I \-lmcheck
-inserts an implicit call to
-.BR mcheck ()
-(with a NULL argument)
-before the first call to a memory-allocation function.
-.P
-The
-.BR mcheck_pedantic ()
-function is similar to
-.BR mcheck (),
-but performs checks on all allocated blocks whenever
-one of the memory-allocation functions is called.
-This can be very slow!
-.P
-The
-.BR mcheck_check_all ()
-function causes an immediate check on all allocated blocks.
-This call is effective only if
-.BR mcheck ()
-is called beforehand.
-.P
-If the system detects an inconsistency in the heap,
-the caller-supplied function pointed to by
-.I abortfunc
-is invoked with a single argument,
-.IR mstatus ,
-that indicates what type of inconsistency was detected.
-If
-.I abortfunc
-is NULL, a default function prints an error message on
-.I stderr
-and calls
-.BR abort (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR mprobe ()
-function performs a consistency check on
-the block of allocated memory pointed to by
-.IR ptr .
-The
-.BR mcheck ()
-function should be called beforehand (otherwise
-.BR mprobe ()
-returns
-.BR MCHECK_DISABLED ).
-.P
-The following list describes the values returned by
-.BR mprobe ()
-or passed as the
-.I mstatus
-argument when
-.I abortfunc
-is invoked:
-.TP
-.BR MCHECK_DISABLED " (" mprobe "() only)"
-.BR mcheck ()
-was not called before the first memory allocation function was called.
-Consistency checking is not possible.
-.TP
-.BR MCHECK_OK " (" mprobe "() only)"
-No inconsistency detected.
-.TP
-.B MCHECK_HEAD
-Memory preceding an allocated block was clobbered.
-.TP
-.B MCHECK_TAIL
-Memory following an allocated block was clobbered.
-.TP
-.B
-MCHECK_FREE
-A block of memory was freed twice.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR mcheck ()
-and
-.BR mcheck_pedantic ()
-return 0 on success, or \-1 on error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mcheck (),
-.BR mcheck_pedantic (),
-.BR mcheck_check_all (),
-.BR mprobe ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:mcheck
-const:malloc_hooks
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR mcheck_pedantic ()
-.TQ
-.BR mcheck_check_all ()
-glibc 2.2.
-.TP
-.BR mcheck ()
-.TQ
-.BR mprobe ()
-glibc 2.0.
-.SH NOTES
-Linking a program with
-.I \-lmcheck
-and using the
-.B MALLOC_CHECK_
-environment variable (described in
-.BR mallopt (3))
-cause the same kinds of errors to be detected.
-But, using
-.B MALLOC_CHECK_
-does not require the application to be relinked.
-.\" But is MALLOC_CHECK_ slower?
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below calls
-.BR mcheck ()
-with a NULL argument and then frees the same block of memory twice.
-The following shell session demonstrates what happens
-when running the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-About to free
-\&
-About to free a second time
-block freed twice
-Aborted (core dumped)
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (mcheck.c)
-.EX
-#include <mcheck.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char *p;
-\&
-    if (mcheck(NULL) != 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "mcheck() failed\en");
-\&
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    p = malloc(1000);
-\&
-    fprintf(stderr, "About to free\en");
-    free(p);
-    fprintf(stderr, "\enAbout to free a second time\en");
-    free(p);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR mallopt (3),
-.BR mtrace (3)
diff --git a/man3/mcheck_check_all.3 b/man3/mcheck_check_all.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4baeaf2a5..000000000
--- a/man3/mcheck_check_all.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mcheck.3
diff --git a/man3/mcheck_pedantic.3 b/man3/mcheck_pedantic.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4baeaf2a5..000000000
--- a/man3/mcheck_pedantic.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mcheck.3
diff --git a/man3/memalign.3 b/man3/memalign.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 791d4c801..000000000
--- a/man3/memalign.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man3/memccpy.3 b/man3/memccpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ba805176..000000000
--- a/man3/memccpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:57:24 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memccpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memccpy \- copy memory area
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memccpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "              int " c ", size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memccpy ()
-function copies no more than
-.I n
-bytes from
-memory area
-.I src
-to memory area
-.IR dest ,
-stopping when the
-character
-.I c
-is found.
-.P
-If the memory areas overlap, the results are undefined.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memccpy ()
-function returns a pointer to the next character
-in
-.I dest
-after
-.IR c ,
-or NULL if
-.I c
-was not found in the
-first
-.I n
-characters of
-.IR src .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memccpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bcopy (3),
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR memcpy (3),
-.BR memmove (3),
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR strncpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/memchr.3 b/man3/memchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bb598c7d4..000000000
--- a/man3/memchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Mon Apr 12 12:49:57 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:56:22 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Wed Feb 20 21:09:36 2002, Ian Redfern (redferni@logica.com)
-.\" 2008-07-09, mtk, add rawmemchr()
-.\"
-.TH memchr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memchr, memrchr, rawmemchr \- scan memory for a character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.BI "void *memrchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void *rawmemchr(const void *" s ", int " c );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR memrchr (),
-.BR rawmemchr ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memchr ()
-function scans the initial
-.I n
-bytes of the memory
-area pointed to by
-.I s
-for the first instance of
-.IR c .
-Both
-.I c
-and the bytes of the memory area pointed to by
-.I s
-are interpreted as
-.IR "unsigned char" .
-.P
-The
-.BR memrchr ()
-function is like the
-.BR memchr ()
-function,
-except that it searches backward from the end of the
-.I n
-bytes pointed to by
-.I s
-instead of forward from the beginning.
-.P
-The
-.BR rawmemchr ()
-function is similar to
-.BR memchr (),
-but it assumes
-(i.e., the programmer knows for certain)
-that an instance of
-.I c
-lies somewhere in the memory area starting at the location pointed to by
-.IR s .
-If an instance of
-.I c
-is not found, the behavior is undefined.
-Use either
-.BR strlen (3)
-or
-.BR memchr (3)
-instead.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memchr ()
-and
-.BR memrchr ()
-functions return a pointer
-to the matching byte or NULL if the character does not occur in
-the given memory area.
-.P
-The
-.BR rawmemchr ()
-function returns a pointer to the matching byte.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memchr (),
-.BR memrchr (),
-.BR rawmemchr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR memchr ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR memrchr ()
-.TQ
-.BR rawmemchr ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR memchr ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR memrchr ()
-glibc 2.2.
-.TP
-.BR rawmemchr ()
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR ffs (3),
-.BR memmem (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strrchr (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR wmemchr (3)
diff --git a/man3/memcmp.3 b/man3/memcmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 206ddad72..000000000
--- a/man3/memcmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:55:27 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memcmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memcmp \- compare memory areas
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "int memcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memcmp ()
-function compares the first \fIn\fP bytes (each interpreted as
-.IR "unsigned char" )
-of the memory areas \fIs1\fP and \fIs2\fP.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memcmp ()
-function returns an integer less than, equal to, or
-greater than zero if the first \fIn\fP bytes of \fIs1\fP is found,
-respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than the first
-\fIn\fP bytes of \fIs2\fP.
-.P
-For a nonzero return value, the sign is determined by the sign of
-the difference between the first pair of bytes (interpreted as
-.IR "unsigned char" )
-that differ in
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 .
-.P
-If
-.I n
-is zero, the return value is zero.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memcmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Do not use
-.BR memcmp ()
-to compare confidential data,
-such as cryptographic secrets,
-because the CPU time required for the comparison
-depends on the contents of the addresses compared,
-this function is subject to timing-based side-channel attacks.
-In such cases,
-a function that performs comparisons in deterministic time,
-depending only on
-.I n
-(the quantity of bytes compared)
-is required.
-Some operating systems provide such a function (e.g., NetBSD's
-.BR consttime_memequal ()),
-but no such function is specified in POSIX.
-On Linux, you may need to implement such a function yourself.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR strncasecmp (3),
-.BR strncmp (3),
-.BR wmemcmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/memcpy.3 b/man3/memcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c97f6701a..000000000
--- a/man3/memcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:09 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memcpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memcpy \- copy memory area
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memcpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "             size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memcpy ()
-function copies \fIn\fP bytes from memory area
-\fIsrc\fP to memory area \fIdest\fP.
-The memory areas must not overlap.
-Use
-.BR memmove (3)
-if the memory areas do overlap.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memcpy ()
-function returns a pointer to \fIdest\fP.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memcpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Failure to observe the requirement that the memory areas
-do not overlap has been the source of significant bugs.
-(POSIX and the C standards are explicit that employing
-.BR memcpy ()
-with overlapping areas produces undefined behavior.)
-Most notably, in glibc 2.13
-.\" glibc commit 6fb8cbcb58a29fff73eb2101b34caa19a7f88eba
-a performance optimization of
-.BR memcpy ()
-on some platforms (including x86-64) included changing the order
-.\" From forward copying to backward copying
-in which bytes were copied from
-.I src
-to
-.IR dest .
-.P
-This change revealed breakages in a number of applications that performed
-copying with overlapping areas.
-.\" Adobe Flash player was the highest profile example:
-.\"   https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=638477
-.\"   Reported: 2010-09-29 02:35 EDT by JCHuynh
-.\"   Bug 638477 - Strange sound on mp3 flash website
-.\"
-.\"   https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12518
-.\"   Bug 12518 - memcpy acts randomly (and differently) with overlapping areas
-.\"   Reported:       2011-02-25 02:26 UTC by Linus Torvalds
-.\"
-Under the previous implementation,
-the order in which the bytes were copied had fortuitously hidden the bug,
-which was revealed when the copying order was reversed.
-In glibc 2.14,
-.\" glibc commit 0354e355014b7bfda32622e0255399d859862fcd
-a versioned symbol was added so that old binaries
-(i.e., those linked against glibc versions earlier than 2.14)
-employed a
-.BR memcpy ()
-implementation that safely handles the overlapping buffers case
-(by providing an "older"
-.BR memcpy ()
-implementation that was aliased to
-.BR memmove (3)).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bcopy (3),
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR memccpy (3),
-.BR memmove (3),
-.BR mempcpy (3),
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR strncpy (3),
-.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/memfrob.3 b/man3/memfrob.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 319717707..000000000
--- a/man3/memfrob.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:54:45 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memfrob 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memfrob \- frobnicate (obfuscate) a memory area
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memfrob(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memfrob ()
-function obfuscates the first \fIn\fP bytes of the
-memory area \fIs\fP by exclusive-ORing each character with the number
-42.
-The effect can be reversed by using
-.BR memfrob ()
-on the
-obfuscated memory area.
-.P
-Note that this function is not a proper encryption routine as the XOR
-constant is fixed, and is suitable only for hiding strings.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memfrob ()
-function returns a pointer to the obfuscated memory
-area.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memfrob ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR strfry (3)
diff --git a/man3/memmem.3 b/man3/memmem.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a807412b0..000000000
--- a/man3/memmem.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:50:48 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Interchanged 'needle' and 'haystack'; added history, aeb, 980113.
-.TH memmem 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memmem \- locate a substring
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memmem(const void " haystack [. haystacklen "], size_t " haystacklen ,
-.BI "             const void " needle [. needlelen "], size_t " needlelen  );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memmem ()
-function finds the start of the first occurrence
-of the substring
-.I needle
-of length
-.I needlelen
-in the memory
-area
-.I haystack
-of length
-.IR haystacklen .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memmem ()
-function returns a pointer to the beginning of the
-substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memmem ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-musl libc 0.9.7;
-FreeBSD 6.0, OpenBSD 5.4, NetBSD, Illumos.
-.SH BUGS
-.\" This function was broken in Linux libraries up to and including libc 5.0.9;
-.\" there the
-.\" .IR needle
-.\" and
-.\" .I haystack
-.\" arguments were interchanged,
-.\" and a pointer to the end of the first occurrence of
-.\" .I needle
-.\" was returned.
-.\"
-.\" Both old and new libc's have the bug that if
-.\" .I needle
-.\" is empty,
-.\" .I haystack\-1
-.\" (instead of
-.\" .IR haystack )
-.\" is returned.
-In glibc 2.0, if
-.I needle
-is empty,
-.BR memmem ()
-returns a pointer to the last byte of
-.IR haystack .
-This is fixed in glibc 2.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR strstr (3)
diff --git a/man3/memmove.3 b/man3/memmove.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e68c54547..000000000
--- a/man3/memmove.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:49:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memmove 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memmove \- copy memory area
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memmove(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memmove ()
-function copies
-.I n
-bytes from memory area
-.I src
-to memory area
-.IR dest .
-The memory areas may overlap: copying takes place as though
-the bytes in
-.I src
-are first copied into a temporary array that does not overlap
-.I src
-or
-.IR dest ,
-and the bytes are then copied from the temporary array to
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memmove ()
-function returns a pointer to
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memmove ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bcopy (3),
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR memccpy (3),
-.BR memcpy (3),
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR strncpy (3),
-.BR wmemmove (3)
diff --git a/man3/mempcpy.3 b/man3/mempcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e20517dfd..000000000
--- a/man3/mempcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Heavily based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
-.\"
-.\" aeb, 2003, polished a little
-.TH mempcpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mempcpy, wmempcpy  \- copy memory area
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *mempcpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "              size_t " n );
-.P
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wmempcpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "              const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "              size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mempcpy ()
-function is nearly identical to the
-.BR memcpy (3)
-function.
-It copies
-.I n
-bytes from the object beginning at
-.I src
-into the object pointed to by
-.IR dest .
-But instead of returning the value of
-.I dest
-it returns a pointer to the byte following the last written byte.
-.P
-This function is useful in situations where a number of objects
-shall be copied to consecutive memory positions.
-.P
-The
-.BR wmempcpy ()
-function is identical but takes
-.I wchar_t
-type arguments and copies
-.I n
-wide characters.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.I dest
-+
-.IR n .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mempcpy (),
-.BR wmempcpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-void *
-combine(void *o1, size_t s1, void *o2, size_t s2)
-{
-    void *result = malloc(s1 + s2);
-    if (result != NULL)
-        mempcpy(mempcpy(result, o1, s1), o2, s2);
-    return result;
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memccpy (3),
-.BR memcpy (3),
-.BR memmove (3),
-.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/memrchr.3 b/man3/memrchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b62c8f10a..000000000
--- a/man3/memrchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/memchr.3
diff --git a/man3/memset.3 b/man3/memset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ac3ba3b6..000000000
--- a/man3/memset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:49:23 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH memset 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-memset \- fill memory with a constant byte
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "void *memset(void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR memset ()
-function fills the first
-.I n
-bytes of the
-memory area pointed to by
-.I s
-with the constant byte
-.IR c .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR memset ()
-function returns a pointer to the memory area
-.IR s .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR memset ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR bzero (3),
-.BR swab (3),
-.BR wmemset (3)
diff --git a/man3/minor.3 b/man3/minor.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eabbdd013..000000000
--- a/man3/minor.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man3/mkdtemp.3 b/man3/mkdtemp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c2a4f5a0a..000000000
--- a/man3/mkdtemp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.\" Based on mkstemp(3), Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and GNU libc documentation
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.TH mkdtemp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mkdtemp \- create a unique temporary directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *mkdtemp(char *" template );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mkdtemp ():
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc 2.19 and earlier: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mkdtemp ()
-function generates a uniquely named temporary
-directory from \fItemplate\fP.
-The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP
-must be XXXXXX and these are replaced with a string that makes the
-directory name unique.
-The directory is then created with
-permissions 0700.
-Since it will be modified,
-.I template
-must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mkdtemp ()
-function returns a pointer to the modified template
-string on success, and NULL on failure, in which case
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX.
-Now \fItemplate\fP is unchanged.
-.P
-Also see
-.BR mkdir (2)
-for other possible values for \fIerrno\fP.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mkdtemp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.91.
-NetBSD 1.4.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mktemp (1),
-.BR mkdir (2),
-.BR mkstemp (3),
-.BR mktemp (3),
-.BR tempnam (3),
-.BR tmpfile (3),
-.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man3/mkfifo.3 b/man3/mkfifo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f57474ba1..000000000
--- a/man3/mkfifo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This manpage is Copyright (C) 1995 James R. Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2006, 2014 Michael Kerrisk
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" changed section from 2 to 3, aeb, 950919
-.\"
-.TH mkfifo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mkfifo, mkfifoat \- make a FIFO special file (a named pipe)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mkfifo(const char *" pathname ", mode_t " mode );
-.P
-.BR "#include <fcntl.h>           " "/* Definition of AT_* constants */"
-.B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mkfifoat(int " dirfd ", const char *" pathname ", mode_t " mode );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mkfifoat ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _ATFILE_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mkfifo ()
-makes a FIFO special file with name \fIpathname\fP.
-\fImode\fP specifies the FIFO's permissions.
-It is modified by the
-process's \fBumask\fP in the usual way: the permissions of the created
-file are \fB(\fP\fImode\fP\fB & \[ti]umask)\fP.
-.P
-A FIFO special file is similar to a pipe, except that it is created
-in a different way.
-Instead of being an anonymous communications
-channel, a FIFO special file is entered into the filesystem by
-calling
-.BR mkfifo ().
-.P
-Once you have created a FIFO special file in this way, any process can
-open it for reading or writing, in the same way as an ordinary file.
-However, it has to be open at both ends simultaneously before you can
-proceed to do any input or output operations on it.
-Opening a FIFO for reading normally blocks until some
-other process opens the same FIFO for writing, and vice versa.
-See
-.BR fifo (7)
-for nonblocking handling of FIFO special files.
-.SS mkfifoat()
-The
-.BR mkfifoat ()
-function operates in exactly the same way as
-.BR mkfifo (),
-except for the differences described here.
-.P
-If the pathname given in
-.I pathname
-is relative, then it is interpreted relative to the directory
-referred to by the file descriptor
-.I dirfd
-(rather than relative to the current working directory of
-the calling process, as is done by
-.BR mkfifo ()
-for a relative pathname).
-.P
-If
-.I pathname
-is relative and
-.I dirfd
-is the special value
-.BR AT_FDCWD ,
-then
-.I pathname
-is interpreted relative to the current working
-directory of the calling process (like
-.BR mkfifo ()).
-.P
-If
-.I pathname
-is absolute, then
-.I dirfd
-is ignored.
-.P
-See
-.BR openat (2)
-for an explanation of the need for
-.BR mkfifoat ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR mkfifo ()
-and
-.BR mkfifoat ()
-return 0.
-On error, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-One of the directories in \fIpathname\fP did not allow search
-(execute) permission.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.RB ( mkfifoat ())
-.I pathname
-is relative but
-.I dirfd
-is neither
-.B AT_FDCWD
-nor a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EDQUOT
-The user's quota of disk blocks or inodes on the filesystem has been
-exhausted.
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-\fIpathname\fP already exists.
-This includes the case where
-.I pathname
-is a symbolic link, dangling or not.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-Either the total length of \fIpathname\fP is greater than
-\fBPATH_MAX\fP, or an individual filename component has a length
-greater than \fBNAME_MAX\fP.
-In the GNU system, there is no imposed
-limit on overall filename length, but some filesystems may place
-limits on the length of a component.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-A directory component in \fIpathname\fP does not exist or is a
-dangling symbolic link.
-.TP
-.B ENOSPC
-The directory or filesystem has no room for the new file.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-A component used as a directory in \fIpathname\fP is not, in fact, a
-directory.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-.RB ( mkfifoat ())
-.I pathname
-is a relative pathname and
-.I dirfd
-is a file descriptor referring to a file other than a directory.
-.TP
-.B EROFS
-\fIpathname\fP refers to a read-only filesystem.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mkfifo (),
-.BR mkfifoat ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-It is implemented using
-.BR mknodat (2).
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR mkfifo ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR mkfifoat ()
-glibc 2.4.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mkfifo (1),
-.BR close (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR read (2),
-.BR stat (2),
-.BR umask (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR fifo (7)
diff --git a/man3/mkfifoat.3 b/man3/mkfifoat.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 25f4896f6..000000000
--- a/man3/mkfifoat.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mkfifo.3
diff --git a/man3/mkostemp.3 b/man3/mkostemp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08cc2dead..000000000
--- a/man3/mkostemp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mkstemp.3
diff --git a/man3/mkostemps.3 b/man3/mkostemps.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08cc2dead..000000000
--- a/man3/mkostemps.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mkstemp.3
diff --git a/man3/mkstemp.3 b/man3/mkstemp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c85dbd692..000000000
--- a/man3/mkstemp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2008, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:48:48 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 980310, aeb
-.\" Modified 990328, aeb
-.\" 2008-06-19, mtk, Added mkostemp(); various other changes
-.\"
-.TH mkstemp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mkstemp, mkostemp, mkstemps, mkostemps \- create a unique temporary file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mkstemp(char *" template );
-.BI "int mkostemp(char *" template ", int " flags );
-.BI "int mkstemps(char *" template ", int " suffixlen );
-.BI "int mkostemps(char *" template ", int " suffixlen ", int " flags );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mkstemp ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR mkostemp ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR mkstemps ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR mkostemps ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mkstemp ()
-function generates a unique temporary filename from
-.IR template ,
-creates and opens the file,
-and returns an open file descriptor for the file.
-.P
-The last six characters of
-.I template
-must be "XXXXXX" and these are replaced with a string that makes the
-filename unique.
-Since it will be modified,
-.I template
-must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
-.P
-The file is created with
-permissions 0600, that is, read plus write for owner only.
-The returned file descriptor provides both read and write access to the file.
-The file is opened with the
-.BR open (2)
-.B O_EXCL
-flag, guaranteeing that the caller is the process that creates the file.
-.P
-The
-.BR mkostemp ()
-function is like
-.BR mkstemp (),
-with the difference that the following bits\[em]with the same meaning as for
-.BR open (2)\[em]may
-be specified in
-.IR flags :
-.BR O_APPEND ,
-.BR O_CLOEXEC ,
-and
-.BR O_SYNC .
-Note that when creating the file,
-.BR mkostemp ()
-includes the values
-.BR O_RDWR ,
-.BR O_CREAT ,
-and
-.B O_EXCL
-in the
-.I flags
-argument given to
-.BR open (2);
-including these values in the
-.I flags
-argument given to
-.BR mkostemp ()
-is unnecessary, and produces errors on some
-.\" Reportedly, FreeBSD
-systems.
-.P
-The
-.BR mkstemps ()
-function is like
-.BR mkstemp (),
-except that the string in
-.I template
-contains a suffix of
-.I suffixlen
-characters.
-Thus,
-.I template
-is of the form
-.IR "prefixXXXXXXsuffix" ,
-and the string XXXXXX is modified as for
-.BR mkstemp ().
-.P
-The
-.BR mkostemps ()
-function is to
-.BR mkstemps ()
-as
-.BR mkostemp ()
-is to
-.BR mkstemp ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the file descriptor
-of the temporary file.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-Could not create a unique temporary filename.
-Now the contents of \fItemplate\fP are undefined.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-For
-.BR mkstemp ()
-and
-.BR mkostemp ():
-The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX;
-now \fItemplate\fP is unchanged.
-.IP
-For
-.BR mkstemps ()
-and
-.BR mkostemps ():
-.I template
-is less than
-.I "(6 + suffixlen)"
-characters long, or the last 6 characters before the suffix in
-.I template
-were not XXXXXX.
-.P
-These functions may also fail with any of the errors described for
-.BR open (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mkstemp (),
-.BR mkostemp (),
-.BR mkstemps (),
-.BR mkostemps ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR mkstemp ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR mkstemps ()
-BSD.
-.\" mkstemps() appears to be at least on the BSDs, Mac OS X, Solaris,
-.\" and Tru64.
-.TP
-.BR mkostemp ()
-.TQ
-.BR mkostemps ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR mkstemp ()
-4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR mkstemps ()
-glibc 2.11.
-BSD, Mac OS X, Solaris, Tru64.
-.TP
-.BR mkostemp ()
-glibc 2.7.
-.TP
-.BR mkostemps ()
-glibc 2.11.
-.P
-In glibc versions 2.06 and earlier, the file is created with permissions 0666,
-that is, read and write for all users.
-This old behavior may be
-a security risk, especially since other UNIX flavors use 0600,
-and somebody might overlook this detail when porting programs.
-POSIX.1-2008 adds a requirement that the file be created with mode 0600.
-.P
-More generally, the POSIX specification of
-.BR mkstemp ()
-does not say anything
-about file modes, so the application should make sure its
-file mode creation mask (see
-.BR umask (2))
-is set appropriately before calling
-.BR mkstemp ()
-(and
-.BR mkostemp ()).
-.\"
-.\" The prototype for
-.\" .BR mkstemp ()
-.\" is in
-.\" .I <unistd.h>
-.\" for libc4, libc5, glibc1; glibc2 follows POSIX.1 and has the prototype in
-.\" .IR <stdlib.h> .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mkdtemp (3),
-.BR mktemp (3),
-.BR tempnam (3),
-.BR tmpfile (3),
-.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man3/mkstemps.3 b/man3/mkstemps.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08cc2dead..000000000
--- a/man3/mkstemps.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mkstemp.3
diff --git a/man3/mktemp.3 b/man3/mktemp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 181325b98..000000000
--- a/man3/mktemp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:48:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Jun 23 01:26:34 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" (prompted by Scott Burkett <scottb@IntNet.net>)
-.\" Modified Sun Mar 28 23:44:38 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.TH mktemp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mktemp \- make a unique temporary filename
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *mktemp(char *" template );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mktemp ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.12:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Never use this function" ;
-see BUGS.
-.P
-The
-.BR mktemp ()
-function generates a unique temporary filename
-from \fItemplate\fP.
-The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP must
-be XXXXXX and these are replaced with a string that makes the
-filename unique.
-Since it will be modified,
-.I template
-must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR mktemp ()
-function always returns \fItemplate\fP.
-If a unique name was created, the last six bytes of \fItemplate\fP will
-have been modified in such a way that the resulting name is unique
-(i.e., does not exist already)
-If a unique name could not be created,
-\fItemplate\fP is made an empty string, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mktemp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.\" .SH NOTES
-.\" The prototype is in
-.\" .I <unistd.h>
-.\" for libc4, libc5, glibc1; glibc2 follows the Single UNIX Specification
-.\" and has the prototype in
-.\" .IR <stdlib.h> .
-.SH BUGS
-Never use
-.BR mktemp ().
-Some implementations follow 4.3BSD
-and replace XXXXXX by the current process ID and a single letter,
-so that at most 26 different names can be returned.
-Since on the one hand the names are easy to guess, and on the other
-hand there is a race between testing whether the name exists and
-opening the file, every use of
-.BR mktemp ()
-is a security risk.
-The race is avoided by
-.BR mkstemp (3)
-and
-.BR mkdtemp (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mktemp (1),
-.BR mkdtemp (3),
-.BR mkstemp (3),
-.BR tempnam (3),
-.BR tmpfile (3),
-.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man3/mktime.3 b/man3/mktime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84a3baa92..000000000
--- a/man3/mktime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man3/mmap64.3 b/man3/mmap64.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8902d1b35..000000000
--- a/man3/mmap64.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/mmap.2
diff --git a/man3/modf.3 b/man3/modf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 333f2f859..000000000
--- a/man3/modf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH modf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-modf, modff, modfl \- extract signed integral and fractional values from
-floating-point number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double modf(double " x ", double *" iptr );
-.BI "float modff(float " x ", float *" iptr );
-.BI "long double modfl(long double " x ", long double *" iptr );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR modff (),
-.BR modfl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions break the argument
-.I x
-into an integral
-part and a fractional part, each of which has the same sign as
-.IR x .
-The integral part is stored in the location pointed to by
-.IR iptr .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the fractional part of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned, and
-.I *iptr
-is set to a NaN.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity), +0 (\-0) is returned, and
-.I *iptr
-is set to positive infinity (negative infinity).
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR modf (),
-.BR modff (),
-.BR modfl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR frexp (3),
-.BR ldexp (3)
diff --git a/man3/modff.3 b/man3/modff.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84af2e33e..000000000
--- a/man3/modff.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/modf.3
diff --git a/man3/modfl.3 b/man3/modfl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 84af2e33e..000000000
--- a/man3/modfl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/modf.3
diff --git a/man3/mpool.3 b/man3/mpool.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 63b24ff2b..000000000
--- a/man3/mpool.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)mpool.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
-.\"
-.TH mpool 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.UC 7
-.SH NAME
-mpool \- shared memory buffer pool
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <db.h>
-.B #include <mpool.h>
-.P
-.BI "MPOOL *mpool_open(DBT *" key ", int " fd ", pgno_t " pagesize \
-", pgno_t " maxcache );
-.P
-.BI "void mpool_filter(MPOOL *" mp ", void (*pgin)(void *, pgno_t, void *),"
-.BI "                  void (*" pgout ")(void *, pgno_t, void *),"
-.BI "                  void *" pgcookie );
-.P
-.BI "void *mpool_new(MPOOL *" mp ", pgno_t *" pgnoaddr );
-.BI "void *mpool_get(MPOOL *" mp ", pgno_t " pgno ", unsigned int " flags );
-.BI "int mpool_put(MPOOL *" mp ", void *" pgaddr ", unsigned int " flags );
-.P
-.BI "int mpool_sync(MPOOL *" mp );
-.BI "int mpool_close(MPOOL *" mp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Note well" :
-This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
-Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
-Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
-.I libdb
-library instead.
-.P
-.I Mpool
-is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management
-of files.
-The buffers may be shared between processes.
-.P
-The function
-.BR mpool_open ()
-initializes a memory pool.
-The
-.I key
-argument is the byte string used to negotiate between multiple
-processes wishing to share buffers.
-If the file buffers are mapped in shared memory, all processes using
-the same key will share the buffers.
-If
-.I key
-is NULL, the buffers are mapped into private memory.
-The
-.I fd
-argument is a file descriptor for the underlying file, which must be seekable.
-If
-.I key
-is non-NULL and matches a file already being mapped, the
-.I fd
-argument is ignored.
-.P
-The
-.I pagesize
-argument is the size, in bytes, of the pages into which the file is broken up.
-The
-.I maxcache
-argument is the maximum number of pages from the underlying file to cache
-at any one time.
-This value is not relative to the number of processes which share a file's
-buffers, but will be the largest value specified by any of the processes
-sharing the file.
-.P
-The
-.BR mpool_filter ()
-function is intended to make transparent input and output processing of the
-pages possible.
-If the
-.I pgin
-function is specified, it is called each time a buffer is read into the memory
-pool from the backing file.
-If the
-.I pgout
-function is specified, it is called each time a buffer is written into the
-backing file.
-Both functions are called with the
-.I pgcookie
-pointer, the page number and a pointer to the page to being read or written.
-.P
-The function
-.BR mpool_new ()
-takes an
-.I MPOOL
-pointer and an address as arguments.
-If a new page can be allocated, a pointer to the page is returned and
-the page number is stored into the
-.I pgnoaddr
-address.
-Otherwise, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set.
-.P
-The function
-.BR mpool_get ()
-takes an
-.I MPOOL
-pointer and a page number as arguments.
-If the page exists, a pointer to the page is returned.
-Otherwise, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set.
-The
-.I flags
-argument is not currently used.
-.P
-The function
-.BR mpool_put ()
-unpins the page referenced by
-.IR pgaddr .
-.I pgaddr
-must be an address previously returned by
-.BR mpool_get ()
-or
-.BR mpool_new ().
-The flag value is specified by ORing
-any of the following values:
-.TP
-.B MPOOL_DIRTY
-The page has been modified and needs to be written to the backing file.
-.P
-.BR mpool_put ()
-returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.P
-The function
-.BR mpool_sync ()
-writes all modified pages associated with the
-.I MPOOL
-pointer to the
-backing file.
-.BR mpool_sync ()
-returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.P
-The
-.BR mpool_close ()
-function free's up any allocated memory associated with the memory pool
-cookie.
-Modified pages are
-.B not
-written to the backing file.
-.BR mpool_close ()
-returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR mpool_open ()
-function may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR malloc (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR mpool_get ()
-function may fail and set
-.I errno
-for the following:
-.TP 15
-.B EINVAL
-The requested record doesn't exist.
-.P
-The
-.BR mpool_new ()
-and
-.BR mpool_get ()
-functions may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routines
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-and
-.BR malloc (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR mpool_sync ()
-function may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR write (2).
-.P
-The
-.BR mpool_close ()
-function may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR free (3).
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR btree (3),
-.BR dbopen (3),
-.BR hash (3),
-.BR recno (3)
diff --git a/man3/mprobe.3 b/man3/mprobe.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4baeaf2a5..000000000
--- a/man3/mprobe.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mcheck.3
diff --git a/man3/mq_close.3 b/man3/mq_close.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5810bb36f..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_close.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_close 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_close \- close a message queue descriptor
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mq_close(mqd_t " mqdes );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_close ()
-closes the message queue descriptor
-.IR mqdes .
-.P
-If the calling process has attached a notification request (see
-.BR mq_notify (3))
-to this message queue via
-.IR mqdes ,
-then this request is removed,
-and another process can now attach a notification request.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR mq_close ()
-returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The message queue descriptor specified in
-.I mqdes
-is invalid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_close ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-All open message queues are automatically closed on process termination,
-or upon
-.BR execve (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_getattr (3),
-.BR mq_notify (3),
-.BR mq_open (3),
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-.BR mq_send (3),
-.BR mq_unlink (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/mq_getattr.3 b/man3/mq_getattr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d11c308c..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_getattr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_getattr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_getattr, mq_setattr \- get/set message queue attributes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mq_getattr(mqd_t " mqdes ", struct mq_attr *" attr );
-.BI "int mq_setattr(mqd_t " mqdes ", const struct mq_attr *restrict " newattr ,
-.BI "               struct mq_attr *restrict " oldattr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_getattr ()
-and
-.BR mq_setattr ()
-respectively retrieve and modify attributes of the message queue
-referred to by the message queue descriptor
-.IR mqdes .
-.P
-.BR mq_getattr ()
-returns an
-.I mq_attr
-structure in the buffer pointed by
-.IR attr .
-This structure is defined as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct mq_attr {
-    long mq_flags;       /* Flags: 0 or O_NONBLOCK */
-    long mq_maxmsg;      /* Max. # of messages on queue */
-    long mq_msgsize;     /* Max. message size (bytes) */
-    long mq_curmsgs;     /* # of messages currently in queue */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I mq_flags
-field contains flags associated with the open message queue description.
-This field is initialized when the queue is created by
-.BR mq_open (3).
-The only flag that can appear in this field is
-.BR O_NONBLOCK .
-.P
-The
-.I mq_maxmsg
-and
-.I mq_msgsize
-fields are set when the message queue is created by
-.BR mq_open (3).
-The
-.I mq_maxmsg
-field is an upper limit on the number of messages
-that may be placed on the queue using
-.BR mq_send (3).
-The
-.I mq_msgsize
-field is an upper limit on the size of messages
-that may be placed on the queue.
-Both of these fields must have a value greater than zero.
-Two
-.I /proc
-files that place ceilings on the values for these fields are described in
-.BR mq_overview (7).
-.P
-The
-.I mq_curmsgs
-field returns the number of messages currently held in the queue.
-.P
-.BR mq_setattr ()
-sets message queue attributes using information supplied in the
-.I mq_attr
-structure pointed to by
-.IR newattr .
-The only attribute that can be modified is the setting of the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag in
-.IR mq_flags .
-The other fields in
-.I newattr
-are ignored.
-If the
-.I oldattr
-field is not NULL,
-then the buffer that it points to is used to return an
-.I mq_attr
-structure that contains the same information that is returned by
-.BR mq_getattr ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR mq_getattr ()
-and
-.BR mq_setattr ()
-return 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The message queue descriptor specified in
-.I mqdes
-is invalid.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I newattr\->mq_flags
-contained set bits other than
-.BR O_NONBLOCK .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_getattr (),
-.BR mq_setattr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux,
-.BR mq_getattr ()
-and
-.BR mq_setattr ()
-are library functions layered on top of the
-.BR mq_getsetattr (2)
-system call.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below can be used to show the default
-.I mq_maxmsg
-and
-.I mq_msgsize
-values that are assigned to a message queue that is created with a call to
-.BR mq_open (3)
-in which the
-.I attr
-argument is NULL.
-Here is an example run of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out /testq\fP
-Maximum # of messages on queue:   10
-Maximum message size:             8192
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Since Linux 3.5, the following
-.I /proc
-files (described in
-.BR mq_overview (7))
-can be used to control the defaults:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fBuname \-sr\fP
-Linux 3.8.0
-$ \fBcat /proc/sys/fs/mqueue/msg_default\fP
-10
-$ \fBcat /proc/sys/fs/mqueue/msgsize_default\fP
-8192
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (mq_getattr.c)
-.EX
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <mqueue.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
-                        } while (0)
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    mqd_t mqd;
-    struct mq_attr attr;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s mq\-name\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    mqd = mq_open(argv[1], O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0600, NULL);
-    if (mqd == (mqd_t) \-1)
-        errExit("mq_open");
-\&
-    if (mq_getattr(mqd, &attr) == \-1)
-        errExit("mq_getattr");
-\&
-    printf("Maximum # of messages on queue:   %ld\en", attr.mq_maxmsg);
-    printf("Maximum message size:             %ld\en", attr.mq_msgsize);
-\&
-    if (mq_unlink(argv[1]) == \-1)
-        errExit("mq_unlink");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_close (3),
-.BR mq_notify (3),
-.BR mq_open (3),
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-.BR mq_send (3),
-.BR mq_unlink (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/mq_notify.3 b/man3/mq_notify.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 653e401c9..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_notify.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_notify 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_notify \- register for notification when a message is available
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.BR "#include <signal.h>           " "/* Definition of SIGEV_* constants */"
-.P
-.BI "int mq_notify(mqd_t " mqdes ", const struct sigevent *" sevp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_notify ()
-allows the calling process to register or unregister for delivery of
-an asynchronous notification when a new message arrives on
-the empty message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
-.IR mqdes .
-.P
-The
-.I sevp
-argument is a pointer to a
-.I sigevent
-structure.
-For the definition and general details of this structure, see
-.BR sigevent (3type).
-.P
-If
-.I sevp
-is a non-null pointer, then
-.BR mq_notify ()
-registers the calling process to receive message notification.
-The
-.I sigev_notify
-field of the
-.I sigevent
-structure to which
-.I sevp
-points specifies how notification is to be performed.
-This field has one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B SIGEV_NONE
-A "null" notification: the calling process is registered as the target
-for notification, but when a message arrives, no notification is sent.
-.\" When is SIGEV_NONE useful?
-.TP
-.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
-Notify the process by sending the signal specified in
-.IR sigev_signo .
-See
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for general details.
-The
-.I si_code
-field of the
-.I siginfo_t
-structure will be set to
-.BR SI_MESGQ .
-In addition,
-.\" I don't know of other implementations that set
-.\" si_pid and si_uid -- MTK
-.I si_pid
-will be set to the PID of the process that sent the message, and
-.I si_uid
-will be set to the real user ID of the sending process.
-.TP
-.B SIGEV_THREAD
-Upon message delivery, invoke
-.I sigev_notify_function
-as if it were the start function of a new thread.
-See
-.BR sigevent (3type)
-for details.
-.P
-Only one process can be registered to receive notification
-from a message queue.
-.P
-If
-.I sevp
-is NULL, and the calling process is currently registered to receive
-notifications for this message queue, then the registration is removed;
-another process can then register to receive a message notification
-for this queue.
-.P
-Message notification occurs only when a new message arrives and
-the queue was previously empty.
-If the queue was not empty at the time
-.BR mq_notify ()
-was called, then a notification will occur only after
-the queue is emptied and a new message arrives.
-.P
-If another process or thread is waiting to read a message
-from an empty queue using
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-then any message notification registration is ignored:
-the message is delivered to the process or thread calling
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-and the message notification registration remains in effect.
-.P
-Notification occurs once: after a notification is delivered,
-the notification registration is removed,
-and another process can register for message notification.
-If the notified process wishes to receive the next notification,
-it can use
-.BR mq_notify ()
-to request a further notification.
-This should be done before emptying all unread messages from the queue.
-(Placing the queue in nonblocking mode is useful for emptying
-the queue of messages without blocking once it is empty.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR mq_notify ()
-returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The message queue descriptor specified in
-.I mqdes
-is invalid.
-.TP
-.B EBUSY
-Another process has already registered to receive notification
-for this message queue.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sevp\->sigev_notify
-is not one of the permitted values; or
-.I sevp\->sigev_notify
-is
-.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
-and
-.I sevp\->sigev_signo
-is not a valid signal number.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2008 says that an implementation
-.I may
-generate an
-.B EINVAL
-.\" Linux does not do this
-error if
-.I sevp
-is NULL, and the caller is not currently registered to receive
-notifications for the queue
-.IR mqdes .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_notify ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-.SS C library/kernel differences
-In the glibc implementation, the
-.BR mq_notify ()
-library function is implemented on top of the system call of the same name.
-When
-.I sevp
-is NULL, or specifies a notification mechanism other than
-.BR SIGEV_THREAD ,
-the library function directly invokes the system call.
-For
-.BR SIGEV_THREAD ,
-much of the implementation resides within the library,
-rather than the kernel.
-(This is necessarily so,
-since the thread involved in handling the notification is one
-that must be managed by the C library POSIX threads implementation.)
-The implementation involves the use of a raw
-.BR netlink (7)
-socket and creates a new thread for each notification that is
-delivered to the process.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program registers a notification request for the
-message queue named in its command-line argument.
-Notification is performed by creating a thread.
-The thread executes a function which reads one message from the
-queue and then terminates the process.
-.SS Program source
-.\" SRC BEGIN (mq_notify.c)
-.EX
-#include <mqueue.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error(msg) \e
-    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static void                     /* Thread start function */
-tfunc(union sigval sv)
-{
-    struct mq_attr attr;
-    ssize_t nr;
-    void *buf;
-    mqd_t mqdes = *((mqd_t *) sv.sival_ptr);
-\&
-    /* Determine max. msg size; allocate buffer to receive msg */
-\&
-    if (mq_getattr(mqdes, &attr) == \-1)
-        handle_error("mq_getattr");
-    buf = malloc(attr.mq_msgsize);
-    if (buf == NULL)
-        handle_error("malloc");
-\&
-    nr = mq_receive(mqdes, buf, attr.mq_msgsize, NULL);
-    if (nr == \-1)
-        handle_error("mq_receive");
-\&
-    printf("Read %zd bytes from MQ\en", nr);
-    free(buf);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminate the process */
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    mqd_t mqdes;
-    struct sigevent sev;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <mq\-name>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    mqdes = mq_open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
-    if (mqdes == (mqd_t) \-1)
-        handle_error("mq_open");
-\&
-    sev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_THREAD;
-    sev.sigev_notify_function = tfunc;
-    sev.sigev_notify_attributes = NULL;
-    sev.sigev_value.sival_ptr = &mqdes;   /* Arg. to thread func. */
-    if (mq_notify(mqdes, &sev) == \-1)
-        handle_error("mq_notify");
-\&
-    pause();    /* Process will be terminated by thread function */
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_close (3),
-.BR mq_getattr (3),
-.BR mq_open (3),
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-.BR mq_send (3),
-.BR mq_unlink (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7),
-.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man3/mq_open.3 b/man3/mq_open.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7343ea093..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_open.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_open 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_open \- open a message queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
-.BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "mqd_t mq_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag );
-.BI "mqd_t mq_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ", mode_t " mode ,
-.BI "              struct mq_attr *" attr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_open ()
-creates a new POSIX message queue or opens an existing queue.
-The queue is identified by
-.IR name .
-For details of the construction of
-.IR name ,
-see
-.BR mq_overview (7).
-.P
-The
-.I oflag
-argument specifies flags that control the operation of the call.
-(Definitions of the flags values can be obtained by including
-.IR <fcntl.h> .)
-Exactly one of the following must be specified in
-.IR oflag :
-.TP
-.B O_RDONLY
-Open the queue to receive messages only.
-.TP
-.B O_WRONLY
-Open the queue to send messages only.
-.TP
-.B O_RDWR
-Open the queue to both send and receive messages.
-.P
-Zero or more of the following flags can additionally be
-.IR OR ed
-in
-.IR oflag :
-.TP
-.BR O_CLOEXEC " (since Linux 2.6.26)"
-.\" commit 269f21344b23e552c21c9e2d7ca258479dcd7a0a
-Set the close-on-exec flag for the message queue descriptor.
-See
-.BR open (2)
-for a discussion of why this flag is useful.
-.TP
-.B O_CREAT
-Create the message queue if it does not exist.
-The owner (user ID) of the message queue is set to the effective
-user ID of the calling process.
-The group ownership (group ID) is set to the effective group ID
-of the calling process.
-.\" In reality the filesystem IDs are used on Linux.
-.TP
-.B O_EXCL
-If
-.B O_CREAT
-was specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-and a queue with the given
-.I name
-already exists, then fail with the error
-.BR EEXIST .
-.TP
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-Open the queue in nonblocking mode.
-In circumstances where
-.BR mq_receive (3)
-and
-.BR mq_send (3)
-would normally block, these functions instead fail with the error
-.BR EAGAIN .
-.P
-If
-.B O_CREAT
-is specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-then two additional arguments must be supplied.
-The
-.I mode
-argument specifies the permissions to be placed on the new queue,
-as for
-.BR open (2).
-(Symbolic definitions for the permissions bits can be obtained by including
-.IR <sys/stat.h> .)
-The permissions settings are masked against the process umask.
-.P
-The fields of the
-.I struct mq_attr
-pointed to
-.I attr
-specify the maximum number of messages and
-the maximum size of messages that the queue will allow.
-This structure is defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct mq_attr {
-    long mq_flags;       /* Flags (ignored for mq_open()) */
-    long mq_maxmsg;      /* Max. # of messages on queue */
-    long mq_msgsize;     /* Max. message size (bytes) */
-    long mq_curmsgs;     /* # of messages currently in queue
-                            (ignored for mq_open()) */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Only the
-.I mq_maxmsg
-and
-.I mq_msgsize
-fields are employed when calling
-.BR mq_open ();
-the values in the remaining fields are ignored.
-.P
-If
-.I attr
-is NULL, then the queue is created with implementation-defined
-default attributes.
-Since Linux 3.5, two
-.I /proc
-files can be used to control these defaults; see
-.BR mq_overview (7)
-for details.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR mq_open ()
-returns a message queue descriptor for use by other
-message queue functions.
-On error,
-.BR mq_open ()
-returns
-.IR "(mqd_t)\ \-1",
-with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The queue exists, but the caller does not have permission to
-open it in the specified mode.
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-.I name
-contained more than one slash.
-.\" Note that this isn't consistent with the same case for sem_open()
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-Both
-.B O_CREAT
-and
-.B O_EXCL
-were specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-but a queue with this
-.I name
-already exists.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.\" glibc checks whether the name starts with a "/" and if not,
-.\" gives this error
-.I name
-doesn't follow the format in
-.BR mq_overview (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.B O_CREAT
-was specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-and
-.I attr
-was not NULL, but
-.I attr\->mq_maxmsg
-or
-.I attr\->mq_msqsize
-was invalid.
-Both of these fields must be greater than zero.
-In a process that is unprivileged (does not have the
-.B CAP_SYS_RESOURCE
-capability),
-.I attr\->mq_maxmsg
-must be less than or equal to the
-.I msg_max
-limit, and
-.I attr\->mq_msgsize
-must be less than or equal to the
-.I msgsize_max
-limit.
-In addition, even in a privileged process,
-.I attr\->mq_maxmsg
-cannot exceed the
-.B HARD_MAX
-limit.
-(See
-.BR mq_overview (7)
-for details of these limits.)
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file
-and message queue descriptors has been reached
-(see the description of
-.B RLIMIT_NOFILE
-in
-.BR getrlimit (2)).
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.I name
-was too long.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files
-and message queues has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-The
-.B O_CREAT
-flag was not specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-and no queue with this
-.I name
-exists.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.I name
-was just "/" followed by no other characters.
-.\" Note that this isn't consistent with the same case for sem_open()
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory.
-.TP
-.B ENOSPC
-Insufficient space for the creation of a new message queue.
-This probably occurred because the
-.I queues_max
-limit was encountered; see
-.BR mq_overview (7).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_open ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-.SS C library/kernel differences
-The
-.BR mq_open ()
-library function is implemented on top of a system call of the same name.
-The library function performs the check that the
-.I name
-starts with a slash (/), giving the
-.B EINVAL
-error if it does not.
-The kernel system call expects
-.I name
-to contain no preceding slash,
-so the C library function passes
-.I name
-without the preceding slash (i.e.,
-.IR name+1 )
-to the system call.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-Before Linux 2.6.14,
-the process umask was not applied to the permissions specified in
-.IR mode .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_close (3),
-.BR mq_getattr (3),
-.BR mq_notify (3),
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-.BR mq_send (3),
-.BR mq_unlink (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/mq_receive.3 b/man3/mq_receive.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 232c191df..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_receive.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_receive 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_receive, mq_timedreceive \- receive a message from a message queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "ssize_t mq_receive(mqd_t " mqdes ", char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
-.BI "                   size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int *" msg_prio );
-.P
-.B #include <time.h>
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "ssize_t mq_timedreceive(mqd_t " mqdes ", \
-char *restrict " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
-.BI "                   size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int *restrict " msg_prio ,
-.BI "                   const struct timespec *restrict " abs_timeout );
-.fi
-.P
-.ad l
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mq_timedreceive ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_receive ()
-removes the oldest message with the highest priority from
-the message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
-.IR mqdes ,
-and places it in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR msg_ptr .
-The
-.I msg_len
-argument specifies the size of the buffer pointed to by
-.IR msg_ptr ;
-this must be greater than or equal to the
-.I mq_msgsize
-attribute of the queue (see
-.BR mq_getattr (3)).
-If
-.I msg_prio
-is not NULL, then the buffer to which it points is used
-to return the priority associated with the received message.
-.P
-If the queue is empty, then, by default,
-.BR mq_receive ()
-blocks until a message becomes available,
-or the call is interrupted by a signal handler.
-If the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag is enabled for the message queue description,
-then the call instead fails immediately with the error
-.BR EAGAIN .
-.P
-.BR mq_timedreceive ()
-behaves just like
-.BR mq_receive (),
-except that if the queue is empty and the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag is not enabled for the message queue description, then
-.I abs_timeout
-points to a structure which specifies how long the call will block.
-This value is an absolute timeout in seconds and nanoseconds
-since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC),
-specified in a
-.BR timespec (3)
-structure.
-.P
-If no message is available,
-and the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
-.BR mq_timedreceive ()
-returns immediately.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR mq_receive ()
-and
-.BR mq_timedreceive ()
-return the number of bytes in the received message;
-on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The queue was empty, and the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag was set for the message queue description referred to by
-.IR mqdes .
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The descriptor specified in
-.I mqdes
-was invalid or not opened for reading.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-The call was interrupted by a signal handler; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The call would have blocked, and
-.I abs_timeout
-was invalid, either because
-.I tv_sec
-was less than zero, or because
-.I tv_nsec
-was less than zero or greater than 1000 million.
-.TP
-.B EMSGSIZE
-.I msg_len
-was less than the
-.I mq_msgsize
-attribute of the message queue.
-.TP
-.B ETIMEDOUT
-The call timed out before a message could be transferred.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_receive (),
-.BR mq_timedreceive ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux,
-.BR mq_timedreceive ()
-is a system call, and
-.BR mq_receive ()
-is a library function layered on top of that system call.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_close (3),
-.BR mq_getattr (3),
-.BR mq_notify (3),
-.BR mq_open (3),
-.BR mq_send (3),
-.BR mq_unlink (3),
-.BR timespec (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/mq_send.3 b/man3/mq_send.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cc63825c..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_send.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_send 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_send, mq_timedsend \- send a message to a message queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mq_send(mqd_t " mqdes ", const char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
-.BI "              size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int " msg_prio );
-.P
-.B #include <time.h>
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mq_timedsend(mqd_t " mqdes ", const char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
-.BI "              size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int " msg_prio ,
-.BI "              const struct timespec *" abs_timeout );
-.fi
-.P
-.ad l
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR mq_timedsend ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_send ()
-adds the message pointed to by
-.I msg_ptr
-to the message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
-.IR mqdes .
-The
-.I msg_len
-argument specifies the length of the message pointed to by
-.IR msg_ptr ;
-this length must be less than or equal to the queue's
-.I mq_msgsize
-attribute.
-Zero-length messages are allowed.
-.P
-The
-.I msg_prio
-argument is a nonnegative integer that specifies the priority
-of this message.
-Messages are placed on the queue in decreasing order of priority,
-with newer messages of the same priority being placed after
-older messages with the same priority.
-See
-.BR mq_overview (7)
-for details on the range for the message priority.
-.P
-If the message queue is already full
-(i.e., the number of messages on the queue equals the queue's
-.I mq_maxmsg
-attribute), then, by default,
-.BR mq_send ()
-blocks until sufficient space becomes available to allow the message
-to be queued, or until the call is interrupted by a signal handler.
-If the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag is enabled for the message queue description,
-then the call instead fails immediately with the error
-.BR EAGAIN .
-.P
-.BR mq_timedsend ()
-behaves just like
-.BR mq_send (),
-except that if the queue is full and the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag is not enabled for the message queue description, then
-.I abs_timeout
-points to a structure which specifies how long the call will block.
-This value is an absolute timeout in seconds and nanoseconds
-since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC),
-specified in a
-.BR timespec (3)
-structure.
-.P
-If the message queue is full,
-and the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
-.BR mq_timedsend ()
-returns immediately.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR mq_send ()
-and
-.BR mq_timedsend ()
-return zero; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The queue was full, and the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-flag was set for the message queue description referred to by
-.IR mqdes .
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The descriptor specified in
-.I mqdes
-was invalid or not opened for writing.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-The call was interrupted by a signal handler; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The call would have blocked, and
-.I abs_timeout
-was invalid, either because
-.I tv_sec
-was less than zero, or because
-.I tv_nsec
-was less than zero or greater than 1000 million.
-.TP
-.B EMSGSIZE
-.I msg_len
-was greater than the
-.I mq_msgsize
-attribute of the message queue.
-.TP
-.B ETIMEDOUT
-The call timed out before a message could be transferred.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_send (),
-.BR mq_timedsend ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux,
-.BR mq_timedsend ()
-is a system call, and
-.BR mq_send ()
-is a library function layered on top of that system call.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_close (3),
-.BR mq_getattr (3),
-.BR mq_notify (3),
-.BR mq_open (3),
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-.BR mq_unlink (3),
-.BR timespec (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/mq_setattr.3 b/man3/mq_setattr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a3818a208..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_setattr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mq_getattr.3
diff --git a/man3/mq_timedreceive.3 b/man3/mq_timedreceive.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fed5f293..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_timedreceive.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mq_receive.3
diff --git a/man3/mq_timedsend.3 b/man3/mq_timedsend.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 28b1eff0a..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_timedsend.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mq_send.3
diff --git a/man3/mq_unlink.3 b/man3/mq_unlink.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5457b55f4..000000000
--- a/man3/mq_unlink.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mq_unlink 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mq_unlink \- remove a message queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <mqueue.h>
-.P
-.BI "int mq_unlink(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR mq_unlink ()
-removes the specified message queue
-.IR name .
-The message queue name is removed immediately.
-The queue itself is destroyed once any other processes that have
-the queue open close their descriptors referring to the queue.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR mq_unlink ()
-returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The caller does not have permission to unlink this message queue.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.I name
-was too long.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-There is no message queue with the given
-.IR name .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mq_unlink ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mq_close (3),
-.BR mq_getattr (3),
-.BR mq_notify (3),
-.BR mq_open (3),
-.BR mq_receive (3),
-.BR mq_send (3),
-.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/mrand48.3 b/man3/mrand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/mrand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/mrand48_r.3 b/man3/mrand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/mrand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/mtrace.3 b/man3/mtrace.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3885f73af..000000000
--- a/man3/mtrace.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH mtrace 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-mtrace, muntrace \- malloc tracing
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <mcheck.h>"
-.P
-.B "void mtrace(void);"
-.B "void muntrace(void);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR mtrace ()
-function installs hook functions for the memory-allocation functions
-.RB ( malloc (3),
-.BR realloc (3)
-.BR memalign (3),
-.BR free (3)).
-These hook functions record tracing information about memory allocation
-and deallocation.
-The tracing information can be used to discover memory leaks and
-attempts to free nonallocated memory in a program.
-.P
-The
-.BR muntrace ()
-function disables the hook functions installed by
-.BR mtrace (),
-so that tracing information is no longer recorded
-for the memory-allocation functions.
-If no hook functions were successfully installed by
-.BR mtrace (),
-.BR muntrace ()
-does nothing.
-.P
-When
-.BR mtrace ()
-is called, it checks the value of the environment variable
-.BR MALLOC_TRACE ,
-which should contain the pathname of a file in which
-the tracing information is to be recorded.
-If the pathname is successfully opened, it is truncated to zero length.
-.P
-If
-.B MALLOC_TRACE
-is not set,
-or the pathname it specifies is invalid or not writable,
-then no hook functions are installed, and
-.BR mtrace ()
-has no effect.
-In set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs,
-.B MALLOC_TRACE
-is ignored, and
-.BR mtrace ()
-has no effect.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR mtrace (),
-.BR muntrace ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
-.\" markings in glibc manual are more detailed:
-.\"
-.\"      mtrace: MT-Unsafe env race:mtrace const:malloc_hooks init
-.\"      muntrace: MT-Unsafe race:mtrace const:malloc_hooks locale
-.\"
-.\" But there is something wrong in glibc manual, for example:
-.\" glibc manual says muntrace should have marking locale because it calls
-.\" fprintf(), but muntrace does not execute area which cause locale problem.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH NOTES
-In normal usage,
-.BR mtrace ()
-is called once at the start of execution of a program, and
-.BR muntrace ()
-is never called.
-.P
-The tracing output produced after a call to
-.BR mtrace ()
-is textual, but not designed to be human readable.
-The GNU C library provides a Perl script,
-.BR mtrace (1),
-that interprets the trace log and produces human-readable output.
-For best results,
-the traced program should be compiled with debugging enabled,
-so that line-number information is recorded in the executable.
-.P
-The tracing performed by
-.BR mtrace ()
-incurs a performance penalty (if
-.B MALLOC_TRACE
-points to a valid, writable pathname).
-.SH BUGS
-The line-number information produced by
-.BR mtrace (1)
-is not always precise:
-the line number references may refer to the previous or following (nonblank)
-line of the source code.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The shell session below demonstrates the use of the
-.BR mtrace ()
-function and the
-.BR mtrace (1)
-command in a program that has memory leaks at two different locations.
-The demonstration uses the following program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.RB "$ " "cat t_mtrace.c"
-.\" SRC BEGIN (t_mtrace.c)
-.EX
-#include <mcheck.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    mtrace();
-\&
-    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < 2; j++)
-        malloc(100);            /* Never freed\-\-a memory leak */
-\&
-    calloc(16, 16);             /* Never freed\-\-a memory leak */
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.P
-When we run the program as follows, we see that
-.BR mtrace ()
-diagnosed memory leaks at two different locations in the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$ " "cc \-g t_mtrace.c \-o t_mtrace"
-.RB "$ " "export MALLOC_TRACE=/tmp/t"
-.RB "$ " "./t_mtrace"
-.RB "$ " "mtrace ./t_mtrace $MALLOC_TRACE"
-Memory not freed:
--\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
-   Address     Size     Caller
-0x084c9378     0x64  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:12
-0x084c93e0     0x64  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:12
-0x084c9448    0x100  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:16
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The first two messages about unfreed memory correspond to the two
-.BR malloc (3)
-calls inside the
-.I for
-loop.
-The final message corresponds to the call to
-.BR calloc (3)
-(which in turn calls
-.BR malloc (3)).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mtrace (1),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR malloc_hook (3),
-.BR mcheck (3)
diff --git a/man3/muntrace.3 b/man3/muntrace.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b03d1071..000000000
--- a/man3/muntrace.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mtrace.3
diff --git a/man3/nan.3 b/man3/nan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f0e79b63d..000000000
--- a/man3/nan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Based on glibc infopages
-.\"
-.\" Corrections by aeb
-.\"
-.TH nan 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-nan, nanf, nanl \- return 'Not a Number'
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double nan(const char *" tagp );
-.BI "float nanf(const char *" tagp );
-.BI "long double nanl(const char *" tagp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR nan (),
-.BR nanf (),
-.BR nanl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return a representation (determined by
-.IR tagp )
-of a quiet NaN.
-If the implementation does not support
-quiet NaNs, these functions return zero.
-.P
-The call
-.I nan("char\-sequence")
-is equivalent to:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-strtod("NAN(char\-sequence)", NULL);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Similarly, calls to
-.BR nanf ()
-and
-.BR nanl ()
-are equivalent to analogous calls to
-.BR strtof (3)
-and
-.BR strtold (3).
-.P
-The argument
-.I tagp
-is used in an unspecified manner.
-On IEEE 754 systems, there are many representations of NaN, and
-.I tagp
-selects one.
-On other systems it may do nothing.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR nan (),
-.BR nanf (),
-.BR nanl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-See also IEC 559 and the appendix with
-recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isnan (3),
-.BR strtod (3),
-.BR math_error (7)
diff --git a/man3/nanf.3 b/man3/nanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08e9aa7c6..000000000
--- a/man3/nanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nan.3
diff --git a/man3/nanl.3 b/man3/nanl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08e9aa7c6..000000000
--- a/man3/nanl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nan.3
diff --git a/man3/nearbyint.3 b/man3/nearbyint.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3300c2c40..000000000
--- a/man3/nearbyint.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man3/nearbyintf.3 b/man3/nearbyintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3300c2c40..000000000
--- a/man3/nearbyintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man3/nearbyintl.3 b/man3/nearbyintl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3300c2c40..000000000
--- a/man3/nearbyintl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man3/netlink.3 b/man3/netlink.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b8f3e1bdc..000000000
--- a/man3/netlink.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-.\" This manpage copyright 1998 by Andi Kleen.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Based on the original comments from Alexey Kuznetsov
-.\" $Id: netlink.3,v 1.1 1999/05/14 17:17:24 freitag Exp $
-.\"
-.TH netlink 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-netlink \- Netlink macros
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <asm/types.h>
-.B #include <linux/netlink.h>
-.P
-.BI "int NLMSG_ALIGN(size_t " len );
-.BI "int NLMSG_LENGTH(size_t " len );
-.BI "int NLMSG_SPACE(size_t " len );
-.BI "void *NLMSG_DATA(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh );
-.BI "struct nlmsghdr *NLMSG_NEXT(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh ", int " len );
-.BI "int NLMSG_OK(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh ", int " len );
-.BI "int NLMSG_PAYLOAD(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh ", int " len );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I <linux/netlink.h>
-defines several standard macros to access or create a netlink datagram.
-They are similar in spirit to the macros defined in
-.BR cmsg (3)
-for auxiliary data.
-The buffer passed to and from a netlink socket should
-be accessed using only these macros.
-.TP
-.BR NLMSG_ALIGN ()
-Round the length of a netlink message up to align it properly.
-.TP
-.BR NLMSG_LENGTH ()
-Given the payload length,
-.IR len ,
-this macro returns the aligned length to store in the
-.I nlmsg_len
-field of the
-.IR nlmsghdr .
-.TP
-.BR NLMSG_SPACE ()
-Return the number of bytes that a netlink message with payload of
-.I len
-would occupy.
-.TP
-.BR NLMSG_DATA ()
-Return a pointer to the payload associated with the passed
-.IR nlmsghdr .
-.TP
-.\" this is bizarre, maybe the interface should be fixed.
-.BR NLMSG_NEXT ()
-Get the next
-.I nlmsghdr
-in a multipart message.
-The caller must check if the current
-.I nlmsghdr
-didn't have the
-.B NLMSG_DONE
-set\[em]this function doesn't return NULL on end.
-The
-.I len
-argument is an lvalue containing the remaining length
-of the message buffer.
-This macro decrements it by the length of the message header.
-.TP
-.BR NLMSG_OK ()
-Return true if the netlink message is not truncated and
-is in a form suitable for parsing.
-.TP
-.BR NLMSG_PAYLOAD ()
-Return the length of the payload associated with the
-.IR nlmsghdr .
-.SH VERSIONS
-It is often better to use netlink via
-.I libnetlink
-than via the low-level kernel interface.
-.SH STANDARDS
-Linux.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR libnetlink (3),
-.BR netlink (7)
diff --git a/man3/newlocale.3 b/man3/newlocale.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e6b29f875..000000000
--- a/man3/newlocale.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH newlocale 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-newlocale, freelocale \- create, modify, and free a locale object
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <locale.h>
-.P
-.BI "locale_t newlocale(int " category_mask ", const char *" locale ,
-.BI "                   locale_t " base );
-.BI "void freelocale(locale_t " locobj );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR newlocale (),
-.BR freelocale ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR newlocale ()
-function creates a new locale object, or modifies an existing object,
-returning a reference to the new or modified object as the function result.
-Whether the call creates a new object or modifies an existing object
-is determined by the value of
-.IR base :
-.IP \[bu] 3
-If
-.I base
-is
-.IR "(locale_t)\ 0" ,
-a new object is created.
-.IP \[bu]
-If
-.I base
-refers to valid existing locale object
-(i.e., an object returned by a previous call to
-.BR newlocale ()
-or
-.BR duplocale (3)),
-then that object is modified by the call.
-If the call is successful, the contents of
-.I base
-are unspecified (in particular, the object referred to by
-.I base
-may be freed, and a new object created).
-Therefore, the caller should ensure that it stops using
-.I base
-before the call to
-.BR newlocale (),
-and should subsequently refer to the modified object via the
-reference returned as the function result.
-If the call fails, the contents of
-.I base
-remain valid and unchanged.
-.P
-If
-.I base
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-(see
-.BR duplocale (3)),
-or is not
-.I (locale_t)\ 0
-and is not a valid locale object handle,
-the behavior is undefined.
-.P
-The
-.I category_mask
-argument is a bit mask that specifies the locale categories
-that are to be set in a newly created locale object
-or modified in an existing object.
-The mask is constructed by a bitwise OR of the constants
-.BR LC_ADDRESS_MASK ,
-.BR LC_CTYPE_MASK ,
-.BR LC_COLLATE_MASK ,
-.BR LC_IDENTIFICATION_MASK ,
-.BR LC_MEASUREMENT_MASK ,
-.BR LC_MESSAGES_MASK ,
-.BR LC_MONETARY_MASK ,
-.BR LC_NUMERIC_MASK ,
-.BR LC_NAME_MASK ,
-.BR LC_PAPER_MASK ,
-.BR LC_TELEPHONE_MASK ,
-and
-.BR LC_TIME_MASK .
-Alternatively, the mask can be specified as
-.BR LC_ALL_MASK ,
-which is equivalent to ORing all of the preceding constants.
-.P
-For each category specified in
-.IR category_mask ,
-the locale data from
-.I locale
-will be used in the object returned by
-.BR newlocale ().
-If a new locale object is being created,
-data for all categories not specified in
-.I category_mask
-is taken from the default ("POSIX") locale.
-.P
-The following preset values of
-.I locale
-are defined for all categories that can be specified in
-.IR category_mask :
-.TP
-"POSIX"
-A minimal locale environment for C language programs.
-.TP
-"C"
-Equivalent to "POSIX".
-.TP
-""
-An implementation-defined native environment
-corresponding to the values of the
-.B LC_*
-and
-.B LANG
-environment variables (see
-.BR locale (7)).
-.SS freelocale()
-The
-.BR freelocale ()
-function deallocates the resources associated with
-.IR locobj ,
-a locale object previously returned by a call to
-.BR newlocale ()
-or
-.BR duplocale (3).
-If
-.I locobj
-is
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-or is not valid locale object handle, the results are undefined.
-.P
-Once a locale object has been freed,
-the program should make no further use of it.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR newlocale ()
-returns a handle that can be used in calls to
-.BR duplocale (3),
-.BR freelocale (),
-and other functions that take a
-.I locale_t
-argument.
-On error,
-.BR newlocale ()
-returns
-.IR "(locale_t)\ 0",
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-One or more bits in
-.I category_mask
-do not correspond to a valid locale category.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I locale
-is NULL.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.I locale
-is not a string pointer referring to a valid locale.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to create a locale object.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.
-.SH NOTES
-Each locale object created by
-.BR newlocale ()
-should be deallocated using
-.BR freelocale ().
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below takes up to two command-line arguments,
-which each identify locales.
-The first argument is required, and is used to set the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-category in a locale object created using
-.BR newlocale ().
-The second command-line argument is optional;
-if it is present, it is used to set the
-.B LC_TIME
-category of the locale object.
-.P
-Having created and initialized the locale object,
-the program then applies it using
-.BR uselocale (3),
-and then tests the effect of the locale changes by:
-.IP (1) 5
-Displaying a floating-point number with a fractional part.
-This output will be affected by the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-setting.
-In many European-language locales,
-the fractional part of the number is separated from the integer part
-using a comma, rather than a period.
-.IP (2)
-Displaying the date.
-The format and language of the output will be affected by the
-.B LC_TIME
-setting.
-.P
-The following shell sessions show some example runs of this program.
-.P
-Set the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-category to
-.I fr_FR
-(French):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out fr_FR\fP
-123456,789
-Fri Mar  7 00:25:08 2014
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Set the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-category to
-.I fr_FR
-(French),
-and the
-.B LC_TIME
-category to
-.I it_IT
-(Italian):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out fr_FR it_IT\fP
-123456,789
-ven 07 mar 2014 00:26:01 CET
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Specify the
-.B LC_TIME
-setting as an empty string,
-which causes the value to be taken from environment variable settings
-(which, here, specify
-.IR mi_NZ ,
-New Zealand Māori):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ LC_ALL=mi_NZ ./a.out fr_FR ""
-123456,789
-Te Paraire, te 07 o Poutū\-te\-rangi, 2014 00:38:44 CET
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-.\" SRC BEGIN (newlocale.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 700
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-\&
-#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
-                        } while (0)
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char buf[100];
-    time_t t;
-    size_t s;
-    struct tm *tm;
-    locale_t loc, nloc;
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s locale1 [locale2]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Create a new locale object, taking the LC_NUMERIC settings
-       from the locale specified in argv[1]. */
-\&
-    loc = newlocale(LC_NUMERIC_MASK, argv[1], (locale_t) 0);
-    if (loc == (locale_t) 0)
-        errExit("newlocale");
-\&
-    /* If a second command\-line argument was specified, modify the
-       locale object to take the LC_TIME settings from the locale
-       specified in argv[2]. We assign the result of this newlocale()
-       call to \[aq]nloc\[aq] rather than \[aq]loc\[aq], since in some cases, we might
-       want to preserve \[aq]loc\[aq] if this call fails. */
-\&
-    if (argc > 2) {
-        nloc = newlocale(LC_TIME_MASK, argv[2], loc);
-        if (nloc == (locale_t) 0)
-            errExit("newlocale");
-        loc = nloc;
-    }
-\&
-    /* Apply the newly created locale to this thread. */
-\&
-    uselocale(loc);
-\&
-    /* Test effect of LC_NUMERIC. */
-\&
-    printf("%8.3f\en", 123456.789);
-\&
-    /* Test effect of LC_TIME. */
-\&
-    t = time(NULL);
-    tm = localtime(&t);
-    if (tm == NULL)
-        errExit("time");
-\&
-    s = strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c", tm);
-    if (s == 0)
-        errExit("strftime");
-\&
-    printf("%s\en", buf);
-\&
-    /* Free the locale object. */
-\&
-    uselocale(LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE);    /* So \[aq]loc\[aq] is no longer in use */
-    freelocale(loc);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR locale (1),
-.BR duplocale (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR uselocale (3),
-.BR locale (5),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/nextafter.3 b/man3/nextafter.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a33c1c4f6..000000000
--- a/man3/nextafter.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Based on glibc infopages
-.\"
-.TH nextafter 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-nextafter, nextafterf, nextafterl, nexttoward, nexttowardf, nexttowardl \-
-floating-point number manipulation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double nextafter(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float nextafterf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double nextafterl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.P
-.BI "double nexttoward(double " x ", long double " y );
-.BI "float nexttowardf(float " x ", long double " y );
-.BI "long double nexttowardl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR nextafter ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR nextafterf (),
-.BR nextafterl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR nexttoward (),
-.BR nexttowardf (),
-.BR nexttowardl ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR nextafter (),
-.BR nextafterf (),
-and
-.BR nextafterl ()
-functions return the next representable floating-point value following
-.I x
-in the direction of
-.IR y .
-If
-.I y
-is less than
-.IR x ,
-these functions will return the largest representable number less than
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-equals
-.IR y ,
-the functions return
-.IR y .
-.P
-The
-.BR nexttoward (),
-.BR nexttowardf (),
-and
-.BR nexttowardl ()
-functions do the same as the corresponding
-.BR nextafter ()
-functions, except that they have a
-.I "long double"
-second argument.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-these functions return the next representable floating-point value after
-.I x
-in the direction of
-.IR y .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-equals
-.IR y ,
-then
-.I y
-(cast to the same type as
-.IR x )
-is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is finite,
-.\" e.g., DBL_MAX
-and the result would overflow,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is not equal to
-.IR y ,
-and the correct function result would be subnormal, zero, or underflow,
-a range error occurs,
-and either the correct value (if it can be represented),
-or 0.0, is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.\" e.g., nextafter(DBL_MAX, HUGE_VAL);
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result is subnormal or underflows
-.\" e.g., nextafter(DBL_MIN, 0.0);
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR nextafter (),
-.BR nextafterf (),
-.BR nextafterl (),
-.BR nexttoward (),
-.BR nexttowardf (),
-.BR nexttowardl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
-recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-In glibc 2.5 and earlier, these functions do not raise an underflow
-floating-point
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-exception when an underflow occurs.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.23
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6799
-these functions did not set
-.IR errno .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR nearbyint (3)
diff --git a/man3/nextafterf.3 b/man3/nextafterf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 531e48f47..000000000
--- a/man3/nextafterf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man3/nextafterl.3 b/man3/nextafterl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 531e48f47..000000000
--- a/man3/nextafterl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man3/nextdown.3 b/man3/nextdown.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853b38897..000000000
--- a/man3/nextdown.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man3/nextdownf.3 b/man3/nextdownf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853b38897..000000000
--- a/man3/nextdownf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man3/nextdownl.3 b/man3/nextdownl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853b38897..000000000
--- a/man3/nextdownl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man3/nexttoward.3 b/man3/nexttoward.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 531e48f47..000000000
--- a/man3/nexttoward.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man3/nexttowardf.3 b/man3/nexttowardf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 531e48f47..000000000
--- a/man3/nexttowardf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man3/nexttowardl.3 b/man3/nexttowardl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 531e48f47..000000000
--- a/man3/nexttowardl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man3/nextup.3 b/man3/nextup.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 618c6b2de..000000000
--- a/man3/nextup.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2016, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH nextup 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-nextup, nextupf, nextupl, nextdown, nextdownf, nextdownl \-
-return next floating-point number toward positive/negative infinity
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "     /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double nextup(double " x );
-.BI "float nextupf(float " x );
-.BI "long double nextupl(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "double nextdown(double " x );
-.BI "float nextdownf(float " x );
-.BI "long double nextdownl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR nextup (),
-.BR nextupf (),
-and
-.BR nextupl ()
-functions return the next representable floating-point number greater than
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is the smallest representable negative number in the corresponding type,
-these functions return \-0.
-If
-.I x
-is 0, the returned value is the smallest representable positive number
-of the corresponding type.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity, the returned value is positive infinity.
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-the returned value is the largest representable finite negative number
-of the corresponding type.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is Nan,
-the returned value is NaN.
-.P
-The value returned by
-.I nextdown(x)
-is
-.IR \-nextup(\-x) ,
-and similarly for the other types.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-See DESCRIPTION.
-.\" .SH ERRORS
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR nextup (),
-.BR nextupf (),
-.BR nextupl (),
-.BR nextdown (),
-.BR nextdownf (),
-.BR nextdownl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-These functions are described in
-.I IEEE Std 754-2008 - Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic
-and
-.IR "ISO/IEC TS 18661".
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.24.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR nextafter (3)
diff --git a/man3/nextupf.3 b/man3/nextupf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853b38897..000000000
--- a/man3/nextupf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man3/nextupl.3 b/man3/nextupl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 853b38897..000000000
--- a/man3/nextupl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man3/nftw.3 b/man3/nftw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a5c9c928..000000000
--- a/man3/nftw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ftw.3
diff --git a/man3/nl_langinfo.3 b/man3/nl_langinfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24cdfe88e..000000000
--- a/man3/nl_langinfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Markus Kuhn <mkuhn@acm.org>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2015 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 manual
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.\" Corrected prototype, 2002-10-18, aeb
-.\"
-.TH nl_langinfo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-nl_langinfo, nl_langinfo_l \- query language and locale information
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <langinfo.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *nl_langinfo(nl_item " item );
-.BI "char *nl_langinfo_l(nl_item " item ", locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR nl_langinfo_l ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR nl_langinfo ()
-and
-.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
-functions provide access to locale information
-in a more flexible way than
-.BR localeconv (3).
-.BR nl_langinfo ()
-returns a string which is the value corresponding to
-\fIitem\fP in the program's current global
-locale.
-.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
-returns a string which is the value corresponding to \fIitem\fP
-for the locale identified by the locale object \fIlocale\fP,
-which was previously created by
-.BR newlocale (3).
-Individual and additional elements of the locale categories can
-be queried.
-.P
-Examples for the locale elements that can be specified in \fIitem\fP
-using the constants defined in \fI<langinfo.h>\fP are:
-.TP
-.BR CODESET \ (LC_CTYPE)
-Return a string with the name of the character encoding used in the
-selected locale, such as "UTF\-8", "ISO\-8859\-1", or "ANSI_X3.4\-1968"
-(better known as US-ASCII).
-This is the same string that you get with
-"locale charmap".
-For a list of character encoding names,
-try "locale \-m" (see
-.BR locale (1)).
-.TP
-.BR D_T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-to represent time and date in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %c
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR D_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-to represent a date in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %x
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-to represent a time in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %X
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR AM_STR \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that represents affix for ante meridiem (before noon, "AM")
-time.
-(Used in
-.B %p
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.)
-.TP
-.BR PM_STR \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that represents affix for post meridiem (before midnight, "PM")
-time.
-(Used in
-.B %p
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.)
-.TP
-.BR T_FMT_AMPM \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-to represent a time in a.m. or p.m. notation in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %r
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR ERA \ (LC_TIME)
-Return era description, which contains information about how years are counted
-and displayed for each era in a locale.
-Each era description segment shall have the format:
-.RS
-.IP
-.IR direction : offset : start_date : end_date : era_name : era_format
-.RE
-.IP
-according to the definitions below:
-.RS
-.TP 12
-.I direction
-Either a
-.RB \[dq] + "\[dq] or a \[dq]" - \[dq]
-character.
-The
-.RB \[dq] + \[dq]
-means that years increase from the
-.I start_date
-towards the
-.IR end_date ,
-.RB \[dq] - \[dq]
-means the opposite.
-.TP
-.I offset
-The epoch year of the
-.IR start_date .
-.TP
-.I start_date
-A date in the form
-.IR yyyy / mm / dd ,
-where
-.IR yyyy ", " mm ", and " dd
-are the year, month, and day numbers respectively of the start of the era.
-.TP
-.I end_date
-The ending date of the era, in the same format as the
-.IR start_date ,
-or one of the two special values
-.RB \[dq] -* \[dq]
-(minus infinity) or
-.RB \[dq] +* \[dq]
-(plus infinity).
-.TP
-.I era_name
-The name of the era, corresponding to the
-.B %EC
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.
-.TP
-.I era_format
-The format of the year in the era, corresponding to the
-.B %EY
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.
-.RE
-.IP
-Era description segments are separated by semicolons.
-Most locales do not define this value.
-Examples of locales that do define this value are the Japanese and Thai
-locales.
-.TP
-.BR ERA_D_T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-for alternative representation of time and date in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %Ec
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR ERA_D_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-for alternative representation of a date in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %Ex
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR ERA_T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
-Return a string that can be used as a format string for
-.BR strftime (3)
-for alternative representation of a time in a locale-specific way
-.RB ( %EX
-conversion specification).
-.TP
-.BR DAY_ "{1\[en]7} (LC_TIME)"
-Return name of the \fIn\fP-th day of the week.
-[Warning: this follows
-the US convention DAY_1 = Sunday, not the international convention
-(ISO\~8601) that Monday is the first day of the week.]
-(Used in
-.B %A
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.)
-.TP
-.BR ABDAY_ "{1\[en]7} (LC_TIME)"
-Return abbreviated name of the \fIn\fP-th day of the week.
-(Used in
-.B %a
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.)
-.TP
-.BR MON_ "{1\[en]12} (LC_TIME)"
-Return name of the \fIn\fP-th month.
-(Used in
-.B %B
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.)
-.TP
-.BR ABMON_ "{1\[en]12} (LC_TIME)"
-Return abbreviated name of the \fIn\fP-th month.
-(Used in
-.B %b
-.BR strftime (3)
-conversion specification.)
-.TP
-.BR RADIXCHAR \ (LC_NUMERIC)
-Return radix character (decimal dot, decimal comma, etc.).
-.TP
-.BR THOUSEP \ (LC_NUMERIC)
-Return separator character for thousands (groups of three digits).
-.TP
-.BR YESEXPR \ (LC_MESSAGES)
-Return a regular expression that can be used with the
-.BR regex (3)
-function to recognize a positive response to a yes/no question.
-.TP
-.BR NOEXPR \ (LC_MESSAGES)
-Return a regular expression that can be used with the
-.BR regex (3)
-function to recognize a negative response to a yes/no question.
-.TP
-.BR CRNCYSTR \ (LC_MONETARY)
-Return the currency symbol, preceded by "\-" if the symbol should
-appear before the value, "+" if the symbol should appear after the
-value, or "." if the symbol should replace the radix character.
-.P
-The above list covers just some examples of items that can be requested.
-For a more detailed list, consult
-.IR "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return a pointer to a string which
-is the value corresponding to
-.I item
-in the specified locale.
-.P
-If no locale has been selected by
-.BR setlocale (3)
-for the appropriate category,
-.BR nl_langinfo ()
-return a pointer to the corresponding string in the "C" locale.
-The same is true of
-.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
-if
-.I locale
-specifies a locale where
-.I langinfo
-data is not defined.
-.P
-If \fIitem\fP is not valid, a pointer to an empty string is returned.
-.P
-The pointer returned by these functions may point to static data that
-may be overwritten, or the pointer itself may be invalidated,
-by a subsequent call to
-.BR nl_langinfo (),
-.BR nl_langinfo_l (),
-or
-.BR setlocale (3).
-The same statements apply to
-.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
-if the locale object referred to by
-.I locale
-is freed or modified by
-.BR freelocale (3)
-or
-.BR newlocale (3).
-.P
-POSIX specifies that the application may not modify
-the string returned by these functions.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR nl_langinfo ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
-is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program sets the character type and the numeric locale
-according to the environment and queries the terminal character set and
-the radix character.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (nl_langinfo.c)
-.EX
-#include <langinfo.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "");
-    setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "");
-\&
-    printf("%s\en", nl_langinfo(CODESET));
-    printf("%s\en", nl_langinfo(RADIXCHAR));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR locale (1),
-.BR localeconv (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR charsets (7),
-.BR locale (7)
-.P
-The GNU C Library Reference Manual
diff --git a/man3/nl_langinfo_l.3 b/man3/nl_langinfo_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 36c3e35c0..000000000
--- a/man3/nl_langinfo_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/nl_langinfo.3
diff --git a/man3/nrand48.3 b/man3/nrand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/nrand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/nrand48_r.3 b/man3/nrand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/nrand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/ntohl.3 b/man3/ntohl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ba374e841..000000000
--- a/man3/ntohl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man3/ntohs.3 b/man3/ntohs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ba374e841..000000000
--- a/man3/ntohs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man3/ntp_adjtime.3 b/man3/ntp_adjtime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b08b9c801..000000000
--- a/man3/ntp_adjtime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/adjtimex.2
diff --git a/man3/ntp_gettime.3 b/man3/ntp_gettime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 62283a4f9..000000000
--- a/man3/ntp_gettime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2016 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH ntp_gettime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ntp_gettime, ntp_gettimex  \- get time parameters (NTP daemon interface)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/timex.h>
-.P
-.BI "int ntp_gettime(struct ntptimeval *" ntv );
-.BI "int ntp_gettimex(struct ntptimeval *" ntv );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Both of these APIs return information to the caller via the
-.I ntv
-argument, a structure of the following type:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct ntptimeval {
-    struct timeval time;    /* Current time */
-    long maxerror;          /* Maximum error */
-    long esterror;          /* Estimated error */
-    long tai;               /* TAI offset */
-\&
-    /* Further padding bytes allowing for future expansion */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The fields of this structure are as follows:
-.TP
-.I time
-The current time, expressed as a
-.I timeval
-structure:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct timeval {
-    time_t      tv_sec;   /* Seconds since the Epoch */
-    suseconds_t tv_usec;  /* Microseconds */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.TP
-.I maxerror
-Maximum error, in microseconds.
-This value can be initialized by
-.BR ntp_adjtime (3),
-and is increased periodically (on Linux: each second),
-but is clamped to an upper limit (the kernel constant
-.BR NTP_PHASE_MAX ,
-with a value of 16,000).
-.TP
-.I esterror
-Estimated error, in microseconds.
-This value can be set via
-.BR ntp_adjtime (3)
-to contain an estimate of the difference between the system clock
-and the true time.
-This value is not used inside the kernel.
-.TP
-.I tai
-TAI (Atomic International Time) offset.
-.P
-.BR ntp_gettime ()
-returns an
-.I ntptimeval
-structure in which the
-.IR time ,
-.IR maxerror ,
-and
-.I esterror
-fields are filled in.
-.P
-.BR ntp_gettimex ()
-performs the same task as
-.BR ntp_gettime (),
-but also returns information in the
-.I tai
-field.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return values for
-.BR ntp_gettime ()
-and
-.BR ntp_gettimex ()
-are as for
-.BR adjtimex (2).
-Given a correct pointer argument, these functions always succeed.
-.\" FIXME . the info page incorrectly describes the return values.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ntp_gettime (),
-.BR ntp_gettimex ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR ntp_gettime ()
-NTP Kernel Application Program Interface.
-.TP
-.BR ntp_gettimex ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR ntp_gettime ()
-glibc 2.1.
-.TP
-.BR ntp_gettimex ()
-glibc 2.12.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR adjtimex (2),
-.BR ntp_adjtime (3),
-.BR time (7)
-.P
-.ad l
-.UR http://www.slac.stanford.edu/comp/unix/\:package/\:rtems/\:src/\:ssrlApps/\:ntpNanoclock/\:api.htm
-NTP "Kernel Application Program Interface"
-.UE
diff --git a/man3/ntp_gettimex.3 b/man3/ntp_gettimex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142d76b59..000000000
--- a/man3/ntp_gettimex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ntp_gettime.3
diff --git a/man3/offsetof.3 b/man3/offsetof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eea85c10..000000000
--- a/man3/offsetof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
-.\"     and Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" References:
-.\"   /usr/lib/gcc/i486-linux-gnu/4.1.1/include/stddef.h
-.\"   glibc-doc
-.TH offsetof 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-offsetof \- offset of a structure member
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stddef.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t offsetof(" type ", " member );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The macro
-.BR offsetof ()
-returns the offset of the field
-.I member
-from the start of the structure
-.IR type .
-.P
-This macro is useful because the sizes of the fields that compose
-a structure can vary across implementations,
-and compilers may insert different numbers of padding
-bytes between fields.
-Consequently, an element's offset is not necessarily
-given by the sum of the sizes of the previous elements.
-.P
-A compiler error will result if
-.I member
-is not aligned to a byte boundary
-(i.e., it is a bit field).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR offsetof ()
-returns the offset of the given
-.I member
-within the given
-.IR type ,
-in units of bytes.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-On a Linux/i386 system, when compiled using the default
-.BR gcc (1)
-options, the program below produces the following output:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-offsets: i=0; c=4; d=8 a=16
-sizeof(struct s)=16
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (offsetof.c)
-.EX
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct s {
-        int i;
-        char c;
-        double d;
-        char a[];
-    };
-\&
-    /* Output is compiler dependent */
-\&
-    printf("offsets: i=%zu; c=%zu; d=%zu a=%zu\en",
-           offsetof(struct s, i), offsetof(struct s, c),
-           offsetof(struct s, d), offsetof(struct s, a));
-    printf("sizeof(struct s)=%zu\en", sizeof(struct s));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
diff --git a/man3/on_exit.3 b/man3/on_exit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08fceba13..000000000
--- a/man3/on_exit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-04-02, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-07-25, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH on_exit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-on_exit \- register a function to be called at normal process termination
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int on_exit(void (*" function ")(int, void *), void *" arg );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR on_exit ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR on_exit ()
-function registers the given
-.I function
-to be
-called at normal process termination, whether via
-.BR exit (3)
-or via return from the program's
-.IR main ().
-The
-.I function
-is passed the status argument given to the last call to
-.BR exit (3)
-and the
-.I arg
-argument from
-.BR on_exit ().
-.P
-The same function may be registered multiple times:
-it is called once for each registration.
-.P
-When a child process is created via
-.BR fork (2),
-it inherits copies of its parent's registrations.
-Upon a successful call to one of the
-.BR exec (3)
-functions, all registrations are removed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR on_exit ()
-function returns the value 0 if successful; otherwise
-it returns a nonzero value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR on_exit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SunOS 4, glibc.
-Removed in Solaris (SunOS 5).
-Use the standard
-.BR atexit (3)
-instead.
-.SH CAVEATS
-By the time
-.I function
-is executed, stack
-.RI ( auto )
-variables may already have gone out of scope.
-Therefore,
-.I arg
-should not be a pointer to a stack variable;
-it may however be a pointer to a heap variable or a global variable.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR _exit (2),
-.BR atexit (3),
-.BR exit (3)
diff --git a/man3/open_memstream.3 b/man3/open_memstream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 63a1ea9be..000000000
--- a/man3/open_memstream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2005, 2012, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" 2008-12-04, Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>: Document open_wmemstream()
-.\"
-.TH open_memstream 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-open_memstream, open_wmemstream \- open a dynamic memory buffer stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *open_memstream(char **" ptr ", size_t *" sizeloc );
-.P
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *open_wmemstream(wchar_t **" ptr ", size_t *" sizeloc );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR open_memstream (),
-.BR open_wmemstream ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR open_memstream ()
-function opens a stream for writing to a memory buffer.
-The function dynamically allocates the buffer,
-and the buffer automatically grows as needed.
-Initially, the buffer has a size of zero.
-After closing the stream, the caller should
-.BR free (3)
-this buffer.
-.P
-The locations pointed to by
-.I ptr
-and
-.I sizeloc
-are used to report, respectively,
-the current location and the size of the buffer.
-The locations referred to by these pointers are updated
-each time the stream is flushed
-.RB ( fflush (3))
-and when the stream is closed
-.RB ( fclose (3)).
-These values remain valid only as long as the caller
-performs no further output on the stream.
-If further output is performed, then the stream
-must again be flushed before trying to access these values.
-.P
-A null byte is maintained at the end of the buffer.
-This byte is
-.I not
-included in the size value stored at
-.IR sizeloc .
-.P
-The stream maintains the notion of a current position,
-which is initially zero (the start of the buffer).
-Each write operation implicitly adjusts the buffer position.
-The stream's buffer position can be explicitly changed with
-.BR fseek (3)
-or
-.BR fseeko (3).
-Moving the buffer position past the end
-of the data already written fills the intervening space with
-null characters.
-.P
-The
-.BR open_wmemstream ()
-is similar to
-.BR open_memstream (),
-but operates on wide characters instead of bytes.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion,
-.BR open_memstream ()
-and
-.BR open_wmemstream ()
-return a
-.I FILE
-pointer.
-Otherwise, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR open_memstream (),
-.BR open_wmemstream ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR open_memstream ()
-glibc 1.0.x.
-.TP
-.BR open_wmemstream ()
-glibc 2.4.
-.SH NOTES
-There is no file descriptor associated with the file stream
-returned by these functions
-(i.e.,
-.BR fileno (3)
-will return an error if called on the returned stream).
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.7, seeking past the end of a stream created by
-.BR open_memstream ()
-does not enlarge the buffer; instead the
-.BR fseek (3)
-call fails, returning \-1.
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1996
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR fmemopen (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fmemopen (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR setbuf (3)
diff --git a/man3/open_wmemstream.3 b/man3/open_wmemstream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a113f1345..000000000
--- a/man3/open_wmemstream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/open_memstream.3
diff --git a/man3/opendir.3 b/man3/opendir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9222310a0..000000000
--- a/man3/opendir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:46:01 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" 2007-07-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>: document fdopendir().
-.TH opendir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-opendir, fdopendir \- open a directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "DIR *opendir(const char *" name );
-.BI "DIR *fdopendir(int " fd );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR fdopendir ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR opendir ()
-function opens a directory stream corresponding to the
-directory \fIname\fP, and returns a pointer to the directory stream.
-The stream is positioned at the first entry in the directory.
-.P
-The
-.BR fdopendir ()
-function
-is like
-.BR opendir (),
-but returns a directory stream for the directory referred
-to by the open file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-After a successful call to
-.BR fdopendir (),
-.I fd
-is used internally by the implementation,
-and should not otherwise be used by the application.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR opendir ()
-and
-.BR fdopendir ()
-functions return a pointer to the directory stream.
-On error, NULL is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Permission denied.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor opened for reading.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-Directory does not exist, or \fIname\fP is an empty string.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to complete the operation.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-\fIname\fP is not a directory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR opendir (),
-.BR fdopendir ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR opendir ()
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR fdopendir ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-glibc 2.4.
-.SH NOTES
-Filename entries can be read from a directory stream using
-.BR readdir (3).
-.P
-The underlying file descriptor of the directory stream can be obtained using
-.BR dirfd (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR opendir ()
-function sets the close-on-exec flag for the file descriptor underlying the
-.IR "DIR *" .
-The
-.BR fdopendir ()
-function leaves the setting of the close-on-exec
-flag unchanged for the file descriptor,
-.IR fd .
-POSIX.1-200x leaves it unspecified whether a successful call to
-.BR fdopendir ()
-will set the close-on-exec flag for the file descriptor,
-.IR fd .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR dirfd (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/openlog.3 b/man3/openlog.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ec352b291..000000000
--- a/man3/openlog.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/syslog.3
diff --git a/man3/openpty.3 b/man3/openpty.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 35ba068e8..000000000
--- a/man3/openpty.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) OpenBSD Group
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\" Converted into a manpage again by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
-.\"
-.\" Added -lutil remark, 030718
-.\"
-.TH openpty 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-openpty, login_tty, forkpty \- terminal utility functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-System utilities library
-.RI ( libutil ", " \-lutil )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pty.h>
-.P
-.BI "int openpty(int *" amaster ", int *" aslave ", char *" name ,
-.BI "              const struct termios *" termp ,
-.BI "              const struct winsize *" winp );
-.BI "pid_t forkpty(int *" amaster ", char *" name ,
-.BI "              const struct termios *" termp ,
-.BI "              const struct winsize *" winp );
-.P
-.B #include <utmp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int login_tty(int " fd );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR openpty ()
-function finds an available pseudoterminal and returns file descriptors
-for the master and slave in
-.I amaster
-and
-.IR aslave .
-If
-.I name
-is not NULL, the filename of the slave is returned in
-.IR name .
-If
-.I termp
-is not NULL, the terminal parameters of the slave will be set to the
-values in
-.IR termp .
-If
-.I winp
-is not NULL, the window size of the slave will be set to the values in
-.IR winp .
-.P
-The
-.BR login_tty ()
-function prepares for a login on the terminal
-referred to by the file descriptor
-.I fd
-(which may be a real terminal device, or the slave of a pseudoterminal as
-returned by
-.BR openpty ())
-by creating a new session, making
-.I fd
-the controlling terminal for the calling process, setting
-.I fd
-to be the standard input, output, and error streams of the current
-process, and closing
-.IR fd .
-.P
-The
-.BR forkpty ()
-function combines
-.BR openpty (),
-.BR fork (2),
-and
-.BR login_tty ()
-to create a new process operating in a pseudoterminal.
-A file descriptor referring to
-master side of the pseudoterminal is returned in
-.IR amaster .
-If
-.I name
-is not NULL, the buffer it points to is used to return the
-filename of the slave.
-The
-.I termp
-and
-.I winp
-arguments, if not NULL,
-will determine the terminal attributes and window size of the slave
-side of the pseudoterminal.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If a call to
-.BR openpty (),
-.BR login_tty (),
-or
-.BR forkpty ()
-is not successful, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-Otherwise,
-.BR openpty (),
-.BR login_tty (),
-and the child process of
-.BR forkpty ()
-return 0, and the parent process of
-.BR forkpty ()
-returns the process ID of the child process.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR openpty ()
-fails if:
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-There are no available terminals.
-.P
-.BR login_tty ()
-fails if
-.BR ioctl (2)
-fails to set
-.I fd
-to the controlling terminal of the calling process.
-.P
-.BR forkpty ()
-fails if either
-.BR openpty ()
-or
-.BR fork (2)
-fails.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR forkpty (),
-.BR openpty ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR login_tty ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyname
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-The
-.B const
-modifiers were added to the structure pointer arguments of
-.BR openpty ()
-and
-.BR forkpty ()
-in glibc 2.8.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.0.92,
-.BR openpty ()
-returns file descriptors for a BSD pseudoterminal pair;
-since glibc 2.0.92,
-it first attempts to open a UNIX 98 pseudoterminal pair,
-and falls back to opening a BSD pseudoterminal pair if that fails.
-.SH BUGS
-Nobody knows how much space should be reserved for
-.IR name .
-So, calling
-.BR openpty ()
-or
-.BR forkpty ()
-with non-NULL
-.I name
-may not be secure.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR ttyname (3),
-.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man3/optarg.3 b/man3/optarg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7612d3f67..000000000
--- a/man3/optarg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man3/opterr.3 b/man3/opterr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7612d3f67..000000000
--- a/man3/opterr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man3/optind.3 b/man3/optind.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7612d3f67..000000000
--- a/man3/optind.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man3/optopt.3 b/man3/optopt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7612d3f67..000000000
--- a/man3/optopt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man3/passwd2des.3 b/man3/passwd2des.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 01b6ce65a..000000000
--- a/man3/passwd2des.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xcrypt.3
diff --git a/man3/pathconf.3 b/man3/pathconf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 46d8c8b17..000000000
--- a/man3/pathconf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fpathconf.3
diff --git a/man3/pclose.3 b/man3/pclose.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 663d4a081..000000000
--- a/man3/pclose.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/popen.3
diff --git a/man3/perror.3 b/man3/perror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a2520f1..000000000
--- a/man3/perror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Michael Haardt (michael@moria.de), 1994-06-04
-.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Michael Haardt
-.\"      (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de), 1995-03-16
-.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl), 1996-01-13
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" 1996-01-13 aeb: merged in some text contributed by Melvin Smith
-.\"   (msmith@falcon.mercer.peachnet.edu) and various other changes.
-.\" Modified 1996-05-16 by Martin Schulze (joey@infodrom.north.de)
-.\"
-.TH perror 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-perror \- print a system error message
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "void perror(const char *" s );
-.P
-.B #include <errno.h>
-.P
-.BI "int " errno ";       \fR/* Not really declared this way; see errno(3) */"
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] const char *const " sys_errlist [];
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int " sys_nerr ;
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.IR sys_errlist ,
-.IR sys_nerr :
-.nf
-    From glibc 2.19 to glibc 2.31:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR perror ()
-function produces a message on standard error describing the last
-error encountered during a call to a system or library function.
-.P
-First (if
-.I s
-is not NULL and
-.I *s
-is not a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])), the argument string
-.I s
-is printed, followed by a colon and a blank.
-Then an error message corresponding to the current value of
-.I errno
-and a new-line.
-.P
-To be of most use, the argument string should include the name
-of the function that incurred the error.
-.P
-The global error list
-.IR sys_errlist "[],"
-which can be indexed by
-.IR errno ,
-can be used to obtain the error message without the newline.
-The largest message number provided in the table is
-.IR sys_nerr "\-1."
-Be careful when directly accessing this list, because new error values
-may not have been added to
-.IR sys_errlist "[]."
-The use of
-.IR sys_errlist "[]"
-is nowadays deprecated; use
-.BR strerror (3)
-instead.
-.P
-When a system call fails, it usually returns \-1 and sets the
-variable
-.I errno
-to a value describing what went wrong.
-(These values can be found in
-.IR <errno.h> .)
-Many library functions do likewise.
-The function
-.BR perror ()
-serves to translate this error code into human-readable form.
-Note that
-.I errno
-is undefined after a successful system call or library function call:
-this call may well change this variable, even though it succeeds,
-for example because it internally used some other library function that failed.
-Thus, if a failing call is not immediately followed by a call to
-.BR perror (),
-the value of
-.I errno
-should be saved.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR perror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stderr
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.I errno
-.TQ
-.BR perror ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.I sys_nerr
-.TQ
-.I sys_errlist
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.I errno
-.TQ
-.BR perror ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.I sys_nerr
-.TQ
-.I sys_errlist
-Removed in glibc 2.32.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR err (3),
-.BR errno (3),
-.BR error (3),
-.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man3/pmap_getmaps.3 b/man3/pmap_getmaps.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/pmap_getmaps.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/pmap_getport.3 b/man3/pmap_getport.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/pmap_getport.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/pmap_rmtcall.3 b/man3/pmap_rmtcall.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/pmap_rmtcall.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/pmap_set.3 b/man3/pmap_set.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/pmap_set.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/pmap_unset.3 b/man3/pmap_unset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/pmap_unset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/popen.3 b/man3/popen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c56d938e4..000000000
--- a/man3/popen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)popen.3	6.4 (Berkeley) 4/30/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:45:38 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Modified Sat May 18 20:37:44 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
-.\" Modified 7 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
-.\"
-.TH popen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-popen, pclose \- pipe stream to or from a process
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *popen(const char *" command ", const char *" type );
-.BI "int pclose(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR popen (),
-.BR pclose ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR popen ()
-function opens a process by creating a pipe, forking, and invoking the
-shell.
-Since a pipe is by definition unidirectional, the
-.I type
-argument may specify only reading or writing, not both; the resulting
-stream is correspondingly read-only or write-only.
-.P
-The
-.I command
-argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string containing a shell
-command line.
-This command is passed to
-.I /bin/sh
-using the
-.B \-c
-flag; interpretation, if any, is performed by the shell.
-.P
-The
-.I type
-argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string which must contain
-either the letter \[aq]r\[aq] for reading or the letter \[aq]w\[aq] for writing.
-Since glibc 2.9,
-this argument can additionally include the letter \[aq]e\[aq],
-which causes the close-on-exec flag
-.RB ( FD_CLOEXEC )
-to be set on the underlying file descriptor;
-see the description of the
-.B O_CLOEXEC
-flag in
-.BR open (2)
-for reasons why this may be useful.
-.P
-The return value from
-.BR popen ()
-is a normal standard I/O stream in all respects save that it must be closed
-with
-.BR pclose ()
-rather than
-.BR fclose (3).
-Writing to such a stream writes to the standard input of the command; the
-command's standard output is the same as that of the process that called
-.BR popen (),
-unless this is altered by the command itself.
-Conversely, reading from
-the stream reads the command's standard output, and the command's
-standard input is the same as that of the process that called
-.BR popen ().
-.P
-Note that output
-.BR popen ()
-streams are block buffered by default.
-.P
-The
-.BR pclose ()
-function waits for the associated process to terminate and returns the exit
-status of the command as returned by
-.BR wait4 (2).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR popen ():
-on success, returns a pointer to an open stream that
-can be used to read or write to the pipe;
-if the
-.BR fork (2)
-or
-.BR pipe (2)
-calls fail, or if the function cannot allocate memory,
-NULL is returned.
-.P
-.BR pclose ():
-on success, returns the exit status of the command; if
-.\" These conditions actually give undefined results, so I commented
-.\" them out.
-.\" .I stream
-.\" is not associated with a "popen()ed" command, if
-.\".I stream
-.\" already "pclose()d", or if
-.BR wait4 (2)
-returns an error, or some other error is detected,
-\-1 is returned.
-.P
-On failure, both functions set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR popen ()
-function does not set
-.I errno
-if memory allocation fails.
-If the underlying
-.BR fork (2)
-or
-.BR pipe (2)
-fails,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-If the
-.I type
-argument is invalid, and this condition is detected,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EINVAL .
-.P
-If
-.BR pclose ()
-cannot obtain the child status,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ECHILD .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR popen (),
-.BR pclose ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The \[aq]e\[aq] value for
-.I type
-is a Linux extension.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Carefully read Caveats in
-.BR system (3).
-.SH BUGS
-Since the standard input of a command opened for reading shares its seek
-offset with the process that called
-.BR popen (),
-if the original process has done a buffered read, the command's input
-position may not be as expected.
-Similarly, the output from a command
-opened for writing may become intermingled with that of the original
-process.
-The latter can be avoided by calling
-.BR fflush (3)
-before
-.BR popen ().
-.P
-Failure to execute the shell is indistinguishable from the shell's failure
-to execute the command, or an immediate exit of the command.
-The only hint is an exit status of 127.
-.\" .SH HISTORY
-.\" A
-.\" .BR popen ()
-.\" and a
-.\" .BR pclose ()
-.\" function appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR pipe (2),
-.BR wait4 (2),
-.BR fclose (3),
-.BR fflush (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR stdio (3),
-.BR system (3)
diff --git a/man3/posix_fallocate.3 b/man3/posix_fallocate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 46ce6ac7f..000000000
--- a/man3/posix_fallocate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH posix_fallocate 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-posix_fallocate \- allocate file space
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <fcntl.h>
-.P
-.BI "int posix_fallocate(int " fd ", off_t " offset ", off_t " len );
-.fi
-.P
-.ad l
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR posix_fallocate ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR posix_fallocate ()
-ensures that disk space is allocated for the file referred to by the
-file descriptor
-.I fd
-for the bytes in the range starting at
-.I offset
-and continuing for
-.I len
-bytes.
-After a successful call to
-.BR posix_fallocate (),
-subsequent writes to bytes in the specified range are
-guaranteed not to fail because of lack of disk space.
-.P
-If the size of the file is less than
-.IR offset + len ,
-then the file is increased to this size;
-otherwise the file size is left unchanged.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR posix_fallocate ()
-returns zero on success, or an error number on failure.
-Note that
-.I errno
-is not set.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor, or is not opened for writing.
-.TP
-.B EFBIG
-.I offset+len
-exceeds the maximum file size.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-A signal was caught during execution.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I offset
-was less than 0, or
-.I len
-was less than or equal to 0, or the underlying filesystem does not
-support the operation.
-.TP
-.B ENODEV
-.I fd
-does not refer to a regular file.
-.TP
-.B ENOSPC
-There is not enough space left on the device containing the file
-referred to by
-.IR fd .
-.TP
-.B EOPNOTSUPP
-The filesystem containing the file referred to by
-.I fd
-does not support this operation.
-This error code can be returned by C libraries that don't perform the
-emulation shown in NOTES, such as musl libc.
-.TP
-.B ESPIPE
-.I fd
-refers to a pipe.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR posix_fallocate ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe (but see NOTES)
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.94.
-POSIX.1-2001
-.P
-POSIX.1-2008 says that an implementation
-.I shall
-give the
-.B EINVAL
-error if
-.I len
-was 0, or
-.I offset
-was less than 0.
-POSIX.1-2001 says that an implementation
-.I shall
-give the
-.B EINVAL
-error if
-.I len
-is less than 0, or
-.I offset
-was less than 0, and
-.I may
-give the error if
-.I len
-equals zero.
-.SH CAVEATS
-In the glibc implementation,
-.BR posix_fallocate ()
-is implemented using the
-.BR fallocate (2)
-system call, which is MT-safe.
-If the underlying filesystem does not support
-.BR fallocate (2),
-then the operation is emulated with the following caveats:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The emulation is inefficient.
-.IP \[bu]
-There is a race condition where concurrent writes from another thread or
-process could be overwritten with null bytes.
-.IP \[bu]
-There is a race condition where concurrent file size increases by
-another thread or process could result in a file whose size is smaller
-than expected.
-.IP \[bu]
-If
-.I fd
-has been opened with the
-.B O_APPEND
-or
-.B O_WRONLY
-flags, the function fails with the error
-.BR EBADF .
-.P
-In general, the emulation is not MT-safe.
-On Linux, applications may use
-.BR fallocate (2)
-if they cannot tolerate the emulation caveats.
-In general, this is
-only recommended if the application plans to terminate the operation if
-.B EOPNOTSUPP
-is returned, otherwise the application itself will need to implement a
-fallback with all the same problems as the emulation provided by glibc.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fallocate (1),
-.BR fallocate (2),
-.BR lseek (2),
-.BR posix_fadvise (2)
diff --git a/man3/posix_madvise.3 b/man3/posix_madvise.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 967d52aec..000000000
--- a/man3/posix_madvise.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH posix_madvise 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-posix_madvise \- give advice about patterns of memory usage
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/mman.h>
-.P
-.BI "int posix_madvise(void " addr [. len "], size_t " len ", int " advice );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR posix_madvise ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR posix_madvise ()
-function allows an application to advise the system about its expected
-patterns of usage of memory in the address range starting at
-.I addr
-and continuing for
-.I len
-bytes.
-The system is free to use this advice in order to improve the performance
-of memory accesses (or to ignore the advice altogether), but calling
-.BR posix_madvise ()
-shall not affect the semantics of access to memory in the specified range.
-.P
-The
-.I advice
-argument is one of the following:
-.TP
-.B POSIX_MADV_NORMAL
-The application has no special advice regarding its memory usage patterns
-for the specified address range.
-This is the default behavior.
-.TP
-.B POSIX_MADV_SEQUENTIAL
-The application expects to access the specified address range sequentially,
-running from lower addresses to higher addresses.
-Hence, pages in this region can be aggressively read ahead,
-and may be freed soon after they are accessed.
-.TP
-.B POSIX_MADV_RANDOM
-The application expects to access the specified address range randomly.
-Thus, read ahead may be less useful than normally.
-.TP
-.B POSIX_MADV_WILLNEED
-The application expects to access the specified address range
-in the near future.
-Thus, read ahead may be beneficial.
-.TP
-.B POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED
-The application expects that it will not access the specified address range
-in the near future.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR posix_madvise ()
-returns 0.
-On failure, it returns a positive error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I addr
-is not a multiple of the system page size or
-.I len
-is negative.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I advice
-is invalid.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Addresses in the specified range are partially or completely outside
-the caller's address space.
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX.1 permits an implementation to generate an error if
-.I len
-is 0.
-On Linux, specifying
-.I len
-as 0 is permitted (as a successful no-op).
-.P
-In glibc, this function is implemented using
-.BR madvise (2).
-However, since glibc 2.6,
-.B POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED
-is treated as a no-op, because the corresponding
-.BR madvise (2)
-value,
-.BR MADV_DONTNEED ,
-has destructive semantics.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR madvise (2),
-.BR posix_fadvise (2)
diff --git a/man3/posix_memalign.3 b/man3/posix_memalign.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 534f85932..000000000
--- a/man3/posix_memalign.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.\" Based in part on GNU libc documentation.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 2001-10-11, 2003-08-22, aeb, added some details
-.\" 2012-03-23, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@mail.com>
-.\"     Document pvalloc() and aligned_alloc()
-.TH posix_memalign 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-posix_memalign, aligned_alloc, memalign, valloc, pvalloc \-
-allocate aligned memory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int posix_memalign(void **" memptr ", size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
-.BI "void *aligned_alloc(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void *valloc(size_t " size );
-.P
-.B #include <malloc.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void *memalign(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] void *pvalloc(size_t " size );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR posix_memalign ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.P
-.BR aligned_alloc ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC11_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR valloc ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.12:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && !(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-allocates
-.I size
-bytes and places the address of the allocated memory in
-.IR "*memptr" .
-The address of the allocated memory will be a multiple of
-.IR "alignment" ,
-which must be a power of two and a multiple of
-.IR "sizeof(void\ *)" .
-This address can later be successfully passed to
-.BR free (3).
-If
-.I size
-is 0, then
-the value placed in
-.I *memptr
-is either NULL
-.\" glibc does this:
-or a unique pointer value.
-.P
-The obsolete function
-.BR memalign ()
-allocates
-.I size
-bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
-The memory address will be a multiple of
-.IR alignment ,
-which must be a power of two.
-.\" The behavior of memalign() for size==0 is as for posix_memalign()
-.\" but no standards govern this.
-.P
-.BR aligned_alloc ()
-is the same as
-.BR memalign (),
-except for the added restriction that
-.I alignment
-must be a power of two.
-.P
-The obsolete function
-.BR valloc ()
-allocates
-.I size
-bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
-The memory address will be a multiple of the page size.
-It is equivalent to
-.IR "memalign(sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE),size)" .
-.P
-The obsolete function
-.BR pvalloc ()
-is similar to
-.BR valloc (),
-but rounds the size of the allocation up to
-the next multiple of the system page size.
-.P
-For all of these functions, the memory is not zeroed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR aligned_alloc (),
-.BR memalign (),
-.BR valloc (),
-and
-.BR pvalloc ()
-return a pointer to the allocated memory on success.
-On error, NULL is returned, and \fIerrno\fP is set
-to indicate the error.
-.P
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-returns zero on success, or one of the error values listed in the
-next section on failure.
-The value of
-.I errno
-is not set.
-On Linux (and other systems),
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-does not modify
-.I memptr
-on failure.
-A requirement standardizing this behavior was added in POSIX.1-2008 TC2.
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=520
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I alignment
-argument was not a power of two, or was not a multiple of
-.IR "sizeof(void\ *)" .
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR aligned_alloc (),
-.BR memalign (),
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR valloc (),
-.BR pvalloc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe init
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR aligned_alloc ()
-C11.
-.TP
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR memalign ()
-.TQ
-.BR valloc ()
-None.
-.TP
-.BR pvalloc ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR aligned_alloc ()
-glibc 2.16.
-C11.
-.TP
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-glibc 2.1.91.
-POSIX.1d, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR memalign ()
-glibc 2.0.
-SunOS 4.1.3.
-.TP
-.BR valloc ()
-glibc 2.0.
-3.0BSD.
-Documented as obsolete in 4.3BSD,
-and as legacy in SUSv2.
-.TP
-.BR pvalloc ()
-glibc 2.0.
-.\"
-.SS Headers
-Everybody agrees that
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
-.P
-On some systems
-.BR memalign ()
-is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP instead of \fI<malloc.h>\fP.
-.P
-According to SUSv2,
-.BR valloc ()
-is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
-.\" Libc4,5 and
-glibc declares it in \fI<malloc.h>\fP, and also in
-\fI<stdlib.h>\fP
-if suitable feature test macros are defined (see above).
-.SH NOTES
-On many systems there are alignment restrictions, for example, on buffers
-used for direct block device I/O.
-POSIX specifies the
-.I "pathconf(path,_PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN)"
-call that tells what alignment is needed.
-Now one can use
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-to satisfy this requirement.
-.P
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-verifies that
-.I alignment
-matches the requirements detailed above.
-.BR memalign ()
-may not check that the
-.I alignment
-argument is correct.
-.P
-POSIX requires that memory obtained from
-.BR posix_memalign ()
-can be freed using
-.BR free (3).
-Some systems provide no way to reclaim memory allocated with
-.BR memalign ()
-or
-.BR valloc ()
-(because one can pass to
-.BR free (3)
-only a pointer obtained from
-.BR malloc (3),
-while, for example,
-.BR memalign ()
-would call
-.BR malloc (3)
-and then align the obtained value).
-.\" Other systems allow passing the result of
-.\" .IR valloc ()
-.\" to
-.\" .IR free (3),
-.\" but not to
-.\" .IR realloc (3).
-The glibc implementation
-allows memory obtained from any of these functions to be
-reclaimed with
-.BR free (3).
-.P
-The glibc
-.BR malloc (3)
-always returns 8-byte aligned memory addresses, so these functions are
-needed only if you require larger alignment values.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR brk (2),
-.BR getpagesize (2),
-.BR free (3),
-.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man3/posix_openpt.3 b/man3/posix_openpt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 496b38d67..000000000
--- a/man3/posix_openpt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2004 Michael Kerrisk
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH posix_openpt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-posix_openpt \- open a pseudoterminal device
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.B #include <fcntl.h>
-.P
-.BI "int posix_openpt(int " flags ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR posix_openpt ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR posix_openpt ()
-function opens an unused pseudoterminal master device, returning a
-file descriptor that can be used to refer to that device.
-.P
-The
-.I flags
-argument is a bit mask that ORs together zero or more of
-the following flags:
-.TP
-.B O_RDWR
-Open the device for both reading and writing.
-It is usual to specify this flag.
-.TP
-.B O_NOCTTY
-Do not make this device the controlling terminal for the process.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR posix_openpt ()
-returns a file descriptor (a nonnegative integer) which is the lowest
-numbered unused file descriptor.
-On failure, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR open (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR posix_openpt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-It is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support (see
-.BR pts (4)).
-.SH NOTES
-Some older UNIX implementations that support System V
-(aka UNIX 98) pseudoterminals don't have this function, but it
-can be easily implemented by opening the pseudoterminal multiplexor device:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int
-posix_openpt(int flags)
-{
-    return open("/dev/ptmx", flags);
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Calling
-.BR posix_openpt ()
-creates a pathname for the corresponding pseudoterminal slave device.
-The pathname of the slave device can be obtained using
-.BR ptsname (3).
-The slave device pathname exists only as long as the master device is open.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR open (2),
-.BR getpt (3),
-.BR grantpt (3),
-.BR ptsname (3),
-.BR unlockpt (3),
-.BR pts (4),
-.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man3/posix_spawn.3 b/man3/posix_spawn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7eb96429f..000000000
--- a/man3/posix_spawn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,823 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Bill O. Gallmeister (bgallmeister@gmail.com)
-.\" and Copyright 2010 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux glibc source code
-.\"     POSIX 1003.1-2004 documentation
-.\"     (http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399)
-.\"
-.TH posix_spawn 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-posix_spawn, posix_spawnp \- spawn a process
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <spawn.h>
-.P
-.BI "int posix_spawn(pid_t *restrict " pid ", const char *restrict " path ,
-.BI "                const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *restrict " file_actions ,
-.BI "                const posix_spawnattr_t *restrict " attrp ,
-.BI "                char *const " argv [restrict],
-.BI "                char *const " envp [restrict]);
-.BI "int posix_spawnp(pid_t *restrict " pid ", const char *restrict " file ,
-.BI "                const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *restrict " file_actions ,
-.BI "                const posix_spawnattr_t *restrict " attrp ,
-.BI "                char *const " argv [restrict],
-.BI "                char *const " envp [restrict]);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-and
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-functions are used to create a new child process that executes
-a specified file.
-These functions were specified by POSIX to provide a standardized method
-of creating new processes on machines that lack the capability
-to support the
-.BR fork (2)
-system call.
-These machines are generally small, embedded systems lacking MMU support.
-.P
-The
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-and
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-functions provide the functionality of a combined
-.BR fork (2)
-and
-.BR exec (3),
-with some optional housekeeping steps in the child process before the
-.BR exec (3).
-These functions are not meant to replace the
-.BR fork (2)
-and
-.BR execve (2)
-system calls.
-In fact, they provide only a subset of the functionality
-that can be achieved by using the system calls.
-.P
-The only difference between
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-and
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-is the manner in which they specify the file to be executed by
-the child process.
-With
-.BR posix_spawn (),
-the executable file is specified as a pathname
-(which can be absolute or relative).
-With
-.BR posix_spawnp (),
-the executable file is specified as a simple filename;
-the system searches for this file in the list of directories specified by
-.B PATH
-(in the same way as for
-.BR execvp (3)).
-For the remainder of this page, the discussion is phrased in terms of
-.BR posix_spawn (),
-with the understanding that
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-differs only on the point just described.
-.P
-The remaining arguments to these two functions are as follows:
-.TP
-.I pid
-points to a buffer that is used to return the process ID
-of the new child process.
-.TP
-.I file_actions
-points to a
-.I "spawn file actions object"
-that specifies file-related actions to be performed in the child
-between the
-.BR fork (2)
-and
-.BR exec (3)
-steps.
-This object is initialized and populated before the
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-call using
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_init (3)
-and the
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_* ()
-functions.
-.TP
-.I attrp
-points to an
-.I attributes objects
-that specifies various attributes of the created child process.
-This object is initialized and populated before the
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-call using
-.BR posix_spawnattr_init (3)
-and the
-.BR posix_spawnattr_* ()
-functions.
-.TP
-.I argv
-.TQ
-.I envp
-specify the argument list and environment for the program
-that is executed in the child process, as for
-.BR execve (2).
-.P
-Below, the functions are described in terms of a three-step process: the
-.BR fork ()
-step, the
-.RB pre- exec ()
-step (executed in the child),
-and the
-.BR exec ()
-step (executed in the child).
-.SS fork() step
-Since glibc 2.24, the
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-function commences by calling
-.BR clone (2)
-with
-.B CLONE_VM
-and
-.B CLONE_VFORK
-flags.
-Older implementations use
-.BR fork (2),
-or possibly
-.BR vfork (2)
-(see below).
-.P
-The PID of the new child process is placed in
-.IR *pid .
-The
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-function then returns control to the parent process.
-.P
-Subsequently, the parent can use one of the system calls described in
-.BR wait (2)
-to check the status of the child process.
-If the child fails in any of the housekeeping steps described below,
-or fails to execute the desired file,
-it exits with a status of 127.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.24, the child process is created using
-.BR vfork (2)
-instead of
-.BR fork (2)
-when either of the following is true:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-the
-.I spawn-flags
-element of the attributes object pointed to by
-.I attrp
-contains the GNU-specific flag
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK ;
-or
-.IP \[bu]
-.I file_actions
-is NULL and the
-.I spawn-flags
-element of the attributes object pointed to by
-.I attrp
-does \fInot\fP contain
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK ,
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF ,
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM ,
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER ,
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP ,
-or
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS .
-.P
-In other words,
-.BR vfork (2)
-is used if the caller requests it,
-or if there is no cleanup expected in the child before it
-.BR exec (3)s
-the requested file.
-.SS pre-exec() step: housekeeping
-In between the
-.B fork()
-and the
-.B exec()
-steps, a child process may need to perform a set of housekeeping actions.
-The
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-and
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-functions support a small, well-defined set of system tasks that the child
-process can accomplish before it executes the executable file.
-These operations are controlled by the attributes object pointed to by
-.I attrp
-and the file actions object pointed to by
-.IR file_actions .
-In the child, processing is done in the following sequence:
-.IP (1) 5
-Process attribute actions: signal mask, signal default handlers,
-scheduling algorithm and parameters,
-process group, and effective user and group IDs
-are changed as specified by the attributes object pointed to by
-.IR attrp .
-.IP (2)
-File actions, as specified in the
-.I file_actions
-argument,
-are performed in the order that they were specified using calls to the
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_add* ()
-functions.
-.IP (3)
-File descriptors with the
-.B FD_CLOEXEC
-flag set are closed.
-.P
-All process attributes in the child,
-other than those affected by attributes specified in the
-object pointed to by
-.I attrp
-and the file actions in the object pointed to by
-.IR file_actions ,
-will be affected as though the child was created with
-.BR fork (2)
-and it executed the program with
-.BR execve (2).
-.P
-The process attributes actions are defined by the attributes object
-pointed to by
-.IR attrp .
-The
-.I spawn-flags
-attribute (set using
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setflags (3))
-controls the general actions that occur,
-and other attributes in the object specify values
-to be used during those actions.
-.P
-The effects of the flags that may be specified in
-.I spawn-flags
-are as follows:
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK
-Set the signal mask to the signal set specified in the
-.I spawn-sigmask
-attribute
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" (see
-.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (3))
-of the object pointed to by
-.IR attrp .
-If the
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK
-flag is not set, then the child inherits the parent's signal mask.
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF
-Reset the disposition of all signals in the set specified in the
-.I spawn-sigdefault
-attribute
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" (see
-.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault (3))
-of the object pointed to by
-.I attrp
-to the default.
-For the treatment of the dispositions of signals not specified in the
-.I spawn-sigdefault
-attribute, or the treatment when
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF
-is not specified, see
-.BR execve (2).
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
-.\" (POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING only)
-If this flag is set, and the
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
-flag is not set, then set the scheduling parameters
-to the parameters specified in the
-.I spawn-schedparam
-attribute
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" (see
-.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setschedparam (3))
-of the object pointed to by
-.IR attrp .
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
-Set the scheduling policy algorithm and parameters of the child,
-as follows:
-.RS
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The scheduling policy is set to the value specified in the
-.I spawn-schedpolicy
-attribute
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" (see
-.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setpolicy (3))
-of the object pointed to by
-.IR attrp .
-.IP \[bu]
-The scheduling parameters are set to the value specified in the
-.I spawn-schedparam
-attribute
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" (see
-.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setschedparam (3))
-of the object pointed to by
-.I attrp
-(but see BUGS).
-.P
-If the
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
-and
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPOLICY
-flags are not specified,
-the child inherits the corresponding scheduling attributes from the parent.
-.RE
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS
-If this flag is set,
-reset the effective UID and GID to the
-real UID and GID of the parent process.
-If this flag is not set,
-then the child retains the effective UID and GID of the parent.
-In either case, if the set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission
-bits are enabled on the executable file, their effect will override
-the setting of the effective UID and GID (se
-.BR execve (2)).
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP
-Set the process group to the value specified in the
-.I spawn-pgroup
-attribute
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" (see
-.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setpgroup (3))
-of the object pointed to by
-.IR attrp .
-If the
-.I spawn-pgroup
-attribute has the value 0,
-the child's process group ID is made the same as its process ID.
-If the
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP
-flag is not set, the child inherits the parent's process group ID.
-.TP
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK
-Since glibc 2.24, this flag has no effect.
-On older implementations, setting this flag forces the
-.B fork()
-step to use
-.BR vfork (2)
-instead of
-.BR fork (2).
-The
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-feature test macro must be defined to obtain the definition of this constant.
-.TP
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID " (since glibc 2.26)"
-If this flag is set,
-the child process shall create a new session and become the session leader.
-The child process shall also become the process group leader of the new process
-group in the session (see
-.BR setsid (2)).
-The
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-feature test macro must be defined to obtain the definition of this constant.
-.\" This flag has been accepted in POSIX, see:
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1044
-.\" and has been implemented since glibc 2.26
-.\" commit daeb1fa2e1b33323e719015f5f546988bd4cc73b
-.P
-If
-.I attrp
-is NULL, then the default behaviors described above for each flag apply.
-.\" mtk: I think we probably don't want to say the following, since it
-.\"      could lead people to do the wrong thing
-.\" The POSIX standard tells you to call
-.\" this function to de-initialize the attributes object pointed to by
-.\" .I attrp
-.\" when you are done with it;
-.\" however, on Linux systems this operation is a no-op.
-.P
-The
-.I file_actions
-argument specifies a sequence of file operations
-that are performed in the child process after
-the general processing described above, and before it performs the
-.BR exec (3).
-If
-.I file_actions
-is NULL, then no special action is taken, and standard
-.BR exec (3)
-semantics apply\[em]file descriptors open before the exec
-remain open in the new process,
-except those for which the
-.B FD_CLOEXEC
-flag has been set.
-File locks remain in place.
-.P
-If
-.I file_actions
-is not NULL, then it contains an ordered set of requests to
-.BR open (2),
-.BR close (2),
-and
-.BR dup2 (2)
-files.
-These requests are added to the
-.I file_actions
-by
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (3),
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (3),
-and
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (3).
-The requested operations are performed in the order they were added to
-.IR file_actions .
-.\" FIXME . I think the following is best placed in the
-.\" posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2(3) page, and a similar statement is
-.\" also needed in posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose(3)
-.\" Note that you can specify file descriptors in
-.\" .I posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (3)
-.\" which would not be usable if you called
-.\" .BR dup2 (2)
-.\" at that time--i.e., file descriptors that are opened or
-.\" closed by the earlier operations
-.\" added to
-.\" .I file_actions .
-.P
-If any of the housekeeping actions fails
-(due to bogus values being passed or other reasons why signal handling,
-process scheduling, process group ID functions,
-and file descriptor operations might fail),
-the child process exits with exit value 127.
-.SS exec() step
-Once the child has successfully forked and performed
-all requested pre-exec steps,
-the child runs the requested executable.
-.P
-The child process takes its environment from the
-.I envp
-argument, which is interpreted as if it had been passed to
-.BR execve (2).
-The arguments to the created process come from the
-.I argv
-argument, which is processed as for
-.BR execve (2).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful completion,
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-and
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-place the PID of the child process in
-.IR pid ,
-and return 0.
-If there is an error during the
-.B fork()
-step,
-then no child is created,
-the contents of
-.I *pid
-are unspecified,
-and these functions return an error number as described below.
-.P
-Even when these functions return a success status,
-the child process may still fail for a plethora of reasons related to its
-pre-\fBexec\fR() initialization.
-In addition, the
-.BR exec (3)
-may fail.
-In all of these cases, the child process will exit with the exit value of 127.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-and
-.BR posix_spawnp ()
-functions fail only in the case where the underlying
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR vfork (2),
-or
-.BR clone (2)
-call fails;  in these cases, these functions return an error number,
-which will be one of the errors described for
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR vfork (2),
-or
-.BR clone (2).
-.P
-In addition, these functions fail if:
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-Function not supported on this system.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" FIXME . This piece belongs in spawnattr_setflags(3)
-.\" The
-.\" .B POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK
-.\" flag is a GNU extension; the
-.\" .B _GNU_SOURCE
-.\" feature test macro must be defined (before including any header files)
-.\" to obtain the definition of this constant.
-.SH NOTES
-The housekeeping activities in the child are controlled by
-the objects pointed to by
-.I attrp
-(for non-file actions) and
-.I file_actions
-In POSIX parlance, the
-.I posix_spawnattr_t
-and
-.I posix_spawn_file_actions_t
-data types are referred to as objects,
-and their elements are not specified by name.
-Portable programs should initialize these objects using
-only the POSIX-specified functions.
-(In other words,
-although these objects may be implemented as structures containing fields,
-portable programs must avoid dependence on such implementation details.)
-.P
-According to POSIX, it is unspecified whether fork handlers established with
-.BR pthread_atfork (3)
-are called when
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-is invoked.
-Since glibc 2.24, the fork handlers are not executed in any case.
-.\" Tested on glibc 2.12
-On older implementations,
-fork handlers are called only if the child is created using
-.BR fork (2).
-.P
-There is no "posix_fspawn" function (i.e., a function that is to
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-as
-.BR fexecve (3)
-is to
-.BR execve (2)).
-However, this functionality can be obtained by specifying the
-.I path
-argument as one of the files in the caller's
-.I /proc/self/fd
-directory.
-.SH BUGS
-POSIX.1 says that when
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
-is specified in
-.IR spawn-flags ,
-then the
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
-(if present) is ignored.
-However, before glibc 2.14, calls to
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-failed with an error if
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12052
-.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
-was specified without also specifying
-.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of various functions in the
-POSIX spawn API.
-The program accepts command-line attributes that can be used
-to create file actions and attributes objects.
-The remaining command-line arguments are used as the executable name
-and command-line arguments of the program that is executed in the child.
-.P
-In the first run, the
-.BR date (1)
-command is executed in the child, and the
-.BR posix_spawn ()
-call employs no file actions or attributes objects.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out date\fP
-PID of child: 7634
-Tue Feb  1 19:47:50 CEST 2011
-Child status: exited, status=0
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the next run, the
-.I \-c
-command-line option is used to create a file actions object that closes
-standard output in the child.
-Consequently,
-.BR date (1)
-fails when trying to perform output and exits with a status of 1.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out \-c date\fP
-PID of child: 7636
-date: write error: Bad file descriptor
-Child status: exited, status=1
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the next run, the
-.I \-s
-command-line option is used to create an attributes object that
-specifies that all (blockable) signals in the child should be blocked.
-Consequently, trying to kill child with the default signal sent by
-.BR kill (1)
-(i.e.,
-.BR SIGTERM )
-fails, because that signal is blocked.
-Therefore, to kill the child,
-.B SIGKILL
-is necessary
-.RB ( SIGKILL
-can't be blocked).
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out \-s sleep 60 &\fP
-[1] 7637
-$ PID of child: 7638
-.P
-$ \fBkill 7638\fP
-$ \fBkill \-KILL 7638\fP
-$ Child status: killed by signal 9
-[1]+  Done                    ./a.out \-s sleep 60
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-When we try to execute a nonexistent command in the child, the
-.BR exec (3)
-fails and the child exits with a status of 127.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out xxxxx
-PID of child: 10190
-Child status: exited, status=127
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (posix_spawn.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <spawn.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <wait.h>
-\&
-#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); \e
-                             exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-#define errExitEN(en, msg) \e
-                        do { errno = en; perror(msg); \e
-                             exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-char **environ;
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    pid_t child_pid;
-    int s, opt, status;
-    sigset_t mask;
-    posix_spawnattr_t attr;
-    posix_spawnattr_t *attrp;
-    posix_spawn_file_actions_t file_actions;
-    posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actionsp;
-\&
-    /* Parse command\-line options, which can be used to specify an
-       attributes object and file actions object for the child. */
-\&
-    attrp = NULL;
-    file_actionsp = NULL;
-\&
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "sc")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]c\[aq]:       /* \-c: close standard output in child */
-\&
-            /* Create a file actions object and add a "close"
-               action to it. */
-\&
-            s = posix_spawn_file_actions_init(&file_actions);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn_file_actions_init");
-\&
-            s = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose(&file_actions,
-                                                  STDOUT_FILENO);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose");
-\&
-            file_actionsp = &file_actions;
-            break;
-\&
-        case \[aq]s\[aq]:       /* \-s: block all signals in child */
-\&
-            /* Create an attributes object and add a "set signal mask"
-               action to it. */
-\&
-            s = posix_spawnattr_init(&attr);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_init");
-            s = posix_spawnattr_setflags(&attr, POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_setflags");
-\&
-            sigfillset(&mask);
-            s = posix_spawnattr_setsigmask(&attr, &mask);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_setsigmask");
-\&
-            attrp = &attr;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    /* Spawn the child. The name of the program to execute and the
-       command\-line arguments are taken from the command\-line arguments
-       of this program. The environment of the program execed in the
-       child is made the same as the parent\[aq]s environment. */
-\&
-    s = posix_spawnp(&child_pid, argv[optind], file_actionsp, attrp,
-                     &argv[optind], environ);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn");
-\&
-    /* Destroy any objects that we created earlier. */
-\&
-    if (attrp != NULL) {
-        s = posix_spawnattr_destroy(attrp);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_destroy");
-    }
-\&
-    if (file_actionsp != NULL) {
-        s = posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy(file_actionsp);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy");
-    }
-\&
-    printf("PID of child: %jd\en", (intmax_t) child_pid);
-\&
-    /* Monitor status of the child until it terminates. */
-\&
-    do {
-        s = waitpid(child_pid, &status, WUNTRACED | WCONTINUED);
-        if (s == \-1)
-            errExit("waitpid");
-\&
-        printf("Child status: ");
-        if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
-            printf("exited, status=%d\en", WEXITSTATUS(status));
-        } else if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
-            printf("killed by signal %d\en", WTERMSIG(status));
-        } else if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) {
-            printf("stopped by signal %d\en", WSTOPSIG(status));
-        } else if (WIFCONTINUED(status)) {
-            printf("continued\en");
-        }
-    } while (!WIFEXITED(status) && !WIFSIGNALED(status));
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.nh \" Disable hyphenation
-.ad l
-.BR close (2),
-.BR dup2 (2),
-.BR execl (2),
-.BR execlp (2),
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR sched_setparam (2),
-.BR sched_setscheduler (2),
-.BR setpgid (2),
-.BR setuid (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (3),
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (3),
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (3),
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (3),
-.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_init (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_destroy (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_getflags (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_getpgroup (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_getschedparam (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_getsigmask (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_init (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setflags (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setpgroup (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault (3),
-.BR posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (3),
-.BR pthread_atfork (3),
-.IR <spawn.h> ,
-Base Definitions volume of POSIX.1-2001,
-.I http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html
diff --git a/man3/posix_spawnp.3 b/man3/posix_spawnp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6f49d0ef..000000000
--- a/man3/posix_spawnp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/posix_spawn.3
diff --git a/man3/pow.3 b/man3/pow.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6735d35ba..000000000
--- a/man3/pow.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH pow 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pow, powf, powl \- power functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double pow(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float powf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double powl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR powf (),
-.BR powl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the value of
-.I x
-raised to the
-power of
-.IR y .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the value of
-.I x
-to the power of
-.IR y .
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-.\" The range error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
-.P
-If result underflows, and is not representable,
-a range error occurs,
-and 0.0 with the appropriate sign is returned.
-.\" POSIX.1 does not specify the sign of the zero,
-.\" but https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2678
-.\" points out that the zero has the wrong sign in some cases.
-.P
-.\" pow(\(+-0, <0 [[odd]]) = HUGE_VAL*
-If
-.I x
-is +0 or \-0,
-and
-.I y
-is an odd integer less than 0,
-a pole error occurs and
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-is returned,
-with the same sign as
-.IR x .
-.P
-.\" pow(\(+-0, <0 [[!odd]]) = HUGE_VAL*
-If
-.I x
-is +0 or \-0,
-and
-.I y
-is less than 0 and not an odd integer,
-a pole error occurs and
-.\" The pole error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
-.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
-is returned.
-.P
-.\" pow(\(+-0, >0 [[odd]]) = \(+-0
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0),
-and
-.I y
-is an odd integer greater than 0,
-the result is +0 (\-0).
-.P
-.\" pow(\(+-0, >0 [[!odd]]) = +0
-If
-.I x
-is 0,
-and
-.I y
-greater than 0 and not an odd integer,
-the result is +0.
-.P
-.\" pow(-1, \(+-INFINITY) = 1.0
-If
-.I x
-is \-1,
-and
-.I y
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-the result is 1.0.
-.P
-.\" pow(+1, y) = 1.0
-If
-.I x
-is +1, the result is 1.0 (even if
-.I y
-is a NaN).
-.P
-.\" pow(x, \(+-0) = 1.0
-If
-.I y
-is 0, the result is 1.0 (even if
-.I x
-is a NaN).
-.P
-.\" pow(<0, y) = NaN
-If
-.I x
-is a finite value less than 0, and
-.I y
-is a finite noninteger, a domain error occurs,
-.\" The domain error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
-and a NaN is returned.
-.P
-.\" pow(|x|<1, -INFINITY) = INFINITY
-If the absolute value of
-.I x
-is less than 1,
-and
-.I y
-is negative infinity,
-the result is positive infinity.
-.P
-.\" pow(|x|>1, -INFINITY) = +0
-If the absolute value of
-.I x
-is greater than 1,
-and
-.I y
-is negative infinity,
-the result is +0.
-.P
-.\" pow(|x|<1, INFINITY) = +0
-If the absolute value of
-.I x
-is less than 1,
-and
-.I y
-is positive infinity,
-the result is +0.
-.P
-.\" pow(|x|>1, INFINITY) = INFINITY
-If the absolute value of
-.I x
-is greater than 1,
-and
-.I y
-is positive infinity,
-the result is positive infinity.
-.P
-.\" pow(-INFINITY, <0 [[odd]]) = -0
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-and
-.I y
-is an odd integer less than 0,
-the result is \-0.
-.P
-.\" pow(-INFINITY, <0 [[!odd]]) = +0
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-and
-.I y
-less than 0 and not an odd integer,
-the result is +0.
-.P
-.\" pow(-INFINITY, >0 [[odd]]) = -INFINITY
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-and
-.I y
-is an odd integer greater than 0,
-the result is negative infinity.
-.P
-.\" pow(-INFINITY, >0 [[!odd]]) = INFINITY
-If
-.I x
-is negative infinity,
-and
-.I y
-greater than 0 and not an odd integer,
-the result is positive infinity.
-.P
-.\" pow(INFINITY, <0) = +0
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity,
-and
-.I y
-less than 0,
-the result is +0.
-.P
-.\" pow(INFINITY, >0) = INFINITY
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity,
-and
-.I y
-greater than 0,
-the result is positive infinity.
-.P
-.\" pow(NaN, y) or pow(x, NaN) = NaN
-Except as specified above, if
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN, the result is a NaN.
-.SH ERRORS
-.\" FIXME . review status of this error
-.\" longstanding bug report for glibc:
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=369
-.\" For negative x, and -large and +large y, glibc 2.8 gives incorrect
-.\" results
-.\" pow(-0.5,-DBL_MAX)=nan
-.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
-.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-overflow (ERANGE, FE_OVERFLOW); +INF)
-.\"
-.\" pow(-1.5,-DBL_MAX)=nan
-.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
-.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-underflow (ERANGE, FE_UNDERFLOW); +0)
-.\"
-.\" pow(-0.5,DBL_MAX)=nan
-.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
-.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-underflow (ERANGE, FE_UNDERFLOW); +0)
-.\"
-.\" pow(-1.5,DBL_MAX)=nan
-.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
-.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-overflow (ERANGE, FE_OVERFLOW); +INF)
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative, and \fIy\fP is a finite noninteger
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is zero, and \fIy\fP is negative
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-(but see BUGS).
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: the result overflows
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: the result underflows
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pow (),
-.BR powf (),
-.BR powl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH BUGS
-.SS Historical bugs (now fixed)
-Before glibc 2.28,
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13932
-on some architectures (e.g., x86-64)
-.BR pow ()
-may be more than 10,000 times slower for some inputs
-than for other nearby inputs.
-This affects only
-.BR pow (),
-and not
-.BR powf ()
-nor
-.BR powl ().
-This problem was fixed
-.\" commit c3d466cba1692708a19c6ff829d0386c83a0c6e5
-in glibc 2.28.
-.P
-A number of bugs
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=3866
-in the glibc implementation of
-.BR pow ()
-were fixed in glibc 2.16.
-.P
-In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
-.\"
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6776
-when a pole error occurs,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-instead of the POSIX-mandated
-.BR ERANGE .
-Since glibc 2.10,
-.\" or possibly 2.9, I haven't found the source code change
-.\" and I don't have a 2.9 system to test
-glibc does the right thing.
-.P
-In glibc 2.3.2 and earlier,
-.\" Actually, glibc 2.3.2 is the earliest test result I have; so yet
-.\" to confirm if this error occurs only in glibc 2.3.2.
-when an overflow or underflow error occurs, glibc's
-.BR pow ()
-generates a bogus invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-in addition to the overflow or underflow exception.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR cpow (3),
-.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man3/pow10.3 b/man3/pow10.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 70fcaec1f..000000000
--- a/man3/pow10.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pow10 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pow10, pow10f, pow10l \- base-10 power functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double pow10(double " x );
-.BI "float pow10f(float " x );
-.BI "long double pow10l(long double " x );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the value of 10 raised to the power
-.IR x .
-.P
-.BR "Note well" :
-These functions perform exactly the same task as the functions described in
-.BR exp10 (3),
-with the difference that the latter functions are now standardized
-in TS\ 18661-4:2015.
-Those latter functions should be used in preference
-to the functions described in this page.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pow10 (),
-.BR pow10f (),
-.BR pow10l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH VERSIONS
-glibc 2.1.
-Removed in glibc 2.27.
-.\" glibc commit 5a80d39d0d2587e9bd8e72f19e92eeb2a66fbe9e
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR exp10 (3),
-.BR pow (3)
diff --git a/man3/pow10f.3 b/man3/pow10f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a7158015..000000000
--- a/man3/pow10f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pow10.3
diff --git a/man3/pow10l.3 b/man3/pow10l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a7158015..000000000
--- a/man3/pow10l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pow10.3
diff --git a/man3/powerof2.3 b/man3/powerof2.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f1b438f41..000000000
--- a/man3/powerof2.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH powerof2 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-powerof2 \- test if a value is a power of 2
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/param.h>
-.P
-.BI "int powerof2(" x );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This macro returns true if
-.I x
-is a power of 2,
-and false otherwise.
-.P
-.B 0
-is considered a power of 2.
-This can make sense considering wrapping of unsigned integers,
-and has interesting properties.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-True or false,
-if
-.I x
-is a power of 2 or not,
-respectively.
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The arguments may be evaluated more than once.
-.P
-Because this macro is implemented using bitwise operations,
-some negative values can invoke undefined behavior.
-For example,
-the following invokes undefined behavior:
-.IR "powerof2(INT_MIN);".
-Call it only with unsigned types to be safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR stdc_bit_ceil (3),
-.BR stdc_bit_floor (3)
diff --git a/man3/powf.3 b/man3/powf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 63da756f5..000000000
--- a/man3/powf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pow.3
diff --git a/man3/powl.3 b/man3/powl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 63da756f5..000000000
--- a/man3/powl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pow.3
diff --git a/man3/printf.3 b/man3/printf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 15ed75439..000000000
--- a/man3/printf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1239 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" Earlier versions of this page influenced the present text.
-.\" It was derived from a Berkeley page with version
-.\"       @(#)printf.3    6.14 (Berkeley) 7/30/91
-.\" converted for Linux by faith@cs.unc.edu, updated by
-.\" Helmut.Geyer@iwr.uni-heidelberg.de, agulbra@troll.no and Bruno Haible.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" 1999-11-25 aeb - Rewritten, using SUSv2 and C99.
-.\" 2000-07-26 jsm28@hermes.cam.ac.uk - three small fixes
-.\" 2000-10-16 jsm28@hermes.cam.ac.uk - more fixes
-.\"
-.TH printf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-printf, fprintf, dprintf, sprintf, snprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, vdprintf,
-vsprintf, vsnprintf \- formatted output conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int printf(const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int fprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int dprintf(int " fd ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int sprintf(char *restrict " str ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int snprintf(char " str "[restrict ." size "], size_t " size ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.P
-.BI "int vprintf(const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.BI "int vfprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.BI "int vdprintf(int " fd ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.BI "int vsprintf(char *restrict " str ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.BI "int vsnprintf(char " str "[restrict ." size "], size_t " size ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR snprintf (),
-.BR vsnprintf ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR dprintf (),
-.BR vdprintf ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions in the
-.BR printf ()
-family produce output according to a
-.I format
-as described below.
-The functions
-.BR printf ()
-and
-.BR vprintf ()
-write output to
-.IR stdout ,
-the standard output stream;
-.BR fprintf ()
-and
-.BR vfprintf ()
-write output to the given output
-.IR stream ;
-.BR sprintf (),
-.BR snprintf (),
-.BR vsprintf (),
-and
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-write to the character string
-.IR str .
-.P
-The function
-.BR dprintf ()
-is the same as
-.BR fprintf ()
-except that it outputs to a file descriptor,
-.IR fd ,
-instead of to a
-.BR stdio (3)
-stream.
-.P
-The functions
-.BR snprintf ()
-and
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-write at most
-.I size
-bytes (including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])) to
-.IR str .
-.P
-The functions
-.BR vprintf (),
-.BR vfprintf (),
-.BR vdprintf (),
-.BR vsprintf (),
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-are equivalent to the functions
-.BR printf (),
-.BR fprintf (),
-.BR dprintf (),
-.BR sprintf (),
-.BR snprintf (),
-respectively, except that they are called with a
-.I va_list
-instead of a variable number of arguments.
-These functions do not call the
-.I va_end
-macro.
-Because they invoke the
-.I va_arg
-macro, the value of
-.I ap
-is undefined after the call.
-See
-.BR stdarg (3).
-.P
-All of these functions write the output under the control of a
-.I format
-string that specifies how subsequent arguments (or arguments accessed via
-the variable-length argument facilities of
-.BR stdarg (3))
-are converted for output.
-.P
-C99 and POSIX.1-2001 specify that the results are undefined if a call to
-.BR sprintf (),
-.BR snprintf (),
-.BR vsprintf (),
-or
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-would cause copying to take place between objects that overlap
-(e.g., if the target string array and one of the supplied input arguments
-refer to the same buffer).
-See CAVEATS.
-.SS Format of the format string
-The format string is a character string, beginning and ending
-in its initial shift state, if any.
-The format string is composed of zero or more directives: ordinary
-characters (not
-.BR % ),
-which are copied unchanged to the output stream;
-and conversion specifications, each of which results in fetching zero or
-more subsequent arguments.
-Each conversion specification is introduced by
-the character
-.BR % ,
-and ends with a
-.IR "conversion specifier" .
-In between there may be (in this order) zero or more
-.IR flags ,
-an optional minimum
-.IR "field width" ,
-an optional
-.I precision
-and an optional
-.IR "length modifier" .
-.P
-The overall syntax of a conversion specification is:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.nf
-%[$][flags][width][.precision][length modifier]conversion
-.fi
-.in
-.P
-The arguments must correspond properly (after type promotion) with the
-conversion specifier.
-By default, the arguments are used in the order
-given, where each \[aq]*\[aq] (see
-.I "Field width"
-and
-.I Precision
-below) and each conversion specifier asks for the next
-argument (and it is an error if insufficiently many arguments are given).
-One can also specify explicitly which argument is taken,
-at each place where an argument is required, by writing "%m$" instead
-of \[aq]%\[aq] and "*m$" instead of \[aq]*\[aq],
-where the decimal integer \fIm\fP denotes
-the position in the argument list of the desired argument, indexed starting
-from 1.
-Thus,
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-printf("%*d", width, num);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-and
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-printf("%2$*1$d", width, num);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-are equivalent.
-The second style allows repeated references to the
-same argument.
-The C99 standard does not include the style using \[aq]$\[aq],
-which comes from the Single UNIX Specification.
-If the style using
-\[aq]$\[aq] is used, it must be used throughout for all conversions taking an
-argument and all width and precision arguments, but it may be mixed
-with "%%" formats, which do not consume an argument.
-There may be no
-gaps in the numbers of arguments specified using \[aq]$\[aq]; for example, if
-arguments 1 and 3 are specified, argument 2 must also be specified
-somewhere in the format string.
-.P
-For some numeric conversions a radix character ("decimal point") or
-thousands' grouping character is used.
-The actual character used
-depends on the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-part of the locale.
-(See
-.BR setlocale (3).)
-The POSIX locale
-uses \[aq].\[aq] as radix character, and does not have a grouping character.
-Thus,
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-printf("%\[aq].2f", 1234567.89);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-results in "1234567.89" in the POSIX locale, in "1234567,89" in the
-nl_NL locale, and in "1.234.567,89" in the da_DK locale.
-.SS Flag characters
-The character % is followed by zero or more of the following flags:
-.TP
-.B #
-The value should be converted to an "alternate form".
-For
-.B o
-conversions, the first character of the output string is made zero
-(by prefixing a 0 if it was not zero already).
-For
-.B x
-and
-.B X
-conversions, a nonzero result has the string "0x" (or "0X" for
-.B X
-conversions) prepended to it.
-For
-.BR a ,
-.BR A ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR F ,
-.BR g ,
-and
-.B G
-conversions, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no
-digits follow it (normally, a decimal point appears in the results of those
-conversions only if a digit follows).
-For
-.B g
-and
-.B G
-conversions, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they would
-otherwise be.
-For
-.BR m ,
-if
-.I errno
-contains a valid error code,
-the output of
-.I strerrorname_np(errno)
-is printed;
-otherwise, the value stored in
-.I errno
-is printed as a decimal number.
-For other conversions, the result is undefined.
-.TP
-.B \&0
-The value should be zero padded.
-For
-.BR d ,
-.BR i ,
-.BR o ,
-.BR u ,
-.BR x ,
-.BR X ,
-.BR a ,
-.BR A ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR F ,
-.BR g ,
-and
-.B G
-conversions, the converted value is padded on the left with zeros rather
-than blanks.
-If the
-.B \&0
-and
-.B \-
-flags both appear, the
-.B \&0
-flag is ignored.
-If a precision is given with an integer conversion
-.RB ( d ,
-.BR i ,
-.BR o ,
-.BR u ,
-.BR x ,
-and
-.BR X ),
-the
-.B \&0
-flag is ignored.
-For other conversions, the behavior is undefined.
-.TP
-.B \-
-The converted value is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
-(The default is right justification.)
-The converted value is padded on the right with blanks, rather
-than on the left with blanks or zeros.
-A
-.B \-
-overrides a
-.B \&0
-if both are given.
-.TP
-.B \[aq] \[aq]
-(a space) A blank should be left before a positive number
-(or empty string) produced by a signed conversion.
-.TP
-.B +
-A sign (+ or \-) should always be placed before a number produced by a signed
-conversion.
-By default, a sign is used only for negative numbers.
-A
-.B +
-overrides a space if both are used.
-.P
-The five flag characters above are defined in the C99 standard.
-The Single UNIX Specification specifies one further flag character.
-.TP
-.B \[aq]
-For decimal conversion
-.RB ( i ,
-.BR d ,
-.BR u ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR F ,
-.BR g ,
-.BR G )
-the output is to be grouped with thousands' grouping characters
-if the locale information indicates any.
-(See
-.BR setlocale (3).)
-Note that many versions of
-.BR gcc (1)
-cannot parse this option and will issue a warning.
-(SUSv2 did not
-include \fI%\[aq]F\fP, but SUSv3 added it.)
-Note also that the default locale of a C program is "C"
-whose locale information indicates no thousands' grouping character.
-Therefore, without a prior call to
-.BR setlocale (3),
-no thousands' grouping characters will be printed.
-.P
-glibc 2.2 adds one further flag character.
-.TP
-.B I
-For decimal integer conversion
-.RB ( i ,
-.BR d ,
-.BR u )
-the output uses the locale's alternative output digits, if any.
-For example, since glibc 2.2.3 this will give Arabic-Indic digits
-in the Persian ("fa_IR") locale.
-.\" outdigits keyword in locale file
-.SS Field width
-An optional decimal digit string (with nonzero first digit) specifying
-a minimum field width.
-If the converted value has fewer characters
-than the field width, it will be padded with spaces on the left
-(or right, if the left-adjustment flag has been given).
-Instead of a decimal digit string one may write "*" or "*m$"
-(for some decimal integer \fIm\fP) to specify that the field width
-is given in the next argument, or in the \fIm\fP-th argument, respectively,
-which must be of type
-.IR int .
-A negative field width is taken as a \[aq]\-\[aq] flag followed by a
-positive field width.
-In no case does a nonexistent or small field width cause truncation of a
-field; if the result of a conversion is wider than the field width, the
-field is expanded to contain the conversion result.
-.SS Precision
-An optional precision, in the form of a period (\[aq].\[aq])  followed by an
-optional decimal digit string.
-Instead of a decimal digit string one may write "*" or "*m$"
-(for some decimal integer \fIm\fP) to specify that the precision
-is given in the next argument, or in the \fIm\fP-th argument, respectively,
-which must be of type
-.IR int .
-If the precision is given as just \[aq].\[aq], the precision is taken to
-be zero.
-A negative precision is taken as if the precision were omitted.
-This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
-.BR d ,
-.BR i ,
-.BR o ,
-.BR u ,
-.BR x ,
-and
-.B X
-conversions, the number of digits to appear after the radix character for
-.BR a ,
-.BR A ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR f ,
-and
-.B F
-conversions, the maximum number of significant digits for
-.B g
-and
-.B G
-conversions, or the maximum number of characters to be printed from a
-string for
-.B s
-and
-.B S
-conversions.
-.SS Length modifier
-Here, "integer conversion" stands for
-.BR d ,
-.BR i ,
-.BR o ,
-.BR u ,
-.BR x ,
-or
-.B X
-conversion.
-.TP
-.B hh
-A following integer conversion corresponds to a
-.I signed char
-or
-.I unsigned char
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
-.I signed char
-argument.
-.TP
-.B h
-A following integer conversion corresponds to a
-.I short
-or
-.I unsigned short
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
-.I short
-argument.
-.TP
-.B l
-(ell) A following integer conversion corresponds to a
-.I long
-or
-.I unsigned long
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
-.I long
-argument, or a following
-.B c
-conversion corresponds to a
-.I wint_t
-argument, or a following
-.B s
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to
-.I wchar_t
-argument.
-On a following
-.BR a ,
-.BR A ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR F ,
-.BR g ,
-or
-.B G
-conversion, this length modifier is ignored (C99; not in SUSv2).
-.TP
-.B ll
-(ell-ell).
-A following integer conversion corresponds to a
-.I long long
-or
-.I unsigned long long
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
-.I long long
-argument.
-.TP
-.B q
-A synonym for
-.BR ll .
-This is a nonstandard extension, derived from BSD;
-avoid its use in new code.
-.TP
-.B L
-A following
-.BR a ,
-.BR A ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR F ,
-.BR g ,
-or
-.B G
-conversion corresponds to a
-.I long double
-argument.
-(C99 allows %LF, but SUSv2 does not.)
-.TP
-.B j
-A following integer conversion corresponds to an
-.I intmax_t
-or
-.I uintmax_t
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to an
-.I intmax_t
-argument.
-.TP
-.B z
-A following integer conversion corresponds to a
-.I size_t
-or
-.I ssize_t
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
-.I size_t
-argument.
-.TP
-.B Z
-A nonstandard synonym for
-.B z
-that predates the appearance of
-.BR z .
-Do not use in new code.
-.TP
-.B t
-A following integer conversion corresponds to a
-.I ptrdiff_t
-argument, or a following
-.B n
-conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
-.I ptrdiff_t
-argument.
-.P
-SUSv3 specifies all of the above,
-except for those modifiers explicitly noted as being nonstandard extensions.
-SUSv2 specified only the length modifiers
-.B h
-(in
-.BR hd ,
-.BR hi ,
-.BR ho ,
-.BR hx ,
-.BR hX ,
-.BR hn )
-and
-.B l
-(in
-.BR ld ,
-.BR li ,
-.BR lo ,
-.BR lx ,
-.BR lX ,
-.BR ln ,
-.BR lc ,
-.BR ls )
-and
-.B L
-(in
-.BR Le ,
-.BR LE ,
-.BR Lf ,
-.BR Lg ,
-.BR LG ).
-.P
-As a nonstandard extension, the GNU implementations treats
-.B ll
-and
-.B L
-as synonyms, so that one can, for example, write
-.B llg
-(as a synonym for the standards-compliant
-.BR Lg )
-and
-.B Ld
-(as a synonym for the standards compliant
-.BR lld ).
-Such usage is nonportable.
-.\"
-.SS Conversion specifiers
-A character that specifies the type of conversion to be applied.
-The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
-.TP
-.BR d ", " i
-The
-.I int
-argument is converted to signed decimal notation.
-The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of digits
-that must appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it is
-padded on the left with zeros.
-The default precision is 1.
-When 0 is printed with an explicit precision 0, the output is empty.
-.TP
-.BR o ", " u ", " x ", " X
-The
-.I "unsigned int"
-argument is converted to unsigned octal
-.RB ( o ),
-unsigned decimal
-.RB ( u ),
-or unsigned hexadecimal
-.RB ( x
-and
-.BR X )
-notation.
-The letters
-.B abcdef
-are used for
-.B x
-conversions; the letters
-.B ABCDEF
-are used for
-.B X
-conversions.
-The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of digits
-that must appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it is
-padded on the left with zeros.
-The default precision is 1.
-When 0 is printed with an explicit precision 0, the output is empty.
-.TP
-.BR e ", " E
-The
-.I double
-argument is rounded and converted in the style
-.RB [\-]d \&. ddd e \(+-dd
-where there is one digit (which is nonzero if the argument is nonzero)
-before the decimal-point character and the number
-of digits after it is equal to the precision; if the precision is missing,
-it is taken as 6; if the precision is zero, no decimal-point character
-appears.
-An
-.B E
-conversion uses the letter
-.B E
-(rather than
-.BR e )
-to introduce the exponent.
-The exponent always contains at least two
-digits; if the value is zero, the exponent is 00.
-.TP
-.BR f ", " F
-The
-.I double
-argument is rounded and converted to decimal notation in the style
-.RB [\-]ddd \&. ddd,
-where the number of digits after the decimal-point character is equal to
-the precision specification.
-If the precision is missing, it is taken as
-6; if the precision is explicitly zero, no decimal-point character appears.
-If a decimal point appears, at least one digit appears before it.
-.IP
-(SUSv2 does not know about
-.B F
-and says that character string representations for infinity and NaN
-may be made available.
-SUSv3 adds a specification for
-.BR F .
-The C99 standard specifies "[\-]inf" or "[\-]infinity"
-for infinity, and a string starting with "nan" for NaN, in the case of
-.B f
-conversion, and "[\-]INF" or "[\-]INFINITY" or "NAN" in the case of
-.B F
-conversion.)
-.TP
-.BR g ", " G
-The
-.I double
-argument is converted in style
-.B f
-or
-.B e
-(or
-.B F
-or
-.B E
-for
-.B G
-conversions).
-The precision specifies the number of significant digits.
-If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision is zero,
-it is treated as 1.
-Style
-.B e
-is used if the exponent from its conversion is less than \-4 or greater
-than or equal to the precision.
-Trailing zeros are removed from the
-fractional part of the result; a decimal point appears only if it is
-followed by at least one digit.
-.TP
-.BR a ", " A
-(C99; not in SUSv2, but added in SUSv3)
-For
-.B a
-conversion, the
-.I double
-argument is converted to hexadecimal notation (using the letters abcdef)
-in the style
-.RB [\-] 0x h \&. hhhh p \(+-d;
-for
-.B A
-conversion the prefix
-.BR 0X ,
-the letters ABCDEF, and the exponent separator
-.B P
-is used.
-There is one hexadecimal digit before the decimal point,
-and the number of digits after it is equal to the precision.
-The default precision suffices for an exact representation of the value
-if an exact representation in base 2 exists
-and otherwise is sufficiently large to distinguish values of type
-.IR double .
-The digit before the decimal point is unspecified for nonnormalized
-numbers, and nonzero but otherwise unspecified for normalized numbers.
-The exponent always contains at least one
-digit; if the value is zero, the exponent is 0.
-.TP
-.B c
-If no
-.B l
-modifier is present, the
-.I int
-argument is converted to an
-.IR "unsigned char" ,
-and the resulting character is written.
-If an
-.B l
-modifier is present, the
-.I wint_t
-(wide character) argument is converted to a multibyte sequence by a call
-to the
-.BR wcrtomb (3)
-function, with a conversion state starting in the initial state, and the
-resulting multibyte string is written.
-.TP
-.B s
-If no
-.B l
-modifier is present: the
-.I "const char\ *"
-argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of character type (pointer
-to a string).
-Characters from the array are written up to (but not
-including) a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]);
-if a precision is specified, no more than the number specified
-are written.
-If a precision is given, no null byte need be present;
-if the precision is not specified, or is greater than the size of the
-array, the array must contain a terminating null byte.
-.IP
-If an
-.B l
-modifier is present: the
-.I "const wchar_t\ *"
-argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of wide characters.
-Wide characters from the array are converted to multibyte characters
-(each by a call to the
-.BR wcrtomb (3)
-function, with a conversion state starting in the initial state before
-the first wide character), up to and including a terminating null
-wide character.
-The resulting multibyte characters are written up to
-(but not including) the terminating null byte.
-If a precision is
-specified, no more bytes than the number specified are written, but
-no partial multibyte characters are written.
-Note that the precision
-determines the number of
-.I bytes
-written, not the number of
-.I wide characters
-or
-.IR "screen positions" .
-The array must contain a terminating null wide character, unless a
-precision is given and it is so small that the number of bytes written
-exceeds it before the end of the array is reached.
-.TP
-.B C
-(Not in C99 or C11, but in SUSv2, SUSv3, and SUSv4.)
-Synonym for
-.BR lc .
-Don't use.
-.TP
-.B S
-(Not in C99 or C11, but in SUSv2, SUSv3, and SUSv4.)
-Synonym for
-.BR ls .
-Don't use.
-.TP
-.B p
-The
-.I "void\ *"
-pointer argument is printed in hexadecimal (as if by
-.B %#x
-or
-.BR %#lx ).
-.TP
-.B n
-The number of characters written so far is stored into the integer
-pointed to by the corresponding argument.
-That argument shall be an
-.IR "int\ *" ,
-or variant whose size matches the (optionally)
-supplied integer length modifier.
-No argument is converted.
-(This specifier is not supported by the bionic C library.)
-The behavior is undefined if the conversion specification includes
-any flags, a field width, or a precision.
-.TP
-.B m
-(glibc extension; supported by uClibc and musl.)
-Print output of
-.I strerror(errno)
-(or
-.I strerrorname_np(errno)
-in the alternate form).
-No argument is required.
-.TP
-.B %
-A \[aq]%\[aq] is written.
-No argument is converted.
-The complete conversion
-specification is \[aq]%%\[aq].
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Upon successful return, these functions return the number of bytes
-printed (excluding the null byte used to end output to strings).
-.P
-The functions
-.BR snprintf ()
-and
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-do not write more than
-.I size
-bytes (including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])).
-If the output was truncated due to this limit, then the return value
-is the number of characters (excluding the terminating null byte)
-which would have been written to the final string if enough space
-had been available.
-Thus, a return value of
-.I size
-or more means that the output was truncated.
-(See also below under CAVEATS.)
-.P
-If an output error is encountered, a negative value is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR printf (),
-.BR fprintf (),
-.BR sprintf (),
-.BR snprintf (),
-.BR vprintf (),
-.BR vfprintf (),
-.BR vsprintf (),
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR fprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR printf ()
-.TQ
-.BR sprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vfprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vsprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR snprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR dprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vdprintf ()
-GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR fprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR printf ()
-.TQ
-.BR sprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vfprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vsprintf ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR snprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-SUSv2, C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.IP
-Concerning the return value of
-.BR snprintf (),
-SUSv2 and C99 contradict each other: when
-.BR snprintf ()
-is called with
-.IR size =0
-then SUSv2 stipulates an unspecified return value less than 1,
-while C99 allows
-.I str
-to be NULL in this case, and gives the return value (as always)
-as the number of characters that would have been written in case
-the output string has been large enough.
-POSIX.1-2001 and later align their specification of
-.BR snprintf ()
-with C99.
-.TP
-.BR dprintf ()
-.TQ
-.BR vdprintf ()
-GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-.\" Linux libc4 knows about the five C standard flags.
-.\" It knows about the length modifiers \fBh\fP, \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP,
-.\" and the conversions
-.\" \fBc\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBe\fP, \fBE\fP, \fBf\fP, \fBF\fP,
-.\" \fBg\fP, \fBG\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBn\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBp\fP,
-.\" \fBs\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, and \fBX\fP,
-.\" where \fBF\fP is a synonym for \fBf\fP.
-.\" Additionally, it accepts \fBD\fP, \fBO\fP, and \fBU\fP as synonyms
-.\" for \fBld\fP, \fBlo\fP, and \fBlu\fP.
-.\" (This is bad, and caused serious bugs later, when
-.\" support for \fB%D\fP disappeared.)
-.\" No locale-dependent radix character,
-.\" no thousands' separator, no NaN or infinity, no "%m$" and "*m$".
-.\" .P
-.\" Linux libc5 knows about the five C standard flags and the \[aq] flag,
-.\" locale, "%m$" and "*m$".
-.\" It knows about the length modifiers \fBh\fP, \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP,
-.\" \fBZ\fP, and \fBq\fP, but accepts \fBL\fP and \fBq\fP
-.\" both for \fIlong double\fP and for \fIlong long\fP (this is a bug).
-.\" It no longer recognizes \fBF\fP, \fBD\fP, \fBO\fP, and \fBU\fP,
-.\" but adds the conversion character
-.\" .BR m ,
-.\" which outputs
-.\" .IR strerror(errno) .
-.\" .P
-.\" glibc 2.0 adds conversion characters \fBC\fP and \fBS\fP.
-.\" .P
-glibc 2.1 adds length modifiers \fBhh\fP, \fBj\fP, \fBt\fP, and \fBz\fP
-and conversion characters \fBa\fP and \fBA\fP.
-.P
-glibc 2.2 adds the conversion character \fBF\fP with C99 semantics,
-and the flag character \fBI\fP.
-.P
-glibc 2.35 gives a meaning to the alternate form
-.RB ( # )
-of the
-.B m
-conversion specifier, that is
-.IR %#m .
-.SH CAVEATS
-Some programs imprudently rely on code such as the following
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-sprintf(buf, "%s some further text", buf);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-to append text to
-.IR buf .
-However, the standards explicitly note that the results are undefined
-if source and destination buffers overlap when calling
-.BR sprintf (),
-.BR snprintf (),
-.BR vsprintf (),
-and
-.BR vsnprintf ().
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7075
-Depending on the version of
-.BR gcc (1)
-used, and the compiler options employed, calls such as the above will
-.B not
-produce the expected results.
-.P
-The glibc implementation of the functions
-.BR snprintf ()
-and
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-conforms to the C99 standard, that is, behaves as described above,
-since glibc 2.1.
-Until glibc 2.0.6, they would return \-1
-when the output was truncated.
-.\" .SH HISTORY
-.\" UNIX V7 defines the three routines
-.\" .BR printf (),
-.\" .BR fprintf (),
-.\" .BR sprintf (),
-.\" and has the flag \-, the width or precision *, the length modifier l,
-.\" and the conversions doxfegcsu, and also D,O,U,X as synonyms for ld,lo,lu,lx.
-.\" This is still true for 2.9.1BSD, but 2.10BSD has the flags
-.\" #, + and <space> and no longer mentions D,O,U,X.
-.\" 2.11BSD has
-.\" .BR vprintf (),
-.\" .BR vfprintf (),
-.\" .BR vsprintf (),
-.\" and warns not to use D,O,U,X.
-.\" 4.3BSD Reno has the flag 0, the length modifiers h and L,
-.\" and the conversions n, p, E, G, X (with current meaning)
-.\" and deprecates D,O,U.
-.\" 4.4BSD introduces the functions
-.\" .BR snprintf ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR vsnprintf (),
-.\" and the length modifier q.
-.\" FreeBSD also has functions
-.\" .BR asprintf ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR vasprintf (),
-.\" that allocate a buffer large enough for
-.\" .BR sprintf ().
-.\" In glibc there are functions
-.\" .BR dprintf ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR vdprintf ()
-.\" that print to a file descriptor instead of a stream.
-.SH BUGS
-Because
-.BR sprintf ()
-and
-.BR vsprintf ()
-assume an arbitrarily long string, callers must be careful not to overflow
-the actual space; this is often impossible to assure.
-Note that the length
-of the strings produced is locale-dependent and difficult to predict.
-Use
-.BR snprintf ()
-and
-.BR vsnprintf ()
-instead (or
-.BR asprintf (3)
-and
-.BR vasprintf (3)).
-.\" .P
-.\" Linux libc4.[45] does not have a
-.\" .BR snprintf (),
-.\" but provides a libbsd that contains an
-.\" .BR snprintf ()
-.\" equivalent to
-.\" .BR sprintf (),
-.\" that is, one that ignores the
-.\" .I size
-.\" argument.
-.\" Thus, the use of
-.\" .BR snprintf ()
-.\" with early libc4 leads to serious security problems.
-.P
-Code such as
-.BI printf( foo );
-often indicates a bug, since
-.I foo
-may contain a % character.
-If
-.I foo
-comes from untrusted user input, it may contain \fB%n\fP, causing the
-.BR printf ()
-call to write to memory and creating a security hole.
-.\" .P
-.\" Some floating-point conversions under early libc4
-.\" caused memory leaks.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-To print
-.I Pi
-to five decimal places:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-fprintf(stdout, "pi = %.5f\en", 4 * atan(1.0));
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-To print a date and time in the form "Sunday, July 3, 10:02",
-where
-.I weekday
-and
-.I month
-are pointers to strings:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-fprintf(stdout, "%s, %s %d, %.2d:%.2d\en",
-        weekday, month, day, hour, min);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Many countries use the day-month-year order.
-Hence, an internationalized version must be able to print
-the arguments in an order specified by the format:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-fprintf(stdout, format,
-        weekday, month, day, hour, min);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I format
-depends on locale, and may permute the arguments.
-With the value:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-"%1$s, %3$d. %2$s, %4$d:%5$.2d\en"
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-one might obtain "Sonntag, 3. Juli, 10:02".
-.P
-To allocate a sufficiently large string and print into it
-(code correct for both glibc 2.0 and glibc 2.1):
-.P
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-\&
-char *
-make_message(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-    int n = 0;
-    size_t size = 0;
-    char *p = NULL;
-    va_list ap;
-\&
-    /* Determine required size. */
-\&
-    va_start(ap, fmt);
-    n = vsnprintf(p, size, fmt, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-\&
-    if (n < 0)
-        return NULL;
-\&
-    size = (size_t) n + 1;      /* One extra byte for \[aq]\e0\[aq] */
-    p = malloc(size);
-    if (p == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-\&
-    va_start(ap, fmt);
-    n = vsnprintf(p, size, fmt, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-\&
-    if (n < 0) {
-        free(p);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-\&
-    return p;
-}
-.EE
-.P
-If truncation occurs in glibc versions prior to glibc 2.0.6,
-this is treated as an error instead of being handled gracefully.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR printf (1),
-.BR asprintf (3),
-.BR puts (3),
-.BR scanf (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strfromd (3),
-.BR wcrtomb (3),
-.BR wprintf (3),
-.BR locale (5)
diff --git a/man3/profil.3 b/man3/profil.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dd72c5ef2..000000000
--- a/man3/profil.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Fri Jun 23 01:35:19 1995 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\" (prompted by Bas V. de Bakker <bas@phys.uva.nl>)
-.\" Corrected (and moved to man3), 980612, aeb
-.TH profil 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-profil \- execution time profile
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int profil(unsigned short *" buf ", size_t " bufsiz ,
-.BI "           size_t " offset ", unsigned int " scale );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR profil ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.21:
-.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This routine provides a means to find out in what areas your program
-spends most of its time.
-The argument
-.I buf
-points to
-.I bufsiz
-bytes of core.
-Every virtual 10 milliseconds, the user's program counter (PC)
-is examined:
-.I offset
-is subtracted and the result is multiplied by
-.I scale
-and divided by 65536.
-If the resulting value is less than
-.IR bufsiz ,
-then the corresponding entry in
-.I buf
-is incremented.
-If
-.I buf
-is NULL, profiling is disabled.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Zero is always returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR profil ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Similar to a call in SVr4.
-.SH BUGS
-.BR profil ()
-cannot be used on a program that also uses
-.B ITIMER_PROF
-interval timers (see
-.BR setitimer (2)).
-.P
-True kernel profiling provides more accurate results.
-.\" Libc 4.4 contained a kernel patch providing a system call profil.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gprof (1),
-.BR sprof (1),
-.BR setitimer (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2)
diff --git a/man3/program_invocation_name.3 b/man3/program_invocation_name.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4b442d8a..000000000
--- a/man3/program_invocation_name.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.TH program_invocation_name 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name \- \
-obtain name used to invoke calling program
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <errno.h>
-.P
-.BI "extern char *" program_invocation_name ;
-.BI "extern char *" program_invocation_short_name ;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I program_invocation_name
-contains the name that was used to invoke the calling program.
-This is the same as the value of
-.I argv[0]
-in
-.IR main (),
-with the difference that the scope of
-.I program_invocation_name
-is global.
-.P
-.I program_invocation_short_name
-contains the basename component of name that was used to invoke
-the calling program.
-That is, it is the same value as
-.IR program_invocation_name ,
-with all text up to and including the final slash (/), if any, removed.
-.P
-These variables are automatically initialized by the glibc run-time
-startup code.
-.SH VERSIONS
-The Linux-specific
-.IR /proc/ pid /cmdline
-file provides access to similar information.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR proc (5)
diff --git a/man3/program_invocation_short_name.3 b/man3/program_invocation_short_name.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f603f6c7f..000000000
--- a/man3/program_invocation_short_name.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/program_invocation_name.3
diff --git a/man3/psiginfo.3 b/man3/psiginfo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cd748fa57..000000000
--- a/man3/psiginfo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/psignal.3
diff --git a/man3/psignal.3 b/man3/psignal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 583c532d3..000000000
--- a/man3/psignal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:45:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH psignal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-psignal, psiginfo \- print signal description
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "void psignal(int " sig ", const char *" s );
-.BI "void psiginfo(const siginfo_t *" pinfo ", const char *" s );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR psignal ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-            _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR psiginfo ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR psignal ()
-function displays a message on \fIstderr\fP
-consisting of the string \fIs\fP, a colon, a space, a string
-describing the signal number \fIsig\fP, and a trailing newline.
-If the string \fIs\fP is NULL or empty, the colon and space are omitted.
-If \fIsig\fP is invalid,
-the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
-.P
-The
-.BR psiginfo ()
-function is like
-.BR psignal (),
-except that it displays information about the signal described by
-.IR pinfo ,
-which should point to a valid
-.I siginfo_t
-structure.
-As well as the signal description,
-.BR psiginfo ()
-displays information about the origin of the signal,
-and other information relevant to the signal
-(e.g., the relevant memory address for hardware-generated signals,
-the child process ID for
-.BR SIGCHLD ,
-and the user ID and process ID of the sender, for signals set using
-.BR kill (2)
-or
-.BR sigqueue (3)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR psignal ()
-and
-.BR psiginfo ()
-functions return no value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR psignal (),
-.BR psiginfo ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.10.
-POSIX.1-2008, 4.3BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-Up to glibc 2.12,
-.BR psiginfo ()
-had the following bugs:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-In some circumstances, a trailing newline is not printed.
-.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12107
-.\" Reportedly now fixed; check glibc 2.13
-.IP \[bu]
-Additional details are not displayed for real-time signals.
-.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12108
-.\" Reportedly now fixed; check glibc 2.13
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR perror (3),
-.BR strsignal (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_atfork.3 b/man3/pthread_atfork.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1226cfa4..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_atfork.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_atfork 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_atfork \- register fork handlers
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B  #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_atfork(void (*" prepare ")(void), void (*" parent ")(void),"
-.BI "                   void (*" child ")(void));"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_atfork ()
-function registers fork handlers that are to be executed when
-.BR fork (2)
-is called by any thread in a process.
-The handlers are executed in the context of the thread that calls
-.BR fork (2).
-.P
-Three kinds of handler can be registered:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-.I prepare
-specifies a handler that is executed in the parent process before
-.BR fork (2)
-processing starts.
-.IP \[bu]
-.I parent
-specifies a handler that is executed in the parent process after
-.BR fork (2)
-processing completes.
-.IP \[bu]
-.I child
-specifies a handler that is executed in the child process after
-.BR fork (2)
-processing completes.
-.P
-Any of the three arguments may be NULL if no handler is needed
-in the corresponding phase of
-.BR fork (2)
-processing.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_atfork ()
-returns zero.
-On error, it returns an error number.
-.BR pthread_atfork ()
-may be called multiple times by a process
-to register additional handlers.
-The handlers for each phase are called in a specified order: the
-.I prepare
-handlers are called in reverse order of registration; the
-.I parent
-and
-.I child
-handlers are called in the order of registration.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Could not allocate memory to record the fork handler list entry.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-When
-.BR fork (2)
-is called in a multithreaded process,
-only the calling thread is duplicated in the child process.
-The original intention of
-.BR pthread_atfork ()
-was to allow the child process to be returned to a consistent state.
-For example, at the time of the call to
-.BR fork (2),
-other threads may have locked mutexes that are visible in the
-user-space memory duplicated in the child.
-Such mutexes would never be unlocked,
-since the threads that placed the locks are not duplicated in the child.
-The intent of
-.BR pthread_atfork ()
-was to provide a mechanism whereby the application (or a library)
-could ensure that mutexes and other process and thread state would be
-restored to a consistent state.
-In practice, this task is generally too difficult to be practicable.
-.P
-After a
-.BR fork (2)
-in a multithreaded process returns in the child,
-the child should call only async-signal-safe functions (see
-.BR signal\-safety (7))
-until such time as it calls
-.BR execve (2)
-to execute a new program.
-.P
-POSIX.1 specifies that
-.BR pthread_atfork ()
-shall not fail with the error
-.BR EINTR .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR atexit (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_destroy.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7c9494d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getaffinity_np.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getaffinity_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c6af8fa49..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getaffinity_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c57ecd59d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 766ca2f19..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 65239cb76..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f830fdce..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 10f740c2c..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getscope.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getscope.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 965fd629a..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getscope.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getsigmask_np.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getsigmask_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 92b55d302..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getsigmask_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getstack.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getstack.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b20d7eda..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getstack.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49d8a85d4..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 52431f58f..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_init.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dfd5ac67f..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_init, pthread_attr_destroy \- initialize and destroy
-thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_init(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_destroy(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_init ()
-function initializes the thread attributes object pointed to by
-.I attr
-with default attribute values.
-After this call, individual attributes of the object can be set
-using various related functions (listed under SEE ALSO),
-and then the object can be used in one or more
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-calls that create threads.
-.P
-Calling
-.BR pthread_attr_init ()
-on a thread attributes object that has already been initialized
-results in undefined behavior.
-.P
-When a thread attributes object is no longer required,
-it should be destroyed using the
-.BR pthread_attr_destroy ()
-function.
-Destroying a thread attributes object has no effect
-on threads that were created using that object.
-.P
-Once a thread attributes object has been destroyed,
-it can be reinitialized using
-.BR pthread_attr_init ().
-Any other use of a destroyed thread attributes object
-has undefined results.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-POSIX.1 documents an
-.B ENOMEM
-error for
-.BR pthread_attr_init ();
-on Linux these functions always succeed
-(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
-handle a possible error return).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_init (),
-.BR pthread_attr_destroy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.I pthread_attr_t
-type should be treated as opaque:
-any access to the object other than via pthreads functions
-is nonportable and produces undefined results.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below optionally makes use of
-.BR pthread_attr_init ()
-and various related functions to initialize a thread attributes
-object that is used to create a single thread.
-Once created, the thread uses the
-.BR pthread_getattr_np (3)
-function (a nonstandard GNU extension) to retrieve the thread's
-attributes, and then displays those attributes.
-.P
-If the program is run with no command-line argument,
-then it passes NULL as the
-.I attr
-argument of
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-so that the thread is created with default attributes.
-Running the program on Linux/x86-32 with the NPTL threading implementation,
-we see the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.\" Results from glibc 2.8, SUSE 11.0; Oct 2008
-.RB "$" " ulimit \-s" "       # No stack limit ==> default stack size is 2 MB"
-unlimited
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-Thread attributes:
-        Detach state        = PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
-        Scope               = PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
-        Inherit scheduler   = PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
-        Scheduling policy   = SCHED_OTHER
-        Scheduling priority = 0
-        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
-        Stack address       = 0x40196000
-        Stack size          = 0x201000 bytes
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-When we supply a stack size as a command-line argument,
-the program initializes a thread attributes object,
-sets various attributes in that object,
-and passes a pointer to the object in the call to
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-Running the program on Linux/x86-32 with the NPTL threading implementation,
-we see the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.\" Results from glibc 2.8, SUSE 11.0; Oct 2008
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 0x3000000"
-posix_memalign() allocated at 0x40197000
-Thread attributes:
-        Detach state        = PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
-        Scope               = PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
-        Inherit scheduler   = PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED
-        Scheduling policy   = SCHED_OTHER
-        Scheduling priority = 0
-        Guard size          = 0 bytes
-        Stack address       = 0x40197000
-        Stack size          = 0x3000000 bytes
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_attr_init.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* To get pthread_getattr_np() declaration */
-#include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-static void
-display_pthread_attr(pthread_attr_t *attr, char *prefix)
-{
-    int s, i;
-    size_t v;
-    void *stkaddr;
-    struct sched_param sp;
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getdetachstate(attr, &i);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getdetachstate");
-    printf("%sDetach state        = %s\en", prefix,
-           (i == PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED) ? "PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED" :
-           (i == PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE) ? "PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE" :
-           "???");
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getscope(attr, &i);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getscope");
-    printf("%sScope               = %s\en", prefix,
-           (i == PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM)  ? "PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM" :
-           (i == PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS) ? "PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS" :
-           "???");
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getinheritsched(attr, &i);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getinheritsched");
-    printf("%sInherit scheduler   = %s\en", prefix,
-           (i == PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED)  ? "PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED" :
-           (i == PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED) ? "PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED" :
-           "???");
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(attr, &i);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedpolicy");
-    printf("%sScheduling policy   = %s\en", prefix,
-           (i == SCHED_OTHER) ? "SCHED_OTHER" :
-           (i == SCHED_FIFO)  ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
-           (i == SCHED_RR)    ? "SCHED_RR" :
-           "???");
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getschedparam(attr, &sp);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedparam");
-    printf("%sScheduling priority = %d\en", prefix, sp.sched_priority);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &v);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
-    printf("%sGuard size          = %zu bytes\en", prefix, v);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getstack(attr, &stkaddr, &v);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstack");
-    printf("%sStack address       = %p\en", prefix, stkaddr);
-    printf("%sStack size          = %#zx bytes\en", prefix, v);
-}
-\&
-static void *
-thread_start(void *arg)
-{
-    int s;
-    pthread_attr_t gattr;
-\&
-    /* pthread_getattr_np() is a non\-standard GNU extension that
-       retrieves the attributes of the thread specified in its
-       first argument. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_getattr_np(pthread_self(), &gattr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getattr_np");
-\&
-    printf("Thread attributes:\en");
-    display_pthread_attr(&gattr, "\et");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminate all threads */
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    pthread_t thr;
-    pthread_attr_t attr;
-    pthread_attr_t *attrp;      /* NULL or &attr */
-    int s;
-\&
-    attrp = NULL;
-\&
-    /* If a command\-line argument was supplied, use it to set the
-       stack\-size attribute and set a few other thread attributes,
-       and set attrp pointing to thread attributes object. */
-\&
-    if (argc > 1) {
-        size_t stack_size;
-        void *sp;
-\&
-        attrp = &attr;
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_init(&attr);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_init");
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_setdetachstate(&attr, PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setdetachstate");
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setinheritsched");
-\&
-        stack_size = strtoul(argv[1], NULL, 0);
-\&
-        s = posix_memalign(&sp, sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE), stack_size);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "posix_memalign");
-\&
-        printf("posix_memalign() allocated at %p\en", sp);
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_setstack(&attr, sp, stack_size);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstack");
-    }
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thr, attrp, &thread_start, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    if (attrp != NULL) {
-        s = pthread_attr_destroy(attrp);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
-    }
-\&
-    pause();    /* Terminates when other thread calls exit() */
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_getattr_np (3),
-.BR pthread_setattr_default_np (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d0df5763..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setaffinity_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setaffinity_np, pthread_attr_getaffinity_np \- set/get
-CPU affinity attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setaffinity_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                   size_t " cpusetsize ", const cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getaffinity_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                   size_t " cpusetsize ", cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np ()
-function
-sets the CPU affinity mask attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR cpuset .
-This attribute determines the CPU affinity mask
-of a thread created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ()
-function
-returns the CPU affinity mask attribute of the thread attributes object
-referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR cpuset .
-.P
-The argument
-.I cpusetsize
-is the length (in bytes) of the buffer pointed to by
-.IR cpuset .
-Typically, this argument would be specified as
-.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
-.P
-For more details on CPU affinity masks, see
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2).
-For a description of a set of macros
-that can be used to manipulate and inspect CPU sets, see
-.BR CPU_SET (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( pthread_attr_setaffinity_np ())
-.I cpuset
-specified a CPU that was outside the set supported by the kernel.
-(The kernel configuration option
-.B CONFIG_NR_CPUS
-defines the range of the set supported by the kernel data type
-.\" cpumask_t
-used to represent CPU sets.)
-.\" The raw sched_getaffinity() system call returns the size (in bytes)
-.\" of the cpumask_t type.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ())
-A CPU in the affinity mask of the thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-lies outside the range specified by
-.I cpusetsize
-(i.e.,
-.IR cpuset / cpusetsize
-is too small).
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.RB ( pthread_attr_setaffinity_np ())
-Could not allocate memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.4.
-.SH NOTES
-In glibc 2.3.3 only,
-versions of these functions were provided that did not have a
-.I cpusetsize
-argument.
-Instead the CPU set size given to the underlying system calls was always
-.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (3),
-.BR cpuset (7),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c1828db7..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setdetachstate 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setdetachstate, pthread_attr_getdetachstate \-
-set/get detach state attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setdetachstate(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
-", int " detachstate );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getdetachstate(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                                int *" detachstate );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate ()
-function sets the detach state attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR detachstate .
-The detach state attribute determines whether a thread created using
-the thread attributes object
-.I attr
-will be created in a joinable or a detached state.
-.P
-The following values may be specified in
-.IR detachstate :
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
-Threads that are created using
-.I attr
-will be created in a detached state.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
-Threads that are created using
-.I attr
-will be created in a joinable state.
-.P
-The default setting of the detach state attribute in a newly initialized
-thread attributes object is
-.BR PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate ()
-returns the detach state attribute of the thread attributes object
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR detachstate .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-An invalid value was specified in
-.IR detachstate .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-See
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-for more details on detached and joinable threads.
-.P
-A thread that is created in a joinable state should
-eventually either be joined using
-.BR pthread_join (3)
-or detached using
-.BR pthread_detach (3);
-see
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-.P
-It is an error to specify the thread ID of
-a thread that was created in a detached state
-in a later call to
-.BR pthread_detach (3)
-or
-.BR pthread_join (3).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_detach (3),
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index de9e4f2b7..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setguardsize 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setguardsize, pthread_attr_getguardsize \- set/get guard size
-attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setguardsize(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
-", size_t " guardsize );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getguardsize(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                              size_t *restrict " guardsize );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize ()
-function sets the guard size attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR guardsize .
-.P
-If
-.I guardsize
-is greater than 0,
-then for each new thread created using
-.I attr
-the system allocates an additional region of at least
-.I guardsize
-bytes at the end of the thread's stack to act as the guard area
-for the stack (but see BUGS).
-.P
-If
-.I guardsize
-is 0, then new threads created with
-.I attr
-will not have a guard area.
-.P
-The default guard size is the same as the system page size.
-.P
-If the stack address attribute has been set in
-.I attr
-(using
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
-or
-.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (3)),
-meaning that the caller is allocating the thread's stack,
-then the guard size attribute is ignored
-(i.e., no guard area is created by the system):
-it is the application's responsibility to handle stack overflow
-(perhaps by using
-.BR mprotect (2)
-to manually define a guard area at the end of the stack
-that it has allocated).
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
-function returns the guard size attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR guardsize .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-POSIX.1 documents an
-.B EINVAL
-error if
-.I attr
-or
-.I guardsize
-is invalid.
-On Linux these functions always succeed
-(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
-handle a possible error return).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-A guard area consists of virtual memory pages that are protected
-to prevent read and write access.
-If a thread overflows its stack into the guard area,
-then, on most hard architectures, it receives a
-.B SIGSEGV
-signal, thus notifying it of the overflow.
-Guard areas start on page boundaries,
-and the guard size is internally rounded up to
-the system page size when creating a thread.
-(Nevertheless,
-.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
-returns the guard size that was set by
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize ().)
-.P
-Setting a guard size of 0 may be useful to save memory
-in an application that creates many threads
-and knows that stack overflow can never occur.
-.P
-Choosing a guard size larger than the default size
-may be necessary for detecting stack overflows
-if a thread allocates large data structures on the stack.
-.SH BUGS
-As at glibc 2.8, the NPTL threading implementation includes
-the guard area within the stack size allocation,
-rather than allocating extra space at the end of the stack,
-as POSIX.1 requires.
-(This can result in an
-.B EINVAL
-error from
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-if the guard size value is too large,
-leaving no space for the actual stack.)
-.P
-The obsolete LinuxThreads implementation did the right thing,
-allocating extra space at the end of the stack for the guard area.
-.\" glibc includes the guardsize within the allocated stack size,
-.\" which looks pretty clearly to be in violation of POSIX.
-.\"
-.\" Filed bug, 22 Oct 2008:
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6973
-.\"
-.\" Older reports:
-.\" https//bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=435337
-.\" Reportedly, LinuxThreads did the right thing, allocating
-.\" extra space at the end of the stack:
-.\" http://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2008-05/msg00086.html
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_getattr_np (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR mprotect (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 832f3b543..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setinheritsched 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setinheritsched, pthread_attr_getinheritsched \- set/get
-inherit-scheduler attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setinheritsched(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                                 int " inheritsched );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getinheritsched(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                                 int *restrict " inheritsched );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched ()
-function sets the inherit-scheduler attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR inheritsched .
-The inherit-scheduler attribute determines whether a thread created using
-the thread attributes object
-.I attr
-will inherit its scheduling attributes from the calling thread
-or whether it will take them from
-.IR attr .
-.P
-The following scheduling attributes are affected by the
-inherit-scheduler attribute:
-scheduling policy
-.RB ( pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3)),
-scheduling priority
-.RB ( pthread_attr_setschedparam (3)),
-and contention scope
-.RB ( pthread_attr_setscope (3)).
-.P
-The following values may be specified in
-.IR inheritsched :
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
-Threads that are created using
-.I attr
-inherit scheduling attributes from the creating thread;
-the scheduling attributes in
-.I attr
-are ignored.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED
-Threads that are created using
-.I attr
-take their scheduling attributes from the values specified
-by the attributes object.
-.\" FIXME Document the defaults for scheduler settings
-.P
-The default setting of the inherit-scheduler attribute in
-a newly initialized thread attributes object is
-.BR PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched ()
-returns the inherit-scheduler attribute of the thread attributes object
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR inheritsched .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid value in
-.IR inheritsched .
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an optional
-.B ENOTSUP
-error ("attempt was made to set the attribute to an unsupported value") for
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-As at glibc 2.8, if a thread attributes object is initialized using
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-then the scheduling policy of the attributes object is set to
-.B SCHED_OTHER
-and the scheduling priority is set to 0.
-However, if the inherit-scheduler attribute is then set to
-.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED ,
-then a thread created using the attribute object
-wrongly inherits its scheduling attributes from the creating thread.
-This bug does not occur if either the scheduling policy or
-scheduling priority attribute is explicitly set
-in the thread attributes object before calling
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-.\" FIXME . Track status of the following bug:
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7007
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97df58a42..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setschedparam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setschedparam, pthread_attr_getschedparam \- set/get
-scheduling parameter attributes in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setschedparam(pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                              const struct sched_param *restrict " param );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getschedparam(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                              struct sched_param *restrict " param );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
-function sets the scheduling parameter attributes of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the values specified in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR param .
-These attributes determine the scheduling parameters of
-a thread created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam ()
-returns the scheduling parameter attributes of the thread attributes object
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR param .
-.P
-Scheduling parameters are maintained in the following structure:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct sched_param {
-    int sched_priority;     /* Scheduling priority */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-As can be seen, only one scheduling parameter is supported.
-For details of the permitted ranges for scheduling priorities
-in each scheduling policy, see
-.BR sched (7).
-.P
-In order for the parameter setting made by
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
-to have effect when calling
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-the caller must use
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3)
-to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
-.I attr
-to
-.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The priority specified in
-.I param
-does not make sense for the current scheduling policy of
-.IR attr .
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an
-.B ENOTSUP
-error for
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ().
-This value is never returned on Linux
-(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
-handle this error return value).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-glibc 2.0.
-.SH NOTES
-See
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3)
-for a list of the thread scheduling policies supported on Linux.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR sched_get_priority_min (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f2575cf78..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setschedpolicy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setschedpolicy, pthread_attr_getschedpolicy \- set/get
-scheduling policy attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(pthread_attr_t *" attr ", int " policy );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                                int *restrict " policy );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
-function sets the scheduling policy attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR policy .
-This attribute determines the scheduling policy of
-a thread created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-.P
-The supported values for
-.I policy
-are
-.BR SCHED_FIFO ,
-.BR SCHED_RR ,
-and
-.BR SCHED_OTHER ,
-with the semantics described in
-.BR sched (7).
-.\" FIXME . pthread_setschedparam() places no restriction on the policy,
-.\" but pthread_attr_setschedpolicy() restricts policy to RR/FIFO/OTHER
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7013
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy ()
-returns the scheduling policy attribute of the thread attributes object
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR policy .
-.P
-In order for the policy setting made by
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
-to have effect when calling
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-the caller must use
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3)
-to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
-.I attr
-to
-.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid value in
-.IR policy .
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an optional
-.B ENOTSUP
-error ("attempt was made to set the attribute to an unsupported value") for
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b48d0dd7a..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setscope 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setscope, pthread_attr_getscope \- set/get contention scope
-attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setscope(pthread_attr_t *" attr ", int " scope );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getscope(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                          int *restrict " scope );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
-function sets the contention scope attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR scope .
-The contention scope attribute defines the set of threads
-against which a thread competes for resources such as the CPU.
-POSIX.1 specifies two possible values for
-.IR scope :
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
-The thread competes for resources with all other threads
-in all processes on the system that are in the same scheduling
-allocation domain (a group of one or more processors).
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
-threads are scheduled relative to one another
-according to their scheduling policy and priority.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
-The thread competes for resources with all other threads
-in the same process that were also created with the
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
-contention scope.
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
-threads are scheduled relative to other threads in the process
-according to their scheduling policy and priority.
-POSIX.1 leaves it unspecified how these threads contend
-with other threads in other process on the system or
-with other threads in the same process that
-were created with the
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
-contention scope.
-.P
-POSIX.1 requires that an implementation support at least one of these
-contention scopes.
-Linux supports
-.BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM ,
-but not
-.BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS .
-.P
-On systems that support multiple contention scopes, then,
-in order for the parameter setting made by
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
-to have effect when calling
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-the caller must use
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3)
-to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
-.I attr
-to
-.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getscope ()
-function returns the contention scope attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR scope .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
-can fail with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-An invalid value was specified in
-.IR scope .
-.TP
-.B ENOTSUP
-.I scope
-specified the value
-.BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS ,
-which is not supported on Linux.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getscope ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
-contention scope typically indicates that a user-space thread is
-bound directly to a single kernel-scheduling entity.
-This is the case on Linux for the obsolete LinuxThreads implementation
-and the modern NPTL implementation,
-which are both 1:1 threading implementations.
-.P
-POSIX.1 specifies that the default contention scope is
-implementation-defined.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ab50568f2..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setsigmask_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setsigmask_np, pthread_attr_getsigmask_np \- set/get
-signal mask attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setsigmask_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                               const sigset_t *" sigmask );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getsigmask_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                               sigset_t *" sigmask );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
-function sets the signal mask attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR *sigmask .
-If
-.I sigmask
-is specified as NULL, then any existing signal mask attribute in
-.I attr
-is unset.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
-function returns the signal mask attribute of the thread attributes object
-referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR sigmask .
-If the signal mask attribute is currently unset,
-then this function returns the special value
-.B PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP
-as its result.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
-function returns 0 on success, or a nonzero error number on failure.
-.P
-the
-.BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
-function returns either 0 or
-.BR PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP .
-When 0 is returned, the signal mask attribute is returned via
-.IR sigmask .
-A return value of
-.B PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP
-indicates that the signal mask attribute is not set in
-.IR attr .
-.P
-On error, these functions return a positive error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.RB ( pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ())
-Could not allocate memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.32.
-.SH NOTES
-The signal mask attribute determines the signal mask that will be assigned to
-a thread created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-If this attribute is not set, then a thread created using
-.I attr
-will inherit a copy of the creating thread's signal mask.
-.P
-For more details on signal masks, see
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-For a description of a set of macros
-that can be used to manipulate and inspect signal sets, see
-.BR sigsetops (3).
-.P
-In the absence of
-.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
-it is possible to create a thread with a desired signal mask as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The creating thread uses
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3)
-to save its current signal mask and set its mask to block all signals.
-.IP \[bu]
-The new thread is then created using
-.BR pthread_create ();
-the new thread will inherit the creating thread's signal mask.
-.IP \[bu]
-The new thread sets its signal mask to the desired value using
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3).
-.IP \[bu]
-The creating thread restores its signal mask to the original value.
-.P
-Following the above steps,
-there is no possibility for the new thread to receive a signal
-before it has adjusted its signal mask to the desired value.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f783b03a5..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setstack 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setstack, pthread_attr_getstack \- set/get stack
-attributes in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setstack(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                          void " stackaddr [. stacksize ],
-.BI "                          size_t " stacksize );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getstack(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                          void **restrict " stackaddr ,
-.BI "                          size_t *restrict " stacksize );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack (),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack ()
-function sets the stack address and stack size attributes of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the values specified in
-.I stackaddr
-and
-.IR stacksize ,
-respectively.
-These attributes specify the location and size of the stack that should
-be used by a thread that is created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-.P
-.I stackaddr
-should point to the lowest addressable byte of a buffer of
-.I stacksize
-bytes that was allocated by the caller.
-The pages of the allocated buffer should be both readable and writable.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack ()
-function returns the stack address and stack size attributes of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffers pointed to by
-.I stackaddr
-and
-.IR stacksize ,
-respectively.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I stacksize
-is less than
-.B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
-(16384) bytes.
-On some systems, this error may also occur if
-.I stackaddr
-or
-.I stackaddr\~+\~stacksize
-is not suitably aligned.
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an
-.B EACCES
-error if the stack area described by
-.I stackaddr
-and
-.I stacksize
-is not both readable and writable by the caller.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions are provided for applications that must ensure that
-a thread's stack is placed in a particular location.
-For most applications, this is not necessary,
-and the use of these functions should be avoided.
-(Use
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3)
-if an application simply requires a stack size other than the default.)
-.P
-When an application employs
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (),
-it takes over the responsibility of allocating the stack.
-Any guard size value that was set using
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3)
-is ignored.
-If deemed necessary,
-it is the application's responsibility to allocate a guard area
-(one or more pages protected against reading and writing)
-to handle the possibility of stack overflow.
-.P
-The address specified in
-.I stackaddr
-should be suitably aligned:
-for full portability, align it on a page boundary
-.RI ( sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) ).
-.BR posix_memalign (3)
-may be useful for allocation.
-Probably,
-.I stacksize
-should also be a multiple of the system page size.
-.P
-If
-.I attr
-is used to create multiple threads, then the caller must change the
-stack address attribute between calls to
-.BR pthread_create (3);
-otherwise, the threads will attempt to use the same memory area
-for their stacks, and chaos will ensue.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR mprotect (2),
-.BR posix_memalign (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f72b0f59..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setstackaddr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setstackaddr, pthread_attr_getstackaddr \-
-set/get stack address attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setstackaddr(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
-", void *" stackaddr );
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getstackaddr(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                              void **restrict " stackaddr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are obsolete:
-.B do not use them.
-Use
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
-and
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr ()
-function sets the stack address attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR stackaddr .
-This attribute specifies the location of the stack that should
-be used by a thread that is created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-.P
-.I stackaddr
-should point to a buffer of at least
-.B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
-bytes that was allocated by the caller.
-The pages of the allocated buffer should be both readable and writable.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr ()
-function returns the stack address attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR stackaddr .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors are defined
-(but applications should nevertheless
-handle a possible error return).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-Marked obsolete in POSIX.1-2001.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-.I Do not use these functions!
-They cannot be portably used, since they provide no way of specifying
-the direction of growth or the range of the stack.
-For example, on architectures with a stack that grows downward,
-.I stackaddr
-specifies the next address past the
-.I highest
-address of the allocated stack area.
-However, on architectures with a stack that grows upward,
-.I stackaddr
-specifies the
-.I lowest
-address in the allocated stack area.
-By contrast, the
-.I stackaddr
-used by
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
-and
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3),
-is always a pointer to the lowest address in the allocated stack area
-(and the
-.I stacksize
-argument specifies the range of the stack).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3 b/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 61816cc41..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_attr_setstacksize 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_attr_setstacksize, pthread_attr_getstacksize \- set/get stack size
-attribute in thread attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_attr_setstacksize(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
-", size_t " stacksize );
-.BI "int pthread_attr_getstacksize(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                              size_t *restrict " stacksize );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
-function sets the stack size attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR stacksize .
-.P
-The stack size attribute determines the minimum size (in bytes) that
-will be allocated for threads created using the thread attributes object
-.IR attr .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize ()
-function returns the stack size attribute of the
-thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR stacksize .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The stack size is less than
-.B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
-(16384) bytes.
-.P
-On some systems,
-.\" e.g., MacOS
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
-can fail with the error
-.B EINVAL
-if
-.I stacksize
-is not a multiple of the system page size.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-These functions are provided since glibc 2.1.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-For details on the default stack size of new threads, see
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-.P
-A thread's stack size is fixed at the time of thread creation.
-Only the main thread can dynamically grow its stack.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
-function allows an application to set both the size and location
-of a caller-allocated stack that is to be used by a thread.
-.SH BUGS
-As at glibc 2.8,
-if the specified
-.I stacksize
-is not a multiple of
-.B STACK_ALIGN
-(16 bytes on most architectures), it may be rounded
-.IR downward ,
-in violation of POSIX.1, which says that the allocated stack will
-be at least
-.I stacksize
-bytes.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cancel.3 b/man3/pthread_cancel.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fef2f1c5..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cancel.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_cancel 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_cancel \- send a cancelation request to a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_cancel(pthread_t " thread );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_cancel ()
-function sends a cancelation request to the thread
-.IR thread .
-Whether and when the target thread
-reacts to the cancelation request depends on
-two attributes that are under the control of that thread:
-its cancelability
-.I state
-and
-.IR type .
-.P
-A thread's cancelability state, determined by
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
-can be
-.I enabled
-(the default for new threads) or
-.IR disabled .
-If a thread has disabled cancelation,
-then a cancelation request remains queued until the thread
-enables cancelation.
-If a thread has enabled cancelation,
-then its cancelability type determines when cancelation occurs.
-.P
-A thread's cancelation type, determined by
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
-may be either
-.I asynchronous
-or
-.I deferred
-(the default for new threads).
-Asynchronous cancelability
-means that the thread can be canceled at any time
-(usually immediately, but the system does not guarantee this).
-Deferred cancelability means that cancelation will be delayed until
-the thread next calls a function that is a
-.IR "cancelation point" .
-A list of functions that are or may be cancelation points is provided in
-.BR pthreads (7).
-.P
-When a cancelation requested is acted on, the following steps occur for
-.I thread
-(in this order):
-.IP (1) 5
-Cancelation clean-up handlers are popped
-(in the reverse of the order in which they were pushed) and called.
-(See
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).)
-.IP (2)
-Thread-specific data destructors are called,
-in an unspecified order.
-(See
-.BR pthread_key_create (3).)
-.IP (3)
-The thread is terminated.
-(See
-.BR pthread_exit (3).)
-.P
-The above steps happen asynchronously with respect to the
-.BR pthread_cancel ()
-call;
-the return status of
-.BR pthread_cancel ()
-merely informs the caller whether the cancelation request
-was successfully queued.
-.P
-After a canceled thread has terminated,
-a join with that thread using
-.BR pthread_join (3)
-obtains
-.B PTHREAD_CANCELED
-as the thread's exit status.
-(Joining with a thread is the only way to know that cancelation
-has completed.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_cancel ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_cancel ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux, cancelation is implemented using signals.
-Under the NPTL threading implementation,
-the first real-time signal (i.e., signal 32) is used for this purpose.
-On LinuxThreads, the second real-time signal is used,
-if real-time signals are available, otherwise
-.B SIGUSR2
-is used.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below creates a thread and then cancels it.
-The main thread joins with the canceled thread to check
-that its exit status was
-.BR PTHREAD_CANCELED .
-The following shell session shows what happens when we run the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ ./a.out
-thread_func(): started; cancelation disabled
-main(): sending cancelation request
-thread_func(): about to enable cancelation
-main(): thread was canceled
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_cancel.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static void *
-thread_func(void *ignored_argument)
-{
-    int s;
-\&
-    /* Disable cancelation for a while, so that we don\[aq]t
-       immediately react to a cancelation request. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_setcancelstate(PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_setcancelstate");
-\&
-    printf("%s(): started; cancelation disabled\en", __func__);
-    sleep(5);
-    printf("%s(): about to enable cancelation\en", __func__);
-\&
-    s = pthread_setcancelstate(PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_setcancelstate");
-\&
-    /* sleep() is a cancelation point. */
-\&
-    sleep(1000);        /* Should get canceled while we sleep */
-\&
-    /* Should never get here. */
-\&
-    printf("%s(): not canceled!\en", __func__);
-    return NULL;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    pthread_t thr;
-    void *res;
-    int s;
-\&
-    /* Start a thread and then send it a cancelation request. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thr, NULL, &thread_func, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    sleep(2);           /* Give thread a chance to get started */
-\&
-    printf("%s(): sending cancelation request\en", __func__);
-    s = pthread_cancel(thr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_cancel");
-\&
-    /* Join with thread to see what its exit status was. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_join(thr, &res);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
-\&
-    if (res == PTHREAD_CANCELED)
-        printf("%s(): thread was canceled\en", __func__);
-    else
-        printf("%s(): thread wasn\[aq]t canceled (shouldn\[aq]t happen!)\en",
-               __func__);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-.BR pthread_key_create (3),
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
-.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop.3 b/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb0e68bc9..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np.3 b/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c47e20a06..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3 b/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7026929a8..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_cleanup_push 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_cleanup_push, pthread_cleanup_pop \- push and pop
-thread cancelation clean-up handlers
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "void pthread_cleanup_push(void (*" routine ")(void *), void *" arg );
-.BI "void pthread_cleanup_pop(int " execute );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions manipulate the calling thread's stack of
-thread-cancelation clean-up handlers.
-A clean-up handler is a function that is automatically executed
-when a thread is canceled (or in various other circumstances
-described below);
-it might, for example, unlock a mutex so that
-it becomes available to other threads in the process.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
-function pushes
-.I routine
-onto the top of the stack of clean-up handlers.
-When
-.I routine
-is later invoked, it will be given
-.I arg
-as its argument.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-function removes the routine at the top of the stack of clean-up handlers,
-and optionally executes it if
-.I execute
-is nonzero.
-.P
-A cancelation clean-up handler is popped from the stack
-and executed in the following circumstances:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-When a thread is canceled,
-all of the stacked clean-up handlers are popped and executed in
-the reverse of the order in which they were pushed onto the stack.
-.IP \[bu]
-When a thread terminates by calling
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-all clean-up handlers are executed as described in the preceding point.
-(Clean-up handlers are
-.I not
-called if the thread terminates by
-performing a
-.I return
-from the thread start function.)
-.IP \[bu]
-When a thread calls
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-with a nonzero
-.I execute
-argument, the top-most clean-up handler is popped and executed.
-.P
-POSIX.1 permits
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
-and
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-to be implemented as macros that expand to text
-containing \[aq]\fB{\fP\[aq] and \[aq]\fB}\fP\[aq], respectively.
-For this reason, the caller must ensure that calls to these
-functions are paired within the same function,
-and at the same lexical nesting level.
-(In other words, a clean-up handler is established only
-during the execution of a specified section of code.)
-.P
-Calling
-.BR longjmp (3)
-.RB ( siglongjmp (3))
-produces undefined results if any call has been made to
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
-or
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-without the matching call of the pair since the jump buffer
-was filled by
-.BR setjmp (3)
-.RB ( sigsetjmp (3)).
-Likewise, calling
-.BR longjmp (3)
-.RB ( siglongjmp (3))
-from inside a clean-up handler produces undefined results
-unless the jump buffer was also filled by
-.BR setjmp (3)
-.RB ( sigsetjmp (3))
-inside the handler.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions do not return a value.
-.SH ERRORS
-There are no errors.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On glibc, the
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
-and
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-functions
-.I are
-implemented as macros that expand to text
-containing \[aq]\fB{\fP\[aq] and \[aq]\fB}\fP\[aq], respectively.
-This means that variables declared within the scope of
-paired calls to these functions will be visible within only that scope.
-.P
-POSIX.1
-.\" The text was actually added in the 2004 TC2
-says that the effect of using
-.IR return ,
-.IR break ,
-.IR continue ,
-or
-.I goto
-to prematurely leave a block bracketed
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
-and
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-is undefined.
-Portable applications should avoid doing this.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-glibc 2.0.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below provides a simple example of the use of the functions
-described in this page.
-The program creates a thread that executes a loop bracketed by
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
-and
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ().
-This loop increments a global variable,
-.IR cnt ,
-once each second.
-Depending on what command-line arguments are supplied,
-the main thread sends the other thread a cancelation request,
-or sets a global variable that causes the other thread
-to exit its loop and terminate normally (by doing a
-.IR return ).
-.P
-In the following shell session,
-the main thread sends a cancelation request to the other thread:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-New thread started
-cnt = 0
-cnt = 1
-Canceling thread
-Called clean\-up handler
-Thread was canceled; cnt = 0
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-From the above, we see that the thread was canceled,
-and that the cancelation clean-up handler was called
-and it reset the value of the global variable
-.I cnt
-to 0.
-.P
-In the next run, the main program sets a
-global variable that causes other thread to terminate normally:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out x\fP
-New thread started
-cnt = 0
-cnt = 1
-Thread terminated normally; cnt = 2
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-From the above, we see that the clean-up handler was not executed (because
-.I cleanup_pop_arg
-was 0), and therefore the value of
-.I cnt
-was not reset.
-.P
-In the next run, the main program sets a global variable that
-causes the other thread to terminate normally,
-and supplies a nonzero value for
-.IR cleanup_pop_arg :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out x 1\fP
-New thread started
-cnt = 0
-cnt = 1
-Called clean\-up handler
-Thread terminated normally; cnt = 0
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the above, we see that although the thread was not canceled,
-the clean-up handler was executed, because the argument given to
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
-was nonzero.
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_cleanup_push.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static int done = 0;
-static int cleanup_pop_arg = 0;
-static int cnt = 0;
-\&
-static void
-cleanup_handler(void *arg)
-{
-    printf("Called clean\-up handler\en");
-    cnt = 0;
-}
-\&
-static void *
-thread_start(void *arg)
-{
-    time_t curr;
-\&
-    printf("New thread started\en");
-\&
-    pthread_cleanup_push(cleanup_handler, NULL);
-\&
-    curr = time(NULL);
-\&
-    while (!done) {
-        pthread_testcancel();           /* A cancelation point */
-        if (curr < time(NULL)) {
-            curr = time(NULL);
-            printf("cnt = %d\en", cnt);  /* A cancelation point */
-            cnt++;
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    pthread_cleanup_pop(cleanup_pop_arg);
-    return NULL;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    pthread_t thr;
-    int s;
-    void *res;
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thr, NULL, thread_start, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    sleep(2);           /* Allow new thread to run a while */
-\&
-    if (argc > 1) {
-        if (argc > 2)
-            cleanup_pop_arg = atoi(argv[2]);
-        done = 1;
-\&
-    } else {
-        printf("Canceling thread\en");
-        s = pthread_cancel(thr);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_cancel");
-    }
-\&
-    s = pthread_join(thr, &res);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
-\&
-    if (res == PTHREAD_CANCELED)
-        printf("Thread was canceled; cnt = %d\en", cnt);
-    else
-        printf("Thread terminated normally; cnt = %d\en", cnt);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np (3),
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
-.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3 b/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f448a1896..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np, pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np \- push and pop
-thread cancelation clean-up handlers while saving cancelability type
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "void pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(void (*" routine ")(void *), void *" arg );
-.BI "void pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(int " execute );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np (),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop_defer_np ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are the same as
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3)
-and
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop (3),
-except for the differences noted on this page.
-.P
-Like
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np ()
-pushes
-.I routine
-onto the thread's stack of cancelation clean-up handlers.
-In addition, it also saves the thread's current cancelability type,
-and sets the cancelability type to "deferred" (see
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3));
-this ensures that cancelation clean-up will occur
-even if the thread's cancelability type was "asynchronous"
-before the call.
-.P
-Like
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop (3),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np ()
-pops the top-most clean-up handler from the thread's
-stack of cancelation clean-up handlers.
-In addition, it restores the thread's cancelability
-type to its value at the time of the matching
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np ().
-.P
-The caller must ensure that calls to these
-functions are paired within the same function,
-and at the same lexical nesting level.
-Other restrictions apply, as described in
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).
-.P
-This sequence of calls:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(routine, arg);
-pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(execute);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-is equivalent to (but shorter and more efficient than):
-.P
-.\" As far as I can see, LinuxThreads reverses the two substeps
-.\" in the push and pop below.
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int oldtype;
-\&
-pthread_cleanup_push(routine, arg);
-pthread_setcanceltype(PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED, &oldtype);
-\&...
-pthread_setcanceltype(oldtype, NULL);
-pthread_cleanup_pop(execute);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
-.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_broadcast.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_broadcast.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe85adc1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cond_broadcast.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_destroy.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe85adc1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cond_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_init.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8472d2eb5..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cond_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_cond_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-pthread_cond_init,
-pthread_cond_signal,
-pthread_cond_broadcast,
-pthread_cond_wait,
-pthread_cond_timedwait,
-pthread_cond_destroy
-\-
-operations on conditions
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "pthread_cond_t " cond " = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;"
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_condattr_t *" cond_attr ");"
-.BI "int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *" cond ");"
-.BI "int pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t *" cond ");"
-.BI "int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
-.BI "int pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ", const struct timespec *" abstime ");"
-.BI "int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *" cond ");"
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A condition (short for ``condition variable'')
-is a synchronization device that allows threads
-to suspend execution and relinquish the processors
-until some predicate on shared data is satisfied.
-The basic operations on conditions are:
-signal the condition (when the predicate becomes true),
-and wait for the condition,
-suspending the thread execution until another thread signals the condition.
-.P
-A condition variable must always be associated with a mutex,
-to avoid the race condition where
-a thread prepares to wait on a condition variable
-and another thread signals the condition
-just before the first thread actually waits on it.
-.P
-\fBpthread_cond_init\fP initializes the condition variable \fIcond\fP,
-using the condition attributes specified in \fIcond_attr\fP,
-or default attributes if \fIcond_attr\fP is \fBNULL\fP.
-The LinuxThreads implementation supports no attributes for conditions,
-hence the \fIcond_attr\fP parameter is actually ignored.
-.P
-Variables of type \fBpthread_cond_t\fP can also be initialized statically,
-using the constant \fBPTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER\fP.
-.P
-\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP restarts one of the threads that
-are waiting on the condition variable \fIcond\fP.
-If no threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP,
-nothing happens.
-If several threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP,
-exactly one is restarted,
-but it is not specified which.
-.P
-\fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP restarts all the threads that
-are waiting on the condition variable \fIcond\fP.
-Nothing happens if no threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP.
-.P
-\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP atomically unlocks the \fImutex\fP
-(as per \fBpthread_unlock_mutex\fP)
-and waits for the condition variable \fIcond\fP to be signaled.
-The thread execution is suspended and does not consume any CPU time
-until the condition variable is signaled.
-The \fImutex\fP must be locked by the calling thread
-on entrance to \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP.
-Before returning to the calling thread,
-\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP re-acquires \fImutex\fP
-(as per \fBpthread_lock_mutex\fP).
-.P
-Unlocking the mutex and suspending on the condition variable is done atomically.
-Thus,
-if all threads always acquire the mutex before signaling the condition,
-this guarantees that the condition cannot be signaled (and thus ignored)
-between the time a thread locks the mutex
-and the time it waits on the condition variable.
-.P
-\fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP atomically unlocks \fImutex\fP
-and waits on \fIcond\fP,
-as \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP does,
-but it also bounds the duration of the wait.
-If \fIcond\fP has not been signaled
-within the amount of time specified by \fIabstime\fP,
-the mutex \fImutex\fP is re-acquired
-and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP returns the error \fBETIMEDOUT\fP.
-The \fIabstime\fP parameter specifies an absolute time,
-with the same origin as \fBtime\fP(2) and \fBgettimeofday\fP(2):
-an \fIabstime\fP of 0
-corresponds to 00:00:00 GMT, January 1, 1970.
-.P
-\fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP destroys a condition variable,
-freeing the resources it might hold.
-No threads must be waiting on the condition variable
-on entrance to \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP.
-In the LinuxThreads implementation,
-no resources are associated with condition variables,
-thus \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP actually does nothing
-except checking that the condition has no waiting threads.
-.
-.
-.SH CANCELLATION
-\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP
-are cancelation points.
-If a thread is cancelled while suspended in one of these functions,
-the thread immediately resumes execution,
-then locks again the \fImutex\fP
-argument to \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP,
-and finally executes the cancelation.
-Consequently,
-cleanup handlers are assured that \fImutex\fP is locked
-when they are called.
-.
-.
-.SH "ASYNC-SIGNAL SAFETY"
-The condition functions are not async-signal safe,
-and should not be called from a signal handler.
-In particular,
-calling \fBpthread_cond_signal\fP or \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP
-from a signal handler
-may deadlock the calling thread.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-All condition variable functions return 0 on success
-and a non-zero error code on error.
-.
-.
-.SH ERRORS
-\fBpthread_cond_init\fP,
-\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP,
-\fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP,
-and \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP
-never return an error code.
-.P
-The \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP function returns
-the following error codes on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBETIMEDOUT\fP
-The condition variable was not signaled
-until the timeout specified by \fIabstime\fP.
-.TP
-\fBEINTR\fP
-\fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP was interrupted by a signal.
-.RE
-.P
-The \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP function returns
-the following error code on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEBUSY\fP
-Some threads are currently waiting on \fIcond\fP.
-.RE
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP(3),
-\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP(3),
-\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP(3),
-\fBgettimeofday\fP(2),
-\fBnanosleep\fP(2).
-.
-.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-Consider two shared variables \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP,
-protected by the mutex \fImut\fP,
-and a condition variable \fIcond\fP
-that is to be signaled
-whenever \fIx\fP becomes greater than \fIy\fP.
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-int x,y;
-pthread_mutex_t mut = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-pthread_cond_t cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
-.P
-Waiting until \fIx\fP is greater than \fIy\fP is performed as follows:
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
-while (x <= y) {
-        pthread_cond_wait(&cond, &mut);
-}
-/* operate on x and y */
-pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
-.P
-Modifications on \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP
-that may cause \fIx\fP to become greater than \fIy\fP
-should signal the condition if needed:
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
-/* modify x and y */
-if (x > y) pthread_cond_broadcast(&cond);
-pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
-.P
-If it can be proved that at most one waiting thread needs to be waken up
-(for instance,
-if there are only two threads communicating through \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP),
-\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP can be used as
-a slightly more efficient alternative to \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP.
-In doubt,
-use \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP.
-.P
-To wait for \fIx\fP to become greater than \fIy\fP
-with a timeout of 5 seconds,
-do:
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-struct timeval now;
-struct timespec timeout;
-int retcode;
-\&
-pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
-gettimeofday(&now);
-timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + 5;
-timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
-retcode = 0;
-while (x <= y && retcode != ETIMEDOUT) {
-        retcode = pthread_cond_timedwait(&cond, &mut, &timeout);
-}
-if (retcode == ETIMEDOUT) {
-        /* timeout occurred */
-} else {
-        /* operate on x and y */
-}
-pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_signal.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_signal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe85adc1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cond_signal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_timedwait.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_timedwait.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe85adc1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cond_timedwait.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_cond_wait.3 b/man3/pthread_cond_wait.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe85adc1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_cond_wait.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_condattr_destroy.3 b/man3/pthread_condattr_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ae5c63cd9..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_condattr_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3 b/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f7c60d4d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_condattr_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-pthread_condattr_init,
-pthread_condattr_destroy
-\-
-condition creation attributes
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_condattr_init(pthread_condattr_t *" attr ");"
-.BI "int pthread_condattr_destroy(pthread_condattr_t *" attr ");"
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Condition attributes can be specified at condition creation time,
-by passing a condition attribute object
-as second argument to \fBpthread_cond_init\fP(3).
-Passing \fBNULL\fP is equivalent to
-passing a condition attribute object
-with all attributes set to their default values.
-.P
-The LinuxThreads implementation supports no attributes for conditions.
-The functions on condition attributes are
-included only for compliance with the POSIX standard.
-.P
-\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP
-initializes the condition attribute object \fIattr\fP
-and fills it with default values for the attributes.
-\fBpthread_condattr_destroy\fP destroys a condition attribute object,
-which must not be reused until it is reinitialized.
-Both functions do nothing in the LinuxThreads implementation.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP and \fBpthread_condattr_destroy\fP always return 0.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-\fBpthread_cond_init\fP(3).
diff --git a/man3/pthread_create.3 b/man3/pthread_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fd6253bf4..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_create 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_create \- create a new thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_create(pthread_t *restrict " thread ,
-.BI "                   const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                   void *(*" start_routine ")(void *),"
-.BI "                   void *restrict " arg );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_create ()
-function starts a new thread in the calling process.
-The new thread starts execution by invoking
-.IR start_routine ();
-.I arg
-is passed as the sole argument of
-.IR start_routine ().
-.P
-The new thread terminates in one of the following ways:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-It calls
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-specifying an exit status value that is available to another thread
-in the same process that calls
-.BR pthread_join (3).
-.IP \[bu]
-It returns from
-.IR start_routine ().
-This is equivalent to calling
-.BR pthread_exit (3)
-with the value supplied in the
-.I return
-statement.
-.IP \[bu]
-It is canceled (see
-.BR pthread_cancel (3)).
-.IP \[bu]
-Any of the threads in the process calls
-.BR exit (3),
-or the main thread performs a return from
-.IR main ().
-This causes the termination of all threads in the process.
-.P
-The
-.I attr
-argument points to a
-.I pthread_attr_t
-structure whose contents are used at thread creation time to
-determine attributes for the new thread;
-this structure is initialized using
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3)
-and related functions.
-If
-.I attr
-is NULL,
-then the thread is created with default attributes.
-.P
-Before returning, a successful call to
-.BR pthread_create ()
-stores the ID of the new thread in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR thread ;
-this identifier is used to refer to the thread
-in subsequent calls to other pthreads functions.
-.P
-The new thread inherits a copy of the creating thread's signal mask
-.RB ( pthread_sigmask (3)).
-The set of pending signals for the new thread is empty
-.RB ( sigpending (2)).
-The new thread does not inherit the creating thread's
-alternate signal stack
-.RB ( sigaltstack (2)).
-.P
-The new thread inherits the calling thread's floating-point environment
-.RB ( fenv (3)).
-.P
-The initial value of the new thread's CPU-time clock is 0
-(see
-.BR pthread_getcpuclockid (3)).
-.\" CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID in clock_gettime(2)
-.SS Linux-specific details
-The new thread inherits copies of the calling thread's capability sets
-(see
-.BR capabilities (7))
-and CPU affinity mask (see
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_create ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number, and the contents of
-.I *thread
-are undefined.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-Insufficient resources to create another thread.
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-.\" NOTE! The following should match the description in fork(2)
-A system-imposed limit on the number of threads was encountered.
-There are a number of limits that may trigger this error: the
-.B RLIMIT_NPROC
-soft resource limit (set via
-.BR setrlimit (2)),
-which limits the number of processes and threads for a real user ID,
-was reached;
-the kernel's system-wide limit on the number of processes and threads,
-.IR /proc/sys/kernel/threads\-max ,
-was reached (see
-.BR proc (5));
-or the maximum number of PIDs,
-.IR /proc/sys/kernel/pid_max ,
-was reached (see
-.BR proc (5)).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid settings in
-.IR attr .
-.TP
-.\" FIXME . Test the following
-.B EPERM
-No permission to set the scheduling policy and parameters specified in
-.IR attr .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_create ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-See
-.BR pthread_self (3)
-for further information on the thread ID returned in
-.I *thread
-by
-.BR pthread_create ().
-Unless real-time scheduling policies are being employed,
-after a call to
-.BR pthread_create (),
-it is indeterminate which thread\[em]the caller or the new thread\[em]will
-next execute.
-.P
-A thread may either be
-.I joinable
-or
-.IR detached .
-If a thread is joinable, then another thread can call
-.BR pthread_join (3)
-to wait for the thread to terminate and fetch its exit status.
-Only when a terminated joinable thread has been joined are
-the last of its resources released back to the system.
-When a detached thread terminates,
-its resources are automatically released back to the system:
-it is not possible to join with the thread in order to obtain
-its exit status.
-Making a thread detached is useful for some types of daemon threads
-whose exit status the application does not need to care about.
-By default, a new thread is created in a joinable state, unless
-.I attr
-was set to create the thread in a detached state (using
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3)).
-.P
-Under the NPTL threading implementation, if the
-.B RLIMIT_STACK
-soft resource limit
-.I at the time the program started
-has any value other than "unlimited",
-then it determines the default stack size of new threads.
-Using
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
-the stack size attribute can be explicitly set in the
-.I attr
-argument used to create a thread,
-in order to obtain a stack size other than the default.
-If the
-.B RLIMIT_STACK
-resource limit is set to "unlimited",
-a per-architecture value is used for the stack size:
-2 MB on most architectures; 4 MB on POWER and Sparc-64.
-.SH BUGS
-In the obsolete LinuxThreads implementation,
-each of the threads in a process has a different process ID.
-This is in violation of the POSIX threads specification,
-and is the source of many other nonconformances to the standard; see
-.BR pthreads (7).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR pthread_create (),
-as well as a number of other functions in the pthreads API.
-.P
-In the following run,
-on a system providing the NPTL threading implementation,
-the stack size defaults to the value given by the
-"stack size" resource limit:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ulimit \-s"
-8192            # The stack size limit is 8 MB (0x800000 bytes)
-.RB "$" " ./a.out hola salut servus"
-Thread 1: top of stack near 0xb7dd03b8; argv_string=hola
-Thread 2: top of stack near 0xb75cf3b8; argv_string=salut
-Thread 3: top of stack near 0xb6dce3b8; argv_string=servus
-Joined with thread 1; returned value was HOLA
-Joined with thread 2; returned value was SALUT
-Joined with thread 3; returned value was SERVUS
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the next run, the program explicitly sets a stack size of 1\ MB (using
-.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3))
-for the created threads:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \-s 0x100000 hola salut servus"
-Thread 1: top of stack near 0xb7d723b8; argv_string=hola
-Thread 2: top of stack near 0xb7c713b8; argv_string=salut
-Thread 3: top of stack near 0xb7b703b8; argv_string=servus
-Joined with thread 1; returned value was HOLA
-Joined with thread 2; returned value was SALUT
-Joined with thread 3; returned value was SERVUS
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_create.c)
-.EX
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-#define handle_error(msg) \e
-        do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-struct thread_info {    /* Used as argument to thread_start() */
-    pthread_t thread_id;        /* ID returned by pthread_create() */
-    int       thread_num;       /* Application\-defined thread # */
-    char     *argv_string;      /* From command\-line argument */
-};
-\&
-/* Thread start function: display address near top of our stack,
-   and return upper\-cased copy of argv_string. */
-\&
-static void *
-thread_start(void *arg)
-{
-    struct thread_info *tinfo = arg;
-    char *uargv;
-\&
-    printf("Thread %d: top of stack near %p; argv_string=%s\en",
-           tinfo\->thread_num, (void *) &tinfo, tinfo\->argv_string);
-\&
-    uargv = strdup(tinfo\->argv_string);
-    if (uargv == NULL)
-        handle_error("strdup");
-\&
-    for (char *p = uargv; *p != \[aq]\e0\[aq]; p++)
-        *p = toupper(*p);
-\&
-    return uargv;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int                 s, opt;
-    void                *res;
-    size_t              num_threads;
-    ssize_t             stack_size;
-    pthread_attr_t      attr;
-    struct thread_info  *tinfo;
-\&
-    /* The "\-s" option specifies a stack size for our threads. */
-\&
-    stack_size = \-1;
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "s:")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]s\[aq]:
-            stack_size = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
-            break;
-\&
-        default:
-            fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [\-s stack\-size] arg...\en",
-                    argv[0]);
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    num_threads = argc \- optind;
-\&
-    /* Initialize thread creation attributes. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_init(&attr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_init");
-\&
-    if (stack_size > 0) {
-        s = pthread_attr_setstacksize(&attr, stack_size);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
-    }
-\&
-    /* Allocate memory for pthread_create() arguments. */
-\&
-    tinfo = calloc(num_threads, sizeof(*tinfo));
-    if (tinfo == NULL)
-        handle_error("calloc");
-\&
-    /* Create one thread for each command\-line argument. */
-\&
-    for (size_t tnum = 0; tnum < num_threads; tnum++) {
-        tinfo[tnum].thread_num = tnum + 1;
-        tinfo[tnum].argv_string = argv[optind + tnum];
-\&
-        /* The pthread_create() call stores the thread ID into
-           corresponding element of tinfo[]. */
-\&
-        s = pthread_create(&tinfo[tnum].thread_id, &attr,
-                           &thread_start, &tinfo[tnum]);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
-    }
-\&
-    /* Destroy the thread attributes object, since it is no
-       longer needed. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_destroy(&attr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
-\&
-    /* Now join with each thread, and display its returned value. */
-\&
-    for (size_t tnum = 0; tnum < num_threads; tnum++) {
-        s = pthread_join(tinfo[tnum].thread_id, &res);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
-\&
-        printf("Joined with thread %d; returned value was %s\en",
-               tinfo[tnum].thread_num, (char *) res);
-        free(res);      /* Free memory allocated by thread */
-    }
-\&
-    free(tinfo);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_detach (3),
-.BR pthread_equal (3),
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-.BR pthread_getattr_np (3),
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR pthread_setattr_default_np (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_detach.3 b/man3/pthread_detach.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d8b02ed86..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_detach.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_detach 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_detach \- detach a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_detach(pthread_t " thread );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_detach ()
-function marks the thread identified by
-.I thread
-as detached.
-When a detached thread terminates,
-its resources are automatically released back to the system without
-the need for another thread to join with the terminated thread.
-.P
-Attempting to detach an already detached thread results
-in unspecified behavior.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_detach ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I thread
-is not a joinable thread.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_detach ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Once a thread has been detached, it can't be joined with
-.BR pthread_join (3)
-or be made joinable again.
-.P
-A new thread can be created in a detached state using
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3)
-to set the detached attribute of the
-.I attr
-argument of
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-.P
-The detached attribute merely determines the behavior of the system
-when the thread terminates;
-it does not prevent the thread from being terminated
-if the process terminates using
-.BR exit (3)
-(or equivalently, if the main thread returns).
-.P
-Either
-.BR pthread_join (3)
-or
-.BR pthread_detach ()
-should be called for each thread that an application creates,
-so that system resources for the thread can be released.
-(But note that the resources of any threads for which one of these
-actions has not been done will be freed when the process terminates.)
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following statement detaches the calling thread:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-pthread_detach(pthread_self());
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3),
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_equal.3 b/man3/pthread_equal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 214f3b6ba..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_equal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_equal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_equal \- compare thread IDs
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_equal(pthread_t " t1 ", pthread_t " t2 );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_equal ()
-function compares two thread identifiers.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If the two thread IDs are equal,
-.BR pthread_equal ()
-returns a nonzero value; otherwise, it returns 0.
-.SH ERRORS
-This function always succeeds.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_equal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR pthread_equal ()
-function is necessary because thread IDs should be considered opaque:
-there is no portable way for applications to directly compare two
-.I pthread_t
-values.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_exit.3 b/man3/pthread_exit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc1de8c19..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_exit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_exit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_exit \- terminate calling thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void pthread_exit(void *" retval );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_exit ()
-function terminates the calling thread and returns a value via
-.I retval
-that (if the thread is joinable)
-is available to another thread in the same process that calls
-.BR pthread_join (3).
-.P
-Any clean-up handlers established by
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3)
-that have not yet been popped,
-are popped (in the reverse of the order in which they were pushed)
-and executed.
-If the thread has any thread-specific data, then,
-after the clean-up handlers have been executed,
-the corresponding destructor functions are called,
-in an unspecified order.
-.P
-When a thread terminates,
-process-shared resources (e.g., mutexes, condition variables,
-semaphores, and file descriptors) are not released,
-and functions registered using
-.BR atexit (3)
-are not called.
-.P
-After the last thread in a process terminates,
-the process terminates as by calling
-.BR exit (3)
-with an exit status of zero;
-thus, process-shared resources
-are released and functions registered using
-.BR atexit (3)
-are called.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function does not return to the caller.
-.SH ERRORS
-This function always succeeds.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_exit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Performing a return from the start function of any thread other
-than the main thread results in an implicit call to
-.BR pthread_exit (),
-using the function's return value as the thread's exit status.
-.P
-To allow other threads to continue execution,
-the main thread should terminate by calling
-.BR pthread_exit ()
-rather than
-.BR exit (3).
-.P
-The value pointed to by
-.I retval
-should not be located on the calling thread's stack,
-since the contents of that stack are undefined after the thread terminates.
-.SH BUGS
-Currently,
-.\" Linux 2.6.27
-there are limitations in the kernel implementation logic for
-.BR wait (2)ing
-on a stopped thread group with a dead thread group leader.
-This can manifest in problems such as a locked terminal if a stop signal is
-sent to a foreground process whose thread group leader has already called
-.BR pthread_exit ().
-.\" FIXME . review a later kernel to see if this gets fixed
-.\" http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/611611
-.\" http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=122525468300823&w=2
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getaffinity_np.3 b/man3/pthread_getaffinity_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c4cd6af78..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getaffinity_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3 b/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 97f734eb9..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_getattr_default_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_getattr_default_np, pthread_setattr_default_np, \-
-get or set default thread-creation attributes
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_getattr_default_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
-.BI "int pthread_setattr_default_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_setattr_default_np ()
-function sets the default attributes used for creation of a new
-thread\[em]that is, the attributes that are used when
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-is called with a second argument that is NULL.
-The default attributes are set using the attributes supplied in
-.IR *attr ,
-a previously initialized thread attributes object.
-Note the following details about the supplied attributes object:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-The attribute settings in the object must be valid.
-.IP \[bu]
-The
-.I stack address
-attribute must not be set in the object.
-.IP \[bu]
-Setting the
-.I stack size
-attribute to zero means leave the default stack size unchanged.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_getattr_default_np ()
-function initializes the thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-so that it contains the default attributes used for thread creation.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( pthread_setattr_default_np ())
-One of the attribute settings in
-.I attr
-is invalid, or the stack address attribute is set in
-.IR attr .
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.\" Can happen (but unlikely) while trying to allocate memory for cpuset
-.RB ( pthread_setattr_default_np ())
-Insufficient memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_getattr_default_np (),
-.BR pthread_setattr_default_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in their names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.18.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below uses
-.BR pthread_getattr_default_np ()
-to fetch the default thread-creation attributes and then displays
-various settings from the returned thread attributes object.
-When running the program, we see the following output:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-Stack size:          8388608
-Guard size:          4096
-Scheduling policy:   SCHED_OTHER
-Scheduling priority: 0
-Detach state:        JOINABLE
-Inherit scheduler:   INHERIT
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_getattr_default_np.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-static void
-display_pthread_attr(pthread_attr_t *attr)
-{
-    int s;
-    size_t stacksize;
-    size_t guardsize;
-    int policy;
-    struct sched_param schedparam;
-    int detachstate;
-    int inheritsched;
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getstacksize(attr, &stacksize);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstacksize");
-    printf("Stack size:          %zu\en", stacksize);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &guardsize);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
-    printf("Guard size:          %zu\en", guardsize);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(attr, &policy);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedpolicy");
-    printf("Scheduling policy:   %s\en",
-           (policy == SCHED_FIFO) ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
-           (policy == SCHED_RR) ? "SCHED_RR" :
-           (policy == SCHED_OTHER) ? "SCHED_OTHER" : "[unknown]");
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getschedparam(attr, &schedparam);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedparam");
-    printf("Scheduling priority: %d\en", schedparam.sched_priority);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getdetachstate(attr, &detachstate);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getdetachstate");
-    printf("Detach state:        %s\en",
-           (detachstate == PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED) ? "DETACHED" :
-           (detachstate == PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE) ? "JOINABLE" :
-           "???");
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getinheritsched(attr, &inheritsched);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getinheritsched");
-    printf("Inherit scheduler:   %s\en",
-           (inheritsched == PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED) ? "INHERIT" :
-           (inheritsched == PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED) ? "EXPLICIT" :
-           "???");
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    int s;
-    pthread_attr_t attr;
-\&
-    s = pthread_getattr_default_np(&attr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getattr_default_np");
-\&
-    display_pthread_attr(&attr);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getscope (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3 b/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c9d7c196..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_getattr_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_getattr_np \- get attributes of created thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_getattr_np(pthread_t " thread ", pthread_attr_t *" attr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
-function initializes the thread attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-so that it contains actual attribute values describing the running thread
-.IR thread .
-.P
-The returned attribute values may differ from
-the corresponding attribute values passed in the
-.I attr
-object that was used to create the thread using
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-In particular, the following attributes may differ:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-the detach state, since a joinable thread may have detached itself
-after creation;
-.IP \[bu]
-the stack size,
-which the implementation may align to a suitable boundary.
-.IP \[bu]
-and the guard size,
-which the implementation may round upward to a multiple of the page size,
-or ignore (i.e., treat as 0),
-if the application is allocating its own stack.
-.P
-Furthermore, if the stack address attribute was not set
-in the thread attributes object used to create the thread,
-then the returned thread attributes object will report the actual
-stack address that the implementation selected for the thread.
-.P
-When the thread attributes object returned by
-.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
-is no longer required, it should be destroyed using
-.BR pthread_attr_destroy (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, this function returns 0;
-on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-.\" Can happen (but unlikely) while trying to allocate memory for cpuset
-Insufficient memory.
-.P
-In addition, if
-.I thread
-refers to the main thread, then
-.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
-can fail because of errors from various underlying calls:
-.BR fopen (3),
-if
-.I /proc/self/maps
-can't be opened;
-and
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-if the
-.B RLIMIT_STACK
-resource limit is not supported.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the name.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.3.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR pthread_getattr_np ().
-The program creates a thread that then uses
-.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
-to retrieve and display its guard size, stack address,
-and stack size attributes.
-Command-line arguments can be used to set these attributes
-to values other than the default when creating the thread.
-The shell sessions below demonstrate the use of the program.
-.P
-In the first run, on an x86-32 system,
-a thread is created using default attributes:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ulimit \-s" "      # No stack limit ==> default stack size is 2 MB"
-unlimited
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-Attributes of created thread:
-        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
-        Stack address       = 0x40196000 (EOS = 0x40397000)
-        Stack size          = 0x201000 (2101248) bytes
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the following run, we see that if a guard size is specified,
-it is rounded up to the next multiple of the system page size
-(4096 bytes on x86-32):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \-g 4097"
-Thread attributes object after initializations:
-        Guard size          = 4097 bytes
-        Stack address       = (nil)
-        Stack size          = 0x0 (0) bytes
-\&
-Attributes of created thread:
-        Guard size          = 8192 bytes
-        Stack address       = 0x40196000 (EOS = 0x40397000)
-        Stack size          = 0x201000 (2101248) bytes
-.EE
-.in
-.\".in +4n
-.\".nf
-.\"$ ./a.out \-s 0x8000
-.\"Thread attributes object after initializations:
-.\"        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
-.\"        Stack address       = 0xffff8000 (EOS = (nil))
-.\"        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
-.\"
-.\"Attributes of created thread:
-.\"        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
-.\"        Stack address       = 0x4001e000 (EOS = 0x40026000)
-.\"        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
-.\".fi
-.\".in
-.P
-In the last run, the program manually allocates a stack for the thread.
-In this case, the guard size attribute is ignored.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \-g 4096 \-s 0x8000 \-a"
-Allocated thread stack at 0x804d000
-\&
-Thread attributes object after initializations:
-        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
-        Stack address       = 0x804d000 (EOS = 0x8055000)
-        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
-\&
-Attributes of created thread:
-        Guard size          = 0 bytes
-        Stack address       = 0x804d000 (EOS = 0x8055000)
-        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_getattr_np.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* To get pthread_getattr_np() declaration */
-#include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-static void
-display_stack_related_attributes(pthread_attr_t *attr, char *prefix)
-{
-    int s;
-    size_t stack_size, guard_size;
-    void *stack_addr;
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &guard_size);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
-    printf("%sGuard size          = %zu bytes\en", prefix, guard_size);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_getstack(attr, &stack_addr, &stack_size);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstack");
-    printf("%sStack address       = %p", prefix, stack_addr);
-    if (stack_size > 0)
-        printf(" (EOS = %p)", (char *) stack_addr + stack_size);
-    printf("\en");
-    printf("%sStack size          = %#zx (%zu) bytes\en",
-           prefix, stack_size, stack_size);
-}
-\&
-static void
-display_thread_attributes(pthread_t thread, char *prefix)
-{
-    int s;
-    pthread_attr_t attr;
-\&
-    s = pthread_getattr_np(thread, &attr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getattr_np");
-\&
-    display_stack_related_attributes(&attr, prefix);
-\&
-    s = pthread_attr_destroy(&attr);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
-}
-\&
-static void *           /* Start function for thread we create */
-thread_start(void *arg)
-{
-    printf("Attributes of created thread:\en");
-    display_thread_attributes(pthread_self(), "\et");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminate all threads */
-}
-\&
-static void
-usage(char *pname, char *msg)
-{
-    if (msg != NULL)
-        fputs(msg, stderr);
-    fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [\-s stack\-size [\-a]]"
-            " [\-g guard\-size]\en", pname);
-    fprintf(stderr, "\et\et\-a means program should allocate stack\en");
-    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-\&
-static pthread_attr_t *   /* Get thread attributes from command line */
-get_thread_attributes_from_cl(int argc, char *argv[],
-                              pthread_attr_t *attrp)
-{
-    int s, opt, allocate_stack;
-    size_t stack_size, guard_size;
-    void *stack_addr;
-    pthread_attr_t *ret_attrp = NULL;   /* Set to attrp if we initialize
-                                           a thread attributes object */
-    allocate_stack = 0;
-    stack_size = \-1;
-    guard_size = \-1;
-\&
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "ag:s:")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]a\[aq]:   allocate_stack = 1;                     break;
-        case \[aq]g\[aq]:   guard_size = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);  break;
-        case \[aq]s\[aq]:   stack_size = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);  break;
-        default:    usage(argv[0], NULL);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    if (allocate_stack && stack_size == \-1)
-        usage(argv[0], "Specifying \-a without \-s makes no sense\en");
-\&
-    if (argc > optind)
-        usage(argv[0], "Extraneous command\-line arguments\en");
-\&
-    if (stack_size != -1 || guard_size > 0) {
-        ret_attrp = attrp;
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_init(attrp);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_init");
-    }
-\&
-    if (stack_size != -1) {
-        if (!allocate_stack) {
-            s = pthread_attr_setstacksize(attrp, stack_size);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
-        } else {
-            s = posix_memalign(&stack_addr, sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE),
-                               stack_size);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "posix_memalign");
-            printf("Allocated thread stack at %p\en\en", stack_addr);
-\&
-            s = pthread_attr_setstack(attrp, stack_addr, stack_size);
-            if (s != 0)
-                errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    if (guard_size != -1) {
-        s = pthread_attr_setguardsize(attrp, guard_size);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
-    }
-\&
-    return ret_attrp;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int s;
-    pthread_t thr;
-    pthread_attr_t attr;
-    pthread_attr_t *attrp = NULL;    /* Set to &attr if we initialize
-                                        a thread attributes object */
-\&
-    attrp = get_thread_attributes_from_cl(argc, argv, &attr);
-\&
-    if (attrp != NULL) {
-        printf("Thread attributes object after initializations:\en");
-        display_stack_related_attributes(attrp, "\et");
-        printf("\en");
-    }
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thr, attrp, &thread_start, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    if (attrp != NULL) {
-        s = pthread_attr_destroy(attrp);
-        if (s != 0)
-            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
-    }
-\&
-    pause();    /* Terminates when other thread calls exit() */
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getscope (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getconcurrency.3 b/man3/pthread_getconcurrency.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b2d54392..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getconcurrency.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3 b/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e352dfbce..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_getcpuclockid 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_getcpuclockid \- retrieve ID of a thread's CPU time clock
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_t " thread ", clockid_t *" clockid );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_getcpuclockid ()
-function obtains the ID of the CPU-time clock of the thread whose ID is
-given in
-.IR thread ,
-and returns it in the location pointed to by
-.IR clockid .
-.\" The clockid is constructed as follows:
-.\" *clockid = CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID | (pd->tid << CLOCK_IDFIELD_SIZE)
-.\" where CLOCK_IDFIELD_SIZE is 3.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, this function returns 0;
-on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.\" CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID not defined
-Per-thread CPU time clocks are not supported by the system.
-.\"
-.\" Looking at nptl/pthread_getcpuclockid.c an ERANGE error would
-.\" be possible if kernel thread IDs took more than 29 bits (which
-.\" they currently cannot).
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_getcpuclockid ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-When
-.I thread
-refers to the calling thread,
-this function returns an identifier that refers to the same clock
-manipulated by
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-and
-.BR clock_settime (2)
-when given the clock ID
-.BR CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below creates a thread and then uses
-.BR clock_gettime (2)
-to retrieve the total process CPU time,
-and the per-thread CPU time consumed by the two threads.
-The following shell session shows an example run:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-Main thread sleeping
-Subthread starting infinite loop
-Main thread consuming some CPU time...
-Process total CPU time:    1.368
-Main thread CPU time:      0.376
-Subthread CPU time:        0.992
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_getcpuclockid.c)
-.EX
-/* Link with "\-lrt" */
-\&
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error(msg) \e
-        do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static void *
-thread_start(void *arg)
-{
-    printf("Subthread starting infinite loop\en");
-    for (;;)
-        continue;
-}
-\&
-static void
-pclock(char *msg, clockid_t cid)
-{
-    struct timespec ts;
-\&
-    printf("%s", msg);
-    if (clock_gettime(cid, &ts) == \-1)
-        handle_error("clock_gettime");
-    printf("%4jd.%03ld\en", (intmax_t) ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec / 1000000);
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    pthread_t thread;
-    clockid_t cid;
-    int s;
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thread, NULL, thread_start, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    printf("Main thread sleeping\en");
-    sleep(1);
-\&
-    printf("Main thread consuming some CPU time...\en");
-    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < 2000000; j++)
-        getppid();
-\&
-    pclock("Process total CPU time: ", CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID);
-\&
-    s = pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_self(), &cid);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_getcpuclockid");
-    pclock("Main thread CPU time:   ", cid);
-\&
-    /* The preceding 4 lines of code could have been replaced by:
-       pclock("Main thread CPU time:   ", CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID); */
-\&
-    s = pthread_getcpuclockid(thread, &cid);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_getcpuclockid");
-    pclock("Subthread CPU time: 1    ", cid);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminates both threads */
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clock_gettime (2),
-.BR clock_settime (2),
-.BR timer_create (2),
-.BR clock_getcpuclockid (3),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getname_np.3 b/man3/pthread_getname_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a385c6e9e..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getname_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_setname_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getschedparam.3 b/man3/pthread_getschedparam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 67299c578..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getschedparam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_getspecific.3 b/man3/pthread_getspecific.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 307a94752..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_getspecific.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_key_create.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_join.3 b/man3/pthread_join.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cbdd363ae..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_join.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_join 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_join \- join with a terminated thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_join(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_join ()
-function waits for the thread specified by
-.I thread
-to terminate.
-If that thread has already terminated, then
-.BR pthread_join ()
-returns immediately.
-The thread specified by
-.I thread
-must be joinable.
-.P
-If
-.I retval
-is not NULL, then
-.BR pthread_join ()
-copies the exit status of the target thread
-(i.e., the value that the target thread supplied to
-.BR pthread_exit (3))
-into the location pointed to by
-.IR retval .
-If the target thread was canceled, then
-.B PTHREAD_CANCELED
-is placed in the location pointed to by
-.IR retval .
-.P
-If multiple threads simultaneously try to join with the same thread,
-the results are undefined.
-If the thread calling
-.BR pthread_join ()
-is canceled, then the target thread will remain joinable
-(i.e., it will not be detached).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_join ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EDEADLK
-A deadlock was detected
-.\" The following verified by testing on glibc 2.8/NPTL:
-(e.g., two threads tried to join with each other);
-or
-.\" The following verified by testing on glibc 2.8/NPTL:
-.I thread
-specifies the calling thread.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I thread
-is not a joinable thread.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Another thread is already waiting to join with this thread.
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 does not specify this error case.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_join ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-After a successful call to
-.BR pthread_join (),
-the caller is guaranteed that the target thread has terminated.
-The caller may then choose to do any clean-up that is required
-after termination of the thread (e.g., freeing memory or other
-resources that were allocated to the target thread).
-.P
-Joining with a thread that has previously been joined results in
-undefined behavior.
-.P
-Failure to join with a thread that is joinable
-(i.e., one that is not detached),
-produces a "zombie thread".
-Avoid doing this,
-since each zombie thread consumes some system resources,
-and when enough zombie threads have accumulated,
-it will no longer be possible to create new threads (or processes).
-.P
-There is no pthreads analog of
-.IR "waitpid(\-1,\ &status,\ 0)" ,
-that is, "join with any terminated thread".
-If you believe you need this functionality,
-you probably need to rethink your application design.
-.P
-All of the threads in a process are peers:
-any thread can join with any other thread in the process.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_create (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_detach (3),
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-.BR pthread_tryjoin_np (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_key_create.3 b/man3/pthread_key_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad8a397f4..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_key_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_key_create 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-pthread_key_create,
-pthread_key_delete,
-pthread_setspecific,
-pthread_getspecific
-\-
-management of thread-specific data
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_key_create(pthread_key_t *" key ", void (*" destr_function ") (void *));"
-.BI "int pthread_key_delete(pthread_key_t " key ");"
-.BI "int pthread_setspecific(pthread_key_t " key ", const void *" pointer ");"
-.BI "void * pthread_getspecific(pthread_key_t " key ");"
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Programs often need global or static variables
-that have different values in different threads.
-Since threads share one memory space,
-this cannot be achieved with regular variables.
-Thread-specific data is the POSIX threads answer to this need.
-.P
-Each thread possesses a private memory block,
-the thread-specific data area,
-or TSD area for short.
-This area is indexed by TSD keys.
-The TSD area associates values of type \fBvoid *\fP to TSD keys.
-TSD keys are common to all threads,
-but the value associated with a given TSD key
-can be different in each thread.
-.P
-For concreteness,
-the TSD areas can be viewed as arrays of \fBvoid *\fP pointers,
-TSD keys as integer indices into these arrays,
-and the value of a TSD key
-as the value of the corresponding array element in the calling thread.
-.P
-When a thread is created,
-its TSD area initially associates \fBNULL\fP with all keys.
-.P
-\fBpthread_key_create\fP allocates a new TSD key.
-The key is stored in the location pointed to by \fIkey\fP.
-There is a limit of \fBPTHREAD_KEYS_MAX\fP
-on the number of keys allocated at a given time.
-The value initially associated with the returned key
-is \fBNULL\fP in all currently executing threads.
-.P
-The \fIdestr_function\fP argument,
-if not \fBNULL\fP,
-specifies a destructor function associated with the key.
-When a thread terminates via \fBpthread_exit\fP or by cancelation,
-\fIdestr_function\fP is called with arguments
-the value associated with the key in that thread.
-The \fIdestr_function\fP is not called if that value is \fBNULL\fP.
-The order in which destructor functions are called at thread termination time
-is unspecified.
-.P
-Before the destructor function is called,
-the \fBNULL\fP value is associated with the key in the current thread.
-A destructor function might,
-however,
-re-associate non-\fBNULL\fP values to that key or some other key.
-To deal with this,
-if after all the destructors have been called
-for all non-\fBNULL\fP values,
-there are still some non-\fBNULL\fP values with associated destructors,
-then the process is repeated.
-The glibc implementation stops the process
-after \fBPTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS\fP iterations,
-even if some non-\fBNULL\fP values with associated descriptors remain.
-Other implementations may loop indefinitely.
-.P
-\fBpthread_key_delete\fP deallocates a TSD key.
-It does not check
-whether non-\fBNULL\fP values are associated with that key
-in the currently executing threads,
-nor call the destructor function associated with the key.
-.P
-\fBpthread_setspecific\fP changes the value
-associated with \fIkey\fP in the calling thread,
-storing the given \fIpointer\fP instead.
-.P
-\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns the value
-currently associated with \fIkey\fP in the calling thread.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-\fBpthread_key_create\fP,
-\fBpthread_key_delete\fP,
-and \fBpthread_setspecific\fP
-return 0 on success and a non-zero error code on failure.
-If successful,
-\fBpthread_key_create\fP stores the newly allocated key
-in the location pointed to by its \fIkey\fP argument.
-.P
-\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns
-the value associated with \fIkey\fP on success,
-and \fBNULL\fP on error.
-.
-.
-.SH ERRORS
-\fBpthread_key_create\fP returns the following error code on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEAGAIN\fP
-\fBPTHREAD_KEYS_MAX\fP keys are already allocated.
-.RE
-.P
-\fBpthread_key_delete\fP and \fBpthread_setspecific\fP return
-the following error code on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEINVAL\fP
-\fIkey\fP is not a valid, allocated TSD key.
-.RE
-.P
-\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns \fBNULL\fP if \fIkey\fP is not a valid,
-allocated TSD key.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-pthread_create(3), pthread_exit(3), pthread_testcancel(3).
-.
-.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-The following code fragment
-allocates a thread-specific array of 100 characters,
-with automatic reclamation at thread exit:
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-/* Key for the thread-specific buffer */
-static pthread_key_t buffer_key;
-\&
-/* Once-only initialisation of the key */
-static pthread_once_t buffer_key_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
-\&
-/* Allocate the thread-specific buffer */
-void buffer_alloc(void)
-{
-  pthread_once(&buffer_key_once, buffer_key_alloc);
-  pthread_setspecific(buffer_key, malloc(100));
-}
-\&
-/* Return the thread-specific buffer */
-char * get_buffer(void)
-{
-  return (char *) pthread_getspecific(buffer_key);
-}
-\&
-/* Allocate the key */
-static void buffer_key_alloc()
-{
-  pthread_key_create(&buffer_key, buffer_destroy);
-}
-\&
-/* Free the thread-specific buffer */
-static void buffer_destroy(void * buf)
-{
-  free(buf);
-}
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
diff --git a/man3/pthread_key_delete.3 b/man3/pthread_key_delete.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 307a94752..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_key_delete.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_key_create.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_kill.3 b/man3/pthread_kill.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f158293e..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_kill.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_kill 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_kill \- send a signal to a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_kill(pthread_t " thread ", int " sig );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_kill ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_kill ()
-function sends the signal
-.I sig
-to
-.IR thread ,
-a thread in the same process as the caller.
-The signal is asynchronously directed to
-.IR thread .
-.P
-If
-.I sig
-is 0, then no signal is sent, but error checking is still performed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_kill ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number, and no signal is sent.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-An invalid signal was specified.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_kill ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The glibc implementation of
-.BR pthread_kill ()
-gives an error
-.RB ( EINVAL )
-on attempts to send either of the real-time signals
-used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
-See
-.BR nptl (7)
-for details.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2008 recommends that if an implementation detects the use
-of a thread ID after the end of its lifetime,
-.BR pthread_kill ()
-should return the error
-.BR ESRCH .
-The glibc implementation returns this error in the cases where
-an invalid thread ID can be detected.
-But note also that POSIX says that an attempt to use a thread ID whose
-lifetime has ended produces undefined behavior,
-and an attempt to use an invalid thread ID in a call to
-.BR pthread_kill ()
-can, for example, cause a segmentation fault.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Signal dispositions are process-wide:
-if a signal handler is installed,
-the handler will be invoked in the thread
-.IR thread ,
-but if the disposition of the signal is "stop", "continue", or "terminate",
-this action will affect the whole process.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigpending (2),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
-.BR raise (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3 b/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4689000b6..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_kill_other_threads_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_kill_other_threads_np \- terminate all other threads in process
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.B void pthread_kill_other_threads_np(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
-has an effect only in the LinuxThreads threading implementation.
-On that implementation,
-calling this function causes the immediate termination of
-all threads in the application,
-except the calling thread.
-The cancelation state and cancelation type of the
-to-be-terminated threads are ignored,
-and the cleanup handlers are not called in those threads.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-In the NPTL threading implementation,
-.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
-exists, but does nothing.
-(Nothing needs to be done,
-because the implementation does the right thing during an
-.BR execve (2).)
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the name.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0
-.SH NOTES
-.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
-is intended to be called just before a thread calls
-.BR execve (2)
-or a similar function.
-This function is designed to address a limitation in the obsolete
-LinuxThreads implementation whereby the other threads of an application
-are not automatically terminated (as POSIX.1-2001 requires) during
-.BR execve (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR execve (2),
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 372ed0d35..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Yubin Ruan <ablacktshirt@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_mutex_consistent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_mutex_consistent \- make a robust mutex consistent
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_consistent(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function makes a robust mutex consistent if it is in an inconsistent
-state.
-A mutex can be left in an inconsistent state if its owner terminates
-while holding the mutex, in which case the next owner who acquires the
-mutex will succeed and be notified by a return value of
-.B EOWNERDEAD
-from a call to
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.IR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
-returns 0.
-Otherwise,
-it returns a positive error number to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The mutex is either not robust or is not in an inconsistent state.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.12.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-Before the addition of
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
-to POSIX,
-glibc defined the following equivalent nonstandard function if
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-was defined:
-.P
-.nf
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_consistent_np(const pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
-.fi
-.P
-This GNU-specific API, which first appeared in glibc 2.4,
-is nowadays obsolete and should not be used in new programs;
-since glibc 2.34 it has been marked as deprecated.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
-simply informs the implementation that the state (shared data)
-guarded by the mutex has been restored to a consistent state and that
-normal operations can now be performed with the mutex.
-It is the application's responsibility to ensure that the
-shared data has been restored to a consistent state before calling
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ().
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (3),
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent_np.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a45bea431..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_destroy.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b7eb83b1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d9b1c5267..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_mutex_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-pthread_mutex_init,
-pthread_mutex_lock,
-pthread_mutex_trylock,
-pthread_mutex_unlock,
-pthread_mutex_destroy
-\-
-operations on mutexes
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "pthread_mutex_t " fastmutex " = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;"
-.BI "pthread_mutex_t " recmutex " = PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP;"
-.BI "pthread_mutex_t " errchkmutex " = PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP;"
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ", const pthread_mutexattr_t *" mutexattr ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A mutex is a MUTual EXclusion device,
-and is useful for
-protecting shared data structures from concurrent modifications,
-and implementing critical sections and monitors.
-.P
-A mutex has two possible states:
-unlocked (not owned by any thread),
-and locked (owned by one thread).
-A mutex can never be owned by two different threads simultaneously.
-A thread attempting to lock a mutex
-that is already locked by another thread
-is suspended until the owning thread unlocks the mutex first.
-.P
-\fBpthread_mutex_init\fP initializes the mutex object pointed to by \fImutex\fP
-according to the mutex attributes specified in \fImutexattr\fP.
-If \fImutexattr\fP is \fBNULL\fP,
-default attributes are used instead.
-.P
-The LinuxThreads implementation supports only one mutex attributes,
-the \fImutex kind\fP,
-which is either ``fast'',
-``recursive'',
-or ``error checking''.
-The kind of a mutex determines
-whether it can be locked again by a thread that already owns it.
-The default kind is ``fast''.
-See \fBpthread_mutexattr_init\fP(3) for more information on mutex attributes.
-.P
-Variables of type \fBpthread_mutex_t\fP can also be initialized statically,
-using the constants
-\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER\fP
-(for fast mutexes),
-\fBPTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP\fP
-(for recursive mutexes),
-and \fBPTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP\fP
-(for error checking mutexes).
-.P
-\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP locks the given mutex.
-If the mutex is currently unlocked,
-it becomes locked and owned by the calling thread,
-and \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP returns immediately.
-If the mutex is already locked by another thread,
-\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP suspends the calling thread
-until the mutex is unlocked.
-.P
-If the mutex is already locked by the calling thread,
-the behavior of \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP depends on the kind of the mutex.
-If the mutex is of the ``fast'' kind,
-the calling thread is suspended until the mutex is unlocked,
-thus effectively causing the calling thread to deadlock.
-If the mutex is of the ``error checking'' kind,
-\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP returns immediately with the error code \fBEDEADLK\fP.
-If the mutex is of the ``recursive'' kind,
-\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP succeeds and returns immediately,
-recording the number of times the calling thread has locked the mutex.
-An equal number of \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP operations
-must be performed before the mutex returns to the unlocked state.
-.P
-\fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP behaves identically to \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP,
-except that it does not block the calling thread
-if the mutex is already locked by another thread
-(or by the calling thread in the case of a ``fast'' mutex).
-Instead,
-\fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP returns immediately
-with the error code \fBEBUSY\fP.
-.P
-\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP unlocks the given mutex.
-The mutex is assumed to be locked and owned by the calling thread
-on entrance to \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP.
-If the mutex is of the ``fast'' kind,
-\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP always returns it to the unlocked state.
-If it is of the ``recursive'' kind,
-it decrements the locking count of the mutex
-(number of \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP operations
-performed on it by the calling thread),
-and only when this count reaches zero is the mutex actually unlocked.
-.P
-On ``error checking'' and ``recursive'' mutexes,
-\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP actually checks at run-time
-that the mutex is locked on entrance,
-and that it was locked by the same thread
-that is now calling \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP.
-If these conditions are not met,
-an error code is returned and the mutex remains unchanged.
-``Fast'' mutexes perform no such checks,
-thus allowing a locked mutex to be
-unlocked by a thread other than its owner.
-This is non-portable behavior and must not be relied upon.
-.P
-\fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP destroys a mutex object,
-freeing the resources it might hold.
-The mutex must be unlocked on entrance.
-In the LinuxThreads implementation,
-no resources are associated with mutex objects,
-thus \fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP actually does nothing
-except checking that the mutex is unlocked.
-.
-.
-.SH CANCELLATION
-None of the mutex functions is a cancelation point,
-not even \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP,
-in spite of the fact that it can suspend a thread for arbitrary durations.
-This way,
-the status of mutexes at cancelation points is predictable,
-allowing cancelation handlers
-to unlock precisely those mutexes that need to be unlocked
-before the thread stops executing.
-Consequently,
-threads using deferred cancelation
-should never hold a mutex for extended periods of time.
-.
-.
-.SH "ASYNC-SIGNAL SAFETY"
-The mutex functions are not async-signal safe.
-What this means is that they should not be called from a signal handler.
-In particular,
-calling \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP or \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP
-from a signal handler
-may deadlock the calling thread.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-\fBpthread_mutex_init\fP always returns 0.
-The other mutex functions
-return 0 on success and a non-zero error code on error.
-.
-.
-.SH ERRORS
-The \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP function returns
-the following error code on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEINVAL\fP
-The mutex has not been properly initialized.
-.TP
-\fBEDEADLK\fP
-The mutex is already locked by the calling thread
-(``error checking'' mutexes only).
-.RE
-.P
-The \fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP function returns
-the following error codes on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEBUSY\fP
-The mutex could not be acquired because it was currently locked.
-.TP
-\fBEINVAL\fP
-The mutex has not been properly initialized.
-.RE
-.P
-The \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP function returns
-the following error code on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEINVAL\fP
-The mutex has not been properly initialized.
-.TP
-\fBEPERM\fP
-The calling thread does not own the mutex
-(``error checking'' mutexes only).
-.RE
-.P
-The \fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP function returns
-the following error code on error:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBEBUSY\fP
-The mutex is currently locked.
-.RE
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_init\fP(3),
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP(3),
-\fBpthread_cancel\fP(3).
-.
-.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-A shared global variable \fIx\fP can be protected by a mutex as follows:
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-int x;
-pthread_mutex_t mut = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
-.P
-All accesses and modifications to \fIx\fP
-should be bracketed by calls to
-\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP and \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP
-as follows:
-.P
-.RS
-.ft 3
-.nf
-.sp
-pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
-/* operate on x */
-pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
-.ft
-.P
-.RE
-.fi
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_lock.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_lock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b7eb83b1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_lock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_trylock.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_trylock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b7eb83b1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_trylock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutex_unlock.3 b/man3/pthread_mutex_unlock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b7eb83b1..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutex_unlock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_destroy.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eadaa9b83..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index af2ab9681..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34bf3a718..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_getpshared 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_mutexattr_getpshared, pthread_mutexattr_setpshared \- get/set
-process-shared mutex attribute
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.B int pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(
-.BI "                      const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                      int *restrict " pshared );
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                      int " pshared );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions get and set the process-shared attribute
-in a mutex attributes object.
-This attribute must be appropriately set to ensure correct,
-efficient operation of a mutex created using this attributes object.
-.P
-The process-shared attribute can have one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
-Mutexes created with this attributes object are to be shared
-only among threads in the same process that initialized the mutex.
-This is the default value for the process-shared mutex attribute.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
-Mutexes created with this attributes object can be shared between
-any threads that have access to the memory containing the object,
-including threads in different processes.
-.P
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getpshared ()
-places the value of the process-shared attribute of
-the mutex attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the location pointed to by
-.IR pshared .
-.P
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setpshared ()
-sets the value of the process-shared attribute of
-the mutex attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.BR pshared .
-.P
-If
-.I attr
-does not refer to an initialized mutex attributes object,
-the behavior is undefined.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return a positive error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setpshared ()
-can fail with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The value specified in
-.I pshared
-is invalid.
-.TP
-.B ENOTSUP
-.I pshared is
-.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
-but the implementation does not support process-shared mutexes.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_init (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c40cc0a7..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c40cc0a7..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eadaa9b83..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fff66b1d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread_mutexattr_destroy \- initialize and
-destroy a mutex attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_init(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_destroy(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ");"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_init ()
-function initializes the mutex attributes object pointed to by
-.I attr
-with default values for all attributes defined by the implementation.
-.P
-The results of initializing an already initialized mutex attributes
-object are undefined.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_destroy ()
-function destroys a mutex attribute object (making it uninitialized).
-Once a mutex attributes object has been destroyed, it can be reinitialized with
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_init ().
-.P
-The results of destroying an uninitialized mutex attributes
-object are undefined.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return a positive error number.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Subsequent changes to a mutex attributes object do not affect mutex that
-have already been initialized using that object.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_mutex_init (3),
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getpshared (3),
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 03c91534d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np,
-pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np
-\-
-deprecated mutex creation attributes
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ", int " kind ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ", int *" kind ");"
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are deprecated,
-use \fBpthread_mutexattr_settype\fP(3)
-and \fBpthread_mutexattr_gettype\fP(3)
-instead.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_getkind_np\fP always returns 0.
-.P
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP
-returns 0 on success and a non-zero error code on error.
-.
-.
-.SH ERRORS
-On error,
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP returns the following error code:
-.TP
-\fBEINVAL\fP
-\fIkind\fP is neither
-\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP\fP
-nor
-\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP\fP
-nor
-\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP\fP.
-.
-.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_settype\fP(3),
-\fBpthread_mutexattr_gettype\fP(3).
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 07899fdfc..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 921d9e9c0..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Yubin Ruan <ablacktshirt@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_mutexattr_setrobust 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, pthread_mutexattr_setrobust
-\- get and set the robustness attribute of a mutex attributes object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                                int *" robustness ");"
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                                int " robustness ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (),
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" But see https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=22125
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
-function places the value of the robustness attribute of
-the mutex attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-in
-.IR *robustness .
-The
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ()
-function sets the value of the robustness attribute of
-the mutex attributes object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR *robustness .
-.P
-The robustness attribute specifies the behavior of the mutex when
-the owning thread dies without unlocking the mutex.
-The following values are valid for
-.IR robustness :
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
-This is the default value for a mutex attributes object.
-If a mutex is initialized with the
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
-attribute and its owner dies without unlocking it,
-the mutex remains locked afterwards and any future attempts to call
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
-on the mutex will block indefinitely.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
-If a mutex is initialized with the
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
-attribute and its owner dies without unlocking it,
-any future attempts to call
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
-on this mutex will succeed and return
-.B EOWNERDEAD
-to indicate that the original owner no longer exists and the mutex is in
-an inconsistent state.
-Usually after
-.B EOWNERDEAD
-is returned, the next owner should call
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent (3)
-on the acquired mutex to make it consistent again before using it any further.
-.IP
-If the next owner unlocks the mutex using
-.BR pthread_mutex_unlock (3)
-before making it consistent, the mutex will be permanently unusable and any
-subsequent attempts to lock it using
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
-will fail with the error
-.BR ENOTRECOVERABLE .
-The only permitted operation on such a mutex is
-.BR pthread_mutex_destroy (3).
-.IP
-If the next owner terminates before calling
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent (3),
-further
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
-operations on this mutex will still return
-.BR EOWNERDEAD .
-.P
-Note that the
-.I attr
-argument of
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
-and
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ()
-should refer to a mutex attributes object that was initialized by
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_init (3),
-otherwise the behavior is undefined.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-On error, they return a positive error number.
-.P
-In the glibc implementation,
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
-always return zero.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-A value other than
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
-or
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
-was passed to
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ().
-.SH VERSIONS
-In the Linux implementation,
-when using process-shared robust mutexes, a waiting thread also receives the
-.B EOWNERDEAD
-notification if the owner of a robust mutex performs an
-.BR execve (2)
-without first unlocking the mutex.
-POSIX.1 does not specify this detail,
-but the same behavior also occurs in at least some
-.\" E.g., Solaris, according to its manual page
-other implementations.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.12.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-Before the addition of
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
-and
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ()
-to POSIX,
-glibc defined the following equivalent nonstandard functions if
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-was defined:
-.P
-.nf
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                                   int *" robustness ");"
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                                   int " robustness ");"
-.fi
-.P
-Correspondingly, the constants
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED_NP
-and
-.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST_NP
-were also defined.
-.P
-These GNU-specific APIs, which first appeared in glibc 2.4,
-are nowadays obsolete and should not be used in new programs;
-since glibc 2.34 these APIs are marked as deprecated.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of the robustness attribute of a
-mutex attributes object.
-In this program, a thread holding the mutex
-dies prematurely without unlocking the mutex.
-The main thread subsequently acquires the mutex
-successfully and gets the error
-.BR EOWNERDEAD ,
-after which it makes the mutex consistent.
-.P
-The following shell session shows what we see when running this program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out\fP
-[original owner] Setting lock...
-[original owner] Locked. Now exiting without unlocking.
-[main] Attempting to lock the robust mutex.
-[main] pthread_mutex_lock() returned EOWNERDEAD
-[main] Now make the mutex consistent
-[main] Mutex is now consistent; unlocking
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static pthread_mutex_t mtx;
-\&
-static void *
-original_owner_thread(void *ptr)
-{
-    printf("[original owner] Setting lock...\en");
-    pthread_mutex_lock(&mtx);
-    printf("[original owner] Locked. Now exiting without unlocking.\en");
-    pthread_exit(NULL);
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    pthread_t thr;
-    pthread_mutexattr_t attr;
-    int s;
-\&
-    pthread_mutexattr_init(&attr);
-\&
-    pthread_mutexattr_setrobust(&attr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST);
-\&
-    pthread_mutex_init(&mtx, &attr);
-\&
-    pthread_create(&thr, NULL, original_owner_thread, NULL);
-\&
-    sleep(2);
-\&
-    /* "original_owner_thread" should have exited by now. */
-\&
-    printf("[main] Attempting to lock the robust mutex.\en");
-    s = pthread_mutex_lock(&mtx);
-    if (s == EOWNERDEAD) {
-        printf("[main] pthread_mutex_lock() returned EOWNERDEAD\en");
-        printf("[main] Now make the mutex consistent\en");
-        s = pthread_mutex_consistent(&mtx);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_mutex_consistent");
-        printf("[main] Mutex is now consistent; unlocking\en");
-        s = pthread_mutex_unlock(&mtx);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_mutex_unlock");
-\&
-        exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-    } else if (s == 0) {
-        printf("[main] pthread_mutex_lock() unexpectedly succeeded\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    } else {
-        printf("[main] pthread_mutex_lock() unexpectedly failed\en");
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_mutex_lock");
-    }
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR get_robust_list (2),
-.BR set_robust_list (2),
-.BR pthread_mutex_consistent (3),
-.BR pthread_mutex_init (3),
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c40cc0a7..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_settype.3 b/man3/pthread_mutexattr_settype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eadaa9b83..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_mutexattr_settype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_once.3 b/man3/pthread_once.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 17d25360f..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_once.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_once 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.
-.
-.SH NAME
-pthread_once
-\-
-once-only initialization
-.
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "pthread_once_t " once_control " = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;"
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_once(pthread_once_t *" once_control ", void (*" init_routine ") (void));"
-.
-.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The purpose of \fBpthread_once\fP is
-to ensure that a piece of initialization code is executed at most once.
-The \fIonce_control\fP argument points to a static or extern variable
-statically initialized to \fBPTHREAD_ONCE_INIT\fP.
-.P
-The first time \fBpthread_once\fP is called
-with a given \fIonce_control\fP argument,
-it calls \fIinit_routine\fP with no argument
-and changes the value of the \fIonce_control\fP variable
-to record that initialization has been performed.
-Subsequent calls to \fBpthread_once\fP
-with the same \fBonce_control\fP argument
-do nothing.
-.
-.
-.SH "RETURN VALUE"
-\fBpthread_once\fP always returns 0.
-.
-.
-.SH ERRORS
-None.
diff --git a/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np.3 b/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f3f740e7..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3 b/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5388a9ad3..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-.\"Copyright (c) 2010 Novell Inc., written by Robert Schweikert
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np, pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np \- set/get
-the read-write lock kind of the thread read-write lock attribute object
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np(pthread_rwlockattr_t *" attr ,
-.BI "                       int " pref );
-.B int pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np(
-.BI "                       const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict " attr ,
-.BI "                       int *restrict " pref );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np (),
-.BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np ()
-function sets the "lock kind" attribute of the
-read-write lock attribute object referred to by
-.I attr
-to the value specified in
-.IR pref .
-The argument
-.I pref
-may be set to one of the following:
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP
-This is the default.
-A thread may hold multiple read locks; that is, read locks are recursive.
-According to The Single Unix Specification, the behavior is unspecified when a
-reader tries to place a lock, and there is no write lock but writers are
-waiting.
-Giving preference to the reader, as is set by
-.BR PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP ,
-implies that the reader will receive the requested lock, even if
-a writer is waiting.
-As long as there are readers, the writer will be
-starved.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NP
-This is intended as the write lock analog of
-.BR PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP .
-This is ignored by glibc because the POSIX requirement to support
-recursive read locks would cause this option to create trivial
-deadlocks; instead use
-.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP
-which ensures the application developer will not take recursive
-read locks thus avoiding deadlocks.
-.\" ---
-.\" Here is the relevant wording:
-.\"
-.\"     A thread may hold multiple concurrent read locks on rwlock (that is,
-.\"     successfully call the pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function n times). If
-.\"     so, the thread must perform matching unlocks (that is, it must call
-.\"     the pthread_rwlock_unlock() function n times).
-.\"
-.\" By making write-priority work correctly, I broke the above requirement,
-.\" because I had no clue that recursive read locks are permissible.
-.\"
-.\" If a thread which holds a read lock tries to acquire another read lock,
-.\" and now one or more writers is waiting for a write lock, then the algorithm
-.\" will lead to an obvious deadlock. The reader will be suspended, waiting for
-.\" the writers to acquire and release the lock, and the writers will be
-.\" suspended waiting for every existing read lock to be released.
-.\" ---
-.\" https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pthread_rwlock_rdlock.html
-.\" https://sourceware.org/legacy-ml/libc-alpha/2000-01/msg00055.html
-.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7057
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP
-Setting the lock kind to this
-avoids writer starvation as long as any read locking is not done in a
-recursive fashion.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ()
-function returns the value of the lock kind attribute of the
-read-write lock attribute object referred to by
-.I attr
-in the pointer
-.IR pref .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0.
-Given valid pointer arguments,
-.BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ()
-always succeeds.
-On error,
-.BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np ()
-returns a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I pref
-specifies an unsupported value.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_self.3 b/man3/pthread_self.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9aa58314d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_self.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_self 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_self \- obtain ID of the calling thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.B pthread_t pthread_self(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_self ()
-function returns the ID of the calling thread.
-This is the same value that is returned in
-.I *thread
-in the
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-call that created this thread.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function always succeeds, returning the calling thread's ID.
-.SH ERRORS
-This function always succeeds.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_self ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-POSIX.1 allows an implementation wide freedom in choosing
-the type used to represent a thread ID;
-for example, representation using either an arithmetic type or
-a structure is permitted.
-Therefore, variables of type
-.I pthread_t
-can't portably be compared using the C equality operator (\fB==\fP);
-use
-.BR pthread_equal (3)
-instead.
-.P
-Thread identifiers should be considered opaque:
-any attempt to use a thread ID other than in pthreads calls
-is nonportable and can lead to unspecified results.
-.P
-Thread IDs are guaranteed to be unique only within a process.
-A thread ID may be reused after a terminated thread has been joined,
-or a detached thread has terminated.
-.P
-The thread ID returned by
-.BR pthread_self ()
-is not the same thing as the kernel thread ID returned by a call to
-.BR gettid (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_equal (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3 b/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e7147321..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_setaffinity_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_setaffinity_np, pthread_getaffinity_np \- set/get
-CPU affinity of a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_setaffinity_np(pthread_t " thread ", size_t " cpusetsize ,
-.BI "                           const cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
-.BI "int pthread_getaffinity_np(pthread_t " thread ", size_t " cpusetsize ,
-.BI "                           cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_setaffinity_np ()
-function
-sets the CPU affinity mask of the thread
-.I thread
-to the CPU set pointed to by
-.IR cpuset .
-If the call is successful,
-and the thread is not currently running on one of the CPUs in
-.IR cpuset ,
-then it is migrated to one of those CPUs.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
-function returns the CPU affinity mask of the thread
-.I thread
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR cpuset .
-.P
-For more details on CPU affinity masks, see
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2).
-For a description of a set of macros
-that can be used to manipulate and inspect CPU sets, see
-.BR CPU_SET (3).
-.P
-The argument
-.I cpusetsize
-is the length (in bytes) of the buffer pointed to by
-.IR cpuset .
-Typically, this argument would be specified as
-.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
-(It may be some other value, if using the macros described in
-.BR CPU_SET (3)
-for dynamically allocating a CPU set.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EFAULT
-A supplied memory address was invalid.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( pthread_setaffinity_np ())
-The affinity bit mask
-.I mask
-contains no processors that are currently physically on the system
-and permitted to the thread according to any restrictions that
-may be imposed by the "cpuset" mechanism described in
-.BR cpuset (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( pthread_setaffinity_np ())
-.I cpuset
-specified a CPU that was outside the set supported by the kernel.
-(The kernel configuration option
-.B CONFIG_NR_CPUS
-defines the range of the set supported by the kernel data type
-.\" cpumask_t
-used to represent CPU sets.)
-.\" The raw sched_getaffinity() system call returns the size (in bytes)
-.\" of the cpumask_t type.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( pthread_getaffinity_np ())
-.I cpusetsize
-is smaller than the size of the affinity mask used by the kernel.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (),
-.BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.4.
-.P
-In glibc 2.3.3 only,
-versions of these functions were provided that did not have a
-.I cpusetsize
-argument.
-Instead the CPU set size given to the underlying system calls was always
-.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
-.SH NOTES
-After a call to
-.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (),
-the set of CPUs on which the thread will actually run is
-the intersection of the set specified in the
-.I cpuset
-argument and the set of CPUs actually present on the system.
-The system may further restrict the set of CPUs on which the thread
-runs if the "cpuset" mechanism described in
-.BR cpuset (7)
-is being used.
-These restrictions on the actual set of CPUs on which the thread
-will run are silently imposed by the kernel.
-.P
-These functions are implemented on top of the
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2)
-and
-.BR sched_getaffinity (2)
-system calls.
-.P
-A new thread created by
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-inherits a copy of its creator's CPU affinity mask.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-In the following program, the main thread uses
-.BR pthread_setaffinity_np ()
-to set its CPU affinity mask to include CPUs 0 to 7
-(which may not all be available on the system),
-and then calls
-.BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
-to check the resulting CPU affinity mask of the thread.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_setaffinity_np.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    int s;
-    cpu_set_t cpuset;
-    pthread_t thread;
-\&
-    thread = pthread_self();
-\&
-    /* Set affinity mask to include CPUs 0 to 7. */
-\&
-    CPU_ZERO(&cpuset);
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < 8; j++)
-        CPU_SET(j, &cpuset);
-\&
-    s = pthread_setaffinity_np(thread, sizeof(cpuset), &cpuset);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_setaffinity_np");
-\&
-    /* Check the actual affinity mask assigned to the thread. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_getaffinity_np(thread, sizeof(cpuset), &cpuset);
-    if (s != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getaffinity_np");
-\&
-    printf("Set returned by pthread_getaffinity_np() contained:\en");
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < CPU_SETSIZE; j++)
-        if (CPU_ISSET(j, &cpuset))
-            printf("    CPU %zu\en", j);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sched_setaffinity (2),
-.BR CPU_SET (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR sched_getcpu (3),
-.BR cpuset (7),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setattr_default_np.3 b/man3/pthread_setattr_default_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ea2ab65b..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setattr_default_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3 b/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 287907657..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_setcancelstate 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_setcancelstate, pthread_setcanceltype \-
-set cancelability state and type
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_setcancelstate(int " state ", int *" oldstate );
-.BI "int pthread_setcanceltype(int " type ", int *" oldtype );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate ()
-sets the cancelability state of the calling thread to the value
-given in
-.IR state .
-The previous cancelability state of the thread is returned
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR oldstate .
-The
-.I state
-argument must have one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE
-The thread is cancelable.
-This is the default cancelability state in all new threads,
-including the initial thread.
-The thread's cancelability type determines when a cancelable thread
-will respond to a cancelation request.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE
-The thread is not cancelable.
-If a cancelation request is received,
-it is blocked until cancelability is enabled.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
-sets the cancelability type of the calling thread to the value
-given in
-.IR type .
-The previous cancelability type of the thread is returned
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR oldtype .
-The
-.I type
-argument must have one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED
-A cancelation request is deferred until the thread next calls
-a function that is a cancelation point (see
-.BR pthreads (7)).
-This is the default cancelability type in all new threads,
-including the initial thread.
-.IP
-Even with deferred cancelation, a
-cancelation point in an asynchronous signal handler may still
-be acted upon and the effect is as if it was an asynchronous
-cancelation.
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS
-The thread can be canceled at any time.
-(Typically,
-it will be canceled immediately upon receiving a cancelation request,
-but the system doesn't guarantee this.)
-.P
-The set-and-get operation performed by each of these functions
-is atomic with respect to other threads in the process
-calling the same function.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid value for
-.IR state .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid value for
-.IR type .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (),
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (),
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
-T}	Async-cancel safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-AC-Safe
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-For details of what happens when a thread is canceled, see
-.BR \%pthread_cancel (3).
-.P
-Briefly disabling cancelability is useful
-if a thread performs some critical action
-that must not be interrupted by a cancelation request.
-Beware of disabling cancelability for long periods,
-or around operations that may block for long periods,
-since that will render the thread unresponsive to cancelation requests.
-.SS Asynchronous cancelability
-Setting the cancelability type to
-.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS
-is rarely useful.
-Since the thread could be canceled at
-.I any
-time, it cannot safely reserve resources (e.g., allocating memory with
-.BR malloc (3)),
-acquire mutexes, semaphores, or locks, and so on.
-Reserving resources is unsafe because the application has no way of
-knowing what the state of these resources is when the thread is canceled;
-that is, did cancelation occur before the resources were reserved,
-while they were reserved, or after they were released?
-Furthermore, some internal data structures
-(e.g., the linked list of free blocks managed by the
-.BR malloc (3)
-family of functions) may be left in an inconsistent state
-if cancelation occurs in the middle of the function call.
-Consequently, clean-up handlers cease to be useful.
-.P
-Functions that can be safely asynchronously canceled are called
-.IR "async-cancel-safe functions" .
-POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008 require only that
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (),
-and
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
-be async-cancel-safe.
-In general, other library functions
-can't be safely called from an asynchronously cancelable thread.
-.P
-One of the few circumstances in which asynchronous cancelability is useful
-is for cancelation of a thread that is in a pure compute-bound loop.
-.SS Portability notes
-The Linux threading implementations permit the
-.I oldstate
-argument of
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate ()
-to be NULL, in which case the information about the previous
-cancelability state is not returned to the caller.
-Many other implementations also permit a NULL
-.I oldstat
-argument,
-.\" It looks like at least Solaris, FreeBSD and Tru64 support this.
-but POSIX.1 does not specify this point,
-so portable applications should always specify a non-NULL value in
-.IR oldstate .
-A precisely analogous set of statements applies for the
-.I oldtype
-argument of
-.BR pthread_setcanceltype ().
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_cancel (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
-.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setcanceltype.3 b/man3/pthread_setcanceltype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9625bc20d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setcanceltype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3 b/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 54a6e0ca8..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_setconcurrency 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_setconcurrency, pthread_getconcurrency \- set/get
-the concurrency level
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_setconcurrency(int " new_level );
-.BI "int pthread_getconcurrency(" void );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
-function informs the implementation of the application's
-desired concurrency level, specified in
-.IR new_level .
-The implementation takes this only as a hint:
-POSIX.1 does not specify the level of concurrency that
-should be provided as a result of calling
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency ().
-.P
-Specifying
-.I new_level
-as 0 instructs the implementation to manage the concurrency level
-as it deems appropriate.
-.P
-.BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
-returns the current value of the concurrency level for this process.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
-.P
-.BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
-always succeeds, returning the concurrency level set by a previous call to
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency (),
-or 0, if
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
-has not previously been called.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
-can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I new_level
-is negative.
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an
-.B EAGAIN
-error ("the value specified by
-.I new_level
-would cause a system resource to be exceeded").
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setconcurrency (),
-.BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The default concurrency level is 0.
-.P
-Concurrency levels are meaningful only for M:N threading implementations,
-where at any moment a subset of a process's set of user-level threads
-may be bound to a smaller number of kernel-scheduling entities.
-Setting the concurrency level allows the application to
-give the system a hint as to the number of kernel-scheduling entities
-that should be provided for efficient execution of the application.
-.P
-Both LinuxThreads and NPTL are 1:1 threading implementations,
-so setting the concurrency level has no meaning.
-In other words,
-on Linux these functions merely exist for compatibility with other systems,
-and they have no effect on the execution of a program.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_attr_setscope (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setname_np.3 b/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 587dd3e8c..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Chandan Apsangi <chandan.jc@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2013 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_setname_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_setname_np, pthread_getname_np \- set/get the name of a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_setname_np(pthread_t " thread ", const char *" name );
-.BI "int pthread_getname_np(pthread_t " thread ", char " name [. size "], \
-size_t " size );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-By default, all the threads created using
-.BR pthread_create ()
-inherit the program name.
-The
-.BR pthread_setname_np ()
-function can be used to set a unique name for a thread,
-which can be useful for debugging
-multithreaded applications.
-The thread name is a meaningful C language string,
-whose length is restricted to 16 characters,
-including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-The
-.I thread
-argument specifies the thread whose name is to be changed;
-.I name
-specifies the new name.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_getname_np ()
-function can be used to retrieve the name of the thread.
-The
-.I thread
-argument specifies the thread whose name is to be retrieved.
-The buffer
-.I name
-is used to return the thread name;
-.I size
-specifies the number of bytes available in
-.IR name .
-The buffer specified by
-.I name
-should be at least 16 characters in length.
-The returned thread name in the output buffer will be null terminated.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.BR pthread_setname_np ()
-function can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-The length of the string specified pointed to by
-.I name
-exceeds the allowed limit.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_getname_np ()
-function can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-The buffer specified by
-.I name
-and
-.I size
-is too small to hold the thread name.
-.P
-If either of these functions fails to open
-.IR /proc/self/task/ tid /comm ,
-then the call may fail with one of the errors described in
-.BR open (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setname_np (),
-.BR pthread_getname_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.12.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR pthread_setname_np ()
-internally writes to the thread-specific
-.I comm
-file under the
-.I /proc
-filesystem:
-.IR /proc/self/task/ tid /comm .
-.BR pthread_getname_np ()
-retrieves it from the same location.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR pthread_setname_np ()
-and
-.BR pthread_getname_np ().
-.P
-The following shell session shows a sample run of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out"
-Created a thread. Default name is: a.out
-The thread name after setting it is THREADFOO.
-\fB\[ha]Z\fP                           # Suspend the program
-[1]+  Stopped           ./a.out
-.RB "$ " "ps H \-C a.out \-o \[aq]pid tid cmd comm\[aq]"
-  PID   TID CMD                         COMMAND
- 5990  5990 ./a.out                     a.out
- 5990  5991 ./a.out                     THREADFOO
-.RB "$ " "cat /proc/5990/task/5990/comm"
-a.out
-.RB "$ " "cat /proc/5990/task/5991/comm"
-THREADFOO
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_setname_np.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <err.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define NAMELEN 16
-\&
-static void *
-threadfunc(void *parm)
-{
-    sleep(5);          // allow main program to set the thread name
-    return NULL;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    pthread_t thread;
-    int rc;
-    char thread_name[NAMELEN];
-\&
-    rc = pthread_create(&thread, NULL, threadfunc, NULL);
-    if (rc != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    rc = pthread_getname_np(thread, thread_name, NAMELEN);
-    if (rc != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_getname_np");
-\&
-    printf("Created a thread. Default name is: %s\en", thread_name);
-    rc = pthread_setname_np(thread, (argc > 1) ? argv[1] : "THREADFOO");
-    if (rc != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_setname_np");
-\&
-    sleep(2);
-\&
-    rc = pthread_getname_np(thread, thread_name, NAMELEN);
-    if (rc != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_getname_np");
-    printf("The thread name after setting it is %s.\en", thread_name);
-\&
-    rc = pthread_join(thread, NULL);
-    if (rc != 0)
-        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_join");
-\&
-    printf("Done\en");
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR prctl (2),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3 b/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bc45ccd5..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,448 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_setschedparam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_setschedparam, pthread_getschedparam \- set/get
-scheduling policy and parameters of a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_setschedparam(pthread_t " thread ", int " policy ,
-.BI "                          const struct sched_param *" param );
-.BI "int pthread_getschedparam(pthread_t " thread ", int *restrict " policy ,
-.BI "                          struct sched_param *restrict " param );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
-function sets the scheduling policy and parameters of the thread
-.IR thread .
-.P
-.I policy
-specifies the new scheduling policy for
-.IR thread .
-The supported values for
-.IR policy ,
-and their semantics, are described in
-.BR sched (7).
-.\" FIXME . pthread_setschedparam() places no restriction on the policy,
-.\" but pthread_attr_setschedpolicy() restricts policy to RR/FIFO/OTHER
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7013
-.P
-The structure pointed to by
-.I param
-specifies the new scheduling parameters for
-.IR thread .
-Scheduling parameters are maintained in the following structure:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct sched_param {
-    int sched_priority;     /* Scheduling priority */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-As can be seen, only one scheduling parameter is supported.
-For details of the permitted ranges for scheduling priorities
-in each scheduling policy, see
-.BR sched (7).
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_getschedparam ()
-function returns the scheduling policy and parameters of the thread
-.IR thread ,
-in the buffers pointed to by
-.I policy
-and
-.IR param ,
-respectively.
-The returned priority value is that set by the most recent
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (),
-.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
-or
-.BR pthread_create (3)
-call that affected
-.IR thread .
-The returned priority does not reflect any temporary priority adjustments
-as a result of calls to any priority inheritance or
-priority ceiling functions (see, for example,
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling (3)
-and
-.BR pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol (3)).
-.\" FIXME . nptl/pthread_setschedparam.c has the following
-.\"   /* If the thread should have higher priority because of some
-.\"      PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT mutexes it holds, adjust the priority. */
-.\" Eventually (perhaps after writing the mutexattr pages), we
-.\" may want to add something on the topic to this page.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return 0;
-on error, they return a nonzero error number.
-If
-.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
-fails, the scheduling policy and parameters of
-.I thread
-are not changed.
-.SH ERRORS
-Both of these functions can fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.P
-.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
-may additionally fail with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I policy
-is not a recognized policy, or
-.I param
-does not make sense for the
-.IR policy .
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The caller does not have appropriate privileges
-to set the specified scheduling policy and parameters.
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an
-.B ENOTSUP
-("attempt was made to set the policy or scheduling parameters
-to an unsupported value") error for
-.BR pthread_setschedparam ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (),
-.BR pthread_getschedparam ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-For a description of the permissions required to, and the effect of,
-changing a thread's scheduling policy and priority,
-and details of the permitted ranges for priorities
-in each scheduling policy, see
-.BR sched (7).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below demonstrates the use of
-.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
-and
-.BR pthread_getschedparam (),
-as well as the use of a number of other scheduling-related
-pthreads functions.
-.P
-In the following run, the main thread sets its scheduling policy to
-.B SCHED_FIFO
-with a priority of 10,
-and initializes a thread attributes object with
-a scheduling policy attribute of
-.B SCHED_RR
-and a scheduling priority attribute of 20.
-The program then sets (using
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3))
-the inherit scheduler attribute of the thread attributes object to
-.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED ,
-meaning that threads created using this attributes object should
-take their scheduling attributes from the thread attributes object.
-The program then creates a thread using the thread attributes object,
-and that thread displays its scheduling policy and priority.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fBsu\fP      # Need privilege to set real\-time scheduling policies
-Password:
-# \fB./a.out \-mf10 \-ar20 \-i e\fP
-Scheduler settings of main thread
-    policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
-\&
-Scheduler settings in \[aq]attr\[aq]
-    policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
-    inheritsched is EXPLICIT
-\&
-Scheduler attributes of new thread
-    policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the above output, one can see that the scheduling policy and priority
-were taken from the values specified in the thread attributes object.
-.P
-The next run is the same as the previous,
-except that the inherit scheduler attribute is set to
-.BR PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED ,
-meaning that threads created using the thread attributes object should
-ignore the scheduling attributes specified in the attributes object
-and instead take their scheduling attributes from the creating thread.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-# \fB./a.out \-mf10 \-ar20 \-i i\fP
-Scheduler settings of main thread
-    policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
-\&
-Scheduler settings in \[aq]attr\[aq]
-    policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
-    inheritsched is INHERIT
-\&
-Scheduler attributes of new thread
-    policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In the above output, one can see that the scheduling policy and priority
-were taken from the creating thread,
-rather than the thread attributes object.
-.P
-Note that if we had omitted the
-.I \-i\~i
-option, the output would have been the same, since
-.B PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
-is the default for the inherit scheduler attribute.
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthreads_sched_test.c)
-.EX
-/* pthreads_sched_test.c */
-\&
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-[[noreturn]]
-static void
-usage(char *prog_name, char *msg)
-{
-    if (msg != NULL)
-        fputs(msg, stderr);
-\&
-    fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [options]\en", prog_name);
-    fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\en");
-#define fpe(msg) fprintf(stderr, "\et%s", msg)          /* Shorter */
-    fpe("\-a<policy><prio> Set scheduling policy and priority in\en");
-    fpe("                 thread attributes object\en");
-    fpe("                 <policy> can be\en");
-    fpe("                     f  SCHED_FIFO\en");
-    fpe("                     r  SCHED_RR\en");
-    fpe("                     o  SCHED_OTHER\en");
-    fpe("\-A               Use default thread attributes object\en");
-    fpe("\-i {e|i}         Set inherit scheduler attribute to\en");
-    fpe("                 \[aq]explicit\[aq] or \[aq]inherit\[aq]\en");
-    fpe("\-m<policy><prio> Set scheduling policy and priority on\en");
-    fpe("                 main thread before pthread_create() call\en");
-    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-\&
-static int
-get_policy(char p, int *policy)
-{
-    switch (p) {
-    case \[aq]f\[aq]: *policy = SCHED_FIFO;     return 1;
-    case \[aq]r\[aq]: *policy = SCHED_RR;       return 1;
-    case \[aq]o\[aq]: *policy = SCHED_OTHER;    return 1;
-    default:  return 0;
-    }
-}
-\&
-static void
-display_sched_attr(int policy, const struct sched_param *param)
-{
-    printf("    policy=%s, priority=%d\en",
-           (policy == SCHED_FIFO)  ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
-           (policy == SCHED_RR)    ? "SCHED_RR" :
-           (policy == SCHED_OTHER) ? "SCHED_OTHER" :
-           "???",
-           param\->sched_priority);
-}
-\&
-static void
-display_thread_sched_attr(char *msg)
-{
-    int policy, s;
-    struct sched_param param;
-\&
-    s = pthread_getschedparam(pthread_self(), &policy, &param);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_getschedparam");
-\&
-    printf("%s\en", msg);
-    display_sched_attr(policy, &param);
-}
-\&
-static void *
-thread_start(void *arg)
-{
-    display_thread_sched_attr("Scheduler attributes of new thread");
-\&
-    return NULL;
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int s, opt, inheritsched, use_null_attrib, policy;
-    pthread_t thread;
-    pthread_attr_t attr;
-    pthread_attr_t *attrp;
-    char *attr_sched_str, *main_sched_str, *inheritsched_str;
-    struct sched_param param;
-\&
-    /* Process command\-line options. */
-\&
-    use_null_attrib = 0;
-    attr_sched_str = NULL;
-    main_sched_str = NULL;
-    inheritsched_str = NULL;
-\&
-    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "a:Ai:m:")) != \-1) {
-        switch (opt) {
-        case \[aq]a\[aq]: attr_sched_str = optarg;      break;
-        case \[aq]A\[aq]: use_null_attrib = 1;          break;
-        case \[aq]i\[aq]: inheritsched_str = optarg;    break;
-        case \[aq]m\[aq]: main_sched_str = optarg;      break;
-        default:  usage(argv[0], "Unrecognized option\en");
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    if (use_null_attrib
-        && (inheritsched_str != NULL || attr_sched_str != NULL))
-    {
-        usage(argv[0], "Can\[aq]t specify \-A with \-i or \-a\en");
-    }
-\&
-    /* Optionally set scheduling attributes of main thread,
-       and display the attributes. */
-\&
-    if (main_sched_str != NULL) {
-        if (!get_policy(main_sched_str[0], &policy))
-            usage(argv[0], "Bad policy for main thread (\-m)\en");
-        param.sched_priority = strtol(&main_sched_str[1], NULL, 0);
-\&
-        s = pthread_setschedparam(pthread_self(), policy, &param);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_setschedparam");
-    }
-\&
-    display_thread_sched_attr("Scheduler settings of main thread");
-    printf("\en");
-\&
-    /* Initialize thread attributes object according to options. */
-\&
-    attrp = NULL;
-\&
-    if (!use_null_attrib) {
-        s = pthread_attr_init(&attr);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_init");
-        attrp = &attr;
-    }
-\&
-    if (inheritsched_str != NULL) {
-        if (inheritsched_str[0] == \[aq]e\[aq])
-            inheritsched = PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED;
-        else if (inheritsched_str[0] == \[aq]i\[aq])
-            inheritsched = PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED;
-        else
-            usage(argv[0], "Value for \-i must be \[aq]e\[aq] or \[aq]i\[aq]\en");
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, inheritsched);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setinheritsched");
-    }
-\&
-    if (attr_sched_str != NULL) {
-        if (!get_policy(attr_sched_str[0], &policy))
-            usage(argv[0], "Bad policy for \[aq]attr\[aq] (\-a)\en");
-        param.sched_priority = strtol(&attr_sched_str[1], NULL, 0);
-\&
-        s = pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(&attr, policy);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setschedpolicy");
-        s = pthread_attr_setschedparam(&attr, &param);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setschedparam");
-    }
-\&
-    /* If we initialized a thread attributes object, display
-       the scheduling attributes that were set in the object. */
-\&
-    if (attrp != NULL) {
-        s = pthread_attr_getschedparam(&attr, &param);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_getschedparam");
-        s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(&attr, &policy);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_getschedpolicy");
-\&
-        printf("Scheduler settings in \[aq]attr\[aq]\en");
-        display_sched_attr(policy, &param);
-\&
-        pthread_attr_getinheritsched(&attr, &inheritsched);
-        printf("    inheritsched is %s\en",
-               (inheritsched == PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED)  ? "INHERIT" :
-               (inheritsched == PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED) ? "EXPLICIT" :
-               "???");
-        printf("\en");
-    }
-\&
-    /* Create a thread that will display its scheduling attributes. */
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thread, attrp, &thread_start, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    /* Destroy unneeded thread attributes object. */
-\&
-    if (!use_null_attrib) {
-      s = pthread_attr_destroy(&attr);
-      if (s != 0)
-          handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
-    }
-\&
-    s = pthread_join(thread, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR sched_get_priority_min (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3 b/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e997520e..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_setschedprio 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_setschedprio \- set scheduling priority of a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_setschedprio(pthread_t " thread ", int " prio );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_setschedprio ()
-function sets the scheduling priority of the thread
-.I thread
-to the value specified in
-.IR prio .
-(By contrast
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3)
-changes both the scheduling policy and priority of a thread.)
-.\" FIXME . nptl/pthread_setschedprio.c has the following
-.\"   /* If the thread should have higher priority because of some
-.\"      PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT mutexes it holds, adjust the priority. */
-.\" Eventually (perhaps after writing the mutexattr pages), we
-.\" may want to add something on the topic to this page.
-.\" nptl/pthread_setschedparam.c has a similar case.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, this function returns 0;
-on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
-If
-.BR pthread_setschedprio ()
-fails, the scheduling priority of
-.I thread
-is not changed.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I prio
-is not valid for the scheduling policy of the specified thread.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The caller does not have appropriate privileges
-to set the specified priority.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No thread with the ID
-.I thread
-could be found.
-.P
-POSIX.1 also documents an
-.B ENOTSUP
-("attempt was made to set the priority
-to an unsupported value") error for
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_setschedprio ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.4.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-For a description of the permissions required to, and the effect of,
-changing a thread's scheduling priority,
-and details of the permitted ranges for priorities
-in each scheduling policy, see
-.BR sched (7).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR sched_get_priority_min (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_self (3),
-.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_setspecific.3 b/man3/pthread_setspecific.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 307a94752..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_setspecific.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_key_create.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_sigmask.3 b/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d859d760..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_sigmask 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_sigmask \- examine and change mask of blocked signals
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_sigmask(int " how ", const sigset_t *" set \
-", sigset_t *" oldset );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_sigmask ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_sigmask ()
-function is just like
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-with the difference that its use in multithreaded programs
-is explicitly specified by POSIX.1.
-Other differences are noted in this page.
-.P
-For a description of the arguments and operation of this function, see
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_sigmask ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_sigmask ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-A new thread inherits a copy of its creator's signal mask.
-.P
-The glibc
-.BR pthread_sigmask ()
-function silently ignores attempts to block the two real-time signals that
-are used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
-See
-.BR nptl (7)
-for details.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below blocks some signals in the main thread,
-and then creates a dedicated thread to fetch those signals via
-.BR sigwait (3).
-The following shell session demonstrates its use:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out &"
-[1] 5423
-.RB "$" " kill \-QUIT %1"
-Signal handling thread got signal 3
-.RB "$" " kill \-USR1 %1"
-Signal handling thread got signal 10
-.RB "$" " kill \-TERM %1"
-[1]+  Terminated              ./a.out
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_sigmask.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <pthread.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-/* Simple error handling functions */
-\&
-#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
-        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static void *
-sig_thread(void *arg)
-{
-    sigset_t *set = arg;
-    int s, sig;
-\&
-    for (;;) {
-        s = sigwait(set, &sig);
-        if (s != 0)
-            handle_error_en(s, "sigwait");
-        printf("Signal handling thread got signal %d\en", sig);
-    }
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    pthread_t thread;
-    sigset_t set;
-    int s;
-\&
-    /* Block SIGQUIT and SIGUSR1; other threads created by main()
-       will inherit a copy of the signal mask. */
-\&
-    sigemptyset(&set);
-    sigaddset(&set, SIGQUIT);
-    sigaddset(&set, SIGUSR1);
-    s = pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, NULL);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_sigmask");
-\&
-    s = pthread_create(&thread, NULL, &sig_thread, &set);
-    if (s != 0)
-        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
-\&
-    /* Main thread carries on to create other threads and/or do
-       other work. */
-\&
-    pause();            /* Dummy pause so we can test program */
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigpending (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np (3),
-.BR pthread_create (3),
-.BR pthread_kill (3),
-.BR sigsetops (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3 b/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b8a4079ce..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_sigqueue 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_sigqueue \- queue a signal and data to a thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_sigqueue(pthread_t " thread ", int " sig ,
-.BI "                     const union sigval " value );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_sigqueue ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
-function performs a similar task to
-.BR sigqueue (3),
-but, rather than sending a signal to a process,
-it sends a signal to a thread in the same process as the
-calling thread.
-.P
-The
-.I thread
-argument is the ID of a thread in the same process as the caller.
-The
-.I sig
-argument specifies the signal to be sent.
-The
-.I value
-argument specifies data to accompany the signal; see
-.BR sigqueue (3)
-for details.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The limit of signals which may be queued has been reached.
-(See
-.BR signal (7)
-for further information.)
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sig
-was invalid.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
-is not supported on this system.
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-.I thread
-is not valid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The glibc implementation of
-.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
-gives an error
-.RB ( EINVAL )
-on attempts to send either of the real-time signals
-used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
-See
-.BR nptl (7)
-for details.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.11.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rt_tgsigqueueinfo (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
-.BR sigqueue (3),
-.BR sigwait (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_destroy.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f19c34516..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_spin_init.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_init.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a72c89a0..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_spin_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_spin_init, pthread_spin_destroy \- initialize or destroy a spin lock
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_spin_init(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock ", int " pshared ");"
-.BI "int pthread_spin_destroy(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_spin_init (),
-.BR pthread_spin_destroy ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "General note" :
-Most programs should use mutexes
-instead of spin locks.
-Spin locks are primarily useful in conjunction with real-time
-scheduling policies.
-See NOTES.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_spin_init ()
-function allocates any resources required for the use of
-the spin lock referred to by
-.I lock
-and initializes the lock to be in the unlocked state.
-The
-.I pshared
-argument must have one of the following values:
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
-The spin lock is to be operated on only by threads in the same process
-as the thread that calls
-.BR pthread_spin_init ().
-(Attempting to share the spin lock between processes
-results in undefined behavior.)
-.TP
-.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
-The spin lock may be operated on by any thread in any process that
-has access to the memory containing the lock
-(i.e., the lock may be in a shared memory object that is
-shared among multiple processes).
-.P
-Calling
-.BR pthread_spin_init ()
-on a spin lock that has already been initialized results
-in undefined behavior.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_spin_destroy ()
-function destroys a previously initialized spin lock,
-freeing any resources that were allocated for that lock.
-Destroying a spin lock that has not been previously been initialized
-or destroying a spin lock while another thread holds the lock
-results in undefined behavior.
-.P
-Once a spin lock has been destroyed,
-performing any operation on the lock other than
-once more initializing it with
-.BR pthread_spin_init ()
-results in undefined behavior.
-.P
-The result of performing operations such as
-.BR pthread_spin_lock (3),
-.BR pthread_spin_unlock (3),
-and
-.BR pthread_spin_destroy ()
-on
-.I copies
-of the object referred to by
-.I lock
-is undefined.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, there functions return zero.
-On failure, they return an error number.
-In the event that
-.BR pthread_spin_init ()
-fails, the lock is not initialized.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_spin_init ()
-may fail with the following errors:
-.\" These errors don't occur on the glibc implementation
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The system has insufficient resources to initialize
-a new spin lock.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to initialize the spin lock.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Support for process-shared spin locks is a POSIX option.
-The option is supported in the glibc implementation.
-.SH NOTES
-Spin locks should be employed in conjunction with
-real-time scheduling policies
-.RB ( SCHED_FIFO ,
-or possibly
-.BR SCHED_RR ).
-Use of spin locks with nondeterministic scheduling policies such as
-.B SCHED_OTHER
-probably indicates a design mistake.
-The problem is that if a thread operating under such a policy
-is scheduled off the CPU while it holds a spin lock,
-then other threads will waste time spinning on the lock
-until the lock holder is once more rescheduled and releases the lock.
-.P
-If threads create a deadlock situation while employing spin locks,
-those threads will spin forever consuming CPU time.
-.P
-User-space spin locks are
-.I not
-applicable as a general locking solution.
-They are, by definition,
-prone to priority inversion and unbounded spin times.
-A programmer using spin locks must be exceptionally careful not
-only in the code, but also in terms of system configuration,
-thread placement, and priority assignment.
-.\" FIXME . When PTHREAD_MUTEX_ADAPTIVE_NP is one day document
-.\" make reference to it here
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.BR pthread_mutex_init (3),
-.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
-.BR pthread_spin_lock (3),
-.BR pthread_spin_unlock (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bed98a9ec..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_spin_lock 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_spin_lock, pthread_spin_trylock, pthread_spin_unlock \-
-lock and unlock a spin lock
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_spin_lock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
-.BI "int pthread_spin_trylock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
-.BI "int pthread_spin_unlock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR pthread_spin_lock (),
-.BR pthread_spin_trylock ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR pthread_spin_lock ()
-function locks the spin lock referred to by
-.IR lock .
-If the spin lock is currently unlocked,
-the calling thread acquires the lock immediately.
-If the spin lock is currently locked by another thread,
-the calling thread spins, testing the lock until it becomes available,
-at which point the calling thread acquires the lock.
-.P
-Calling
-.BR pthread_spin_lock ()
-on a lock that is already held by the caller
-or a lock that has not been initialized with
-.BR pthread_spin_init (3)
-results in undefined behavior.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_spin_trylock ()
-function is like
-.BR pthread_spin_lock (),
-except that if the spin lock referred to by
-.I lock
-is currently locked,
-then, instead of spinning, the call returns immediately with the error
-.BR EBUSY .
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_spin_unlock ()
-function unlocks the spin lock referred to
-.IR lock .
-If any threads are spinning on the lock,
-one of those threads will then acquire the lock.
-.P
-Calling
-.BR pthread_spin_unlock ()
-on a lock that is not held by the caller results in undefined behavior.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return zero.
-On failure, they return an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR pthread_spin_lock ()
-may fail with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EDEADLOCK
-.\" Not detected in glibc
-The system detected a deadlock condition.
-.P
-.BR pthread_spin_trylock ()
-fails with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EBUSY
-The spin lock is currently locked by another thread.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Applying any of the functions described on this page to
-an uninitialized spin lock results in undefined behavior.
-.P
-Carefully read NOTES in
-.BR pthread_spin_init (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.ad l
-.nh
-.\" FIXME . .BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
-.BR pthread_spin_destroy (3),
-.BR pthread_spin_init (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_trylock.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_trylock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad2969afc..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_trylock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_spin_unlock.3 b/man3/pthread_spin_unlock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad2969afc..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_spin_unlock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_testcancel.3 b/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d05462f3d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_testcancel 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_testcancel \- request delivery of any pending cancelation request
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.B void pthread_testcancel(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Calling
-.BR pthread_testcancel ()
-creates a cancelation point within the calling thread,
-so that a thread that is otherwise executing code that contains
-no cancelation points will respond to a cancelation request.
-.P
-If cancelability is disabled (using
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3)),
-or no cancelation request is pending,
-then a call to
-.BR pthread_testcancel ()
-has no effect.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function does not return a value.
-If the calling thread is canceled as a consequence of a call
-to this function, then the function does not return.
-.SH ERRORS
-This function always succeeds.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_testcancel ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.0.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR pthread_cancel (3),
-.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
-.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_timedjoin_np.3 b/man3/pthread_timedjoin_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a741f46b5..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_timedjoin_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
diff --git a/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3 b/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 61c3f206d..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_tryjoin_np 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_tryjoin_np, pthread_timedjoin_np \- try to join with a
-terminated thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.BI "int pthread_tryjoin_np(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval );
-.BI "int pthread_timedjoin_np(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval ,
-.BI "                         const struct timespec *" abstime );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions operate in the same way as
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-except for the differences described on this page.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_tryjoin_np ()
-function performs a nonblocking join with the thread
-.IR thread ,
-returning the exit status of the thread in
-.IR *retval .
-If
-.I thread
-has not yet terminated, then instead of blocking, as is done by
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-the call returns an error.
-.P
-The
-.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
-function performs a join-with-timeout.
-If
-.I thread
-has not yet terminated,
-then the call blocks until a maximum time, specified in
-.IR abstime ,
-measured against the
-.B CLOCK_REALTIME
-clock.
-If the timeout expires before
-.I thread
-terminates,
-the call returns an error.
-The
-.I abstime
-argument is a
-.BR timespec (3)
-structure,
-specifying an absolute time measured since the Epoch (see
-.BR time (2)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-these functions return 0;
-on error, they return an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-These functions can fail with the same errors as
-.BR pthread_join (3).
-.BR pthread_tryjoin_np ()
-can in addition fail with the following error:
-.TP
-.B EBUSY
-.I thread
-had not yet terminated at the time of the call.
-.P
-.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
-can in addition fail with the following errors:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I abstime
-value is invalid
-.RI ( tv_sec
-is less than 0 or
-.I tv_nsec
-is greater than 1e9).
-.TP
-.B ETIMEDOUT
-The call timed out before
-.I thread
-terminated.
-.P
-.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
-never returns the error
-.BR EINTR .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_tryjoin_np (),
-.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU;
-hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.3.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
-function measures time by internally calculating a relative sleep interval
-that is then measured against the
-.B CLOCK_MONOTONIC
-clock instead of the
-.B CLOCK_REALTIME
-clock.
-Consequently, the timeout is unaffected by discontinuous changes to the
-.B CLOCK_REALTIME
-clock.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following code waits to join for up to 5 seconds:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct timespec ts;
-int s;
-\&
-\&...
-\&
-if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts) == \-1) {
-    /* Handle error */
-}
-\&
-ts.tv_sec += 5;
-\&
-s = pthread_timedjoin_np(thread, NULL, &ts);
-if (s != 0) {
-    /* Handle error */
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clock_gettime (2),
-.BR pthread_exit (3),
-.BR pthread_join (3),
-.BR timespec (3),
-.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man3/pthread_yield.3 b/man3/pthread_yield.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b0a6768d8..000000000
--- a/man3/pthread_yield.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH pthread_yield 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-pthread_yield \- yield the processor
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <pthread.h>
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]] int pthread_yield(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR Note :
-This function is deprecated; see below.
-.P
-.BR pthread_yield ()
-causes the calling thread to relinquish the CPU.
-The thread is placed at the end of the run queue for its static
-priority and another thread is scheduled to run.
-For further details, see
-.BR sched_yield (2)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR pthread_yield ()
-returns 0;
-on error, it returns an error number.
-.SH ERRORS
-On Linux, this call always succeeds
-(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
-handle a possible error return).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR pthread_yield ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux, this function is implemented as a call to
-.BR sched_yield (2).
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.\" BSD, Tru64, AIX, and Irix.
-Deprecated since glibc 2.34.
-Use the standardized
-.BR sched_yield (2)
-instead.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR pthread_yield ()
-is intended for use with real-time scheduling policies (i.e.,
-.B SCHED_FIFO
-or
-.BR SCHED_RR ).
-Use of
-.BR pthread_yield ()
-with nondeterministic scheduling policies such as
-.B SCHED_OTHER
-is unspecified and very likely means your application design is broken.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sched_yield (2),
-.\" FIXME . .BR pthread_cond_wait (3),
-.BR pthreads (7),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/ptsname.3 b/man3/ptsname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49342d0a6..000000000
--- a/man3/ptsname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
-.\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" 2004-12-17, mtk, added description of ptsname_r() + ERRORS
-.\"
-.TH ptsname 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ptsname, ptsname_r \- get the name of the slave pseudoterminal
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *ptsname(int " fd );
-.BI "int ptsname_r(int " fd ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ptsname ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
-    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR ptsname_r ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ptsname ()
-function returns the name of the slave pseudoterminal device
-corresponding to the master referred to by the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-.P
-The
-.BR ptsname_r ()
-function is the reentrant equivalent of
-.BR ptsname ().
-It returns the name of the slave pseudoterminal device as a
-null-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR buf .
-The
-.I buflen
-argument specifies the number of bytes available in
-.IR buf .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR ptsname ()
-returns a pointer to a string in static storage which will be
-overwritten by subsequent calls.
-This pointer must not be freed.
-On failure, NULL is returned.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR ptsname_r ()
-returns 0.
-On failure, an error number is returned to indicate the error.
-.\" In glibc, the error number is not only returned as the return value
-.\" but also stored in errno. But this is not true for musl libc.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( ptsname_r ()
-only)
-.I buf
-is NULL.
-(This error is returned only for
-.\" glibc commit 8f0a947cf55f3b0c4ebdf06953c57eff67a22fa9
-glibc 2.25 and earlier.)
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-.I fd
-does not refer to a pseudoterminal master device.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-.RB ( ptsname_r ()
-only)
-.I buf
-is too small.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ptsname ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ptsname
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ptsname_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-A version of
-.BR ptsname_r ()
-is documented on Tru64 and HP-UX,
-but on those implementations,
-\-1 is returned on error, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-Avoid using this function in portable programs.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR ptsname ():
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-.BR ptsname_r ()
-is a Linux extension, that is proposed for inclusion
-.\" FIXME . for later review when Issue 8 is one day released
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/tag_view_page.php?tag_id=8
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=508
-in the next major revision of POSIX.1 (Issue 8).
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR ptsname ():
-POSIX.1-2001.
-glibc 2.1.
-.P
-.BR ptsname ()
-is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support (see
-.BR pts (4)).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR grantpt (3),
-.BR posix_openpt (3),
-.BR ttyname (3),
-.BR unlockpt (3),
-.BR pts (4),
-.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man3/ptsname_r.3 b/man3/ptsname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a5f98d4e..000000000
--- a/man3/ptsname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ptsname.3
diff --git a/man3/putc.3 b/man3/putc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a7c3b57fc..000000000
--- a/man3/putc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man3/putc_unlocked.3 b/man3/putc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/putc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/putchar.3 b/man3/putchar.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a7c3b57fc..000000000
--- a/man3/putchar.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man3/putchar_unlocked.3 b/man3/putchar_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/putchar_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/putenv.3 b/man3/putenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d0892b420..000000000
--- a/man3/putenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"	Single UNIX Specification, Version 2
-.\" Modified Thu Apr  8 15:00:12 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:44:45 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified Mon Oct 11 11:11:11 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified Wed Nov 10 00:02:26 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified Sun May 20 22:17:20 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH putenv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-putenv \- change or add an environment variable
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int putenv(char *" string );
-.\" Not: const char *
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR putenv ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR putenv ()
-function adds or changes the value of environment
-variables.
-The argument \fIstring\fP is of the form \fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP.
-If \fIname\fP does not already exist in the environment, then
-\fIstring\fP is added to the environment.
-If \fIname\fP does exist,
-then the value of \fIname\fP in the environment is changed to
-\fIvalue\fP.
-The string pointed to by \fIstring\fP becomes part of the environment,
-so altering the string changes the environment.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR putenv ()
-function returns zero on success.
-On failure, it returns a nonzero value, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient space to allocate new environment.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR putenv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr2, 4.3BSD-Reno.
-.P
-The
-.BR putenv ()
-function is not required to be reentrant, and the
-one in glibc 2.0 is not, but the glibc 2.1 version is.
-.\" .P
-.\" Description for libc4, libc5, glibc:
-.\" If the argument \fIstring\fP is of the form \fIname\fP,
-.\" and does not contain an \[aq]=\[aq] character, then the variable \fIname\fP
-.\" is removed from the environment.
-.\" If
-.\" .BR putenv ()
-.\" has to allocate a new array \fIenviron\fP,
-.\" and the previous array was also allocated by
-.\" .BR putenv (),
-.\" then it will be freed.
-.\" In no case will the old storage associated
-.\" to the environment variable itself be freed.
-.P
-Since glibc 2.1.2, the glibc implementation conforms to SUSv2:
-the pointer \fIstring\fP given to
-.BR putenv ()
-is used.
-In particular, this string becomes part of the environment;
-changing it later will change the environment.
-(Thus, it is an error to call
-.BR putenv ()
-with an automatic variable
-as the argument, then return from the calling function while \fIstring\fP
-is still part of the environment.)
-However, from glibc 2.0 to glibc 2.1.1, it differs:
-a copy of the string is used.
-On the one hand this causes a memory leak, and on the other hand
-it violates SUSv2.
-.P
-The 4.3BSD-Reno version, like glibc 2.0, uses a copy;
-this is fixed in all modern BSDs.
-.P
-SUSv2 removes the \fIconst\fP from the prototype, and so does glibc 2.1.3.
-.P
-The GNU C library implementation provides a nonstandard extension.
-If
-.I string
-does not include an equal sign:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-putenv("NAME");
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-then the named variable is removed from the caller's environment.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clearenv (3),
-.BR getenv (3),
-.BR setenv (3),
-.BR unsetenv (3),
-.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man3/putgrent.3 b/man3/putgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df85eca0..000000000
--- a/man3/putgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH putgrent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-putgrent \- write a group database entry to a file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int putgrent(const struct group *restrict " grp \
-", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR putgrent ()
-function is the counterpart for
-.BR fgetgrent (3).
-The function writes the content of the provided
-.I struct group
-into the
-.IR stream .
-The list of group members must be NULL-terminated or NULL-initialized.
-.P
-The
-.I struct group
-is defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct group {
-    char   *gr_name;      /* group name */
-    char   *gr_passwd;    /* group password */
-    gid_t   gr_gid;       /* group ID */
-    char  **gr_mem;       /* group members */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The function returns zero on success, and a nonzero value on error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR putgrent ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetgrent (3),
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man3/putpwent.3 b/man3/putpwent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a84bfce93..000000000
--- a/man3/putpwent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:43:46 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH putpwent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-putpwent \- write a password file entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int putpwent(const struct passwd *restrict " p \
-", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR putpwent ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR putpwent ()
-function writes a password entry from the
-structure \fIp\fP in the file associated with \fIstream\fP.
-.P
-The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct passwd {
-    char    *pw_name;        /* username */
-    char    *pw_passwd;      /* user password */
-    uid_t    pw_uid;         /* user ID */
-    gid_t    pw_gid;         /* group ID */
-    char    *pw_gecos;       /* real name */
-    char    *pw_dir;         /* home directory */
-    char    *pw_shell;       /* shell program */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR putpwent ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-On failure, it returns \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Invalid (NULL) argument given.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR putpwent ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR endpwent (3),
-.BR fgetpwent (3),
-.BR getpw (3),
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getpwnam (3),
-.BR getpwuid (3),
-.BR setpwent (3)
diff --git a/man3/puts.3 b/man3/puts.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19241af90..000000000
--- a/man3/puts.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:42:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH puts 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-fputc, fputs, putc, putchar, puts \- output of characters and strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int fputc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int putc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int putchar(int " c );
-.P
-.BI "int fputs(const char *restrict " s ", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.BI "int puts(const char *" s );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR fputc ()
-writes the character
-.IR c ,
-cast to an
-.IR "unsigned char" ,
-to
-.IR stream .
-.P
-.BR putc ()
-is equivalent to
-.BR fputc ()
-except that it may be implemented as a macro which evaluates
-.I stream
-more than once.
-.P
-.BI "putchar(" c )
-is equivalent to
-.BI "putc(" c ", " stdout ) \fR.
-.P
-.BR fputs ()
-writes the string
-.I s
-to
-.IR stream ,
-without its terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.P
-.BR puts ()
-writes the string
-.I s
-and a trailing newline
-to
-.IR stdout .
-.P
-Calls to the functions described here can be mixed with each other and with
-calls to other output functions from the
-.I stdio
-library for the same output stream.
-.P
-For nonlocking counterparts, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR fputc (),
-.BR putc (),
-and
-.BR putchar ()
-return the character written as an
-.I unsigned char
-cast to an
-.I int
-or
-.B EOF
-on error.
-.P
-.BR puts ()
-and
-.BR fputs ()
-return a nonnegative number on success, or
-.B EOF
-on error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR fputc (),
-.BR fputs (),
-.BR putc (),
-.BR putchar (),
-.BR puts ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99.
-.SH BUGS
-It is not advisable to mix calls to output functions from the
-.I stdio
-library with low-level calls to
-.BR write (2)
-for the file descriptor associated with the same output stream; the results
-will be undefined and very probably not what you want.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR write (2),
-.BR ferror (3),
-.BR fgets (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fputwc (3),
-.BR fputws (3),
-.BR fseek (3),
-.BR fwrite (3),
-.BR putwchar (3),
-.BR scanf (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/putspent.3 b/man3/putspent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/putspent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/pututline.3 b/man3/pututline.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/pututline.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/pututxline.3 b/man3/pututxline.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/pututxline.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/putw.3 b/man3/putw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 750934559..000000000
--- a/man3/putw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getw.3
diff --git a/man3/putwc.3 b/man3/putwc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81826be5d..000000000
--- a/man3/putwc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fputwc.3
diff --git a/man3/putwc_unlocked.3 b/man3/putwc_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/putwc_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/putwchar.3 b/man3/putwchar.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b48fd439..000000000
--- a/man3/putwchar.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
-.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH putwchar 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-putwchar \- write a wide character to standard output
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t putwchar(wchar_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR putwchar ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR putchar (3)
-function.
-It writes the wide character
-.I wc
-to
-.IR stdout .
-If
-.I ferror(stdout)
-becomes true, it returns
-.BR WEOF .
-If a wide character
-conversion error occurs, it sets
-.I errno
-to
-.B EILSEQ
-and returns
-.BR WEOF .
-Otherwise, it returns
-.IR wc .
-.P
-For a nonlocking counterpart, see
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR putwchar ()
-function returns
-.I wc
-if no error occurred, or
-.B WEOF
-to indicate an error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR putwchar ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR putwchar ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-It is reasonable to expect that
-.BR putwchar ()
-will actually write
-the multibyte sequence corresponding to the wide character
-.IR wc .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fputwc (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/putwchar_unlocked.3 b/man3/putwchar_unlocked.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 858bd0849..000000000
--- a/man3/putwchar_unlocked.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man3/pvalloc.3 b/man3/pvalloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 791d4c801..000000000
--- a/man3/pvalloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man3/qecvt.3 b/man3/qecvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dda5eb92a..000000000
--- a/man3/qecvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
-.\"
-.TH qecvt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-qecvt, qfcvt, qgcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *qecvt(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                           int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *qfcvt(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
-.BI "                           int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *qgcvt(long double " number ", int " ndigit ", char *" buf );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR qecvt (),
-.BR qfcvt (),
-.BR qgcvt ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.\" FIXME . The full FTM picture looks to have been something like the
-.\" following mess:
-.\"    glibc 2.20 onward
-.\"        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-.\"    glibc 2.18 to glibc 2.19
-.\"        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.\"    glibc 2.10 to glibc 2.17
-.\"        _SVID_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
-.\"            (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED) &&
-.\"                ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L))
-.\"    Before glibc 2.10:
-.\"        _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
-.\"            (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions
-.BR qecvt (),
-.BR qfcvt (),
-and
-.BR qgcvt ()
-are identical to
-.BR ecvt (3),
-.BR fcvt (3),
-and
-.BR gcvt (3)
-respectively, except that they use a
-.I "long double"
-argument
-.IR number .
-See
-.BR ecvt (3)
-and
-.BR gcvt (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR qecvt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:qecvt
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR qfcvt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:qfcvt
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR qgcvt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, SunOS, GNU.
-.\" Not supported by libc4 and libc5.
-.P
-These functions are obsolete.
-Instead,
-.BR snprintf (3)
-is recommended.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ecvt (3),
-.BR ecvt_r (3),
-.BR gcvt (3),
-.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man3/qecvt_r.3 b/man3/qecvt_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 41ce9ee8a..000000000
--- a/man3/qecvt_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ecvt_r.3
diff --git a/man3/qfcvt.3 b/man3/qfcvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e583109e..000000000
--- a/man3/qfcvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/qecvt.3
diff --git a/man3/qfcvt_r.3 b/man3/qfcvt_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 41ce9ee8a..000000000
--- a/man3/qfcvt_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ecvt_r.3
diff --git a/man3/qgcvt.3 b/man3/qgcvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e583109e..000000000
--- a/man3/qgcvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/qecvt.3
diff --git a/man3/qsort.3 b/man3/qsort.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 16e8b1b65..000000000
--- a/man3/qsort.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" 2006-01-15, mtk, Added example program.
-.\" Modified 2012-03-08, Mark R. Bannister <cambridge@users.sourceforge.net>
-.\"                  and Ben Bacarisse <software@bsb.me.uk>
-.\"     Document qsort_r()
-.\"
-.TH qsort 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-qsort, qsort_r \- sort an array
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "void qsort(void " base [. size " * ." nmemb "], size_t " nmemb ", \
-size_t " size ,
-.BI "           int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
-const void [." size ]));
-.BI "void qsort_r(void " base [. size " * ." nmemb "], size_t " nmemb ", \
-size_t " size ,
-.BI "           int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
-const void [." size "], void *),"
-.BI "           void *" arg ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR qsort_r ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR qsort ()
-function sorts an array with \fInmemb\fP elements of
-size \fIsize\fP.
-The \fIbase\fP argument points to the start of the
-array.
-.P
-The contents of the array are sorted in ascending order according to a
-comparison function pointed to by \fIcompar\fP, which is called with two
-arguments that point to the objects being compared.
-.P
-The comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or
-greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively
-less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
-If two members compare as equal,
-their order in the sorted array is undefined.
-.P
-The
-.BR qsort_r ()
-function is identical to
-.BR qsort ()
-except that the comparison function
-.I compar
-takes a third argument.
-A pointer is passed to the comparison function via
-.IR arg .
-In this way, the comparison function does not need to use global variables to
-pass through arbitrary arguments, and is therefore reentrant and safe to
-use in threads.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR qsort ()
-and
-.BR qsort_r ()
-functions return no value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR qsort (),
-.BR qsort_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR qsort ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR qsort ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR qsort_r ()
-glibc 2.8.
-.SH NOTES
-To compare C strings, the comparison function can call
-.BR strcmp (3),
-as shown in the example below.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-For one example of use, see the example under
-.BR bsearch (3).
-.P
-Another example is the following program,
-which sorts the strings given in its command-line arguments:
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (qsort.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-static int
-cmpstringp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
-{
-    /* The actual arguments to this function are "pointers to
-       pointers to char", but strcmp(3) arguments are "pointers
-       to char", hence the following cast plus dereference. */
-\&
-    return strcmp(*(const char **) p1, *(const char **) p2);
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <string>...\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    qsort(&argv[1], argc \- 1, sizeof(char *), cmpstringp);
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 1; j < argc; j++)
-        puts(argv[j]);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sort (1),
-.BR alphasort (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR versionsort (3)
diff --git a/man3/qsort_r.3 b/man3/qsort_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d073335b4..000000000
--- a/man3/qsort_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/qsort.3
diff --git a/man3/queue.3 b/man3/queue.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 000e4b150..000000000
--- a/man3/queue.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man7/queue.7
diff --git a/man3/raise.3 b/man3/raise.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b412e52bd..000000000
--- a/man3/raise.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:40:56 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995 by Mike Battersby (mib@deakin.edu.au)
-.\"
-.TH raise 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-raise \- send a signal to the caller
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int raise(int " sig );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR raise ()
-function sends a signal to the calling process or thread.
-In a single-threaded program it is equivalent to
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-kill(getpid(), sig);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-In a multithreaded program it is equivalent to
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-pthread_kill(pthread_self(), sig);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-If the signal causes a handler to be called,
-.BR raise ()
-will return only after the signal handler has returned.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR raise ()
-returns 0 on success, and nonzero for failure.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR raise ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.P
-Since glibc 2.3.3,
-.BR raise ()
-is implemented by calling
-.BR tgkill (2),
-.\" 2.3.2 used the obsolete tkill(), if available.
-if the kernel supports that system call.
-Older glibc versions implemented
-.BR raise ()
-using
-.BR kill (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getpid (2),
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR pthread_kill (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/rand.3 b/man3/rand.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f63ee9a1..000000000
--- a/man3/rand.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified 1993-04-28, Lars Wirzenius
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1995-05-18, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) to add
-.\"          better discussion of problems with rand on other systems.
-.\"          (Thanks to Esa Hyyti{ (ehyytia@snakemail.hut.fi).)
-.\" Modified 1998-04-10, Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\"          with contribution from Francesco Potorti <F.Potorti@cnuce.cnr.it>
-.\" Modified 2003-11-15, aeb, added rand_r
-.\" 2010-09-13, mtk, added example program
-.\"
-.TH rand 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rand, rand_r, srand \- pseudo-random number generator
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B int rand(void);
-.BI "void srand(unsigned int " seed );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int rand_r(unsigned int *" seedp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR rand_r ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
-    glibc 2.23 and earlier
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR rand ()
-function returns a pseudo-random integer in the range 0 to
-.B RAND_MAX
-inclusive (i.e., the mathematical range [0,\ \fBRAND_MAX\fR]).
-.P
-The
-.BR srand ()
-function sets its argument as the seed for a new
-sequence of pseudo-random integers to be returned by
-.BR rand ().
-These sequences are repeatable by calling
-.BR srand ()
-with the same seed value.
-.P
-If no seed value is provided, the
-.BR rand ()
-function is automatically seeded with a value of 1.
-.P
-The function
-.BR rand ()
-is not reentrant, since it
-uses hidden state that is modified on each call.
-This might just be the seed value to be used by the next call,
-or it might be something more elaborate.
-In order to get reproducible behavior in a threaded
-application, this state must be made explicit;
-this can be done using the reentrant function
-.BR rand_r ().
-.P
-Like
-.BR rand (),
-.BR rand_r ()
-returns a pseudo-random integer in the range [0,\ \fBRAND_MAX\fR].
-The
-.I seedp
-argument is a pointer to an
-.I unsigned int
-that is used to store state between calls.
-If
-.BR rand_r ()
-is called with the same initial value for the integer pointed to by
-.IR seedp ,
-and that value is not modified between calls,
-then the same pseudo-random sequence will result.
-.P
-The value pointed to by the
-.I seedp
-argument of
-.BR rand_r ()
-provides only a very small amount of state,
-so this function will be a weak pseudo-random generator.
-Try
-.BR drand48_r (3)
-instead.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR rand ()
-and
-.BR rand_r ()
-functions return a value between 0 and
-.B RAND_MAX
-(inclusive).
-The
-.BR srand ()
-function returns no value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rand (),
-.BR rand_r (),
-.BR srand ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The versions of
-.BR rand ()
-and
-.BR srand ()
-in the Linux C Library use the same random number generator as
-.BR random (3)
-and
-.BR srandom (3),
-so the lower-order bits should be as random as the higher-order bits.
-However, on older
-.BR rand ()
-implementations, and on current implementations on different systems,
-the lower-order bits are much less random than the higher-order bits.
-Do not use this function in applications intended to be portable
-when good randomness is needed.
-(Use
-.BR random (3)
-instead.)
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR rand ()
-.TQ
-.BR srand ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR rand_r ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR rand ()
-.TQ
-.BR srand ()
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR rand_r ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-POSIX.1-2001 gives the following example of an implementation of
-.BR rand ()
-and
-.BR srand (),
-possibly useful when one needs the same sequence on two different machines.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-static unsigned long next = 1;
-\&
-/* RAND_MAX assumed to be 32767 */
-int myrand(void) {
-    next = next * 1103515245 + 12345;
-    return((unsigned)(next/65536) % 32768);
-}
-\&
-void mysrand(unsigned int seed) {
-    next = seed;
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The following program can be used to display the
-pseudo-random sequence produced by
-.BR rand ()
-when given a particular seed.
-When the seed is
-.IR \-1 ,
-the program uses a random seed.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.\" SRC BEGIN (rand.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int           r;
-    unsigned int  seed, nloops;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <seed> <nloops>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    seed = atoi(argv[1]);
-    nloops = atoi(argv[2]);
-\&
-    if (seed == \-1) {
-        seed = arc4random();
-        printf("seed: %u\en", seed);
-    }
-\&
-    srand(seed);
-    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < nloops; j++) {
-        r =  rand();
-        printf("%d\en", r);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR drand48 (3),
-.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man3/rand_r.3 b/man3/rand_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b007c2fc2..000000000
--- a/man3/rand_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rand.3
diff --git a/man3/random.3 b/man3/random.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c6dc573dd..000000000
--- a/man3/random.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Mar 28 00:25:51 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:13:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sun Aug 20 21:47:07 2000, aeb
-.\"
-.TH random 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-random, srandom, initstate, setstate \- random number generator
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.B long random(void);
-.BI "void srandom(unsigned int " seed );
-.P
-.BI "char *initstate(unsigned int " seed ", char " state [. n "], size_t " n );
-.BI "char *setstate(char *" state );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR random (),
-.BR srandom (),
-.BR initstate (),
-.BR setstate ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR random ()
-function uses a nonlinear additive feedback random
-number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to
-return successive pseudo-random numbers in
-the range from 0 to 2\[ha]31\ \-\ 1.
-The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately
-.IR "16\ *\ ((2\[ha]31)\ \-\ 1)" .
-.P
-The
-.BR srandom ()
-function sets its argument as the seed for a new
-sequence of pseudo-random integers to be returned by
-.BR random ().
-These sequences are repeatable by calling
-.BR srandom ()
-with the same
-seed value.
-If no seed value is provided, the
-.BR random ()
-function
-is automatically seeded with a value of 1.
-.P
-The
-.BR initstate ()
-function allows a state array \fIstate\fP to
-be initialized for use by
-.BR random ().
-The size of the state array
-\fIn\fP is used by
-.BR initstate ()
-to decide how sophisticated a
-random number generator it should use\[em]the larger the state array,
-the better the random numbers will be.
-Current "optimal" values for the size of the state array \fIn\fP are
-8, 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes; other amounts will be rounded down to
-the nearest known amount.
-Using less than 8 bytes results in an error.
-\fIseed\fP is the seed for the
-initialization, which specifies a starting point for the random number
-sequence, and provides for restarting at the same point.
-.P
-The
-.BR setstate ()
-function changes the state array used by the
-.BR random ()
-function.
-The state array \fIstate\fP is used for
-random number generation until the next call to
-.BR initstate ()
-or
-.BR setstate ().
-\fIstate\fP must first have been initialized
-using
-.BR initstate ()
-or be the result of a previous call of
-.BR setstate ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR random ()
-function returns a value between 0 and
-.IR "(2\[ha]31)\ \-\ 1" .
-The
-.BR srandom ()
-function returns no value.
-.P
-The
-.BR initstate ()
-function returns a pointer to the previous state array.
-On failure, it returns NULL, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR setstate ()
-returns a pointer to the previous state array.
-On failure, it returns NULL, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I state
-argument given to
-.BR setstate ()
-was NULL.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-A state array of less than 8 bytes was specified to
-.BR initstate ().
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR random (),
-.BR srandom (),
-.BR initstate (),
-.BR setstate ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-Random-number generation is a complex topic.
-.I Numerical Recipes in C: The Art of Scientific Computing
-(William H.\& Press, Brian P.\& Flannery, Saul A.\& Teukolsky,
-William T.\& Vetterling; New York: Cambridge University Press, 2007, 3rd ed.)
-provides an excellent discussion of practical random-number generation
-issues in Chapter 7 (Random Numbers).
-.P
-For a more theoretical discussion which also covers many practical issues
-in depth, see Chapter 3 (Random Numbers) in Donald E.\& Knuth's
-.IR "The Art of Computer Programming" ,
-volume 2 (Seminumerical Algorithms), 2nd ed.; Reading, Massachusetts:
-Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1981.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The
-.BR random ()
-function should not be used in multithreaded programs
-where reproducible behavior is required.
-Use
-.BR random_r (3)
-for that purpose.
-.SH BUGS
-According to POSIX,
-.BR initstate ()
-should return NULL on error.
-In the glibc implementation,
-.I errno
-is (as specified) set on error, but the function does not return NULL.
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15380
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getrandom (2),
-.BR drand48 (3),
-.BR rand (3),
-.BR random_r (3),
-.BR srand (3)
diff --git a/man3/random_r.3 b/man3/random_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dbba5c84..000000000
--- a/man3/random_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\"
-.TH random_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-random_r, srandom_r, initstate_r, setstate_r \- reentrant
-random number generator
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int random_r(struct random_data *restrict " buf ,
-.BI "             int32_t *restrict " result );
-.BI "int srandom_r(unsigned int " seed ", struct random_data *" buf );
-.P
-.BI "int initstate_r(unsigned int " seed ", \
-char " statebuf "[restrict ." statelen ],
-.BI "             size_t " statelen ", struct random_data *restrict " buf );
-.BI "int setstate_r(char *restrict " statebuf ,
-.BI "             struct random_data *restrict " buf );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR random_r (),
-.BR srandom_r (),
-.BR initstate_r (),
-.BR setstate_r ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are the reentrant equivalents
-of the functions described in
-.BR random (3).
-They are suitable for use in multithreaded programs where each thread
-needs to obtain an independent, reproducible sequence of random numbers.
-.P
-The
-.BR random_r ()
-function is like
-.BR random (3),
-except that instead of using state information maintained
-in a global variable,
-it uses the state information in the argument pointed to by
-.IR buf ,
-which must have been previously initialized by
-.BR initstate_r ().
-The generated random number is returned in the argument
-.IR result .
-.P
-The
-.BR srandom_r ()
-function is like
-.BR srandom (3),
-except that it initializes the seed for the random number generator
-whose state is maintained in the object pointed to by
-.IR buf ,
-which must have been previously initialized by
-.BR initstate_r (),
-instead of the seed associated with the global state variable.
-.P
-The
-.BR initstate_r ()
-function is like
-.BR initstate (3)
-except that it initializes the state in the object pointed to by
-.IR buf ,
-rather than initializing the global state variable.
-Before calling this function, the
-.I buf.state
-field must be initialized to NULL.
-The
-.BR initstate_r ()
-function records a pointer to the
-.I statebuf
-argument inside the structure pointed to by
-.IR buf .
-Thus,
-.I statebuf
-should not be deallocated so long as
-.I buf
-is still in use.
-(So,
-.I statebuf
-should typically be allocated as a static variable,
-or allocated on the heap using
-.BR malloc (3)
-or similar.)
-.P
-The
-.BR setstate_r ()
-function is like
-.BR setstate (3)
-except that it modifies the state in the object pointed to by
-.IR buf ,
-rather than modifying the global state variable.
-\fIstate\fP must first have been initialized
-using
-.BR initstate_r ()
-or be the result of a previous call of
-.BR setstate_r ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-All of these functions return 0 on success.
-On error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-A state array of less than 8 bytes was specified to
-.BR initstate_r ().
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I statebuf
-or
-.I buf
-argument to
-.BR setstate_r ()
-was NULL.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I buf
-or
-.I result
-argument to
-.BR random_r ()
-was NULL.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR random_r (),
-.BR srandom_r (),
-.BR initstate_r (),
-.BR setstate_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:buf
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.\" These functions appear to be on Tru64, but don't seem to be on
-.\" Solaris, HP-UX, or FreeBSD.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR initstate_r ()
-interface is confusing.
-.\" FIXME . https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=3662
-It appears that the
-.I random_data
-type is intended to be opaque,
-but the implementation requires the user to either initialize the
-.I buf.state
-field to NULL or zero out the entire structure before the call.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR drand48 (3),
-.BR rand (3),
-.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man3/rawmemchr.3 b/man3/rawmemchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b62c8f10a..000000000
--- a/man3/rawmemchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/memchr.3
diff --git a/man3/rcmd.3 b/man3/rcmd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d200d429..000000000
--- a/man3/rcmd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"	$NetBSD: rcmd.3,v 1.9 1996/05/28 02:07:39 mrg Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)rcmd.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
-.\"
-.\" Contributed as Linux man page by David A. Holland, 970908
-.\" I have not checked whether the Linux situation is exactly the same.
-.\"
-.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
-.\"
-.TH rcmd 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rcmd, rresvport, iruserok, ruserok, rcmd_af,
-rresvport_af, iruserok_af, ruserok_af \- routines for returning a
-stream to a remote command
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#include <netdb.h>    " "/* Or <unistd.h> on some systems */"
-.P
-.BI "int rcmd(char **restrict " ahost ", unsigned short " inport ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " locuser ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " remuser ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p );
-.P
-.BI "int rresvport(int *" port );
-.P
-.BI "int iruserok(uint32_t " raddr ", int " superuser ,
-.BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser );
-.BI "int ruserok(const char *" rhost ", int " superuser ,
-.BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser );
-.P
-.BI "int rcmd_af(char **restrict " ahost ", unsigned short " inport ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " locuser ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " remuser ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p ,
-.BI "            sa_family_t " af );
-.P
-.BI "int rresvport_af(int *" port ", sa_family_t " af );
-.P
-.BI "int iruserok_af(const void *restrict " raddr ", int " superuser ,
-.BI "            const char *restrict " ruser ", const char *restrict " luser ,
-.BI "            sa_family_t " af );
-.BI "int ruserok_af(const char *" rhost ", int " superuser ,
-.BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser ,
-.BI "            sa_family_t " af );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.ad l
-.P
-.BR rcmd (),
-.BR rcmd_af (),
-.BR rresvport (),
-.BR rresvport_af (),
-.BR iruserok (),
-.BR iruserok_af (),
-.BR ruserok (),
-.BR ruserok_af ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.ad
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR rcmd ()
-function is used by the superuser to execute a command on
-a remote machine using an authentication scheme based
-on privileged port numbers.
-The
-.BR rresvport ()
-function
-returns a file descriptor to a socket
-with an address in the privileged port space.
-The
-.BR iruserok ()
-and
-.BR ruserok ()
-functions are used by servers
-to authenticate clients requesting service with
-.BR rcmd ().
-All four functions are used by the
-.BR rshd (8)
-server (among others).
-.SS rcmd()
-The
-.BR rcmd ()
-function
-looks up the host
-.I *ahost
-using
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-returning \-1 if the host does not exist.
-Otherwise,
-.I *ahost
-is set to the standard name of the host
-and a connection is established to a server
-residing at the well-known Internet port
-.IR inport .
-.P
-If the connection succeeds,
-a socket in the Internet domain of type
-.B SOCK_STREAM
-is returned to the caller, and given to the remote
-command as
-.I stdin
-and
-.IR stdout .
-If
-.I fd2p
-is nonzero, then an auxiliary channel to a control
-process will be set up, and a file descriptor for it will be placed
-in
-.IR *fd2p .
-The control process will return diagnostic
-output from the command (unit 2) on this channel, and will also
-accept bytes on this channel as being UNIX signal numbers, to be
-forwarded to the process group of the command.
-If
-.I fd2p
-is 0, then the
-.I stderr
-(unit 2 of the remote
-command) will be made the same as the
-.I stdout
-and no
-provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
-although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data.
-.P
-The protocol is described in detail in
-.BR rshd (8).
-.SS rresvport()
-The
-.BR rresvport ()
-function is used to obtain a socket with a privileged
-port bound to it.
-This socket is suitable for use by
-.BR rcmd ()
-and several other functions.
-Privileged ports are those in the range 0 to 1023.
-Only a privileged process
-(on Linux, a process that has the
-.B CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE
-capability in the user namespace governing its network namespace)
-is allowed to bind to a privileged port.
-In the glibc implementation,
-this function restricts its search to the ports from 512 to 1023.
-The
-.I port
-argument is value-result:
-the value it supplies to the call is used as the starting point
-for a circular search of the port range;
-on (successful) return, it contains the port number that was bound to.
-.\"
-.SS iruserok() and ruserok()
-The
-.BR iruserok ()
-and
-.BR ruserok ()
-functions take a remote host's IP address or name, respectively,
-two usernames and a flag indicating whether the local user's
-name is that of the superuser.
-Then, if the user is
-.I not
-the superuser, it checks the
-.I /etc/hosts.equiv
-file.
-If that lookup is not done, or is unsuccessful, the
-.I .rhosts
-in the local user's home directory is checked to see if the request for
-service is allowed.
-.P
-If this file does not exist, is not a regular file, is owned by anyone
-other than the user or the superuser, is writable by anyone other
-than the owner, or is hardlinked anywhere, the check automatically fails.
-Zero is returned if the machine name is listed in the
-.I hosts.equiv
-file, or the host and remote username are found in the
-.I .rhosts
-file; otherwise
-.BR iruserok ()
-and
-.BR ruserok ()
-return \-1.
-If the local domain (as obtained from
-.BR gethostname (2))
-is the same as the remote domain, only the machine name need be specified.
-.P
-If the IP address of the remote host is known,
-.BR iruserok ()
-should be used in preference to
-.BR ruserok (),
-as it does not require trusting the DNS server for the remote host's domain.
-.SS *_af() variants
-All of the functions described above work with IPv4
-.RB ( AF_INET )
-sockets.
-The "_af" variants take an extra argument that allows the
-socket address family to be specified.
-For these functions, the
-.I af
-argument can be specified as
-.B AF_INET
-or
-.BR AF_INET6 .
-In addition,
-.BR rcmd_af ()
-supports the use of
-.BR AF_UNSPEC .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR rcmd ()
-function
-returns a valid socket descriptor on success.
-It returns \-1 on error and prints a diagnostic message on the standard error.
-.P
-The
-.BR rresvport ()
-function
-returns a valid, bound socket descriptor on success.
-On failure, it returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-The error code
-.B EAGAIN
-is overloaded to mean: "All network ports in use".
-.P
-For information on the return from
-.BR ruserok ()
-and
-.BR iruserok (),
-see above.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rcmd (),
-.BR rcmd_af ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rresvport (),
-.BR rresvport_af ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR iruserok (),
-.BR ruserok (),
-.BR iruserok_af (),
-.BR ruserok_af ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR iruserok_af ()
-.TQ
-.BR rcmd_af ()
-.TQ
-.BR rresvport_af ()
-.TQ
-.BR ruserok_af ()
-glibc 2.2.
-.P
-Solaris, 4.2BSD.
-The "_af" variants are more recent additions,
-and are not present on as wide a range of systems.
-.SH BUGS
-.BR iruserok ()
-and
-.BR iruserok_af ()
-are declared in glibc headers only since glibc 2.12.
-.\" Bug filed 25 Nov 2007:
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=5399
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rlogin (1),
-.BR rsh (1),
-.BR rexec (3),
-.BR rexecd (8),
-.BR rlogind (8),
-.BR rshd (8)
diff --git a/man3/rcmd_af.3 b/man3/rcmd_af.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/rcmd_af.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/re_comp.3 b/man3/re_comp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 51dd17821..000000000
--- a/man3/re_comp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C), 1995, Graeme W. Wilford. (Wilf.)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Wed Jun 14 16:10:28 BST 1995 Wilf. (G.Wilford@@ee.surrey.ac.uk)
-.\"
-.TH re_comp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-re_comp, re_exec \- BSD regex functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #define _REGEX_RE_COMP
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <regex.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *re_comp(const char *" regex );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int re_exec(const char *" string );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR re_comp ()
-is used to compile the null-terminated regular expression pointed to by
-.IR regex .
-The compiled pattern occupies a static area, the pattern buffer,
-which is overwritten by subsequent use of
-.BR re_comp ().
-If
-.I regex
-is NULL,
-no operation is performed and the pattern buffer's contents are not
-altered.
-.P
-.BR re_exec ()
-is used to assess whether the null-terminated string pointed to by
-.I string
-matches the previously compiled
-.IR regex .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR re_comp ()
-returns NULL on successful compilation of
-.I regex
-otherwise it returns a pointer to an appropriate error message.
-.P
-.BR re_exec ()
-returns 1 for a successful match, zero for failure.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR re_comp (),
-.BR re_exec ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD.
-.P
-These functions are obsolete; the functions documented in
-.BR regcomp (3)
-should be used instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR regcomp (3),
-.BR regex (7),
-GNU regex manual
diff --git a/man3/re_exec.3 b/man3/re_exec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 36aba3917..000000000
--- a/man3/re_exec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/re_comp.3
diff --git a/man3/readdir.3 b/man3/readdir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 731e25c85..000000000
--- a/man3/readdir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2008, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 16:09:49 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 22 July 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" 2007-07-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>, mtk:
-.\"     Rework discussion of nonstandard structure fields.
-.\"
-.TH readdir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-readdir \- read a directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "struct dirent *readdir(DIR *" dirp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR readdir ()
-function returns a pointer to a \fIdirent\fP structure
-representing the next directory entry in the directory stream pointed
-to by \fIdirp\fP.
-It returns NULL on reaching the end of the directory stream or if
-an error occurred.
-.P
-In the glibc implementation, the
-.I dirent
-structure is defined as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct dirent {
-    ino_t          d_ino;       /* Inode number */
-    off_t          d_off;       /* Not an offset; see below */
-    unsigned short d_reclen;    /* Length of this record */
-    unsigned char  d_type;      /* Type of file; not supported
-                                   by all filesystem types */
-    char           d_name[256]; /* Null\-terminated filename */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The only fields in the
-.I dirent
-structure that are mandated by POSIX.1 are
-.I d_name
-and
-.IR d_ino .
-The other fields are unstandardized, and not present on all systems;
-see NOTES below for some further details.
-.P
-The fields of the
-.I dirent
-structure are as follows:
-.TP
-.I d_ino
-This is the inode number of the file.
-.TP
-.I d_off
-The value returned in
-.I d_off
-is the same as would be returned by calling
-.BR telldir (3)
-at the current position in the directory stream.
-Be aware that despite its type and name, the
-.I d_off
-field is seldom any kind of directory offset on modern filesystems.
-.\" https://lwn.net/Articles/544298/
-Applications should treat this field as an opaque value,
-making no assumptions about its contents; see also
-.BR telldir (3).
-.TP
-.I d_reclen
-This is the size (in bytes) of the returned record.
-This may not match the size of the structure definition shown above;
-see NOTES.
-.TP
-.I d_type
-This field contains a value indicating the file type,
-making it possible to avoid the expense of calling
-.BR lstat (2)
-if further actions depend on the type of the file.
-.IP
-When a suitable feature test macro is defined
-.RB ( _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-since glibc 2.19, or
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-on glibc 2.19 and earlier),
-glibc defines the following macro constants for the value returned in
-.IR d_type :
-.RS
-.TP 12
-.B DT_BLK
-This is a block device.
-.TP
-.B DT_CHR
-This is a character device.
-.TP
-.B DT_DIR
-This is a directory.
-.TP
-.B DT_FIFO
-This is a named pipe (FIFO).
-.TP
-.B DT_LNK
-This is a symbolic link.
-.TP
-.B DT_REG
-This is a regular file.
-.TP
-.B DT_SOCK
-This is a UNIX domain socket.
-.TP
-.B DT_UNKNOWN
-The file type could not be determined.
-.RE
-.IP
-Currently,
-.\" kernel 2.6.27
-.\" The same sentence is in getdents.2
-only some filesystems (among them: Btrfs, ext2, ext3, and ext4)
-have full support for returning the file type in
-.IR d_type .
-All applications must properly handle a return of
-.BR DT_UNKNOWN .
-.TP
-.I d_name
-This field contains the null terminated filename.
-.IR "See NOTES" .
-.P
-The data returned by
-.BR readdir ()
-may be overwritten by subsequent calls to
-.BR readdir ()
-for the same directory stream.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR readdir ()
-returns a pointer to a
-.I dirent
-structure.
-(This structure may be statically allocated; do not attempt to
-.BR free (3)
-it.)
-.P
-If the end of the directory stream is reached, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is not changed.
-If an error occurs, NULL is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-To distinguish end of stream from an error, set
-.I errno
-to zero before calling
-.BR readdir ()
-and then check the value of
-.I errno
-if NULL is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-Invalid directory stream descriptor \fIdirp\fP.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR readdir ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:dirstream
-.TE
-.P
-In the current POSIX.1 specification (POSIX.1-2008),
-.BR readdir ()
-is not required to be thread-safe.
-However, in modern implementations (including the glibc implementation),
-concurrent calls to
-.BR readdir ()
-that specify different directory streams are thread-safe.
-In cases where multiple threads must read from the same directory stream,
-using
-.BR readdir ()
-with external synchronization is still preferable to the use of the deprecated
-.BR readdir_r (3)
-function.
-It is expected that a future version of POSIX.1
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" http://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=696
-will require that
-.BR readdir ()
-be thread-safe when concurrently employed on different directory streams.
-.SH VERSIONS
-Only the fields
-.I d_name
-and (as an XSI extension)
-.I d_ino
-are specified in POSIX.1.
-.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
-Other than Linux, the
-.I d_type
-field is available mainly only on BSD systems.
-The remaining fields are available on many, but not all systems.
-Under glibc,
-programs can check for the availability of the fields not defined
-in POSIX.1 by testing whether the macros
-.BR _DIRENT_HAVE_D_NAMLEN ,
-.BR _DIRENT_HAVE_D_RECLEN ,
-.BR _DIRENT_HAVE_D_OFF ,
-or
-.B _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE
-are defined.
-.\"
-.SS The d_name field
-The
-.I dirent
-structure definition shown above is taken from the glibc headers,
-and shows the
-.I d_name
-field with a fixed size.
-.P
-.IR Warning :
-applications should avoid any dependence on the size of the
-.I d_name
-field.
-POSIX defines it as
-.IR "char\ d_name[]",
-a character array of unspecified size, with at most
-.B NAME_MAX
-characters preceding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.P
-POSIX.1 explicitly notes that this field should not be used as an lvalue.
-The standard also notes that the use of
-.I sizeof(d_name)
-is incorrect; use
-.I strlen(d_name)
-instead.
-(On some systems, this field is defined as
-.IR char\~d_name[1] !)
-By implication, the use
-.I sizeof(struct dirent)
-to capture the size of the record including the size of
-.I d_name
-is also incorrect.
-.P
-Note that while the call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-fpathconf(fd, _PC_NAME_MAX)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-returns the value 255 for most filesystems,
-on some filesystems (e.g., CIFS, Windows SMB servers),
-the null-terminated filename that is (correctly) returned in
-.I d_name
-can actually exceed this size.
-In such cases, the
-.I d_reclen
-field will contain a value that exceeds the size of the glibc
-.I dirent
-structure shown above.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-A directory stream is opened using
-.BR opendir (3).
-.P
-The order in which filenames are read by successive calls to
-.BR readdir ()
-depends on the filesystem implementation;
-it is unlikely that the names will be sorted in any fashion.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getdents (2),
-.BR read (2),
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR dirfd (3),
-.BR ftw (3),
-.BR offsetof (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir_r (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/readdir_r.3 b/man3/readdir_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 099591f41..000000000
--- a/man3/readdir_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2008, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2016 Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH readdir_r 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-readdir_r \- read a directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int readdir_r(DIR *restrict " dirp ,
-.BI "                             struct dirent *restrict " entry ,
-.BI "                             struct dirent **restrict " result );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR readdir_r ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function is deprecated; use
-.BR readdir (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.BR readdir_r ()
-function was invented as a reentrant version of
-.BR readdir (3).
-It reads the next directory entry from the directory stream
-.IR dirp ,
-and returns it in the caller-allocated buffer pointed to by
-.IR entry .
-For details of the
-.I dirent
-structure, see
-.BR readdir (3).
-.P
-A pointer to the returned buffer is placed in
-.IR *result ;
-if the end of the directory stream was encountered,
-then NULL is instead returned in
-.IR *result .
-.P
-It is recommended that applications use
-.BR readdir (3)
-instead of
-.BR readdir_r ().
-Furthermore, since glibc 2.24, glibc deprecates
-.BR readdir_r ().
-The reasons are as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-On systems where
-.B NAME_MAX
-is undefined, calling
-.BR readdir_r ()
-may be unsafe because the interface does not allow the caller to specify
-the length of the buffer used for the returned directory entry.
-.IP \[bu]
-On some systems,
-.BR readdir_r ()
-can't read directory entries with very long names.
-When the glibc implementation encounters such a name,
-.BR readdir_r ()
-fails with the error
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.IR "after the final directory entry has been read" .
-On some other systems,
-.BR readdir_r ()
-may return a success status, but the returned
-.I d_name
-field may not be null terminated or may be truncated.
-.IP \[bu]
-In the current POSIX.1 specification (POSIX.1-2008),
-.BR readdir (3)
-is not required to be thread-safe.
-However, in modern implementations (including the glibc implementation),
-concurrent calls to
-.BR readdir (3)
-that specify different directory streams are thread-safe.
-Therefore, the use of
-.BR readdir_r ()
-is generally unnecessary in multithreaded programs.
-In cases where multiple threads must read from the same directory stream,
-using
-.BR readdir (3)
-with external synchronization is still preferable to the use of
-.BR readdir_r (),
-for the reasons given in the points above.
-.IP \[bu]
-It is expected that a future version of POSIX.1
-.\" FIXME .
-.\" http://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=696
-will make
-.BR readdir_r ()
-obsolete, and require that
-.BR readdir (3)
-be thread-safe when concurrently employed on different directory streams.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR readdir_r ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-On error, it returns a positive error number (listed under ERRORS).
-If the end of the directory stream is reached,
-.BR readdir_r ()
-returns 0, and returns NULL in
-.IR *result .
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-Invalid directory stream descriptor \fIdirp\fP.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-A directory entry whose name was too long to be read was encountered.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR readdir_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR readdir (3)
diff --git a/man3/realloc.3 b/man3/realloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4b9d4455..000000000
--- a/man3/realloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man3/reallocarray.3 b/man3/reallocarray.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4b9d4455..000000000
--- a/man3/reallocarray.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man3/realpath.3 b/man3/realpath.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 512807217..000000000
--- a/man3/realpath.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Rewritten old page, 990824, aeb@cwi.nl
-.\" 2004-12-14, mtk, added discussion of resolved_path == NULL
-.\"
-.TH realpath 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-realpath \- return the canonicalized absolute pathname
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <limits.h>
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *realpath(const char *restrict " path ,
-.BI "               char *restrict " resolved_path );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR realpath ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR realpath ()
-expands all symbolic links and resolves references
-to
-.IR "/./" ", " "/../"
-and extra \[aq]/\[aq]
-characters in the null-terminated string named by
-.I path
-to produce a canonicalized absolute pathname.
-The resulting pathname is stored as a null-terminated string,
-up to a maximum of
-.B PATH_MAX
-bytes,
-in the buffer pointed to by
-.IR resolved_path .
-The resulting path will have no symbolic link,
-.I "/./"
-or
-.I "/../"
-components.
-.P
-If
-.I resolved_path
-is specified as NULL, then
-.BR realpath ()
-uses
-.BR malloc (3)
-to allocate a buffer of up to
-.B PATH_MAX
-bytes to hold the resolved pathname,
-and returns a pointer to this buffer.
-The caller should deallocate this buffer using
-.BR free (3).
-.\" Even if we use resolved_path == NULL, then realpath() will still
-.\" return ENAMETOOLONG if the resolved pathname would exceed PATH_MAX
-.\" bytes -- MTK, Dec 04
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If there is no error,
-.BR realpath ()
-returns a pointer to the
-.IR resolved_path .
-.P
-Otherwise, it returns NULL, the contents
-of the array
-.I resolved_path
-are undefined, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Read or search permission was denied for a component of the path prefix.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I path
-is NULL.
-.\" (In libc5 this would just cause a segfault.)
-(Before glibc 2.3,
-this error is also returned if
-.I resolved_path
-is NULL.)
-.TP
-.B EIO
-An I/O error occurred while reading from the filesystem.
-.TP
-.B ELOOP
-Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-A component of a pathname exceeded
-.B NAME_MAX
-characters, or an entire pathname exceeded
-.B PATH_MAX
-characters.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-The named file does not exist.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR realpath ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-.SS GNU extensions
-If the call fails with either
-.B EACCES
-or
-.B ENOENT
-and
-.I resolved_path
-is not NULL, then the prefix of
-.I path
-that is not readable or does not exist is returned in
-.IR resolved_path .
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD, POSIX.1-2001, Solaris.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 says that the behavior if
-.I resolved_path
-is NULL is implementation-defined.
-POSIX.1-2008 specifies the behavior described in this page.
-.P
-In 4.4BSD and Solaris, the limit on the pathname length is
-.B MAXPATHLEN
-(found in \fI<sys/param.h>\fP).
-SUSv2 prescribes
-.B PATH_MAX
-and
-.BR NAME_MAX ,
-as found in \fI<limits.h>\fP or provided by the
-.BR pathconf (3)
-function.
-A typical source fragment would be
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#ifdef PATH_MAX
-  path_max = PATH_MAX;
-#else
-  path_max = pathconf(path, _PC_PATH_MAX);
-  if (path_max <= 0)
-    path_max = 4096;
-#endif
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(But see the BUGS section.)
-.\".P
-.\"     2012-05-05, According to Casper Dik, the statement about
-.\"     Solaris was not true at least as far back as 1997, and
-.\"     may never have been true.
-.\"
-.\" The 4.4BSD, Linux and SUSv2 versions always return an absolute
-.\" pathname.
-.\" Solaris may return a relative pathname when the
-.\" .I path
-.\" argument is relative.
-.\" The prototype of
-.\" .BR realpath ()
-.\" is given in \fI<unistd.h>\fP in libc4 and libc5,
-.\" but in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP everywhere else.
-.SH BUGS
-The POSIX.1-2001 standard version of this function is broken by design,
-since it is impossible to determine a suitable size for the output buffer,
-.IR resolved_path .
-According to POSIX.1-2001 a buffer of size
-.B PATH_MAX
-suffices, but
-.B PATH_MAX
-need not be a defined constant, and may have to be obtained using
-.BR pathconf (3).
-And asking
-.BR pathconf (3)
-does not really help, since, on the one hand POSIX warns that
-the result of
-.BR pathconf (3)
-may be huge and unsuitable for mallocing memory,
-and on the other hand
-.BR pathconf (3)
-may return \-1 to signify that
-.B PATH_MAX
-is not bounded.
-The
-.I "resolved_path\ ==\ NULL"
-feature, not standardized in POSIX.1-2001,
-but standardized in POSIX.1-2008, allows this design problem to be avoided.
-.\" .P
-.\" The libc4 and libc5 implementation contained a buffer overflow
-.\" (fixed in libc-5.4.13).
-.\" Thus, set-user-ID programs like
-.\" .BR mount (8)
-.\" needed a private version.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR realpath (1),
-.BR readlink (2),
-.BR canonicalize_file_name (3),
-.BR getcwd (3),
-.BR pathconf (3),
-.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man3/recno.3 b/man3/recno.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fa666f585..000000000
--- a/man3/recno.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
-.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)recno.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
-.\"
-.TH recno 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.UC 7
-.SH NAME
-recno \- record number database access method
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <db.h>
-.ft R
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.IR "Note well" :
-This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
-Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
-Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
-.I libdb
-library instead.
-.P
-The routine
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is the library interface to database files.
-One of the supported file formats is record number files.
-The general description of the database access methods is in
-.BR dbopen (3),
-this manual page describes only the recno-specific information.
-.P
-The record number data structure is either variable or fixed-length
-records stored in a flat-file format, accessed by the logical record
-number.
-The existence of record number five implies the existence of records
-one through four, and the deletion of record number one causes
-record number five to be renumbered to record number four, as well
-as the cursor, if positioned after record number one, to shift down
-one record.
-.P
-The recno access-method-specific data structure provided to
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is defined in the
-.I <db.h>
-include file as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-    unsigned long flags;
-    unsigned int  cachesize;
-    unsigned int  psize;
-    int           lorder;
-    size_t        reclen;
-    unsigned char bval;
-    char         *bfname;
-} RECNOINFO;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The elements of this structure are defined as follows:
-.TP
-.I flags
-The flag value is specified by ORing
-any of the following values:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B R_FIXEDLEN
-The records are fixed-length, not byte delimited.
-The structure element
-.I reclen
-specifies the length of the record, and the structure element
-.I bval
-is used as the pad character.
-Any records, inserted into the database, that are less than
-.I reclen
-bytes long are automatically padded.
-.TP
-.B R_NOKEY
-In the interface specified by
-.BR dbopen (3),
-the sequential record retrieval fills in both the caller's key and
-data structures.
-If the
-.B R_NOKEY
-flag is specified, the
-.I cursor
-routines are not required to fill in the key structure.
-This permits applications to retrieve records at the end of files without
-reading all of the intervening records.
-.TP
-.B R_SNAPSHOT
-This flag requires that a snapshot of the file be taken when
-.BR dbopen (3)
-is called, instead of permitting any unmodified records to be read from
-the original file.
-.RE
-.TP
-.I cachesize
-A suggested maximum size, in bytes, of the memory cache.
-This value is
-.B only
-advisory, and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail.
-If
-.I cachesize
-is  0 (no size is specified), a default cache is used.
-.TP
-.I psize
-The recno access method stores the in-memory copies of its records
-in a btree.
-This value is the size (in bytes) of the pages used for nodes in that tree.
-If
-.I psize
-is 0 (no page size is specified), a page size is chosen based on the
-underlying filesystem I/O block size.
-See
-.BR btree (3)
-for more information.
-.TP
-.I lorder
-The byte order for integers in the stored database metadata.
-The number should represent the order as an integer; for example,
-big endian order would be the number 4,321.
-If
-.I lorder
-is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
-.TP
-.I reclen
-The length of a fixed-length record.
-.TP
-.I bval
-The delimiting byte to be used to mark the end of a record for
-variable-length records, and the pad character for fixed-length
-records.
-If no value is specified, newlines ("\en") are used to mark the end
-of variable-length records and fixed-length records are padded with
-spaces.
-.TP
-.I bfname
-The recno access method stores the in-memory copies of its records
-in a btree.
-If
-.I bfname
-is non-NULL, it specifies the name of the btree file,
-as if specified as the filename for a
-.BR dbopen (3)
-of a btree file.
-.P
-The data part of the key/data pair used by the
-.I recno
-access method
-is the same as other access methods.
-The key is different.
-The
-.I data
-field of the key should be a pointer to a memory location of type
-.IR recno_t ,
-as defined in the
-.I <db.h>
-include file.
-This type is normally the largest unsigned integral type available to
-the implementation.
-The
-.I size
-field of the key should be the size of that type.
-.P
-Because there can be no metadata associated with the underlying
-recno access method files, any changes made to the default values
-(e.g., fixed record length or byte separator value) must be explicitly
-specified each time the file is opened.
-.P
-In the interface specified by
-.BR dbopen (3),
-using the
-.I put
-interface to create a new record will cause the creation of multiple,
-empty records if the record number is more than one greater than the
-largest record currently in the database.
-.SH ERRORS
-The
-.I recno
-access method routines may fail and set
-.I errno
-for any of the errors specified for the library routine
-.BR dbopen (3)
-or the following:
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-An attempt was made to add a record to a fixed-length database that
-was too large to fit.
-.SH BUGS
-Only big and little endian byte order is supported.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR btree (3),
-.BR dbopen (3),
-.BR hash (3),
-.BR mpool (3)
-.P
-.IR "Document Processing in a Relational Database System" ,
-Michael Stonebraker, Heidi Stettner, Joseph Kalash, Antonin Guttman,
-Nadene Lynn, Memorandum No. UCB/ERL M82/32, May 1982.
diff --git a/man3/regcomp.3 b/man3/regcomp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0daaf0ff..000000000
--- a/man3/regcomp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man3/regerror.3 b/man3/regerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0daaf0ff..000000000
--- a/man3/regerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man3/regex.3 b/man3/regex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4e89c100..000000000
--- a/man3/regex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C), 1995, Graeme W. Wilford. (Wilf.)
-.\" Copyright 2023, Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
-.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Wed Jun 14 16:10:28 BST 1995 Wilf. (G.Wilford@ee.surrey.ac.uk)
-.\" Tiny change in formatting - aeb, 950812
-.\" Modified 8 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
-.\"
-.\" show the synopsis section nicely
-.TH regex 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-regcomp, regexec, regerror, regfree \- POSIX regex functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <regex.h>
-.P
-.BI "int regcomp(regex_t *restrict " preg ", const char *restrict " regex ,
-.BI "            int " cflags );
-.BI "int regexec(const regex_t *restrict " preg \
-", const char *restrict " string ,
-.BI "            size_t " nmatch ", \
-regmatch_t " pmatch "[_Nullable restrict ." nmatch ],
-.BI "            int " eflags );
-.P
-.BI "size_t regerror(int " errcode ", const regex_t *_Nullable restrict " preg ,
-.BI "            char " errbuf "[_Nullable restrict ." errbuf_size ],
-.BI "            size_t " errbuf_size );
-.BI "void regfree(regex_t *" preg );
-.P
-.B typedef struct {
-.B "    size_t    re_nsub;"
-.B } regex_t;
-.P
-.B typedef struct {
-.B "    regoff_t  rm_so;"
-.B "    regoff_t  rm_eo;"
-.B } regmatch_t;
-.P
-.BR typedef " /* ... */  " regoff_t;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.SS Compilation
-.BR regcomp ()
-is used to compile a regular expression into a form that is suitable
-for subsequent
-.BR regexec ()
-searches.
-.P
-On success, the pattern buffer at
-.I *preg
-is initialized.
-.I regex
-is a null-terminated string.
-The locale must be the same when running
-.BR regexec ().
-.P
-After
-.BR regcomp ()
-succeeds,
-.I preg->re_nsub
-holds the number of subexpressions in
-.IR regex .
-Thus, a value of
-.I preg->re_nsub
-+ 1
-passed as
-.I nmatch
-to
-.BR regexec ()
-is sufficient to capture all matches.
-.P
-.I cflags
-is the
-bitwise OR
-of zero or more of the following:
-.TP
-.B REG_EXTENDED
-Use
-POSIX
-Extended Regular Expression syntax when interpreting
-.IR regex .
-If not set,
-POSIX
-Basic Regular Expression syntax is used.
-.TP
-.B REG_ICASE
-Do not differentiate case.
-Subsequent
-.BR regexec ()
-searches using this pattern buffer will be case insensitive.
-.TP
-.B REG_NOSUB
-Report only overall success.
-.BR regexec ()
-will use only
-.I pmatch
-for
-.BR REG_STARTEND ,
-ignoring
-.IR nmatch .
-.TP
-.B REG_NEWLINE
-Match-any-character operators don't match a newline.
-.IP
-A nonmatching list
-.RB ( [\[ha]...\&] )
-not containing a newline does not match a newline.
-.IP
-Match-beginning-of-line operator
-.RB ( \[ha] )
-matches the empty string immediately after a newline, regardless of
-whether
-.IR eflags ,
-the execution flags of
-.BR regexec (),
-contains
-.BR REG_NOTBOL .
-.IP
-Match-end-of-line operator
-.RB ( $ )
-matches the empty string immediately before a newline, regardless of
-whether
-.I eflags
-contains
-.BR REG_NOTEOL .
-.SS Matching
-.BR regexec ()
-is used to match a null-terminated string
-against the compiled pattern buffer in
-.IR *preg ,
-which must have been initialised with
-.BR regexec ().
-.I eflags
-is the
-bitwise OR
-of zero or more of the following flags:
-.TP
-.B REG_NOTBOL
-The match-beginning-of-line operator always fails to match (but see the
-compilation flag
-.B REG_NEWLINE
-above).
-This flag may be used when different portions of a string are passed to
-.BR regexec ()
-and the beginning of the string should not be interpreted as the
-beginning of the line.
-.TP
-.B REG_NOTEOL
-The match-end-of-line operator always fails to match (but see the
-compilation flag
-.B REG_NEWLINE
-above).
-.TP
-.B REG_STARTEND
-Match
-.RI [ "string + pmatch[0].rm_so" , " string + pmatch[0].rm_eo" )
-instead of
-.RI [ string , " string + strlen(string)" ).
-This allows matching embedded NUL bytes
-and avoids a
-.BR strlen (3)
-on known-length strings.
-If any matches are returned
-.RB ( REG_NOSUB
-wasn't passed to
-.BR regcomp (),
-the match succeeded, and
-.I nmatch
-> 0), they overwrite
-.I pmatch
-as usual, and the match offsets remain relative to
-.I string
-(not
-.IR "string + pmatch[0].rm_so" ).
-This flag is a BSD extension, not present in POSIX.
-.SS Match offsets
-Unless
-.B REG_NOSUB
-was passed to
-.BR regcomp (),
-it is possible to
-obtain the locations of matches within
-.IR string :
-.BR regexec ()
-fills
-.I nmatch
-elements of
-.I pmatch
-with results:
-.I pmatch[0]
-corresponds to the entire match,
-.I pmatch[1]
-to the first subexpression, etc.
-If there were more matches than
-.IR nmatch ,
-they are discarded;
-if fewer,
-unused elements of
-.I pmatch
-are filled with
-.BR \-1 s.
-.P
-Each returned valid
-.RB (non- \-1 )
-match corresponds to the range
-.RI [ "string + rm_so" , " string + rm_eo" ).
-.P
-.I regoff_t
-is a signed integer type
-capable of storing the largest value that can be stored in either an
-.I ptrdiff_t
-type or a
-.I ssize_t
-type.
-.SS Error reporting
-.BR regerror ()
-is used to turn the error codes that can be returned by both
-.BR regcomp ()
-and
-.BR regexec ()
-into error message strings.
-.P
-If
-.I preg
-isn't a null pointer,
-.I errcode
-must be the latest error returned from an operation on
-.IR preg .
-.P
-If
-.I errbuf_size
-isn't 0, up to
-.I errbuf_size
-bytes are copied to
-.IR errbuf ;
-the error string is always null-terminated, and truncated to fit.
-.SS Freeing
-.BR regfree ()
-deinitializes the pattern buffer at
-.IR *preg ,
-freeing any associated memory;
-.I *preg
-must have been initialized via
-.BR regcomp ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR regcomp ()
-returns zero for a successful compilation or an error code for failure.
-.P
-.BR regexec ()
-returns zero for a successful match or
-.B REG_NOMATCH
-for failure.
-.P
-.BR regerror ()
-returns the size of the buffer required to hold the string.
-.SH ERRORS
-The following errors can be returned by
-.BR regcomp ():
-.TP
-.B REG_BADBR
-Invalid use of back reference operator.
-.TP
-.B REG_BADPAT
-Invalid use of pattern operators such as group or list.
-.TP
-.B REG_BADRPT
-Invalid use of repetition operators such as using \[aq]*\[aq]
-as the first character.
-.TP
-.B REG_EBRACE
-Un-matched brace interval operators.
-.TP
-.B REG_EBRACK
-Un-matched bracket list operators.
-.TP
-.B REG_ECOLLATE
-Invalid collating element.
-.TP
-.B REG_ECTYPE
-Unknown character class name.
-.TP
-.B REG_EEND
-Nonspecific error.
-This is not defined by POSIX.
-.TP
-.B REG_EESCAPE
-Trailing backslash.
-.TP
-.B REG_EPAREN
-Un-matched parenthesis group operators.
-.TP
-.B REG_ERANGE
-Invalid use of the range operator; for example, the ending point of the range
-occurs prior to the starting point.
-.TP
-.B REG_ESIZE
-Compiled regular expression requires a pattern buffer larger than 64\ kB.
-This is not defined by POSIX.
-.TP
-.B REG_ESPACE
-The regex routines ran out of memory.
-.TP
-.B REG_ESUBREG
-Invalid back reference to a subexpression.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR regcomp (),
-.BR regexec ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR regerror ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR regfree ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Prior to POSIX.1-2008,
-.I regoff_t
-was required to be
-capable of storing the largest value that can be stored in either an
-.I off_t
-type or a
-.I ssize_t
-type.
-.SH CAVEATS
-.I re_nsub
-is only required to be initialized if
-.B REG_NOSUB
-wasn't specified, but all known implementations initialize it regardless.
-.\" glibc, musl, 4.4BSD, illumos
-.P
-Both
-.I regex_t
-and
-.I regmatch_t
-may (and do) have more members, in any order.
-Always reference them by name.
-.\" illumos has two more start/end pairs and the first one is of pointers
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <regex.h>
-\&
-#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr) (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
-\&
-static const char *const str =
-        "1) John Driverhacker;\en2) John Doe;\en3) John Foo;\en";
-static const char *const re = "John.*o";
-\&
-int main(void)
-{
-    static const char *s = str;
-    regex_t     regex;
-    regmatch_t  pmatch[1];
-    regoff_t    off, len;
-\&
-    if (regcomp(&regex, re, REG_NEWLINE))
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-\&
-    printf("String = \e"%s\e"\en", str);
-    printf("Matches:\en");
-\&
-    for (unsigned int i = 0; ; i++) {
-        if (regexec(&regex, s, ARRAY_SIZE(pmatch), pmatch, 0))
-            break;
-\&
-        off = pmatch[0].rm_so + (s \- str);
-        len = pmatch[0].rm_eo \- pmatch[0].rm_so;
-        printf("#%zu:\en", i);
-        printf("offset = %jd; length = %jd\en", (intmax_t) off,
-                (intmax_t) len);
-        printf("substring = \e"%.*s\e"\en", len, s + pmatch[0].rm_so);
-\&
-        s += pmatch[0].rm_eo;
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR grep (1),
-.BR regex (7)
-.P
-The glibc manual section,
-.I "Regular Expressions"
diff --git a/man3/regexec.3 b/man3/regexec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0daaf0ff..000000000
--- a/man3/regexec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man3/regfree.3 b/man3/regfree.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0daaf0ff..000000000
--- a/man3/regfree.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man3/register_printf_modifier.3 b/man3/register_printf_modifier.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad10bad38..000000000
--- a/man3/register_printf_modifier.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3head/printf.h.3head
diff --git a/man3/register_printf_specifier.3 b/man3/register_printf_specifier.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad10bad38..000000000
--- a/man3/register_printf_specifier.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3head/printf.h.3head
diff --git a/man3/register_printf_type.3 b/man3/register_printf_type.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad10bad38..000000000
--- a/man3/register_printf_type.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3head/printf.h.3head
diff --git a/man3/registerrpc.3 b/man3/registerrpc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/registerrpc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/remainder.3 b/man3/remainder.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a937ee48..000000000
--- a/man3/remainder.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-08-10 Walter Harms
-.\"	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" Modified 2003-11-18, 2004-10-05 aeb
-.\"
-.TH remainder 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-drem, dremf, dreml, remainder, remainderf, remainderl \- \
-floating-point remainder function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double remainder(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "float remainderf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "long double remainderl(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.P
-/* Obsolete synonyms */
-.BI "[[deprecated]] double drem(double " x ", double " y );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] float dremf(float " x ", float " y );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] long double dreml(long double " x ", long double " y );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR remainder ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR remainderf (),
-.BR remainderl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR drem (),
-.BR dremf (),
-.BR dreml ():
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These
-functions compute the remainder of dividing
-.I x
-by
-.IR y .
-The return value is
-\fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP,
-where
-.I n
-is the value
-.IR "x\ /\ y" ,
-rounded to the nearest integer.
-If the absolute value of
-\fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP
-is 0.5,
-.I n
-is chosen to be even.
-.P
-These functions are unaffected by the current rounding mode (see
-.BR fenv (3)).
-.P
-The
-.BR drem ()
-function does precisely the same thing.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these
-functions return the floating-point remainder,
-\fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP.
-If the return value is 0, it has the sign of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is an infinity,
-and
-.I y
-is not a NaN,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is zero,
-.\" FIXME . Instead, glibc gives a domain error even if x is a NaN
-and
-.I x
-is not a NaN,
-.\" Interestingly, remquo(3) does not have the same problem.
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity and \fIy\fP is not a NaN
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.IP
-These functions do not set
-.I errno
-for this case.
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIy\fP is zero\" [XXX see bug above] and \fIx\fP is not a NaN
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR drem (),
-.BR dremf (),
-.BR dreml (),
-.BR remainder (),
-.BR remainderf (),
-.BR remainderl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.\" IEC 60559.
-.TP
-.BR remainder ()
-.TQ
-.BR remainderf ()
-.TQ
-.BR remainderl ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR drem ()
-.TQ
-.BR dremf ()
-.TQ
-.BR dreml ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.\" IEC 60559.
-.TP
-.BR remainder ()
-.TQ
-.BR remainderf ()
-.TQ
-.BR remainderl ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR drem ()
-4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR dremf ()
-.TQ
-.BR dreml ()
-Tru64, glibc2.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.15,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6779
-the call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-remainder(nan(""), 0);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-returned a NaN, as expected, but wrongly caused a domain error.
-Since glibc 2.15, a silent NaN (i.e., no domain error) is returned.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.15,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6783
-.I errno
-was not set to
-.B EDOM
-for the domain error that occurs when
-.I x
-is an infinity and
-.I y
-is not a NaN.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The call "remainder(29.0, 3.0)" returns \-1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR div (3),
-.BR fmod (3),
-.BR remquo (3)
diff --git a/man3/remainderf.3 b/man3/remainderf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a5b23bf..000000000
--- a/man3/remainderf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man3/remainderl.3 b/man3/remainderl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b7a5b23bf..000000000
--- a/man3/remainderl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man3/remove.3 b/man3/remove.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e2c00df2..000000000
--- a/man3/remove.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This file is derived from unlink.2, which has the following copyright:
-.\"
-.\" This manpage is Copyright (C) 1992 Drew Eckhardt;
-.\"             and Copyright (C) 1993 Ian Jackson.
-.\"
-.\" Edited into remove.3 shape by:
-.\" Graeme W. Wilford (G.Wilford@ee.surrey.ac.uk) on 13th July 1994
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH remove 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-remove \- remove a file or directory
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int remove(const char *" pathname );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR remove ()
-deletes a name from the filesystem.
-It calls
-.BR unlink (2)
-for files, and
-.BR rmdir (2)
-for directories.
-.P
-If the removed name was the
-last link to a file and no processes have the file open, the file is
-deleted and the space it was using is made available for reuse.
-.P
-If the name was the last link to a file,
-but any processes still have the file open,
-the file will remain in existence until the last file
-descriptor referring to it is closed.
-.P
-If the name referred to a symbolic link, the link is removed.
-.P
-If the name referred to a socket, FIFO, or device, the name is removed,
-but processes which have the object open may continue to use it.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, zero is returned.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-The errors that occur are those for
-.BR unlink (2)
-and
-.BR rmdir (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR remove ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, 4.3BSD.
-.\" .SH NOTES
-.\" Under libc4 and libc5,
-.\" .BR remove ()
-.\" was an alias for
-.\" .BR unlink (2)
-.\" (and hence would not remove directories).
-.SH BUGS
-Infelicities in the protocol underlying NFS can cause the unexpected
-disappearance of files which are still being used.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rm (1),
-.BR unlink (1),
-.BR link (2),
-.BR mknod (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR rename (2),
-.BR rmdir (2),
-.BR unlink (2),
-.BR mkfifo (3),
-.BR symlink (7)
diff --git a/man3/remque.3 b/man3/remque.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c88361a..000000000
--- a/man3/remque.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/insque.3
diff --git a/man3/remquo.3 b/man3/remquo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ee42f5f36..000000000
--- a/man3/remquo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" based on glibc infopages
-.\" polished, aeb
-.\"
-.TH remquo 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-remquo, remquof, remquol \- remainder and part of quotient
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double remquo(double " x ", double " y ", int *" quo );
-.BI "float remquof(float " x ", float " y ", int *" quo );
-.BI "long double remquol(long double " x ", long double " y ", int *" quo );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR remquo (),
-.BR remquof (),
-.BR remquol ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions compute the remainder and part of the quotient
-upon division of
-.I x
-by
-.IR y .
-A few bits of the quotient are stored via the
-.I quo
-pointer.
-The remainder is returned as the function result.
-.P
-The value of the remainder is the same as that computed by the
-.BR remainder (3)
-function.
-.P
-The value stored via the
-.I quo
-pointer has the sign of
-.I x\~/\~y
-and agrees with the quotient in at least the low order 3 bits.
-.P
-For example, \fIremquo(29.0,\ 3.0)\fP returns \-1.0 and might store 2.
-Note that the actual quotient might not fit in an integer.
-.\" A possible application of this function might be the computation
-.\" of sin(x). Compute remquo(x, pi/2, &quo) or so.
-.\"
-.\" glibc, UnixWare: return 3 bits
-.\" MacOS 10: return 7 bits
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the same value as
-the analogous functions described in
-.BR remainder (3).
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I y
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is an infinity,
-and
-.I y
-is not a NaN,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I y
-is zero,
-and
-.I x
-is not a NaN,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity or \fIy\fP is 0, \
-and the other argument is not a NaN
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.P
-These functions do not set
-.IR errno .
-.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
-.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6802
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR remquo (),
-.BR remquof (),
-.BR remquol ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fmod (3),
-.BR logb (3),
-.BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man3/remquof.3 b/man3/remquof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 458f05120..000000000
--- a/man3/remquof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remquo.3
diff --git a/man3/remquol.3 b/man3/remquol.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 458f05120..000000000
--- a/man3/remquol.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/remquo.3
diff --git a/man3/res_init.3 b/man3/res_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_mkquery.3 b/man3/res_mkquery.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_mkquery.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_nclose.3 b/man3/res_nclose.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_nclose.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_ninit.3 b/man3/res_ninit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_ninit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_nmkquery.3 b/man3/res_nmkquery.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_nmkquery.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_nquery.3 b/man3/res_nquery.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_nquery.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_nquerydomain.3 b/man3/res_nquerydomain.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_nquerydomain.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_nsearch.3 b/man3/res_nsearch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_nsearch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_nsend.3 b/man3/res_nsend.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_nsend.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_query.3 b/man3/res_query.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_query.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_querydomain.3 b/man3/res_querydomain.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_querydomain.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_search.3 b/man3/res_search.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_search.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/res_send.3 b/man3/res_send.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 87a6d0e83..000000000
--- a/man3/res_send.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man3/resolver.3 b/man3/resolver.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c54337218..000000000
--- a/man3/resolver.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,511 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and (C) Copyright 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-25 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb
-.\"
-.TH resolver 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-res_ninit, res_nquery, res_nsearch, res_nquerydomain, res_nmkquery, res_nsend,
-res_nclose,
-res_init, res_query, res_search, res_querydomain, res_mkquery, res_send,
-dn_comp, dn_expand \-
-resolver routines
-.SH LIBRARY
-Resolver library
-.RI ( libresolv ", " \-lresolv )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netinet/in.h>
-.B #include <arpa/nameser.h>
-.B #include <resolv.h>
-.P
-.B struct __res_state;
-.B typedef struct __res_state *res_state;
-.P
-.BI "int res_ninit(res_state " statep );
-.P
-.BI "void res_nclose(res_state " statep );
-.P
-.BI "int res_nquery(res_state " statep ,
-.BI "           const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.P
-.BI "int res_nsearch(res_state " statep ,
-.BI "           const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.P
-.BI "int res_nquerydomain(res_state " statep ,
-.BI "           const char *" name ", const char *" domain ,
-.BI "           int " class ", int " type ", unsigned char " answer [. anslen ],
-.BI "           int " anslen );
-.P
-.BI "int res_nmkquery(res_state " statep ,
-.BI "           int " op ", const char *" dname ", int " class ,
-.BI "           int " type ", const unsigned char " data [. datalen "], \
-int " datalen ,
-.BI "           const unsigned char *" newrr ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " buf [. buflen "], int " buflen );
-.P
-.BI "int res_nsend(res_state " statep ,
-.BI "           const unsigned char " msg [. msglen "], int " msglen ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.P
-.BI "int dn_comp(const char *" exp_dn ", unsigned char " comp_dn [. length ],
-.BI "           int " length ", unsigned char **" dnptrs ,
-.BI "           unsigned char **" lastdnptr );
-.P
-.BI "int dn_expand(const unsigned char *" msg ,
-.BI "           const unsigned char *" eomorig ,
-.BI "           const unsigned char *" comp_dn ", char " exp_dn [. length ],
-.BI "           int " length );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]] extern struct __res_state _res;
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]] int res_init(void);
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int res_query(const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int res_search(const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int res_querydomain(const char *" name ", const char *" domain ,
-.BI "           int " class ", int " type ", unsigned char " answer [. anslen ],
-.BI "           int " anslen );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int res_mkquery(int " op ", const char *" dname ", int " class ,
-.BI "           int " type ", const unsigned char " data [. datalen "], \
-int " datalen ,
-.BI "           const unsigned char *" newrr ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " buf [. buflen "], int " buflen );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int res_send(const unsigned char " msg [. msglen "], int " msglen ,
-.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B Note:
-This page is incomplete (various resolver functions provided by glibc
-are not described) and likely out of date.
-.P
-The functions described below make queries to and interpret
-the responses from Internet domain name servers.
-.P
-The API consists of a set of more modern, reentrant functions
-and an older set of nonreentrant functions that have been superseded.
-The traditional resolver interfaces such as
-.BR res_init ()
-and
-.BR res_query ()
-use some static (global) state stored in the
-.I _res
-structure, rendering these functions non-thread-safe.
-BIND 8.2 introduced a set of new interfaces
-.BR res_ninit (),
-.BR res_nquery (),
-and so on, which take a
-.I res_state
-as their first argument, so you can use a per-thread resolver state.
-.P
-The
-.BR res_ninit ()
-and
-.BR res_init ()
-functions read the configuration files (see
-.BR resolv.conf (5))
-to get the default domain name and name
-server address(es).
-If no server is given, the local host is tried.
-If no domain is given, that associated with the local host is used.
-It can be overridden with the environment variable
-.BR LOCALDOMAIN .
-.BR res_ninit ()
-or
-.BR res_init ()
-is normally executed by the first call to one of the
-other functions.
-Every call to
-.BR res_ninit ()
-requires a corresponding call to
-.BR res_nclose ()
-to free memory allocated by
-.BR res_ninit ()
-and subsequent calls to
-.BR res_nquery ().
-.P
-The
-.BR res_nquery ()
-and
-.BR res_query ()
-functions query the name server for the
-fully qualified domain name \fIname\fP of specified \fItype\fP and
-\fIclass\fP.
-The reply is left in the buffer \fIanswer\fP of length
-\fIanslen\fP supplied by the caller.
-.P
-The
-.BR res_nsearch ()
-and
-.BR res_search ()
-functions make a query and waits for the response like
-.BR res_nquery ()
-and
-.BR res_query (),
-but in addition they implement the default and search
-rules controlled by
-.B RES_DEFNAMES
-and
-.B RES_DNSRCH
-(see description of
-\fI_res\fP options below).
-.P
-The
-.BR res_nquerydomain ()
-and
-.BR res_querydomain ()
-functions make a query using
-.BR res_nquery ()/ res_query ()
-on the concatenation of \fIname\fP and \fIdomain\fP.
-.P
-The following functions are lower-level routines used by
-.BR res_nquery ()/ res_query ().
-.P
-The
-.BR res_nmkquery ()
-and
-.BR res_mkquery ()
-functions construct a query message in \fIbuf\fP
-of length \fIbuflen\fP for the domain name \fIdname\fP.
-The query type
-\fIop\fP is one of the following (typically
-.BR QUERY ):
-.TP
-.B QUERY
-Standard query.
-.TP
-.B IQUERY
-Inverse query.
-This option was removed in glibc 2.26,
-.\" commit e4e794841e3140875f2aa86b90e2ada3d61e1244
-since it has not been supported by DNS servers for a very long time.
-.TP
-.B NS_NOTIFY_OP
-Notify secondary of SOA (Start of Authority) change.
-.P
-\fInewrr\fP is currently unused.
-.P
-The
-.BR res_nsend ()
-and
-.BR res_send ()
-function send a preformatted query given in
-\fImsg\fP of length \fImsglen\fP and returns the answer in \fIanswer\fP
-which is of length \fIanslen\fP.
-They will call
-.BR res_ninit ()/ res_init ()
-if it has not already been called.
-.P
-The
-.BR dn_comp ()
-function compresses the domain name \fIexp_dn\fP
-and stores it in the buffer \fIcomp_dn\fP of length \fIlength\fP.
-The compression uses an array of pointers \fIdnptrs\fP to previously
-compressed names in the current message.
-The first pointer points
-to the beginning of the message and the list ends with NULL.
-The limit of the array is specified by \fIlastdnptr\fP.
-If \fIdnptr\fP is NULL, domain names are not compressed.
-If \fIlastdnptr\fP is NULL, the list
-of labels is not updated.
-.P
-The
-.BR dn_expand ()
-function expands the compressed domain name
-\fIcomp_dn\fP to a full domain name, which is placed in the buffer
-\fIexp_dn\fP of size \fIlength\fP.
-The compressed name is contained
-in a query or reply message, and \fImsg\fP points to the beginning of
-the message.
-.P
-The resolver routines use configuration and state information
-contained in a
-.I __res_state
-structure (either passed as the
-.I statep
-argument, or in the global variable
-.IR _res ,
-in the case of the older nonreentrant functions).
-The only field of this structure that is normally manipulated by the
-user is the
-.I options
-field.
-This field can contain the bitwise "OR"
-of the following options:
-.TP
-.B RES_INIT
-True if
-.BR res_ninit ()
-or
-.BR res_init ()
-has been called.
-.TP
-.B RES_DEBUG
-Print debugging messages.
-This option is available only if glibc was built with debugging enabled,
-.\" See resolv/README.
-.\" Support for RES_DEBUG was made conditional in glibc 2.2.
-which is not the default.
-.TP
-.BR RES_AAONLY " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
-Accept authoritative answers only.
-.BR res_send ()
-continues until
-it finds an authoritative answer or returns an error.
-This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
-since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
-.TP
-.B RES_USEVC
-Use TCP connections for queries rather than UDP datagrams.
-.TP
-.BR RES_PRIMARY " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
-Query primary domain name server only.
-This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
-since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
-.TP
-.B RES_IGNTC
-Ignore truncation errors.
-Don't retry with TCP.
-.TP
-.B RES_RECURSE
-Set the recursion desired bit in queries.
-Recursion is carried out
-by the domain name server, not by
-.BR res_send ().
-[Enabled by default].
-.TP
-.B RES_DEFNAMES
-If set,
-.BR res_search ()
-will append the default domain name to
-single component names\[em]that is, those that do not contain a dot.
-[Enabled by default].
-.TP
-.B RES_STAYOPEN
-Used with
-.B RES_USEVC
-to keep the TCP connection open between queries.
-.TP
-.B RES_DNSRCH
-If set,
-.BR res_search ()
-will search for hostnames in the current
-domain and in parent domains.
-This option is used by
-.BR gethostbyname (3).
-[Enabled by default].
-.TP
-.B RES_INSECURE1
-Accept a response from a wrong server.
-This can be used to detect potential security hazards,
-but you need to compile glibc with debugging enabled and use
-.B RES_DEBUG
-option (for debug purpose only).
-.TP
-.B RES_INSECURE2
-Accept a response which contains a wrong query.
-This can be used to detect potential security hazards,
-but you need to compile glibc with debugging enabled and use
-.B RES_DEBUG
-option (for debug purpose only).
-.TP
-.B RES_NOALIASES
-Disable usage of
-.B HOSTALIASES
-environment variable.
-.TP
-.B RES_USE_INET6
-Try an AAAA query before an A query inside the
-.BR gethostbyname (3)
-function, and map IPv4 responses in IPv6 "tunneled form" if no AAAA records
-are found but an A record set exists.
-Since glibc 2.25, this option is deprecated,
-and its usage produces a warning;
-applications should use
-.BR getaddrinfo (3),
-rather than
-.BR gethostbyname (3).
-.TP
-.B RES_ROTATE
-Causes round-robin selection of name servers from among those listed.
-This has the effect of spreading the query load among all listed servers,
-rather than having all clients try the first listed server first every
-time.
-.TP
-.BR RES_NOCHECKNAME " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
-Disable the modern BIND checking of incoming hostnames and mail names
-for invalid characters such as underscore (_), non-ASCII,
-or control characters.
-This option was present until glibc 2.24;
-since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
-.TP
-.BR RES_KEEPTSIG " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
-Do not strip TSIG records.
-This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
-since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
-.TP
-.BR RES_BLAST " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
-Send each query simultaneously and recursively to all servers.
-This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
-since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
-.TP
-.BR RES_USEBSTRING " (glibc 2.3.4 to glibc 2.24)"
-Make reverse IPv6 lookups using the bit-label format described in RFC 2673;
-if this option is not set (which is the default), then nibble format is used.
-This option was removed in glibc 2.25,
-since it relied on a backward-incompatible
-DNS extension that was never deployed on the Internet.
-.TP
-.BR RES_NOIP6DOTINT " (glibc 2.24 and earlier)"
-Use
-.I ip6.arpa
-zone in IPv6 reverse lookup instead of
-.IR ip6.int ,
-which is deprecated since glibc 2.3.4.
-This option is present up to and including glibc 2.24,
-where it is enabled by default.
-In glibc 2.25, this option was removed.
-.TP
-.BR RES_USE_EDNS0 " (since glibc 2.6)"
-Enables support for the DNS extensions (EDNS0) described in RFC 2671.
-.TP
-.BR RES_SNGLKUP " (since glibc 2.10)"
-By default, glibc performs IPv4 and IPv6 lookups in parallel
-since glibc 2.9.
-Some appliance DNS servers cannot handle these queries properly
-and make the requests time out.
-This option disables the behavior and makes glibc
-perform the IPv6 and IPv4 requests sequentially
-(at the cost of some slowdown of the resolving process).
-.TP
-.B RES_SNGLKUPREOP
-When
-.B RES_SNGLKUP
-option is enabled, opens a new socket for the each request.
-.TP
-.B RES_USE_DNSSEC
-Use DNSSEC with OK bit in OPT record.
-This option implies
-.BR RES_USE_EDNS0 .
-.TP
-.B RES_NOTLDQUERY
-Do not look up unqualified name as a top-level domain (TLD).
-.TP
-.B RES_DEFAULT
-Default option which implies:
-.BR RES_RECURSE ,
-.BR RES_DEFNAMES ,
-.BR RES_DNSRCH ,
-and
-.BR RES_NOIP6DOTINT .
-.\"
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR res_ninit ()
-and
-.BR res_init ()
-functions return 0 on success, or \-1 if an error
-occurs.
-.P
-The
-.BR res_nquery (),
-.BR res_query (),
-.BR res_nsearch (),
-.BR res_search (),
-.BR res_nquerydomain (),
-.BR res_querydomain (),
-.BR res_nmkquery (),
-.BR res_mkquery (),
-.BR res_nsend (),
-and
-.BR res_send ()
-functions return the length
-of the response, or \-1 if an error occurs.
-.P
-The
-.BR dn_comp ()
-and
-.BR dn_expand ()
-functions return the length
-of the compressed name, or \-1 if an error occurs.
-.P
-In the case of an error return from
-.BR res_nquery (),
-.BR res_query (),
-.BR res_nsearch (),
-.BR res_search (),
-.BR res_nquerydomain (),
-or
-.BR res_querydomain (),
-the global variable
-.I h_errno
-(see
-.BR gethostbyname (3))
-can be consulted to determine the cause of the error.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/resolv.conf
-resolver configuration file
-.TP
-.I /etc/host.conf
-resolver configuration file
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR res_ninit (),
-.BR res_nclose (),
-.BR res_nquery (),
-.BR res_nsearch (),
-.BR res_nquerydomain (),
-.BR res_nsend ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR res_nmkquery (),
-.BR dn_comp (),
-.BR dn_expand ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-.BR resolv.conf (5),
-.BR resolver (5),
-.BR hostname (7),
-.BR named (8)
-.P
-The GNU C library source file
-.IR resolv/README .
diff --git a/man3/rewind.3 b/man3/rewind.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1487b5a8..000000000
--- a/man3/rewind.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man3/rewinddir.3 b/man3/rewinddir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5df90c523..000000000
--- a/man3/rewinddir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:29:11 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH rewinddir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rewinddir \- reset directory stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "void rewinddir(DIR *" dirp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR rewinddir ()
-function resets the position of the directory
-stream
-.I dirp
-to the beginning of the directory.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR rewinddir ()
-function returns no value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rewinddir ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/rexec.3 b/man3/rexec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 725c71cf8..000000000
--- a/man3/rexec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
-.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)rexec.3     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
-.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3,v 1.12 2004/07/02 23:52:14 ru Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Taken from FreeBSD 5.4; not checked against Linux reality (mtk)
-.\"
-.\" 2013-06-21, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
-.\"
-.TH rexec 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rexec, rexec_af \- return stream to a remote command
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int rexec(char **restrict " ahost ", int " inport ,
-.BI "          const char *restrict " user ", const char *restrict " passwd ,
-.BI "          const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p );
-.P
-.B [[deprecated]]
-.BI "int rexec_af(char **restrict " ahost ", int " inport ,
-.BI "          const char *restrict " user ", const char *restrict " passwd ,
-.BI "          const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p ,
-.BI "          sa_family_t " af  );
-.fi
-.P
-.BR rexec (),
-.BR rexec_af ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This interface is obsoleted by
-.BR rcmd (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR rexec ()
-function
-looks up the host
-.I *ahost
-using
-.BR gethostbyname (3),
-returning \-1 if the host does not exist.
-Otherwise,
-.I *ahost
-is set to the standard name of the host.
-If a username and password are both specified, then these
-are used to authenticate to the foreign host; otherwise
-the environment and then the
-.I .netrc
-file in user's
-home directory are searched for appropriate information.
-If all this fails, the user is prompted for the information.
-.P
-The port
-.I inport
-specifies which well-known DARPA Internet port to use for
-the connection; the call
-.I "getservbyname(""exec"", ""tcp"")"
-(see
-.BR getservent (3))
-will return a pointer to a structure that contains the necessary port.
-The protocol for connection is described in detail in
-.BR rexecd (8).
-.P
-If the connection succeeds,
-a socket in the Internet domain of type
-.B SOCK_STREAM
-is returned to
-the caller, and given to the remote command as
-.I stdin
-and
-.IR stdout .
-If
-.I fd2p
-is nonzero, then an auxiliary channel to a control
-process will be setup, and a file descriptor for it will be placed
-in
-.IR *fd2p .
-The control process will return diagnostic
-output from the command (unit 2) on this channel, and will also
-accept bytes on this channel as being UNIX signal numbers, to be
-forwarded to the process group of the command.
-The diagnostic
-information returned does not include remote authorization failure,
-as the secondary connection is set up after authorization has been
-verified.
-If
-.I fd2p
-is 0, then the
-.I stderr
-(unit 2 of the remote
-command) will be made the same as the
-.I stdout
-and no
-provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
-although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data.
-.SS rexec_af()
-The
-.BR rexec ()
-function works over IPv4
-.RB ( AF_INET ).
-By contrast, the
-.BR rexec_af ()
-function provides an extra argument,
-.IR af ,
-that allows the caller to select the protocol.
-This argument can be specified as
-.BR AF_INET ,
-.BR AF_INET6 ,
-or
-.B AF_UNSPEC
-(to allow the implementation to select the protocol).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rexec (),
-.BR rexec_af ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR rexec ()
-4.2BSD, BSD, Solaris.
-.TP
-.BR rexec_af ()
-glibc 2.2.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR rexec ()
-function sends the unencrypted password across the network.
-.P
-The underlying service is considered a big security hole and therefore
-not enabled on many sites; see
-.BR rexecd (8)
-for explanations.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rcmd (3),
-.BR rexecd (8)
diff --git a/man3/rexec_af.3 b/man3/rexec_af.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 517a2d23b..000000000
--- a/man3/rexec_af.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rexec.3
diff --git a/man3/rindex.3 b/man3/rindex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a9cd4b342..000000000
--- a/man3/rindex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/index.3
diff --git a/man3/rint.3 b/man3/rint.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 262670571..000000000
--- a/man3/rint.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH rint 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-nearbyint, nearbyintf, nearbyintl, rint, rintf, rintl \- round
-to nearest integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double nearbyint(double " x );
-.BI "float nearbyintf(float " x );
-.BI "long double nearbyintl(long double " x );
-.P
-.BI "double rint(double " x );
-.BI "float rintf(float " x );
-.BI "long double rintl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR nearbyint (),
-.BR nearbyintf (),
-.BR nearbyintl ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR rint ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR rintf (),
-.BR rintl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR nearbyint (),
-.BR nearbyintf (),
-and
-.BR nearbyintl ()
-functions round their argument to an integer value in floating-point
-format, using the current rounding direction (see
-.BR fesetround (3))
-and without raising the
-.I inexact
-exception.
-When the current rounding direction is to nearest, these
-functions round halfway cases to the even integer in accordance with
-IEEE-754.
-.P
-The
-.BR rint (),
-.BR rintf (),
-and
-.BR rintl ()
-functions do the same, but will raise the
-.I inexact
-exception
-.RB ( FE_INEXACT ,
-checkable via
-.BR fetestexcept (3))
-when the result differs in value from the argument.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
-.I x
-itself is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR nearbyint (),
-.BR nearbyintf (),
-.BR nearbyintl (),
-.BR rint (),
-.BR rintf (),
-.BR rintl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ERANGE ,
-or raise an
-.B FE_OVERFLOW
-exception).
-In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
-so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
-(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
-of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
-For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
-the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
-and the number of mantissa bits
-including the implicit bit
-is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.P
-If you want to store the rounded value in an integer type,
-you probably want to use one of the functions described in
-.BR lrint (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lrint (3),
-.BR round (3),
-.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man3/rintf.3 b/man3/rintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3300c2c40..000000000
--- a/man3/rintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man3/rintl.3 b/man3/rintl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3300c2c40..000000000
--- a/man3/rintl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man3/round.3 b/man3/round.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 268ec083c..000000000
--- a/man3/round.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH round 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-round, roundf, roundl \- round to nearest integer, away from zero
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double round(double " x );
-.BI "float roundf(float " x );
-.BI "long double roundl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR round (),
-.BR roundf (),
-.BR roundl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions round
-.I x
-to the nearest integer, but
-round halfway cases away from zero (regardless of the current rounding
-direction, see
-.BR fenv (3)),
-instead of to the nearest even integer like
-.BR rint (3).
-.P
-For example,
-.I round(0.5)
-is 1.0, and
-.I round(\-0.5)
-is \-1.0.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the rounded integer value.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
-.I x
-itself is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR round (),
-.BR roundf (),
-.BR roundl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-POSIX.1-2001 contains text about overflow (which might set
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ERANGE ,
-or raise an
-.B FE_OVERFLOW
-exception).
-In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
-so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
-.\" The POSIX.1-2001 APPLICATION USAGE SECTION discusses this point.
-(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
-of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
-For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
-the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
-and the number of mantissa bits
-including the implicit bit
-is 24 (respectively, 53).)
-.P
-If you want to store the rounded value in an integer type,
-you probably want to use one of the functions described in
-.BR lround (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lround (3),
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man3/roundf.3 b/man3/roundf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f7ab38670..000000000
--- a/man3/roundf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/round.3
diff --git a/man3/roundl.3 b/man3/roundl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f7ab38670..000000000
--- a/man3/roundl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/round.3
diff --git a/man3/roundup.3 b/man3/roundup.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 376591a11..000000000
--- a/man3/roundup.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2023 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH roundup 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-roundup \- round up in steps
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/param.h>
-.P
-.BI roundup( x ", " step );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This macro rounds
-.I x
-to the nearest multiple of
-.I step
-that is not less than
-.IR x .
-.P
-It is typically used for
-rounding up a pointer to align it or
-increasing a buffer to be allocated.
-.P
-This API is not designed to be generic,
-and doesn't work in some cases
-that are not important for the typical use cases described above.
-See CAVEATS.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This macro returns the rounded value.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The arguments may be evaluated more than once.
-.P
-.I x
-should be nonnegative,
-and
-.I step
-should be positive.
-.P
-If
-.I x + step
-would overflow or wrap around,
-the behavior is undefined.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lrint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR lround (3),
-.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man3/rpc.3 b/man3/rpc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 66a97dbeb..000000000
--- a/man3/rpc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1201 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" @(#)rpc.3n	2.4 88/08/08 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.19 88/06/24 SMI
-.\"
-.\" 2007-12-30, mtk, Convert function prototypes to modern C syntax
-.\"
-.TH rpc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rpc \- library routines for remote procedure calls
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS AND DESCRIPTION
-These routines allow C programs to make procedure
-calls on other machines across the network.
-First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server.
-Upon receipt of the packet, the server calls a dispatch routine
-to perform the requested service, and then sends back a reply.
-Finally, the procedure call returns to the client.
-.\" .P
-.\" We don't have an rpc_secure.3 page at the moment -- MTK, 19 Sep 05
-.\" Routines that are used for Secure RPC (DES authentication) are described in
-.\" .BR rpc_secure (3).
-.\" Secure RPC can be used only if DES encryption is available.
-.P
-To take use of these routines, include the header file
-.IR "<rpc/rpc.h>" .
-.P
-The prototypes below make use of the following types:
-.P
-.RS 4
-.EX
-.BI "typedef int " bool_t ;
-.P
-.BI "typedef bool_t (*" xdrproc_t ")(XDR *, void *, ...);"
-.P
-.BI "typedef bool_t (*" resultproc_t ")(caddr_t " resp ,
-.BI "                               struct sockaddr_in *" raddr );
-.EE
-.RE
-.P
-See the header files for the declarations of the
-.IR AUTH ,
-.IR CLIENT ,
-.IR SVCXPRT ,
-and
-.I XDR
-types.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void auth_destroy(AUTH *" auth );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that destroys the authentication information associated with
-.IR auth .
-Destruction usually involves deallocation of private data structures.
-The use of
-.I auth
-is undefined after calling
-.BR auth_destroy ().
-.P
-.nf
-.B AUTH *authnone_create(void);
-.fi
-.IP
-Create and return an RPC
-authentication handle that passes nonusable authentication
-information with each remote procedure call.
-This is the default authentication used by RPC.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "AUTH *authunix_create(char *" host ", uid_t " uid ", gid_t " gid ,
-.BI "                      int " len ", gid_t " aup_gids [. len ]);
-.fi
-.IP
-Create and return an RPC authentication handle that contains
-authentication information.
-The parameter
-.I host
-is the name of the machine on which the information was created;
-.I uid
-is the user's user ID;
-.I gid
-is the user's current group ID;
-.I len
-and
-.I aup_gids
-refer to a counted array of groups to which the user belongs.
-It is easy to impersonate a user.
-.P
-.nf
-.B AUTH *authunix_create_default(void);
-.fi
-.IP
-Calls
-.BR authunix_create ()
-with the appropriate parameters.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "int callrpc(char *" host ", unsigned long " prognum ,
-.BI "            unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned long " procnum ,
-.BI "            xdrproc_t " inproc ", const char *" in ,
-.BI "            xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out );
-.fi
-.IP
-Call the remote procedure associated with
-.IR prognum ,
-.IR versnum ,
-and
-.I procnum
-on the machine,
-.IR host .
-The parameter
-.I in
-is the address of the procedure's argument(s), and
-.I out
-is the address of where to place the result(s);
-.I inproc
-is used to encode the procedure's parameters, and
-.I outproc
-is used to decode the procedure's results.
-This routine returns zero if it succeeds, or the value of
-.B "enum clnt_stat"
-cast to an integer if it fails.
-The routine
-.BR clnt_perrno ()
-is handy for translating failure statuses into messages.
-.IP
-Warning: calling remote procedures with this routine
-uses UDP/IP as a transport; see
-.BR clntudp_create ()
-for restrictions.
-You do not have control of timeouts or authentication using this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "enum clnt_stat clnt_broadcast(unsigned long " prognum ,
-.BI "                     unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned long " procnum ,
-.BI "                     xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
-.BI "                     xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out ,
-.BI "                     resultproc_t " eachresult );
-.fi
-.IP
-Like
-.BR callrpc (),
-except the call message is broadcast to all locally
-connected broadcast nets.
-Each time it receives a response, this routine calls
-.BR eachresult (),
-whose form is:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "eachresult(char *" out ", struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-where
-.I out
-is the same as
-.I out
-passed to
-.BR clnt_broadcast (),
-except that the remote procedure's output is decoded there;
-.I addr
-points to the address of the machine that sent the results.
-If
-.BR eachresult ()
-returns zero,
-.BR clnt_broadcast ()
-waits for more replies; otherwise it returns with appropriate status.
-.IP
-Warning: broadcast sockets are limited in size to the
-maximum transfer unit of the data link.
-For ethernet, this value is 1500 bytes.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "enum clnt_stat clnt_call(CLIENT *" clnt ", unsigned long " procnum ,
-.BI "                    xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
-.BI "                    xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out ,
-.BI "                    struct timeval " tout );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that calls the remote procedure
-.I procnum
-associated with the client handle,
-.IR clnt ,
-which is obtained with an RPC client creation routine such as
-.BR clnt_create ().
-The parameter
-.I in
-is the address of the procedure's argument(s), and
-.I out
-is the address of where to place the result(s);
-.I inproc
-is used to encode the procedure's parameters, and
-.I outproc
-is used to decode the procedure's results;
-.I tout
-is the time allowed for results to come back.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "clnt_destroy(CLIENT *" clnt );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that destroys the client's RPC handle.
-Destruction usually involves deallocation
-of private data structures, including
-.I clnt
-itself.
-Use of
-.I clnt
-is undefined after calling
-.BR clnt_destroy ().
-If the RPC library opened the associated socket, it will close it also.
-Otherwise, the socket remains open.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "CLIENT *clnt_create(const char *" host ", unsigned long " prog ,
-.BI "                    unsigned long " vers ", const char *" proto );
-.fi
-.IP
-Generic client creation routine.
-.I host
-identifies the name of the remote host where the server is located.
-.I proto
-indicates which kind of transport protocol to use.
-The currently supported values for this field are \[lq]udp\[rq]
-and \[lq]tcp\[rq].
-Default timeouts are set, but can be modified using
-.BR clnt_control ().
-.IP
-Warning: using UDP has its shortcomings.
-Since UDP-based RPC messages can hold only up to 8 Kbytes of encoded data,
-this transport cannot be used for procedures that take
-large arguments or return huge results.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t clnt_control(CLIENT *" cl ", int " req ", char *" info );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro used to change or retrieve various information
-about a client object.
-.I req
-indicates the type of operation, and
-.I info
-is a pointer to the information.
-For both UDP and TCP, the supported values of
-.I req
-and their argument types and what they do are:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-\fBCLSET_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // set total timeout
-\fBCLGET_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // get total timeout
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-Note: if you set the timeout using
-.BR clnt_control (),
-the timeout parameter passed to
-.BR clnt_call ()
-will be ignored in all future calls.
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-\fBCLGET_SERVER_ADDR\fP  \fIstruct sockaddr_in\fP
-                // get server\[aq]s address
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The following operations are valid for UDP only:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-\fBCLSET_RETRY_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // set the retry timeout
-\fBCLGET_RETRY_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // get the retry timeout
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The retry timeout is the time that "UDP RPC"
-waits for the server to reply before
-retransmitting the request.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "clnt_freeres(CLIENT * " clnt ", xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that frees any data allocated by the RPC/XDR
-system when it decoded the results of an RPC call.
-The parameter
-.I out
-is the address of the results, and
-.I outproc
-is the XDR routine describing the results.
-This routine returns one if the results were successfully freed,
-and zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void clnt_geterr(CLIENT *" clnt ", struct rpc_err *" errp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that copies the error structure out of the client
-handle to the structure at address
-.IR errp .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void clnt_pcreateerror(const char *" s );
-.fi
-.IP
-Print a message to standard error indicating why a client RPC
-handle could not be created.
-The message is prepended with string
-.I s
-and a colon.
-Used when a
-.BR clnt_create (),
-.BR clntraw_create (),
-.BR clnttcp_create (),
-or
-.BR clntudp_create ()
-call fails.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void clnt_perrno(enum clnt_stat " stat );
-.fi
-.IP
-Print a message to standard error corresponding
-to the condition indicated by
-.IR stat .
-Used after
-.BR callrpc ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "clnt_perror(CLIENT *" clnt ", const char *" s );
-.fi
-.IP
-Print a message to standard error indicating why an RPC call failed;
-.I clnt
-is the handle used to do the call.
-The message is prepended with string
-.I s
-and a colon.
-Used after
-.BR clnt_call ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "char *clnt_spcreateerror(const char *" s );
-.fi
-.IP
-Like
-.BR clnt_pcreateerror (),
-except that it returns a string instead of printing to the standard error.
-.IP
-Bugs: returns pointer to static data that is overwritten on each call.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "char *clnt_sperrno(enum clnt_stat " stat );
-.fi
-.IP
-Take the same arguments as
-.BR clnt_perrno (),
-but instead of sending a message to the standard error indicating why an RPC
-call failed, return a pointer to a string which contains the message.
-The string ends with a NEWLINE.
-.IP
-.BR clnt_sperrno ()
-is used instead of
-.BR clnt_perrno ()
-if the program does not have a standard error (as a program
-running as a server quite likely does not), or if the programmer
-does not want the message to be output with
-.BR printf (3),
-or if a message format different than that supported by
-.BR clnt_perrno ()
-is to be used.
-Note: unlike
-.BR clnt_sperror ()
-and
-.BR clnt_spcreateerror (),
-.BR clnt_sperrno ()
-returns pointer to static data, but the
-result will not get overwritten on each call.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "char *clnt_sperror(CLIENT *" rpch ", const char *" s );
-.fi
-.IP
-Like
-.BR clnt_perror (),
-except that (like
-.BR clnt_sperrno ())
-it returns a string instead of printing to standard error.
-.IP
-Bugs: returns pointer to static data that is overwritten on each call.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "CLIENT *clntraw_create(unsigned long " prognum \
-", unsigned long " versnum );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates a toy RPC client for the remote program
-.IR prognum ,
-version
-.IR versnum .
-The transport used to pass messages to the service is
-actually a buffer within the process's address space, so the
-corresponding RPC server should live in the same address space; see
-.BR svcraw_create ().
-This allows simulation of RPC and acquisition of RPC
-overheads, such as round trip times, without any kernel interference.
-This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "CLIENT *clnttcp_create(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
-.BI "                unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                int *" sockp ", unsigned int " sendsz \
-", unsigned int " recvsz );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates an RPC client for the remote program
-.IR prognum ,
-version
-.IR versnum ;
-the client uses TCP/IP as a transport.
-The remote program is located at Internet address
-.IR *addr .
-If
-.\"The following inline font conversion is necessary for the hyphen indicator
-.I addr\->sin_port
-is zero, then it is set to the actual port that the remote
-program is listening on (the remote
-.B portmap
-service is consulted for this information).
-The parameter
-.I sockp
-is a socket; if it is
-.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
-then this routine opens a new one and sets
-.IR sockp .
-Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O,
-the user may specify the size of the send and receive buffers
-with the parameters
-.I sendsz
-and
-.IR recvsz ;
-values of zero choose suitable defaults.
-This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "CLIENT *clntudp_create(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
-.BI "                unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                struct timeval " wait ", int *" sockp );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates an RPC client for the remote program
-.IR prognum ,
-version
-.IR versnum ;
-the client uses use UDP/IP as a transport.
-The remote program is located at Internet address
-.IR addr .
-If
-.I addr\->sin_port
-is zero, then it is set to actual port that the remote
-program is listening on (the remote
-.B portmap
-service is consulted for this information).
-The parameter
-.I sockp
-is a socket; if it is
-.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
-then this routine opens a new one and sets
-.IR sockp .
-The UDP transport resends the call message in intervals of
-.I wait
-time until a response is received or until the call times out.
-The total time for the call to time out is specified by
-.BR clnt_call ().
-.IP
-Warning: since UDP-based RPC messages can hold only up to 8 Kbytes
-of encoded data, this transport cannot be used for procedures
-that take large arguments or return huge results.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "CLIENT *clntudp_bufcreate(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
-.BI "            unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "            struct timeval " wait ", int *" sockp ,
-.BI "            unsigned int " sendsize ", unsigned int "recosize );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates an RPC client for the remote program
-.IR prognum ,
-on
-.IR versnum ;
-the client uses use UDP/IP as a transport.
-The remote program is located at Internet address
-.IR addr .
-If
-.I addr\->sin_port
-is zero, then it is set to actual port that the remote
-program is listening on (the remote
-.B portmap
-service is consulted for this information).
-The parameter
-.I sockp
-is a socket; if it is
-.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
-then this routine opens a new one and sets
-.IR sockp .
-The UDP transport resends the call message in intervals of
-.I wait
-time until a response is received or until the call times out.
-The total time for the call to time out is specified by
-.BR clnt_call ().
-.IP
-This allows the user to specify the maximum packet
-size for sending and receiving UDP-based RPC messages.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void get_myaddress(struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
-.fi
-.IP
-Stuff the machine's IP address into
-.IR *addr ,
-without consulting the library routines that deal with
-.IR /etc/hosts .
-The port number is always set to
-.BR htons(PMAPPORT) .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "struct pmaplist *pmap_getmaps(struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
-.fi
-.IP
-A user interface to the
-.B portmap
-service, which returns a list of the current RPC
-program-to-port mappings on the host located at IP address
-.IR *addr .
-This routine can return NULL.
-The command
-.I rpcinfo\~\-p
-uses this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "unsigned short pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
-.BI "                    unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                    unsigned int " protocol );
-.fi
-.IP
-A user interface to the
-.B portmap
-service, which returns the port number
-on which waits a service that supports program number
-.IR prognum ,
-version
-.IR versnum ,
-and speaks the transport protocol associated with
-.IR protocol .
-The value of
-.I protocol
-is most likely
-.B IPPROTO_UDP
-or
-.BR IPPROTO_TCP .
-A return value of zero means that the mapping does not exist
-or that the RPC system failed to contact the remote
-.B portmap
-service.
-In the latter case, the global variable
-.I rpc_createerr
-contains the RPC status.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "enum clnt_stat pmap_rmtcall(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
-.BI "                    unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                    unsigned long " procnum ,
-.BI "                    xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
-.BI "                    xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out ,
-.BI "                    struct timeval " tout ", unsigned long *" portp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A user interface to the
-.B portmap
-service, which instructs
-.B portmap
-on the host at IP address
-.I *addr
-to make an RPC call on your behalf to a procedure on that host.
-The parameter
-.I *portp
-will be modified to the program's port number if the procedure succeeds.
-The definitions of other parameters are discussed
-in
-.BR callrpc ()
-and
-.BR clnt_call ().
-This procedure should be used for a \[lq]ping\[rq] and nothing else.
-See also
-.BR clnt_broadcast ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t pmap_set(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                int " protocol ", unsigned short " port );
-.fi
-.IP
-A user interface to the
-.B portmap
-service, which establishes a mapping between the triple
-.RI [ prognum , versnum , protocol ]
-and
-.I port
-on the machine's
-.B portmap
-service.
-The value of
-.I protocol
-is most likely
-.B IPPROTO_UDP
-or
-.BR IPPROTO_TCP .
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-Automatically done by
-.BR svc_register ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t pmap_unset(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum );
-.fi
-.IP
-A user interface to the
-.B portmap
-service, which destroys all mapping between the triple
-.RI [ prognum , versnum , * ]
-and
-.B ports
-on the machine's
-.B portmap
-service.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "int registerrpc(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                unsigned long " procnum ", char *(*" procname ")(char *),"
-.BI "                xdrproc_t " inproc ", xdrproc_t " outproc );
-.fi
-.IP
-Register procedure
-.I procname
-with the RPC service package.
-If a request arrives for program
-.IR prognum ,
-version
-.IR versnum ,
-and procedure
-.IR procnum ,
-.I procname
-is called with a pointer to its parameter(s);
-.I procname
-should return a pointer to its static result(s);
-.I inproc
-is used to decode the parameters while
-.I outproc
-is used to encode the results.
-This routine returns zero if the registration succeeded, \-1 otherwise.
-.IP
-Warning: remote procedures registered in this form
-are accessed using the UDP/IP transport; see
-.BR svcudp_create ()
-for restrictions.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "struct rpc_createerr " rpc_createerr ;
-.fi
-.IP
-A global variable whose value is set by any RPC client creation routine
-that does not succeed.
-Use the routine
-.BR clnt_pcreateerror ()
-to print the reason why.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svc_destroy(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that destroys the RPC service transport handle,
-.IR xprt .
-Destruction usually involves deallocation
-of private data structures, including
-.I xprt
-itself.
-Use of
-.I xprt
-is undefined after calling this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "fd_set " svc_fdset ;
-.fi
-.IP
-A global variable reflecting the RPC service side's
-read file descriptor bit mask; it is suitable as a parameter to the
-.BR select (2)
-system call.
-This is of interest only if a service implementor does their own
-asynchronous event processing, instead of calling
-.BR svc_run ().
-This variable is read-only (do not pass its address to
-.BR select (2)!),
-yet it may change after calls to
-.BR svc_getreqset ()
-or any creation routines.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "int " svc_fds ;
-.fi
-.IP
-Similar to
-.BR svc_fdset ,
-but limited to 32 file descriptors.
-This interface is obsoleted by
-.BR svc_fdset .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "svc_freeargs(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that frees any data allocated by the RPC/XDR
-system when it decoded the arguments to a service procedure using
-.BR svc_getargs ().
-This routine returns 1 if the results were successfully freed,
-and zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "svc_getargs(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that decodes the arguments of an RPC request
-associated with the RPC service transport handle,
-.IR xprt .
-The parameter
-.I in
-is the address where the arguments will be placed;
-.I inproc
-is the XDR routine used to decode the arguments.
-This routine returns one if decoding succeeds, and zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "struct sockaddr_in *svc_getcaller(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-The approved way of getting the network address of the caller
-of a procedure associated with the RPC service transport handle,
-.IR xprt .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svc_getreqset(fd_set *" rdfds );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine is of interest only if a service implementor does not call
-.BR svc_run (),
-but instead implements custom asynchronous event processing.
-It is called when the
-.BR select (2)
-system call has determined that an RPC request has arrived on some
-RPC socket(s);
-.I rdfds
-is the resultant read file descriptor bit mask.
-The routine returns when all sockets associated with the value of
-.I rdfds
-have been serviced.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svc_getreq(int " rdfds );
-.fi
-.IP
-Similar to
-.BR svc_getreqset (),
-but limited to 32 file descriptors.
-This interface is obsoleted by
-.BR svc_getreqset ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t svc_register(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", unsigned long " prognum ,
-.BI "                    unsigned long " versnum ,
-.BI "                    void (*" dispatch ")(struct svc_req *, SVCXPRT *),"
-.BI "                    unsigned long " protocol );
-.fi
-.IP
-Associates
-.I prognum
-and
-.I versnum
-with the service dispatch procedure,
-.IR dispatch .
-If
-.I protocol
-is zero, the service is not registered with the
-.B portmap
-service.
-If
-.I protocol
-is nonzero, then a mapping of the triple
-.RI [ prognum , versnum , protocol ]
-to
-.I xprt\->xp_port
-is established with the local
-.B portmap
-service (generally
-.I protocol
-is zero,
-.B IPPROTO_UDP
-or
-.BR IPPROTO_TCP ).
-The procedure
-.I dispatch
-has the following form:
-.IP
-.in +4n
-.EX
-dispatch(struct svc_req *request, SVCXPRT *xprt);
-.EE
-.in
-.IP
-The
-.BR svc_register ()
-routine returns one if it succeeds, and zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.B "void svc_run(void);"
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine never returns.
-It waits for RPC requests to arrive, and calls the appropriate service
-procedure using
-.BR svc_getreq ()
-when one arrives.
-This procedure is usually waiting for a
-.BR select (2)
-system call to return.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " outproc \
-", char *" out );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called by an RPC service's dispatch routine to send the results of a
-remote procedure call.
-The parameter
-.I xprt
-is the request's associated transport handle;
-.I outproc
-is the XDR routine which is used to encode the results; and
-.I out
-is the address of the results.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svc_unregister(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum );
-.fi
-.IP
-Remove all mapping of the double
-.RI [ prognum , versnum ]
-to dispatch routines, and of the triple
-.RI [ prognum , versnum , * ]
-to port number.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_auth(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", enum auth_stat " why );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called by a service dispatch routine that refuses to perform
-a remote procedure call due to an authentication error.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_decode(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called by a service dispatch routine that cannot successfully
-decode its parameters.
-See also
-.BR svc_getargs ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_noproc(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called by a service dispatch routine that does not implement
-the procedure number that the caller requests.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_noprog(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called when the desired program is not registered with the RPC package.
-Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_progvers(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", unsigned long " low_vers ,
-.BI "                     unsigned long " high_vers );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called when the desired version of a program is not registered
-with the RPC package.
-Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_systemerr(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called by a service dispatch routine when it detects a system
-error not covered by any particular protocol.
-For example, if a service can no longer allocate storage,
-it may call this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void svcerr_weakauth(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-Called by a service dispatch routine that refuses to perform
-a remote procedure call due to insufficient authentication parameters.
-The routine calls
-.BR "svcerr_auth(xprt, AUTH_TOOWEAK)" .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "SVCXPRT *svcfd_create(int " fd ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
-.BI "                      unsigned int " recvsize );
-.fi
-.IP
-Create a service on top of any open file descriptor.
-Typically, this file descriptor is a connected socket for a stream protocol such
-as TCP.
-.I sendsize
-and
-.I recvsize
-indicate sizes for the send and receive buffers.
-If they are zero, a reasonable default is chosen.
-.P
-.nf
-.B SVCXPRT *svcraw_create(void);
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates a toy RPC
-service transport, to which it returns a pointer.
-The transport is really a buffer within the process's address space,
-so the corresponding RPC client should live in the same address space; see
-.BR clntraw_create ().
-This routine allows simulation of RPC and acquisition of RPC
-overheads (such as round trip times), without any kernel interference.
-This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int " sock ", unsigned int " send_buf_size ,
-.BI "                       unsigned int " recv_buf_size );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates a TCP/IP-based RPC
-service transport, to which it returns a pointer.
-The transport is associated with the socket
-.IR sock ,
-which may be
-.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
-in which case a new socket is created.
-If the socket is not bound to a local TCP
-port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port.
-Upon completion,
-.I xprt\->xp_sock
-is the transport's socket descriptor, and
-.I xprt\->xp_port
-is the transport's port number.
-This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O,
-users may specify the size of buffers; values of zero
-choose suitable defaults.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "SVCXPRT *svcudp_bufcreate(int " sock ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
-.BI "                          unsigned int " recosize );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine creates a UDP/IP-based RPC
-service transport, to which it returns a pointer.
-The transport is associated with the socket
-.IR sock ,
-which may be
-.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
-in which case a new socket is created.
-If the socket is not bound to a local UDP
-port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port.
-Upon completion,
-.I xprt\->xp_sock
-is the transport's socket descriptor, and
-.I xprt\->xp_port
-is the transport's port number.
-This routine returns NULL if it fails.
-.IP
-This allows the user to specify the maximum packet size for sending and
-receiving UDP-based RPC messages.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "SVCXPRT *svcudp_create(int " sock );
-.fi
-.IP
-This call is equivalent to
-.I svcudp_bufcreate(sock,SZ,SZ)
-for some default size
-.IR SZ .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_accepted_reply(XDR *" xdrs ", struct accepted_reply *" ar );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for encoding RPC reply messages.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_authunix_parms(XDR *" xdrs ", struct authunix_parms *" aupp );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing UNIX credentials.
-This routine is useful for users
-who wish to generate these credentials without using the RPC
-authentication package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xdr_callhdr(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" chdr );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing RPC call header messages.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_callmsg(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" cmsg );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing RPC call messages.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate RPC-style
-messages without using the RPC package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_opaque_auth(XDR *" xdrs ", struct opaque_auth *" ap );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing RPC authentication information messages.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_pmap(XDR *" xdrs ", struct pmap *" regs );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing parameters to various
-.B portmap
-procedures, externally.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-these parameters without using the
-.B pmap
-interface.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_pmaplist(XDR *" xdrs ", struct pmaplist **" rp );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing a list of port mappings, externally.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-these parameters without using the
-.B pmap
-interface.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_rejected_reply(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rejected_reply *" rr );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing RPC reply messages.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_replymsg(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" rmsg );
-.fi
-.IP
-Used for describing RPC reply messages.
-This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
-RPC style messages without using the RPC package.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xprt_register(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-After RPC service transport handles are created,
-they should register themselves with the RPC service package.
-This routine modifies the global variable
-.IR svc_fds .
-Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xprt_unregister(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
-.fi
-.IP
-Before an RPC service transport handle is destroyed,
-it should unregister itself with the RPC service package.
-This routine modifies the global variable
-.IR svc_fds .
-Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR auth_destroy (),
-.BR authnone_create (),
-.BR authunix_create (),
-.BR authunix_create_default (),
-.BR callrpc (),
-.BR clnt_broadcast (),
-.BR clnt_call (),
-.BR clnt_destroy (),
-.BR clnt_create (),
-.BR clnt_control (),
-.BR clnt_freeres (),
-.BR clnt_geterr (),
-.BR clnt_pcreateerror (),
-.BR clnt_perrno (),
-.BR clnt_perror (),
-.BR clnt_spcreateerror (),
-.BR clnt_sperrno (),
-.BR clnt_sperror (),
-.BR clntraw_create (),
-.BR clnttcp_create (),
-.BR clntudp_create (),
-.BR clntudp_bufcreate (),
-.BR get_myaddress (),
-.BR pmap_getmaps (),
-.BR pmap_getport (),
-.BR pmap_rmtcall (),
-.BR pmap_set (),
-.BR pmap_unset (),
-.BR registerrpc (),
-.BR svc_destroy (),
-.BR svc_freeargs (),
-.BR svc_getargs (),
-.BR svc_getcaller (),
-.BR svc_getreqset (),
-.BR svc_getreq (),
-.BR svc_register (),
-.BR svc_run (),
-.BR svc_sendreply (),
-.BR svc_unregister (),
-.BR svcerr_auth (),
-.BR svcerr_decode (),
-.BR svcerr_noproc (),
-.BR svcerr_noprog (),
-.BR svcerr_progvers (),
-.BR svcerr_systemerr (),
-.BR svcerr_weakauth (),
-.BR svcfd_create (),
-.BR svcraw_create (),
-.BR svctcp_create (),
-.BR svcudp_bufcreate (),
-.BR svcudp_create (),
-.BR xdr_accepted_reply (),
-.BR xdr_authunix_parms (),
-.BR xdr_callhdr (),
-.BR xdr_callmsg (),
-.BR xdr_opaque_auth (),
-.BR xdr_pmap (),
-.BR xdr_pmaplist (),
-.BR xdr_rejected_reply (),
-.BR xdr_replymsg (),
-.BR xprt_register (),
-.BR xprt_unregister ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.\" We don't have an rpc_secure.3 page in the set at the moment -- MTK, 19 Sep 05
-.\" .BR rpc_secure (3),
-.BR xdr (3)
-.P
-The following manuals:
-.RS
-Remote Procedure Calls: Protocol Specification
-.br
-Remote Procedure Call Programming Guide
-.br
-rpcgen Programming Guide
-.br
-.RE
-.P
-.IR "RPC: Remote Procedure Call Protocol Specification" ,
-RFC\ 1050, Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
-USC-ISI.
diff --git a/man3/rpmatch.3 b/man3/rpmatch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fd285cc64..000000000
--- a/man3/rpmatch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
-.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-.\" the following conditions:
-.\"
-.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-.\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" References:
-.\"   glibc manual and source
-.\"
-.\" 2006-05-19, mtk, various edits and example program
-.\"
-.TH rpmatch 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rpmatch \- determine if the answer to a question is affirmative or negative
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int rpmatch(const char *" response );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR rpmatch ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR rpmatch ()
-handles a user response to yes or no questions, with
-support for internationalization.
-.P
-.I response
-should be a null-terminated string containing a
-user-supplied response, perhaps obtained with
-.BR fgets (3)
-or
-.BR getline (3).
-.P
-The user's language preference is taken into account per the
-environment variables
-.BR LANG ,
-.BR LC_MESSAGES ,
-and
-.BR LC_ALL ,
-if the program has called
-.BR setlocale (3)
-to effect their changes.
-.P
-Regardless of the locale, responses matching
-.B \[ha][Yy]
-are always accepted as affirmative, and those matching
-.B \[ha][Nn]
-are always accepted as negative.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-After examining
-.IR response ,
-.BR rpmatch ()
-returns 0 for a recognized negative response ("no"), 1
-for a recognized positive response ("yes"), and \-1 when the value
-of
-.I response
-is unrecognized.
-.SH ERRORS
-A return value of \-1 may indicate either an invalid input, or some
-other error.
-It is incorrect to only test if the return value is nonzero.
-.P
-.BR rpmatch ()
-can fail for any of the reasons that
-.BR regcomp (3)
-or
-.BR regexec (3)
-can fail; the cause of the error
-is not available from
-.I errno
-or anywhere else, but indicates a
-failure of the regex engine (but this case is indistinguishable from
-that of an unrecognized value of
-.IR response ).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rpmatch ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-GNU, FreeBSD, AIX.
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.BR YESEXPR " and " NOEXPR
-of some locales (including "C") only inspect the first character of the
-.IR response .
-This can mean that "yno" et al. resolve to
-.BR 1 .
-This is an unfortunate historical side-effect which should be fixed in time
-with proper localisation, and should not deter from
-.BR rpmatch ()
-being the proper way to distinguish between binary answers.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program displays the results when
-.BR rpmatch ()
-is applied to the string given in the program's command-line argument.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (rpmatch.c)
-.EX
-#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-#include <locale.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    if (argc != 2 || strcmp(argv[1], "\-\-help") == 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "%s response\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
-    printf("rpmatch() returns: %d\en", rpmatch(argv[1]));
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgets (3),
-.BR getline (3),
-.BR nl_langinfo (3),
-.BR regcomp (3),
-.BR setlocale (3)
diff --git a/man3/rresvport.3 b/man3/rresvport.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/rresvport.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/rresvport_af.3 b/man3/rresvport_af.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/rresvport_af.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/rtime.3 b/man3/rtime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cac162ed2..000000000
--- a/man3/rtime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2003 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2003-04-04 Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
-.\"
-.\" Slightly polished, aeb, 2003-04-06
-.\"
-.TH rtime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rtime \- get time from a remote machine
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <rpc/auth_des.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int rtime(struct sockaddr_in *" addrp ", struct rpc_timeval *" timep ,
-.BI "          struct rpc_timeval *" timeout );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function uses the Time Server Protocol as described in
-RFC\ 868 to obtain the time from a remote machine.
-.P
-The Time Server Protocol gives the time in seconds since
-00:00:00 UTC, 1 Jan 1900,
-and this function subtracts the appropriate constant in order to
-convert the result to seconds since the
-Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.P
-When
-.I timeout
-is non-NULL, the udp/time socket (port 37) is used.
-Otherwise, the tcp/time socket (port 37) is used.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, 0 is returned, and the obtained 32-bit time value is stored in
-.IR timep\->tv_sec .
-In case of error \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-All errors for underlying functions
-.RB ( sendto (2),
-.BR poll (2),
-.BR recvfrom (2),
-.BR connect (2),
-.BR read (2))
-can occur.
-Moreover:
-.TP
-.B EIO
-The number of returned bytes is not 4.
-.TP
-.B ETIMEDOUT
-The waiting time as defined in timeout has expired.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR rtime ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH NOTES
-Only IPv4 is supported.
-.P
-Some
-.I in.timed
-versions support only TCP.
-Try the example program with
-.I use_tcp
-set to 1.
-.\" .P
-.\" Libc5 uses the prototype
-.\" .P
-.\" .nf
-.\"    int rtime(struct sockaddr_in *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *);
-.\" .fi
-.\" .P
-.\" and requires
-.\" .I <sys/time.h>
-.\" instead of
-.\" .IR <rpc/auth_des.h> .
-.SH BUGS
-.BR rtime ()
-in glibc 2.2.5 and earlier does not work properly on 64-bit machines.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-This example requires that port 37 is up and open.
-You may check
-that the time entry within
-.I /etc/inetd.conf
-is not commented out.
-.P
-The program connects to a computer called "linux".
-Using "localhost" does not work.
-The result is the localtime of the computer "linux".
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (rtime.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-\&
-#include <rpc/auth_des.h>
-\&
-static int use_tcp = 0;
-static const char servername[] = "linux";
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    int                 ret;
-    time_t              t;
-    struct hostent      *hent;
-    struct rpc_timeval  time1 = {0, 0};
-    struct rpc_timeval  timeout = {1, 0};
-    struct sockaddr_in  name;
-\&
-    memset(&name, 0, sizeof(name));
-    sethostent(1);
-    hent = gethostbyname(servername);
-    memcpy(&name.sin_addr, hent\->h_addr, hent\->h_length);
-\&
-    ret = rtime(&name, &time1, use_tcp ? NULL : &timeout);
-    if (ret < 0)
-        perror("rtime error");
-    else {
-        t = time1.tv_sec;
-        printf("%s\en", ctime(&t));
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.\" .BR netdate (1),
-.BR ntpdate (1),
-.\" .BR rdate (1),
-.BR inetd (8)
diff --git a/man3/rtnetlink.3 b/man3/rtnetlink.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6be783eaf..000000000
--- a/man3/rtnetlink.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-1-para
-.\"
-.\" This man page is Copyright (C) 1999 Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de>.
-.\"
-.\" $Id: rtnetlink.3,v 1.2 1999/05/18 10:35:10 freitag Exp $
-.\"
-.TH rtnetlink 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-rtnetlink \- macros to manipulate rtnetlink messages
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <asm/types.h>
-.B #include <linux/netlink.h>
-.B #include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.P
-.BI "rtnetlink_socket = socket(AF_NETLINK, int " socket_type \
-", NETLINK_ROUTE);"
-.P
-.BI "int RTA_OK(struct rtattr *" rta ", int " rtabuflen );
-.P
-.BI "void *RTA_DATA(struct rtattr *" rta );
-.BI "unsigned int RTA_PAYLOAD(struct rtattr *" rta );
-.P
-.BI "struct rtattr *RTA_NEXT(struct rtattr *" rta \
-", unsigned int " rtabuflen );
-.P
-.BI "unsigned int RTA_LENGTH(unsigned int " length );
-.BI "unsigned int RTA_SPACE(unsigned int "length );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-All
-.BR rtnetlink (7)
-messages consist of a
-.BR netlink (7)
-message header and appended attributes.
-The attributes should be manipulated only using the macros provided here.
-.P
-.BI RTA_OK( rta ", " attrlen )
-returns true if
-.I rta
-points to a valid routing attribute;
-.I attrlen
-is the running length of the attribute buffer.
-When not true then you must assume there are no more attributes in the
-message, even if
-.I attrlen
-is nonzero.
-.P
-.BI RTA_DATA( rta )
-returns a pointer to the start of this attribute's data.
-.P
-.BI RTA_PAYLOAD( rta )
-returns the length of this attribute's data.
-.P
-.BI RTA_NEXT( rta ", " attrlen )
-gets the next attribute after
-.IR rta .
-Calling this macro will update
-.IR attrlen .
-You should use
-.B RTA_OK
-to check the validity of the returned pointer.
-.P
-.BI RTA_LENGTH( len )
-returns the length which is required for
-.I len
-bytes of data plus the header.
-.P
-.BI RTA_SPACE( len )
-returns the amount of space which will be needed in a message with
-.I len
-bytes of data.
-.SH STANDARDS
-Linux.
-.SH BUGS
-This manual page is incomplete.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" FIXME . ? would be better to use libnetlink in the EXAMPLE code here
-Creating a rtnetlink message to set the MTU of a device:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
-\&
-\&...
-\&
-struct {
-    struct nlmsghdr  nh;
-    struct ifinfomsg if;
-    char             attrbuf[512];
-} req;
-\&
-struct rtattr *rta;
-unsigned int mtu = 1000;
-\&
-int rtnetlink_sk = socket(AF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_ROUTE);
-\&
-memset(&req, 0, sizeof(req));
-req.nh.nlmsg_len = NLMSG_LENGTH(sizeof(req.if));
-req.nh.nlmsg_flags = NLM_F_REQUEST;
-req.nh.nlmsg_type = RTM_NEWLINK;
-req.if.ifi_family = AF_UNSPEC;
-req.if.ifi_index = INTERFACE_INDEX;
-req.if.ifi_change = 0xffffffff; /* ??? */
-rta = (struct rtattr *)(((char *) &req) +
-                         NLMSG_ALIGN(req.nh.nlmsg_len));
-rta\->rta_type = IFLA_MTU;
-rta\->rta_len = RTA_LENGTH(sizeof(mtu));
-req.nh.nlmsg_len = NLMSG_ALIGN(req.nh.nlmsg_len) +
-                              RTA_LENGTH(sizeof(mtu));
-memcpy(RTA_DATA(rta), &mtu, sizeof(mtu));
-send(rtnetlink_sk, &req, req.nh.nlmsg_len, 0);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR netlink (3),
-.BR netlink (7),
-.BR rtnetlink (7)
diff --git a/man3/ruserok.3 b/man3/ruserok.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/ruserok.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/ruserok_af.3 b/man3/ruserok_af.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b58efefab..000000000
--- a/man3/ruserok_af.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man3/scalb.3 b/man3/scalb.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b3cc8c2c9..000000000
--- a/man3/scalb.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH scalb 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-scalb, scalbf, scalbl \- multiply floating-point number
-by integral power of radix (OBSOLETE)
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] double scalb(double " x ", double " exp );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] float scalbf(float " x ", float " exp );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] long double scalbl(long double " x ", long double " exp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR scalb ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR scalbf (),
-.BR scalbl ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions multiply their first argument
-.I x
-by
-.B FLT_RADIX
-(probably 2)
-to the power of
-.IR exp ,
-that is:
-.P
-.nf
-    x * FLT_RADIX ** exp
-.fi
-.P
-The definition of
-.B FLT_RADIX
-can be obtained by including
-.IR <float.h> .
-.\" not in /usr/include but in a gcc lib
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return
-.I x
-*
-.B FLT_RADIX
-**
-.IR exp .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-or
-.I exp
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-and
-.I exp
-is not negative infinity,
-positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), and
-.I exp
-is not positive infinity, +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is zero, and
-.I exp
-is positive infinity,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is an infinity,
-and
-.I exp
-is negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with a sign the same as
-.IR x .
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return zero, with a sign the same as
-.IR x .
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is 0, and \fIexp\fP is positive infinity, \
-or \fIx\fP is positive infinity and \fIexp\fP is negative infinity \
-and the other argument is not a NaN
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error, overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error, underflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR scalb (),
-.BR scalbf (),
-.BR scalbl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR scalb ()
-4.3BSD.
-Obsolescent in POSIX.1-2001;
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
-recommending the use of
-.BR scalbln (3),
-.BR scalblnf (3),
-or
-.BR scalblnl (3)
-instead.
-.\" Looking at header files: scalbf() is present on the
-.\" BSDs, Tru64, HP-UX 11, Irix 6.5; scalbl() is on HP-UX 11 and Tru64.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.20,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6803
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6804
-these functions did not set
-.I errno
-for domain and range errors.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ldexp (3),
-.BR scalbln (3)
diff --git a/man3/scalbf.3 b/man3/scalbf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a33fb820..000000000
--- a/man3/scalbf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalb.3
diff --git a/man3/scalbl.3 b/man3/scalbl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a33fb820..000000000
--- a/man3/scalbl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalb.3
diff --git a/man3/scalbln.3 b/man3/scalbln.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bedf5dbf8..000000000
--- a/man3/scalbln.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH scalbln 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-scalbn, scalbnf, scalbnl, scalbln, scalblnf, scalblnl \-
-multiply floating-point number by integral power of radix
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double scalbln(double " x ", long " exp );
-.BI "float scalblnf(float " x ", long " exp );
-.BI "long double scalblnl(long double " x ", long " exp );
-.P
-.BI "double scalbn(double " x ", int " exp );
-.BI "float scalbnf(float " x ", int " exp );
-.BI "long double scalbnl(long double " x ", int " exp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR scalbln (),
-.BR scalblnf (),
-.BR scalblnl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR scalbn (),
-.BR scalbnf (),
-.BR scalbnl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions multiply their first argument
-.I x
-by
-.B FLT_RADIX
-(probably 2)
-to the power of
-.IR exp ,
-that is:
-.P
-.nf
-    x * FLT_RADIX ** exp
-.fi
-.P
-The definition of
-.B FLT_RADIX
-can be obtained by including
-.IR <float.h> .
-.\" not in /usr/include but in a gcc lib
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return
-.I x
-*
-.B FLT_RADIX
-**
-.IR exp .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with a sign the same as
-.IR x .
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return zero, with a sign the same as
-.IR x .
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error, overflow
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error, underflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR scalbn (),
-.BR scalbnf (),
-.BR scalbnl (),
-.BR scalbln (),
-.BR scalblnf (),
-.BR scalblnl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH HISTORY
-These functions differ from the obsolete functions described in
-.BR scalb (3)
-in the type of their second argument.
-The functions described on this page have a second argument
-of an integral type, while those in
-.BR scalb (3)
-have a second argument of type
-.IR double .
-.SH NOTES
-If
-.B FLT_RADIX
-equals 2 (which is usual), then
-.BR scalbn ()
-is equivalent to
-.BR ldexp (3).
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.20,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6803
-these functions did not set
-.I errno
-for range errors.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ldexp (3),
-.BR scalb (3)
diff --git a/man3/scalblnf.3 b/man3/scalblnf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d82f2d5..000000000
--- a/man3/scalblnf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man3/scalblnl.3 b/man3/scalblnl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d82f2d5..000000000
--- a/man3/scalblnl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man3/scalbn.3 b/man3/scalbn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d82f2d5..000000000
--- a/man3/scalbn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man3/scalbnf.3 b/man3/scalbnf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d82f2d5..000000000
--- a/man3/scalbnf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man3/scalbnl.3 b/man3/scalbnl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d82f2d5..000000000
--- a/man3/scalbnl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man3/scandir.3 b/man3/scandir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ec405e3a..000000000
--- a/man3/scandir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:26:16 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Thu Apr 11 17:11:33 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl):
-.\"     Corrected type of compar routines, as suggested by
-.\"     Miguel Barreiro (enano@avalon.yaix.es).  Added example.
-.\" Modified Sun Sep 24 20:15:46 2000 by aeb, following Petter Reinholdtsen.
-.\" Modified 2001-12-26 by aeb, following Joey. Added versionsort.
-.\"
-.\" The pieces on scandirat(3) were copyright and licensed as follows.
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 2012, Mark R. Bannister <cambridge@users.sourceforge.net>
-.\"        based on text in mkfifoat.3 Copyright (c) 2006, Michael Kerrisk
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH scandir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-scandir, scandirat, alphasort, versionsort \- scan
-a directory for matching entries
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "int scandir(const char *restrict " dirp ,
-.BI "            struct dirent ***restrict " namelist ,
-.BI "            int (*" filter ")(const struct dirent *),"
-.BI "            int (*" compar ")(const struct dirent **,"
-.B "                          const struct dirent **));"
-.P
-.BI "int alphasort(const struct dirent **" a ", const struct dirent **" b );
-.BI "int versionsort(const struct dirent **" a ", const struct dirent **" b );
-.P
-.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "          /* Definition of AT_* constants */"
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "int scandirat(int " dirfd ", const char *restrict " dirp ,
-.BI "            struct dirent ***restrict " namelist ,
-.BI "            int (*" filter ")(const struct dirent *),"
-.BI "            int (*" compar ")(const struct dirent **,"
-.B "                          const struct dirent **));"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR scandir (),
-.BR alphasort ():
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR versionsort ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR scandirat ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR scandir ()
-function scans the directory \fIdirp\fP, calling
-\fIfilter\fP() on each directory entry.
-Entries for which
-\fIfilter\fP() returns nonzero are stored in strings allocated via
-.BR malloc (3),
-sorted using
-.BR qsort (3)
-with the comparison
-function \fIcompar\fP(), and collected in array \fInamelist\fP
-which is allocated via
-.BR malloc (3).
-If \fIfilter\fP is NULL, all entries are selected.
-.P
-The
-.BR alphasort ()
-and
-.BR versionsort ()
-functions can be used as the comparison function
-.IR compar ().
-The former sorts directory entries using
-.BR strcoll (3),
-the latter using
-.BR strverscmp (3)
-on the strings \fI(*a)\->d_name\fP and \fI(*b)\->d_name\fP.
-.SS scandirat()
-The
-.BR scandirat ()
-function operates in exactly the same way as
-.BR scandir (),
-except for the differences described here.
-.P
-If the pathname given in
-.I dirp
-is relative, then it is interpreted relative to the directory
-referred to by the file descriptor
-.I dirfd
-(rather than relative to the current working directory of
-the calling process, as is done by
-.BR scandir ()
-for a relative pathname).
-.P
-If
-.I dirp
-is relative and
-.I dirfd
-is the special value
-.BR AT_FDCWD ,
-then
-.I dirp
-is interpreted relative to the current working
-directory of the calling process (like
-.BR scandir ()).
-.P
-If
-.I dirp
-is absolute, then
-.I dirfd
-is ignored.
-.P
-See
-.BR openat (2)
-for an explanation of the need for
-.BR scandirat ().
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR scandir ()
-function returns the number of directory entries
-selected.
-On error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.P
-The
-.BR alphasort ()
-and
-.BR versionsort ()
-functions return an integer less than, equal to,
-or greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be
-respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.RB ( scandirat ())
-.I dirp
-is relative but
-.I dirfd
-is neither
-.B AT_FDCWD
-nor a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-The path in \fIdirp\fR does not exist.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to complete the operation.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-The path in \fIdirp\fR is not a directory.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-.RB ( scandirat ())
-.I dirp
-is a relative pathname and
-.I dirfd
-is a file descriptor referring to a file other than a directory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR scandir (),
-.BR scandirat ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR alphasort (),
-.BR versionsort ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR alphasort ()
-.TQ
-.BR scandir ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR versionsort ()
-.TQ
-.BR scandirat ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR alphasort ()
-.TQ
-.BR scandir ()
-4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR versionsort ()
-glibc 2.1.
-.TP
-.BR scandirat ()
-glibc 2.15.
-.\" .P
-.\" The functions
-.\" .BR scandir ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR alphasort ()
-.\" are from 4.3BSD, and have been available under Linux since libc4.
-.\" Libc4 and libc5 use the more precise prototype
-.\" .sp
-.\" .nf
-.\"    int alphasort(const struct dirent ** a,
-.\"                  const struct dirent **b);
-.\" .fi
-.\" .sp
-.\" but glibc 2.0 returns to the imprecise BSD prototype.
-.SH NOTES
-Since glibc 2.1,
-.BR alphasort ()
-calls
-.BR strcoll (3);
-earlier it used
-.BR strcmp (3).
-.P
-Before glibc 2.10, the two arguments of
-.BR alphasort ()
-and
-.BR versionsort ()
-were typed as
-.IR "const void\ *" .
-When
-.BR alphasort ()
-was standardized in POSIX.1-2008,
-the argument type was specified as the type-safe
-.IR "const struct dirent\ **",
-and glibc 2.10 changed the definition of
-.BR alphasort ()
-(and the nonstandard
-.BR versionsort ())
-to match the standard.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below prints a list of the files in the current directory
-in reverse order.
-.\"
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (scandir.c)
-.EX
-#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct dirent **namelist;
-    int n;
-\&
-    n = scandir(".", &namelist, NULL, alphasort);
-    if (n == \-1) {
-        perror("scandir");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    while (n\-\-) {
-        printf("%s\en", namelist[n]\->d_name);
-        free(namelist[n]);
-    }
-    free(namelist);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR fnmatch (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR strverscmp (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/scandirat.3 b/man3/scandirat.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e757c7a0..000000000
--- a/man3/scandirat.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scandir.3
diff --git a/man3/scanf.3 b/man3/scanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be335a597..000000000
--- a/man3/scanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH scanf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-scanf, fscanf, vscanf, vfscanf \- input FILE format conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int scanf(const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int fscanf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.P
-.B #include <stdarg.h>
-.P
-.BI "int vscanf(const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.BI "int vfscanf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR vscanf (),
-.BR vfscanf ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR scanf ()
-family of functions scans formatted input like
-.BR sscanf (3),
-but read from a
-.IR FILE .
-It is very difficult to use these functions correctly,
-and it is preferable to read entire lines with
-.BR fgets (3)
-or
-.BR getline (3)
-and parse them later with
-.BR sscanf (3)
-or more specialized functions such as
-.BR strtol (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR scanf ()
-function reads input from the standard input stream
-.I stdin
-and
-.BR fscanf ()
-reads input from the stream pointer
-.IR stream .
-.P
-The
-.BR vfscanf ()
-function is analogous to
-.BR vfprintf (3)
-and reads input from the stream pointer
-.I stream
-using a variable argument list of pointers (see
-.BR stdarg (3).
-The
-.BR vscanf ()
-function is analogous to
-.BR vprintf (3)
-and reads from the standard input.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the number of input items
-successfully matched and assigned;
-this can be fewer than provided for,
-or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-.P
-The value
-.B EOF
-is returned if the end of input is reached before either the first
-successful conversion or a matching failure occurs.
-.B EOF
-is also returned if a read error occurs,
-in which case the error indicator for the stream (see
-.BR ferror (3))
-is set, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The file descriptor underlying
-.I stream
-is marked nonblocking, and the read operation would block.
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The file descriptor underlying
-.I stream
-is invalid, or not open for reading.
-.TP
-.B EILSEQ
-Input byte sequence does not form a valid character.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-The read operation was interrupted by a signal; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Not enough arguments; or
-.I format
-is NULL.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR scanf (),
-.BR fscanf (),
-.BR vscanf (),
-.BR vfscanf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-These functions make it difficult to
-distinguish newlines from other white space,
-This is especially problematic with line-buffered input,
-like the standard input stream.
-.P
-These functions can't report errors after the last
-non-suppressed conversion specification.
-.SH BUGS
-It is impossible to accurately know
-how many characters these functions have consumed from the input stream,
-since they only report the number of successful conversions.
-For example,
-if the input is "123\en\ a",
-.I scanf(\[dq]%d\ %d\[dq], &a, &b)
-will consume the digits, the newline, and the space, but not the letter a.
-This makes it difficult to recover from invalid input.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgets (3),
-.BR getline (3),
-.BR sscanf (3)
diff --git a/man3/sched_getcpu.3 b/man3/sched_getcpu.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f45d80054..000000000
--- a/man3/sched_getcpu.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sched_getcpu 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sched_getcpu \- determine CPU on which the calling thread is running
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sched.h>
-.P
-.B int sched_getcpu(void);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sched_getcpu ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.14:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.14:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-            /* _GNU_SOURCE also suffices */
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sched_getcpu ()
-returns the number of the CPU
-on which the calling thread is currently executing.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR sched_getcpu ()
-returns a nonnegative CPU number.
-On error, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-This kernel does not implement
-.BR getcpu (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sched_getcpu ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.6.
-.SH NOTES
-The call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-cpu = sched_getcpu();
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-is equivalent to the following
-.BR getcpu (2)
-call:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-int c, s;
-s = getcpu(&c, NULL);
-cpu = (s == \-1) ? s : c;
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getcpu (2),
-.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man3/secure_getenv.3 b/man3/secure_getenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5142befad..000000000
--- a/man3/secure_getenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getenv.3
diff --git a/man3/seed48.3 b/man3/seed48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/seed48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/seed48_r.3 b/man3/seed48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/seed48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/seekdir.3 b/man3/seekdir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ceb5850b2..000000000
--- a/man3/seekdir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:25:21 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\"
-.TH seekdir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-seekdir \- set the position of the next readdir() call in the directory
-stream.
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "void seekdir(DIR *" dirp ", long " loc );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR seekdir ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR seekdir ()
-function sets the location in the directory stream
-from which the next
-.BR readdir (2)
-call will start.
-The
-.I loc
-argument should be a value returned by a previous call to
-.BR telldir (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR seekdir ()
-function returns no value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR seekdir ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Up to glibc 2.1.1, the type of the
-.I loc
-argument was
-.IR off_t .
-POSIX.1-2001 specifies
-.IR long ,
-and this is the type used since glibc 2.1.2.
-See
-.BR telldir (3)
-for information on why you should be careful in making any
-assumptions about the value in this argument.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR lseek (2),
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man3/sem_close.3 b/man3/sem_close.3
deleted file mode 100644
index da7c45d03..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_close.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_close 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_close \- close a named semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_close(sem_t *" sem );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_close ()
-closes the named semaphore referred to by
-.IR sem ,
-allowing any resources that the system has allocated to
-the calling process for this semaphore to be freed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR sem_close ()
-returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sem
-is not a valid semaphore.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_close ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-All open named semaphores are automatically closed on process
-termination, or upon
-.BR execve (2).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_getvalue (3),
-.BR sem_open (3),
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_unlink (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_destroy.3 b/man3/sem_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a8d0d2e7..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_destroy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_destroy \- destroy an unnamed semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_destroy(sem_t *" sem );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_destroy ()
-destroys the unnamed semaphore at the address pointed to by
-.IR sem .
-.P
-Only a semaphore that has been initialized by
-.BR sem_init (3)
-should be destroyed using
-.BR sem_destroy ().
-.P
-Destroying a semaphore that other processes or threads are
-currently blocked on (in
-.BR sem_wait (3))
-produces undefined behavior.
-.P
-Using a semaphore that has been destroyed produces undefined results,
-until the semaphore has been reinitialized using
-.BR sem_init (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR sem_destroy ()
-returns 0 on success;
-on error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sem
-is not a valid semaphore.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_destroy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-An unnamed semaphore should be destroyed with
-.BR sem_destroy ()
-before the memory in which it is located is deallocated.
-Failure to do this can result in resource leaks on some implementations.
-.\" But not on NPTL, where sem_destroy () is a no-op..
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_init (3),
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_getvalue.3 b/man3/sem_getvalue.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ee09648f..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_getvalue.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_getvalue 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_getvalue \- get the value of a semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_getvalue(sem_t *restrict " sem ", int *restrict " sval );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_getvalue ()
-places the current value of the semaphore pointed to
-.I sem
-into the integer pointed to by
-.IR sval .
-.P
-If one or more processes or threads are blocked
-waiting to lock the semaphore with
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-POSIX.1 permits two possibilities for the value returned in
-.IR sval :
-either 0 is returned;
-or a negative number whose absolute value is the count
-of the number of processes and threads currently blocked in
-.BR sem_wait (3).
-Linux adopts the former behavior.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR sem_getvalue ()
-returns 0 on success;
-on error, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sem
-is not a valid semaphore.
-(The glibc implementation currently does not check whether
-.I sem
-is valid.)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_getvalue ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The value of the semaphore may already have changed by the time
-.BR sem_getvalue ()
-returns.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_init.3 b/man3/sem_init.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b46e8e7f..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_init.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_init 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_init \- initialize an unnamed semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_init(sem_t *" sem ", int " pshared ", unsigned int " value );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_init ()
-initializes the unnamed semaphore at the address pointed to by
-.IR sem .
-The
-.I value
-argument specifies the initial value for the semaphore.
-.P
-The
-.I pshared
-argument indicates whether this semaphore is to be shared
-between the threads of a process, or between processes.
-.P
-If
-.I pshared
-has the value 0,
-then the semaphore is shared between the threads of a process,
-and should be located at some address that is visible to all threads
-(e.g., a global variable, or a variable allocated dynamically on
-the heap).
-.P
-If
-.I pshared
-is nonzero, then the semaphore is shared between processes,
-and should be located in a region of shared memory (see
-.BR shm_open (3),
-.BR mmap (2),
-and
-.BR shmget (2)).
-(Since a child created by
-.BR fork (2)
-inherits its parent's memory mappings, it can also access the semaphore.)
-Any process that can access the shared memory region
-can operate on the semaphore using
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-and so on.
-.P
-Initializing a semaphore that has already been initialized
-results in undefined behavior.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR sem_init ()
-returns 0 on success;
-on error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I value
-exceeds
-.BR SEM_VALUE_MAX .
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-.I pshared
-is nonzero,
-but the system does not support process-shared semaphores (see
-.BR sem_overview (7)).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_init ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Bizarrely, POSIX.1-2001 does not specify the value that should
-be returned by a successful call to
-.BR sem_init ().
-POSIX.1-2008 rectifies this, specifying the zero return on success.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR shm_open (3)
-and
-.BR sem_wait (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_destroy (3),
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_open.3 b/man3/sem_open.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 814997b72..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_open.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_open 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_open \- initialize and open a named semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
-.BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "sem_t *sem_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag );
-.BI "sem_t *sem_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ,
-.BI "                mode_t " mode ", unsigned int " value );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_open ()
-creates a new POSIX semaphore or opens an existing semaphore.
-The semaphore is identified by
-.IR name .
-For details of the construction of
-.IR name ,
-see
-.BR sem_overview (7).
-.P
-The
-.I oflag
-argument specifies flags that control the operation of the call.
-(Definitions of the flags values can be obtained by including
-.IR <fcntl.h> .)
-If
-.B O_CREAT
-is specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-then the semaphore is created if
-it does not already exist.
-The owner (user ID) of the semaphore is set to the effective
-user ID of the calling process.
-The group ownership (group ID) is set to the effective group ID
-of the calling process.
-.\" In reality the filesystem IDs are used on Linux.
-If both
-.B O_CREAT
-and
-.B O_EXCL
-are specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-then an error is returned if a semaphore with the given
-.I name
-already exists.
-.P
-If
-.B O_CREAT
-is specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-then two additional arguments must be supplied.
-The
-.I mode
-argument specifies the permissions to be placed on the new semaphore,
-as for
-.BR open (2).
-(Symbolic definitions for the permissions bits can be obtained by including
-.IR <sys/stat.h> .)
-The permissions settings are masked against the process umask.
-Both read and write permission should be granted to each class of
-user that will access the semaphore.
-The
-.I value
-argument specifies the initial value for the new semaphore.
-If
-.B O_CREAT
-is specified, and a semaphore with the given
-.I name
-already exists, then
-.I mode
-and
-.I value
-are ignored.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR sem_open ()
-returns the address of the new semaphore;
-this address is used when calling other semaphore-related functions.
-On error,
-.BR sem_open ()
-returns
-.BR SEM_FAILED ,
-with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The semaphore exists, but the caller does not have permission to
-open it.
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-Both
-.B O_CREAT
-and
-.B O_EXCL
-were specified in
-.IR oflag ,
-but a semaphore with this
-.I name
-already exists.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I value
-was greater than
-.BR SEM_VALUE_MAX .
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I name
-consists of just "/", followed by no other characters.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.I name
-was too long.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-The
-.B O_CREAT
-flag was not specified in
-.I oflag
-and no semaphore with this
-.I name
-exists;
-or,
-.\" this error can occur if we have a name of the (nonportable) form
-.\" /dir/name, and the directory /dev/shm/dir does not exist.
-.B O_CREAT
-was specified, but
-.I name
-wasn't well formed.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_open ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_close (3),
-.BR sem_getvalue (3),
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_unlink (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_post.3 b/man3/sem_post.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f9222e0d..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_post.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_post 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_post \- unlock a semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_post(sem_t *" sem );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_post ()
-increments (unlocks) the semaphore pointed to by
-.IR sem .
-If the semaphore's value consequently becomes greater than zero,
-then another process or thread blocked in a
-.BR sem_wait (3)
-call will be woken up and proceed to lock the semaphore.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR sem_post ()
-returns 0 on success;
-on error, the value of the semaphore is left unchanged,
-\-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sem
-is not a valid semaphore.
-.TP
-.B EOVERFLOW
-.\" Added in POSIX.1-2008 TC1 (Austin Interpretation 213)
-The maximum allowable value for a semaphore would be exceeded.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_post ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR sem_post ()
-is async-signal-safe:
-it may be safely called within a signal handler.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR sem_wait (3)
-and
-.BR shm_open (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_getvalue (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7),
-.BR signal\-safety (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_timedwait.3 b/man3/sem_timedwait.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c7b43fa88..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_timedwait.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sem_wait.3
diff --git a/man3/sem_trywait.3 b/man3/sem_trywait.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c7b43fa88..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_trywait.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sem_wait.3
diff --git a/man3/sem_unlink.3 b/man3/sem_unlink.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f442e108..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_unlink.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_unlink 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_unlink \- remove a named semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_unlink(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_unlink ()
-removes the named semaphore referred to by
-.IR name .
-The semaphore name is removed immediately.
-The semaphore is destroyed once all other processes that have
-the semaphore open close it.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success
-.BR sem_unlink ()
-returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-The caller does not have permission to unlink this semaphore.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.I name
-was too long.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-There is no semaphore with the given
-.IR name .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_unlink ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sem_getvalue (3),
-.BR sem_open (3),
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR sem_wait (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/sem_wait.3 b/man3/sem_wait.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d31e2f2a..000000000
--- a/man3/sem_wait.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sem_wait 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sem_wait, sem_timedwait, sem_trywait \- lock a semaphore
-.SH LIBRARY
-POSIX threads library
-.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <semaphore.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sem_wait(sem_t *" sem );
-.BI "int sem_trywait(sem_t *" sem );
-.BI "int sem_timedwait(sem_t *restrict " sem ,
-.BI "                  const struct timespec *restrict " abs_timeout );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sem_timedwait ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sem_wait ()
-decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by
-.IR sem .
-If the semaphore's value is greater than zero,
-then the decrement proceeds, and the function returns, immediately.
-If the semaphore currently has the value zero,
-then the call blocks until either it becomes possible to perform
-the decrement (i.e., the semaphore value rises above zero),
-or a signal handler interrupts the call.
-.P
-.BR sem_trywait ()
-is the same as
-.BR sem_wait (),
-except that if the decrement cannot be immediately performed,
-then call returns an error
-.RI ( errno
-set to
-.BR EAGAIN )
-instead of blocking.
-.P
-.BR sem_timedwait ()
-is the same as
-.BR sem_wait (),
-except that
-.I abs_timeout
-specifies a limit on the amount of time that the call
-should block if the decrement cannot be immediately performed.
-The
-.I abs_timeout
-argument points to a
-.BR timespec (3)
-structure that specifies an absolute timeout
-in seconds and nanoseconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.P
-If the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
-and the semaphore could not be locked immediately,
-then
-.BR sem_timedwait ()
-fails with a timeout error
-.RI ( errno
-set to
-.BR ETIMEDOUT ).
-.P
-If the operation can be performed immediately, then
-.BR sem_timedwait ()
-never fails with a timeout error, regardless of the value of
-.IR abs_timeout .
-Furthermore, the validity of
-.I abs_timeout
-is not checked in this case.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-All of these functions return 0 on success;
-on error, the value of the semaphore is left unchanged,
-\-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-.RB ( sem_trywait ())
-The operation could not be performed without blocking (i.e., the
-semaphore currently has the value zero).
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-The call was interrupted by a signal handler; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sem
-is not a valid semaphore.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.RB ( sem_timedwait ())
-The value of
-.I abs_timeout.tv_nsecs
-is less than 0, or greater than or equal to 1000 million.
-.TP
-.B ETIMEDOUT
-.RB ( sem_timedwait ())
-The call timed out before the semaphore could be locked.
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 also allows EDEADLK -- "A deadlock condition
-.\" was detected", but this does not occur on Linux(?).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sem_wait (),
-.BR sem_trywait (),
-.BR sem_timedwait ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The (somewhat trivial) program shown below operates on an
-unnamed semaphore.
-The program expects two command-line arguments.
-The first argument specifies a seconds value that is used to
-set an alarm timer to generate a
-.B SIGALRM
-signal.
-This handler performs a
-.BR sem_post (3)
-to increment the semaphore that is being waited on in
-.I main()
-using
-.BR sem_timedwait ().
-The second command-line argument specifies the length
-of the timeout, in seconds, for
-.BR sem_timedwait ().
-The following shows what happens on two different runs of the program:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 2 3"
-About to call sem_timedwait()
-sem_post() from handler
-sem_timedwait() succeeded
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 2 1"
-About to call sem_timedwait()
-sem_timedwait() timed out
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (sem_wait.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <semaphore.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#include <assert.h>
-\&
-sem_t sem;
-\&
-#define handle_error(msg) \e
-    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
-\&
-static void
-handler(int sig)
-{
-    write(STDOUT_FILENO, "sem_post() from handler\en", 24);
-    if (sem_post(&sem) == \-1) {
-        write(STDERR_FILENO, "sem_post() failed\en", 18);
-        _exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-}
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct sigaction sa;
-    struct timespec ts;
-    int s;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <alarm\-secs> <wait\-secs>\en",
-                argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (sem_init(&sem, 0, 0) == \-1)
-        handle_error("sem_init");
-\&
-    /* Establish SIGALRM handler; set alarm timer using argv[1]. */
-\&
-    sa.sa_handler = handler;
-    sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
-    sa.sa_flags = 0;
-    if (sigaction(SIGALRM, &sa, NULL) == \-1)
-        handle_error("sigaction");
-\&
-    alarm(atoi(argv[1]));
-\&
-    /* Calculate relative interval as current time plus
-       number of seconds given argv[2]. */
-\&
-    if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts) == \-1)
-        handle_error("clock_gettime");
-\&
-    ts.tv_sec += atoi(argv[2]);
-\&
-    printf("%s() about to call sem_timedwait()\en", __func__);
-    while ((s = sem_timedwait(&sem, &ts)) == \-1 && errno == EINTR)
-        continue;       /* Restart if interrupted by handler. */
-\&
-    /* Check what happened. */
-\&
-    if (s == \-1) {
-        if (errno == ETIMEDOUT)
-            printf("sem_timedwait() timed out\en");
-        else
-            perror("sem_timedwait");
-    } else
-        printf("sem_timedwait() succeeded\en");
-\&
-    exit((s == 0) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clock_gettime (2),
-.BR sem_getvalue (3),
-.BR sem_post (3),
-.BR timespec (3),
-.BR sem_overview (7),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/setaliasent.3 b/man3/setaliasent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 24d162751..000000000
--- a/man3/setaliasent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Polished a bit, added a little, aeb
-.\"
-.TH setaliasent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setaliasent, endaliasent, getaliasent, getaliasent_r,
-getaliasbyname, getaliasbyname_r \- read an alias entry
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <aliases.h>
-.P
-.B "void setaliasent(void);"
-.B "void endaliasent(void);"
-.P
-.B "struct aliasent *getaliasent(void);"
-.BI "int getaliasent_r(struct aliasent *restrict " result ,
-.BI "                     char " buffer "[restrict ." buflen "], \
-size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                     struct aliasent **restrict " res );
-.P
-.BI "struct aliasent *getaliasbyname(const char *" name );
-.BI "int getaliasbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
-.BI "                     struct aliasent *restrict " result ,
-.BI "                     char " buffer "[restrict ." buflen "], \
-size_t " buflen ,
-.BI "                     struct aliasent **restrict " res );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-One of the databases available with the Name Service Switch (NSS)
-is the aliases database, that contains mail aliases.
-(To find out which databases are supported, try
-.IR "getent \-\-help" .)
-Six functions are provided to access the aliases database.
-.P
-The
-.BR getaliasent ()
-function returns a pointer to a structure containing
-the group information from the aliases database.
-The first time it is called it returns the first entry;
-thereafter, it returns successive entries.
-.P
-The
-.BR setaliasent ()
-function rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the
-aliases database.
-.P
-The
-.BR endaliasent ()
-function closes the aliases database.
-.P
-.BR getaliasent_r ()
-is the reentrant version of the previous function.
-The requested structure
-is stored via the first argument but the programmer needs to fill the other
-arguments also.
-Not providing enough space causes the function to fail.
-.P
-The function
-.BR getaliasbyname ()
-takes the name argument and searches the aliases database.
-The entry is returned as a pointer to a
-.IR "struct aliasent" .
-.P
-.BR getaliasbyname_r ()
-is the reentrant version of the previous function.
-The requested structure
-is stored via the second argument but the programmer needs to fill the other
-arguments also.
-Not providing enough space causes the function to fail.
-.P
-The
-.I "struct aliasent"
-is defined in
-.IR <aliases.h> :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct aliasent {
-    char    *alias_name;             /* alias name */
-    size_t   alias_members_len;
-    char   **alias_members;          /* alias name list */
-    int      alias_local;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions
-.BR getaliasent_r ()
-and
-.BR getaliasbyname_r ()
-return a nonzero value on error.
-.SH FILES
-The default alias database is the file
-.IR /etc/aliases .
-This can be changed in the
-.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
-file.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setaliasent (),
-.BR endaliasent (),
-.BR getaliasent_r (),
-.BR getaliasbyname_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getaliasent (),
-.BR getaliasbyname ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-The NeXT system has similar routines:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#include <aliasdb.h>
-\&
-void alias_setent(void);
-void alias_endent(void);
-alias_ent *alias_getent(void);
-alias_ent *alias_getbyname(char *name);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following example compiles with
-.IR "gcc example.c \-o example" .
-It will dump all names in the alias database.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (setaliasent.c)
-.EX
-#include <aliases.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct aliasent *al;
-\&
-    setaliasent();
-    for (;;) {
-        al = getaliasent();
-        if (al == NULL)
-            break;
-        printf("Name: %s\en", al\->alias_name);
-    }
-    if (errno) {
-        perror("reading alias");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-    endaliasent();
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getgrent (3),
-.BR getpwent (3),
-.BR getspent (3),
-.BR aliases (5)
-.\"
-.\" /etc/sendmail/aliases
-.\" Yellow Pages
-.\" newaliases, postalias
diff --git a/man3/setbuf.3 b/man3/setbuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8604d4754..000000000
--- a/man3/setbuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
-.\" Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)setbuf.3	6.10 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:55:24 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Added section to BUGS, Sun Mar 12 22:28:33 MET 1995,
-.\"                   Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
-.\" Correction,  Sun, 11 Apr 1999 15:55:18,
-.\"     Martin Vicente <martin@netadmin.dgac.fr>
-.\" Correction,  2000-03-03, Andreas Jaeger <aj@suse.de>
-.\" Added return value for setvbuf, aeb,
-.\"
-.TH setbuf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setbuf, setbuffer, setlinebuf, setvbuf \- stream buffering operations
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int setvbuf(FILE *restrict " stream ", char " buf "[restrict ." size ],
-.BI "            int " mode ", size_t " size );
-.P
-.BI "void setbuf(FILE *restrict " stream ", char *restrict " buf );
-.BI "void setbuffer(FILE *restrict " stream ", char " buf "[restrict ." size ],
-.BI "            size_t "  size );
-.BI "void setlinebuf(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR setbuffer (),
-.BR setlinebuf ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and
-line buffered.
-When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on
-the destination file or terminal as soon as written; when it is block
-buffered, many characters are saved up and written as a block; when it is
-line buffered, characters are saved up until a newline is output or input is
-read from any stream attached to a terminal device (typically \fIstdin\fP).
-The function
-.BR fflush (3)
-may be used to force the block out early.
-(See
-.BR fclose (3).)
-.P
-Normally all files are block buffered.
-If a stream refers to a terminal (as
-.I stdout
-normally does), it is line buffered.
-The standard error stream
-.I stderr
-is always unbuffered by default.
-.P
-The
-.BR setvbuf ()
-function may be used on any open stream to change its buffer.
-The
-.I mode
-argument must be one of the following three macros:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B _IONBF
-unbuffered
-.TP
-.B _IOLBF
-line buffered
-.TP
-.B _IOFBF
-fully buffered
-.RE
-.P
-Except for unbuffered files, the
-.I buf
-argument should point to a buffer at least
-.I size
-bytes long; this buffer will be used instead of the current buffer.
-If the argument
-.I buf
-is NULL,
-only the mode is affected; a new buffer will be allocated on the next read
-or write operation.
-The
-.BR setvbuf ()
-function may be used only after opening a stream and before any other
-operations have been performed on it.
-.P
-The other three calls are, in effect, simply aliases for calls to
-.BR setvbuf ().
-The
-.BR setbuf ()
-function is exactly equivalent to the call
-.P
-.in +4n
-setvbuf(stream, buf, buf ? _IOFBF : _IONBF, BUFSIZ);
-.in
-.P
-The
-.BR setbuffer ()
-function is the same, except that the size of the buffer is up to the
-caller, rather than being determined by the default
-.BR BUFSIZ .
-The
-.BR setlinebuf ()
-function is exactly equivalent to the call:
-.P
-.in +4n
-setvbuf(stream, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The function
-.BR setvbuf ()
-returns 0 on success.
-It returns nonzero on failure
-.RI ( mode
-is invalid or the request cannot be honored).
-It may set
-.I errno
-on failure.
-.P
-The other functions do not return a value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setbuf (),
-.BR setbuffer (),
-.BR setlinebuf (),
-.BR setvbuf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR setbuf ()
-.TQ
-.BR setvbuf ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR setbuf ()
-.TQ
-.BR setvbuf ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-POSIX notes
-.\" https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=397#c799
-.\" 0000397: setbuf and errno
-that the value of
-.I errno
-is unspecified after a call to
-.BR setbuf ()
-and further notes that, since the value of
-.I errno
-is not required to be unchanged after a successful call to
-.BR setbuf (),
-applications should instead use
-.BR setvbuf ()
-in order to detect errors.
-.SH BUGS
-.\" The
-.\" .BR setbuffer ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR setlinebuf ()
-.\" functions are not portable to versions of BSD before 4.2BSD, and
-.\" are available under Linux since libc 4.5.21.
-.\" On 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD systems,
-.\" .BR setbuf ()
-.\" always uses a suboptimal buffer size and should be avoided.
-.\".P
-You must make sure that the space that
-.I buf
-points to still exists by the time
-.I stream
-is closed, which also happens at program termination.
-For example, the following is invalid:
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (setbuf.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char buf[BUFSIZ];
-\&
-    setbuf(stdout, buf);
-    printf("Hello, world!\en");
-    return 0;
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR stdbuf (1),
-.BR fclose (3),
-.BR fflush (3),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR fread (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR printf (3),
-.BR puts (3)
diff --git a/man3/setbuffer.3 b/man3/setbuffer.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc02d9e88..000000000
--- a/man3/setbuffer.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setbuf.3
diff --git a/man3/setcontext.3 b/man3/setcontext.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b01818d4f..000000000
--- a/man3/setcontext.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getcontext.3
diff --git a/man3/setenv.3 b/man3/setenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 59df11cc9..000000000
--- a/man3/setenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2004, 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:20:58 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified 9 Jun 2004, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"     Changed unsetenv() prototype; added EINVAL error
-.\"     Noted nonstandard behavior of setenv() if name contains '='
-.\" 2005-08-12, mtk, glibc 2.3.4 fixed the "name contains '='" bug
-.\"
-.TH setenv 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setenv \- change or add an environment variable
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int setenv(const char *" name ", const char *" value ", int " overwrite );
-.BI "int unsetenv(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR setenv (),
-.BR unsetenv ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR setenv ()
-function adds the variable
-.I name
-to the
-environment with the value
-.IR value ,
-if
-.I name
-does not
-already exist.
-If
-.I name
-does exist in the environment, then
-its value is changed to
-.I value
-if
-.I overwrite
-is nonzero;
-if
-.I overwrite
-is zero, then the value of
-.I name
-is not changed (and
-.BR setenv ()
-returns a success status).
-This function makes copies of the strings pointed to by
-.I name
-and
-.I value
-(by contrast with
-.BR putenv (3)).
-.P
-The
-.BR unsetenv ()
-function deletes the variable
-.I name
-from
-the environment.
-If
-.I name
-does not exist in the environment,
-then the function succeeds, and the environment is unchanged.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR setenv ()
-and
-.BR unsetenv ()
-functions return zero on success,
-or \-1 on error, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I name
-is NULL, points to a string of length 0,
-or contains an \[aq]=\[aq] character.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory to add a new variable to the environment.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setenv (),
-.BR unsetenv ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-Prior to glibc 2.2.2,
-.BR unsetenv ()
-was prototyped
-as returning
-.IR void ;
-more recent glibc versions follow the
-POSIX.1-compliant prototype shown in the SYNOPSIS.
-.SH CAVEATS
-POSIX.1 does not require
-.BR setenv ()
-or
-.BR unsetenv ()
-to be reentrant.
-.SH BUGS
-POSIX.1 specifies that if
-.I name
-contains an \[aq]=\[aq] character, then
-.BR setenv ()
-should fail with the error
-.BR EINVAL ;
-however, versions of glibc before glibc 2.3.4 allowed an \[aq]=\[aq] sign in
-.IR name .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR clearenv (3),
-.BR getenv (3),
-.BR putenv (3),
-.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man3/setfsent.3 b/man3/setfsent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e6a3eb7e..000000000
--- a/man3/setfsent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man3/setgrent.3 b/man3/setgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bde736fff..000000000
--- a/man3/setgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getgrent.3
diff --git a/man3/sethostent.3 b/man3/sethostent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d0fb4b7c..000000000
--- a/man3/sethostent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man3/sethostid.3 b/man3/sethostid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3210db030..000000000
--- a/man3/sethostid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gethostid.3
diff --git a/man3/setjmp.3 b/man3/setjmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2319feb47..000000000
--- a/man3/setjmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH setjmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setjmp, sigsetjmp, longjmp, siglongjmp  \- performing a nonlocal goto
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <setjmp.h>
-.P
-.BI "int setjmp(jmp_buf " env );
-.BI "int sigsetjmp(sigjmp_buf " env ", int " savesigs );
-.P
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void longjmp(jmp_buf " env ", int " val );
-.BI "[[noreturn]] void siglongjmp(sigjmp_buf " env ", int " val );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR setjmp ():
-see NOTES.
-.P
-.BR sigsetjmp ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions described on this page are used for performing "nonlocal gotos":
-transferring execution from one function to a predetermined location
-in another function.
-The
-.BR setjmp ()
-function dynamically establishes the target to which control
-will later be transferred, and
-.BR longjmp ()
-performs the transfer of execution.
-.P
-The
-.BR setjmp ()
-function saves various information about the calling environment
-(typically, the stack pointer, the instruction pointer,
-possibly the values of other registers and the signal mask)
-in the buffer
-.I env
-for later use by
-.BR longjmp ().
-In this case,
-.BR setjmp ()
-returns 0.
-.P
-The
-.BR longjmp ()
-function uses the information saved in
-.I env
-to transfer control back to the point where
-.BR setjmp ()
-was called and to restore ("rewind") the stack to its state at the time of the
-.BR setjmp ()
-call.
-In addition, and depending on the implementation (see NOTES),
-the values of some other registers and the process signal mask
-may be restored to their state at the time of the
-.BR setjmp ()
-call.
-.P
-Following a successful
-.BR longjmp (),
-execution continues as if
-.BR setjmp ()
-had returned for a second time.
-This "fake" return can be distinguished from a true
-.BR setjmp ()
-call because the "fake" return returns the value provided in
-.IR val .
-If the programmer mistakenly passes the value 0 in
-.IR val ,
-the "fake" return will instead return 1.
-.SS sigsetjmp() and siglongjmp()
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-and
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-also perform nonlocal gotos, but provide predictable handling of
-the process signal mask.
-.P
-If, and only if, the
-.I savesigs
-argument provided to
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-is nonzero, the process's current signal mask is saved in
-.I env
-and will be restored if a
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-is later performed with this
-.IR env .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR setjmp ()
-and
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-return 0 when called directly;
-on the "fake" return that occurs after
-.BR longjmp ()
-or
-.BR siglongjmp (),
-the nonzero value specified in
-.I val
-is returned.
-.P
-The
-.BR longjmp ()
-or
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-functions do not return.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setjmp (),
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR longjmp (),
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR setjmp ()
-.TQ
-.BR longjmp ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-.TQ
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR setjmp ()
-.TQ
-.BR longjmp ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.TP
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-.TQ
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-POSIX does not specify whether
-.BR setjmp ()
-will save the signal mask
-(to be later restored during
-.BR longjmp ()).
-In System V it will not.
-In 4.3BSD it will, and there
-is a function
-.BR _setjmp ()
-that will not.
-The behavior under Linux depends on the glibc version
-and the setting of feature test macros.
-Before glibc 2.19,
-.BR setjmp ()
-follows the System V behavior by default,
-but the BSD behavior is provided if the
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-feature test macro is explicitly defined
-.\" so that _FAVOR_BSD is triggered
-and none of
-.BR _POSIX_SOURCE ,
-.BR _POSIX_C_SOURCE ,
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ,
-.\" .BR _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED ,
-.BR _GNU_SOURCE ,
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-is defined.
-Since glibc 2.19,
-.I <setjmp.h>
-exposes only the System V version of
-.BR setjmp ().
-Programs that need the BSD semantics should replace calls to
-.BR setjmp ()
-with calls to
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-with a nonzero
-.I savesigs
-argument.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR setjmp ()
-and
-.BR longjmp ()
-can be useful for dealing with errors inside deeply nested function calls
-or to allow a signal handler to pass control to
-a specific point in the program,
-rather than returning to the point where the handler interrupted
-the main program.
-In the latter case,
-if you want to portably save and restore signal masks, use
-.BR sigsetjmp ()
-and
-.BR siglongjmp ().
-See also the discussion of program readability below.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The compiler may optimize variables into registers, and
-.BR longjmp ()
-may restore the values of other registers in addition to the
-stack pointer and program counter.
-Consequently, the values of automatic variables are unspecified
-after a call to
-.BR longjmp ()
-if they meet all the following criteria:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-they are local to the function that made the corresponding
-.BR setjmp ()
-call;
-.IP \[bu]
-their values are changed between the calls to
-.BR setjmp ()
-and
-.BR longjmp ();
-and
-.IP \[bu]
-they are not declared as
-.IR volatile .
-.P
-Analogous remarks apply for
-.BR siglongjmp ().
-.\"
-.SS Nonlocal gotos and program readability
-While it can be abused,
-the traditional C "goto" statement at least has the benefit that lexical cues
-(the goto statement and the target label)
-allow the programmer to easily perceive the flow of control.
-Nonlocal gotos provide no such cues: multiple
-.BR setjmp ()
-calls might employ the same
-.I jmp_buf
-variable so that the content of the variable may change
-over the lifetime of the application.
-Consequently, the programmer may be forced to perform detailed
-reading of the code to determine the dynamic target of a particular
-.BR longjmp ()
-call.
-(To make the programmer's life easier, each
-.BR setjmp ()
-call should employ a unique
-.I jmp_buf
-variable.)
-.P
-Adding further difficulty, the
-.BR setjmp ()
-and
-.BR longjmp ()
-calls may not even be in the same source code module.
-.P
-In summary, nonlocal gotos can make programs harder to understand
-and maintain, and an alternative should be used if possible.
-.\"
-.SS Undefined Behavior
-If the function which called
-.BR setjmp ()
-returns before
-.BR longjmp ()
-is called, the behavior is undefined.
-Some kind of subtle or unsubtle chaos is sure to result.
-.P
-If, in a multithreaded program, a
-.BR longjmp ()
-call employs an
-.I env
-buffer that was initialized by a call to
-.BR setjmp ()
-in a different thread, the behavior is undefined.
-.\"
-.\" The following statement appeared in versions up to POSIX.1-2008 TC1,
-.\" but is set to be removed in POSIX.1-2008 TC2:
-.\"
-.\"     According to POSIX.1, if a
-.\"     .BR longjmp ()
-.\"     call is performed from a nested signal handler
-.\"     (i.e., from a handler that was invoked in response to a signal that was
-.\"     generated while another signal was already in the process of being
-.\"     handled), the behavior is undefined.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2008 Technical Corrigendum 2 adds
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=516#c1195
-.BR longjmp ()
-and
-.BR siglongjmp ()
-to the list of async-signal-safe functions.
-However, the standard recommends avoiding the use of these functions
-from signal handlers and goes on to point out that
-if these functions are called from a signal handler that interrupted
-a call to a non-async-signal-safe function (or some equivalent,
-such as the steps equivalent to
-.BR exit (3)
-that occur upon a return from the initial call to
-.IR main ()),
-the behavior is undefined if the program subsequently makes a call to
-a non-async-signal-safe function.
-The only way of avoiding undefined behavior is to ensure one of the following:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-After long jumping from the signal handler,
-the program does not call any non-async-signal-safe functions
-and does not return from the initial call to
-.IR main ().
-.IP \[bu]
-Any signal whose handler performs a long jump must be blocked during
-.I every
-call to a non-async-signal-safe function and
-no non-async-signal-safe functions are called after
-returning from the initial call to
-.IR main ().
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR signal (7),
-.BR signal\-safety (7)
diff --git a/man3/setkey.3 b/man3/setkey.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e34c9e911..000000000
--- a/man3/setkey.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/encrypt.3
diff --git a/man3/setkey_r.3 b/man3/setkey_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e34c9e911..000000000
--- a/man3/setkey_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/encrypt.3
diff --git a/man3/setlinebuf.3 b/man3/setlinebuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc02d9e88..000000000
--- a/man3/setlinebuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setbuf.3
diff --git a/man3/setlocale.3 b/man3/setlocale.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ec86d5a5..000000000
--- a/man3/setlocale.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,248 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright 1999 by Bruno Haible (haible@clisp.cons.org)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:20:12 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Tue Jul 15 16:49:10 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified Sun Jul  4 14:52:16 1999 by Bruno Haible (haible@clisp.cons.org)
-.\" Modified Tue Aug 24 17:11:01 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified Tue Feb  6 03:31:55 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.TH setlocale 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setlocale \- set the current locale
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <locale.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *setlocale(int " category ", const char *" locale );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR setlocale ()
-function is used to set or query the program's current locale.
-.P
-If
-.I locale
-is not NULL,
-the program's current locale is modified according to the arguments.
-The argument
-.I category
-determines which parts of the program's current locale should be modified.
-.TS
-lB lB
-lB lx.
-Category	Governs
-LC_ALL	All of the locale
-LC_ADDRESS	T{
-Formatting of addresses and
-geography-related items (*)
-T}
-LC_COLLATE	String collation
-LC_CTYPE	Character classification
-LC_IDENTIFICATION	T{
-Metadata describing the locale (*)
-T}
-LC_MEASUREMENT	T{
-Settings related to measurements
-(metric versus US customary) (*)
-T}
-LC_MESSAGES	T{
-Localizable natural-language messages
-T}
-LC_MONETARY	T{
-Formatting of monetary values
-T}
-LC_NAME	T{
-Formatting of salutations for persons (*)
-T}
-LC_NUMERIC	T{
-Formatting of nonmonetary numeric values
-T}
-LC_PAPER	T{
-Settings related to the standard paper size (*)
-T}
-LC_TELEPHONE	T{
-Formats to be used with telephone services (*)
-T}
-LC_TIME	T{
-Formatting of date and time values
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-The categories marked with an asterisk in the above table
-are GNU extensions.
-For further information on these locale categories, see
-.BR locale (7).
-.P
-The argument
-.I locale
-is a pointer to a character string containing the
-required setting of
-.IR category .
-Such a string is either a well-known constant like "C" or "da_DK"
-(see below), or an opaque string that was returned by another call of
-.BR setlocale ().
-.P
-If
-.I locale
-is an empty string,
-.BR \[dq]\[dq] ,
-each part of the locale that should be modified is set according to the
-environment variables.
-The details are implementation-dependent.
-For glibc, first (regardless of
-.IR category ),
-the environment variable
-.B LC_ALL
-is inspected,
-next the environment variable with the same name as the category
-(see the table above),
-and finally the environment variable
-.BR LANG .
-The first existing environment variable is used.
-If its value is not a valid locale specification, the locale
-is unchanged, and
-.BR setlocale ()
-returns NULL.
-.P
-The locale
-.B \[dq]C\[dq]
-or
-.B \[dq]POSIX\[dq]
-is a portable locale;
-it exists on all conforming systems.
-.P
-A locale name is typically of the form
-.IR language "[_" territory "][." codeset "][@" modifier "],"
-where
-.I language
-is an ISO\~639 language code,
-.I territory
-is an ISO\~3166 country code, and
-.I codeset
-is a character set or encoding identifier like
-.B "ISO\-8859\-1"
-or
-.BR "UTF\-8" .
-For a list of all supported locales, try "locale \-a" (see
-.BR locale (1)).
-.P
-If
-.I locale
-is NULL, the current locale is only queried, not modified.
-.P
-On startup of the main program, the portable
-.B \[dq]C\[dq]
-locale is selected as default.
-A program may be made portable to all locales by calling:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-after program initialization, and then:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-using the values returned from a
-.BR localeconv (3)
-call for locale-dependent information;
-.IP \[bu]
-using the multibyte and wide character functions for text processing if
-.BR "MB_CUR_MAX > 1" ;
-.IP \[bu]
-using
-.BR strcoll (3)
-and
-.BR strxfrm (3)
-to compare strings; and
-.IP \[bu]
-using
-.BR wcscoll (3)
-and
-.BR wcsxfrm (3)
-to compare wide-character strings.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-A successful call to
-.BR setlocale ()
-returns an opaque string that corresponds to the locale set.
-This string may be allocated in static storage.
-The string returned is such that a subsequent call with that string
-and its associated category will restore that part of the process's
-locale.
-The return value is NULL if the request cannot be honored.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setlocale ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:locale env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SS Categories
-.TP
-.B LC_ALL
-.TQ
-.B LC_COLLATE
-.TQ
-.B LC_CTYPE
-.TQ
-.B LC_MONETARY
-.TQ
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-.TQ
-.B LC_TIME
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-Others:
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.SS Categories
-.TP
-.B LC_ALL
-.TQ
-.B LC_COLLATE
-.TQ
-.B LC_CTYPE
-.TQ
-.B LC_MONETARY
-.TQ
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-.TQ
-.B LC_TIME
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-Others:
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR locale (1),
-.BR localedef (1),
-.BR isalpha (3),
-.BR localeconv (3),
-.BR nl_langinfo (3),
-.BR rpmatch (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR strftime (3),
-.BR charsets (7),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/setlogmask.3 b/man3/setlogmask.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 12347fd36..000000000
--- a/man3/setlogmask.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH setlogmask 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setlogmask \- set log priority mask
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <syslog.h>
-.P
-.BI "int setlogmask(int " mask );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A process has a log priority mask that determines which calls to
-.BR syslog (3)
-may be logged.
-All other calls will be ignored.
-Logging is enabled for the priorities that have the corresponding
-bit set in
-.IR mask .
-The initial mask is such that logging is enabled for all priorities.
-.P
-The
-.BR setlogmask ()
-function sets this logmask for the calling process,
-and returns the previous mask.
-If the
-.I mask
-argument is
-.BR 0 ,
-the current logmask is not modified.
-.P
-The eight priorities are
-.BR LOG_EMERG ,
-.BR LOG_ALERT ,
-.BR LOG_CRIT ,
-.BR LOG_ERR ,
-.BR LOG_WARNING ,
-.BR LOG_NOTICE ,
-.BR LOG_INFO ,
-and
-.BR LOG_DEBUG .
-The bit corresponding to a priority
-.I p
-is
-.IR LOG_MASK(p) .
-Some systems also provide a macro
-.I LOG_UPTO(p)
-for the mask
-of all priorities in the above list up to and including
-.IR p .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function returns the previous log priority mask.
-.SH ERRORS
-None.
-.\" .SH NOTES
-.\" The glibc logmask handling was broken before glibc 2.1.1.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setlogmask ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:LogMask
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" Note that the description in POSIX.1-2001 is flawed.
-.P
-.BR LOG_UPTO ()
-will be included in the next release of the POSIX specification (Issue 8).
-.\" FIXME . https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1033
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR closelog (3),
-.BR openlog (3),
-.BR syslog (3)
diff --git a/man3/setmntent.3 b/man3/setmntent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c2bb35c9..000000000
--- a/man3/setmntent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man3/setnetent.3 b/man3/setnetent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 70f5670dc..000000000
--- a/man3/setnetent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man3/setnetgrent.3 b/man3/setnetgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 86eee0cb9..000000000
--- a/man3/setnetgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\"  based on glibc infopages
-.\" polished - aeb
-.\"
-.TH setnetgrent 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-setnetgrent, endnetgrent, getnetgrent, getnetgrent_r, innetgr \-
-handle network group entries
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <netdb.h>
-.P
-.BI "int setnetgrent(const char *" netgroup );
-.B "void endnetgrent(void);"
-.P
-.BI "int getnetgrent(char **restrict " host ,
-.BI "            char **restrict " user ", char **restrict " domain );
-.BI "int getnetgrent_r(char **restrict " host ,
-.BI "            char **restrict " user ", char **restrict " domain ,
-.BI "            char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen );
-.P
-.BI "int innetgr(const char *" netgroup ", const char *" host ,
-.BI "            const char *" user ", const char *" domain );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR \%setnetgrent (),
-.BR \%endnetgrent (),
-.BR \%getnetgrent (),
-.BR \%getnetgrent_r (),
-.BR \%innetgr ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I netgroup
-is a SunOS invention.
-A netgroup database is a list of string triples
-.RI ( hostname ", " username ", " domainname )
-or other netgroup names.
-Any of the elements in a triple can be empty,
-which means that anything matches.
-The functions described here allow access to the netgroup databases.
-The file
-.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
-defines what database is searched.
-.P
-The
-.BR setnetgrent ()
-call defines the netgroup that will be searched by subsequent
-.BR getnetgrent ()
-calls.
-The
-.BR getnetgrent ()
-function retrieves the next netgroup entry, and returns pointers in
-.IR host ,
-.IR user ,
-.IR domain .
-A null pointer means that the corresponding entry matches any string.
-The pointers are valid only as long as there is no call to other
-netgroup-related functions.
-To avoid this problem you can use the GNU function
-.BR getnetgrent_r ()
-that stores the strings in the supplied buffer.
-To free all allocated buffers use
-.BR endnetgrent ().
-.P
-In most cases you want to check only if the triplet
-.RI ( hostname ", " username ", " domainname )
-is a member of a netgroup.
-The function
-.BR innetgr ()
-can be used for this without calling the above three functions.
-Again, a null pointer is a wildcard and matches any string.
-The function is thread-safe.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return 1 on success and 0 for failure.
-.SH FILES
-.I /etc/netgroup
-.br
-.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR setnetgrent (),
-.BR getnetgrent_r (),
-.BR innetgr ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
-locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR endnetgrent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getnetgrent ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
-race:netgrentbuf locale
-T}
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I netgrent
-in
-.I race:netgrent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setnetgrent (),
-.BR getnetgrent_r (),
-.BR innetgr (),
-.BR getnetgrent (),
-or
-.BR endnetgrent ()
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.SH VERSIONS
-In the BSD implementation,
-.BR setnetgrent ()
-returns void.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.BR setnetgrent (),
-.BR endnetgrent (),
-.BR getnetgrent (),
-and
-.BR innetgr ()
-are available on most UNIX systems.
-.BR getnetgrent_r ()
-is not widely available on other systems.
-.\" getnetgrent_r() is on Solaris 8 and AIX 5.1, but not the BSDs.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sethostent (3),
-.BR setprotoent (3),
-.BR setservent (3)
diff --git a/man3/setprotoent.3 b/man3/setprotoent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f8cb4bba2..000000000
--- a/man3/setprotoent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man3/setpwent.3 b/man3/setpwent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f2d121b80..000000000
--- a/man3/setpwent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getpwent.3
diff --git a/man3/setrpcent.3 b/man3/setrpcent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 923085e2e..000000000
--- a/man3/setrpcent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man3/setservent.3 b/man3/setservent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eaafb1c1e..000000000
--- a/man3/setservent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man3/setspent.3 b/man3/setspent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/setspent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/setstate.3 b/man3/setstate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e34104e2..000000000
--- a/man3/setstate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/random.3
diff --git a/man3/setstate_r.3 b/man3/setstate_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b01937f4d..000000000
--- a/man3/setstate_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/random_r.3
diff --git a/man3/setttyent.3 b/man3/setttyent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cd11e3d8..000000000
--- a/man3/setttyent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getttyent.3
diff --git a/man3/setusershell.3 b/man3/setusershell.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 718ed12e9..000000000
--- a/man3/setusershell.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getusershell.3
diff --git a/man3/setutent.3 b/man3/setutent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/setutent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/setutxent.3 b/man3/setutxent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/setutxent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/setvbuf.3 b/man3/setvbuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc02d9e88..000000000
--- a/man3/setvbuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setbuf.3
diff --git a/man3/sgetspent.3 b/man3/sgetspent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/sgetspent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/sgetspent_r.3 b/man3/sgetspent_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/sgetspent_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/shm_open.3 b/man3/shm_open.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a907df906..000000000
--- a/man3/shm_open.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,521 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002, 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH shm_open 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-shm_open, shm_unlink \- create/open or unlink POSIX shared memory objects
-.SH LIBRARY
-Real-time library
-.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/mman.h>
-.BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
-.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
-.P
-.BI "int shm_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ", mode_t " mode );
-.BI "int shm_unlink(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR shm_open ()
-creates and opens a new, or opens an existing, POSIX shared memory object.
-A POSIX shared memory object is in effect a handle which can
-be used by unrelated processes to
-.BR mmap (2)
-the same region of shared memory.
-The
-.BR shm_unlink ()
-function performs the converse operation,
-removing an object previously created by
-.BR shm_open ().
-.P
-The operation of
-.BR shm_open ()
-is analogous to that of
-.BR open (2).
-.I name
-specifies the shared memory object to be created or opened.
-For portable use,
-a shared memory object should be identified by a name of the form
-.IR /somename ;
-that is, a null-terminated string of up to
-.B NAME_MAX
-(i.e., 255) characters consisting of an initial slash,
-.\" glibc allows the initial slash to be omitted, and makes
-.\" multiple initial slashes equivalent to a single slash.
-.\" This differs from the implementation of POSIX message queues.
-followed by one or more characters, none of which are slashes.
-.\" glibc allows subdirectory components in the name, in which
-.\" case the subdirectory must exist under /dev/shm, and allow the
-.\" required permissions if a user wants to create a shared memory
-.\" object in that subdirectory.
-.P
-.I oflag
-is a bit mask created by ORing together exactly one of
-.B O_RDONLY
-or
-.B O_RDWR
-and any of the other flags listed here:
-.TP
-.B O_RDONLY
-Open the object for read access.
-A shared memory object opened in this way can be
-.BR mmap (2)ed
-only for read
-.RB ( PROT_READ )
-access.
-.TP
-.B O_RDWR
-Open the object for read-write access.
-.TP
-.B O_CREAT
-Create the shared memory object if it does not exist.
-The user and group ownership of the object are taken
-from the corresponding effective IDs of the calling process,
-.\" In truth it is actually the filesystem IDs on Linux, but these
-.\" are nearly always the same as the effective IDs.  (MTK, Jul 05)
-and the object's
-permission bits are set according to the low-order 9 bits of
-.IR mode ,
-except that those bits set in the process file mode
-creation mask (see
-.BR umask (2))
-are cleared for the new object.
-A set of macro constants which can be used to define
-.I mode
-is listed in
-.BR open (2).
-(Symbolic definitions of these constants can be obtained by including
-.IR <sys/stat.h> .)
-.IP
-A new shared memory object initially has zero length\[em]the size of the
-object can be set using
-.BR ftruncate (2).
-The newly allocated bytes of a shared memory
-object are automatically initialized to 0.
-.TP
-.B O_EXCL
-If
-.B O_CREAT
-was also specified, and a shared memory object with the given
-.I name
-already exists, return an error.
-The check for the existence of the object, and its creation if it
-does not exist, are performed atomically.
-.TP
-.B O_TRUNC
-If the shared memory object already exists, truncate it to zero bytes.
-.P
-Definitions of these flag values can be obtained by including
-.IR <fcntl.h> .
-.P
-On successful completion
-.BR shm_open ()
-returns a new file descriptor referring to the shared memory object.
-This file descriptor is guaranteed to be the lowest-numbered file descriptor
-not previously opened within the process.
-The
-.B FD_CLOEXEC
-flag (see
-.BR fcntl (2))
-is set for the file descriptor.
-.P
-The file descriptor is normally used in subsequent calls
-to
-.BR ftruncate (2)
-(for a newly created object) and
-.BR mmap (2).
-After a call to
-.BR mmap (2)
-the file descriptor may be closed without affecting the memory mapping.
-.P
-The operation
-of
-.BR shm_unlink ()
-is analogous to
-.BR unlink (2):
-it removes a shared memory object name, and, once all processes
-have unmapped the object, deallocates and
-destroys the contents of the associated memory region.
-After a successful
-.BR shm_unlink (),
-attempts to
-.BR shm_open ()
-an object with the same
-.I name
-fail (unless
-.B O_CREAT
-was specified, in which case a new, distinct object is created).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR shm_open ()
-returns a file descriptor (a nonnegative integer).
-On success,
-.BR shm_unlink ()
-returns 0.
-On failure, both functions return \-1 and set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Permission to
-.BR shm_unlink ()
-the shared memory object was denied.
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Permission was denied to
-.BR shm_open ()
-.I name
-in the specified
-.IR mode ,
-or
-.B O_TRUNC
-was specified and the caller does not have write permission on the object.
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-Both
-.B O_CREAT
-and
-.B O_EXCL
-were specified to
-.BR shm_open ()
-and the shared memory object specified by
-.I name
-already exists.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I name
-argument to
-.BR shm_open ()
-was invalid.
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-The length of
-.I name
-exceeds
-.BR PATH_MAX .
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-An attempt was made to
-.BR shm_open ()
-a
-.I name
-that did not exist, and
-.B O_CREAT
-was not specified.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-An attempt was to made to
-.BR shm_unlink ()
-a
-.I name
-that does not exist.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR shm_open (),
-.BR shm_unlink ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX leaves the behavior of the combination of
-.B O_RDONLY
-and
-.B O_TRUNC
-unspecified.
-On Linux, this will successfully truncate an existing
-shared memory object\[em]this may not be so on other UNIX systems.
-.P
-The POSIX shared memory object implementation on Linux makes use
-of a dedicated
-.BR tmpfs (5)
-filesystem that is normally mounted under
-.IR /dev/shm .
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 says that the group ownership of a newly created shared
-memory object is set to either the calling process's effective group ID
-or "a system default group ID".
-POSIX.1-2008 says that the group ownership
-may be set to either the calling process's effective group ID
-or, if the object is visible in the filesystem,
-the group ID of the parent directory.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The programs below employ POSIX shared memory and POSIX unnamed semaphores
-to exchange a piece of data.
-The "bounce" program (which must be run first) raises the case
-of a string that is placed into the shared memory by the "send" program.
-Once the data has been modified, the "send" program then prints
-the contents of the modified shared memory.
-An example execution of the two programs is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./pshm_ucase_bounce /myshm &\fP
-[1] 270171
-$ \fB./pshm_ucase_send /myshm hello\fP
-HELLO
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Further detail about these programs is provided below.
-.\"
-.SS Program source: pshm_ucase.h
-The following header file is included by both programs below.
-Its primary purpose is to define a structure that will be imposed
-on the memory object that is shared between the two programs.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase.h)
-.EX
-#ifndef PSHM_UCASE_H
-#define PSHM_UCASE_H
-\&
-#include <semaphore.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
-                        } while (0)
-\&
-#define BUF_SIZE 1024   /* Maximum size for exchanged string */
-\&
-/* Define a structure that will be imposed on the shared
-   memory object */
-\&
-struct shmbuf {
-    sem_t  sem1;            /* POSIX unnamed semaphore */
-    sem_t  sem2;            /* POSIX unnamed semaphore */
-    size_t cnt;             /* Number of bytes used in \[aq]buf\[aq] */
-    char   buf[BUF_SIZE];   /* Data being transferred */
-};
-\&
-#endif  // include guard
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.\"
-.SS Program source: pshm_ucase_bounce.c
-The "bounce" program creates a new shared memory object with the name
-given in its command-line argument and sizes the object to
-match the size of the
-.I shmbuf
-structure defined in the header file.
-It then maps the object into the process's address space,
-and initializes two POSIX semaphores inside the object to 0.
-.P
-After the "send" program has posted the first of the semaphores,
-the "bounce" program upper cases the data that has been placed
-in the memory by the "send" program and then posts the second semaphore
-to tell the "send" program that it may now access the shared memory.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase_bounce.c)
-.EX
-/* pshm_ucase_bounce.c
-\&
-   Licensed under GNU General Public License v2 or later.
-*/
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#include "pshm_ucase.h"
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int            fd;
-    char           *shmpath;
-    struct shmbuf  *shmp;
-\&
-    if (argc != 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s /shm\-path\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    shmpath = argv[1];
-\&
-    /* Create shared memory object and set its size to the size
-       of our structure. */
-\&
-    fd = shm_open(shmpath, O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDWR, 0600);
-    if (fd == \-1)
-        errExit("shm_open");
-\&
-    if (ftruncate(fd, sizeof(struct shmbuf)) == \-1)
-        errExit("ftruncate");
-\&
-    /* Map the object into the caller\[aq]s address space. */
-\&
-    shmp = mmap(NULL, sizeof(*shmp), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
-                MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
-    if (shmp == MAP_FAILED)
-        errExit("mmap");
-\&
-    /* Initialize semaphores as process\-shared, with value 0. */
-\&
-    if (sem_init(&shmp\->sem1, 1, 0) == \-1)
-        errExit("sem_init\-sem1");
-    if (sem_init(&shmp\->sem2, 1, 0) == \-1)
-        errExit("sem_init\-sem2");
-\&
-    /* Wait for \[aq]sem1\[aq] to be posted by peer before touching
-       shared memory. */
-\&
-    if (sem_wait(&shmp\->sem1) == \-1)
-        errExit("sem_wait");
-\&
-    /* Convert data in shared memory into upper case. */
-\&
-    for (size_t j = 0; j < shmp\->cnt; j++)
-        shmp\->buf[j] = toupper((unsigned char) shmp\->buf[j]);
-\&
-    /* Post \[aq]sem2\[aq] to tell the peer that it can now
-       access the modified data in shared memory. */
-\&
-    if (sem_post(&shmp\->sem2) == \-1)
-        errExit("sem_post");
-\&
-    /* Unlink the shared memory object. Even if the peer process
-       is still using the object, this is okay. The object will
-       be removed only after all open references are closed. */
-\&
-    shm_unlink(shmpath);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.\"
-.SS Program source: pshm_ucase_send.c
-The "send" program takes two command-line arguments:
-the pathname of a shared memory object previously created by the "bounce"
-program and a string that is to be copied into that object.
-.P
-The program opens the shared memory object
-and maps the object into its address space.
-It then copies the data specified in its second argument
-into the shared memory,
-and posts the first semaphore,
-which tells the "bounce" program that it can now access that data.
-After the "bounce" program posts the second semaphore,
-the "send" program prints the contents of the shared memory
-on standard output.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase_send.c)
-.EX
-/* pshm_ucase_send.c
-\&
-   Licensed under GNU General Public License v2 or later.
-*/
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-\&
-#include "pshm_ucase.h"
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int            fd;
-    char           *shmpath, *string;
-    size_t         len;
-    struct shmbuf  *shmp;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s /shm\-path string\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    shmpath = argv[1];
-    string = argv[2];
-    len = strlen(string);
-\&
-    if (len > BUF_SIZE) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "String is too long\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* Open the existing shared memory object and map it
-       into the caller\[aq]s address space. */
-\&
-    fd = shm_open(shmpath, O_RDWR, 0);
-    if (fd == \-1)
-        errExit("shm_open");
-\&
-    shmp = mmap(NULL, sizeof(*shmp), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
-                MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
-    if (shmp == MAP_FAILED)
-        errExit("mmap");
-\&
-    /* Copy data into the shared memory object. */
-\&
-    shmp\->cnt = len;
-    memcpy(&shmp\->buf, string, len);
-\&
-    /* Tell peer that it can now access shared memory. */
-\&
-    if (sem_post(&shmp\->sem1) == \-1)
-        errExit("sem_post");
-\&
-    /* Wait until peer says that it has finished accessing
-       the shared memory. */
-\&
-    if (sem_wait(&shmp\->sem2) == \-1)
-        errExit("sem_wait");
-\&
-    /* Write modified data in shared memory to standard output. */
-\&
-    write(STDOUT_FILENO, &shmp\->buf, len);
-    write(STDOUT_FILENO, "\en", 1);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR close (2),
-.BR fchmod (2),
-.BR fchown (2),
-.BR fcntl (2),
-.BR fstat (2),
-.BR ftruncate (2),
-.BR memfd_create (2),
-.BR mmap (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR umask (2),
-.BR shm_overview (7)
diff --git a/man3/shm_unlink.3 b/man3/shm_unlink.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 74f298654..000000000
--- a/man3/shm_unlink.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/shm_open.3
diff --git a/man3/sigabbrev_np.3 b/man3/sigabbrev_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f64f75692..000000000
--- a/man3/sigabbrev_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strsignal.3
diff --git a/man3/sigaddset.3 b/man3/sigaddset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigaddset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/sigandset.3 b/man3/sigandset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigandset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/sigblock.3 b/man3/sigblock.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5582b115f..000000000
--- a/man3/sigblock.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man3/sigdelset.3 b/man3/sigdelset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigdelset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/sigdescr_np.3 b/man3/sigdescr_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f64f75692..000000000
--- a/man3/sigdescr_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strsignal.3
diff --git a/man3/sigemptyset.3 b/man3/sigemptyset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigemptyset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/sigfillset.3 b/man3/sigfillset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigfillset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/siggetmask.3 b/man3/siggetmask.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5582b115f..000000000
--- a/man3/siggetmask.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man3/sighold.3 b/man3/sighold.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c4e1d3caa..000000000
--- a/man3/sighold.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigset.3
diff --git a/man3/sigignore.3 b/man3/sigignore.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c4e1d3caa..000000000
--- a/man3/sigignore.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigset.3
diff --git a/man3/siginterrupt.3 b/man3/siginterrupt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ddb9aa3c6..000000000
--- a/man3/siginterrupt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:40:51 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sun Apr 14 16:20:34 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.TH siginterrupt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-siginterrupt \- allow signals to interrupt system calls
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int siginterrupt(int " sig ", int " flag );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR siginterrupt ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR siginterrupt ()
-function changes the restart behavior when
-a system call is interrupted by the signal \fIsig\fP.
-If the \fIflag\fP
-argument is false (0), then system calls will be restarted if interrupted
-by the specified signal \fIsig\fP.
-This is the default behavior in Linux.
-.P
-If the \fIflag\fP argument is true (1) and no data has been transferred,
-then a system call interrupted by the signal \fIsig\fP will return \-1
-and \fIerrno\fP will be set to
-.BR EINTR .
-.P
-If the \fIflag\fP argument is true (1) and data transfer has started,
-then the system call will be interrupted and will return the actual
-amount of data transferred.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR siginterrupt ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-It returns \-1 if the
-signal number
-.I sig
-is invalid, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The specified signal number is invalid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR siginterrupt ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe const:sigintr
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008,
-recommending the use of
-.BR sigaction (2)
-with the
-.B SA_RESTART
-flag instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR signal (2)
diff --git a/man3/sigisemptyset.3 b/man3/sigisemptyset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigisemptyset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/sigismember.3 b/man3/sigismember.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigismember.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/siglongjmp.3 b/man3/siglongjmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cf497fc3..000000000
--- a/man3/siglongjmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setjmp.3
diff --git a/man3/sigmask.3 b/man3/sigmask.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5582b115f..000000000
--- a/man3/sigmask.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man3/signbit.3 b/man3/signbit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a54b70b7..000000000
--- a/man3/signbit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
-.\"
-.TH signbit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-signbit \- test sign of a real floating-point number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <math.h>"
-.P
-.BI  "int signbit(" x ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR signbit ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR signbit ()
-is a generic macro which can work on all real floating-point types.
-It returns a nonzero value if the value of
-.I x
-has its sign bit set.
-.P
-This is not the same as
-.IR "x < 0.0" ,
-because IEEE 754 floating point allows zero to be signed.
-The comparison
-.I \-0.0\~<\~0.0
-is false, but
-.I signbit(\-0.0)
-will return a nonzero value.
-.P
-NaNs and infinities have a sign bit.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR signbit ()
-macro returns nonzero if the sign of
-.I x
-is negative; otherwise it returns zero.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR signbit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.P
-This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
-recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR copysign (3)
diff --git a/man3/signgam.3 b/man3/signgam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be0ed98e0..000000000
--- a/man3/signgam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/significand.3 b/man3/significand.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f835f5511..000000000
--- a/man3/significand.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" heavily based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
-.\"
-.TH significand 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-significand, significandf, significandl \-
-get mantissa of floating-point number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double significand(double " x );
-.BI "float significandf(float " x );
-.BI "long double significandl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR significand (),
-.BR significandf (),
-.BR significandl ():
-.nf
-    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the mantissa of
-.I x
-scaled to the range
-.RB [ 1 ,\~ FLT_RADIX ).
-They are equivalent to
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-scalb(x, (double) \-ilogb(x))
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-This function exists mainly for use in certain standardized tests
-for IEEE 754 conformance.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR significand (),
-.BR significandf (),
-.BR significandl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.TP
-.BR significand ()
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR significand ()
-BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ilogb (3),
-.BR scalb (3)
diff --git a/man3/significandf.3 b/man3/significandf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ae39f580..000000000
--- a/man3/significandf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/significand.3
diff --git a/man3/significandl.3 b/man3/significandl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ae39f580..000000000
--- a/man3/significandl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/significand.3
diff --git a/man3/sigorset.3 b/man3/sigorset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c73078101..000000000
--- a/man3/sigorset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man3/sigpause.3 b/man3/sigpause.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c1d78d3f..000000000
--- a/man3/sigpause.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2004 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sigpause 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sigpause \- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigpause(int " sigmask ");  /* BSD (but see NOTES) */"
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigpause(int " sig ");      /* POSIX.1 / SysV / UNIX 95 */"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Don't use this function.
-Use
-.BR sigsuspend (2)
-instead.
-.P
-The function
-.BR sigpause ()
-is designed to wait for some signal.
-It changes the process's signal mask (set of blocked signals),
-and then waits for a signal to arrive.
-Upon arrival of a signal, the original signal mask is restored.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.BR sigpause ()
-returns, it was interrupted by a signal and the return value is \-1
-with
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EINTR .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigpause ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
-.\" marking in glibc manual is more detailed:
-.\"
-.\" sigpause: MT-Unsafe race:sigprocmask/!bsd!linux
-.\"
-.\" glibc manual says /!linux!bsd indicate the preceding marker only applies
-.\" when the underlying kernel is neither Linux nor a BSD kernel.
-.\" So, it is safe in Linux kernel.
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux, this routine is a system call only on the Sparc (sparc64)
-architecture.
-.P
-.\" Libc4 and libc5 know only about the BSD version.
-.\"
-glibc uses the BSD version if the
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined and none of
-.BR _POSIX_SOURCE ,
-.BR _POSIX_C_SOURCE ,
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ,
-.BR _GNU_SOURCE ,
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-is defined.
-Otherwise, the System V version is used,
-and feature test macros must be defined as follows to obtain the declaration:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-Since glibc 2.26:
-_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\" || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
-.IP \[bu]
-glibc 2.25 and earlier: _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.P
-Since glibc 2.19, only the System V version is exposed by
-.IR <signal.h> ;
-applications that formerly used the BSD
-.BR sigpause ()
-should be amended to use
-.BR sigsuspend (2).
-.\"
-.\" For the BSD version, one usually uses a zero
-.\" .I sigmask
-.\" to indicate that no signals are to be blocked.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-Obsoleted in POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-The classical BSD version of this function appeared in 4.2BSD.
-It sets the process's signal mask to
-.IR sigmask .
-UNIX 95 standardized the incompatible System V version of
-this function, which removes only the specified signal
-.I sig
-from the process's signal mask.
-.\" __xpg_sigpause: UNIX 95, spec 1170, SVID, SVr4, XPG
-The unfortunate situation with two incompatible functions with the
-same name was solved by the
-.BR \%sigsuspend (2)
-function, that takes a
-.I "sigset_t\ *"
-argument (instead of an
-.IR int ).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR sigsuspend (2),
-.BR sigblock (3),
-.BR sigvec (3),
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)
diff --git a/man3/sigqueue.3 b/man3/sigqueue.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d8c78736..000000000
--- a/man3/sigqueue.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" added note on self-signaling, aeb, 2002-06-07
-.\" added note on CAP_KILL, mtk, 2004-06-16
-.\"
-.TH sigqueue 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sigqueue \- queue a signal and data to a process
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sigqueue(pid_t " pid ", int " sig ", const union sigval " value );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sigqueue ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sigqueue ()
-sends the signal specified in
-.I sig
-to the process whose PID is given in
-.IR pid .
-The permissions required to send a signal are the same as for
-.BR kill (2).
-As with
-.BR kill (2),
-the null signal (0) can be used to check if a process with a given
-PID exists.
-.P
-The
-.I value
-argument is used to specify an accompanying item of data (either an integer
-or a pointer value) to be sent with the signal, and has the following type:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-union sigval {
-    int   sival_int;
-    void *sival_ptr;
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the
-.B SA_SIGINFO
-flag to
-.BR sigaction (2),
-then it can obtain this data via the
-.I si_value
-field of the
-.I siginfo_t
-structure passed as the second argument to the handler.
-Furthermore, the
-.I si_code
-field of that structure will be set to
-.BR SI_QUEUE .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR sigqueue ()
-returns 0, indicating that the signal was successfully
-queued to the receiving process.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EAGAIN
-The limit of signals which may be queued has been reached.
-(See
-.BR signal (7)
-for further information.)
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I sig
-was invalid.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-The process does not have permission to send the signal
-to the receiving process.
-For the required permissions, see
-.BR kill (2).
-.TP
-.B ESRCH
-No process has a PID matching
-.IR pid .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigqueue ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-.SS C library/kernel differences
-On Linux,
-.BR sigqueue ()
-is implemented using the
-.BR rt_sigqueueinfo (2)
-system call.
-The system call differs in its third argument, which is the
-.I siginfo_t
-structure that will be supplied to the receiving process's
-signal handler or returned by the receiving process's
-.BR sigtimedwait (2)
-call.
-Inside the glibc
-.BR sigqueue ()
-wrapper, this argument,
-.IR uinfo ,
-is initialized as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-uinfo.si_signo = sig;      /* Argument supplied to sigqueue() */
-uinfo.si_code = SI_QUEUE;
-uinfo.si_pid = getpid();   /* Process ID of sender */
-uinfo.si_uid = getuid();   /* Real UID of sender */
-uinfo.si_value = val;      /* Argument supplied to sigqueue() */
-.EE
-.in
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-Linux 2.2.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-If this function results in the sending of a signal to the process
-that invoked it, and that signal was not blocked by the calling thread,
-and no other threads were willing to handle this signal (either by
-having it unblocked, or by waiting for it using
-.BR sigwait (3)),
-then at least some signal must be delivered to this thread before this
-function returns.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR rt_sigqueueinfo (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR pthread_sigqueue (3),
-.BR sigwait (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/sigrelse.3 b/man3/sigrelse.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c4e1d3caa..000000000
--- a/man3/sigrelse.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigset.3
diff --git a/man3/sigset.3 b/man3/sigset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8613710c0..000000000
--- a/man3/sigset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sigset 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sigset, sighold, sigrelse, sigignore \- System V signal API
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] sighandler_t sigset(int " sig ", sighandler_t " disp );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sighold(int " sig );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigrelse(int " sig );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigignore(int " sig );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sigset (),
-.BR sighold (),
-.BR sigrelse (),
-.BR sigignore ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are provided in glibc as a compatibility interface
-for programs that make use of the historical System V signal API.
-This API is obsolete: new applications should use the POSIX signal API
-.RB ( sigaction (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-etc.)
-.P
-The
-.BR sigset ()
-function modifies the disposition of the signal
-.IR sig .
-The
-.I disp
-argument can be the address of a signal handler function,
-or one of the following constants:
-.TP
-.B SIG_DFL
-Reset the disposition of
-.I sig
-to the default.
-.TP
-.B SIG_IGN
-Ignore
-.IR sig .
-.TP
-.B SIG_HOLD
-Add
-.I sig
-to the process's signal mask, but leave the disposition of
-.I sig
-unchanged.
-.P
-If
-.I disp
-specifies the address of a signal handler, then
-.I sig
-is added to the process's signal mask during execution of the handler.
-.P
-If
-.I disp
-was specified as a value other than
-.BR SIG_HOLD ,
-then
-.I sig
-is removed from the process's signal mask.
-.P
-The dispositions for
-.B SIGKILL
-and
-.B SIGSTOP
-cannot be changed.
-.P
-The
-.BR sighold ()
-function adds
-.I sig
-to the calling process's signal mask.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigrelse ()
-function removes
-.I sig
-from the calling process's signal mask.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigignore ()
-function sets the disposition of
-.I sig
-to
-.BR SIG_IGN .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR sigset ()
-returns
-.B SIG_HOLD
-if
-.I sig
-was blocked before the call,
-or the signal's previous disposition
-if it was not blocked before the call.
-On error,
-.BR sigset ()
-returns \-1, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-(But see BUGS below.)
-.P
-The
-.BR sighold (),
-.BR sigrelse (),
-and
-.BR sigignore ()
-functions return 0 on success; on error, these functions return \-1 and set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-For
-.BR sigset ()
-see the ERRORS under
-.BR sigaction (2)
-and
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-.P
-For
-.BR sighold ()
-and
-.BR sigrelse ()
-see the ERRORS under
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-.P
-For
-.BR sigignore (),
-see the errors under
-.BR sigaction (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigset (),
-.BR sighold (),
-.BR sigrelse (),
-.BR sigignore ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.I sighandler_t
-GNU.
-POSIX.1 uses the same type but without a
-.IR typedef .
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-SVr4, POSIX.1-2001.
-POSIX.1-2008 marks these functions
-as obsolete, recommending the use of
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
-and
-.BR sigsuspend (2)
-instead.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR sigset ()
-function provides reliable signal handling semantics (as when calling
-.BR sigaction (2)
-with
-.I sa_mask
-equal to 0).
-.P
-On System V, the
-.BR signal ()
-function provides unreliable semantics (as when calling
-.BR sigaction (2)
-with
-.I sa_mask
-equal to
-.IR "SA_RESETHAND | SA_NODEFER" ).
-On BSD,
-.BR signal ()
-provides reliable semantics.
-POSIX.1-2001 leaves these aspects of
-.BR signal ()
-unspecified.
-See
-.BR signal (2)
-for further details.
-.P
-In order to wait for a signal,
-BSD and System V both provided a function named
-.BR sigpause (3),
-but this function has a different argument on the two systems.
-See
-.BR sigpause (3)
-for details.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.2,
-.BR sigset ()
-did not unblock
-.I sig
-if
-.I disp
-was specified as a value other than
-.BR SIG_HOLD .
-.P
-Before glibc 2.5,
-.BR sigset ()
-does not correctly return the previous disposition of the signal
-in two cases.
-First, if
-.I disp
-is specified as
-.BR SIG_HOLD ,
-then a successful
-.BR sigset ()
-always returns
-.BR SIG_HOLD .
-Instead, it should return the previous disposition of the signal
-(unless the signal was blocked, in which case
-.B SIG_HOLD
-should be returned).
-Second, if the signal is currently blocked, then
-the return value of a successful
-.BR sigset ()
-should be
-.BR SIG_HOLD .
-Instead, the previous disposition of the signal is returned.
-These problems have been fixed since glibc 2.5.
-.\" See http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1951
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR pause (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR raise (3),
-.BR sigpause (3),
-.BR sigvec (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/sigsetjmp.3 b/man3/sigsetjmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cf497fc3..000000000
--- a/man3/sigsetjmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setjmp.3
diff --git a/man3/sigsetmask.3 b/man3/sigsetmask.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5582b115f..000000000
--- a/man3/sigsetmask.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man3/sigsetops.3 b/man3/sigsetops.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cbdfa3299..000000000
--- a/man3/sigsetops.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Mike Battersby
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified by aeb, 960721
-.\" 2005-11-21, mtk, added descriptions of sigisemptyset(), sigandset(),
-.\"                  and sigorset()
-.\" 2007-10-26 mdw   added wording that a sigset_t must be initialized
-.\"                  prior to use
-.\"
-.TH SIGSETOPS 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sigemptyset, sigfillset, sigaddset, sigdelset, sigismember \- POSIX
-signal set operations
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sigemptyset(sigset_t *" set );
-.BI "int sigfillset(sigset_t *" set );
-.P
-.BI "int sigaddset(sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
-.BI "int sigdelset(sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
-.P
-.BI "int sigismember(const sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sigemptyset (),
-.BR sigfillset (),
-.BR sigaddset (),
-.BR sigdelset (),
-.BR sigismember ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions allow the manipulation of POSIX signal sets.
-.P
-.BR sigemptyset ()
-initializes the signal set given by
-.I set
-to empty, with all signals excluded from the set.
-.P
-.BR sigfillset ()
-initializes
-.I set
-to full, including all signals.
-.P
-.BR sigaddset ()
-and
-.BR sigdelset ()
-add and delete respectively signal
-.I signum
-from
-.IR set .
-.P
-.BR sigismember ()
-tests whether
-.I signum
-is a member of
-.IR set .
-.P
-Objects of type
-.I sigset_t
-must be initialized by a call to either
-.BR sigemptyset ()
-or
-.BR sigfillset ()
-before being passed to the functions
-.BR sigaddset (),
-.BR sigdelset (),
-and
-.BR sigismember ()
-or the additional glibc functions described below
-.RB ( sigisemptyset (),
-.BR sigandset (),
-and
-.BR sigorset ()).
-The results are undefined if this is not done.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR sigemptyset (),
-.BR sigfillset (),
-.BR sigaddset (),
-and
-.BR sigdelset ()
-return 0 on success and \-1 on error.
-.P
-.BR sigismember ()
-returns 1 if
-.I signum
-is a member of
-.IR set ,
-0 if
-.I signum
-is not a member, and \-1 on error.
-.P
-On error, these functions set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I signum
-is not a valid signal.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigemptyset (),
-.BR sigfillset (),
-.BR sigaddset (),
-.BR sigdelset (),
-.BR sigismember (),
-.BR sigisemptyset (),
-.BR sigorset (),
-.BR sigandset ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-.SS GNU
-If the
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined, then \fI<signal.h>\fP
-exposes three other functions for manipulating signal
-sets:
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *" set );
-.BI "int sigorset(sigset_t *" dest ", const sigset_t *" left ,
-.BI "              const sigset_t *" right );
-.BI "int sigandset(sigset_t *" dest ", const sigset_t *" left ,
-.BI "              const sigset_t *" right );
-.fi
-.P
-.BR sigisemptyset ()
-returns 1 if
-.I set
-contains no signals, and 0 otherwise.
-.P
-.BR sigorset ()
-places the union of the sets
-.I left
-and
-.I right
-in
-.IR dest .
-.BR sigandset ()
-places the intersection of the sets
-.I left
-and
-.I right
-in
-.IR dest .
-Both functions return 0 on success, and \-1 on failure.
-.P
-These functions are nonstandard (a few other systems provide similar
-functions) and their use should be avoided in portable applications.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-When creating a filled signal set, the glibc
-.BR sigfillset ()
-function does not include the two real-time signals used internally
-by the NPTL threading implementation.
-See
-.BR nptl (7)
-for details.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigpending (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR sigsuspend (2)
diff --git a/man3/sigstack.3 b/man3/sigstack.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bf8596149..000000000
--- a/man3/sigstack.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/sigaltstack.2
-.\" No new programs should use sigstack(3).
-.\" sigaltstack(2) briefly discusses sigstack(3), so point the user there.
diff --git a/man3/sigvec.3 b/man3/sigvec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aa18980e..000000000
--- a/man3/sigvec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sigvec 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sigvec, sigblock, sigsetmask, siggetmask, sigmask \- BSD signal API
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigvec(int " sig ", const struct sigvec *" vec ,
-.BI "                          struct sigvec *" ovec );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigmask(int " signum );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigblock(int " mask );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigsetmask(int " mask );
-.B [[deprecated]] int siggetmask(void);
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are provided in glibc as a compatibility interface
-for programs that make use of the historical BSD signal API.
-This API is obsolete: new applications should use the POSIX signal API
-.RB ( sigaction (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-etc.).
-.P
-The
-.BR sigvec ()
-function sets and/or gets the disposition of the signal
-.I sig
-(like the POSIX
-.BR sigaction (2)).
-If
-.I vec
-is not NULL, it points to a
-.I sigvec
-structure that defines the new disposition for
-.IR sig .
-If
-.I ovec
-is not NULL, it points to a
-.I sigvec
-structure that is used to return the previous disposition of
-.IR sig .
-To obtain the current disposition of
-.I sig
-without changing it, specify NULL for
-.IR vec ,
-and a non-null pointer for
-.IR ovec .
-.P
-The dispositions for
-.B SIGKILL
-and
-.B SIGSTOP
-cannot be changed.
-.P
-The
-.I sigvec
-structure has the following form:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct sigvec {
-    void (*sv_handler)(int); /* Signal disposition */
-    int    sv_mask;          /* Signals to be blocked in handler */
-    int    sv_flags;         /* Flags */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.I sv_handler
-field specifies the disposition of the signal, and is either:
-the address of a signal handler function;
-.BR SIG_DFL ,
-meaning the default disposition applies for the signal; or
-.BR SIG_IGN ,
-meaning that the signal is ignored.
-.P
-If
-.I sv_handler
-specifies the address of a signal handler, then
-.I sv_mask
-specifies a mask of signals that are to be blocked while
-the handler is executing.
-In addition, the signal for which the handler is invoked is
-also blocked.
-Attempts to block
-.B SIGKILL
-or
-.B SIGSTOP
-are silently ignored.
-.P
-If
-.I sv_handler
-specifies the address of a signal handler, then the
-.I sv_flags
-field specifies flags controlling what happens when the handler is called.
-This field may contain zero or more of the following flags:
-.TP
-.B SV_INTERRUPT
-If the signal handler interrupts a blocking system call,
-then upon return from the handler the system call is not restarted:
-instead it fails with the error
-.BR EINTR .
-If this flag is not specified, then system calls are restarted
-by default.
-.TP
-.B SV_RESETHAND
-Reset the disposition of the signal to the default
-before calling the signal handler.
-If this flag is not specified, then the handler remains established
-until explicitly removed by a later call to
-.BR sigvec ()
-or until the process performs an
-.BR execve (2).
-.TP
-.B SV_ONSTACK
-Handle the signal on the alternate signal stack
-(historically established under BSD using the obsolete
-.BR sigstack ()
-function; the POSIX replacement is
-.BR sigaltstack (2)).
-.P
-The
-.BR sigmask ()
-macro constructs and returns a "signal mask" for
-.IR signum .
-For example, we can initialize the
-.I vec.sv_mask
-field given to
-.BR sigvec ()
-using code such as the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-vec.sv_mask = sigmask(SIGQUIT) | sigmask(SIGABRT);
-            /* Block SIGQUIT and SIGABRT during
-               handler execution */
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The
-.BR sigblock ()
-function adds the signals in
-.I mask
-to the process's signal mask
-(like POSIX
-.IR sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK) ),
-and returns the process's previous signal mask.
-Attempts to block
-.B SIGKILL
-or
-.B SIGSTOP
-are silently ignored.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigsetmask ()
-function sets the process's signal mask to the value given in
-.I mask
-(like POSIX
-.IR sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK) ),
-and returns the process's previous signal mask.
-.P
-The
-.BR siggetmask ()
-function returns the process's current signal mask.
-This call is equivalent to
-.IR sigblock(0) .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR sigvec ()
-function returns 0 on success; on error, it returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigblock ()
-and
-.BR sigsetmask ()
-functions return the previous signal mask.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigmask ()
-macro returns the signal mask for
-.IR signum .
-.SH ERRORS
-See the ERRORS under
-.BR sigaction (2)
-and
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigvec (),
-.BR sigmask (),
-.BR sigblock (),
-.BR sigsetmask (),
-.BR siggetmask ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR sigvec ()
-.TQ
-.BR sigblock ()
-.TQ
-.BR sigmask ()
-.TQ
-.BR sigsetmask ()
-4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR siggetmask ()
-Unclear origin.
-.TP
-.BR sigvec ()
-Removed in glibc 2.21.
-.SH NOTES
-On 4.3BSD, the
-.BR signal ()
-function provided reliable semantics (as when calling
-.BR sigvec ()
-with
-.I vec.sv_mask
-equal to 0).
-On System V,
-.BR signal ()
-provides unreliable semantics.
-POSIX.1 leaves these aspects of
-.BR signal ()
-unspecified.
-See
-.BR signal (2)
-for further details.
-.P
-In order to wait for a signal,
-BSD and System V both provided a function named
-.BR sigpause (3),
-but this function has a different argument on the two systems.
-See
-.BR sigpause (3)
-for details.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR kill (2),
-.BR pause (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR raise (3),
-.BR sigpause (3),
-.BR sigset (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/sigwait.3 b/man3/sigwait.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c3330015..000000000
--- a/man3/sigwait.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sigwait 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sigwait \- wait for a signal
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sigwait(const sigset_t *restrict " set ", int *restrict " sig );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sigwait ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.26:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
-    glibc 2.25 and earlier:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR sigwait ()
-function suspends execution of the calling thread until
-one of the signals specified in the signal set
-.I set
-becomes pending.
-For a signal to become pending,
-it must first be blocked with
-.BR sigprocmask (2).
-The function accepts the signal
-(removes it from the pending list of signals),
-and returns the signal number in
-.IR sig .
-.P
-The operation of
-.BR sigwait ()
-is the same as
-.BR sigwaitinfo (2),
-except that:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-.BR sigwait ()
-returns only the signal number, rather than a
-.I siginfo_t
-structure describing the signal.
-.IP \[bu]
-The return values of the two functions are different.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR sigwait ()
-returns 0.
-On error, it returns a positive error number (listed in ERRORS).
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.\" Does not occur for glibc.
-.I set
-contains an invalid signal number.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigwait ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-.BR sigwait ()
-is implemented using
-.BR sigtimedwait (2);
-consult its
-.BR NOTES .
-.P
-The glibc implementation of
-.BR sigwait ()
-silently ignores attempts to wait for the two real-time signals that
-are used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
-See
-.BR nptl (7)
-for details.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR pthread_sigmask (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signalfd (2),
-.BR sigpending (2),
-.BR sigsuspend (2),
-.BR sigwaitinfo (2),
-.BR sigsetops (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/simpleq.3 b/man3/simpleq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb71f02c..000000000
--- a/man3/simpleq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man3/sin.3 b/man3/sin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ba96f51a0..000000000
--- a/man3/sin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH sin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sin, sinf, sinl \- sine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double sin(double " x );
-.BI "float sinf(float " x );
-.BI "long double sinl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sinf (),
-.BR sinl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the sine of
-.IR x ,
-where
-.I x
-is
-given in radians.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the sine of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1 allows an optional range error for subnormal x
-.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sin (),
-.BR sinf (),
-.BR sinl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6781
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when a domain error occurred.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acos (3),
-.BR asin (3),
-.BR atan (3),
-.BR atan2 (3),
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR csin (3),
-.BR sincos (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/sincos.3 b/man3/sincos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 94bd1d93b..000000000
--- a/man3/sincos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH sincos 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sincos, sincosf, sincosl \- calculate sin and cos simultaneously
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "void sincos(double " x ", double *" sin ", double *" cos );
-.BI "void sincosf(float " x ", float *" sin ", float *" cos );
-.BI "void sincosl(long double " x ", long double *" sin ", long double *" cos );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Several applications need sine and cosine of the same angle
-.IR x .
-These functions compute both at the same time, and store the results in
-.I *sin
-and
-.IR *cos .
-Using this function can be more efficient than two separate calls to
-.BR sin (3)
-and
-.BR cos (3).
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN,
-a NaN is returned in
-.I *sin
-and
-.IR *cos .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs, and
-a NaN is returned in
-.I *sin
-and
-.IR *cos .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return
-.IR void .
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sincos (),
-.BR sincosf (),
-.BR sincosl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-To see the performance advantage of
-.BR sincos (),
-it may be necessary to disable
-.BR gcc (1)
-built-in optimizations, using flags such as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-cc \-O \-lm \-fno\-builtin prog.c
-.EE
-.in
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15467
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when a domain error occurred.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR sin (3),
-.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man3/sincosf.3 b/man3/sincosf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9faef654f..000000000
--- a/man3/sincosf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sincos.3
diff --git a/man3/sincosl.3 b/man3/sincosl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9faef654f..000000000
--- a/man3/sincosl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sincos.3
diff --git a/man3/sinf.3 b/man3/sinf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eab51f4a7..000000000
--- a/man3/sinf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sin.3
diff --git a/man3/sinh.3 b/man3/sinh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d9837b3eb..000000000
--- a/man3/sinh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 1996-06-08 by aeb
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH sinh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sinh, sinhf, sinhl \- hyperbolic sine function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double sinh(double " x );
-.BI "float sinhf(float " x );
-.BI "long double sinhl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sinhf (),
-.BR sinhl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the hyperbolic sine of
-.IR x ,
-which
-is defined mathematically as:
-.P
-.nf
-    sinh(x) = (exp(x) \- exp(\-x)) / 2
-.fi
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the hyperbolic sine of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the same sign as
-.IR x .
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error (underflow)
-.\" for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sinh (),
-.BR sinhf (),
-.BR sinhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acosh (3),
-.BR asinh (3),
-.BR atanh (3),
-.BR cosh (3),
-.BR csinh (3),
-.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man3/sinhf.3 b/man3/sinhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc3ce9415..000000000
--- a/man3/sinhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sinh.3
diff --git a/man3/sinhl.3 b/man3/sinhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc3ce9415..000000000
--- a/man3/sinhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sinh.3
diff --git a/man3/sinl.3 b/man3/sinl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eab51f4a7..000000000
--- a/man3/sinl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sin.3
diff --git a/man3/sleep.3 b/man3/sleep.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cf235d90..000000000
--- a/man3/sleep.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:16:02 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH sleep 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sleep \- sleep for a specified number of seconds
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "unsigned int sleep(unsigned int " "seconds" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sleep ()
-causes the calling thread to sleep either until
-the number of real-time seconds specified in
-.I seconds
-have elapsed or until a signal arrives which is not ignored.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Zero if the requested time has elapsed,
-or the number of seconds left to sleep,
-if the call was interrupted by a signal handler.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sleep ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe sig:SIGCHLD/linux
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On Linux,
-.BR sleep ()
-is implemented via
-.BR nanosleep (2).
-See the
-.BR nanosleep (2)
-man page for a discussion of the clock used.
-.P
-On some systems,
-.BR sleep ()
-may be implemented using
-.BR alarm (2)
-and
-.B SIGALRM
-(POSIX.1 permits this);
-mixing calls to
-.BR alarm (2)
-and
-.BR sleep ()
-is a bad idea.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Using
-.BR longjmp (3)
-from a signal handler or modifying the handling of
-.B SIGALRM
-while sleeping will cause undefined results.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sleep (1),
-.BR alarm (2),
-.BR nanosleep (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/slist.3 b/man3/slist.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 02745286b..000000000
--- a/man3/slist.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\"
-.TH SLIST 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-SLIST_EMPTY,
-SLIST_ENTRY,
-SLIST_FIRST,
-SLIST_FOREACH,
-.\"SLIST_FOREACH_FROM,
-.\"SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
-.\"SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE,
-SLIST_HEAD,
-SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
-SLIST_INIT,
-SLIST_INSERT_AFTER,
-SLIST_INSERT_HEAD,
-SLIST_NEXT,
-SLIST_REMOVE,
-.\"SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER,
-SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD
-.\"SLIST_SWAP
-\- implementation of a singly linked list
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.P
-.B SLIST_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.P
-.B SLIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
-.BI "SLIST_HEAD SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(SLIST_HEAD " head );
-.BI "void SLIST_INIT(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "int SLIST_EMPTY(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "void SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "struct TYPE *SLIST_FIRST(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
-.BI "struct TYPE *SLIST_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "SLIST_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .P
-.\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.P
-.BI "void SLIST_REMOVE(SLIST_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
-.BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "void SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(struct TYPE *" elm ,
-.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .P
-.\" .BI "void SLIST_SWAP(SLIST_HEAD *" head1 ", SLIST_HEAD *" head2 ,
-.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros define and operate on singly linked lists.
-.P
-In the macro definitions,
-.I TYPE
-is the name of a user-defined structure,
-that must contain a field of type
-.IR SLIST_ENTRY ,
-named
-.IR NAME .
-The argument
-.I HEADNAME
-is the name of a user-defined structure
-that must be declared using the macro
-.BR SLIST_HEAD ().
-.SS Creation
-A singly linked list is headed by a structure defined by the
-.BR SLIST_HEAD ()
-macro.
-This structure contains a single pointer to the first element on the list.
-The elements are singly linked
-for minimum space and pointer manipulation overhead
-at the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements.
-New elements can be added to the list
-after an existing element
-or at the head of the list.
-An
-.I SLIST_HEAD
-structure is declared as follows:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-SLIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I struct HEADNAME
-is the structure to be defined, and
-.I struct TYPE
-is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
-A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-struct HEADNAME *headp;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(The names
-.I head
-and
-.I headp
-are user selectable.)
-.P
-.BR SLIST_ENTRY ()
-declares a structure that connects the elements in
-the list.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-evaluates to an initializer for the list
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR SLIST_INIT ()
-initializes the list referenced by
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR SLIST_EMPTY ()
-evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
-.SS Insertion
-.BR SLIST_INSERT_HEAD ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the head of the list.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_INSERT_AFTER ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-after the element
-.IR listelm .
-.SS Traversal
-.BR SLIST_FIRST ()
-returns the first element in the list, or NULL if the list is empty.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_NEXT ()
-returns the next element in the list.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
-traverses the list referenced by
-.I head
-in the forward direction,
-assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_FROM ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found SLIST element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the SLIST referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.\" .Pp
-.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" traverses the list referenced by
-.\" .I head
-.\" in the forward direction, assigning each element in
-.\" turn to
-.\" .IR var .
-.\" However, unlike
-.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
-.\" here it is permitted to both remove
-.\" .I var
-.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
-.\" traversal.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found SLIST element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the SLIST referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.SS Removal
-.BR SLIST_REMOVE ()
-removes the element
-.I elm
-from the list.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD ()
-removes the element
-.I elm
-from the head of the list.
-For optimum efficiency,
-elements being removed from the head of the list
-should explicitly use this macro instead of the generic
-.BR SLIST_REMOVE ().
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER ()
-.\" removes the element after
-.\" .I elm
-.\" from the list.
-.\" Unlike
-.\" .IR SLIST_REMOVE ,
-.\" this macro does not traverse the entire list.
-.\" .SS Other features
-.\" .BR SLIST_SWAP ()
-.\" swaps the contents of
-.\" .I head1
-.\" and
-.\" .IR head2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR SLIST_EMPTY ()
-returns nonzero if the list is empty,
-and zero if the list contains at least one entry.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_FIRST (),
-and
-.BR SLIST_NEXT ()
-return a pointer to the first or next
-.I TYPE
-structure, respectively.
-.P
-.BR SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-returns an initializer that can be assigned to the list
-.IR head .
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-.BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
-doesn't allow
-.I var
-to be removed or freed within the loop,
-as it would interfere with the traversal.
-.BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE (),
-which is present on the BSDs but is not present in glibc,
-fixes this limitation by allowing
-.I var
-to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
-without interfering with the traversal.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (slist.c)
-.EX
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-\&
-struct entry {
-    int data;
-    SLIST_ENTRY(entry) entries;             /* Singly linked list */
-};
-\&
-SLIST_HEAD(slisthead, entry);
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
-    struct slisthead head;                  /* Singly linked list
-                                               head */
-\&
-    SLIST_INIT(&head);                      /* Initialize the queue */
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
-    SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
-    SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries);
-\&
-    SLIST_REMOVE(&head, n2, entry, entries);/* Deletion */
-    free(n2);
-\&
-    n3 = SLIST_FIRST(&head);
-    SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries);      /* Deletion from the head */
-    free(n3);
-\&
-    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
-        n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));
-        SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-        n1\->data = i;
-    }
-\&
-                                            /* Forward traversal */
-    SLIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
-        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
-\&
-    while (!SLIST_EMPTY(&head)) {           /* List deletion */
-        n1 = SLIST_FIRST(&head);
-        SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries);
-        free(n1);
-    }
-    SLIST_INIT(&head);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR insque (3),
-.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man3/snprintf.3 b/man3/snprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/snprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/sockatmark.3 b/man3/sockatmark.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cd2eb6d6..000000000
--- a/man3/sockatmark.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sockatmark 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sockatmark \- determine whether socket is at out-of-band mark
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/socket.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sockatmark(int " sockfd );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sockatmark ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR sockatmark ()
-returns a value indicating whether or not the socket referred
-to by the file descriptor
-.I sockfd
-is at the out-of-band mark.
-If the socket is at the mark, then 1 is returned;
-if the socket is not at the mark, 0 is returned.
-This function does not remove the out-of-band mark.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-A successful call to
-.BR sockatmark ()
-returns 1 if the socket is at the out-of-band mark, or 0 if it is not.
-On error, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I sockfd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.\" POSIX.1 says ENOTTY for this case
-.I sockfd
-is not a file descriptor to which
-.BR sockatmark ()
-can be applied.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sockatmark ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.2.4.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-If
-.BR sockatmark ()
-returns 1, then the out-of-band data can be read using the
-.B MSG_OOB
-flag of
-.BR recv (2).
-.P
-Out-of-band data is supported only on some stream socket protocols.
-.P
-.BR sockatmark ()
-can safely be called from a handler for the
-.B SIGURG
-signal.
-.P
-.BR sockatmark ()
-is implemented using the
-.B SIOCATMARK
-.BR ioctl (2)
-operation.
-.SH BUGS
-Prior to glibc 2.4,
-.BR sockatmark ()
-did not work.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following code can be used after receipt of a
-.B SIGURG
-signal to read (and discard) all data up to the mark,
-and then read the byte of data at the mark:
-.P
-.EX
-    char buf[BUF_LEN];
-    char oobdata;
-    int atmark, s;
-\&
-    for (;;) {
-        atmark = sockatmark(sockfd);
-        if (atmark == \-1) {
-            perror("sockatmark");
-            break;
-        }
-\&
-        if (atmark)
-            break;
-\&
-        s = read(sockfd, buf, BUF_LEN);
-        if (s == \-1)
-            perror("read");
-        if (s <= 0)
-            break;
-    }
-\&
-    if (atmark == 1) {
-        if (recv(sockfd, &oobdata, 1, MSG_OOB) == \-1) {
-            perror("recv");
-            ...
-        }
-    }
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fcntl (2),
-.BR recv (2),
-.BR send (2),
-.BR tcp (7)
diff --git a/man3/sprintf.3 b/man3/sprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/sprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/sqrt.3 b/man3/sqrt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a4787810..000000000
--- a/man3/sqrt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.TH sqrt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sqrt, sqrtf, sqrtl \- square root function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double sqrt(double " x );
-.BI "float sqrtf(float " x );
-.BI "long double sqrtl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sqrtf (),
-.BR sqrtl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the nonnegative square root of
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the square root of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is less than \-0,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP less than \-0
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sqrt (),
-.BR sqrtf (),
-.BR sqrtl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbrt (3),
-.BR csqrt (3),
-.BR hypot (3)
diff --git a/man3/sqrtf.3 b/man3/sqrtf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81258bbc0..000000000
--- a/man3/sqrtf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sqrt.3
diff --git a/man3/sqrtl.3 b/man3/sqrtl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81258bbc0..000000000
--- a/man3/sqrtl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sqrt.3
diff --git a/man3/srand.3 b/man3/srand.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b007c2fc2..000000000
--- a/man3/srand.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rand.3
diff --git a/man3/srand48.3 b/man3/srand48.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3133f7d62..000000000
--- a/man3/srand48.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man3/srand48_r.3 b/man3/srand48_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 81e9d8ef7..000000000
--- a/man3/srand48_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man3/srandom.3 b/man3/srandom.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e34104e2..000000000
--- a/man3/srandom.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/random.3
diff --git a/man3/srandom_r.3 b/man3/srandom_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b01937f4d..000000000
--- a/man3/srandom_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/random_r.3
diff --git a/man3/sscanf.3 b/man3/sscanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d488cd861..000000000
--- a/man3/sscanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,730 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
-.\" on Information Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)scanf.3	6.14 (Berkeley) 1/8/93
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" modified to resemble the GNU libio setup used in the Linux libc
-.\" used in versions 4.x (x>4) and 5   Helmut.Geyer@iwr.uni-heidelberg.de
-.\" Modified, aeb, 970121
-.\" 2005-07-14, mtk, added description of %n$ form; various text
-.\"	incorporated from the GNU C library documentation ((C) The
-.\"	Free Software Foundation); other parts substantially rewritten.
-.\"
-.\" 2008-06-23, mtk
-.\"     Add ERRORS section.
-.\"     Document the 'a' and 'm' modifiers for dynamic string allocation.
-.\"
-.TH sscanf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sscanf, vsscanf \- input string format conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int sscanf(const char *restrict " str ,
-.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.P
-.B #include <stdarg.h>
-.P
-.BI "int vsscanf(const char *restrict " str ,
-.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR vsscanf ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR sscanf ()
-family of functions scans formatted input according to
-.I format
-as described below.
-This format may contain
-.IR "conversion specifications" ;
-the results from such conversions, if any,
-are stored in the locations pointed to by the
-.I pointer
-arguments that follow
-.IR format .
-Each
-.I pointer
-argument must be of a type that is appropriate for the value returned
-by the corresponding conversion specification.
-.P
-If the number of conversion specifications in
-.I format
-exceeds the number of
-.I pointer
-arguments, the results are undefined.
-If the number of
-.I pointer
-arguments exceeds the number of conversion specifications, then the excess
-.I pointer
-arguments are evaluated, but are otherwise ignored.
-.P
-.BR sscanf ()
-These functions
-read their input from the string pointed to by
-.IR str .
-.P
-The
-.BR vsscanf ()
-function is analogous to
-.BR vsprintf (3).
-.P
-The
-.I format
-string consists of a sequence of
-.I directives
-which describe how to process the sequence of input characters.
-If processing of a directive fails, no further input is read, and
-.BR sscanf ()
-returns.
-A "failure" can be either of the following:
-.IR "input failure" ,
-meaning that input characters were unavailable, or
-.IR "matching failure" ,
-meaning that the input was inappropriate (see below).
-.P
-A directive is one of the following:
-.TP
-\[bu]
-A sequence of white-space characters (space, tab, newline, etc.; see
-.BR isspace (3)).
-This directive matches any amount of white space,
-including none, in the input.
-.TP
-\[bu]
-An ordinary character (i.e., one other than white space or \[aq]%\[aq]).
-This character must exactly match the next character of input.
-.TP
-\[bu]
-A conversion specification,
-which commences with a \[aq]%\[aq] (percent) character.
-A sequence of characters from the input is converted according to
-this specification, and the result is placed in the corresponding
-.I pointer
-argument.
-If the next item of input does not match the conversion specification,
-the conversion fails\[em]this is a
-.IR "matching failure" .
-.P
-Each
-.I conversion specification
-in
-.I format
-begins with either the character \[aq]%\[aq] or the character sequence
-"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP"
-(see below for the distinction) followed by:
-.TP
-\[bu]
-An optional \[aq]*\[aq] assignment-suppression character:
-.BR sscanf ()
-reads input as directed by the conversion specification,
-but discards the input.
-No corresponding
-.I pointer
-argument is required, and this specification is not
-included in the count of successful assignments returned by
-.BR scanf ().
-.TP
-\[bu]
-For decimal conversions, an optional quote character (\[aq]).
-This specifies that the input number may include thousands'
-separators as defined by the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-category of the current locale.
-(See
-.BR setlocale (3).)
-The quote character may precede or follow the \[aq]*\[aq]
-assignment-suppression character.
-.TP
-\[bu]
-An optional \[aq]m\[aq] character.
-This is used with string conversions
-.RI ( %s ,
-.IR %c ,
-.IR %[ ),
-and relieves the caller of the
-need to allocate a corresponding buffer to hold the input: instead,
-.BR sscanf ()
-allocates a buffer of sufficient size,
-and assigns the address of this buffer to the corresponding
-.I pointer
-argument, which should be a pointer to a
-.I "char\ *"
-variable (this variable does not need to be initialized before the call).
-The caller should subsequently
-.BR free (3)
-this buffer when it is no longer required.
-.TP
-\[bu]
-An optional decimal integer which specifies the
-.IR "maximum field width" .
-Reading of characters stops either when this maximum is reached or
-when a nonmatching character is found, whichever happens first.
-Most conversions discard initial white space characters (the exceptions
-are noted below),
-and these discarded characters don't count toward the maximum field width.
-String input conversions store a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
-to mark the end of the input;
-the maximum field width does not include this terminator.
-.TP
-\[bu]
-An optional
-.IR "type modifier character" .
-For example, the
-.B l
-type modifier is used with integer conversions such as
-.B %d
-to specify that the corresponding
-.I pointer
-argument refers to a
-.I "long"
-rather than a pointer to an
-.IR int .
-.TP
-\[bu]
-A
-.I "conversion specifier"
-that specifies the type of input conversion to be performed.
-.P
-The conversion specifications in
-.I format
-are of two forms, either beginning with \[aq]%\[aq] or beginning with
-"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP".
-The two forms should not be mixed in the same
-.I format
-string, except that a string containing
-"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP"
-specifications can include
-.B %%
-and
-.BR %* .
-If
-.I format
-contains \[aq]%\[aq]
-specifications, then these correspond in order with successive
-.I pointer
-arguments.
-In the
-"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP"
-form (which is specified in POSIX.1-2001, but not C99),
-.I n
-is a decimal integer that specifies that the converted input should
-be placed in the location referred to by the
-.IR n -th
-.I pointer
-argument following
-.IR format .
-.SS Conversions
-The following
-.I "type modifier characters"
-can appear in a conversion specification:
-.TP
-.B h
-Indicates that the conversion will be one of
-\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, \fBX\fP, or \fBn\fP
-and the next pointer is a pointer to a
-.I short
-or
-.I unsigned short
-(rather than
-.IR int ).
-.TP
-.B hh
-As for
-.BR h ,
-but the next pointer is a pointer to a
-.I signed char
-or
-.IR "unsigned char" .
-.TP
-.B j
-As for
-.BR h ,
-but the next pointer is a pointer to an
-.I intmax_t
-or a
-.IR uintmax_t .
-This modifier was introduced in C99.
-.TP
-.B l
-Indicates either that the conversion will be one of
-\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, \fBX\fP, or \fBn\fP
-and the next pointer is a pointer to a
-.I long
-or
-.I unsigned long
-(rather than
-.IR int ),
-or that the conversion will be one of
-\fBe\fP, \fBf\fP, or \fBg\fP
-and the next pointer is a pointer to
-.I double
-(rather than
-.IR float ).
-If used with
-.B %c
-or
-.BR %s ,
-the corresponding parameter is considered
-as a pointer to a wide character or wide-character string respectively.
-.\" This use of l was introduced in Amendment 1 to ISO C90.
-.TP
-.B ll
-(ell-ell)
-Indicates that the conversion will be one of
-.BR b ,
-.BR d ,
-.BR i ,
-.BR o ,
-.BR u ,
-.BR x ,
-.BR X ,
-or
-.B n
-and the next pointer is a pointer to a
-.I long long
-or
-.I unsigned long long
-(rather than
-.IR int ).
-.TP
-.B L
-Indicates that the conversion will be either
-\fBe\fP, \fBf\fP, or \fBg\fP
-and the next pointer is a pointer to
-.I "long double"
-or
-(as a GNU extension)
-the conversion will be
-\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, or \fBx\fP
-and the next pointer is a pointer to
-.IR "long long" .
-.\" MTK, Jul 05: The following is no longer true for modern
-.\" ANSI C (i.e., C99):
-.\" (Note that long long is not an
-.\" ANSI C
-.\" type. Any program using this will not be portable to all
-.\" architectures).
-.TP
-.B q
-equivalent to
-.BR L .
-This specifier does not exist in ANSI C.
-.TP
-.B t
-As for
-.BR h ,
-but the next pointer is a pointer to a
-.IR ptrdiff_t .
-This modifier was introduced in C99.
-.TP
-.B z
-As for
-.BR h ,
-but the next pointer is a pointer to a
-.IR size_t .
-This modifier was introduced in C99.
-.P
-The following
-.I "conversion specifiers"
-are available:
-.TP
-.B %
-Matches a literal \[aq]%\[aq].
-That is,
-.B %\&%
-in the format string matches a
-single input \[aq]%\[aq] character.
-No conversion is done (but initial white space characters are discarded),
-and assignment does not occur.
-.TP
-.B d
-Matches an optionally signed decimal integer;
-the next pointer must be a pointer to
-.IR int .
-.\" .TP
-.\" .B D
-.\" Equivalent to
-.\" .IR ld ;
-.\" this exists only for backward compatibility.
-.\" (Note: thus only in libc4
-.\" In libc5 and glibc the
-.\" .B %D
-.\" is silently ignored, causing old programs to fail mysteriously.)
-.TP
-.B i
-Matches an optionally signed integer; the next pointer must be a pointer to
-.IR int .
-The integer is read in base 16 if it begins with
-.I 0x
-or
-.IR 0X ,
-in base 8 if it begins with
-.IR 0 ,
-and in base 10 otherwise.
-Only characters that correspond to the base are used.
-.TP
-.B o
-Matches an unsigned octal integer; the next pointer must be a pointer to
-.IR "unsigned int" .
-.TP
-.B u
-Matches an unsigned decimal integer; the next pointer must be a
-pointer to
-.IR "unsigned int" .
-.TP
-.B x
-Matches an unsigned hexadecimal integer
-(that may optionally begin with a prefix of
-.I 0x
-or
-.IR 0X ,
-which is discarded); the next pointer must
-be a pointer to
-.IR "unsigned int" .
-.TP
-.B X
-Equivalent to
-.BR x .
-.TP
-.B f
-Matches an optionally signed floating-point number; the next pointer must
-be a pointer to
-.IR float .
-.TP
-.B e
-Equivalent to
-.BR f .
-.TP
-.B g
-Equivalent to
-.BR f .
-.TP
-.B E
-Equivalent to
-.BR f .
-.TP
-.B a
-(C99) Equivalent to
-.BR f .
-.TP
-.B s
-Matches a sequence of non-white-space characters;
-the next pointer must be a pointer to the initial element of a
-character array that is long enough to hold the input sequence and
-the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), which is added automatically.
-The input string stops at white space or at the maximum field
-width, whichever occurs first.
-.TP
-.B c
-Matches a sequence of characters whose length is specified by the
-.I maximum field width
-(default 1); the next pointer must be a pointer to
-.IR char ,
-and there must be enough room for all the characters
-(no terminating null byte is added).
-The usual skip of leading white space is suppressed.
-To skip white space first, use an explicit space in the format.
-.TP
-.B \&[
-Matches a nonempty sequence of characters from the specified set of
-accepted characters; the next pointer must be a pointer to
-.IR char ,
-and there must be enough room for all the characters in the string, plus a
-terminating null byte.
-The usual skip of leading white space is suppressed.
-The string is to be made up of characters in (or not in) a particular set;
-the set is defined by the characters between the open bracket
-.B [
-character and a close bracket
-.B ]
-character.
-The set
-.I excludes
-those characters if the first character after the open bracket is a
-circumflex
-.RB ( \[ha] ).
-To include a close bracket in the set, make it the first character after
-the open bracket or the circumflex; any other position will end the set.
-The hyphen character
-.B \-
-is also special; when placed between two other characters, it adds all
-intervening characters to the set.
-To include a hyphen, make it the last
-character before the final close bracket.
-For instance,
-.B [\[ha]]0\-9\-]
-means
-the set "everything except close bracket, zero through nine, and hyphen".
-The string ends with the appearance of a character not in the (or, with a
-circumflex, in) set or when the field width runs out.
-.TP
-.B p
-Matches a pointer value (as printed by
-.B %p
-in
-.BR printf (3));
-the next pointer must be a pointer to a pointer to
-.IR void .
-.TP
-.B n
-Nothing is expected; instead, the number of characters consumed thus far
-from the input is stored through the next pointer, which must be a pointer
-to
-.IR int ,
-or variant whose size matches the (optionally)
-supplied integer length modifier.
-This is
-.I not
-a conversion and does
-.I not
-increase the count returned by the function.
-The assignment can be suppressed with the
-.B *
-assignment-suppression character, but the effect on the
-return value is undefined.
-Therefore
-.B %*n
-conversions should not be used.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the number of input items
-successfully matched and assigned;
-this can be fewer than provided for,
-or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-.P
-The value
-.B EOF
-is returned if the end of input is reached before either the first
-successful conversion or a matching failure occurs.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EILSEQ
-Input byte sequence does not form a valid character.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-Not enough arguments; or
-.I format
-is NULL.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Out of memory.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sscanf (),
-.BR vsscanf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The
-.B q
-specifier is the 4.4BSD notation for
-.IR "long long" ,
-while
-.B ll
-or the usage of
-.B L
-in integer conversions is the GNU notation.
-.P
-The Linux version of these functions is based on the
-.I GNU
-.I libio
-library.
-Take a look at the
-.I info
-documentation of
-.I GNU
-.I libc (glibc-1.08)
-for a more concise description.
-.SH NOTES
-.SS The 'a' assignment-allocation modifier
-Originally, the GNU C library supported dynamic allocation for string inputs
-(as a nonstandard extension) via the
-.B a
-character.
-(This feature is present at least as far back as glibc 2.0.)
-Thus, one could write the following to have
-.BR sscanf ()
-allocate a buffer for a string,
-with a pointer to that buffer being returned in
-.IR *buf :
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *buf;
-sscanf(str, "%as", &buf);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The use of the letter
-.B a
-for this purpose was problematic, since
-.B a
-is also specified by the ISO C standard as a synonym for
-.B f
-(floating-point input).
-POSIX.1-2008 instead specifies the
-.B m
-modifier for assignment allocation (as documented in DESCRIPTION, above).
-.P
-Note that the
-.B a
-modifier is not available if the program is compiled with
-.I gcc\~\-std=c99
-or
-.I gcc\~\-D_ISOC99_SOURCE
-(unless
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-is also specified), in which case the
-.B a
-is interpreted as a specifier for floating-point numbers (see above).
-.P
-Support for the
-.B m
-modifier was added to glibc 2.7,
-and new programs should use that modifier instead of
-.BR a .
-.P
-As well as being standardized by POSIX, the
-.B m
-modifier has the following further advantages over
-the use of
-.BR a :
-.IP \[bu] 3
-It may also be applied to
-.B %c
-conversion specifiers (e.g.,
-.BR %3mc ).
-.IP \[bu]
-It avoids ambiguity with respect to the
-.B %a
-floating-point conversion specifier (and is unaffected by
-.I gcc\~\-std=c99
-etc.).
-.SH BUGS
-.SS Numeric conversion specifiers
-Use of the numeric conversion specifiers produces Undefined Behavior
-for invalid input.
-See
-.UR https://port70.net/\:%7Ensz/\:c/\:c11/\:n1570.html\:#7.21.6.2p10
-C11 7.21.6.2/10
-.UE .
-This is a bug in the ISO C standard,
-and not an inherent design issue with the API.
-However,
-current implementations are not safe from that bug,
-so it is not recommended to use them.
-Instead,
-programs should use functions such as
-.BR strtol (3)
-to parse numeric input.
-Alternatively,
-mitigate it by specifying a maximum field width.
-.SS Nonstandard modifiers
-These functions are fully C99 conformant, but provide the
-additional modifiers
-.B q
-and
-.B a
-as well as an additional behavior of the
-.B L
-and
-.B ll
-modifiers.
-The latter may be considered to be a bug, as it changes the
-behavior of modifiers defined in C99.
-.P
-Some combinations of the type modifiers and conversion
-specifiers defined by C99 do not make sense
-(e.g.,
-.BR "%Ld" ).
-While they may have a well-defined behavior on Linux, this need not
-to be so on other architectures.
-Therefore it usually is better to use
-modifiers that are not defined by C99 at all, that is, use
-.B q
-instead of
-.B L
-in combination with
-\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, and \fBX\fP
-conversions or
-.BR ll .
-.P
-The usage of
-.B q
-is not the same as on 4.4BSD,
-as it may be used in float conversions equivalently to
-.BR L .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-To use the dynamic allocation conversion specifier, specify
-.B m
-as a length modifier (thus
-.B %ms
-or
-\fB%m[\fP\fIrange\fP\fB]\fP).
-The caller must
-.BR free (3)
-the returned string, as in the following example:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *p;
-int n;
-\&
-errno = 0;
-n = sscanf(str, "%m[a\-z]", &p);
-if (n == 1) {
-    printf("read: %s\en", p);
-    free(p);
-} else if (errno != 0) {
-    perror("sscanf");
-} else {
-    fprintf(stderr, "No matching characters\en");
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-As shown in the above example, it is necessary to call
-.BR free (3)
-only if the
-.BR sscanf ()
-call successfully read a string.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getc (3),
-.BR printf (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strtod (3),
-.BR strtol (3),
-.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/ssignal.3 b/man3/ssignal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 047cab287..000000000
--- a/man3/ssignal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/gsignal.3
diff --git a/man3/stailq.3 b/man3/stailq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eca802cbd..000000000
--- a/man3/stailq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\"
-.TH STAILQ 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-.\"SIMPLEQ_CONCAT,
-SIMPLEQ_EMPTY,
-SIMPLEQ_ENTRY,
-SIMPLEQ_FIRST,
-SIMPLEQ_FOREACH,
-.\"SIMPLEQ_FOREACH_FROM,
-.\"SIMPLEQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
-.\"SIMPLEQ_FOREACH_SAFE,
-SIMPLEQ_HEAD,
-SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
-SIMPLEQ_INIT,
-SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER,
-SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD,
-SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL,
-.\"SIMPLEQ_LAST,
-SIMPLEQ_NEXT,
-SIMPLEQ_REMOVE,
-.\"SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_AFTER,
-SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD,
-.\"SIMPLEQ_SWAP,
-STAILQ_CONCAT,
-STAILQ_EMPTY,
-STAILQ_ENTRY,
-STAILQ_FIRST,
-STAILQ_FOREACH,
-.\"STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM,
-.\"STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
-.\"STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE,
-STAILQ_HEAD,
-STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
-STAILQ_INIT,
-STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER,
-STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD,
-STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL,
-.\"STAILQ_LAST,
-STAILQ_NEXT,
-STAILQ_REMOVE,
-.\"STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER,
-STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD,
-.\"STAILQ_SWAP
-\- implementation of a singly linked tail queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.P
-.B STAILQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.P
-.B STAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
-.BI "STAILQ_HEAD STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(STAILQ_HEAD " head );
-.BI "void STAILQ_INIT(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "int STAILQ_EMPTY(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_FIRST(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.\" .BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_LAST(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
-.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "STAILQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .P
-.\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.P
-.BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ", TYPE,"
-.BI "                         STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                         STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
-.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "void STAILQ_CONCAT(STAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head2 );
-.\" .BI "void STAILQ_SWAP(STAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ,
-.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.fi
-.IR Note :
-Identical macros prefixed with SIMPLEQ instead of STAILQ exist; see NOTES.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros define and operate on singly linked tail queues.
-.P
-In the macro definitions,
-.I TYPE
-is the name of a user-defined structure,
-that must contain a field of type
-.IR STAILQ_ENTRY ,
-named
-.IR NAME .
-The argument
-.I HEADNAME
-is the name of a user-defined structure that must be declared
-using the macro
-.BR STAILQ_HEAD ().
-.SS Creation
-A singly linked tail queue is headed by a structure defined by the
-.BR STAILQ_HEAD ()
-macro.
-This structure contains a pair of pointers,
-one to the first element in the tail queue and the other to
-the last element in the tail queue.
-The elements are singly linked for minimum space and pointer
-manipulation overhead at the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements.
-New elements can be added to the tail queue after an existing element,
-at the head of the tail queue, or at the end of the tail queue.
-A
-.I STAILQ_HEAD
-structure is declared as follows:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-STAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I struct HEADNAME
-is the structure to be defined, and
-.I struct TYPE
-is the type of the elements to be linked into the tail queue.
-A pointer to the head of the tail queue can later be declared as:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-struct HEADNAME *headp;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(The names
-.I head
-and
-.I headp
-are user selectable.)
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_ENTRY ()
-declares a structure that connects the elements in the tail queue.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-evaluates to an initializer for the tail queue
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_INIT ()
-initializes the tail queue referenced by
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_EMPTY ()
-evaluates to true if there are no items on the tail queue.
-.SS Insertion
-.BR STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the head of the tail queue.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the end of the tail queue.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-after the element
-.IR listelm .
-.SS Traversal
-.BR STAILQ_FIRST ()
-returns the first item on the tail queue or NULL if the tail queue is empty.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR STAILQ_LAST ()
-.\" returns the last item on the tail queue.
-.\" If the tail queue is empty the return value is NULL .
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_NEXT ()
-returns the next item on the tail queue, or NULL this item is the last.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
-traverses the tail queue referenced by
-.I head
-in the forward direction,
-assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found STAILQ element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the STAILQ referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" traverses the tail queue referenced by
-.\" .I head
-.\" in the forward direction, assigning each element
-.\" in turn to
-.\" .IR var .
-.\" However, unlike
-.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
-.\" here it is permitted to both remove
-.\" .I var
-.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
-.\" traversal.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found STAILQ element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the STAILQ referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.SS Removal
-.BR STAILQ_REMOVE ()
-removes the element
-.I elm
-from the tail queue.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD ()
-removes the element at the head of the tail queue.
-For optimum efficiency,
-elements being removed from the head of the tail queue should
-use this macro explicitly rather than the generic
-.BR STAILQ_REMOVE ()
-macro.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER ()
-.\" removes the element after
-.\" .I elm
-.\" from the tail queue.
-.\" Unlike
-.\" .BR STAILQ_REMOVE (),
-.\" this macro does not traverse the entire tail queue.
-.SS Other features
-.BR STAILQ_CONCAT ()
-concatenates the tail queue headed by
-.I head2
-onto the end of the one headed by
-.I head1
-removing all entries from the former.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR STAILQ_SWAP ()
-.\" swaps the contents of
-.\" .I head1
-.\" and
-.\" .IR head2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR STAILQ_EMPTY ()
-returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
-and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_FIRST (),
-and
-.BR STAILQ_NEXT ()
-return a pointer to the first or next
-.I TYPE
-structure, respectively.
-.P
-.BR STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
-.IR head .
-.SH VERSIONS
-Some BSDs provide SIMPLEQ instead of STAILQ.
-They are identical, but for historical reasons
-they were named differently on different BSDs.
-STAILQ originated on FreeBSD, and SIMPLEQ originated on NetBSD.
-For compatibility reasons, some systems provide both sets of macros.
-glibc provides both STAILQ and SIMPLEQ,
-which are identical except for a missing SIMPLEQ equivalent to
-.BR STAILQ_CONCAT ().
-.SH BUGS
-.BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
-doesn't allow
-.I var
-to be removed or freed within the loop,
-as it would interfere with the traversal.
-.BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE (),
-which is present on the BSDs but is not present in glibc,
-fixes this limitation by allowing
-.I var
-to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
-without interfering with the traversal.
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (stailq.c)
-.EX
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-\&
-struct entry {
-    int data;
-    STAILQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;        /* Singly linked tail queue */
-};
-\&
-STAILQ_HEAD(stailhead, entry);
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
-    struct stailhead head;                  /* Singly linked tail queue
-                                               head */
-\&
-    STAILQ_INIT(&head);                     /* Initialize the queue */
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
-    STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the tail */
-    STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
-    STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
-\&
-    STAILQ_REMOVE(&head, n2, entry, entries); /* Deletion */
-    free(n2);
-\&
-    n3 = STAILQ_FIRST(&head);
-    STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries);     /* Deletion from the head */
-    free(n3);
-\&
-    n1 = STAILQ_FIRST(&head);
-    n1\->data = 0;
-    for (unsigned int i = 1; i < 5; i++) {
-        n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));
-        STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-        n1\->data = i;
-    }
-                                            /* Forward traversal */
-    STAILQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
-        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
-                                            /* TailQ deletion */
-    n1 = STAILQ_FIRST(&head);
-    while (n1 != NULL) {
-        n2 = STAILQ_NEXT(n1, entries);
-        free(n1);
-        n1 = n2;
-    }
-    STAILQ_INIT(&head);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR insque (3),
-.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man3/static_assert.3 b/man3/static_assert.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b24a95a..000000000
--- a/man3/static_assert.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2022 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH static_assert 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-static_assert, _Static_assert \- fail compilation if assertion is false
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <assert.h>
-.P
-.BI "void static_assert(scalar " constant-expression ", const char *" msg );
-.P
-/* Since C23: */
-.BI "void static_assert(scalar " constant-expression );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This macro is similar to
-.BR \%assert (3),
-but it works at compile time,
-generating a compilation error (with an optional message)
-when the input is false (i.e., compares equal to zero).
-.P
-If the input is nonzero,
-no code is emitted.
-.P
-.I msg
-must be a string literal.
-Since C23, this argument is optional.
-.P
-There's a keyword,
-.BR \%_Static_assert (),
-that behaves identically,
-and can be used without including
-.IR <assert.h> .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-No value is returned.
-.SH VERSIONS
-In C11,
-the second argument
-.RI ( msg )
-was mandatory;
-since C23,
-it can be omitted.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11 and later.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.BR static_assert ()
-can't be used in some places,
-like for example at global scope.
-For that,
-a macro
-.BR \%must_be ()
-can be written in terms of
-.BR \%static_assert ().
-The following program uses the macro to get the size of an array safely.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.\" SRC BEGIN (must_be.c)
-.EX
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-/*
- * This macro behaves like static_assert(), failing to
- * compile if its argument is not true.  However, it always
- * returns 0, which allows using it everywhere an expression
- * can be used.
- */
-#define must_be(e)                                        \e
-(                                                         \e
-    0 * (int) sizeof(                                     \e
-        struct {                                          \e
-            static_assert(e);                             \e
-            int  ISO_C_forbids_a_struct_with_no_members;  \e
-        }                                                 \e
-    )                                                     \e
-)
-\&
-#define is_same_type(a, b)  \e
-    __builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(a), typeof(b))
-\&
-#define is_array(arr)       (!is_same_type((arr), &*(arr)))
-#define must_be_array(arr)  must_be(is_array(arr))
-\&
-#define sizeof_array(arr)   (sizeof(arr) + must_be_array(arr))
-#define nitems(arr)         (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]) \e
-                             + must_be_array(arr))
-\&
-int     foo[10];
-int8_t  bar[sizeof_array(foo)];
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < nitems(foo); i++) {
-        foo[i] = i;
-    }
-\&
-    memcpy(bar, foo, sizeof_array(bar));
-\&
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < nitems(bar); i++) {
-        printf("%d,", bar[i]);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR assert (3)
diff --git a/man3/statvfs.3 b/man3/statvfs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c694aeb1f..000000000
--- a/man3/statvfs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" The pathconf note is from Walter Harms
-.\" This is not a system call on Linux
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2004-06-23 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.TH statvfs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-statvfs, fstatvfs \- get filesystem statistics
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/statvfs.h>
-.P
-.BI "int statvfs(const char *restrict " path \
-", struct statvfs *restrict " buf );
-.BI "int fstatvfs(int " fd ", struct statvfs *" buf );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR statvfs ()
-returns information about a mounted filesystem.
-.I path
-is the pathname of any file within the mounted filesystem.
-.I buf
-is a pointer to a
-.I statvfs
-structure defined approximately as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct statvfs {
-    unsigned long  f_bsize;    /* Filesystem block size */
-    unsigned long  f_frsize;   /* Fragment size */
-    fsblkcnt_t     f_blocks;   /* Size of fs in f_frsize units */
-    fsblkcnt_t     f_bfree;    /* Number of free blocks */
-    fsblkcnt_t     f_bavail;   /* Number of free blocks for
-                                  unprivileged users */
-    fsfilcnt_t     f_files;    /* Number of inodes */
-    fsfilcnt_t     f_ffree;    /* Number of free inodes */
-    fsfilcnt_t     f_favail;   /* Number of free inodes for
-                                  unprivileged users */
-    unsigned long  f_fsid;     /* Filesystem ID */
-    unsigned long  f_flag;     /* Mount flags */
-    unsigned long  f_namemax;  /* Maximum filename length */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Here the types
-.I fsblkcnt_t
-and
-.I fsfilcnt_t
-are defined in
-.IR <sys/types.h> .
-Both used to be
-.IR "unsigned long" .
-.P
-The field
-.I f_flag
-is a bit mask indicating various options that were employed
-when mounting this filesystem.
-It contains zero or more of the following flags:
-.\" XXX Keep this list in sync with statfs(2)
-.TP
-.B ST_MANDLOCK
-Mandatory locking is permitted on the filesystem (see
-.BR fcntl (2)).
-.TP
-.B ST_NOATIME
-Do not update access times; see
-.BR mount (2).
-.TP
-.B ST_NODEV
-Disallow access to device special files on this filesystem.
-.TP
-.B ST_NODIRATIME
-Do not update directory access times; see
-.BR mount (2).
-.TP
-.B ST_NOEXEC
-Execution of programs is disallowed on this filesystem.
-.TP
-.B ST_NOSUID
-The set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits are ignored by
-.BR exec (3)
-for executable files on this filesystem
-.TP
-.B ST_RDONLY
-This filesystem is mounted read-only.
-.TP
-.B ST_RELATIME
-Update atime relative to mtime/ctime; see
-.BR mount (2).
-.TP
-.B ST_SYNCHRONOUS
-Writes are synched to the filesystem immediately (see the description of
-.B O_SYNC
-in
-.BR open (2)).
-.P
-It is unspecified whether all members of the returned struct
-have meaningful values on all filesystems.
-.P
-.BR fstatvfs ()
-returns the same information about an open file referenced by descriptor
-.IR fd .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, zero is returned.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-.RB ( statvfs ())
-Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of
-.IR path .
-(See also
-.BR path_resolution (7).)
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.RB ( fstatvfs ())
-.I fd
-is not a valid open file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EFAULT
-.I Buf
-or
-.I path
-points to an invalid address.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-This call was interrupted by a signal; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EIO
-An I/O error occurred while reading from the filesystem.
-.TP
-.B ELOOP
-.RB ( statvfs ())
-Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating
-.IR path .
-.TP
-.B ENAMETOOLONG
-.RB ( statvfs ())
-.I path
-is too long.
-.TP
-.B ENOENT
-.RB ( statvfs ())
-The file referred to by
-.I path
-does not exist.
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient kernel memory was available.
-.TP
-.B ENOSYS
-The filesystem does not support this call.
-.TP
-.B ENOTDIR
-.RB ( statvfs ())
-A component of the path prefix of
-.I path
-is not a directory.
-.TP
-.B EOVERFLOW
-Some values were too large to be represented in the returned struct.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR statvfs (),
-.BR fstatvfs ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Only the
-.B ST_NOSUID
-and
-.B ST_RDONLY
-flags of the
-.I f_flag
-field are specified in POSIX.1.
-To obtain definitions of the remaining flags, one must define
-.BR _GNU_SOURCE .
-.SH NOTES
-The Linux kernel has system calls
-.BR statfs (2)
-and
-.BR fstatfs (2)
-to support this library call.
-.P
-The glibc implementations of
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-pathconf(path, _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN);
-pathconf(path, _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN);
-pathconf(path, _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-respectively use the
-.IR f_frsize ,
-.IR f_frsize ,
-and
-.I f_bsize
-fields returned by a call to
-.BR statvfs ()
-with the argument
-.IR path .
-.P
-Under Linux,
-.I f_favail
-is always the same as
-.IR f_ffree ,
-and there's no way for a filesystem to report otherwise.
-This is not an issue,
-since no filesystems with an inode root reservation exist.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.13,
-.\" glibc commit 3cdaa6adb113a088fdfb87aa6d7747557eccc58d
-.BR statvfs ()
-populated the bits of the
-.I f_flag
-field by scanning the mount options shown in
-.IR /proc/mounts .
-However, starting with Linux 2.6.36, the underlying
-.BR statfs (2)
-system call provides the necessary information via the
-.I f_flags
-field, and since glibc 2.13, the
-.BR statvfs ()
-function will use information from that field rather than scanning
-.IR /proc/mounts .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR statfs (2)
diff --git a/man3/stdarg.3 b/man3/stdarg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4168487d0..000000000
--- a/man3/stdarg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
-.\" Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"	@(#)stdarg.3	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:11:11 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Additions, 2001-10-14, aeb
-.\"
-.TH stdarg 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-stdarg, va_start, va_arg, va_end, va_copy \- variable argument lists
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdarg.h>
-.P
-.BI "void va_start(va_list " ap ", " last );
-.IB type " va_arg(va_list " ap ", " type );
-.BI "void va_end(va_list " ap );
-.BI "void va_copy(va_list " dest ", va_list " src );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying
-types.
-The include file
-.I <stdarg.h>
-declares a type
-.I va_list
-and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments whose
-number and types are not known to the called function.
-.P
-The called function must declare an object of type
-.I va_list
-which is used by the macros
-.BR va_start (),
-.BR va_arg (),
-and
-.BR va_end ().
-.SS va_start()
-The
-.BR va_start ()
-macro initializes
-.I ap
-for subsequent use by
-.BR va_arg ()
-and
-.BR va_end (),
-and must be called first.
-.P
-The argument
-.I last
-is the name of the last argument before the variable argument list, that is,
-the last argument of which the calling function knows the type.
-.P
-Because the address of this argument may be used in the
-.BR va_start ()
-macro, it should not be declared as a register variable,
-or as a function or an array type.
-.SS va_arg()
-The
-.BR va_arg ()
-macro expands to an expression that has the type and value of the next
-argument in the call.
-The argument
-.I ap
-is the
-.I va_list
-.I ap
-initialized by
-.BR va_start ().
-Each call to
-.BR va_arg ()
-modifies
-.I ap
-so that the next call returns the next argument.
-The argument
-.I type
-is a type name specified so that the type of a pointer to an object that
-has the specified type can be obtained simply by adding a * to
-.IR type .
-.P
-The first use of the
-.BR va_arg ()
-macro after that of the
-.BR va_start ()
-macro returns the argument after
-.IR last .
-Successive invocations return the values of the remaining arguments.
-.P
-If there is no next argument, or if
-.I type
-is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument (as promoted
-according to the default argument promotions), random errors will occur.
-.P
-If
-.I ap
-is passed to a function that uses
-.BI va_arg( ap , type ),
-then the value of
-.I ap
-is undefined after the return of that function.
-.SS va_end()
-Each invocation of
-.BR va_start ()
-must be matched by a corresponding invocation of
-.BR va_end ()
-in the same function.
-After the call
-.BI va_end( ap )
-the variable
-.I ap
-is undefined.
-Multiple traversals of the list, each
-bracketed by
-.BR va_start ()
-and
-.BR va_end ()
-are possible.
-.BR va_end ()
-may be a macro or a function.
-.SS va_copy()
-The
-.BR va_copy ()
-macro copies the (previously initialized) variable argument list
-.I src
-to
-.IR dest .
-The behavior is as if
-.BR va_start ()
-were applied to
-.I dest
-with the same
-.I last
-argument, followed by the same number of
-.BR va_arg ()
-invocations that was used to reach the current state of
-.IR src .
-.P
-.\" Proposal from clive@demon.net, 1997-02-28
-An obvious implementation would have a
-.I va_list
-be a pointer to the stack frame of the variadic function.
-In such a setup (by far the most common) there seems
-nothing against an assignment
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-va_list aq = ap;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Unfortunately, there are also systems that make it an
-array of pointers (of length 1), and there one needs
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-va_list aq;
-*aq = *ap;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Finally, on systems where arguments are passed in registers,
-it may be necessary for
-.BR va_start ()
-to allocate memory, store the arguments there, and also
-an indication of which argument is next, so that
-.BR va_arg ()
-can step through the list.
-Now
-.BR va_end ()
-can free the allocated memory again.
-To accommodate this situation, C99 adds a macro
-.BR va_copy (),
-so that the above assignment can be replaced by
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-va_list aq;
-va_copy(aq, ap);
-\&...
-va_end(aq);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Each invocation of
-.BR va_copy ()
-must be matched by a corresponding invocation of
-.BR va_end ()
-in the same function.
-Some systems that do not supply
-.BR va_copy ()
-have
-.B __va_copy
-instead, since that was the name used in the draft proposal.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR va_start (),
-.BR va_end (),
-.BR va_copy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR va_arg ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:ap
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR va_start ()
-.TQ
-.BR va_arg ()
-.TQ
-.BR va_end ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR va_copy ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Unlike the historical
-.B varargs
-macros, the
-.B stdarg
-macros do not permit programmers to code a function with no fixed
-arguments.
-This problem generates work mainly when converting
-.B varargs
-code to
-.B stdarg
-code, but it also creates difficulties for variadic functions that wish to
-pass all of their arguments on to a function that takes a
-.I va_list
-argument, such as
-.BR vfprintf (3).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The function
-.I foo
-takes a string of format characters and prints out the argument associated
-with each format character based on the type.
-.P
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-\&
-void
-foo(char *fmt, ...)   /* \[aq]...\[aq] is C syntax for a variadic function */
-\&
-{
-    va_list ap;
-    int d;
-    char c;
-    char *s;
-\&
-    va_start(ap, fmt);
-    while (*fmt)
-        switch (*fmt++) {
-        case \[aq]s\[aq]:              /* string */
-            s = va_arg(ap, char *);
-            printf("string %s\en", s);
-            break;
-        case \[aq]d\[aq]:              /* int */
-            d = va_arg(ap, int);
-            printf("int %d\en", d);
-            break;
-        case \[aq]c\[aq]:              /* char */
-            /* need a cast here since va_arg only
-               takes fully promoted types */
-            c = (char) va_arg(ap, int);
-            printf("char %c\en", c);
-            break;
-        }
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR vprintf (3),
-.BR vscanf (3),
-.BR vsyslog (3)
diff --git a/man3/stderr.3 b/man3/stderr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 752ae2794..000000000
--- a/man3/stderr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdin.3
diff --git a/man3/stdin.3 b/man3/stdin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index da8a52fa6..000000000
--- a/man3/stdin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-.\" From dholland@burgundy.eecs.harvard.edu Tue Mar 24 18:08:15 1998
-.\"
-.\" This man page was written in 1998 by David A. Holland
-.\" Polished a bit by aeb.
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
-.\" Placed in the Public Domain.
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" 2005-06-16 mtk, mentioned freopen()
-.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
-.\"
-.TH stdin 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-stdin, stdout, stderr \- standard I/O streams
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "extern FILE *" stdin ;
-.BI "extern FILE *" stdout ;
-.BI "extern FILE *" stderr ;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Under normal circumstances every UNIX program has three streams opened
-for it when it starts up, one for input, one for output, and one for
-printing diagnostic or error messages.
-These are typically attached to
-the user's terminal (see
-.BR tty (4))
-but might instead refer to files or other devices, depending on what
-the parent process chose to set up.
-(See also the "Redirection" section of
-.BR sh (1).)
-.P
-The input stream is referred to as "standard input"; the output stream is
-referred to as "standard output"; and the error stream is referred to
-as "standard error".
-These terms are abbreviated to form the symbols
-used to refer to these files, namely
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-and
-.IR stderr .
-.P
-Each of these symbols is a
-.BR stdio (3)
-macro of type pointer to
-.IR FILE ,
-and can be used with functions like
-.BR fprintf (3)
-or
-.BR fread (3).
-.P
-Since
-.IR FILE s
-are a buffering wrapper around UNIX file descriptors, the
-same underlying files may also be accessed using the raw UNIX file
-interface, that is, the functions like
-.BR read (2)
-and
-.BR lseek (2).
-.P
-On program startup, the integer file descriptors
-associated with the streams
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-and
-.I stderr
-are 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
-The preprocessor symbols
-.BR STDIN_FILENO ,
-.BR STDOUT_FILENO ,
-and
-.B STDERR_FILENO
-are defined with these values in
-.IR <unistd.h> .
-(Applying
-.BR freopen (3)
-to one of these streams can change the file descriptor number
-associated with the stream.)
-.P
-Note that mixing use of
-.IR FILE s
-and raw file descriptors can produce
-unexpected results and should generally be avoided.
-(For the masochistic among you: POSIX.1, section 8.2.3, describes
-in detail how this interaction is supposed to work.)
-A general rule is that file descriptors are handled in the kernel,
-while stdio is just a library.
-This means for example, that after an
-.BR exec (3),
-the child inherits all open file descriptors, but all old streams
-have become inaccessible.
-.P
-Since the symbols
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-and
-.I stderr
-are specified to be macros, assigning to them is nonportable.
-The standard streams can be made to refer to different files
-with help of the library function
-.BR freopen (3),
-specially introduced to make it possible to reassign
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-and
-.IR stderr .
-The standard streams are closed by a call to
-.BR exit (3)
-and by normal program termination.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-The standards also stipulate that these three
-streams shall be open at program startup.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The stream
-.I stderr
-is unbuffered.
-The stream
-.I stdout
-is line-buffered when it points to a terminal.
-Partial lines will not
-appear until
-.BR fflush (3)
-or
-.BR exit (3)
-is called, or a newline is printed.
-This can produce unexpected
-results, especially with debugging output.
-The buffering mode of the standard streams (or any other stream)
-can be changed using the
-.BR setbuf (3)
-or
-.BR setvbuf (3)
-call.
-Note that in case
-.I stdin
-is associated with a terminal, there may also be input buffering
-in the terminal driver, entirely unrelated to stdio buffering.
-(Indeed, normally terminal input is line buffered in the kernel.)
-This kernel input handling can be modified using calls like
-.BR tcsetattr (3);
-see also
-.BR stty (1),
-and
-.BR termios (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR csh (1),
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR fopen (3),
-.BR stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/stdio.3 b/man3/stdio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a76b77546..000000000
--- a/man3/stdio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)stdio.3	6.5 (Berkeley) 5/6/91
-.\"
-.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 16:07:22 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
-.\" Modified, 2001-12-26, aeb
-.\"
-.TH stdio 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-stdio \- standard input/output library functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "FILE *" stdin ;
-.BI "FILE *" stdout ;
-.BI "FILE *" stderr ;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The standard I/O library provides a simple and efficient buffered stream
-I/O interface.
-Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the
-physical I/O characteristics are concealed.
-The functions and macros are
-listed below; more information is available from the individual man pages.
-.P
-A stream is associated with an external file (which may be a physical
-device) by
-.I opening
-a file, which may involve creating a new file.
-Creating an existing file
-causes its former contents to be discarded.
-If a file can support positioning requests (such as a disk file,
-as opposed to a terminal), then a
-.I file position indicator
-associated with the stream is positioned at the start of the file (byte
-zero), unless the file is opened with append mode.
-If append mode is used,
-it is unspecified whether the position indicator will be placed at the
-start or the end of the file.
-The position indicator is maintained by
-subsequent reads, writes, and positioning requests.
-All input occurs as if the characters were read by successive calls to the
-.BR fgetc (3)
-function; all output takes place as if all characters were written by
-successive calls to the
-.BR fputc (3)
-function.
-.P
-A file is disassociated from a stream by
-.I closing
-the file.
-Output streams are flushed (any unwritten buffer contents are
-transferred to the host environment) before the stream is disassociated from
-the file.
-The value of a pointer to a
-.I FILE
-object is indeterminate after a file is closed (garbage).
-.P
-A file may be subsequently reopened, by the same or another program
-execution, and its contents reclaimed or modified (if it can be
-repositioned at the start).
-If the main function returns to its original
-caller, or the
-.BR exit (3)
-function is called, all open files are closed (hence all output streams are
-flushed) before program termination.
-Other methods of program termination,
-such as
-.BR abort (3)
-do not bother about closing files properly.
-.P
-At program startup, three text streams are predefined and need not be
-opened explicitly:
-.I standard input
-(for reading conventional input),
-.I standard output
-(for writing conventional output), and
-.I standard error
-(for writing diagnostic output).
-These streams are abbreviated
-.IR stdin ,
-.IR stdout ,
-and
-.IR stderr .
-When opened, the standard error stream is not fully buffered; the standard
-input and output streams are fully buffered if and only if the streams do
-not refer to an interactive device.
-.P
-Output streams that refer to terminal devices are always line buffered by
-default; pending output to such streams is written automatically whenever
-an input stream that refers to a terminal device is read.
-In cases where a
-large amount of computation is done after printing part of a line on an
-output terminal, it is necessary to
-.BR fflush (3)
-the standard output before going off and computing so that the output will
-appear.
-.P
-The
-.I stdio
-library is a part of the library
-.B libc
-and routines are automatically loaded as needed by
-.BR cc (1).
-The
-SYNOPSIS
-sections of the following manual pages indicate which include files are to
-be used, what the compiler declaration for the function looks like and
-which external variables are of interest.
-.P
-The following are defined as macros; these names may not be reused without
-first removing their current definitions with
-.BR #undef :
-.BR BUFSIZ ,
-.BR EOF ,
-.BR FILENAME_MAX ,
-.BR FOPEN_MAX ,
-.BR L_cuserid ,
-.BR L_ctermid ,
-.BR L_tmpnam ,
-.BR NULL ,
-.BR SEEK_END ,
-.BR SEEK_SET ,
-.BR SEEK_CUR ,
-.BR TMP_MAX ,
-.BR clearerr ,
-.BR feof ,
-.BR ferror ,
-.BR fileno ,
-.\" Not on Linux: .BR fropen ,
-.\" Not on Linux: .BR fwopen ,
-.BR getc ,
-.BR getchar ,
-.BR putc ,
-.BR putchar ,
-.BR stderr ,
-.BR stdin ,
-.BR stdout .
-Function versions of the macro functions
-.BR feof ,
-.BR ferror ,
-.BR clearerr ,
-.BR fileno ,
-.BR getc ,
-.BR getchar ,
-.BR putc ,
-and
-.B putchar
-exist and will be used if the macros definitions are explicitly removed.
-.SS List of functions
-.TS
-;
-lb lbx
-l l.
-Function	Description
-_
-\fBclearerr\fP(3)	T{
-check and reset stream status
-T}
-\fBfclose\fP(3)	T{
-close a stream
-T}
-\fBfdopen\fP(3)	T{
-stream open functions
-T}
-\fBfeof\fP(3)	T{
-check and reset stream status
-T}
-\fBferror\fP(3)	T{
-check and reset stream status
-T}
-\fBfflush\fP(3)	T{
-flush a stream
-T}
-\fBfgetc\fP(3)	T{
-get next character or word from input stream
-T}
-\fBfgetpos\fP(3)	T{
-reposition a stream
-T}
-\fBfgets\fP(3)	T{
-get a line from a stream
-T}
-\fBfileno\fP(3)	T{
-return the integer descriptor of the argument stream
-T}
-\fBfmemopen\fP(3)	T{
-open memory as stream
-T}
-\fBfopen\fP(3)	T{
-stream open functions
-T}
-\fBfopencookie\fP(3)	T{
-open a custom stream
-T}
-\fBfprintf\fP(3)	T{
-formatted output conversion
-T}
-\fBfpurge\fP(3)	T{
-flush a stream
-T}
-\fBfputc\fP(3)	T{
-output a character or word to a stream
-T}
-\fBfputs\fP(3)	T{
-output a line to a stream
-T}
-\fBfread\fP(3)	T{
-binary stream input/output
-T}
-\fBfreopen\fP(3)	T{
-stream open functions
-T}
-\fBfscanf\fP(3)	T{
-input format conversion
-T}
-\fBfseek\fP(3)	T{
-reposition a stream
-T}
-\fBfsetpos\fP(3)	T{
-reposition a stream
-T}
-\fBftell\fP(3)	T{
-reposition a stream
-T}
-\fBfwrite\fP(3)	T{
-binary stream input/output
-T}
-\fBgetc\fP(3)	T{
-get next character or word from input stream
-T}
-\fBgetchar\fP(3)	T{
-get next character or word from input stream
-T}
-\fBgets\fP(3)	T{
-get a line from a stream
-T}
-\fBgetw\fP(3)	T{
-get next character or word from input stream
-T}
-\fBmktemp\fP(3)	T{
-make temporary filename (unique)
-T}
-\fBopen_memstream\fP(3)	T{
-open a dynamic memory buffer stream
-T}
-\fBopen_wmemstream\fP(3)	T{
-open a dynamic memory buffer stream
-T}
-\fBperror\fP(3)	T{
-system error messages
-T}
-\fBprintf\fP(3)	T{
-formatted output conversion
-T}
-\fBputc\fP(3)	T{
-output a character or word to a stream
-T}
-\fBputchar\fP(3)	T{
-output a character or word to a stream
-T}
-\fBputs\fP(3)	T{
-output a line to a stream
-T}
-\fBputw\fP(3)	T{
-output a character or word to a stream
-T}
-\fBremove\fP(3)	T{
-remove directory entry
-T}
-\fBrewind\fP(3)	T{
-reposition a stream
-T}
-\fBscanf\fP(3)	T{
-input format conversion
-T}
-\fBsetbuf\fP(3)	T{
-stream buffering operations
-T}
-\fBsetbuffer\fP(3)	T{
-stream buffering operations
-T}
-\fBsetlinebuf\fP(3)	T{
-stream buffering operations
-T}
-\fBsetvbuf\fP(3)	T{
-stream buffering operations
-T}
-\fBsprintf\fP(3)	T{
-formatted output conversion
-T}
-\fBsscanf\fP(3)	T{
-input format conversion
-T}
-\fBstrerror\fP(3)	T{
-system error messages
-T}
-\fBsys_errlist\fP(3)	T{
-system error messages
-T}
-\fBsys_nerr\fP(3)	T{
-system error messages
-T}
-\fBtempnam\fP(3)	T{
-temporary file routines
-T}
-\fBtmpfile\fP(3)	T{
-temporary file routines
-T}
-\fBtmpnam\fP(3)	T{
-temporary file routines
-T}
-\fBungetc\fP(3)	T{
-un-get character from input stream
-T}
-\fBvfprintf\fP(3)	T{
-formatted output conversion
-T}
-\fBvfscanf\fP(3)	T{
-input format conversion
-T}
-\fBvprintf\fP(3)	T{
-formatted output conversion
-T}
-\fBvscanf\fP(3)	T{
-input format conversion
-T}
-\fBvsprintf\fP(3)	T{
-formatted output conversion
-T}
-\fBvsscanf\fP(3)	T{
-input format conversion
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR close (2),
-.BR open (2),
-.BR read (2),
-.BR write (2),
-.BR stdout (3),
-.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/stdio_ext.3 b/man3/stdio_ext.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 815135dd1..000000000
--- a/man3/stdio_ext.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH stdio_ext 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-__fbufsize, __flbf, __fpending, __fpurge, __freadable,
-__freading, __fsetlocking, __fwritable, __fwriting, _flushlbf \-
-interfaces to stdio FILE structure
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <stdio_ext.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t __fbufsize(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "size_t __fpending(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int __flbf(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int __freadable(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int __fwritable(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int __freading(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int __fwriting(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int __fsetlocking(FILE *" stream ", int " type );
-.B "void _flushlbf(void);"
-.BI "void __fpurge(FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Solaris introduced routines to allow portable access to the
-internals of the
-.I FILE
-structure, and glibc also implemented these.
-.P
-The
-.BR __fbufsize ()
-function returns the size of the buffer currently used
-by the given stream.
-.P
-The
-.BR __fpending ()
-function returns the number of bytes in the output buffer.
-For wide-oriented streams the unit is wide characters.
-This function is undefined on buffers in reading mode,
-or opened read-only.
-.P
-The
-.BR __flbf ()
-function returns a nonzero value if the stream is line-buffered,
-and zero otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR __freadable ()
-function returns a nonzero value if the stream allows reading,
-and zero otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR __fwritable ()
-function returns a nonzero value if the stream allows writing,
-and zero otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR __freading ()
-function returns a nonzero value if the stream is read-only, or
-if the last operation on the stream was a read operation,
-and zero otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR __fwriting ()
-function returns a nonzero value if the stream is write-only (or
-append-only), or if the last operation on the stream was a write
-operation, and zero otherwise.
-.P
-The
-.BR __fsetlocking ()
-function can be used to select the desired type of locking on the stream.
-It returns the current type.
-The
-.I type
-argument can take the following three values:
-.TP
-.B FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL
-Perform implicit locking around every operation on the given stream
-(except for the *_unlocked ones).
-This is the default.
-.TP
-.B FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER
-The caller will take care of the locking (possibly using
-.BR flockfile (3)
-in case there is more than one thread), and the stdio routines
-will not do locking until the state is reset to
-.BR FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL .
-.TP
-.B FSETLOCKING_QUERY
-Don't change the type of locking.
-(Only return it.)
-.P
-The
-.BR _flushlbf ()
-function flushes all line-buffered streams.
-(Presumably so that
-output to a terminal is forced out, say before reading keyboard input.)
-.P
-The
-.BR __fpurge ()
-function discards the contents of the stream's buffer.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR __fbufsize (),
-.BR __fpending (),
-.BR __fpurge (),
-.BR __fsetlocking ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stream
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR __flbf (),
-.BR __freadable (),
-.BR __freading (),
-.BR __fwritable (),
-.BR __fwriting (),
-.BR _flushlbf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR flockfile (3),
-.BR fpurge (3)
diff --git a/man3/stdout.3 b/man3/stdout.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 752ae2794..000000000
--- a/man3/stdout.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdin.3
diff --git a/man3/stpcpy.3 b/man3/stpcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7476a84..000000000
--- a/man3/stpcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strcpy.3
diff --git a/man3/stpncpy.3 b/man3/stpncpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9544682fc..000000000
--- a/man3/stpncpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH stpncpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-stpncpy, strncpy
-\-
-fill a fixed-size buffer with non-null bytes from a string,
-padding with null bytes as needed
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." dsize "], \
-const char *restrict " src ,
-.BI "              size_t " dsize );
-.BI "char *stpncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." dsize "], \
-const char *restrict " src ,
-.BI "              size_t " dsize );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR stpncpy ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions copy non-null bytes from the string pointed to by
-.I src
-into the array pointed to by
-.IR dst .
-If the source has too few non-null bytes to fill the destination,
-the functions pad the destination with trailing null bytes.
-If the destination buffer,
-limited by its size,
-isn't large enough to hold the copy,
-the resulting character sequence is truncated.
-For the difference between the two functions, see RETURN VALUE.
-.P
-An implementation of these functions might be:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *
-strncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t dsize)
-{
-    stpncpy(dst, src, dsize);
-    return dst;
-}
-\&
-char *
-stpncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t dsize)
-{
-    size_t  dlen;
-\&
-    dlen = strnlen(src, dsize);
-    return memset(mempcpy(dst, src, dlen), 0, dsize \- dlen);
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.TP
-.BR strncpy ()
-returns
-.IR dst .
-.TP
-.BR stpncpy ()
-returns a pointer to
-one after the last character in the destination character sequence.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR stpncpy (),
-.BR strncpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strncpy ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR stpncpy ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strncpy ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR stpncpy ()
-glibc 1.07.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The name of these functions is confusing.
-These functions produce a null-padded character sequence,
-not a string (see
-.BR string_copying (7)).
-For example:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-strncpy(buf, "1", 5);       // { \[aq]1\[aq],   0,   0,   0,   0 }
-strncpy(buf, "1234", 5);    // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq],   0 }
-strncpy(buf, "12345", 5);   // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq], \[aq]5\[aq] }
-strncpy(buf, "123456", 5);  // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq], \[aq]5\[aq] }
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-It's impossible to distinguish truncation by the result of the call,
-from a character sequence that just fits the destination buffer;
-truncation should be detected by
-comparing the length of the input string
-with the size of the destination buffer.
-.P
-If you're going to use this function in chained calls,
-it would be useful to develop a similar function that accepts
-a pointer to the end (one after the last element) of the destination buffer
-instead of its size.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (stpncpy.c)
-.EX
-#include <err.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char    *p;
-    char    buf1[20];
-    char    buf2[20];
-    size_t  len;
-\&
-    if (sizeof(buf2) < strlen("Hello world!"))
-        errx("strncpy: truncating character sequence");
-    strncpy(buf2, "Hello world!", sizeof(buf2));
-    len = strnlen(buf2, sizeof(buf2));
-\&
-    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
-    fwrite(buf2, 1, len, stdout);
-    putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
-\&
-    if (sizeof(buf1) < strlen("Hello world!"))
-        errx("stpncpy: truncating character sequence");
-    p = stpncpy(buf1, "Hello world!", sizeof(buf1));
-    len = p \- buf1;
-\&
-    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
-    fwrite(buf1, 1, len, stdout);
-    putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR wcpncpy (3),
-.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man3/strcasecmp.3 b/man3/strcasecmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d2fe959f0..000000000
--- a/man3/strcasecmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:12:45 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strcasecmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strcasecmp, strncasecmp \- compare two strings ignoring case
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.P
-.BI "int strcasecmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-.BI "int strncasecmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strcasecmp ()
-function performs a byte-by-byte comparison of the strings
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 ,
-ignoring the case of the characters.
-It returns an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
-.I s1
-is found,
-respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than
-.IR s2 .
-.P
-The
-.BR strncasecmp ()
-function is similar, except that it compares
-no more than
-.I n
-bytes of
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strcasecmp ()
-and
-.BR strncasecmp ()
-functions return
-an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
-.I s1
-is, after ignoring case, found to be
-less than, to match, or be greater than
-.IR s2 ,
-respectively.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strcasecmp (),
-.BR strncasecmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The
-.BR strcasecmp ()
-and
-.BR strncasecmp ()
-functions first appeared in 4.4BSD, where they were declared in
-.IR <string.h> .
-Thus, for reasons of historical compatibility, the glibc
-.I <string.h>
-header file also declares these functions, if the
-.B _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-(or, in glibc 2.19 and earlier,
-.BR _BSD_SOURCE )
-feature test macro is defined.
-.P
-The POSIX.1-2008 standard says of these functions:
-.P
-.RS
-When the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the locale being used is from the POSIX locale,
-these functions shall behave as if the strings had been converted
-to lowercase and then a byte comparison performed.
-Otherwise, the results are unspecified.
-.RE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcmp (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strncmp (3),
-.BR wcscasecmp (3),
-.BR wcsncasecmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/strcasestr.3 b/man3/strcasestr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2feb2c57e..000000000
--- a/man3/strcasestr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strstr.3
diff --git a/man3/strcat.3 b/man3/strcat.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ff7476a84..000000000
--- a/man3/strcat.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strcpy.3
diff --git a/man3/strchr.3 b/man3/strchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 55f6add88..000000000
--- a/man3/strchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Mon Apr 12 12:51:24 1993, David Metcalfe
-.\" 2006-05-19, Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
-.\"	Document strchrnul(3).
-.\"
-.TH strchr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strchr, strrchr, strchrnul \- locate character in string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
-.BI "char *strrchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
-.P
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strchrnul(const char *" s ", int " c );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strchr ()
-function returns a pointer to the first occurrence
-of the character
-.I c
-in the string
-.IR s .
-.P
-The
-.BR strrchr ()
-function returns a pointer to the last occurrence
-of the character
-.I c
-in the string
-.IR s .
-.P
-The
-.BR strchrnul ()
-function is like
-.BR strchr ()
-except that if
-.I c
-is not found in
-.IR s ,
-then it returns a pointer to the null byte
-at the end of
-.IR s ,
-rather than NULL.
-.P
-Here "character" means "byte"; these functions do not work with
-wide or multibyte characters.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strchr ()
-and
-.BR strrchr ()
-functions return a pointer to
-the matched character or NULL if the character is not found.
-The terminating null byte is considered part of the string,
-so that if
-.I c
-is specified as \[aq]\e0\[aq],
-these functions return a pointer to the terminator.
-.P
-The
-.BR strchrnul ()
-function returns a pointer to the matched character,
-or a pointer to the null byte at the end of
-.I s
-(i.e.,
-.IR "s+strlen(s)" )
-if the character is not found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strchr (),
-.BR strrchr (),
-.BR strchrnul ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strchr ()
-.TQ
-.BR strrchr ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strchrnul ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strchr ()
-.TQ
-.BR strrchr ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR strchrnul ()
-glibc 2.1.1,
-FreeBSD 10,
-NetBSD 8.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strlen (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR strtok (3),
-.BR wcschr (3),
-.BR wcsrchr (3)
diff --git a/man3/strchrnul.3 b/man3/strchrnul.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 322b7a896..000000000
--- a/man3/strchrnul.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strchr.3
diff --git a/man3/strcmp.3 b/man3/strcmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e910d97b..000000000
--- a/man3/strcmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:08:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2001-08-31, aeb
-.\"
-.TH strcmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strcmp, strncmp \- compare two strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "int strcmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-.BI "int strncmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strcmp ()
-function compares the two strings
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 .
-The locale is not taken into account (for a locale-aware comparison, see
-.BR strcoll (3)).
-The comparison is done using unsigned characters.
-.P
-.BR strcmp ()
-returns an integer indicating the result of the comparison, as follows:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-0, if the
-.I s1
-and
-.I s2
-are equal;
-.IP \[bu]
-a negative value if
-.I s1
-is less than
-.IR s2 ;
-.IP \[bu]
-a positive value if
-.I s1
-is greater than
-.IR s2 .
-.P
-The
-.BR strncmp ()
-function is similar, except it compares
-only the first (at most)
-.I n
-bytes of
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strcmp ()
-and
-.BR strncmp ()
-functions return an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
-.I s1
-(or the first
-.I n
-bytes thereof) is found, respectively, to be less than, to
-match, or be greater than
-.IR s2 .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strcmp (),
-.BR strncmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-POSIX.1 specifies only that:
-.RS
-.P
-The sign of a nonzero return value shall be determined by the sign
-of the difference between the values of the first pair of bytes
-(both interpreted as type
-.IR "unsigned char" )
-that differ in the strings being compared.
-.RE
-.P
-In glibc, as in most other implementations,
-the return value is the arithmetic result of subtracting
-the last compared byte in
-.I s2
-from the last compared byte in
-.IR s1 .
-(If the two characters are equal, this difference is 0.)
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below can be used to demonstrate the operation of
-.BR strcmp ()
-(when given two arguments) and
-.BR strncmp ()
-(when given three arguments).
-First, some examples using
-.BR strcmp ():
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./string_comp ABC ABC\fP
-<str1> and <str2> are equal
-$ \fB./string_comp ABC AB\fP      # \[aq]C\[aq] is ASCII 67; \[aq]C\[aq] \- \[aq]\e0\[aq] = 67
-<str1> is greater than <str2> (67)
-$ \fB./string_comp ABA ABZ\fP     # \[aq]A\[aq] is ASCII 65; \[aq]Z\[aq] is ASCII 90
-<str1> is less than <str2> (\-25)
-$ \fB./string_comp ABJ ABC\fP
-<str1> is greater than <str2> (7)
-$ .\fB/string_comp $\[aq]\e201\[aq] A\fP   # 0201 \- 0101 = 0100 (or 64 decimal)
-<str1> is greater than <str2> (64)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The last example uses
-.BR bash (1)-specific
-syntax to produce a string containing an 8-bit ASCII code;
-the result demonstrates that the string comparison uses unsigned
-characters.
-.P
-And then some examples using
-.BR strncmp ():
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./string_comp ABC AB 3\fP
-<str1> is greater than <str2> (67)
-$ \fB./string_comp ABC AB 2\fP
-<str1> and <str2> are equal in the first 2 bytes
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (string_comp.c)
-.EX
-/* string_comp.c
-\&
-   Licensed under GNU General Public License v2 or later.
-*/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int res;
-\&
-    if (argc < 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <str1> <str2> [<len>]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (argc == 3)
-        res = strcmp(argv[1], argv[2]);
-    else
-        res = strncmp(argv[1], argv[2], atoi(argv[3]));
-\&
-    if (res == 0) {
-        printf("<str1> and <str2> are equal");
-        if (argc > 3)
-            printf(" in the first %d bytes\en", atoi(argv[3]));
-        printf("\en");
-    } else if (res < 0) {
-        printf("<str1> is less than <str2> (%d)\en", res);
-    } else {
-        printf("<str1> is greater than <str2> (%d)\en", res);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcmp (3),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strncasecmp (3),
-.BR strverscmp (3),
-.BR wcscmp (3),
-.BR wcsncmp (3),
-.BR ascii (7)
diff --git a/man3/strcoll.3 b/man3/strcoll.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9706a6e7b..000000000
--- a/man3/strcoll.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:40:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strcoll 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strcoll \- compare two strings using the current locale
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "int strcoll(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strcoll ()
-function compares the two strings
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 .
-It returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater
-than zero if
-.I s1
-is found, respectively, to be less than,
-to match, or be greater than
-.IR s2 .
-The comparison is based on
-strings interpreted as appropriate for the program's current locale
-for category
-.BR LC_COLLATE .
-(See
-.BR setlocale (3).)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strcoll ()
-function returns an integer less than, equal to,
-or greater than zero if
-.I s1
-is found, respectively, to be less
-than, to match, or be greater than
-.IR s2 ,
-when both are interpreted
-as appropriate for the current locale.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strcoll ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-In the
-.I "POSIX"
-or
-.I "C"
-locales
-.BR strcoll ()
-is equivalent to
-.BR strcmp (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcmp (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strxfrm (3)
diff --git a/man3/strcpy.3 b/man3/strcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cfde931b..000000000
--- a/man3/strcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH strcpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-stpcpy, strcpy, strcat \- copy or catenate a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *stpcpy(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
-.BI "char *strcpy(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
-.BI "char *strcat(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR stpcpy ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.TP
-.BR stpcpy ()
-.TQ
-.BR strcpy ()
-These functions copy the string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-into a string
-at the buffer pointed to by
-.IR dst .
-The programmer is responsible for allocating a destination buffer large enough,
-that is,
-.IR "strlen(src) + 1" .
-For the difference between the two functions, see RETURN VALUE.
-.TP
-.BR strcat ()
-This function catenates the string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-after the string pointed to by
-.I dst
-(overwriting its terminating null byte).
-The programmer is responsible for allocating a destination buffer large enough,
-that is,
-.IR "strlen(dst) + strlen(src) + 1" .
-.P
-An implementation of these functions might be:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *
-stpcpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src)
-{
-    char  *p;
-\&
-    p = mempcpy(dst, src, strlen(src));
-    *p = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
-\&
-    return p;
-}
-\&
-char *
-strcpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src)
-{
-    stpcpy(dst, src);
-    return dst;
-}
-\&
-char *
-strcat(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src)
-{
-    stpcpy(dst + strlen(dst), src);
-    return dst;
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.TP
-.BR stpcpy ()
-This function returns
-a pointer to the terminating null byte of the copied string.
-.TP
-.BR strcpy ()
-.TQ
-.BR strcat ()
-These functions return
-.IR dst .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR stpcpy (),
-.BR strcpy (),
-.BR strcat ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR stpcpy ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strcpy ()
-.TQ
-.BR strcat ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR stpcpy ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strcpy ()
-.TQ
-.BR strcat ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The strings
-.I src
-and
-.I dst
-may not overlap.
-.P
-If the destination buffer is not large enough,
-the behavior is undefined.
-See
-.B _FORTIFY_SOURCE
-in
-.BR feature_test_macros (7).
-.P
-.BR strcat ()
-can be very inefficient.
-Read about
-.UR https://www.joelonsoftware.com/\:2001/12/11/\:back\-to\-basics/
-Shlemiel the painter
-.UE .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strcpy.c)
-.EX
-#include <err.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    char    *p;
-    char    *buf1;
-    char    *buf2;
-    size_t  len, maxsize;
-\&
-    maxsize = strlen("Hello ") + strlen("world") + strlen("!") + 1;
-    buf1 = malloc(sizeof(*buf1) * maxsize);
-    if (buf1 == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
-    buf2 = malloc(sizeof(*buf2) * maxsize);
-    if (buf2 == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
-\&
-    p = buf1;
-    p = stpcpy(p, "Hello ");
-    p = stpcpy(p, "world");
-    p = stpcpy(p, "!");
-    len = p \- buf1;
-\&
-    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
-    puts(buf1);  // "Hello world!"
-    free(buf1);
-\&
-    strcpy(buf2, "Hello ");
-    strcat(buf2, "world");
-    strcat(buf2, "!");
-    len = strlen(buf2);
-\&
-    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
-    puts(buf2);  // "Hello world!"
-    free(buf2);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strdup (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR wcscpy (3),
-.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man3/strcspn.3 b/man3/strcspn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 26284f29a..000000000
--- a/man3/strcspn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strspn.3
diff --git a/man3/strdup.3 b/man3/strdup.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e338b4f9..000000000
--- a/man3/strdup.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:34 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Wed Oct 17 01:12:26 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.TH strdup 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strdup, strndup, strdupa, strndupa \- duplicate a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strdup(const char *" s );
-.P
-.BI "char *strndup(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.BI "char *strdupa(const char *" s );
-.BI "char *strndupa(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strdup ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-        || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR strndup ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR strdupa (),
-.BR strndupa ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strdup ()
-function returns a pointer to a new string which
-is a duplicate of the string
-.IR s .
-Memory for the new string is
-obtained with
-.BR malloc (3),
-and can be freed with
-.BR free (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR strndup ()
-function is similar, but copies at most
-.I n
-bytes.
-If
-.I s
-is longer than
-.IR n ,
-only
-.I n
-bytes are copied, and a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) is added.
-.P
-.BR strdupa ()
-and
-.BR strndupa ()
-are similar, but use
-.BR alloca (3)
-to allocate the buffer.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, the
-.BR strdup ()
-function returns a pointer to the duplicated
-string.
-It returns NULL if insufficient memory was available, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory available to allocate duplicate string.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strdup (),
-.BR strndup (),
-.BR strdupa (),
-.BR strndupa ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strdup ()
-.TQ
-.BR strndup ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strdupa ()
-.TQ
-.BR strndupa ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strdup ()
-SVr4, 4.3BSD-Reno, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR strndup ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strdupa ()
-.TQ
-.BR strndupa ()
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR alloca (3),
-.BR calloc (3),
-.BR free (3),
-.BR malloc (3),
-.BR realloc (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR wcsdup (3)
diff --git a/man3/strdupa.3 b/man3/strdupa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dd8f88c3..000000000
--- a/man3/strdupa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strdup.3
diff --git a/man3/strerror.3 b/man3/strerror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8dc65dc67..000000000
--- a/man3/strerror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2005, 2014, 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:05:30 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified Fri Feb 16 14:25:17 1996 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 21 20:55:44 1996 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\" Modified Mon Oct 15 21:16:25 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
-.\" Modified Tue Oct 16 00:04:43 2001 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\" Modified Fri Jun 20 03:04:30 2003 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\" 2005-12-13, mtk, Substantial rewrite of strerror_r() description
-.\"         Addition of extra material on portability and standards.
-.\"
-.TH strerror 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strerror, strerrorname_np, strerrordesc_np, strerror_r, strerror_l \-
-return string describing error number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strerror(int " errnum );
-.BI "const char *strerrorname_np(int " errnum );
-.BI "const char *strerrordesc_np(int " errnum );
-.P
-.BI "int strerror_r(int " errnum ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
-               /* XSI-compliant */
-.P
-.BI "char *strerror_r(int " errnum ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
-               /* GNU-specific */
-.P
-.BI "char *strerror_l(int " errnum ", locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strerrorname_np (),
-.BR strerrordesc_np ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR strerror_r ():
-.nf
-    The XSI-compliant version is provided if:
-        (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L) && ! _GNU_SOURCE
-    Otherwise, the GNU-specific version is provided.
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strerror ()
-function returns a pointer to a string that describes the error
-code passed in the argument
-.IR errnum ,
-possibly using the
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-part of the current locale to select the appropriate language.
-(For example, if
-.I errnum
-is
-.BR EINVAL ,
-the returned description will be "Invalid argument".)
-This string must not be modified by the application,
-and the returned pointer will be invalidated on a subsequent call to
-.BR strerror ()
-or
-.BR strerror_l (),
-or if the thread that obtained the string exits.
-No other library function, including
-.BR perror (3),
-will modify this string.
-.P
-Like
-.BR strerror (),
-the
-.BR strerrordesc_np ()
-function returns a pointer to a string that describes the error
-code passed in the argument
-.IR errnum ,
-with the difference that the returned string is not translated
-according to the current locale.
-.P
-The
-.BR strerrorname_np ()
-function returns a pointer to a string containing the name of the error
-code passed in the argument
-.IR errnum .
-For example, given
-.B EPERM
-as an argument, this function returns a pointer to the string "EPERM".
-Given
-.B 0
-as an argument,
-this function returns a pointer to the string "0".
-.\"
-.SS strerror_r()
-.BR strerror_r ()
-is like
-.BR strerror (),
-but might use the supplied buffer
-.I buf
-instead of allocating one internally.
-This function is available in two versions:
-an XSI-compliant version specified in POSIX.1-2001
-(available since glibc 2.3.4, but not POSIX-compliant until glibc 2.13),
-and a GNU-specific version (available since glibc 2.0).
-The XSI-compliant version is provided with the feature test macros
-settings shown in the SYNOPSIS;
-otherwise the GNU-specific version is provided.
-If no feature test macros are explicitly defined,
-then (since glibc 2.4)
-.B _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-is defined by default with the value
-200112L, so that the XSI-compliant version of
-.BR strerror_r ()
-is provided by default.
-.P
-The XSI-compliant
-.BR strerror_r ()
-is preferred for portable applications.
-It returns the error string in the user-supplied buffer
-.I buf
-of length
-.IR buflen .
-.P
-The GNU-specific
-.BR strerror_r ()
-returns a pointer to a string containing the error message.
-This may be either a pointer to a string that the function stores in
-.IR buf ,
-or a pointer to some (immutable) static string
-(in which case
-.I buf
-is unused).
-If the function stores a string in
-.IR buf ,
-then at most
-.I buflen
-bytes are stored (the string may be truncated if
-.I buflen
-is too small and
-.I errnum
-is unknown).
-The string always includes a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.\"
-.SS strerror_l()
-.BR strerror_l ()
-is like
-.BR strerror (),
-but maps
-.I errnum
-to a locale-dependent error message in the locale specified by
-.IR locale .
-The behavior of
-.BR strerror_l ()
-is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strerror (),
-.BR strerror_l (),
-and the GNU-specific
-.BR strerror_r ()
-functions return
-the appropriate error description string,
-or an "Unknown error nnn" message if the error number is unknown.
-.P
-On success,
-.BR strerrorname_np ()
-and
-.BR strerrordesc_np ()
-return the appropriate error description string.
-If
-.I errnum
-is an invalid error number, these functions return NULL.
-.P
-The XSI-compliant
-.BR strerror_r ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-On error,
-a (positive) error number is returned (since glibc 2.13),
-or \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error (before glibc 2.13).
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008 require that a successful call to
-.BR strerror ()
-or
-.BR strerror_l ()
-shall leave
-.I errno
-unchanged, and note that,
-since no function return value is reserved to indicate an error,
-an application that wishes to check for errors should initialize
-.I errno
-to zero before the call,
-and then check
-.I errno
-after the call.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The value of
-.I errnum
-is not a valid error number.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Insufficient storage was supplied to contain the error description string.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strerror ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strerrorname_np (),
-.BR strerrordesc_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strerror_r (),
-.BR strerror_l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.P
-Before glibc 2.32,
-.BR strerror ()
-is not MT-Safe.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strerror ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strerror_r ()
-.\" FIXME . for later review when Issue 8 is one day released...
-.\" A future POSIX.1 may remove strerror_r()
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/tag_view_page.php?tag_id=8
-.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=508
-.TQ
-.BR strerror_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strerrorname_np ()
-.TQ
-.BR strerrordesc_np ()
-GNU.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 permits
-.BR strerror ()
-to set
-.I errno
-if the call encounters an error, but does not specify what
-value should be returned as the function result in the event of an error.
-On some systems,
-.\" e.g., Solaris 8, HP-UX 11
-.BR strerror ()
-returns NULL if the error number is unknown.
-On other systems,
-.\" e.g., FreeBSD 5.4, Tru64 5.1B
-.BR strerror ()
-returns a string something like "Error nnn occurred" and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.B EINVAL
-if the error number is unknown.
-C99 and POSIX.1-2008 require the return value to be non-NULL.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strerror ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.TP
-.BR strerror_r ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR strerror_l ()
-glibc 2.6.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strerrorname_np ()
-.TQ
-.BR strerrordesc_np ()
-glibc 2.32.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR strerrorname_np ()
-and
-.BR strerrordesc_np ()
-are thread-safe and async-signal-safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR err (3),
-.BR errno (3),
-.BR error (3),
-.BR perror (3),
-.BR strsignal (3),
-.BR locale (7),
-.BR signal-safety (7)
diff --git a/man3/strerror_l.3 b/man3/strerror_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 649dd6d91..000000000
--- a/man3/strerror_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man3/strerror_r.3 b/man3/strerror_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 649dd6d91..000000000
--- a/man3/strerror_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man3/strerrordesc_np.3 b/man3/strerrordesc_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 649dd6d91..000000000
--- a/man3/strerrordesc_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man3/strerrorname_np.3 b/man3/strerrorname_np.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 649dd6d91..000000000
--- a/man3/strerrorname_np.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man3/strfmon.3 b/man3/strfmon.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1e4d2153..000000000
--- a/man3/strfmon.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH strfmon 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strfmon, strfmon_l \- convert monetary value to a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <monetary.h>
-.P
-.BI "ssize_t strfmon(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "ssize_t strfmon_l(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ", \
-locale_t " locale ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strfmon ()
-function formats the specified monetary amount
-according to the current locale
-and format specification
-.I format
-and places the
-result in the character array
-.I s
-of size
-.IR max .
-.P
-The
-.BR strfmon_l ()
-function performs the same task,
-but uses
-the locale specified by
-.IR locale .
-The behavior of
-.BR strfmon_l ()
-is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-(see
-.BR duplocale (3))
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.P
-Ordinary characters in
-.I format
-are copied to
-.I s
-without conversion.
-Conversion specifiers are introduced by a \[aq]%\[aq]
-character.
-Immediately following it there can be zero or more
-of the following flags:
-.TP
-.BI = f
-The single-byte character
-.I f
-is used as the numeric fill character (to be used with
-a left precision, see below).
-When not specified, the space character is used.
-.TP
-.B \[ha]
-Do not use any grouping characters that might be defined
-for the current locale.
-By default, grouping is enabled.
-.TP
-.BR ( " or " +
-The ( flag indicates that negative amounts should be enclosed between
-parentheses.
-The + flag indicates that signs should be handled
-in the default way, that is, amounts are preceded by the locale's
-sign indication, for example, nothing for positive, "\-" for negative.
-.TP
-.B !
-Omit the currency symbol.
-.TP
-.B \-
-Left justify all fields.
-The default is right justification.
-.P
-Next, there may be a field width: a decimal digit string specifying
-a minimum field width in bytes.
-The default is 0.
-A result smaller than this width is padded with spaces
-(on the left, unless the left-justify flag was given).
-.P
-Next, there may be a left precision of the form "#" followed by
-a decimal digit string.
-If the number of digits left of the
-radix character is smaller than this, the representation is
-padded on the left with the numeric fill character.
-Grouping characters are not counted in this field width.
-.P
-Next, there may be a right precision of the form "." followed by
-a decimal digit string.
-The amount being formatted is rounded to
-the specified number of digits prior to formatting.
-The default is specified in the
-.I frac_digits
-and
-.I int_frac_digits
-items of the current locale.
-If the right precision is 0, no radix character is printed.
-(The radix character here is determined by
-.BR LC_MONETARY ,
-and may differ from that specified by
-.BR LC_NUMERIC .)
-.P
-Finally, the conversion specification must be ended with a
-conversion character.
-The three conversion characters are
-.TP
-.B %
-(In this case, the entire specification must be exactly "%%".)
-Put a \[aq]%\[aq] character in the result string.
-.TP
-.B i
-One argument of type
-.I double
-is converted using the locale's international currency format.
-.TP
-.B n
-One argument of type
-.I double
-is converted using the locale's national currency format.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strfmon ()
-function returns the number of characters placed
-in the array
-.IR s ,
-not including the terminating null byte,
-provided the string, including the terminating null byte, fits.
-Otherwise, it sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR E2BIG ,
-returns \-1, and the contents of the array is undefined.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strfmon ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strfmon_l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The call
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-strfmon(buf, sizeof(buf), "[%\[ha]=*#6n] [%=*#6i]",
-        1234.567, 1234.567);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-outputs
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-[€ **1234,57] [EUR **1 234,57]
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-in the
-.I nl_NL
-locale.
-The
-.IR de_DE ,
-.IR de_CH ,
-.IR en_AU ,
-and
-.I en_GB
-locales yield
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-[ **1234,57 €] [ **1.234,57 EUR]
-[ Fr. **1234.57] [ CHF **1\[aq]234.57]
-[ $**1234.57] [ AUD**1,234.57]
-[ £**1234.57] [ GBP**1,234.57]
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR duplocale (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR sprintf (3),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/strfmon_l.3 b/man3/strfmon_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdbc31041..000000000
--- a/man3/strfmon_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strfmon.3
diff --git a/man3/strfromd.3 b/man3/strfromd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dbcb8e78a..000000000
--- a/man3/strfromd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2016, IBM Corporation.
-.\" Written by Wainer dos Santos Moschetta <wainersm@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   glibc 2.25 source code and manual.
-.\"   C99 standard document.
-.\"   ISO/IEC TS 18661-1 technical specification.
-.\"   snprintf and other man.3 pages.
-.\"
-.TH strfromd 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strfromd, strfromf, strfroml \- convert a floating-point value into
-a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int strfromd(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
-.BI "             const char *restrict " format ", double " fp ");"
-.BI "int strfromf(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
-.BI "             const char *restrict " format ", float "fp ");"
-.BI "int strfroml(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
-.BI "             const char *restrict " format ", long double " fp ");"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strfromd (),
-.BR strfromf (),
-.BR strfroml ():
-.nf
-    __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions convert a floating-point value,
-.IR fp ,
-into a string of characters,
-.IR str ,
-with a configurable
-.I format
-string.
-At most
-.I n
-characters are stored into
-.IR str .
-.P
-The terminating null byte ('\e0') is written if and only if
-.I n
-is sufficiently large, otherwise the written string is truncated at
-.I n
-characters.
-.P
-The
-.BR strfromd (),
-.BR strfromf (),
-and
-.BR strfroml ()
-functions are equivalent to
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-snprintf(str, n, format, fp);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-except for the
-.I format
-string.
-.SS Format of the format string
-The
-.I format
-string must start with the character \[aq]%\[aq].
-This is followed by an optional precision which starts with the period
-character (.), followed by an optional decimal integer.
-If no integer is specified after the period character,
-a precision of zero is used.
-Finally, the format string should have one of the conversion specifiers
-.BR a ,
-.BR A ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR F ,
-.BR g ,
-or
-.BR G .
-.P
-The conversion specifier is applied based on the floating-point type
-indicated by the function suffix.
-Therefore, unlike
-.BR snprintf (),
-the format string does not have a length modifier character.
-See
-.BR snprintf (3)
-for a detailed description of these conversion specifiers.
-.P
-The implementation conforms to the C99 standard on conversion of NaN and
-infinity values:
-.P
-.RS
-If
-.I fp
-is a NaN, +NaN, or \-NaN, and
-.B f
-(or
-.BR a ,
-.BR e ,
-.BR g )
-is the conversion specifier, the conversion is to "nan", "nan", or "\-nan",
-respectively.
-If
-.B F
-(or
-.BR A ,
-.BR E ,
-.BR G )
-is the conversion specifier, the conversion is to "NAN" or "\-NAN".
-.P
-Likewise if
-.I fp
-is infinity, it is converted to [\-]inf or [\-]INF.
-.RE
-.P
-A malformed
-.I format
-string results in undefined behavior.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strfromd (),
-.BR strfromf (),
-and
-.BR strfroml ()
-functions return the number of characters that would have been written in
-.I str
-if
-.I n
-had enough space,
-not counting the terminating null byte.
-Thus, a return value of
-.I n
-or greater means that the output was truncated.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7)
-and the
-.B POSIX Safety Concepts
-section in GNU C Library manual.
-.P
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strfromd (),
-.BR strfromf (),
-.BR strfroml ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-\^	Async-signal safety	AS-Unsafe heap
-\^	Async-cancel safety	AC-Unsafe mem
-.TE
-.P
-Note: these attributes are preliminary.
-.SH STANDARDS
-ISO/IEC TS 18661-1.
-.SH VERSIONS
-.TP
-.BR strfromd ()
-.TQ
-.BR strfromf ()
-.TQ
-.BR strfroml ()
-glibc 2.25.
-.SH NOTES
-These functions take account of the
-.B LC_NUMERIC
-category of the current locale.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-To convert the value 12.1 as a float type to a string using decimal
-notation, resulting in "12.100000":
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int ssize = 10;
-char s[ssize];
-strfromf(s, ssize, "%f", 12.1);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-To convert the value 12.3456 as a float type to a string using
-decimal notation with two digits of precision, resulting in "12.35":
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int ssize = 10;
-char s[ssize];
-strfromf(s, ssize, "%.2f", 12.3456);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-To convert the value 12.345e19 as a double type to a string using
-scientific notation with zero digits of precision, resulting in "1E+20":
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-int ssize = 10;
-char s[ssize];
-strfromd(s, ssize, "%.E", 12.345e19);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR atof (3),
-.BR snprintf (3),
-.BR strtod (3)
diff --git a/man3/strfromf.3 b/man3/strfromf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d20099dc8..000000000
--- a/man3/strfromf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strfromd.3
diff --git a/man3/strfroml.3 b/man3/strfroml.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d20099dc8..000000000
--- a/man3/strfroml.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strfromd.3
diff --git a/man3/strfry.3 b/man3/strfry.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e04d2be31..000000000
--- a/man3/strfry.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:39:43 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strfry 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strfry \- randomize a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strfry(char *" string );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strfry ()
-function randomizes the contents of
-.I string
-by randomly swapping characters in the string.
-The result is an anagram of
-.IR string .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strfry ()
-functions returns a pointer to the randomized
-string.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strfry ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memfrob (3),
-.BR string (3)
diff --git a/man3/strftime.3 b/man3/strftime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 13121963f..000000000
--- a/man3/strftime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,777 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\"     GNU texinfo documentation on glibc date/time functions.
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:03:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Applied fix by Wolfgang Franke, aeb, 961011
-.\" Corrected return value, aeb, 970307
-.\" Added Single UNIX Spec conversions and %z, aeb/esr, 990329.
-.\" 2005-11-22 mtk, added glibc Notes covering optional 'flag' and
-.\"           'width' components of conversion specifications.
-.\"
-.TH strftime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strftime \- format date and time
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t strftime(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " format ,
-.BI "                const struct tm *restrict " tm );
-.P
-.BI "size_t strftime_l(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
-.BI "                const char *restrict " format ,
-.BI "                const struct tm *restrict " tm ,
-.BI "                locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strftime ()
-function formats the broken-down time
-.I tm
-according to the format specification
-.I format
-and places the
-result in the character array
-.I s
-of size
-.IR max .
-The broken-down time structure
-.I tm
-is defined in
-.IR <time.h> .
-See also
-.BR ctime (3).
-.\" FIXME . POSIX says: Local timezone information is used as though
-.\" strftime() called tzset().  But this doesn't appear to be the case
-.P
-The format specification is a null-terminated string and may contain
-special character sequences called
-.IR "conversion specifications",
-each of which is introduced by a \[aq]%\[aq] character and terminated by
-some other character known as a
-.IR "conversion specifier character".
-All other character sequences are
-.IR "ordinary character sequences".
-.P
-The characters of ordinary character sequences (including the null byte)
-are copied verbatim from
-.I format
-to
-.IR s .
-However, the characters
-of conversion specifications are replaced as shown in the list below.
-In this list, the field(s) employed from the
-.I tm
-structure are also shown.
-.TP
-.B %a
-The abbreviated name of the day of the week according to the current locale.
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_wday .)
-(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.BR ABDAY_ { 1 \[en] 7 }
-as an argument.)
-.TP
-.B %A
-The full name of the day of the week according to the current locale.
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_wday .)
-(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.BR DAY_ { 1 \[en] 7 }
-as an argument.)
-.TP
-.B %b
-The abbreviated month name according to the current locale.
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_mon .)
-(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.BR ABMON_ { 1 \[en] 12 }
-as an argument.)
-.TP
-.B %B
-The full month name according to the current locale.
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_mon .)
-(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.BR MON_ { 1 \[en] 12 }
-as an argument.)
-.TP
-.B %c
-The preferred date and time representation for the current locale.
-(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.B D_T_FMT
-as an argument for the
-.B %c
-conversion specification, and with
-.B ERA_D_T_FMT
-for the
-.B %Ec
-conversion specification.)
-(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
-.BR "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y" .)
-.TP
-.B %C
-The century number (year/100) as a 2-digit integer. (SU)
-(The
-.B %EC
-conversion specification corresponds to the name of the era.)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_year .)
-.TP
-.B %d
-The day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 31).
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_mday .)
-.TP
-.B %D
-Equivalent to
-.BR %m/%d/%y .
-(Yecch\[em]for Americans only.
-Americans should note that in other countries
-.B %d/%m/%y
-is rather common.
-This means that in international context this format is
-ambiguous and should not be used.) (SU)
-.TP
-.B %e
-Like
-.BR %d ,
-the day of the month as a decimal number, but a leading
-zero is replaced by a space. (SU)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_mday .)
-.TP
-.B %E
-Modifier: use alternative ("era-based") format, see below. (SU)
-.TP
-.B %F
-Equivalent to
-.B %Y\-%m\-%d
-(the ISO\~8601 date format). (C99)
-.TP
-.B %G
-The ISO\~8601 week-based year (see NOTES) with century as a decimal number.
-The 4-digit year corresponding to the ISO week number (see
-.BR %V ).
-This has the same format and value as
-.BR %Y ,
-except that if the ISO week number belongs to the previous or next year,
-that year is used instead. (TZ)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_year ,
-.IR tm_yday ,
-and
-.IR tm_wday .)
-.TP
-.B %g
-Like
-.BR %G ,
-but without century, that is, with a 2-digit year (00\[en]99). (TZ)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_year ,
-.IR tm_yday ,
-and
-.IR tm_wday .)
-.TP
-.B %h
-Equivalent to
-.BR %b .
-(SU)
-.TP
-.B %H
-The hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock (range 00 to 23).
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_hour .)
-.TP
-.B %I
-The hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock (range 01 to 12).
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_hour .)
-.TP
-.B %j
-The day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 to 366).
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_yday .)
-.TP
-.B %k
-The hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 0 to 23);
-single digits are preceded by a blank.
-(See also
-.BR %H .)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_hour .)
-(TZ)
-.TP
-.B %l
-The hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 1 to 12);
-single digits are preceded by a blank.
-(See also
-.BR %I .)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_hour .)
-(TZ)
-.TP
-.B %m
-The month as a decimal number (range 01 to 12).
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_mon .)
-.TP
-.B %M
-The minute as a decimal number (range 00 to 59).
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_min .)
-.TP
-.B %n
-A newline character. (SU)
-.TP
-.B %O
-Modifier: use alternative numeric symbols, see below. (SU)
-.TP
-.B %p
-Either "AM" or "PM" according to the given time value, or the
-corresponding strings for the current locale.
-Noon is treated as "PM" and midnight as "AM".
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_hour .)
-(The specific string representations used for "AM" and "PM"
-in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.BR AM_STR " and " PM_STR ,
-respectively.)
-.TP
-.B %P
-Like
-.B %p
-but in lowercase: "am" or "pm" or a corresponding
-string for the current locale.
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_hour .)
-(GNU)
-.TP
-.B %r
-The time in a.m. or p.m. notation.
-(SU)
-(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.B T_FMT_AMPM
-as an argument.)
-(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
-.BR "%I:%M:%S %p" .)
-.TP
-.B %R
-The time in 24-hour notation
-.RB ( %H:%M ).
-(SU)
-For a version including the seconds, see
-.B %T
-below.
-.TP
-.B %s
-The number of seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC). (TZ)
-(Calculated from
-.IR mktime(tm) .)
-.TP
-.B %S
-The second as a decimal number (range 00 to 60).
-(The range is up to 60 to allow for occasional leap seconds.)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_sec .)
-.TP
-.B %t
-A tab character. (SU)
-.TP
-.B %T
-The time in 24-hour notation
-.RB ( %H:%M:%S ).
-(SU)
-.TP
-.B %u
-The day of the week as a decimal, range 1 to 7, Monday being 1.
-See also
-.BR %w .
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_wday .)
-(SU)
-.TP
-.B %U
-The week number of the current year as a decimal number,
-range 00 to 53, starting with the first Sunday as the first day
-of week 01.
-See also
-.B %V
-and
-.BR %W .
-(Calculated from
-.I tm_yday
-and
-.IR tm_wday .)
-.TP
-.B %V
-The ISO\~8601 week number (see NOTES) of the current year as a decimal number,
-range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the first week that has at least
-4 days in the new year.
-See also
-.B %U
-and
-.BR %W .
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_year ,
-.IR tm_yday ,
-and
-.IR tm_wday .)
-(SU)
-.TP
-.B %w
-The day of the week as a decimal, range 0 to 6, Sunday being 0.
-See also
-.BR %u .
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_wday .)
-.TP
-.B %W
-The week number of the current year as a decimal number,
-range 00 to 53, starting with the first Monday as the first day of week 01.
-(Calculated from
-.I tm_yday
-and
-.IR tm_wday .)
-.TP
-.B %x
-The preferred date representation for the current locale without the time.
-(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.B D_FMT
-as an argument for the
-.B %x
-conversion specification, and with
-.B ERA_D_FMT
-for the
-.B %Ex
-conversion specification.)
-(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
-.BR %m/%d/%y .)
-.TP
-.B %X
-The preferred time representation for the current locale without the date.
-(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
-.BR nl_langinfo (3)
-with
-.B T_FMT
-as an argument for the
-.B %X
-conversion specification, and with
-.B ERA_T_FMT
-for the
-.B %EX
-conversion specification.)
-(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
-.BR %H:%M:%S .)
-.TP
-.B %y
-The year as a decimal number without a century (range 00 to 99).
-(The
-.B %Ey
-conversion specification corresponds to the year since the beginning of the era
-denoted by the
-.B %EC
-conversion specification.)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_year )
-.TP
-.B %Y
-The year as a decimal number including the century.
-(The
-.B %EY
-conversion specification corresponds to
-the full alternative year representation.)
-(Calculated from
-.IR tm_year )
-.TP
-.B %z
-The
-.I +hhmm
-or
-.I \-hhmm
-numeric timezone (that is, the hour and minute offset from UTC). (SU)
-.TP
-.B %Z
-The timezone name or abbreviation.
-.TP
-.B %+
-.\" Nov 05 -- Not in Linux/glibc, but is in some BSDs (according to
-.\" their man pages)
-The date and time in
-.BR date (1)
-format. (TZ)
-(Not supported in glibc2.)
-.TP
-.B %%
-A literal \[aq]%\[aq] character.
-.P
-Some conversion specifications can be modified by preceding the
-conversion specifier character by the
-.B E
-or
-.B O
-.I modifier
-to indicate that an alternative format should be used.
-If the alternative format or specification does not exist for
-the current locale, the behavior will be as if the unmodified
-conversion specification were used. (SU)
-The Single UNIX Specification mentions
-.BR %Ec ,
-.BR %EC ,
-.BR %Ex ,
-.BR %EX ,
-.BR %Ey ,
-.BR %EY ,
-.BR %Od ,
-.BR %Oe ,
-.BR %OH ,
-.BR %OI ,
-.BR %Om ,
-.BR %OM ,
-.BR %OS ,
-.BR %Ou ,
-.BR %OU ,
-.BR %OV ,
-.BR %Ow ,
-.BR %OW ,
-.BR %Oy ,
-where the effect of the
-.B O
-modifier is to use
-alternative numeric symbols (say, roman numerals), and that of the
-.B E
-modifier is to use a locale-dependent alternative representation.
-The rules governing date representation with the
-.B E
-modifier can be obtained by supplying
-.B ERA
-as an argument to a
-.BR nl_langinfo (3).
-One example of such alternative forms is the Japanese era calendar scheme in the
-.B ja_JP
-glibc locale.
-.P
-.BR strftime_l ()
-is equivalent to
-.BR strftime (),
-except it uses the specified
-.I locale
-instead of the current locale.
-The behaviour is undefined if
-.I locale
-is invalid or
-.BR LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-Provided that the result string,
-including the terminating null byte, does not exceed
-.I max
-bytes,
-.BR strftime ()
-returns the number of bytes (excluding the terminating null byte)
-placed in the array
-.IR s .
-If the length of the result string (including the terminating null byte)
-would exceed
-.I max
-bytes, then
-.BR strftime ()
-returns 0, and the contents of the array are undefined.
-.\" (This behavior applies since at least libc 4.4.4;
-.\" very old versions of libc, such as libc 4.4.1,
-.\" would return
-.\" .I max
-.\" if the array was too small.)
-.P
-Note that the return value 0 does not necessarily indicate an error.
-For example, in many locales
-.B %p
-yields an empty string.
-An empty
-.I format
-string will likewise yield an empty string.
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variables
-.B TZ
-and
-.B LC_TIME
-are used.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strftime (),
-.BR strftime_l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strftime ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strftime_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strftime ()
-SVr4, C89.
-.\" FIXME strftime() is in POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008, but the details
-.\" in the standards changed across versions. Investigate and
-.\" write up.
-.TP
-.BR strftime_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-There are strict inclusions between the set of conversions
-given in ANSI C (unmarked), those given in the Single UNIX Specification
-(marked SU), those given in Olson's timezone package (marked TZ),
-and those given in glibc (marked GNU), except that
-.B %+
-is not supported in glibc2.
-On the other hand glibc2 has several more extensions.
-POSIX.1 only refers to ANSI C; POSIX.2 describes under
-.BR date (1)
-several extensions that could apply to
-.BR strftime ()
-as well.
-The
-.B %F
-conversion is in C99 and POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-In SUSv2, the
-.B %S
-specifier allowed a range of 00 to 61,
-to allow for the theoretical possibility of a minute that
-included a double leap second
-(there never has been such a minute).
-.SH NOTES
-.SS ISO\~8601 week dates
-.BR %G ,
-.BR %g ,
-and
-.B %V
-yield values calculated from the week-based year defined by the
-ISO\~8601 standard.
-In this system, weeks start on a Monday, and are numbered from 01,
-for the first week, up to 52 or 53, for the last week.
-Week 1 is the first week where four or more days fall within the
-new year (or, synonymously, week 01 is:
-the first week of the year that contains a Thursday;
-or, the week that has 4 January in it).
-When three or fewer days of the first calendar week of the new year fall
-within that year,
-then the ISO\~8601 week-based system counts those days as part of week 52
-or 53 of the preceding year.
-For example, 1 January 2010 is a Friday,
-meaning that just three days of that calendar week fall in 2010.
-Thus, the ISO\~8601 week-based system considers these days to be part of
-week 53
-.RB ( %V )
-of the year 2009
-.RB ( %G );
-week 01 of ISO\~8601 year 2010 starts on Monday, 4 January 2010.
-Similarly, the first two days of January 2011 are considered to be part
-of week 52 of the year 2010.
-.SS glibc notes
-glibc provides some extensions for conversion specifications.
-(These extensions are not specified in POSIX.1-2001, but a few other
-systems provide similar features.)
-.\" HP-UX and Tru64 also have features like this.
-Between the \[aq]%\[aq] character and the conversion specifier character,
-an optional
-.I flag
-and field
-.I width
-may be specified.
-(These precede the
-.B E
-or
-.B O
-modifiers, if present.)
-.P
-The following flag characters are permitted:
-.TP
-.B _
-(underscore)
-Pad a numeric result string with spaces.
-.TP
-.B \-
-(dash)
-Do not pad a numeric result string.
-.TP
-.B 0
-Pad a numeric result string with zeros even if the conversion
-specifier character uses space-padding by default.
-.TP
-.B \[ha]
-Convert alphabetic characters in result string to uppercase.
-.TP
-.B #
-Swap the case of the result string.
-(This flag works only with certain conversion specifier characters,
-and of these, it is only really useful with
-.BR %Z .)
-.P
-An optional decimal width specifier may follow the (possibly absent) flag.
-If the natural size of the field is smaller than this width,
-then the result string is padded (on the left) to the specified width.
-.SH BUGS
-If the output string would exceed
-.I max
-bytes,
-.I errno
-is
-.I not
-set.
-This makes it impossible to distinguish this error case from cases where the
-.I format
-string legitimately produces a zero-length output string.
-POSIX.1-2001
-does
-.I not
-specify any
-.I errno
-settings for
-.BR strftime ().
-.P
-Some buggy versions of
-.BR gcc (1)
-complain about the use of
-.BR %c :
-.IR "warning: \`%c\[aq] yields only last 2 digits of year in some locales" .
-Of course programmers are encouraged to use
-.BR %c ,
-as it gives the preferred date and time representation.
-One meets all kinds of strange obfuscations
-to circumvent this
-.BR gcc (1)
-problem.
-A relatively clean one is to add an
-intermediate function
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-size_t
-my_strftime(char *s, size_t max, const char *fmt,
-            const struct tm *tm)
-{
-    return strftime(s, max, fmt, tm);
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Nowadays,
-.BR gcc (1)
-provides the
-.I \-Wno\-format\-y2k
-option to prevent the warning,
-so that the above workaround is no longer required.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.B RFC\~2822-compliant date format
-(with an English locale for %a and %b)
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-"%a,\ %d\ %b\ %Y\ %T\ %z"
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-.B RFC\~822-compliant date format
-(with an English locale for %a and %b)
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-"%a,\ %d\ %b\ %y\ %T\ %z"
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Example program
-The program below can be used to experiment with
-.BR strftime ().
-.P
-Some examples of the result string produced by the glibc implementation of
-.BR strftime ()
-are as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%m\[aq]"
-Result string is "11"
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%5m\[aq]"
-Result string is "00011"
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%_5m\[aq]"
-Result string is "   11"
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strftime.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char outstr[200];
-    time_t t;
-    struct tm *tmp;
-\&
-    t = time(NULL);
-    tmp = localtime(&t);
-    if (tmp == NULL) {
-        perror("localtime");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (strftime(outstr, sizeof(outstr), argv[1], tmp) == 0) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "strftime returned 0");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    printf("Result string is \e"%s\e"\en", outstr);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR date (1),
-.BR time (2),
-.BR ctime (3),
-.BR nl_langinfo (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR sprintf (3),
-.BR strptime (3)
diff --git a/man3/strftime_l.3 b/man3/strftime_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 02e797a23..000000000
--- a/man3/strftime_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strftime.3
diff --git a/man3/string.3 b/man3/string.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 08b050b17..000000000
--- a/man3/string.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:54:31 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH string 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-stpcpy, strcasecmp, strcat, strchr, strcmp, strcoll, strcpy, strcspn,
-strdup, strfry, strlen, strncat, strncmp, strncpy, strncasecmp, strpbrk,
-strrchr, strsep, strspn, strstr, strtok, strxfrm, index, rindex
-\- string operations
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <strings.h>
-.TP
-.BI "int strcasecmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-Compare the strings
-.I s1
-and
-.I s2
-ignoring case.
-.TP
-.BI "int strncasecmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-Compare the first
-.I n
-bytes of the strings
-.I s1
-and
-.I s2
-ignoring case.
-.TP
-.BI "char *index(const char *" s ", int " c );
-Identical to
-.BR strchr (3).
-.TP
-.BI "char *rindex(const char *" s ", int " c );
-Identical to
-.BR strrchr (3).
-.TP
-.B #include <string.h>
-.TP
-.BI "char *stpcpy(char *restrict " dest ", const char *restrict " src );
-Copy a string from
-.I src
-to
-.IR dest ,
-returning a pointer to the end of the resulting string at
-.IR dest .
-.TP
-.BI "char *strcat(char *restrict " dest ", const char *restrict " src );
-Append the string
-.I src
-to the string
-.IR dest ,
-returning a pointer
-.IR dest .
-.TP
-.BI "char *strchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
-Return a pointer to the first occurrence of the character
-.I c
-in the string
-.IR s .
-.TP
-.BI "int strcmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-Compare the strings
-.I s1
-with
-.IR s2 .
-.TP
-.BI "int strcoll(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-Compare the strings
-.I s1
-with
-.I s2
-using the current locale.
-.TP
-.BI "char *strcpy(char *restrict " dest ", const char *restrict " src );
-Copy the string
-.I src
-to
-.IR dest ,
-returning a pointer to the start of
-.IR dest .
-.TP
-.BI "size_t strcspn(const char *" s ", const char *" reject );
-Calculate the length of the initial segment of the string
-.I s
-which does not contain any of bytes in the string
-.IR reject ,
-.TP
-.BI "char *strdup(const char *" s );
-Return a duplicate of the string
-.I s
-in memory allocated using
-.BR malloc (3).
-.TP
-.BI "char *strfry(char *" string );
-Randomly swap the characters in
-.IR string .
-.TP
-.BI "size_t strlen(const char *" s );
-Return the length of the string
-.IR s .
-.TP
-.nf
-.BI "char *strncat(char " dest "[restrict strlen(." dest ") + ." n " + 1],"
-.BI "       const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "       size_t " n );
-.fi
-Append at most
-.I n
-bytes from the unterminated string
-.I src
-to the string
-.IR dest ,
-returning a pointer to
-.IR dest .
-.TP
-.BI "int strncmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
-Compare at most
-.I n
-bytes of the strings
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 .
-.TP
-.BI "char *strpbrk(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
-Return a pointer to the first occurrence in the string
-.I s
-of one of the bytes in the string
-.IR accept .
-.TP
-.BI "char *strrchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
-Return a pointer to the last occurrence of the character
-.I c
-in the string
-.IR s .
-.TP
-.BI "char *strsep(char **restrict " stringp ", const char *restrict " delim );
-Extract the initial token in
-.I stringp
-that is delimited by one of the bytes in
-.IR delim .
-.TP
-.BI "size_t strspn(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
-Calculate the length of the starting segment in the string
-.I s
-that consists entirely of bytes in
-.IR accept .
-.TP
-.BI "char *strstr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
-Find the first occurrence of the substring
-.I needle
-in the string
-.IR haystack ,
-returning a pointer to the found substring.
-.TP
-.BI "char *strtok(char *restrict " s ", const char *restrict " delim );
-Extract tokens from the string
-.I s
-that are delimited by one of the bytes in
-.IR delim .
-.TP
-.nf
-.BI "size_t strxfrm(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
-const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "        size_t " n );
-.fi
-Transforms
-.I src
-to the current locale and copies the first
-.I n
-bytes to
-.IR dest .
-.TP
-.nf
-.BI "char *strncpy(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
-const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "       size_t " n );
-.fi
-Fill a fixed-size buffer with leading non-null bytes from a source array,
-padding with null bytes as needed.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The string functions perform operations on null-terminated
-strings.
-See the individual man pages for descriptions of each function.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3),
-.BR stpcpy (3),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strcat (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR strcspn (3),
-.BR strdup (3),
-.BR strfry (3),
-.BR strlen (3),
-.BR strncasecmp (3),
-.BR strncat (3),
-.BR strncmp (3),
-.BR strncpy (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strrchr (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR strtok (3),
-.BR strxfrm (3)
diff --git a/man3/strlen.3 b/man3/strlen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d759bd78..000000000
--- a/man3/strlen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:02:26 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strlen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strlen \- calculate the length of a string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t strlen(const char *" s );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strlen ()
-function calculates the length of the string pointed to by
-.IR s ,
-excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strlen ()
-function returns the number of bytes in the string pointed to by
-.IR s .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strlen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-In cases where the input buffer may not contain
-a terminating null byte,
-.BR strnlen (3)
-should be used instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strnlen (3),
-.BR wcslen (3),
-.BR wcsnlen (3)
diff --git a/man3/strncasecmp.3 b/man3/strncasecmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fd3b6715e..000000000
--- a/man3/strncasecmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strcasecmp.3
diff --git a/man3/strncat.3 b/man3/strncat.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a1e736e93..000000000
--- a/man3/strncat.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH strncat 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strncat
-\-
-append non-null bytes from a source array to a string,
-and null-terminate the result
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strncat(char *restrict " dst ", const char " src "[restrict ." ssize ],
-.BI "              size_t " ssize );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This function appends at most
-.I ssize
-non-null bytes from the array pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-followed by a null character,
-to the end of the string pointed to by
-.IR dst .
-.I dst
-must point to a string contained in a buffer that is large enough,
-that is, the buffer size must be at least
-.IR "strlen(dst) + strnlen(src, ssize) + 1" .
-.P
-An implementation of this function might be:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char *
-strncat(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t ssize)
-{
-    #define strnul(s)  (s + strlen(s))
-\&
-    stpcpy(mempcpy(strnul(dst), src, strnlen(src, ssize)), "");
-    return dst;
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR strncat ()
-returns
-.IR dst .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strncat ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The name of this function is confusing;
-it has no relation to
-.BR strncpy (3).
-.P
-If the destination buffer does not already contain a string,
-or is not large enough,
-the behavior is undefined.
-See
-.B _FORTIFY_SOURCE
-in
-.BR feature_test_macros (7).
-.SH BUGS
-This function can be very inefficient.
-Read about
-.UR https://www.joelonsoftware.com/\:2001/12/11/\:back\-to\-basics/
-Shlemiel the painter
-.UE .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strncat.c)
-.EX
-#include <err.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-#define nitems(arr)  (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    size_t  n;
-\&
-    // Null-padded fixed-size character sequences
-    char    pre[4] = "pre.";
-    char    new_post[50] = ".foo.bar";
-\&
-    // Strings
-    char    post[] = ".post";
-    char    src[] = "some_long_body.post";
-    char    *dest;
-\&
-    n = nitems(pre) + strlen(src) \- strlen(post) + nitems(new_post) + 1;
-    dest = malloc(sizeof(*dest) * n);
-    if (dest == NULL)
-        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
-\&
-    dest[0] = \[aq]\e0\[aq];  // There's no 'cpy' function to this 'cat'.
-    strncat(dest, pre, nitems(pre));
-    strncat(dest, src, strlen(src) \- strlen(post));
-    strncat(dest, new_post, nitems(new_post));
-\&
-    puts(dest);  // "pre.some_long_body.foo.bar"
-    free(dest);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR string (3),
-.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man3/strncmp.3 b/man3/strncmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1007f4346..000000000
--- a/man3/strncmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strcmp.3
diff --git a/man3/strncpy.3 b/man3/strncpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4710b0201..000000000
--- a/man3/strncpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stpncpy.3
diff --git a/man3/strndup.3 b/man3/strndup.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dd8f88c3..000000000
--- a/man3/strndup.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strdup.3
diff --git a/man3/strndupa.3 b/man3/strndupa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dd8f88c3..000000000
--- a/man3/strndupa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strdup.3
diff --git a/man3/strnlen.3 b/man3/strnlen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 098d44ba6..000000000
--- a/man3/strnlen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"
-.TH strnlen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strnlen \- determine the length of a fixed-size string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t strnlen(const char " s [. maxlen "], size_t " maxlen );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strnlen ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strnlen ()
-function returns the number of bytes in the string
-pointed to by
-.IR s ,
-excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-but at most
-.IR maxlen .
-In doing this,
-.BR strnlen ()
-looks only at the first
-.I maxlen
-characters in the string pointed to by
-.I s
-and never beyond
-.IR s[maxlen\-1] .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strnlen ()
-function returns
-.IR strlen(s) ,
-if that is less than
-.IR maxlen ,
-or
-.I maxlen
-if there is no null terminating (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) among the first
-.I maxlen
-characters pointed to by
-.IR s .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strnlen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strlen (3)
diff --git a/man3/strpbrk.3 b/man3/strpbrk.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c03d319d..000000000
--- a/man3/strpbrk.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:01:24 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strpbrk 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strpbrk \- search a string for any of a set of bytes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strpbrk(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strpbrk ()
-function locates the first occurrence in the
-string
-.I s
-of any of the bytes in the string
-.IR accept .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strpbrk ()
-function returns a pointer to the byte in
-.I s
-that matches one of the bytes in
-.IR accept ,
-or NULL
-if no such byte is found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strpbrk ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR strtok (3),
-.BR wcspbrk (3)
diff --git a/man3/strptime.3 b/man3/strptime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d936f6e30..000000000
--- a/man3/strptime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-apu.cam.ac.uk>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified, jmv@lucifer.dorms.spbu.ru, 1999-11-08
-.\" Modified, aeb, 2000-04-07
-.\" Updated from glibc docs, C. Scott Ananian, 2001-08-25
-.\" Modified, aeb, 2001-08-31
-.\" Modified, wharms 2001-11-12, remark on white space and example
-.\"
-.TH strptime 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strptime \- convert a string representation of time to a time tm structure
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strptime(const char *restrict " s ", const char *restrict " format ,
-.BI "               struct tm *restrict " tm );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strptime ()
-function is the converse of
-.BR strftime (3);
-it converts the character string pointed to by
-.I s
-to values which are stored in the
-"broken-down time"
-structure pointed to by
-.IR tm ,
-using the format specified by
-.IR format .
-.P
-The broken-down time structure
-.I tm
-is described in
-.BR tm (3type).
-.P
-The
-.I format
-argument
-is a character string that consists of field descriptors and text characters,
-reminiscent of
-.BR scanf (3).
-Each field descriptor consists of a
-.B %
-character followed by another character that specifies the replacement
-for the field descriptor.
-All other characters in the
-.I format
-string must have a matching character in the input string,
-except for whitespace, which matches zero or more
-whitespace characters in the input string.
-There should be white\%space or other alphanumeric characters
-between any two field descriptors.
-.P
-The
-.BR strptime ()
-function processes the input string from left
-to right.
-Each of the three possible input elements (whitespace,
-literal, or format) are handled one after the other.
-If the input cannot be matched to the format string, the function stops.
-The remainder of the format and input strings are not processed.
-.P
-The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
-In case a text string (such as the name of a day of the week or a month name)
-is to be matched, the comparison is case insensitive.
-In case a number is to be matched, leading zeros are
-permitted but not required.
-.TP
-.B %%
-The
-.B %
-character.
-.TP
-.BR %a " or " %A
-The name of the day of the week according to the current locale,
-in abbreviated form or the full name.
-.TP
-.BR %b " or " %B " or " %h
-The month name according to the current locale,
-in abbreviated form or the full name.
-.TP
-.B %c
-The date and time representation for the current locale.
-.TP
-.B %C
-The century number (0\[en]99).
-.TP
-.BR %d " or " %e
-The day of month (1\[en]31).
-.TP
-.B %D
-Equivalent to
-.BR %m/%d/%y .
-(This is the American style date, very confusing
-to non-Americans, especially since
-.B %d/%m/%y
-is widely used in Europe.
-The ISO\~8601 standard format is
-.BR %Y\-%m\-%d .)
-.TP
-.B %H
-The hour (0\[en]23).
-.TP
-.B %I
-The hour on a 12-hour clock (1\[en]12).
-.TP
-.B %j
-The day number in the year (1\[en]366).
-.TP
-.B %m
-The month number (1\[en]12).
-.TP
-.B %M
-The minute (0\[en]59).
-.TP
-.B %n
-Arbitrary whitespace.
-.TP
-.B %p
-The locale's equivalent of AM or PM.
-(Note: there may be none.)
-.TP
-.B %r
-The 12-hour clock time (using the locale's AM or PM).
-In the POSIX locale equivalent to
-.BR "%I:%M:%S %p" .
-If
-.I t_fmt_ampm
-is empty in the
-.B LC_TIME
-part of the current locale,
-then the behavior is undefined.
-.TP
-.B %R
-Equivalent to
-.BR %H:%M .
-.TP
-.B %S
-The second (0\[en]60; 60 may occur for leap seconds;
-earlier also 61 was allowed).
-.TP
-.B %t
-Arbitrary whitespace.
-.TP
-.B %T
-Equivalent to
-.BR %H:%M:%S .
-.TP
-.B %U
-The week number with Sunday the first day of the week (0\[en]53).
-The first Sunday of January is the first day of week 1.
-.TP
-.B %w
-The ordinal number of the day of the week (0\[en]6), with Sunday = 0.
-.TP
-.B %W
-The week number with Monday the first day of the week (0\[en]53).
-The first Monday of January is the first day of week 1.
-.TP
-.B %x
-The date, using the locale's date format.
-.TP
-.B %X
-The time, using the locale's time format.
-.TP
-.B %y
-The year within century (0\[en]99).
-When a century is not otherwise specified, values in the range 69\[en]99 refer
-to years in the twentieth century (1969\[en]1999); values in the
-range 00\[en]68 refer to years in the twenty-first century (2000\[en]2068).
-.TP
-.B %Y
-The year, including century (for example, 1991).
-.P
-Some field descriptors can be modified by the E or O modifier characters
-to indicate that an alternative format or specification should be used.
-If the
-alternative format or specification does not exist in the current locale, the
-unmodified field descriptor is used.
-.P
-The E modifier specifies that the input string may contain
-alternative locale-dependent versions of the date and time representation:
-.TP
-.B %Ec
-The locale's alternative date and time representation.
-.TP
-.B %EC
-The name of the base year (period) in the locale's alternative representation.
-.TP
-.B %Ex
-The locale's alternative date representation.
-.TP
-.B %EX
-The locale's alternative time representation.
-.TP
-.B %Ey
-The offset from
-.B %EC
-(year only) in the locale's alternative representation.
-.TP
-.B %EY
-The full alternative year representation.
-.P
-The O modifier specifies that the numerical input may be in an
-alternative locale-dependent format:
-.TP
-.BR %Od " or " %Oe
-The day of the month using the locale's alternative numeric symbols;
-leading zeros are permitted but not required.
-.TP
-.B %OH
-The hour (24-hour clock) using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %OI
-The hour (12-hour clock) using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %Om
-The month using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %OM
-The minutes using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %OS
-The seconds using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %OU
-The week number of the year (Sunday as the first day of the week)
-using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %Ow
-The ordinal number of the day of the week (Sunday=0),
-using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %OW
-The week number of the year (Monday as the first day of the week)
-using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.TP
-.B %Oy
-The year (offset from
-.BR %C )
-using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return value of the function is a pointer to the first character
-not processed in this function call.
-In case the input string
-contains more characters than required by the format string, the return
-value points right after the last consumed input character.
-In case the whole input string is consumed,
-the return value points to the null byte at the end of the string.
-If
-.BR strptime ()
-fails to match all
-of the format string and therefore an error occurred, the function
-returns NULL.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strptime ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
-.SH NOTES
-In principle, this function does not initialize
-.I tm
-but
-stores only the values specified.
-This means that
-.I tm
-should be initialized before the call.
-Details differ a bit between different UNIX systems.
-The glibc implementation does not touch those fields which are not
-explicitly specified, except that it recomputes the
-.I tm_wday
-and
-.I tm_yday
-field if any of the year, month, or day elements changed.
-.\" .P
-.\" This function is available since libc 4.6.8.
-.\" Linux libc4 and libc5 includes define the prototype unconditionally;
-.\" glibc2 includes provide a prototype only when
-.\" .B _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.\" or
-.\" .B _GNU_SOURCE
-.\" are defined.
-.\" .P
-.\" Before libc 5.4.13 whitespace
-.\" (and the \[aq]n\[aq] and \[aq]t\[aq] specifications) was not handled,
-.\" no \[aq]E\[aq] and \[aq]O\[aq] locale modifier characters were accepted,
-.\" and the \[aq]C\[aq] specification was a synonym for the \[aq]c\[aq] specification.
-.P
-The \[aq]y\[aq] (year in century) specification is taken to specify a year
-.\" in the 20th century by libc4 and libc5.
-.\" It is taken to be a year
-in the range 1950\[en]2049 by glibc 2.0.
-It is taken to be a year in
-1969\[en]2068 since glibc 2.1.
-.\" In libc4 and libc5 the code for %I is broken (fixed in glibc;
-.\" %OI was fixed in glibc 2.2.4).
-.SS glibc notes
-For reasons of symmetry, glibc tries to support for
-.BR strptime ()
-the same format characters as for
-.BR strftime (3).
-(In most cases, the corresponding fields are parsed, but no field in
-.I tm
-is changed.)
-This leads to
-.TP
-.B %F
-Equivalent to
-.BR %Y\-%m\-%d ,
-the ISO\~8601 date format.
-.TP
-.B %g
-The year corresponding to the ISO week number, but without the century
-(0\[en]99).
-.TP
-.B %G
-The year corresponding to the ISO week number.
-(For example, 1991.)
-.TP
-.B %u
-The day of the week as a decimal number (1\[en]7, where Monday = 1).
-.TP
-.B %V
-The ISO\~8601:1988 week number as a decimal number (1\[en]53).
-If the week (starting on Monday) containing 1 January has four or more days
-in the new year, then it is considered week 1.
-Otherwise, it is the last week
-of the previous year, and the next week is week 1.
-.TP
-.B %z
-An RFC-822/ISO\~8601 standard timezone specification.
-.TP
-.B %Z
-The timezone name.
-.P
-Similarly, because of GNU extensions to
-.BR strftime (3),
-.B %k
-is accepted as a synonym for
-.BR %H ,
-and
-.B %l
-should be accepted
-as a synonym for
-.BR %I ,
-and
-.B %P
-is accepted as a synonym for
-.BR %p .
-Finally
-.TP
-.B %s
-The number of seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-Leap seconds are not counted unless leap second support is available.
-.P
-The glibc implementation does not require whitespace between
-two field descriptors.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following example demonstrates the use of
-.BR strptime ()
-and
-.BR strftime (3).
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strptime.c)
-.EX
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct tm tm;
-    char buf[255];
-\&
-    memset(&tm, 0, sizeof(tm));
-    strptime("2001\-11\-12 18:31:01", "%Y\-%m\-%d %H:%M:%S", &tm);
-    strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d %b %Y %H:%M", &tm);
-    puts(buf);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR time (2),
-.BR getdate (3),
-.BR scanf (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strftime (3)
diff --git a/man3/strrchr.3 b/man3/strrchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 322b7a896..000000000
--- a/man3/strrchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strchr.3
diff --git a/man3/strsep.3 b/man3/strsep.3
deleted file mode 100644
index baef0facd..000000000
--- a/man3/strsep.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:00:10 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Mon Jan 20 12:04:18 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\" Modified Tue Jan 23 20:23:07 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.TH strsep 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strsep \- extract token from string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strsep(char **restrict " stringp ", const char *restrict " delim );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strsep ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I *stringp
-is NULL, the
-.BR strsep ()
-function returns NULL
-and does nothing else.
-Otherwise, this function finds the first token
-in the string
-.I *stringp
-that is delimited by one of the bytes in the string
-.IR delim .
-This token is terminated by overwriting the delimiter
-with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-and
-.I *stringp
-is updated to point past the token.
-In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be
-the entire string
-.IR *stringp ,
-and
-.I *stringp
-is made NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strsep ()
-function returns a pointer to the token,
-that is, it returns the original value of
-.IR *stringp .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strsep ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD.
-.P
-The
-.BR strsep ()
-function was introduced as a replacement for
-.BR strtok (3),
-since the latter cannot handle empty fields.
-However,
-.BR strtok (3)
-conforms to C89/C99 and hence is more portable.
-.SH BUGS
-Be cautious when using this function.
-If you do use it, note that:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-This function modifies its first argument.
-.IP \[bu]
-This function cannot be used on constant strings.
-.IP \[bu]
-The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below is a port of the one found in
-.BR strtok (3),
-which, however, doesn't discard multiple delimiters or empty tokens:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]a/bbb///cc;xxx:yyy:\[aq] \[aq]:;\[aq] \[aq]/\[aq]"
-1: a/bbb///cc
-         \-\-> a
-         \-\-> bbb
-         \-\->
-         \-\->
-         \-\-> cc
-2: xxx
-         \-\-> xxx
-3: yyy
-         \-\-> yyy
-4:
-         \-\->
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strsep.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char *token, *subtoken;
-\&
-    if (argc != 4) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s string delim subdelim\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (unsigned int j = 1; (token = strsep(&argv[1], argv[2])); j++) {
-        printf("%u: %s\en", j, token);
-\&
-        while ((subtoken = strsep(&token, argv[3])))
-            printf("\et \-\-> %s\en", subtoken);
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR strtok (3)
diff --git a/man3/strsignal.3 b/man3/strsignal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fa49d88a..000000000
--- a/man3/strsignal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:59:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strsignal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strsignal, sigabbrev_np, sigdescr_np, sys_siglist \-
-return string describing signal
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strsignal(int " sig );
-.BI "const char *sigdescr_np(int " sig );
-.BI "const char *sigabbrev_np(int " sig );
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] extern const char *const " sys_siglist [];
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR sigabbrev_np (),
-.BR sigdescr_np ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR strsignal ():
-.nf
-    From glibc 2.10 to glibc 2.31:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.IR sys_siglist :
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strsignal ()
-function returns a string describing the signal
-number passed in the argument
-.IR sig .
-The string can be used only until the next call to
-.BR strsignal ().
-The string returned by
-.BR strsignal ()
-is localized according to the
-.B LC_MESSAGES
-category in the current locale.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigdescr_np ()
-function returns a string describing the signal
-number passed in the argument
-.IR sig .
-Unlike
-.BR strsignal ()
-this string is not influenced by the current locale.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigabbrev_np ()
-function returns the abbreviated name of the signal,
-.IR sig .
-For example, given the value
-.BR SIGINT ,
-it returns the string "INT".
-.P
-The (deprecated) array
-.I sys_siglist
-holds the signal description strings
-indexed by signal number.
-The
-.BR strsignal ()
-or the
-.BR sigdescr_np ()
-function should be used instead of this array; see also VERSIONS.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strsignal ()
-function returns the appropriate description
-string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid.
-On some systems (but not on Linux), NULL may instead be
-returned for an invalid signal number.
-.P
-The
-.BR sigdescr_np ()
-and
-.BR sigabbrev_np ()
-functions return the appropriate description string.
-The returned string is statically allocated and valid for
-the lifetime of the program.
-These functions return NULL for an invalid signal number.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strsignal ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:strsignal locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sigdescr_np (),
-.BR sigabbrev_np ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strsignal ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR sigdescr_np ()
-.TQ
-.BR sigabbrev_np ()
-GNU.
-.TP
-.I sys_siglist
-None.
-.\" glibc commit b1ccfc061feee9ce616444ded8e1cd5acf9fa97f
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strsignal ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-Solaris, BSD.
-.TP
-.BR sigdescr_np ()
-.TQ
-.BR sigabbrev_np ()
-glibc 2.32.
-.TP
-.I sys_siglist
-Removed in glibc 2.32.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR sigdescr_np ()
-and
-.BR sigabbrev_np ()
-are thread-safe and async-signal-safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR psignal (3),
-.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man3/strspn.3 b/man3/strspn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 94d9a7fab..000000000
--- a/man3/strspn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:57:50 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strspn 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strspn, strcspn \- get length of a prefix substring
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t strspn(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
-.BI "size_t strcspn(const char *" s ", const char *" reject );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strspn ()
-function calculates the length (in bytes) of the initial
-segment of
-.I s
-which consists entirely of bytes in
-.IR accept .
-.P
-The
-.BR strcspn ()
-function calculates the length of the initial
-segment of
-.I s
-which consists entirely of bytes not in
-.IR reject .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strspn ()
-function returns the number of bytes in
-the initial segment of
-.I s
-which consist only of bytes
-from
-.IR accept .
-.P
-The
-.BR strcspn ()
-function returns the number of bytes in
-the initial segment of
-.I s
-which are not in the string
-.IR reject .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strspn (),
-.BR strcspn ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR strtok (3),
-.BR wcscspn (3),
-.BR wcsspn (3)
diff --git a/man3/strstr.3 b/man3/strstr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d6a066631..000000000
--- a/man3/strstr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:56:43 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Added history, aeb, 980113.
-.\" 2005-05-05 mtk: added strcasestr()
-.\"
-.TH strstr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strstr, strcasestr \- locate a substring
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strstr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
-.P
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strcasestr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strstr ()
-function finds the first occurrence of the substring
-.I needle
-in the string
-.IR haystack .
-The terminating null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) are not compared.
-.P
-The
-.BR strcasestr ()
-function is like
-.BR strstr (),
-but ignores the case of both arguments.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return a pointer to the beginning of the
-located substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
-.P
-If
-.I needle
-is the empty string,
-the return value is always
-.I haystack
-itself.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strstr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strcasestr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strstr ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strcasestr ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strstr ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.TP
-.BR strcasestr ()
-GNU.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR memmem (3),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strtok (3),
-.BR wcsstr (3)
diff --git a/man3/strtod.3 b/man3/strtod.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fdcf5574b..000000000
--- a/man3/strtod.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
-.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
-.\" Processing Systems.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
-.\"
-.\"     @(#)strtod.3	5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sun Aug 21 17:16:22 1994 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Sat May 04 19:34:31 MET DST 1996 by Michael Haardt
-.\"   (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de)
-.\" Added strof, strtold, aeb, 2001-06-07
-.\"
-.TH strtod 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strtod, strtof, strtold \- convert ASCII string to floating-point number
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "double strtod(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr );
-.BI "float strtof(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr );
-.BI "long double strtold(const char *restrict " nptr \
-", char **restrict " endptr );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strtof (),
-.BR strtold ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strtod (),
-.BR strtof (),
-and
-.BR strtold ()
-functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by
-.I nptr
-to
-.IR double ,
-.IR float ,
-and
-.I long double
-representation, respectively.
-.P
-The expected form of the (initial portion of the) string is
-optional leading white space as recognized by
-.BR isspace (3),
-an optional plus (\[aq]+\[aq]) or minus sign (\[aq]\-\[aq]) and then either
-(i) a decimal number, or (ii) a hexadecimal number,
-or (iii) an infinity, or (iv) a NAN (not-a-number).
-.P
-A
-.I "decimal number"
-consists of a nonempty sequence of decimal digits
-possibly containing a radix character (decimal point, locale-dependent,
-usually \[aq].\[aq]), optionally followed by a decimal exponent.
-A decimal exponent consists of an \[aq]E\[aq] or \[aq]e\[aq], followed by an
-optional plus or minus sign, followed by a nonempty sequence of
-decimal digits, and indicates multiplication by a power of 10.
-.P
-A
-.I "hexadecimal number"
-consists of a "0x" or "0X" followed by a nonempty sequence of
-hexadecimal digits possibly containing a radix character,
-optionally followed by a binary exponent.
-A binary exponent
-consists of a \[aq]P\[aq] or \[aq]p\[aq], followed by an optional
-plus or minus sign, followed by a nonempty sequence of
-decimal digits, and indicates multiplication by a power of 2.
-At least one of radix character and binary exponent must be present.
-.P
-An
-.I infinity
-is either "INF" or "INFINITY", disregarding case.
-.P
-A
-.I NAN
-is "NAN" (disregarding case) optionally followed by a string,
-.IR (n-char-sequence) ,
-where
-.I n-char-sequence
-specifies in an implementation-dependent
-way the type of NAN (see NOTES).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the converted value, if any.
-.P
-If
-.I endptr
-is not NULL,
-a pointer to the character after the last character used in the conversion
-is stored in the location referenced by
-.IR endptr .
-.P
-If no conversion is performed, zero is returned and (unless
-.I endptr
-is null) the value of
-.I nptr
-is stored in the location referenced by
-.IR endptr .
-.P
-If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.B HUGE_VALL
-is returned (according to the return type and sign of the value),
-and
-.B ERANGE
-is stored in
-.IR errno .
-.P
-If the correct value would cause underflow,
-a value with magnitude no larger than
-.BR DBL_MIN ,
-.BR FLT_MIN ,
-or
-.B LDBL_MIN
-is returned and
-.B ERANGE
-is stored in
-.IR errno .
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-Overflow or underflow occurred.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strtod (),
-.BR strtof (),
-.BR strtold ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-In the glibc implementation, the
-.I n-char-sequence
-that optionally follows "NAN"
-is interpreted as an integer number
-(with an optional '0' or '0x' prefix to select base 8 or 16)
-that is to be placed in the
-mantissa component of the returned value.
-.\" From glibc 2.8's stdlib/strtod_l.c:
-.\"     We expect it to be a number which is put in the
-.\"     mantissa of the number.
-.\" It looks as though at least FreeBSD (according to the manual) does
-.\" something similar.
-.\" C11 says: "An implementation may use the n-char sequence to determine
-.\"	extra information to be represented in the NaN's significant."
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strtod ()
-C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR strtof ()
-.TQ
-.BR strtold ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-Since
-0 can legitimately be returned
-on both success and failure, the calling program should set
-.I errno
-to 0 before the call,
-and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
-.I errno
-has a nonzero value after the call.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See the example on the
-.BR strtol (3)
-manual page;
-the use of the functions described in this manual page is similar.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR atof (3),
-.BR atoi (3),
-.BR atol (3),
-.BR nan (3),
-.BR nanf (3),
-.BR nanl (3),
-.BR strfromd (3),
-.BR strtol (3),
-.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/strtof.3 b/man3/strtof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ac3e4a55c..000000000
--- a/man3/strtof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtod.3
diff --git a/man3/strtoimax.3 b/man3/strtoimax.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a0499ec2a..000000000
--- a/man3/strtoimax.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH strtoimax 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strtoimax, strtoumax \- convert string to integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <inttypes.h>
-.P
-.BI "intmax_t strtoimax(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr ,
-.BI "                   int " base );
-.BI "uintmax_t strtoumax(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr ,
-.BI "                   int " base );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are just like
-.BR strtol (3)
-and
-.BR strtoul (3),
-except that they return a value of type
-.I intmax_t
-and
-.IR uintmax_t ,
-respectively.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, the converted value is returned.
-If nothing was found to convert, zero is returned.
-On overflow or underflow
-.B INTMAX_MAX
-or
-.B INTMAX_MIN
-or
-.B UINTMAX_MAX
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strtoimax (),
-.BR strtoumax ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR imaxabs (3),
-.BR imaxdiv (3),
-.BR strtol (3),
-.BR strtoul (3),
-.BR wcstoimax (3)
diff --git a/man3/strtok.3 b/man3/strtok.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34a90198c..000000000
--- a/man3/strtok.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" a few fragments from an earlier (1996) version by
-.\" Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) remain.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Rewritten old page, 960210, aeb@cwi.nl
-.\" Updated, added strtok_r. 2000-02-13 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\" 2005-11-17, mtk: Substantial parts rewritten
-.\" 2013-05-19, mtk: added much further detail on the operation of strtok()
-.\"
-.TH strtok 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strtok, strtok_r \- extract tokens from strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *strtok(char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " delim );
-.BI "char *strtok_r(char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " delim ,
-.BI "               char **restrict " saveptr );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strtok_r ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strtok ()
-function breaks a string into a sequence of zero or more nonempty tokens.
-On the first call to
-.BR strtok (),
-the string to be parsed should be
-specified in
-.IR str .
-In each subsequent call that should parse the same string,
-.I str
-must be NULL.
-.P
-The
-.I delim
-argument specifies a set of bytes that
-delimit the tokens in the parsed string.
-The caller may specify different strings in
-.I delim
-in successive
-calls that parse the same string.
-.P
-Each call to
-.BR strtok ()
-returns a pointer to a
-null-terminated string containing the next token.
-This string does not include the delimiting byte.
-If no more tokens are found,
-.BR strtok ()
-returns NULL.
-.P
-A sequence of calls to
-.BR strtok ()
-that operate on the same string maintains a pointer
-that determines the point from which to start searching for the next token.
-The first call to
-.BR strtok ()
-sets this pointer to point to the first byte of the string.
-The start of the next token is determined by scanning forward
-for the next nondelimiter byte in
-.IR str .
-If such a byte is found, it is taken as the start of the next token.
-If no such byte is found,
-then there are no more tokens, and
-.BR strtok ()
-returns NULL.
-(A string that is empty or that contains only delimiters
-will thus cause
-.BR strtok ()
-to return NULL on the first call.)
-.P
-The end of each token is found by scanning forward until either
-the next delimiter byte is found or until the
-terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) is encountered.
-If a delimiter byte is found, it is overwritten with
-a null byte to terminate the current token, and
-.BR strtok ()
-saves a pointer to the following byte;
-that pointer will be used as the starting point
-when searching for the next token.
-In this case,
-.BR strtok ()
-returns a pointer to the start of the found token.
-.P
-From the above description,
-it follows that a sequence of two or more contiguous delimiter bytes in
-the parsed string is considered to be a single delimiter, and that
-delimiter bytes at the start or end of the string are ignored.
-Put another way: the tokens returned by
-.BR strtok ()
-are always nonempty strings.
-Thus, for example, given the string "\fIaaa;;bbb,\fP",
-successive calls to
-.BR strtok ()
-that specify the delimiter string "\fI;,\fP"
-would return the strings "\fIaaa\fP" and "\fIbbb\fP",
-and then a null pointer.
-.P
-The
-.BR strtok_r ()
-function is a reentrant version of
-.BR strtok ().
-The
-.I saveptr
-argument is a pointer to a
-.I char\~*
-variable that is used internally by
-.BR strtok_r ()
-in order to maintain context between successive calls that parse the
-same string.
-.P
-On the first call to
-.BR strtok_r (),
-.I str
-should point to the string to be parsed, and the value of
-.I *saveptr
-is ignored (but see NOTES).
-In subsequent calls,
-.I str
-should be NULL, and
-.I saveptr
-(and the buffer that it points to)
-should be unchanged since the previous call.
-.P
-Different strings may be parsed concurrently using sequences of calls to
-.BR strtok_r ()
-that specify different
-.I saveptr
-arguments.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strtok ()
-and
-.BR strtok_r ()
-functions return a pointer to
-the next token, or NULL if there are no more tokens.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strtok ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:strtok
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strtok_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-On some implementations,
-.\" Tru64, according to its manual page
-.I *saveptr
-is required to be NULL on the first call to
-.BR strtok_r ()
-that is being used to parse
-.IR str .
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR strtok ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR strtok_r ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strtok ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR strtok_r ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-Be cautious when using these functions.
-If you do use them, note that:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-These functions modify their first argument.
-.IP \[bu]
-These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
-.IP \[bu]
-The identity of the delimiting byte is lost.
-.IP \[bu]
-The
-.BR strtok ()
-function uses a static buffer while parsing, so it's not thread safe.
-Use
-.BR strtok_r ()
-if this matters to you.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below uses nested loops that employ
-.BR strtok_r ()
-to break a string into a two-level hierarchy of tokens.
-The first command-line argument specifies the string to be parsed.
-The second argument specifies the delimiter byte(s)
-to be used to separate that string into "major" tokens.
-The third argument specifies the delimiter byte(s)
-to be used to separate the "major" tokens into subtokens.
-.P
-An example of the output produced by this program is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]a/bbb///cc;xxx:yyy:\[aq] \[aq]:;\[aq] \[aq]/\[aq]"
-1: a/bbb///cc
-         \-\-> a
-         \-\-> bbb
-         \-\-> cc
-2: xxx
-         \-\-> xxx
-3: yyy
-         \-\-> yyy
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strtok.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    char *str1, *str2, *token, *subtoken;
-    char *saveptr1, *saveptr2;
-    int j;
-\&
-    if (argc != 4) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s string delim subdelim\en",
-                argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    for (j = 1, str1 = argv[1]; ; j++, str1 = NULL) {
-        token = strtok_r(str1, argv[2], &saveptr1);
-        if (token == NULL)
-            break;
-        printf("%d: %s\en", j, token);
-\&
-        for (str2 = token; ; str2 = NULL) {
-            subtoken = strtok_r(str2, argv[3], &saveptr2);
-            if (subtoken == NULL)
-                break;
-            printf("\et \-\-> %s\en", subtoken);
-        }
-    }
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.P
-Another example program using
-.BR strtok ()
-can be found in
-.BR getaddrinfo_a (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR string (3),
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR strsep (3),
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR wcstok (3)
diff --git a/man3/strtok_r.3 b/man3/strtok_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19095a017..000000000
--- a/man3/strtok_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtok.3
diff --git a/man3/strtol.3 b/man3/strtol.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c05eac0ec..000000000
--- a/man3/strtol.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@ganil.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:53:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Added correction due to nsd@bbc.com (Nick Duffek) - aeb, 950610
-.TH strtol 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strtol, strtoll, strtoq \- convert a string to a long integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "long strtol(const char *restrict " nptr ,
-.BI "            char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
-.BI "long long strtoll(const char *restrict " nptr ,
-.BI "            char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strtoll ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strtol ()
-function converts the initial part of the string
-in
-.I nptr
-to a long integer value according to the given
-.IR base ,
-which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
-.P
-The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as
-determined by
-.BR isspace (3))
-followed by a single optional \[aq]+\[aq] or \[aq]\-\[aq] sign.
-If
-.I base
-is zero or 16, the string may then include a
-"0x" or "0X" prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a
-zero
-.I base
-is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character
-is \[aq]0\[aq], in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
-.P
-The remainder of the string is converted to a
-.I long
-value
-in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a
-valid digit in the given base.
-(In bases above 10, the letter \[aq]A\[aq] in
-either uppercase or lowercase represents 10, \[aq]B\[aq] represents 11, and so
-forth, with \[aq]Z\[aq] representing 35.)
-.P
-If
-.I endptr
-is not NULL,
-and the
-.I base
-is supported,
-.BR strtol ()
-stores the address of the
-first invalid character in
-.IR *endptr .
-If there were no digits at
-all,
-.BR strtol ()
-stores the original value of
-.I nptr
-in
-.I *endptr
-(and returns 0).
-In particular, if
-.I *nptr
-is not \[aq]\e0\[aq] but
-.I **endptr
-is \[aq]\e0\[aq] on return, the entire string is valid.
-.P
-The
-.BR strtoll ()
-function works just like the
-.BR strtol ()
-function but returns a
-.I long long
-integer value.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strtol ()
-function returns the result of the conversion,
-unless the value would underflow or overflow.
-If an underflow occurs,
-.BR strtol ()
-returns
-.BR LONG_MIN .
-If an overflow occurs,
-.BR strtol ()
-returns
-.BR LONG_MAX .
-In both cases,
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-Precisely the same holds for
-.BR strtoll ()
-(with
-.B LLONG_MIN
-and
-.B LLONG_MAX
-instead of
-.B LONG_MIN
-and
-.BR LONG_MAX ).
-.SH ERRORS
-This function does not modify
-.I errno
-on success.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-(not in C99)
-The given
-.I base
-contains an unsupported value.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-The resulting value was out of range.
-.P
-The implementation may also set
-.I errno
-to
-.B EINVAL
-in case
-no conversion was performed (no digits seen, and 0 returned).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strtol (),
-.BR strtoll (),
-.BR strtoq ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strtol ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.TP
-.BR strtoll ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-Since
-.BR strtol ()
-can legitimately return 0,
-.BR LONG_MAX ,
-or
-.B LONG_MIN
-.RB ( LLONG_MAX
-or
-.B LLONG_MIN
-for
-.BR strtoll ())
-on both success and failure, the calling program should set
-.I errno
-to 0 before the call,
-and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
-.I errno == ERANGE
-after the call.
-.P
-According to POSIX.1,
-in locales other than "C" and "POSIX",
-these functions may accept other,
-implementation-defined numeric strings.
-.P
-BSD also has
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "quad_t strtoq(const char *" nptr ", char **" endptr ", int " base );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-with completely analogous definition.
-Depending on the wordsize of the current architecture, this
-may be equivalent to
-.BR strtoll ()
-or to
-.BR strtol ().
-.SH CAVEATS
-If the
-.I base
-needs to be tested,
-it should be tested in a call where the string is known to succeed.
-Otherwise, it's impossible to portably differentiate the errors.
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-errno = 0;
-strtol("0", NULL, base);
-if (errno == EINVAL)
-    goto unsupported_base;
-.EE
-.in
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program shown below demonstrates the use of
-.BR strtol ().
-The first command-line argument specifies a string from which
-.BR strtol ()
-should parse a number.
-The second (optional) argument specifies the base to be used for
-the conversion.
-(This argument is converted to numeric form using
-.BR atoi (3),
-a function that performs no error checking and
-has a simpler interface than
-.BR strtol ().)
-Some examples of the results produced by this program are the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 123"
-strtol() returned 123
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]    123\[aq]"
-strtol() returned 123
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 123abc"
-strtol() returned 123
-Further characters after number: "abc"
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 123abc 55"
-strtol: Invalid argument
-.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]\[aq]"
-No digits were found
-.RB "$" " ./a.out 4000000000"
-strtol: Numerical result out of range
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strtol.c)
-.EX
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int base;
-    char *endptr, *str;
-    long val;
-\&
-    if (argc < 2) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s str [base]\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    str = argv[1];
-    base = (argc > 2) ? atoi(argv[2]) : 0;
-\&
-    errno = 0;    /* To distinguish success/failure after call */
-    strtol("0", NULL, base);
-    if (errno == EINVAL) {
-        perror("strtol");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    errno = 0;    /* To distinguish success/failure after call */
-    val = strtol(str, &endptr, base);
-\&
-    /* Check for various possible errors. */
-\&
-    if (errno == ERANGE) {
-        perror("strtol");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    if (endptr == str) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "No digits were found\en");
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    /* If we got here, strtol() successfully parsed a number. */
-\&
-    printf("strtol() returned %ld\en", val);
-\&
-    if (*endptr != \[aq]\e0\[aq])        /* Not necessarily an error... */
-        printf("Further characters after number: \e"%s\e"\en", endptr);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR atof (3),
-.BR atoi (3),
-.BR atol (3),
-.BR strtod (3),
-.BR strtoimax (3),
-.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/strtold.3 b/man3/strtold.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ac3e4a55c..000000000
--- a/man3/strtold.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtod.3
diff --git a/man3/strtoll.3 b/man3/strtoll.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d09039391..000000000
--- a/man3/strtoll.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtol.3
diff --git a/man3/strtoq.3 b/man3/strtoq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d09039391..000000000
--- a/man3/strtoq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtol.3
diff --git a/man3/strtoul.3 b/man3/strtoul.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 09b1a7cac..000000000
--- a/man3/strtoul.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:54:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Fixed typo, aeb, 950823
-.\" 2002-02-22, joey, mihtjel: Added strtoull()
-.\"
-.TH strtoul 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strtoul, strtoull, strtouq \- convert a string to an unsigned long integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "unsigned long strtoul(const char *restrict " nptr ,
-.BI "                      char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
-.BI "unsigned long long strtoull(const char *restrict " nptr ,
-.BI "                      char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR strtoull ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strtoul ()
-function converts the initial part of the string
-in
-.I nptr
-to an
-.I "unsigned long"
-value according to the
-given
-.IR base ,
-which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be
-the special value 0.
-.P
-The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as
-determined by
-.BR isspace (3))
-followed by a single optional \[aq]+\[aq] or \[aq]\-\[aq]
-sign.
-If
-.I base
-is zero or 16, the string may then include a
-"0x" prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a
-zero
-.I base
-is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character
-is \[aq]0\[aq], in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
-.P
-The remainder of the string is converted to an
-.I "unsigned long"
-value in the obvious manner,
-stopping at the first character which is not a
-valid digit in the given base.
-(In bases above 10, the letter \[aq]A\[aq] in
-either uppercase or lowercase represents 10, \[aq]B\[aq] represents 11, and so
-forth, with \[aq]Z\[aq] representing 35.)
-.P
-If
-.I endptr
-is not NULL,
-and the
-.I base
-is supported,
-.BR strtoul ()
-stores the address of the
-first invalid character in
-.IR *endptr .
-If there were no digits at
-all,
-.BR strtoul ()
-stores the original value of
-.I nptr
-in
-.I *endptr
-(and returns 0).
-In particular, if
-.I *nptr
-is not \[aq]\e0\[aq] but
-.I **endptr
-is \[aq]\e0\[aq] on return, the entire string is valid.
-.P
-The
-.BR strtoull ()
-function works just like the
-.BR strtoul ()
-function but returns an
-.I "unsigned long long"
-value.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strtoul ()
-function returns either the result of the conversion
-or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the
-conversion represented as an unsigned value,
-unless the original (nonnegated) value would overflow; in
-the latter case,
-.BR strtoul ()
-returns
-.B ULONG_MAX
-and sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ERANGE .
-Precisely the same holds for
-.BR strtoull ()
-(with
-.B ULLONG_MAX
-instead of
-.BR ULONG_MAX ).
-.SH ERRORS
-This function does not modify
-.I errno
-on success.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-(not in C99)
-The given
-.I base
-contains an unsupported value.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-The resulting value was out of range.
-.P
-The implementation may also set
-.I errno
-to
-.B EINVAL
-in case
-no conversion was performed (no digits seen, and 0 returned).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strtoul (),
-.BR strtoull (),
-.BR strtouq ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR strtoul ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4.
-.TP
-.BR strtoull ()
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-Since
-.BR strtoul ()
-can legitimately return 0 or
-.B ULONG_MAX
-.RB ( ULLONG_MAX
-for
-.BR strtoull ())
-on both success and failure, the calling program should set
-.I errno
-to 0 before the call,
-and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
-.I errno
-has a nonzero value after the call.
-.P
-In locales other than the "C" locale, other strings may be accepted.
-(For example, the thousands separator of the current locale may be
-supported.)
-.P
-BSD also has
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BI "u_quad_t strtouq(const char *" nptr ", char **" endptr ", int " base );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-with completely analogous definition.
-Depending on the wordsize of the current architecture, this
-may be equivalent to
-.BR strtoull ()
-or to
-.BR strtoul ().
-.P
-Negative values are considered valid input and are
-silently converted to the equivalent
-.I "unsigned long"
-value.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See the example on the
-.BR strtol (3)
-manual page;
-the use of the functions described in this manual page is similar.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR a64l (3),
-.BR atof (3),
-.BR atoi (3),
-.BR atol (3),
-.BR strtod (3),
-.BR strtol (3),
-.BR strtoumax (3)
diff --git a/man3/strtoull.3 b/man3/strtoull.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3340a8373..000000000
--- a/man3/strtoull.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtoul.3
diff --git a/man3/strtoumax.3 b/man3/strtoumax.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 753be84df..000000000
--- a/man3/strtoumax.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtoimax.3
diff --git a/man3/strtouq.3 b/man3/strtouq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3340a8373..000000000
--- a/man3/strtouq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strtoul.3
diff --git a/man3/strverscmp.3 b/man3/strverscmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b4cf52414..000000000
--- a/man3/strverscmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH strverscmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strverscmp \- compare two version strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "int strverscmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Often one has files
-.IR jan1 ", " jan2 ", ..., " jan9 ", " jan10 ", ..."
-and it feels wrong when
-.BR ls (1)
-orders them
-.IR jan1 ", " jan10 ", ..., " jan2 ", ..., " jan9 .
-.\" classical solution: "rename jan jan0 jan?"
-In order to rectify this, GNU introduced the
-.I \-v
-option to
-.BR ls (1),
-which is implemented using
-.BR versionsort (3),
-which again uses
-.BR strverscmp ().
-.P
-Thus, the task of
-.BR strverscmp ()
-is to compare two strings and find the "right" order, while
-.BR strcmp (3)
-finds only the lexicographic order.
-This function does not use
-the locale category
-.BR LC_COLLATE ,
-so is meant mostly for situations
-where the strings are expected to be in ASCII.
-.P
-What this function does is the following.
-If both strings are equal, return 0.
-Otherwise, find the position
-between two bytes with the property that before it both strings are equal,
-while directly after it there is a difference.
-Find the largest consecutive digit strings containing (or starting at,
-or ending at) this position.
-If one or both of these is empty,
-then return what
-.BR strcmp (3)
-would have returned (numerical ordering of byte values).
-Otherwise, compare both digit strings numerically, where digit strings with
-one or more leading zeros are interpreted as if they have a decimal point
-in front (so that in particular digit strings with more leading zeros
-come before digit strings with fewer leading zeros).
-Thus, the ordering is
-.IR 000 ", " 00 ", " 01 ", " 010 ", " 09 ", " 0 ", " 1 ", " 9 ", " 10 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strverscmp ()
-function returns an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
-.I s1
-is found, respectively, to be earlier than, equal to,
-or later than
-.IR s2 .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strverscmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
-.\" which has:
-.\"
-.\"     strverscmp: MT-Safe locale
-.\"
-.\" glibc manual says strverscmp should have marking locale because it calls
-.\" isdigit() multiple times and isdigit() uses locale variable.
-.\" But isdigit() has two implementations. With different compiling conditions,
-.\" we may call isdigit() in macro, then strverscmp() should not have locale
-.\" problem.
-.SH STANDARDS
-GNU.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The program below can be used to demonstrate the behavior of
-.BR strverscmp ().
-It uses
-.BR strverscmp ()
-to compare the two strings given as its command-line arguments.
-An example of its use is the following:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-$ \fB./a.out jan1 jan10\fP
-jan1 < jan10
-.EE
-.in
-.SS Program source
-\&
-.\" SRC BEGIN (strverscmp.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-\&
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int res;
-\&
-    if (argc != 3) {
-        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <string1> <string2>\en", argv[0]);
-        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-    }
-\&
-    res = strverscmp(argv[1], argv[2]);
-\&
-    printf("%s %s %s\en", argv[1],
-           (res < 0) ? "<" : (res == 0) ? "==" : ">", argv[2]);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rename (1),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3)
diff --git a/man3/strxfrm.3 b/man3/strxfrm.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ccc994b42..000000000
--- a/man3/strxfrm.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:28 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH strxfrm 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-strxfrm \- string transformation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <string.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t strxfrm(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
-const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "               size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR strxfrm ()
-function transforms the
-.I src
-string into a
-form such that the result of
-.BR strcmp (3)
-on two strings that have
-been transformed with
-.BR strxfrm ()
-is the same as the result of
-.BR strcoll (3)
-on the two strings before their transformation.
-The first
-.I n
-bytes of the transformed string are placed in
-.IR dest .
-The transformation is based on the program's current
-locale for category
-.BR LC_COLLATE .
-(See
-.BR setlocale (3)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR strxfrm ()
-function returns the number of bytes required to
-store the transformed string in
-.I dest
-excluding the
-terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-If the value returned is
-.I n
-or more, the
-contents of
-.I dest
-are indeterminate.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR strxfrm ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcmp (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR strcoll (3),
-.BR string (3)
diff --git a/man3/svc_destroy.3 b/man3/svc_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_freeargs.3 b/man3/svc_freeargs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_freeargs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_getargs.3 b/man3/svc_getargs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_getargs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_getcaller.3 b/man3/svc_getcaller.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_getcaller.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_getreq.3 b/man3/svc_getreq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_getreq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_getreqset.3 b/man3/svc_getreqset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_getreqset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_register.3 b/man3/svc_register.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_register.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_run.3 b/man3/svc_run.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_run.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_sendreply.3 b/man3/svc_sendreply.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_sendreply.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svc_unregister.3 b/man3/svc_unregister.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svc_unregister.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_auth.3 b/man3/svcerr_auth.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_auth.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_decode.3 b/man3/svcerr_decode.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_decode.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_noproc.3 b/man3/svcerr_noproc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_noproc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_noprog.3 b/man3/svcerr_noprog.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_noprog.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_progvers.3 b/man3/svcerr_progvers.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_progvers.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_systemerr.3 b/man3/svcerr_systemerr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_systemerr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcerr_weakauth.3 b/man3/svcerr_weakauth.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcerr_weakauth.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcfd_create.3 b/man3/svcfd_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcfd_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcraw_create.3 b/man3/svcraw_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcraw_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svctcp_create.3 b/man3/svctcp_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svctcp_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcudp_bufcreate.3 b/man3/svcudp_bufcreate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcudp_bufcreate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/svcudp_create.3 b/man3/svcudp_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/svcudp_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/swab.3 b/man3/swab.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 71023d79a..000000000
--- a/man3/swab.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:52:15 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2001-12-15, aeb
-.TH swab 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-swab \- swap adjacent bytes
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "void swab(const void " from "[restrict ." n "], void " to "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "          ssize_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR swab ()
-function copies
-.I n
-bytes from the array pointed
-to by
-.I from
-to the array pointed to by
-.IR to ,
-exchanging
-adjacent even and odd bytes.
-This function is used to exchange data
-between machines that have different low/high byte ordering.
-.P
-This function does nothing when
-.I n
-is negative.
-When
-.I n
-is positive and odd, it handles
-.I n\-1
-bytes
-as above, and does something unspecified with the last byte.
-(In other words,
-.I n
-should be even.)
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR swab ()
-function returns no value.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR swab ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bstring (3)
diff --git a/man3/swapcontext.3 b/man3/swapcontext.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cdccd64ec..000000000
--- a/man3/swapcontext.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/makecontext.3
diff --git a/man3/swprintf.3 b/man3/swprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ec9685b..000000000
--- a/man3/swprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/sys_errlist.3 b/man3/sys_errlist.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 837f1a191..000000000
--- a/man3/sys_errlist.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/perror.3
diff --git a/man3/sys_nerr.3 b/man3/sys_nerr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 837f1a191..000000000
--- a/man3/sys_nerr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/perror.3
diff --git a/man3/sys_siglist.3 b/man3/sys_siglist.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f64f75692..000000000
--- a/man3/sys_siglist.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/strsignal.3
diff --git a/man3/sysconf.3 b/man3/sysconf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1010caa8c..000000000
--- a/man3/sysconf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:51:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified Tue Aug 17 11:42:20 1999 by Ariel Scolnicov (ariels@compugen.co.il)
-.TH sysconf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sysconf \- get configuration information at run time
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "long sysconf(int " "name" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-POSIX allows an application to test at compile or run time
-whether certain options are supported, or what the value is
-of certain configurable constants or limits.
-.P
-At compile time this is done by including
-.I <unistd.h>
-and/or
-.I <limits.h>
-and testing the value of certain macros.
-.P
-At run time, one can ask for numerical values using the present function
-.BR sysconf ().
-One can ask for numerical values that may depend
-on the filesystem in which a file resides using
-.BR fpathconf (3)
-and
-.BR pathconf (3).
-One can ask for string values using
-.BR confstr (3).
-.P
-The values obtained from these functions are system configuration constants.
-They do not change during the lifetime of a process.
-.\" except that sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) may change answer after a call
-.\" to setrlimit( ) which changes the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit
-.P
-For options, typically, there is a constant
-.B _POSIX_FOO
-that may be defined in
-.IR <unistd.h> .
-If it is undefined, one should ask at run time.
-If it is defined to \-1, then the option is not supported.
-If it is defined to 0, then relevant functions and headers exist,
-but one has to ask at run time what degree of support is available.
-If it is defined to a value other than \-1 or 0, then the option is
-supported.
-Usually the value (such as 200112L) indicates the year and month
-of the POSIX revision describing the option.
-glibc uses the value 1
-to indicate support as long as the POSIX revision has not been published yet.
-.\" and 999 to indicate support for options no longer present in the latest
-.\" standard. (?)
-The
-.BR sysconf ()
-argument will be
-.BR _SC_FOO .
-For a list of options, see
-.BR posixoptions (7).
-.P
-For variables or limits, typically, there is a constant
-.BR _FOO ,
-maybe defined in
-.IR <limits.h> ,
-or
-.BR _POSIX_FOO ,
-maybe defined in
-.IR <unistd.h> .
-The constant will not be defined if the limit is unspecified.
-If the constant is defined, it gives a guaranteed value, and
-a greater value might actually be supported.
-If an application wants to take advantage of values which may change
-between systems, a call to
-.BR sysconf ()
-can be made.
-The
-.BR sysconf ()
-argument will be
-.BR _SC_FOO .
-.SS POSIX.1 variables
-We give the name of the variable, the name of the
-.BR sysconf ()
-argument used to inquire about its value,
-and a short description.
-.P
-First, the POSIX.1 compatible values.
-.\" [for the moment: only the things that are unconditionally present]
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BR AIO_LISTIO_MAX " - " _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX
-.\" (if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO)
-.\" Maximum number of I/O operations in a single list I/O call.
-.\" Must not be less than _POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX.
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BR AIO_MAX " - " _SC_AIO_MAX
-.\" (if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO)
-.\" Maximum number of outstanding asynchronous I/O operations.
-.\" Must not be less than _POSIX_AIO_MAX.
-.\" .TP
-.\" .BR AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX " - " _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX
-.\" (if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO)
-.\" The maximum amount by which a process can decrease its
-.\" asynchronous I/O priority level from its own scheduling priority.
-.\" Must be nonnegative.
-.TP
-.BR ARG_MAX " - " _SC_ARG_MAX
-The maximum length of the arguments to the
-.BR exec (3)
-family of functions.
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_ARG_MAX
-(4096).
-.TP
-.BR CHILD_MAX " - " _SC_CHILD_MAX
-The maximum number of simultaneous processes per user ID.
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_CHILD_MAX
-(25).
-.TP
-.BR HOST_NAME_MAX " - " _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX
-Maximum length of a hostname, not including the terminating null byte,
-as returned by
-.BR gethostname (2).
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_HOST_NAME_MAX
-(255).
-.TP
-.BR LOGIN_NAME_MAX " - " _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX
-Maximum length of a login name, including the terminating null byte.
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX
-(9).
-.TP
-.BR NGROUPS_MAX " - " _SC_NGROUPS_MAX
-Maximum number of supplementary group IDs.
-.TP
-.BR "" "clock ticks - " _SC_CLK_TCK
-The number of clock ticks per second.
-The corresponding variable is obsolete.
-It was of course called
-.BR CLK_TCK .
-(Note: the macro
-.B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
-does not give information: it must equal 1000000.)
-.TP
-.BR OPEN_MAX " - " _SC_OPEN_MAX
-The maximum number of files that a process can have open at any time.
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_OPEN_MAX
-(20).
-.TP
-.BR PAGESIZE " - " _SC_PAGESIZE
-Size of a page in bytes.
-Must not be less than 1.
-.TP
-.BR PAGE_SIZE " - " _SC_PAGE_SIZE
-A synonym for
-.BR PAGESIZE / _SC_PAGESIZE .
-(Both
-.B PAGESIZE
-and
-.B PAGE_SIZE
-are specified in POSIX.)
-.TP
-.BR RE_DUP_MAX " - " _SC_RE_DUP_MAX
-The number of repeated occurrences of a BRE permitted by
-.BR regexec (3)
-and
-.BR regcomp (3).
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX
-(255).
-.TP
-.BR STREAM_MAX " - " _SC_STREAM_MAX
-The maximum number of streams that a process can have open at any
-time.
-If defined, it has the same value as the standard C macro
-.BR FOPEN_MAX .
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_STREAM_MAX
-(8).
-.TP
-.BR SYMLOOP_MAX " - " _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX
-The maximum number of symbolic links seen in a pathname before resolution
-returns
-.BR ELOOP .
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX
-(8).
-.TP
-.BR TTY_NAME_MAX " - " _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX
-The maximum length of terminal device name,
-including the terminating null byte.
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_TTY_NAME_MAX
-(9).
-.TP
-.BR TZNAME_MAX " - " _SC_TZNAME_MAX
-The maximum number of bytes in a timezone name.
-Must not be less than
-.B _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX
-(6).
-.TP
-.BR _POSIX_VERSION " - " _SC_VERSION
-indicates the year and month the POSIX.1 standard was approved in the
-format
-.BR YYYYMML ;
-the value
-.B 199009L
-indicates the Sept. 1990 revision.
-.SS POSIX.2 variables
-Next, the POSIX.2 values, giving limits for utilities.
-.TP
-.BR BC_BASE_MAX " - " _SC_BC_BASE_MAX
-indicates the maximum
-.I obase
-value accepted by the
-.BR bc (1)
-utility.
-.TP
-.BR BC_DIM_MAX " - " _SC_BC_DIM_MAX
-indicates the maximum value of elements permitted in an array by
-.BR bc (1).
-.TP
-.BR BC_SCALE_MAX " - " _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX
-indicates the maximum
-.I scale
-value allowed by
-.BR bc (1).
-.TP
-.BR BC_STRING_MAX " - " _SC_BC_STRING_MAX
-indicates the maximum length of a string accepted by
-.BR bc (1).
-.TP
-.BR COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX " - " _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
-indicates the maximum numbers of weights that can be assigned to an
-entry of the
-.B LC_COLLATE order
-keyword in the locale definition file.
-.TP
-.BR EXPR_NEST_MAX " - " _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX
-is the maximum number of expressions which can be nested within
-parentheses by
-.BR expr (1).
-.TP
-.BR LINE_MAX " - " _SC_LINE_MAX
-The maximum length of a utility's input line, either from
-standard input or from a file.
-This includes space for a trailing
-newline.
-.TP
-.BR RE_DUP_MAX " - " _SC_RE_DUP_MAX
-The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression when
-the interval notation
-.B \e{m,n\e}
-is used.
-.TP
-.BR POSIX2_VERSION " - " _SC_2_VERSION
-indicates the version of the POSIX.2 standard in the format of
-YYYYMML.
-.TP
-.BR POSIX2_C_DEV " - " _SC_2_C_DEV
-indicates whether the POSIX.2 C language development facilities are
-supported.
-.TP
-.BR POSIX2_FORT_DEV " - " _SC_2_FORT_DEV
-indicates whether the POSIX.2 FORTRAN development utilities are
-supported.
-.TP
-.BR POSIX2_FORT_RUN " - " _SC_2_FORT_RUN
-indicates whether the POSIX.2 FORTRAN run-time utilities are supported.
-.TP
-.BR _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF " - " _SC_2_LOCALEDEF
-indicates whether the POSIX.2 creation of locales via
-.BR localedef (1)
-is supported.
-.TP
-.BR POSIX2_SW_DEV " - " _SC_2_SW_DEV
-indicates whether the POSIX.2 software development utilities option is
-supported.
-.P
-These values also exist, but may not be standard.
-.TP
-.BR "" " - " _SC_PHYS_PAGES
-The number of pages of physical memory.
-Note that it is possible
-for the product of this value and the value of
-.B _SC_PAGESIZE
-to overflow.
-.TP
-.BR "" " - " _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES
-The number of currently available pages of physical memory.
-.TP
-.BR "" " - " _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF
-The number of processors configured.
-See also
-.BR get_nprocs_conf (3).
-.TP
-.BR "" " - " _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN
-The number of processors currently online (available).
-See also
-.BR get_nprocs_conf (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return value of
-.BR sysconf ()
-is one of the following:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-On error, \-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error
-(for example,
-.BR EINVAL ,
-indicating that
-.I name
-is invalid).
-.IP \[bu]
-If
-.I name
-corresponds to a maximum or minimum limit, and that limit is indeterminate,
-\-1 is returned and
-.I errno
-is not changed.
-(To distinguish an indeterminate limit from an error, set
-.I errno
-to zero before the call, and then check whether
-.I errno
-is nonzero when \-1 is returned.)
-.IP \[bu]
-If
-.I name
-corresponds to an option,
-a positive value is returned if the option is supported,
-and \-1 is returned if the option is not supported.
-.IP \[bu]
-Otherwise,
-the current value of the option or limit is returned.
-This value will not be more restrictive than
-the corresponding value that was described to the application in
-.I <unistd.h>
-or
-.I <limits.h>
-when the application was compiled.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I name
-is invalid.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sysconf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH BUGS
-It is difficult to use
-.B ARG_MAX
-because it is not specified how much of the argument space for
-.BR exec (3)
-is consumed by the user's environment variables.
-.P
-Some returned values may be huge; they are not suitable for allocating
-memory.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bc (1),
-.BR expr (1),
-.BR getconf (1),
-.BR locale (1),
-.BR confstr (3),
-.BR fpathconf (3),
-.BR pathconf (3),
-.BR posixoptions (7)
diff --git a/man3/syslog.3 b/man3/syslog.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d83c35f8..000000000
--- a/man3/syslog.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Written  Feb 1994 by Steve Greenland (stevegr@neosoft.com)
-.\" and Copyright 2001, 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Updated 1999.12.19 by Karl M. Hegbloom <karlheg@debian.org>
-.\"
-.\" Updated 13 Oct 2001, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"	Added description of vsyslog
-.\"	Added descriptions of LOG_ODELAY and LOG_NOWAIT
-.\"	Added brief description of facility and option arguments
-.\"	Added CONFORMING TO section
-.\" 2001-10-13, aeb, minor changes
-.\" Modified 13 Dec 2001, Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
-.\" Modified 3 Jan 2002, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.TH syslog 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-closelog, openlog, syslog, vsyslog \- send messages to the system logger
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <syslog.h>
-.P
-.BI "void openlog(const char *" ident ", int " option ", int " facility );
-.BI "void syslog(int " priority ", const char *" format ", ...);"
-.B "void closelog(void);"
-.P
-.BI "void vsyslog(int " priority ", const char *" format ", va_list " ap );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR vsyslog ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.SS openlog()
-.BR openlog ()
-opens a connection to the system logger for a program.
-.P
-The string pointed to by
-.I ident
-is prepended to every message, and is typically set to the program name.
-If
-.I ident
-is NULL, the program name is used.
-(POSIX.1-2008 does not specify the behavior when
-.I ident
-is NULL.)
-.P
-The
-.I option
-argument specifies flags which control the operation of
-.BR openlog ()
-and subsequent calls to
-.BR syslog ().
-The
-.I facility
-argument establishes a default to be used if
-none is specified in subsequent calls to
-.BR syslog ().
-The values that may be specified for
-.I option
-and
-.I facility
-are described below.
-.P
-The use of
-.BR openlog ()
-is optional; it will automatically be called by
-.BR syslog ()
-if necessary, in which case
-.I ident
-will default to NULL.
-.\"
-.SS syslog() and vsyslog()
-.BR syslog ()
-generates a log message, which will be distributed by
-.BR syslogd (8).
-.P
-The
-.I priority
-argument is formed by ORing together a
-.I facility
-value and a
-.I level
-value (described below).
-If no
-.I facility
-value is ORed into
-.IR priority ,
-then the default value set by
-.BR openlog ()
-is used, or, if there was no preceding
-.BR openlog ()
-call, a default of
-.B LOG_USER
-is employed.
-.P
-The remaining arguments are a
-.IR format ,
-as in
-.BR printf (3),
-and any arguments required by the
-.IR format ,
-except that the two-character sequence
-.B %m
-will be replaced by
-the error message string
-.IR strerror ( errno ).
-The format string need not include a terminating newline character.
-.P
-The function
-.BR vsyslog ()
-performs the same task as
-.BR syslog ()
-with the difference that it takes a set of arguments which have
-been obtained using the
-.BR stdarg (3)
-variable argument list macros.
-.\"
-.SS closelog()
-.BR closelog ()
-closes the file descriptor being used to write to the system logger.
-The use of
-.BR closelog ()
-is optional.
-.\"
-.SS Values for \fIoption\fP
-The
-.I option
-argument to
-.BR openlog ()
-is a bit mask constructed by ORing together any of the following values:
-.TP 15
-.B LOG_CONS
-Write directly to the system console if there is an error while sending to
-the system logger.
-.TP
-.B LOG_NDELAY
-Open the connection immediately (normally, the connection is opened when
-the first message is logged).
-This may be useful, for example, if a subsequent
-.BR chroot (2)
-would make the pathname used internally by the logging facility unreachable.
-.TP
-.B LOG_NOWAIT
-Don't wait for child processes that may have been created while logging
-the message.
-(The GNU C library does not create a child process, so this
-option has no effect on Linux.)
-.TP
-.B LOG_ODELAY
-The converse of
-.BR LOG_NDELAY ;
-opening of the connection is delayed until
-.BR syslog ()
-is called.
-(This is the default, and need not be specified.)
-.TP
-.B LOG_PERROR
-(Not in POSIX.1-2001 or POSIX.1-2008.)
-Also log the message to
-.IR stderr .
-.TP
-.B LOG_PID
-Include the caller's PID with each message.
-.\"
-.SS Values for \fIfacility\fP
-The
-.I facility
-argument is used to specify what type of program is logging the message.
-This lets the configuration file specify that messages from different
-facilities will be handled differently.
-.TP 15
-.B LOG_AUTH
-security/authorization messages
-.TP
-.B LOG_AUTHPRIV
-security/authorization messages (private)
-.TP
-.B LOG_CRON
-clock daemon
-.RB ( cron " and " at )
-.TP
-.B LOG_DAEMON
-system daemons without separate facility value
-.TP
-.B LOG_FTP
-ftp daemon
-.TP
-.B LOG_KERN
-kernel messages (these can't be generated from user processes)
-.\" LOG_KERN has the value 0; if used as a facility, zero translates to:
-.\" "use the default facility".
-.TP
-.BR LOG_LOCAL0 " through " LOG_LOCAL7
-reserved for local use
-.TP
-.B LOG_LPR
-line printer subsystem
-.TP
-.B LOG_MAIL
-mail subsystem
-.TP
-.B LOG_NEWS
-USENET news subsystem
-.TP
-.B LOG_SYSLOG
-messages generated internally by
-.BR syslogd (8)
-.TP
-.BR LOG_USER " (default)"
-generic user-level messages
-.TP
-.B LOG_UUCP
-UUCP subsystem
-.\"
-.SS Values for \fIlevel\fP
-This determines the importance of the message.
-The levels are, in order of decreasing importance:
-.TP 15
-.B LOG_EMERG
-system is unusable
-.TP
-.B LOG_ALERT
-action must be taken immediately
-.TP
-.B LOG_CRIT
-critical conditions
-.TP
-.B LOG_ERR
-error conditions
-.TP
-.B LOG_WARNING
-warning conditions
-.TP
-.B LOG_NOTICE
-normal, but significant, condition
-.TP
-.B LOG_INFO
-informational message
-.TP
-.B LOG_DEBUG
-debug-level message
-.P
-The function
-.BR setlogmask (3)
-can be used to restrict logging to specified levels only.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR openlog (),
-.BR closelog ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR syslog (),
-.BR vsyslog ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR syslog ()
-.TQ
-.BR openlog ()
-.TQ
-.BR closelog ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR vsyslog ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR syslog ()
-4.2BSD, SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR openlog ()
-.TQ
-.BR closelog ()
-4.3BSD, SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" .SH HISTORY
-.\" 4.3BSD documents
-.\" .BR setlogmask ().
-.TP
-.BR vsyslog ()
-4.3BSD-Reno.
-.\" Of course early v* functions used the
-.\" .I <varargs.h>
-.\" mechanism, which is not compatible with
-.\" .IR <stdarg.h> .
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 specifies only the
-.B LOG_USER
-and
-.B LOG_LOCAL*
-values for
-.IR facility .
-However, with the exception of
-.B LOG_AUTHPRIV
-and
-.BR LOG_FTP ,
-the other
-.I facility
-values appear on most UNIX systems.
-.P
-The
-.B LOG_PERROR
-value for
-.I option
-is not specified by POSIX.1-2001 or POSIX.1-2008, but is available
-in most versions of UNIX.
-.SH NOTES
-The argument
-.I ident
-in the call of
-.BR openlog ()
-is probably stored as-is.
-Thus, if the string it points to
-is changed,
-.BR syslog ()
-may start prepending the changed string, and if the string
-it points to ceases to exist, the results are undefined.
-Most portable is to use a string constant.
-.P
-Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format,
-use the following instead:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-syslog(priority, "%s", string);
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR journalctl (1),
-.BR logger (1),
-.BR setlogmask (3),
-.BR syslog.conf (5),
-.BR syslogd (8)
diff --git a/man3/system.3 b/man3/system.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb5d0af6b..000000000
--- a/man3/system.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2014 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:51:15 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 11 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
-.\" Modified 14 May 2001, 23 Sep 2001 by aeb
-.\" 2004-12-20, mtk
-.\"
-.TH system 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-system \- execute a shell command
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int system(const char *" "command" );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR system ()
-library function behaves as if it used
-.BR fork (2)
-to create a child process that executed the shell command specified in
-.I command
-using
-.BR execl (3)
-as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-execl("/bin/sh", "sh", "\-c", command, (char *) NULL);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-.BR system ()
-returns after the command has been completed.
-.P
-During execution of the command,
-.B SIGCHLD
-will be blocked, and
-.B SIGINT
-and
-.B SIGQUIT
-will be ignored, in the process that calls
-.BR system ().
-(These signals will be handled according to their defaults inside
-the child process that executes
-.IR command .)
-.P
-If
-.I command
-is NULL, then
-.BR system ()
-returns a status indicating whether a shell is available on the system.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The return value of
-.BR system ()
-is one of the following:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-If
-.I command
-is NULL, then a nonzero value if a shell is available,
-or 0 if no shell is available.
-.IP \[bu]
-If a child process could not be created,
-or its status could not be retrieved,
-the return value is \-1 and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.IP \[bu]
-If a shell could not be executed in the child process,
-then the return value is as though the child shell terminated by calling
-.BR _exit (2)
-with the status 127.
-.IP \[bu]
-If all system calls succeed,
-then the return value is the termination status of the child shell
-used to execute
-.IR command .
-(The termination status of a shell is the termination status of
-the last command it executes.)
-.P
-In the last two cases,
-the return value is a "wait status" that can be examined using
-the macros described in
-.BR waitpid (2).
-(i.e.,
-.BR WIFEXITED (),
-.BR WEXITSTATUS (),
-and so on).
-.P
-.BR system ()
-does not affect the wait status of any other children.
-.SH ERRORS
-.BR system ()
-can fail with any of the same errors as
-.BR fork (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR system ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR system ()
-provides simplicity and convenience:
-it handles all of the details of calling
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR execl (3),
-and
-.BR waitpid (2),
-as well as the necessary manipulations of signals;
-in addition,
-the shell performs the usual substitutions and I/O redirections for
-.IR command .
-The main cost of
-.BR system ()
-is inefficiency:
-additional system calls are required to create the process that
-runs the shell and to execute the shell.
-.P
-If the
-.B _XOPEN_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined
-(before including
-.I any
-header files),
-then the macros described in
-.BR waitpid (2)
-.RB ( WEXITSTATUS (),
-etc.) are made available when including
-.IR <stdlib.h> .
-.P
-As mentioned,
-.BR system ()
-ignores
-.B SIGINT
-and
-.BR SIGQUIT .
-This may make programs that call it
-from a loop uninterruptible, unless they take care themselves
-to check the exit status of the child.
-For example:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-while (something) {
-    int ret = system("foo");
-\&
-    if (WIFSIGNALED(ret) &&
-        (WTERMSIG(ret) == SIGINT || WTERMSIG(ret) == SIGQUIT))
-            break;
-}
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-According to POSIX.1, it is unspecified whether handlers registered using
-.BR pthread_atfork (3)
-are called during the execution of
-.BR system ().
-In the glibc implementation, such handlers are not called.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.1.3, the check for the availability of
-.I /bin/sh
-was not actually performed if
-.I command
-was NULL; instead it was always assumed to be available, and
-.BR system ()
-always returned 1 in this case.
-Since glibc 2.1.3, this check is performed because, even though
-POSIX.1-2001 requires a conforming implementation to provide
-a shell, that shell may not be available or executable if
-the calling program has previously called
-.BR chroot (2)
-(which is not specified by POSIX.1-2001).
-.P
-It is possible for the shell command to terminate with a status of 127,
-which yields a
-.BR system ()
-return value that is indistinguishable from the case
-where a shell could not be executed in the child process.
-.\"
-.SS Caveats
-Do not use
-.BR system ()
-from a privileged program
-(a set-user-ID or set-group-ID program, or a program with capabilities)
-because strange values for some environment variables
-might be used to subvert system integrity.
-For example,
-.B PATH
-could be manipulated so that an arbitrary program
-is executed with privilege.
-Use the
-.BR exec (3)
-family of functions instead, but not
-.BR execlp (3)
-or
-.BR execvp (3)
-(which also use the
-.B PATH
-environment variable to search for an executable).
-.P
-.BR system ()
-will not, in fact, work properly from programs with set-user-ID or
-set-group-ID privileges on systems on which
-.I /bin/sh
-is bash version 2: as a security measure, bash 2 drops privileges on startup.
-(Debian uses a different shell,
-.BR dash (1),
-which does not do this when invoked as
-.BR sh .)
-.P
-Any user input that is employed as part of
-.I command
-should be
-.I carefully
-sanitized, to ensure that unexpected shell commands or command options
-are not executed.
-Such risks are especially grave when using
-.BR system ()
-from a privileged program.
-.SH BUGS
-.\" [BUG 211029](https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=211029)
-.\" [glibc bug](https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=27143)
-.\" [POSIX bug](https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1440)
-If the command name starts with a hyphen,
-.BR sh (1)
-interprets the command name as an option,
-and the behavior is undefined.
-(See the
-.B \-c
-option to
-.BR sh (1).)
-To work around this problem,
-prepend the command with a space as in the following call:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-    system(" \-unfortunate\-command\-name");
-.EE
-.in
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sh (1),
-.BR execve (2),
-.BR fork (2),
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR sigprocmask (2),
-.BR wait (2),
-.BR exec (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/sysv_signal.3 b/man3/sysv_signal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d942ad751..000000000
--- a/man3/sysv_signal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH sysv_signal 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-sysv_signal \- signal handling with System V semantics
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <signal.h>
-.P
-.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
-.P
-.BI "sighandler_t sysv_signal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " handler );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR sysv_signal ()
-function takes the same arguments, and performs the same task, as
-.BR signal (2).
-.P
-However
-.BR sysv_signal ()
-provides the System V unreliable signal semantics, that is:
-a) the disposition of the signal is reset to the default
-when the handler is invoked;
-b) delivery of further instances of the signal is not blocked while
-the signal handler is executing; and
-c) if the handler interrupts (certain) blocking system calls,
-then the system call is not automatically restarted.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR sysv_signal ()
-function returns the previous value of the signal handler, or
-.B SIG_ERR
-on error.
-.SH ERRORS
-As for
-.BR signal (2).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR sysv_signal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-Use of
-.BR sysv_signal ()
-should be avoided; use
-.BR sigaction (2)
-instead.
-.P
-On older Linux systems,
-.BR sysv_signal ()
-and
-.BR signal (2)
-were equivalent.
-But on newer systems,
-.BR signal (2)
-provides reliable signal semantics; see
-.BR signal (2)
-for details.
-.P
-The use of
-.I sighandler_t
-is a GNU extension;
-this type is defined only if
-the
-.B _GNU_SOURCE
-feature test macro is defined.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR sigaction (2),
-.BR signal (2),
-.BR bsd_signal (3),
-.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man3/tailq.3 b/man3/tailq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ced7b5408..000000000
--- a/man3/tailq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,397 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993
-.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
-.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
-.\"
-.\"
-.TH TAILQ 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-TAILQ_CONCAT,
-TAILQ_EMPTY,
-TAILQ_ENTRY,
-TAILQ_FIRST,
-TAILQ_FOREACH,
-.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM,
-.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
-TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE,
-.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM,
-.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE,
-.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE,
-.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE,
-TAILQ_HEAD,
-TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
-TAILQ_INIT,
-TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER,
-TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE,
-TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD,
-TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL,
-TAILQ_LAST,
-TAILQ_NEXT,
-TAILQ_PREV,
-TAILQ_REMOVE
-.\"TAILQ_SWAP
-\- implementation of a doubly linked tail queue
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/queue.h>
-.P
-.B TAILQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
-.P
-.B TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
-.BI "TAILQ_HEAD TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(TAILQ_HEAD " head );
-.BI "void TAILQ_INIT(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "int TAILQ_EMPTY(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.P
-.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
-.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_FIRST(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
-.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_LAST(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME);"
-.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "TAILQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME,"
-.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME,"
-.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .P
-.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
-.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
-.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                                HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
-.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
-.\" .BI "                                HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
-.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
-.P
-.BI "void TAILQ_REMOVE(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
-.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.P
-.BI "void TAILQ_CONCAT(TAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ,
-.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.\" .BI "void TAILQ_SWAP(TAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ", TYPE,"
-.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros define and operate on doubly linked tail queues.
-.P
-In the macro definitions,
-.I TYPE
-is the name of a user defined structure,
-that must contain a field of type
-.IR TAILQ_ENTRY ,
-named
-.IR NAME .
-The argument
-.I HEADNAME
-is the name of a user defined structure that must be declared
-using the macro
-.BR TAILQ_HEAD ().
-.SS Creation
-A tail queue is headed by a structure defined by the
-.BR TAILQ_HEAD ()
-macro.
-This structure contains a pair of pointers,
-one to the first element in the queue
-and the other to the last element in the queue.
-The elements are doubly linked
-so that an arbitrary element can be removed without traversing the queue.
-New elements can be added to the queue
-after an existing element,
-before an existing element,
-at the head of the queue,
-or at the end of the queue.
-A
-.I TAILQ_HEAD
-structure is declared as follows:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I struct HEADNAME
-is the structure to be defined, and
-.I struct TYPE
-is the type of the elements to be linked into the queue.
-A pointer to the head of the queue can later be declared as:
-.P
-.in +4
-.EX
-struct HEADNAME *headp;
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-(The names
-.I head
-and
-.I headp
-are user selectable.)
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_ENTRY ()
-declares a structure that connects the elements in the queue.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-evaluates to an initializer for the queue
-.IR head .
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_INIT ()
-initializes the queue referenced by
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_EMPTY ()
-evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
-.IR head .
-.SS Insertion
-.BR TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the head of the queue.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-at the end of the queue.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-before the element
-.IR listelm .
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
-inserts the new element
-.I elm
-after the element
-.IR listelm .
-.SS Traversal
-.BR TAILQ_FIRST ()
-returns the first item on the queue, or NULL if the queue is empty.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_LAST ()
-returns the last item on the queue.
-If the queue is empty the return value is NULL.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_PREV ()
-returns the previous item on the queue, or NULL if this item is the first.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_NEXT ()
-returns the next item on the queue, or NULL if this item is the last.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
-traverses the queue referenced by
-.I head
-in the forward direction,
-assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.I var
-is set to NULL if the loop completes normally,
-or if there were no elements.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the TAILQ referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
-traverses the queue referenced by
-.I head
-in the reverse direction,
-assigning each element in turn to
-.IR var .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the reverse loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the last element in the TAILQ referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE ()
-.\" traverse the list referenced by
-.\" .I head
-.\" in the forward or reverse direction respectively,
-.\" assigning each element in turn to
-.\" .IR var .
-.\" However, unlike their unsafe counterparts,
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
-.\" and
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
-.\" permit to both remove
-.\" .I var
-.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
-.\" traversal.
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the first element in the TAILQ referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.\" .P
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE ()
-.\" behaves identically to
-.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE ()
-.\" when
-.\" .I var
-.\" is NULL, else it treats
-.\" .I var
-.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the reverse loop at
-.\" .I var
-.\" instead of the last element in the TAILQ referenced by
-.\" .IR head .
-.SS Removal
-.BR TAILQ_REMOVE ()
-removes the element
-.I elm
-from the queue.
-.SS Other features
-.\" .BR TAILQ_SWAP ()
-.\" swaps the contents of
-.\" .I head1
-.\" and
-.\" .IR head2 .
-.\" .P
-.BR TAILQ_CONCAT ()
-concatenates the queue headed by
-.I head2
-onto the end of the one headed by
-.I head1
-removing all entries from the former.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR TAILQ_EMPTY ()
-returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
-and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_FIRST (),
-.BR TAILQ_LAST (),
-.BR TAILQ_PREV (),
-and
-.BR TAILQ_NEXT ()
-return a pointer to the first, last, previous, or next
-.I TYPE
-structure, respectively.
-.P
-.BR TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
-returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
-.IR head .
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.4BSD.
-.SH CAVEATS
-.BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
-and
-.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
-don't allow
-.I var
-to be removed or freed within the loop,
-as it would interfere with the traversal.
-.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
-and
-.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE (),
-which are present on the BSDs but are not present in glibc,
-fix this limitation by allowing
-.I var
-to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
-without interfering with the traversal.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.\" SRC BEGIN (tailq.c)
-.EX
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-\&
-struct entry {
-    int data;
-    TAILQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;             /* Tail queue */
-};
-\&
-TAILQ_HEAD(tailhead, entry);
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
-    struct tailhead head;                   /* Tail queue head */
-    int i;
-\&
-    TAILQ_INIT(&head);                      /* Initialize the queue */
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
-    TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the tail */
-    TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
-\&
-    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
-    TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
-\&
-    n3 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert before */
-    TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(n2, n3, entries);
-\&
-    TAILQ_REMOVE(&head, n2, entries);       /* Deletion */
-    free(n2);
-                                            /* Forward traversal */
-    i = 0;
-    TAILQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
-        np\->data = i++;
-                                            /* Reverse traversal */
-    TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(np, &head, tailhead, entries)
-        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
-                                            /* TailQ deletion */
-    n1 = TAILQ_FIRST(&head);
-    while (n1 != NULL) {
-        n2 = TAILQ_NEXT(n1, entries);
-        free(n1);
-        n1 = n2;
-    }
-    TAILQ_INIT(&head);
-\&
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR insque (3),
-.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man3/tan.3 b/man3/tan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f91a32208..000000000
--- a/man3/tan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH tan 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tan, tanf, tanl \- tangent function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double tan(double " x );
-.BI "float tanf(float " x );
-.BI "long double tanl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR tanf (),
-.BR tanl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the tangent of
-.IR x ,
-where
-.I x
-is
-given in radians.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the tangent of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity or negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If the correct result would overflow,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
-.\" I think overflow can't occur, because the closest floating-point
-.\" representation of pi/2 is still not close enough to pi/2 to
-.\" produce a large enough value to overflow.
-.\" Testing certainly seems to bear this out.  -- mtk, Jul 08
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1 allows an optional underflow error;
-.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
-.\" POSIX.1 an optional range error for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B EDOM
-(but see BUGS).
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.\" Unable to test this case, since the best approximation of
-.\" pi/2 in double precision only yields a tan() value of 1.633e16.
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tan (),
-.BR tanf (),
-.BR tanl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6782
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when a domain error occurred.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acos (3),
-.BR asin (3),
-.BR atan (3),
-.BR atan2 (3),
-.BR cos (3),
-.BR ctan (3),
-.BR sin (3)
diff --git a/man3/tanf.3 b/man3/tanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58e5a1659..000000000
--- a/man3/tanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tan.3
diff --git a/man3/tanh.3 b/man3/tanh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fa78e3b4..000000000
--- a/man3/tanh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
-.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.TH tanh 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tanh, tanhf, tanhl \- hyperbolic tangent function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double tanh(double " x );
-.BI "float tanhf(float " x );
-.BI "long double tanhl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR tanhf (),
-.BR tanhl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions return the hyperbolic tangent of
-.IR x ,
-which
-is defined mathematically as:
-.P
-.nf
-    tanh(x) = sinh(x) / cosh(x)
-.fi
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the hyperbolic tangent of
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity (negative infinity),
-+1 (\-1) is returned.
-.\"
-.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error (underflow)
-.\" for subnormal x;
-.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tanh (),
-.BR tanhf (),
-.BR tanhl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The variant returning
-.I double
-also conforms to
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR acosh (3),
-.BR asinh (3),
-.BR atanh (3),
-.BR cosh (3),
-.BR ctanh (3),
-.BR sinh (3)
diff --git a/man3/tanhf.3 b/man3/tanhf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3556edba4..000000000
--- a/man3/tanhf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tanh.3
diff --git a/man3/tanhl.3 b/man3/tanhl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3556edba4..000000000
--- a/man3/tanhl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tanh.3
diff --git a/man3/tanl.3 b/man3/tanl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58e5a1659..000000000
--- a/man3/tanl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tan.3
diff --git a/man3/tcdrain.3 b/man3/tcdrain.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcdrain.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/tcflow.3 b/man3/tcflow.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcflow.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/tcflush.3 b/man3/tcflush.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcflush.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/tcgetattr.3 b/man3/tcgetattr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcgetattr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/tcgetpgrp.3 b/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e19a7760d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH tcgetpgrp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tcgetpgrp, tcsetpgrp \- get and set terminal foreground process group
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <unistd.h>"
-.P
-.BI "pid_t tcgetpgrp(int " fd );
-.BI "int tcsetpgrp(int " fd ", pid_t " pgrp );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR tcgetpgrp ()
-returns the process group ID of the foreground process group on the
-terminal associated to
-.IR fd ,
-which must be the controlling terminal of the calling process.
-.\" The process itself may be a background process.
-.P
-The function
-.BR tcsetpgrp ()
-makes the process group with process group ID
-.I pgrp
-the foreground process group on the terminal associated to
-.IR fd ,
-which must be the controlling terminal of the calling process,
-and still be associated with its session.
-Moreover,
-.I pgrp
-must be a (nonempty) process group belonging to
-the same session as the calling process.
-.P
-If
-.BR tcsetpgrp ()
-is called by a member of a background process group in its session,
-and the calling process is not blocking or ignoring
-.BR SIGTTOU ,
-a
-.B SIGTTOU
-signal is sent to all members of this background process group.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When
-.I fd
-refers to the controlling terminal of the calling process,
-the function
-.BR tcgetpgrp ()
-will return the foreground process group ID of that terminal
-if there is one, and some value larger than 1 that is not
-presently a process group ID otherwise.
-When
-.I fd
-does not refer to the controlling terminal of the calling process,
-\-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.P
-When successful,
-.BR tcsetpgrp ()
-returns 0.
-Otherwise, it returns \-1, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I pgrp
-has an unsupported value.
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-The calling process does not have a controlling terminal, or
-it has one but it is not described by
-.IR fd ,
-or, for
-.BR tcsetpgrp (),
-this controlling terminal is no longer associated with the session
-of the calling process.
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-.I pgrp
-has a supported value, but is not the process group ID of a
-process in the same session as the calling process.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tcgetpgrp (),
-.BR tcsetpgrp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-These functions are implemented via the
-.B TIOCGPGRP
-and
-.B TIOCSPGRP
-ioctls.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-The ioctls appeared in 4.2BSD.
-The functions are POSIX inventions.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR setpgid (2),
-.BR setsid (2),
-.BR credentials (7)
diff --git a/man3/tcgetsid.3 b/man3/tcgetsid.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bc134d2e4..000000000
--- a/man3/tcgetsid.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH tcgetsid 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tcgetsid \- get session ID
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500" "        /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B "#include <termios.h>"
-.P
-.BI "pid_t tcgetsid(int " fd );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR tcgetsid ()
-returns the session ID of the current session that has the
-terminal associated to
-.I fd
-as controlling terminal.
-This terminal must be the controlling terminal of the calling process.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When
-.I fd
-refers to the controlling terminal of our session,
-the function
-.BR tcgetsid ()
-will return the session ID of this session.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-.I fd
-is not a valid file descriptor.
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-The calling process does not have a controlling terminal, or
-it has one but it is not described by
-.IR fd .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tcgetsid ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-This function is implemented via the
-.B TIOCGSID
-.BR ioctl (2),
-present
-since Linux 2.1.71.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getsid (2)
diff --git a/man3/tcsendbreak.3 b/man3/tcsendbreak.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcsendbreak.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/tcsetattr.3 b/man3/tcsetattr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb472496d..000000000
--- a/man3/tcsetattr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man3/tcsetpgrp.3 b/man3/tcsetpgrp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a8b3604a..000000000
--- a/man3/tcsetpgrp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tcgetpgrp.3
diff --git a/man3/tdelete.3 b/man3/tdelete.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f125195..000000000
--- a/man3/tdelete.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/tdestroy.3 b/man3/tdestroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f125195..000000000
--- a/man3/tdestroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/telldir.3 b/man3/telldir.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 55cd90317..000000000
--- a/man3/telldir.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:48:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.TH telldir 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-telldir \- return current location in directory stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <dirent.h>
-.P
-.BI "long telldir(DIR *" dirp );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR telldir ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-       || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-       || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR telldir ()
-function returns the current location associated with
-the directory stream \fIdirp\fP.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, the
-.BR telldir ()
-function returns the current location
-in the directory stream.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-Invalid directory stream descriptor \fIdirp\fP.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR telldir ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-Up to glibc 2.1.1, the return type of
-.BR telldir ()
-was
-.IR off_t .
-POSIX.1-2001 specifies
-.IR long ,
-and this is the type used since glibc 2.1.2.
-.P
-In early filesystems, the value returned by
-.BR telldir ()
-was a simple file offset within a directory.
-Modern filesystems use tree or hash structures, rather than flat tables,
-to represent directories.
-On such filesystems, the value returned by
-.BR telldir ()
-(and used internally by
-.BR readdir (3))
-is a "cookie" that is used by the implementation
-to derive a position within a directory.
-.\" https://lwn.net/Articles/544298/
-Application programs should treat this strictly as an opaque value, making
-.I no
-assumptions about its contents.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR closedir (3),
-.BR opendir (3),
-.BR readdir (3),
-.BR rewinddir (3),
-.BR scandir (3),
-.BR seekdir (3)
diff --git a/man3/tempnam.3 b/man3/tempnam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f9821896b..000000000
--- a/man3/tempnam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH tempnam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tempnam \- create a name for a temporary file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *tempnam(const char *" dir ", const char *" pfx );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR tempnam ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I "Never use this function."
-Use
-.BR mkstemp (3)
-or
-.BR tmpfile (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.BR tempnam ()
-function returns a pointer to a string that is a valid filename,
-and such that a file with this name did not exist when
-.BR tempnam ()
-checked.
-The filename suffix of the pathname generated will start with
-.I pfx
-in case
-.I pfx
-is a non-NULL string of at most five bytes.
-The directory prefix part of the pathname generated is required to
-be "appropriate" (often that at least implies writable).
-.P
-Attempts to find an appropriate directory go through the following
-steps:
-.TP 3
-a)
-In case the environment variable
-.B TMPDIR
-exists and
-contains the name of an appropriate directory, that is used.
-.TP
-b)
-Otherwise, if the
-.I dir
-argument is non-NULL and appropriate, it is used.
-.TP
-c)
-Otherwise,
-.I P_tmpdir
-(as defined in
-.IR <stdio.h> )
-is used when appropriate.
-.TP
-d)
-Finally an implementation-defined directory may be used.
-.P
-The string returned by
-.BR tempnam ()
-is allocated using
-.BR malloc (3)
-and hence should be freed by
-.BR free (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, the
-.BR tempnam ()
-function returns a pointer to a unique temporary filename.
-It returns NULL if a unique name cannot be generated, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Allocation of storage failed.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tempnam ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-Obsoleted in POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-Although
-.BR tempnam ()
-generates names that are difficult to guess,
-it is nevertheless possible that between the time that
-.BR tempnam ()
-returns a pathname, and the time that the program opens it,
-another program might create that pathname using
-.BR open (2),
-or create it as a symbolic link.
-This can lead to security holes.
-To avoid such possibilities, use the
-.BR open (2)
-.B O_EXCL
-flag to open the pathname.
-Or better yet, use
-.BR mkstemp (3)
-or
-.BR tmpfile (3).
-.P
-SUSv2 does not mention the use of
-.BR TMPDIR ;
-glibc will use it only
-when the program is not set-user-ID.
-On SVr4, the directory used under \fBd)\fP is
-.I /tmp
-(and this is what glibc does).
-.P
-Because it dynamically allocates memory used to return the pathname,
-.BR tempnam ()
-is reentrant, and thus thread safe, unlike
-.BR tmpnam (3).
-.P
-The
-.BR tempnam ()
-function generates a different string each time it is called,
-up to
-.B TMP_MAX
-(defined in
-.IR <stdio.h> )
-times.
-If it is called more than
-.B TMP_MAX
-times,
-the behavior is implementation defined.
-.P
-.BR tempnam ()
-uses at most the first five bytes from
-.IR pfx .
-.P
-The glibc implementation of
-.BR tempnam ()
-fails with the error
-.B EEXIST
-upon failure to find a unique name.
-.SH BUGS
-The precise meaning of "appropriate" is undefined;
-it is unspecified how accessibility of a directory is determined.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mkstemp (3),
-.BR mktemp (3),
-.BR tmpfile (3),
-.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man3/termios.3 b/man3/termios.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 78731d21e..000000000
--- a/man3/termios.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1235 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Michael Haardt (michael@moria.de)
-.\" Fri Apr  2 11:32:09 MET DST 1993
-.\" Copyright (c) 2006-2015, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
-.\" Modified 1995-02-25 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" Modified 1995-09-02 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\" moved to man3, aeb, 950919
-.\" Modified 2001-09-22 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" Modified 2001-12-17, aeb
-.\" Modified 2004-10-31, aeb
-.\" 2006-12-28, mtk:
-.\"     Added .SS headers to give some structure to this page; and a
-.\"     small amount of reordering.
-.\"     Added a section on canonical and noncanonical mode.
-.\"     Enhanced the discussion of "raw" mode for cfmakeraw().
-.\"     Document CMSPAR.
-.\"
-.TH termios 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-termios, tcgetattr, tcsetattr, tcsendbreak, tcdrain, tcflush, tcflow,
-cfmakeraw, cfgetospeed, cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfsetospeed, cfsetspeed \-
-get and set terminal attributes, line control, get and set baud rate
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <termios.h>
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "int tcgetattr(int " fd ", struct termios *" termios_p );
-.BI "int tcsetattr(int " fd ", int " optional_actions ,
-.BI "              const struct termios *" termios_p );
-.P
-.BI "int tcsendbreak(int " fd ", int " duration );
-.BI "int tcdrain(int " fd );
-.BI "int tcflush(int " fd ", int " queue_selector );
-.BI "int tcflow(int " fd ", int " action );
-.P
-.BI "void cfmakeraw(struct termios *" termios_p );
-.P
-.BI "speed_t cfgetispeed(const struct termios *" termios_p );
-.BI "speed_t cfgetospeed(const struct termios *" termios_p );
-.P
-.BI "int cfsetispeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
-.BI "int cfsetospeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
-.BI "int cfsetspeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR cfsetspeed (),
-.BR cfmakeraw ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The termios functions describe a general terminal interface that is
-provided to control asynchronous communications ports.
-.SS The termios structure
-Many of the functions described here have a \fItermios_p\fP argument
-that is a pointer to a \fItermios\fP structure.
-This structure contains at least the following members:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-tcflag_t c_iflag;      /* input modes */
-tcflag_t c_oflag;      /* output modes */
-tcflag_t c_cflag;      /* control modes */
-tcflag_t c_lflag;      /* local modes */
-cc_t     c_cc[NCCS];   /* special characters */
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The values that may be assigned to these fields are described below.
-In the case of the first four bit-mask fields,
-the definitions of some of the associated flags that may be set are
-exposed only if a specific feature test macro (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7))
-is defined, as noted in brackets ("[]").
-.P
-In the descriptions below, "not in POSIX" means that the
-value is not specified in POSIX.1-2001,
-and "XSI" means that the value is specified in POSIX.1-2001
-as part of the XSI extension.
-.P
-\fIc_iflag\fP flag constants:
-.TP
-.B IGNBRK
-Ignore BREAK condition on input.
-.TP
-.B BRKINT
-If \fBIGNBRK\fP is set, a BREAK is ignored.
-If it is not set
-but \fBBRKINT\fP is set, then a BREAK causes the input and output
-queues to be flushed, and if the terminal is the controlling
-terminal of a foreground process group, it will cause a
-\fBSIGINT\fP to be sent to this foreground process group.
-When neither \fBIGNBRK\fP nor \fBBRKINT\fP are set, a BREAK
-reads as a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), except when \fBPARMRK\fP is set,
-in which case it reads as the sequence \e377 \e0 \e0.
-.TP
-.B IGNPAR
-Ignore framing errors and parity errors.
-.TP
-.B PARMRK
-If this bit is set, input bytes with parity or framing errors are
-marked when passed to the program.
-This bit is meaningful only when
-\fBINPCK\fP is set and \fBIGNPAR\fP is not set.
-The way erroneous bytes are marked is with two preceding bytes,
-\e377 and \e0.
-Thus, the program actually reads three bytes for one
-erroneous byte received from the terminal.
-If a valid byte has the value \e377,
-and \fBISTRIP\fP (see below) is not set,
-the program might confuse it with the prefix that marks a
-parity error.
-Therefore, a valid byte \e377 is passed to the program as two
-bytes, \e377 \e377, in this case.
-.IP
-If neither \fBIGNPAR\fP nor \fBPARMRK\fP
-is set, read a character with a parity error or framing error
-as \e0.
-.TP
-.B INPCK
-Enable input parity checking.
-.TP
-.B ISTRIP
-Strip off eighth bit.
-.TP
-.B INLCR
-Translate NL to CR on input.
-.TP
-.B IGNCR
-Ignore carriage return on input.
-.TP
-.B ICRNL
-Translate carriage return to newline on input (unless \fBIGNCR\fP is set).
-.TP
-.B IUCLC
-(not in POSIX) Map uppercase characters to lowercase on input.
-.TP
-.B IXON
-Enable XON/XOFF flow control on output.
-.TP
-.B IXANY
-(XSI) Typing any character will restart stopped output.
-(The default is to allow just the START character to restart output.)
-.TP
-.B IXOFF
-Enable XON/XOFF flow control on input.
-.TP
-.B IMAXBEL
-(not in POSIX) Ring bell when input queue is full.
-Linux does not implement this bit, and acts as if it is always set.
-.TP
-.BR IUTF8 " (since Linux 2.6.4)"
-(not in POSIX) Input is UTF8;
-this allows character-erase to be correctly performed in cooked mode.
-.P
-.I c_oflag
-flag constants:
-.TP
-.B OPOST
-Enable implementation-defined output processing.
-.TP
-.B OLCUC
-(not in POSIX) Map lowercase characters to uppercase on output.
-.TP
-.B ONLCR
-(XSI) Map NL to CR-NL on output.
-.TP
-.B OCRNL
-Map CR to NL on output.
-.TP
-.B ONOCR
-Don't output CR at column 0.
-.TP
-.B ONLRET
-The NL character is assumed to do the carriage-return function;
-the kernel's idea of the current column is set to 0
-after both NL and CR.
-.TP
-.B OFILL
-Send fill characters for a delay, rather than using a timed delay.
-.TP
-.B OFDEL
-Fill character is ASCII DEL (0177).
-If unset, fill character is ASCII NUL (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-(Not implemented on Linux.)
-.TP
-.B NLDLY
-Newline delay mask.
-Values are \fBNL0\fP and \fBNL1\fP.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B CRDLY
-Carriage return delay mask.
-Values are \fBCR0\fP, \fBCR1\fP, \fBCR2\fP, or \fBCR3\fP.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B TABDLY
-Horizontal tab delay mask.
-Values are \fBTAB0\fP, \fBTAB1\fP, \fBTAB2\fP, \fBTAB3\fP (or \fBXTABS\fP,
-but see the
-.B BUGS
-section).
-A value of TAB3, that is, XTABS, expands tabs to spaces
-(with tab stops every eight columns).
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B BSDLY
-Backspace delay mask.
-Values are \fBBS0\fP or \fBBS1\fP.
-(Has never been implemented.)
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B VTDLY
-Vertical tab delay mask.
-Values are \fBVT0\fP or \fBVT1\fP.
-.TP
-.B FFDLY
-Form feed delay mask.
-Values are \fBFF0\fP or \fBFF1\fP.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.P
-\fIc_cflag\fP flag constants:
-.TP
-.B CBAUD
-(not in POSIX) Baud speed mask (4+1 bits).
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B CBAUDEX
-(not in POSIX) Extra baud speed mask (1 bit), included in
-.BR CBAUD .
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.IP
-(POSIX says that the baud speed is stored in the
-.I termios
-structure without specifying where precisely, and provides
-.BR cfgetispeed ()
-and
-.BR cfsetispeed ()
-for getting at it.
-Some systems use bits selected by
-.B CBAUD
-in
-.IR c_cflag ,
-other systems use separate fields, for example,
-.I sg_ispeed
-and
-.IR sg_ospeed .)
-.TP
-.B CSIZE
-Character size mask.
-Values are \fBCS5\fP, \fBCS6\fP, \fBCS7\fP, or \fBCS8\fP.
-.TP
-.B CSTOPB
-Set two stop bits, rather than one.
-.TP
-.B CREAD
-Enable receiver.
-.TP
-.B PARENB
-Enable parity generation on output and parity checking for input.
-.TP
-.B PARODD
-If set, then parity for input and output is odd;
-otherwise even parity is used.
-.TP
-.B HUPCL
-Lower modem control lines after last process closes the device (hang up).
-.TP
-.B CLOCAL
-Ignore modem control lines.
-.TP
-.B LOBLK
-(not in POSIX) Block output from a noncurrent shell layer.
-For use by \fBshl\fP (shell layers).
-(Not implemented on Linux.)
-.TP
-.B CIBAUD
-(not in POSIX) Mask for input speeds.
-The values for the
-.B CIBAUD
-bits are
-the same as the values for the
-.B CBAUD
-bits, shifted left
-.B IBSHIFT
-bits.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-(Not implemented in glibc, supported on Linux via
-.BR TCGET *
-and
-.BR TCSET *
-ioctls; see
-.BR ioctl_tty (2))
-.TP
-.B CMSPAR
-(not in POSIX)
-Use "stick" (mark/space) parity (supported on certain serial
-devices): if
-.B PARODD
-is set, the parity bit is always 1; if
-.B PARODD
-is not set, then the parity bit is always 0.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B CRTSCTS
-(not in POSIX) Enable RTS/CTS (hardware) flow control.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.P
-\fIc_lflag\fP flag constants:
-.TP
-.B ISIG
-When any of the characters INTR, QUIT, SUSP, or DSUSP are received,
-generate the corresponding signal.
-.TP
-.B ICANON
-Enable canonical mode (described below).
-.TP
-.B XCASE
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux)
-If \fBICANON\fP is also set, terminal is uppercase only.
-Input is converted to lowercase, except for characters preceded by \e.
-On output, uppercase characters are preceded by \e and lowercase
-characters are converted to uppercase.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.B _SVID_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
-.\" glibc is probably now wrong to allow
-.\" Define
-.\" .B _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.\" to expose
-.\" .BR XCASE .
-.TP
-.B ECHO
-Echo input characters.
-.TP
-.B ECHOE
-If \fBICANON\fP is also set, the ERASE character erases the preceding
-input character, and WERASE erases the preceding word.
-.TP
-.B ECHOK
-If \fBICANON\fP is also set, the KILL character erases the current line.
-.TP
-.B ECHONL
-If \fBICANON\fP is also set, echo the NL character even if ECHO is not set.
-.TP
-.B ECHOCTL
-(not in POSIX) If \fBECHO\fP is also set,
-terminal special characters other than
-TAB, NL, START, and STOP are echoed as \fB\[ha]X\fP,
-where X is the character with
-ASCII code 0x40 greater than the special character.
-For example, character
-0x08 (BS) is echoed as \fB\[ha]H\fP.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B ECHOPRT
-(not in POSIX) If \fBICANON\fP and \fBECHO\fP are also set, characters
-are printed as they are being erased.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B ECHOKE
-(not in POSIX) If \fBICANON\fP is also set, KILL is echoed by erasing
-each character on the line, as specified by \fBECHOE\fP and \fBECHOPRT\fP.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B DEFECHO
-(not in POSIX) Echo only when a process is reading.
-(Not implemented on Linux.)
-.TP
-.B FLUSHO
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux)
-Output is being flushed.
-This flag is toggled by typing
-the DISCARD character.
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B NOFLSH
-Disable flushing the input and output queues when generating signals for the
-INT, QUIT, and SUSP characters.
-.\" Stevens lets SUSP only flush the input queue
-.TP
-.B TOSTOP
-Send the
-.B SIGTTOU
-signal to the process group of a background process
-which tries to write to its controlling terminal.
-.TP
-.B PENDIN
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux)
-All characters in the input queue are reprinted when
-the next character is read.
-.RB ( bash (1)
-handles typeahead this way.)
-[requires
-.B _BSD_SOURCE
-or
-.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
-.TP
-.B IEXTEN
-Enable implementation-defined input processing.
-This flag, as well as \fBICANON\fP must be enabled for the
-special characters EOL2, LNEXT, REPRINT, WERASE to be interpreted,
-and for the \fBIUCLC\fP flag to be effective.
-.P
-The \fIc_cc\fP array defines the terminal special characters.
-The symbolic indices (initial values) and meaning are:
-.TP
-.B VDISCARD
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux; 017, SI, Ctrl-O)
-Toggle: start/stop discarding pending output.
-Recognized when
-.B IEXTEN
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VDSUSP
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux; 031, EM, Ctrl-Y)
-Delayed suspend character (DSUSP):
-send
-.B SIGTSTP
-signal when the character is read by the user program.
-Recognized when
-.B IEXTEN
-and
-.B ISIG
-are set, and the system supports
-job control, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VEOF
-(004, EOT, Ctrl-D)
-End-of-file character (EOF).
-More precisely: this character causes the pending tty buffer to be sent
-to the waiting user program without waiting for end-of-line.
-If it is the first character of the line, the
-.BR read (2)
-in the user program returns 0, which signifies end-of-file.
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VEOL
-(0, NUL)
-Additional end-of-line character (EOL).
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-is set.
-.TP
-.B VEOL2
-(not in POSIX; 0, NUL)
-Yet another end-of-line character (EOL2).
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-is set.
-.TP
-.B VERASE
-(0177, DEL, rubout, or 010, BS, Ctrl-H, or also #)
-Erase character (ERASE).
-This erases the previous not-yet-erased character,
-but does not erase past EOF or beginning-of-line.
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VINTR
-(003, ETX, Ctrl-C, or also 0177, DEL, rubout)
-Interrupt character (INTR).
-Send a
-.B SIGINT
-signal.
-Recognized when
-.B ISIG
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VKILL
-(025, NAK, Ctrl-U, or Ctrl-X, or also @)
-Kill character (KILL).
-This erases the input since the last EOF or beginning-of-line.
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VLNEXT
-(not in POSIX; 026, SYN, Ctrl-V)
-Literal next (LNEXT).
-Quotes the next input character, depriving it of
-a possible special meaning.
-Recognized when
-.B IEXTEN
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VMIN
-Minimum number of characters for noncanonical read (MIN).
-.TP
-.B VQUIT
-(034, FS, Ctrl-\e)
-Quit character (QUIT).
-Send
-.B SIGQUIT
-signal.
-Recognized when
-.B ISIG
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VREPRINT
-(not in POSIX; 022, DC2, Ctrl-R)
-Reprint unread characters (REPRINT).
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-and
-.B IEXTEN
-are set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VSTART
-(021, DC1, Ctrl-Q)
-Start character (START).
-Restarts output stopped by the Stop character.
-Recognized when
-.B IXON
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VSTATUS
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux;
-status request: 024, DC4, Ctrl-T).
-Status character (STATUS).
-Display status information at terminal,
-including state of foreground process and amount of CPU time it has consumed.
-Also sends a
-.B SIGINFO
-signal (not supported on Linux) to the foreground process group.
-.TP
-.B VSTOP
-(023, DC3, Ctrl-S)
-Stop character (STOP).
-Stop output until Start character typed.
-Recognized when
-.B IXON
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VSUSP
-(032, SUB, Ctrl-Z)
-Suspend character (SUSP).
-Send
-.B SIGTSTP
-signal.
-Recognized when
-.B ISIG
-is set, and then not passed as input.
-.TP
-.B VSWTCH
-(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux; 0, NUL)
-Switch character (SWTCH).
-Used in System V to switch shells in
-.IR "shell layers" ,
-a predecessor to shell job control.
-.TP
-.B VTIME
-Timeout in deciseconds for noncanonical read (TIME).
-.TP
-.B VWERASE
-(not in POSIX; 027, ETB, Ctrl-W)
-Word erase (WERASE).
-Recognized when
-.B ICANON
-and
-.B IEXTEN
-are set, and then not passed as input.
-.P
-An individual terminal special character can be disabled by setting
-the value of the corresponding
-.I c_cc
-element to
-.BR _POSIX_VDISABLE .
-.P
-The above symbolic subscript values are all different, except that
-.BR VTIME ,
-.B VMIN
-may have the same value as
-.BR VEOL ,
-.BR VEOF ,
-respectively.
-In noncanonical mode the special character meaning is replaced
-by the timeout meaning.
-For an explanation of
-.B VMIN
-and
-.BR VTIME ,
-see the description of
-noncanonical mode below.
-.SS Retrieving and changing terminal settings
-.BR tcgetattr ()
-gets the parameters associated with the object referred by \fIfd\fP and
-stores them in the \fItermios\fP structure referenced by
-\fItermios_p\fP.
-This function may be invoked from a background process;
-however, the terminal attributes may be subsequently changed by a
-foreground process.
-.P
-.BR tcsetattr ()
-sets the parameters associated with the terminal (unless support is
-required from the underlying hardware that is not available) from the
-\fItermios\fP structure referred to by \fItermios_p\fP.
-\fIoptional_actions\fP specifies when the changes take effect:
-.TP
-.B TCSANOW
-the change occurs immediately.
-.TP
-.B TCSADRAIN
-the change occurs after all output written to
-.I fd
-has been transmitted.
-This option should be used when changing
-parameters that affect output.
-.TP
-.B TCSAFLUSH
-the change occurs after all output written to the object referred by
-.I fd
-has been transmitted, and all input that has been received but not read
-will be discarded before the change is made.
-.SS Canonical and noncanonical mode
-The setting of the
-.B ICANON
-canon flag in
-.I c_lflag
-determines whether the terminal is operating in canonical mode
-.RB ( ICANON
-set) or
-noncanonical mode
-.RB ( ICANON
-unset).
-By default,
-.B ICANON
-is set.
-.P
-In canonical mode:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-Input is made available line by line.
-An input line is available when one of the line delimiters
-is typed (NL, EOL, EOL2; or EOF at the start of line).
-Except in the case of EOF, the line delimiter is included
-in the buffer returned by
-.BR read (2).
-.IP \[bu]
-Line editing is enabled (ERASE, KILL;
-and if the
-.B IEXTEN
-flag is set: WERASE, REPRINT, LNEXT).
-A
-.BR read (2)
-returns at most one line of input; if the
-.BR read (2)
-requested fewer bytes than are available in the current line of input,
-then only as many bytes as requested are read,
-and the remaining characters will be available for a future
-.BR read (2).
-.IP \[bu]
-The maximum line length is 4096 chars
-(including the terminating newline character);
-lines longer than 4096 chars are truncated.
-After 4095 characters, input processing (e.g.,
-.B ISIG
-and
-.B ECHO*
-processing) continues, but any input data after 4095 characters up to
-(but not including) any terminating newline is discarded.
-This ensures that the terminal can always receive
-more input until at least one line can be read.
-.P
-In noncanonical mode input is available immediately (without
-the user having to type a line-delimiter character),
-no input processing is performed,
-and line editing is disabled.
-The read buffer will only accept 4095 chars; this provides the
-necessary space for a newline char if the input mode is switched
-to canonical.
-The settings of MIN
-.RI ( c_cc[VMIN] )
-and TIME
-.RI ( c_cc[VTIME] )
-determine the circumstances in which a
-.BR read (2)
-completes; there are four distinct cases:
-.TP
-MIN == 0, TIME == 0 (polling read)
-If data is available,
-.BR read (2)
-returns immediately, with the lesser of the number of bytes
-available, or the number of bytes requested.
-If no data is available,
-.BR read (2)
-returns 0.
-.TP
-MIN > 0, TIME == 0 (blocking read)
-.BR read (2)
-blocks until MIN bytes are available,
-and returns up to the number of bytes requested.
-.TP
-MIN == 0, TIME > 0 (read with timeout)
-TIME specifies the limit for a timer in tenths of a second.
-The timer is started when
-.BR read (2)
-is called.
-.BR read (2)
-returns either when at least one byte of data is available,
-or when the timer expires.
-If the timer expires without any input becoming available,
-.BR read (2)
-returns 0.
-If data is already available at the time of the call to
-.BR read (2),
-the call behaves as though the data was received immediately after the call.
-.TP
-MIN > 0, TIME > 0 (read with interbyte timeout)
-TIME specifies the limit for a timer in tenths of a second.
-Once an initial byte of input becomes available,
-the timer is restarted after each further byte is received.
-.BR read (2)
-returns when any of the following conditions is met:
-.RS
-.IP \[bu] 3
-MIN bytes have been received.
-.IP \[bu]
-The interbyte timer expires.
-.IP \[bu]
-The number of bytes requested by
-.BR read (2)
-has been received.
-(POSIX does not specify this termination condition,
-and on some other implementations
-.\" e.g., Solaris
-.BR read (2)
-does not return in this case.)
-.RE
-.IP
-Because the timer is started only after the initial byte
-becomes available, at least one byte will be read.
-If data is already available at the time of the call to
-.BR read (2),
-the call behaves as though the data was received immediately after the call.
-.P
-POSIX
-.\" POSIX.1-2008 XBD 11.1.7
-does not specify whether the setting of the
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-file status flag takes precedence over the MIN and TIME settings.
-If
-.B O_NONBLOCK
-is set, a
-.BR read (2)
-in noncanonical mode may return immediately,
-regardless of the setting of MIN or TIME.
-Furthermore, if no data is available,
-POSIX permits a
-.BR read (2)
-in noncanonical mode to return either 0, or \-1 with
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EAGAIN .
-.SS Raw mode
-.BR cfmakeraw ()
-sets the terminal to something like the
-"raw" mode of the old Version 7 terminal driver:
-input is available character by character,
-echoing is disabled, and all special processing of
-terminal input and output characters is disabled.
-The terminal attributes are set as follows:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-termios_p\->c_iflag &= \[ti](IGNBRK | BRKINT | PARMRK | ISTRIP
-                | INLCR | IGNCR | ICRNL | IXON);
-termios_p\->c_oflag &= \[ti]OPOST;
-termios_p\->c_lflag &= \[ti](ECHO | ECHONL | ICANON | ISIG | IEXTEN);
-termios_p\->c_cflag &= \[ti](CSIZE | PARENB);
-termios_p\->c_cflag |= CS8;
-.EE
-.in
-.\"
-.SS Line control
-.BR tcsendbreak ()
-transmits a continuous stream of zero-valued bits for a specific
-duration, if the terminal is using asynchronous serial data
-transmission.
-If \fIduration\fP is zero, it transmits zero-valued bits
-for at least 0.25 seconds, and not more than 0.5 seconds.
-If \fIduration\fP is not zero, it sends zero-valued bits for some
-implementation-defined length of time.
-.P
-If the terminal is not using asynchronous serial data transmission,
-.BR tcsendbreak ()
-returns without taking any action.
-.P
-.BR tcdrain ()
-waits until all output written to the object referred to by
-.I fd
-has been transmitted.
-.P
-.BR tcflush ()
-discards data written to the object referred to by
-.I fd
-but not transmitted, or data received but not read, depending on the
-value of
-.IR queue_selector :
-.TP
-.B TCIFLUSH
-flushes data received but not read.
-.TP
-.B TCOFLUSH
-flushes data written but not transmitted.
-.TP
-.B TCIOFLUSH
-flushes both data received but not read, and data written but not
-transmitted.
-.P
-.BR tcflow ()
-suspends transmission or reception of data on the object referred to by
-.IR fd ,
-depending on the value of
-.IR action :
-.TP
-.B TCOOFF
-suspends output.
-.TP
-.B TCOON
-restarts suspended output.
-.TP
-.B TCIOFF
-transmits a STOP character, which stops the terminal device from
-transmitting data to the system.
-.TP
-.B TCION
-transmits a START character, which starts the terminal device
-transmitting data to the system.
-.P
-The default on open of a terminal file is that neither its input nor its
-output is suspended.
-.SS Line speed
-The baud rate functions are provided for getting and setting the values
-of the input and output baud rates in the \fItermios\fP structure.
-The new values do not take effect
-until
-.BR tcsetattr ()
-is successfully called.
-.P
-Setting the speed to \fBB0\fP instructs the modem to "hang up".
-The actual bit rate corresponding to \fBB38400\fP may be altered with
-.BR setserial (8).
-.P
-The input and output baud rates are stored in the \fItermios\fP
-structure.
-.P
-.BR cfgetospeed ()
-returns the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure
-pointed to by
-.IR termios_p .
-.P
-.BR cfsetospeed ()
-sets the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure pointed
-to by \fItermios_p\fP to \fIspeed\fP, which must be one of these constants:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B B0
-.TQ
-.B B50
-.TQ
-.B B75
-.TQ
-.B B110
-.TQ
-.B B134
-.TQ
-.B B150
-.TQ
-.B B200
-.TQ
-.B B300
-.TQ
-.B B600
-.TQ
-.B B1200
-.TQ
-.B B1800
-.TQ
-.B B2400
-.TQ
-.B B4800
-.TQ
-.B B9600
-.TQ
-.B B19200
-.TQ
-.B B38400
-.TQ
-.B B57600
-.TQ
-.B B115200
-.TQ
-.B B230400
-.TQ
-.B B460800
-.TQ
-.B B500000
-.TQ
-.B B576000
-.TQ
-.B B921600
-.TQ
-.B B1000000
-.TQ
-.B B1152000
-.TQ
-.B B1500000
-.TQ
-.B B2000000
-.RE
-.P
-These constants are additionally supported on the SPARC architecture:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B B76800
-.TQ
-.B B153600
-.TQ
-.B B307200
-.TQ
-.B B614400
-.RE
-.P
-These constants are additionally supported on non-SPARC architectures:
-.RS
-.TP
-.B B2500000
-.TQ
-.B B3000000
-.TQ
-.B B3500000
-.TQ
-.B B4000000
-.RE
-.P
-Due to differences between architectures, portable applications should check
-if a particular
-.BI B nnn
-constant is defined prior to using it.
-.P
-The zero baud rate,
-.BR B0 ,
-is used to terminate the connection.
-If
-.B B0
-is specified, the modem control lines shall no longer be asserted.
-Normally, this will disconnect the line.
-.B CBAUDEX
-is a mask
-for the speeds beyond those defined in POSIX.1 (57600 and above).
-Thus,
-.BR B57600 " & " CBAUDEX
-is nonzero.
-.P
-Setting the baud rate to a value other than those defined by
-.BI B nnn
-constants is possible via the
-.B TCSETS2
-ioctl; see
-.BR ioctl_tty (2).
-.P
-.BR cfgetispeed ()
-returns the input baud rate stored in the
-.I termios
-structure.
-.P
-.BR cfsetispeed ()
-sets the input baud rate stored in the
-.I termios
-structure to
-.IR speed ,
-which must be specified as one of the
-.BI B nnn
-constants listed above for
-.BR cfsetospeed ().
-If the input baud rate is set to the literal constant
-.B 0
-(not the symbolic constant
-.BR B0 ),
-the input baud rate will be
-equal to the output baud rate.
-.P
-.BR cfsetspeed ()
-is a 4.4BSD extension.
-It takes the same arguments as
-.BR cfsetispeed (),
-and sets both input and output speed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR cfgetispeed ()
-returns the input baud rate stored in the
-\fItermios\fP
-structure.
-.P
-.BR cfgetospeed ()
-returns the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure.
-.P
-All other functions return:
-.TP
-.B 0
-on success.
-.TP
-.B \-1
-on failure and set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.P
-Note that
-.BR tcsetattr ()
-returns success if \fIany\fP of the requested changes could be
-successfully carried out.
-Therefore, when making multiple changes
-it may be necessary to follow this call with a further call to
-.BR tcgetattr ()
-to check that all changes have been performed successfully.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tcgetattr (),
-.BR tcsetattr (),
-.BR tcdrain (),
-.BR tcflush (),
-.BR tcflow (),
-.BR tcsendbreak (),
-.BR cfmakeraw (),
-.BR cfgetispeed (),
-.BR cfgetospeed (),
-.BR cfsetispeed (),
-.BR cfsetospeed (),
-.BR cfsetspeed ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.\" FIXME: The markings are different from that in the glibc manual.
-.\" markings in glibc manual are more detailed:
-.\"
-.\"     tcsendbreak: MT-Unsafe race:tcattr(filedes)/bsd
-.\"     tcflow: MT-Unsafe race:tcattr(filedes)/bsd
-.\"
-.\" glibc manual says /bsd indicate the preceding marker only applies
-.\" when the underlying kernel is a BSD kernel.
-.\" So, it is safety in Linux kernel.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR tcgetattr ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcsetattr ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcsendbreak ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcdrain ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcflush ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcflow ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfgetispeed ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfgetospeed ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfsetispeed ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfsetospeed ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR cfmakeraw ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfsetspeed ()
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR tcgetattr ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcsetattr ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcsendbreak ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcdrain ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcflush ()
-.TQ
-.BR tcflow ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfgetispeed ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfgetospeed ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfsetispeed ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfsetospeed ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR cfmakeraw ()
-.TQ
-.BR cfsetspeed ()
-BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-UNIX\ V7 and several later systems have a list of baud rates
-where after the values
-.B B0
-through
-.B B9600
-one finds the two constants
-.BR EXTA ,
-.B EXTB
-("External A" and "External B").
-Many systems extend the list with much higher baud rates.
-.P
-The effect of a nonzero \fIduration\fP with
-.BR tcsendbreak ()
-varies.
-SunOS specifies a break of
-.I "duration\ *\ N"
-seconds, where \fIN\fP is at least 0.25, and not more than 0.5.
-Linux, AIX, DU, Tru64 send a break of
-.I duration
-milliseconds.
-FreeBSD and NetBSD and HP-UX and MacOS ignore the value of
-.IR duration .
-Under Solaris and UnixWare,
-.BR tcsendbreak ()
-with nonzero
-.I duration
-behaves like
-.BR tcdrain ().
-.\" libc4 until 4.7.5, glibc for sysv: EINVAL for duration > 0.
-.\" libc4.7.6, libc5, glibc for unix: duration in ms.
-.\" glibc for bsd: duration in us
-.\" glibc for sunos4: ignore duration
-.SH BUGS
-.\" kernel 77e5bff1640432f28794a00800955e646dcd7455
-.\" glibc 573963e32ffac46d9891970ddebde2ac3212c5c0
-On the Alpha architecture before Linux 4.16 (and glibc before glibc 2.28), the
-.B XTABS
-value was different from
-.B TAB3
-and it was ignored by the
-.B N_TTY
-line discipline code of the terminal driver as a result
-(because as it wasn't part of the
-.B TABDLY
-mask).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR reset (1),
-.BR setterm (1),
-.BR stty (1),
-.BR tput (1),
-.BR tset (1),
-.BR tty (1),
-.BR ioctl_console (2),
-.BR ioctl_tty (2),
-.BR cc_t (3type),
-.BR speed_t (3type),
-.BR tcflag_t (3type),
-.BR setserial (8)
diff --git a/man3/tfind.3 b/man3/tfind.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f125195..000000000
--- a/man3/tfind.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/tgamma.3 b/man3/tgamma.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e55e95c35..000000000
--- a/man3/tgamma.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Based on glibc infopages
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\" Modified 2004-11-15, fixed error noted by Fabian Kreutz
-.\"	 <kreutz@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
-.\"
-.TH tgamma 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tgamma, tgammaf, tgammal \- true gamma function
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double tgamma(double " x );
-.BI "float tgammaf(float " x );
-.BI "long double tgammal(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR tgamma (),
-.BR tgammaf (),
-.BR tgammal ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the Gamma function of
-.IR x .
-.P
-The Gamma function is defined by
-.P
-.RS
-Gamma(x) = integral from 0 to infinity of t\[ha](x\-1) e\[ha]\-t dt
-.RE
-.P
-It is defined for every real number except for nonpositive integers.
-For nonnegative integral
-.I m
-one has
-.P
-.RS
-Gamma(m+1) = m!
-.RE
-.P
-and, more generally, for all
-.IR x :
-.P
-.RS
-Gamma(x+1) = x * Gamma(x)
-.RE
-.P
-Furthermore, the following is valid for all values of
-.I x
-outside the poles:
-.P
-.RS
-Gamma(x) * Gamma(1 \- x) = PI / sin(PI * x)
-.RE
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return Gamma(x).
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a negative integer, or is negative infinity,
-a domain error occurs,
-and a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return 0, with the correct mathematical sign.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is \-0 or +0,
-a pole error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.BR HUGE_VAL ,
-.BR HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.BR HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively, with the same sign as the 0.
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is a negative integer, or negative infinity
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised (but see BUGS).
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is +0 or \-0
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.P
-glibc also gives the following error which is not specified
-in C99 or POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow
-.\" e.g., tgamma(-172.5) on glibc 2.8/x86-32
-.\" .I errno
-.\" is set to
-.\" .BR ERANGE .
-An underflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
-is raised, and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-.\" glibc (as at 2.8) also supports an inexact
-.\" exception for various cases.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tgamma (),
-.BR tgammaf (),
-.BR tgammal ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-This function had to be called "true gamma function"
-since there is already a function
-.BR gamma (3)
-that returns something else (see
-.BR gamma (3)
-for details).
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.18, the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6809
-.I errno
-to
-.B EDOM
-when
-.I x
-is negative infinity.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.19,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6810
-the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
-.I errno
-to
-.B ERANGE
-on an underflow range error.
-.P
-.\"
-In glibc versions 2.3.3 and earlier,
-an argument of +0 or \-0 incorrectly produced a domain error
-.RI ( errno
-set to
-.B EDOM
-and an
-.B FE_INVALID
-exception raised), rather than a pole error.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gamma (3),
-.BR lgamma (3)
diff --git a/man3/tgammaf.3 b/man3/tgammaf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a0248a0d..000000000
--- a/man3/tgammaf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/tgammal.3 b/man3/tgammal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a0248a0d..000000000
--- a/man3/tgammal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tgamma.3
diff --git a/man3/timegm.3 b/man3/timegm.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 49f5a73ff..000000000
--- a/man3/timegm.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH timegm 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-timegm, timelocal \- inverses of gmtime and localtime
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] time_t timelocal(struct tm *" tm );
-.BI "time_t timegm(struct tm *" tm );
-.P
-.fi
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR timelocal (),
-.BR timegm ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions
-.BR timelocal ()
-and
-.BR timegm ()
-are the inverses of
-.BR localtime (3)
-and
-.BR gmtime (3).
-Both functions take a broken-down time and convert it to calendar time
-(seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000, UTC).
-The difference between the two functions is that
-.BR timelocal ()
-takes the local timezone into account when doing the conversion, while
-.BR timegm ()
-takes the input value to be Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-these functions return the calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
-expressed as a value of type
-.IR time_t .
-On error, they return the value
-.I (time_t)\ \-1
-and set
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EOVERFLOW
-The result cannot be represented.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR timelocal (),
-.BR timegm ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-GNU, BSD.
-.P
-The
-.BR timelocal ()
-function is equivalent to the POSIX standard function
-.BR mktime (3).
-There is no reason to ever use it.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gmtime (3),
-.BR localtime (3),
-.BR mktime (3),
-.BR tzset (3)
diff --git a/man3/timelocal.3 b/man3/timelocal.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 45d4c0907..000000000
--- a/man3/timelocal.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/timegm.3
diff --git a/man3/timeradd.3 b/man3/timeradd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a34dbacd..000000000
--- a/man3/timeradd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2007 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 2007-07-31, mtk, Created
-.\"
-.TH timeradd 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-timeradd, timersub, timercmp, timerclear, timerisset \- timeval operations
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/time.h>
-.P
-.BI "void timeradd(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ,
-.BI "              struct timeval *" res );
-.BI "void timersub(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ,
-.BI "              struct timeval *" res );
-.P
-.BI "void timerclear(struct timeval *" tvp );
-.BI "int timerisset(struct timeval *" tvp );
-.P
-.BI "int timercmp(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ", " CMP );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The macros are provided to operate on
-.I timeval
-structures, defined in
-.I <sys/time.h>
-as:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-struct timeval {
-    time_t      tv_sec;     /* seconds */
-    suseconds_t tv_usec;    /* microseconds */
-};
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-.BR timeradd ()
-adds the time values in
-.I a
-and
-.IR b ,
-and places the sum in the
-.I timeval
-pointed to by
-.IR res .
-The result is normalized such that
-.I res\->tv_usec
-has a value in the range 0 to 999,999.
-.P
-.BR timersub ()
-subtracts the time value in
-.I b
-from the time value in
-.IR a ,
-and places the result in the
-.I timeval
-pointed to by
-.IR res .
-The result is normalized such that
-.I res\->tv_usec
-has a value in the range 0 to 999,999.
-.P
-.BR timerclear ()
-zeros out the
-.I timeval
-structure pointed to by
-.IR tvp ,
-so that it represents the Epoch: 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
-.P
-.BR timerisset ()
-returns true (nonzero) if either field of the
-.I timeval
-structure pointed to by
-.I tvp
-contains a nonzero value.
-.P
-.BR timercmp ()
-compares the timer values in
-.I a
-and
-.I b
-using the comparison operator
-.IR CMP ,
-and returns true (nonzero) or false (0) depending on
-the result of the comparison.
-Some systems (but not Linux/glibc),
-have a broken
-.BR timercmp ()
-implementation,
-.\" HP-UX, Tru64, Irix have a definition like:
-.\"#define timercmp(tvp, uvp, cmp) \
-.\"    ((tvp)->tv_sec cmp (uvp)->tv_sec || \
-.\"    (tvp)->tv_sec == (uvp)->tv_sec && (tvp)->tv_usec cmp (uvp)->tv_usec)
-in which
-.I CMP
-of
-.IR >= ,
-.IR <= ,
-and
-.I ==
-do not work;
-portable applications can instead use
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-!timercmp(..., <)
-!timercmp(..., >)
-!timercmp(..., !=)
-.EE
-.in
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR timerisset ()
-and
-.BR timercmp ()
-return true (nonzero) or false (0).
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors are defined.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-BSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gettimeofday (2),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/timerclear.3 b/man3/timerclear.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e977c98a..000000000
--- a/man3/timerclear.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man3/timercmp.3 b/man3/timercmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e977c98a..000000000
--- a/man3/timercmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man3/timerisset.3 b/man3/timerisset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e977c98a..000000000
--- a/man3/timerisset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man3/timersub.3 b/man3/timersub.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e977c98a..000000000
--- a/man3/timersub.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man3/timezone.3 b/man3/timezone.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 80907636c..000000000
--- a/man3/timezone.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tzset.3
diff --git a/man3/tmpfile.3 b/man3/tmpfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bfcdabf3..000000000
--- a/man3/tmpfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:46:57 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2001-11-17, aeb
-.TH tmpfile 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tmpfile \- create a temporary file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.B FILE *tmpfile(void);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR tmpfile ()
-function opens a unique temporary file
-in binary read/write (w+b) mode.
-The file will be automatically deleted when it is closed or the
-program terminates.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR tmpfile ()
-function returns a stream descriptor, or NULL if
-a unique filename cannot be generated or the unique file cannot be
-opened.
-In the latter case,
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EACCES
-Search permission denied for directory in file's path prefix.
-.TP
-.B EEXIST
-Unable to generate a unique filename.
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-The call was interrupted by a signal; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EMFILE
-The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENFILE
-The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
-.TP
-.B ENOSPC
-There was no room in the directory to add the new filename.
-.TP
-.B EROFS
-Read-only filesystem.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tmpfile ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The standard does not specify the directory that
-.BR tmpfile ()
-will use.
-glibc will try the path prefix
-.I P_tmpdir
-defined
-in
-.IR <stdio.h> ,
-and if that fails, then the directory
-.IR /tmp .
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD, SUSv2.
-.SH NOTES
-POSIX.1-2001 specifies:
-an error message may be written to
-.I stdout
-if the stream
-cannot be opened.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR exit (3),
-.BR mkstemp (3),
-.BR mktemp (3),
-.BR tempnam (3),
-.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man3/tmpnam.3 b/man3/tmpnam.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 77ca78d90..000000000
--- a/man3/tmpnam.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 2003-11-15, aeb, added tmpnam_r
-.\"
-.TH tmpnam 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tmpnam, tmpnam_r \- create a name for a temporary file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *tmpnam(char *" s );
-.BI "[[deprecated]] char *tmpnam_r(char *" s );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR tmpnam_r ()
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.19:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B Note:
-avoid using these functions; use
-.BR mkstemp (3)
-or
-.BR tmpfile (3)
-instead.
-.P
-The
-.BR tmpnam ()
-function returns a pointer to a string that is a valid filename,
-and such that a file with this name did not exist at some point
-in time, so that naive programmers may think it
-a suitable name for a temporary file.
-If the argument
-.I s
-is NULL, this name is generated in an internal static buffer
-and may be overwritten by the next call to
-.BR tmpnam ().
-If
-.I s
-is not NULL, the name is copied to the character array (of length
-at least
-.IR L_tmpnam )
-pointed to by
-.I s
-and the value
-.I s
-is returned in case of success.
-.P
-The created pathname has a directory prefix
-.IR P_tmpdir .
-(Both
-.I L_tmpnam
-and
-.I P_tmpdir
-are defined in
-.IR <stdio.h> ,
-just like the
-.B TMP_MAX
-mentioned below.)
-.P
-The
-.BR tmpnam_r ()
-function performs the same task as
-.BR tmpnam (),
-but returns NULL (to indicate an error) if
-.I s
-is NULL.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return a pointer to a unique temporary
-filename, or NULL if a unique name cannot be generated.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors are defined.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tmpnam ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:tmpnam/!s
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tmpnam_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR tmpnam ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR tmpnam_r ()
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR tmpnam ()
-SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89, POSIX.1-2001.
-Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR tmpnam_r ()
-Solaris.
-.SH NOTES
-The
-.BR tmpnam ()
-function generates a different string each time it is called,
-up to
-.B TMP_MAX
-times.
-If it is called more than
-.B TMP_MAX
-times,
-the behavior is implementation defined.
-.P
-Although these functions generate names that are difficult to guess,
-it is nevertheless possible that between the time that
-the pathname is returned and the time that the program opens it,
-another program might create that pathname using
-.BR open (2),
-or create it as a symbolic link.
-This can lead to security holes.
-To avoid such possibilities, use the
-.BR open (2)
-.B O_EXCL
-flag to open the pathname.
-Or better yet, use
-.BR mkstemp (3)
-or
-.BR tmpfile (3).
-.P
-Portable applications that use threads cannot call
-.BR tmpnam ()
-with a NULL argument if either
-.B _POSIX_THREADS
-or
-.B _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
-is defined.
-.SH BUGS
-Never use these functions.
-Use
-.BR mkstemp (3)
-or
-.BR tmpfile (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mkstemp (3),
-.BR mktemp (3),
-.BR tempnam (3),
-.BR tmpfile (3)
diff --git a/man3/tmpnam_r.3 b/man3/tmpnam_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c1bd6dc1a..000000000
--- a/man3/tmpnam_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tmpnam.3
diff --git a/man3/toascii.3 b/man3/toascii.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 83075a888..000000000
--- a/man3/toascii.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Added BUGS section, aeb, 950919
-.\"
-.TH toascii 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-toascii \- convert character to ASCII
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] int toascii(int " c );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR toascii ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR toascii ()
-converts
-.I c
-to a 7-bit
-.I "unsigned char"
-value that fits into the ASCII character set, by clearing the
-high-order bits.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The value returned is that of the converted character.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR toascii ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008,
-noting that it cannot be used portably in a localized application.
-.SH BUGS
-Many people will be unhappy if you use this function.
-This function will convert accented letters into random characters.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isascii (3),
-.BR tolower (3),
-.BR toupper (3)
diff --git a/man3/tolower.3 b/man3/tolower.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 033f16e9e..000000000
--- a/man3/tolower.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/toupper.3
diff --git a/man3/tolower_l.3 b/man3/tolower_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 033f16e9e..000000000
--- a/man3/tolower_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/toupper.3
diff --git a/man3/toupper.3 b/man3/toupper.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 98a111c81..000000000
--- a/man3/toupper.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
-.\" and Copyright 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:45:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2000-02-13 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.TH toupper 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-toupper, tolower, toupper_l, tolower_l \- convert uppercase or lowercase
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "int toupper(int " "c" );
-.BI "int tolower(int " "c" );
-.P
-.BI "int toupper_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.BI "int tolower_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR toupper_l (),
-.BR tolower_l ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions convert lowercase letters to uppercase, and vice versa.
-.P
-If
-.I c
-is a lowercase letter,
-.BR toupper ()
-returns its uppercase equivalent,
-if an uppercase representation exists in the current locale.
-Otherwise, it returns
-.IR c .
-The
-.BR toupper_l ()
-function performs the same task,
-but uses the locale referred to by the locale handle
-.IR locale .
-.P
-If
-.I c
-is an uppercase letter,
-.BR tolower ()
-returns its lowercase equivalent,
-if a lowercase representation exists in the current locale.
-Otherwise, it returns
-.IR c .
-The
-.BR tolower_l ()
-function performs the same task,
-but uses the locale referred to by the locale handle
-.IR locale .
-.P
-If
-.I c
-is neither an
-.I "unsigned char"
-value nor
-.BR EOF ,
-the behavior of these functions
-is undefined.
-.P
-The behavior of
-.BR toupper_l ()
-and
-.BR tolower_l ()
-is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-(see
-.BR duplocale (3))
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The value returned is that of the converted letter, or
-.I c
-if the conversion was not possible.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR toupper (),
-.BR tolower (),
-.BR toupper_l (),
-.BR tolower_l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR toupper ()
-.TQ
-.BR tolower ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR toupper_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR tolower_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR toupper ()
-.TQ
-.BR tolower ()
-C89, 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-.BR toupper_l ()
-.TQ
-.BR tolower_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-The standards require that the argument
-.I c
-for these functions is either
-.B EOF
-or a value that is representable in the type
-.IR "unsigned char" .
-If the argument
-.I c
-is of type
-.IR char ,
-it must be cast to
-.IR "unsigned char" ,
-as in the following example:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-char c;
-\&...
-res = toupper((unsigned char) c);
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-This is necessary because
-.I char
-may be the equivalent
-.IR "signed char" ,
-in which case a byte where the top bit is set would be sign extended when
-converting to
-.IR int ,
-yielding a value that is outside the range of
-.IR "unsigned char" .
-.P
-The details of what constitutes an uppercase or lowercase letter depend
-on the locale.
-For example, the default
-.B \[dq]C\[dq]
-locale does not know about umlauts, so no conversion is done for them.
-.P
-In some non-English locales, there are lowercase letters with no
-corresponding uppercase equivalent;
-.\" FIXME One day the statement about "sharp s" needs to be reworked,
-.\" since there is nowadays a capital "sharp s" that has a codepoint
-.\" in Unicode 5.0; see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capital_%E1%BA%9E
-the German sharp s is one example.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR isalpha (3),
-.BR newlocale (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR towlower (3),
-.BR towupper (3),
-.BR uselocale (3),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/toupper_l.3 b/man3/toupper_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 033f16e9e..000000000
--- a/man3/toupper_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/toupper.3
diff --git a/man3/towctrans.3 b/man3/towctrans.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cca9f7de7..000000000
--- a/man3/towctrans.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH towctrans 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-towctrans \- wide-character transliteration
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t towctrans(wint_t " wc ", wctrans_t " desc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I wc
-is a wide character, then the
-.BR towctrans ()
-function
-translates it according to the transliteration descriptor
-.IR desc .
-If
-.I wc
-is
-.BR WEOF ,
-.B WEOF
-is returned.
-.P
-.I desc
-must be a transliteration descriptor returned by
-the
-.BR wctrans (3)
-function.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR towctrans ()
-function returns the translated wide character,
-or
-.B WEOF
-if
-.I wc
-is
-.BR WEOF .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR towctrans ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR towctrans ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR towlower (3),
-.BR towupper (3),
-.BR wctrans (3)
diff --git a/man3/towlower.3 b/man3/towlower.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c40046a38..000000000
--- a/man3/towlower.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH towlower 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-towlower, towlower_l \- convert a wide character to lowercase
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t towlower(wint_t " wc );
-.BI "wint_t towlower_l(wint_t " wc ", locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR towlower_l ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR towlower ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR tolower (3)
-function.
-If
-.I wc
-is an uppercase wide character,
-and there exists a lowercase equivalent in the current locale,
-it returns the lowercase equivalent of
-.IR wc .
-In all other cases,
-.I wc
-is returned unchanged.
-.P
-The
-.BR towlower_l ()
-function performs the same task,
-but performs the conversion based on the character type information in
-the locale specified by
-.IR locale .
-The behavior of
-.BR towlower_l ()
-is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-(see
-.BR duplocale (3))
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.P
-The argument
-.I wc
-must be representable as a
-.I wchar_t
-and be a valid character in the locale or be the value
-.BR WEOF .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.I wc
-was convertible to lowercase,
-.BR towlower ()
-returns its lowercase equivalent;
-otherwise it returns
-.IR wc .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR towlower ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR towlower_l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR towlower ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
-.TP
-.BR towlower_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR towlower ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001 (XSI).
-Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
-.TP
-.BR towlower_l ()
-glibc 2.3.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of these functions depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the locale.
-.P
-These functions are not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
-because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswlower (3),
-.BR towctrans (3),
-.BR towupper (3),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/towlower_l.3 b/man3/towlower_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6135f865c..000000000
--- a/man3/towlower_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/towlower.3
diff --git a/man3/towupper.3 b/man3/towupper.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4393f6964..000000000
--- a/man3/towupper.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" and Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH towupper 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-towupper, towupper_l \- convert a wide character to uppercase
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t towupper(wint_t " wc );
-.BI "wint_t towupper_l(wint_t " wc ", locale_t " locale );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR towupper_l ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR towupper ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR toupper (3)
-function.
-If
-.I wc
-is a lowercase wide character,
-and there exists an uppercase equivalent in the current locale,
-it returns the uppercase equivalent of
-.IR wc .
-In all other cases,
-.I wc
-is returned unchanged.
-.P
-The
-.BR towupper_l ()
-function performs the same task,
-but performs the conversion based on the character type information in
-the locale specified by
-.IR locale .
-The behavior of
-.BR towupper_l ()
-is undefined if
-.I locale
-is the special locale object
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-(see
-.BR duplocale (3))
-or is not a valid locale object handle.
-.P
-The argument
-.I wc
-must be representable as a
-.I wchar_t
-and be a valid character in the locale or be the value
-.BR WEOF .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.I wc
-was convertible to uppercase,
-.BR towupper ()
-returns its uppercase equivalent;
-otherwise it returns
-.IR wc .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR towupper ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR towupper_l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR towupper ()
-C11, POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
-.TP
-.BR towupper_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR towupper ()
-C99, POSIX.1-2001 (XSI).
-Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
-.TP
-.BR towupper_l ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-glibc 2.3.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of these functions depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the locale.
-.P
-These functions are not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
-because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswupper (3),
-.BR towctrans (3),
-.BR towlower (3),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/towupper_l.3 b/man3/towupper_l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a0b0e89f8..000000000
--- a/man3/towupper_l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/towupper.3
diff --git a/man3/trunc.3 b/man3/trunc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bb8758fb1..000000000
--- a/man3/trunc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH trunc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-trunc, truncf, truncl \- round to integer, toward zero
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double trunc(double " x );
-.BI "float truncf(float " x );
-.BI "long double truncl(long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR trunc (),
-.BR truncf (),
-.BR truncl ():
-.nf
-    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions round
-.I x
-to the nearest integer value that is not larger in magnitude than
-.IR x .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-These functions return the rounded integer value, in floating format.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is integral, infinite, or NaN,
-.I x
-itself is returned.
-.SH ERRORS
-No errors occur.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR trunc (),
-.BR truncf (),
-.BR truncl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-C99, POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The integral value returned by these functions may be too large
-to store in an integer type
-.RI ( int ,
-.IR long ,
-etc.).
-To avoid an overflow, which will produce undefined results,
-an application should perform a range check on the returned value
-before assigning it to an integer type.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR ceil (3),
-.BR floor (3),
-.BR lrint (3),
-.BR nearbyint (3),
-.BR rint (3),
-.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man3/truncf.3 b/man3/truncf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b85934168..000000000
--- a/man3/truncf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/trunc.3
diff --git a/man3/truncl.3 b/man3/truncl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b85934168..000000000
--- a/man3/truncl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/trunc.3
diff --git a/man3/tsearch.3 b/man3/tsearch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 68e4e04f8..000000000
--- a/man3/tsearch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH tsearch 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tsearch, tfind, tdelete, twalk, twalk_r, tdestroy \- manage a binary search tree
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <search.h>
-.P
-.B typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;
-.P
-.BI "void *tsearch(const void *" key ", void **" rootp ,
-.BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
-.BI "void *tfind(const void *" key ", void *const *" rootp ,
-.BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
-.BI "void *tdelete(const void *restrict " key ", void **restrict " rootp ,
-.BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
-.BI "void twalk(const void *" root ,
-.BI "                void (*" action ")(const void *" nodep ", VISIT " which ,
-.BI "                               int " depth ));
-.P
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <search.h>
-.P
-.BI "void twalk_r(const void *" root ,
-.BI "                void (*" action ")(const void *" nodep ", VISIT " which ,
-.BI "                               void *" closure ),
-.BI "                void *" closure );
-.BI "void tdestroy(void *" root ", void (*" free_node ")(void *" nodep ));
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR tsearch (),
-.BR tfind (),
-.BR twalk (),
-and
-.BR tdelete ()
-manage a
-binary search tree.
-They are generalized from Knuth (6.2.2) Algorithm T.
-The first field in each node of the tree is a pointer to the
-corresponding data item.
-(The calling program must store the actual data.)
-.I compar
-points to a comparison routine, which takes
-pointers to two items.
-It should return an integer which is negative,
-zero, or positive, depending on whether the first item is less than,
-equal to, or greater than the second.
-.P
-.BR tsearch ()
-searches the tree for an item.
-.I key
-points to the item to be searched for.
-.I rootp
-points to a variable which points to the root of the tree.
-If the tree is empty,
-then the variable that
-.I rootp
-points to should be set to NULL.
-If the item is found in the tree, then
-.BR tsearch ()
-returns a pointer
-to the corresponding tree node.
-(In other words,
-.BR tsearch ()
-returns a pointer to a pointer to the data item.)
-If the item is not found, then
-.BR tsearch ()
-adds it, and returns a
-pointer to the corresponding tree node.
-.P
-.BR tfind ()
-is like
-.BR tsearch (),
-except that if the item is not
-found, then
-.BR tfind ()
-returns NULL.
-.P
-.BR tdelete ()
-deletes an item from the tree.
-Its arguments are the same as for
-.BR tsearch ().
-.P
-.BR twalk ()
-performs depth-first, left-to-right traversal of a binary
-tree.
-.I root
-points to the starting node for the traversal.
-If that node is not the root, then only part of the tree will be visited.
-.BR twalk ()
-calls the user function
-.I action
-each time a node is
-visited (that is, three times for an internal node, and once for a
-leaf).
-.IR action ,
-in turn, takes three arguments.
-The first argument is a pointer to the node being visited.
-The structure of the node is unspecified,
-but it is possible to cast the pointer to a pointer-to-pointer-to-element
-in order to access the element stored within the node.
-The application must not modify the structure pointed to by this argument.
-The second argument is an integer which
-takes one of the values
-.BR preorder ,
-.BR postorder ,
-or
-.B endorder
-depending on whether this is the first, second, or
-third visit to the internal node,
-or the value
-.B leaf
-if this is the single visit to a leaf node.
-(These symbols are defined in
-.IR <search.h> .)
-The third argument is the depth of the node;
-the root node has depth zero.
-.P
-(More commonly,
-.BR preorder ,
-.BR postorder ,
-and
-.B endorder
-are known as
-.BR preorder ,
-.BR inorder ,
-and
-.BR postorder :
-before visiting the children, after the first and before the second,
-and after visiting the children.
-Thus, the choice of name
-.B post\%order
-is rather confusing.)
-.P
-.BR twalk_r ()
-is similar to
-.BR twalk (),
-but instead of the
-.I depth
-argument, the
-.I closure
-argument pointer is passed to each invocation of the action callback,
-unchanged.
-This pointer can be used to pass information to and from
-the callback function in a thread-safe fashion, without resorting
-to global variables.
-.P
-.BR tdestroy ()
-removes the whole tree pointed to by
-.IR root ,
-freeing all resources allocated by the
-.BR tsearch ()
-function.
-For the data in each tree node the function
-.I free_node
-is called.
-The pointer to the data is passed as the argument to the function.
-If no such work is necessary,
-.I free_node
-must point to a function
-doing nothing.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR tsearch ()
-returns a pointer to a matching node in the tree, or to
-the newly added node, or NULL if there was insufficient memory
-to add the item.
-.BR tfind ()
-returns a pointer to the node, or
-NULL if no match is found.
-If there are multiple items that match the key,
-the item whose node is returned is unspecified.
-.P
-.BR tdelete ()
-returns a pointer to the parent of the node deleted, or
-NULL if the item was not found.
-If the deleted node was the root node,
-.BR tdelete ()
-returns a dangling pointer that must not be accessed.
-.P
-.BR tsearch (),
-.BR tfind (),
-and
-.BR tdelete ()
-also
-return NULL if
-.I rootp
-was NULL on entry.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tsearch (),
-.BR tfind (),
-.BR tdelete ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:rootp
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR twalk ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:root
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR twalk_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:root
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tdestroy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR tsearch ()
-.TQ
-.BR tfind ()
-.TQ
-.BR tdelete ()
-.TQ
-.BR twalk ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-.BR tdestroy ()
-.TQ
-.BR twalk_r ()
-GNU.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR tsearch ()
-.TQ
-.BR tfind ()
-.TQ
-.BR tdelete ()
-.TQ
-.BR twalk ()
-POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008, SVr4.
-.TP
-.BR twalk_r ()
-glibc 2.30.
-.SH NOTES
-.BR twalk ()
-takes a pointer to the root, while the other functions
-take a pointer to a variable which points to the root.
-.P
-.BR tdelete ()
-frees the memory required for the node in the tree.
-The user is responsible for freeing the memory for the corresponding
-data.
-.P
-The example program depends on the fact that
-.BR twalk ()
-makes no
-further reference to a node after calling the user function with
-argument "endorder" or "leaf".
-This works with the GNU library
-implementation, but is not in the System V documentation.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following program inserts twelve random numbers into a binary
-tree, where duplicate numbers are collapsed, then prints the numbers
-in order.
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (tsearch.c)
-.EX
-#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* Expose declaration of tdestroy() */
-#include <search.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <time.h>
-\&
-static void *root = NULL;
-\&
-static void *
-xmalloc(size_t n)
-{
-    void *p;
-\&
-    p = malloc(n);
-    if (p)
-        return p;
-    fprintf(stderr, "insufficient memory\en");
-    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-\&
-static int
-compare(const void *pa, const void *pb)
-{
-    if (*(int *) pa < *(int *) pb)
-        return \-1;
-    if (*(int *) pa > *(int *) pb)
-        return 1;
-    return 0;
-}
-\&
-static void
-action(const void *nodep, VISIT which, int depth)
-{
-    int *datap;
-\&
-    switch (which) {
-    case preorder:
-        break;
-    case postorder:
-        datap = *(int **) nodep;
-        printf("%6d\en", *datap);
-        break;
-    case endorder:
-        break;
-    case leaf:
-        datap = *(int **) nodep;
-        printf("%6d\en", *datap);
-        break;
-    }
-}
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    int  *ptr;
-    int  **val;
-\&
-    srand(time(NULL));
-    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 12; i++) {
-        ptr = xmalloc(sizeof(*ptr));
-        *ptr = rand() & 0xff;
-        val = tsearch(ptr, &root, compare);
-        if (val == NULL)
-            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-        if (*val != ptr)
-            free(ptr);
-    }
-    twalk(root, action);
-    tdestroy(root, free);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bsearch (3),
-.BR hsearch (3),
-.BR lsearch (3),
-.BR qsort (3)
diff --git a/man3/ttyname.3 b/man3/ttyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 83f27a9dc..000000000
--- a/man3/ttyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Modified 2001-12-13, Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
-.\" Added ttyname_r, aeb, 2002-07-20
-.\"
-.TH ttyname 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ttyname, ttyname_r \- return name of a terminal
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <unistd.h>
-.P
-.BI "char *ttyname(int " fd );
-.BI "int ttyname_r(int " fd ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR ttyname ()
-returns a pointer to the null-terminated pathname of the terminal device
-that is open on the file descriptor \fIfd\fP, or NULL on error
-(for example, if \fIfd\fP is not connected to a terminal).
-The return value may point to static data, possibly overwritten by the
-next call.
-The function
-.BR ttyname_r ()
-stores this pathname in the buffer
-.I buf
-of length
-.IR buflen .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The function
-.BR ttyname ()
-returns a pointer to a pathname on success.
-On error, NULL is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-The function
-.BR ttyname_r ()
-returns 0 on success, and an error number upon error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-Bad file descriptor.
-.TP
-.\" glibc commit 15e9a4f378c8607c2ae1aa465436af4321db0e23
-.B ENODEV
-.I fd
-refers to a slave pseudoterminal device
-but the corresponding pathname could not be found (see NOTES).
-.TP
-.B ENOTTY
-.I fd
-does not refer to a terminal device.
-.TP
-.B ERANGE
-.RB ( ttyname_r ())
-.I buflen
-was too small to allow storing the pathname.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ttyname ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyname
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ttyname_r ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, 4.2BSD.
-.SH NOTES
-A process that keeps a file descriptor that refers to a
-.BR pts (4)
-device open when switching to another mount namespace that uses a different
-.I /dev/ptmx
-instance may still accidentally find that a device path of the same name
-for that file descriptor exists.
-However, this device path refers to a different device and thus
-can't be used to access the device that the file descriptor refers to.
-Calling
-.BR ttyname ()
-or
-.BR ttyname_r ()
-on the file descriptor in the new mount namespace will cause these
-functions to return NULL and set
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ENODEV .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR tty (1),
-.BR fstat (2),
-.BR ctermid (3),
-.BR isatty (3),
-.BR pts (4)
diff --git a/man3/ttyname_r.3 b/man3/ttyname_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index aaa18ee8b..000000000
--- a/man3/ttyname_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/ttyname.3
diff --git a/man3/ttyslot.3 b/man3/ttyslot.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 358ae5584..000000000
--- a/man3/ttyslot.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
-.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
-.\"
-.TH ttyslot 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ttyslot \- find the slot of the current user's terminal in some file
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#include <unistd.h>" "       /* See NOTES */"
-.P
-.B "int ttyslot(void);"
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ttyslot ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-    From glibc 2.20 to glibc 2.23:
-        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The legacy function
-.BR ttyslot ()
-returns the index of the current user's entry in some file.
-.P
-Now "What file?" you ask.
-Well, let's first look at some history.
-.SS Ancient history
-There used to be a file
-.I /etc/ttys
-in UNIX\ V6, that was read by the
-.BR init (1)
-program to find out what to do with each terminal line.
-Each line consisted of three characters.
-The first character was either \[aq]0\[aq] or \[aq]1\[aq],
-where \[aq]0\[aq] meant "ignore".
-The second character denoted the terminal: \[aq]8\[aq] stood for "/dev/tty8".
-The third character was an argument to
-.BR getty (8)
-indicating the sequence of line speeds to try (\[aq]\-\[aq] was: start trying
-110 baud).
-Thus a typical line was "18\-".
-A hang on some line was solved by changing the \[aq]1\[aq] to a \[aq]0\[aq],
-signaling init, changing back again, and signaling init again.
-.P
-In UNIX\ V7 the format was changed: here the second character
-was the argument to
-.BR getty (8)
-indicating the sequence of line speeds to try (\[aq]0\[aq] was: cycle through
-300-1200-150-110 baud; \[aq]4\[aq] was for the on-line console DECwriter)
-while the rest of the line contained the name of the tty.
-Thus a typical line was "14console".
-.P
-Later systems have more elaborate syntax.
-System V-like systems have
-.I /etc/inittab
-instead.
-.SS Ancient history (2)
-On the other hand, there is the file
-.I /etc/utmp
-listing the people currently logged in.
-It is maintained by
-.BR login (1).
-It has a fixed size, and the appropriate index in the file was
-determined by
-.BR login (1)
-using the
-.BR ttyslot ()
-call to find the number of the line in
-.I /etc/ttys
-(counting from 1).
-.SS The semantics of ttyslot
-Thus, the function
-.BR ttyslot ()
-returns the index of the controlling terminal of the calling process
-in the file
-.IR /etc/ttys ,
-and that is (usually) the same as the index of the entry for the
-current user in the file
-.IR /etc/utmp .
-BSD still has the
-.I /etc/ttys
-file, but System V-like systems do not, and hence cannot refer to it.
-Thus, on such systems the documentation says that
-.BR ttyslot ()
-returns the current user's index in the user accounting data base.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If successful, this function returns the slot number.
-On error (e.g., if none of the file descriptors 0, 1, or 2 is
-associated with a terminal that occurs in this data base)
-it returns 0 on UNIX\ V6 and V7 and BSD-like systems,
-but \-1 on System V-like systems.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ttyslot ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The utmp file is found in various places on various systems, such as
-.IR /etc/utmp ,
-.IR /var/adm/utmp ,
-.IR /var/run/utmp .
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-SUSv1; marked as LEGACY in SUSv2; removed in POSIX.1-2001.
-SUSv2 requires \-1 on error.
-.P
-The glibc2 implementation of this function reads the file
-.BR _PATH_TTYS ,
-defined in
-.I <ttyent.h>
-as "/etc/ttys".
-It returns 0 on error.
-Since Linux systems do not usually have "/etc/ttys", it will
-always return 0.
-.P
-On BSD-like systems and Linux, the declaration of
-.BR ttyslot ()
-is provided by
-.IR <unistd.h> .
-On System V-like systems, the declaration is provided by
-.IR <stdlib.h> .
-Since glibc 2.24,
-.I <stdlib.h>
-also provides the declaration with the following
-feature test macro definitions:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-(_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED))
-    && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-Minix also has
-.IR fttyslot ( fd ).
-.\" .SH HISTORY
-.\" .BR ttyslot ()
-.\" appeared in UNIX V7.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getttyent (3),
-.BR ttyname (3),
-.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man3/twalk.3 b/man3/twalk.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f125195..000000000
--- a/man3/twalk.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/twalk_r.3 b/man3/twalk_r.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f125195..000000000
--- a/man3/twalk_r.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man3/tzname.3 b/man3/tzname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 80907636c..000000000
--- a/man3/tzname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/tzset.3
diff --git a/man3/tzset.3 b/man3/tzset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8479b17b0..000000000
--- a/man3/tzset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:01:58 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2001-11-13, aeb
-.\" Modified 2004-12-01 mtk and Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
-.\"
-.TH tzset 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-tzset, tzname, timezone, daylight \- initialize time conversion information
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.P
-.B void tzset(void);
-.P
-.BI "extern char *" tzname [2];
-.BI "extern long " timezone ;
-.BI "extern int " daylight ;
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR tzset ():
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.IR tzname :
-.nf
-    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.IR timezone ,
-.IR daylight :
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR tzset ()
-function initializes the \fItzname\fP variable from the
-.B TZ
-environment variable.
-This function is automatically called by the
-other time conversion functions that depend on the timezone.
-In a System-V-like environment, it will also set the variables \fItimezone\fP
-(seconds West of UTC) and \fIdaylight\fP (to 0 if this timezone does not
-have any daylight saving time rules, or to nonzero if there is a time,
-past, present, or future when daylight saving time applies).
-.P
-If the
-.B TZ
-variable does not appear in the environment, the system timezone is used.
-The system timezone is configured by copying, or linking, a file in the
-.BR tzfile (5)
-format to
-.IR /etc/localtime .
-A timezone database of these files may be located in the system
-timezone directory (see the \fBFILES\fP section below).
-.P
-If the
-.B TZ
-variable does appear in the environment, but its value is empty,
-or its value cannot be interpreted using any of the formats specified
-below, then Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used.
-.P
-The value of
-.B TZ
-can be one of two formats.
-The first format is a string of characters that directly represent the
-timezone to be used:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.IR "std offset" [ dst [ offset ][, start [ /time ], end [ /time ]]]
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-There are no spaces in the specification.
-The \fIstd\fP string specifies an abbreviation for the timezone and must be
-three or more alphabetic characters.
-When enclosed between the less-than (<) and greater-than (>) signs, the
-character set is expanded to include the plus (+) sign, the minus (\-)
-sign, and digits.
-The \fIoffset\fP string immediately
-follows \fIstd\fP and specifies the time value to be added to the local
-time to get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
-The \fIoffset\fP is positive
-if the local timezone is west of the Prime Meridian and negative if it is
-east.
-The hour must be between 0 and 24, and the minutes and seconds 00 and 59:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.RI [ + | \- ] hh [ :mm [ :ss ]]
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The \fIdst\fP string and \fIoffset\fP specify the name and offset for the
-corresponding daylight saving timezone.
-If the offset is omitted,
-it defaults to one hour ahead of standard time.
-.P
-The \fIstart\fP field specifies when daylight saving time goes into
-effect and the \fIend\fP field specifies when the change is made back to
-standard time.
-These fields may have the following formats:
-.TP
-J\fIn\fP
-This specifies the Julian day with \fIn\fP between 1 and 365.
-Leap days are not counted.
-In this format, February 29 can't be represented;
-February 28 is day 59, and March 1 is always day 60.
-.TP
-.I n
-This specifies the zero-based Julian day with \fIn\fP between 0 and 365.
-February 29 is counted in leap years.
-.TP
-M\fIm\fP.\fIw\fP.\fId\fP
-This specifies day \fId\fP (0 <= \fId\fP <= 6) of week \fIw\fP
-(1 <= \fIw\fP <= 5) of month \fIm\fP (1 <= \fIm\fP <= 12).
-Week 1 is
-the first week in which day \fId\fP occurs and week 5 is the last week
-in which day \fId\fP occurs.
-Day 0 is a Sunday.
-.P
-The \fItime\fP fields specify when, in the local time currently in effect,
-the change to the other time occurs.
-If omitted, the default is 02:00:00.
-.P
-Here is an example for New Zealand,
-where the standard time (NZST) is 12 hours ahead of UTC,
-and daylight saving time (NZDT), 13 hours ahead of UTC,
-runs from the first Sunday in October to the third Sunday in March,
-and the changeovers happen at the default time of 02:00:00:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-TZ="NZST\-12:00:00NZDT\-13:00:00,M10.1.0,M3.3.0"
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-The second format specifies that the timezone information should be read
-from a file:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-:[filespec]
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-If the file specification \fIfilespec\fP is omitted, or its value cannot
-be interpreted, then Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used.
-If \fIfilespec\fP is given, it specifies another
-.BR tzfile (5)-format
-file to read the timezone information from.
-If \fIfilespec\fP does not begin with a \[aq]/\[aq], the file specification is
-relative to the system timezone directory.
-If the colon is omitted each
-of the above \fBTZ\fP formats will be tried.
-.P
-Here's an example, once more for New Zealand:
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-TZ=":Pacific/Auckland"
-.EE
-.in
-.SH ENVIRONMENT
-.TP
-.B TZ
-If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system
-configured timezone.
-.TP
-.B TZDIR
-If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system
-configured timezone database directory path.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /etc/localtime
-The system timezone file.
-.TP
-.I /usr/share/zoneinfo/
-The system timezone database directory.
-.TP
-.I /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules
-When a TZ string includes a dst timezone without anything following it,
-then this file is used for the start/end rules.
-It is in the
-.BR tzfile (5)
-format.
-By default, the zoneinfo Makefile hard links it to the
-.IR America/New_York " tzfile."
-.P
-Above are the current standard file locations, but they are
-configurable when glibc is compiled.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR tzset ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
-.P
-4.3BSD had a function
-.BI "char *timezone(" zone ", " dst )
-that returned the
-name of the timezone corresponding to its first argument (minutes
-West of UTC).
-If the second argument was 0, the standard name was used,
-otherwise the daylight saving time version.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR date (1),
-.BR gettimeofday (2),
-.BR time (2),
-.BR ctime (3),
-.BR getenv (3),
-.BR tzfile (5)
diff --git a/man3/ualarm.3 b/man3/ualarm.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e63c0ce5..000000000
--- a/man3/ualarm.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH ualarm 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ualarm \- schedule signal after given number of microseconds
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <unistd.h>"
-.P
-.BI "useconds_t ualarm(useconds_t " usecs ", useconds_t " interval );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR ualarm ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.12:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ualarm ()
-function causes the signal
-.B SIGALRM
-to be sent to the invoking process after (not less than)
-.I usecs
-microseconds.
-The delay may be lengthened slightly by any system activity
-or by the time spent processing the call or by the
-granularity of system timers.
-.P
-Unless caught or ignored, the
-.B SIGALRM
-signal will terminate the process.
-.P
-If the
-.I interval
-argument is nonzero, further
-.B SIGALRM
-signals will be sent every
-.I interval
-microseconds after the first.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-This function returns the number of microseconds remaining for
-any alarm that was previously set, or 0 if no alarm was pending.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-Interrupted by a signal; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-\fIusecs\fP or \fIinterval\fP is not smaller than 1000000.
-(On systems where that is considered an error.)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ualarm ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-POSIX.1-2001 marks it as obsolete.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-4.3BSD, SUSv2, and POSIX do not define any errors.
-.P
-POSIX.1-2001 does not specify what happens if the
-.I usecs
-argument is 0.
-.\" This case is not documented in HP-US, Solar, FreeBSD, NetBSD, or OpenBSD!
-On Linux (and probably most other systems),
-the effect is to cancel any pending alarm.
-.P
-The type
-.I useconds_t
-is an unsigned integer type capable of holding integers
-in the range [0,1000000].
-On the original BSD implementation, and in glibc before glibc 2.1,
-the arguments to
-.BR ualarm ()
-were instead typed as
-.IR "unsigned int" .
-Programs will be more portable if they never mention
-.I useconds_t
-explicitly.
-.P
-The interaction of this function with
-other timer functions such as
-.BR alarm (2),
-.BR sleep (3),
-.BR nanosleep (2),
-.BR setitimer (2),
-.BR timer_create (2),
-.BR timer_delete (2),
-.BR timer_getoverrun (2),
-.BR timer_gettime (2),
-.BR timer_settime (2),
-.BR usleep (3)
-is unspecified.
-.P
-This function is obsolete.
-Use
-.BR setitimer (2)
-or POSIX interval timers
-.RB ( timer_create (2),
-etc.)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR alarm (2),
-.BR getitimer (2),
-.BR nanosleep (2),
-.BR select (2),
-.BR setitimer (2),
-.BR usleep (3),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/ulckpwdf.3 b/man3/ulckpwdf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 142c5a5ca..000000000
--- a/man3/ulckpwdf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man3/ulimit.3 b/man3/ulimit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e4ed71205..000000000
--- a/man3/ulimit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 1996 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" Moved to man3, aeb, 980612
-.\"
-.TH ulimit 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ulimit \- get and set user limits
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ulimit.h>
-.P
-.BI "[[deprecated]] long ulimit(int " cmd ", long " newlimit );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Warning: this routine is obsolete.
-Use
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR setrlimit (2),
-and
-.BR sysconf (3)
-instead.
-For the shell command
-.BR ulimit ,
-see
-.BR bash (1).
-.P
-The
-.BR ulimit ()
-call will get or set some limit for the calling process.
-The
-.I cmd
-argument can have one of the following values.
-.TP
-.B UL_GETFSIZE
-Return the limit on the size of a file, in units of 512 bytes.
-.TP
-.B UL_SETFSIZE
-Set the limit on the size of a file.
-.TP
-.B 3
-(Not implemented for Linux.)
-Return the maximum possible address of the data segment.
-.TP
-.B 4
-(Implemented but no symbolic constant provided.)
-Return the maximum number of files that the calling process can open.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR ulimit ()
-returns a nonnegative value.
-On error, \-1 is returned, and
-.I errno
-is set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EPERM
-An unprivileged process tried to increase a limit.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ulimit ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-SVr4, POSIX.1-2001.
-POSIX.1-2008 marks it as obsolete.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR bash (1),
-.BR getrlimit (2),
-.BR setrlimit (2),
-.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man3/undocumented.3 b/man3/undocumented.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bb025e848..000000000
--- a/man3/undocumented.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt
-.\" From jrv@vanzandt.mv.com Mon Sep  4 21:11:50 1995
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" 1996-11-08, meem@sherilyn.wustl.edu, corrections
-.\" 2004-10-31, aeb, changed maintainer address, updated list
-.\" 2015-04-20, william@tuffbizz.com, updated list
-.\"
-.TH undocumented 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-undocumented \- undocumented library functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-Undocumented library functions
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This man page mentions those library functions which are implemented in
-the standard libraries but not yet documented in man pages.
-.SS Solicitation
-If you have information about these functions,
-please look in the source code, write a man page (using a style
-similar to that of the other Linux section 3 man pages), and send it to
-.B mtk.manpages@gmail.com
-for inclusion in the next man page release.
-.SS The list
-.BR authdes_create (3),
-.BR authdes_getucred (3),
-.BR authdes_pk_create (3),
-.\" .BR chflags (3),
-.BR clntunix_create (3),
-.BR creat64 (3),
-.BR dn_skipname (3),
-.\" .BR fattach (3),
-.\" .BR fchflags (3),
-.\" .BR fclean (3),
-.BR fcrypt (3),
-.\" .BR fdetach (3),
-.BR fp_nquery (3),
-.BR fp_query (3),
-.BR fp_resstat (3),
-.BR freading (3),
-.BR freopen64 (3),
-.BR fseeko64 (3),
-.BR ftello64 (3),
-.BR ftw64 (3),
-.BR fwscanf (3),
-.BR get_avphys_pages (3),
-.BR getdirentries64 (3),
-.BR getmsg (3),
-.BR getnetname (3),
-.BR get_phys_pages (3),
-.BR getpublickey (3),
-.BR getsecretkey (3),
-.BR h_errlist (3),
-.BR host2netname (3),
-.BR hostalias (3),
-.BR inet_nsap_addr (3),
-.BR inet_nsap_ntoa (3),
-.BR init_des (3),
-.BR libc_nls_init (3),
-.BR mstats (3),
-.BR netname2host (3),
-.BR netname2user (3),
-.BR nlist (3),
-.BR obstack_free (3),
-.\" .BR obstack stuff (3),
-.BR parse_printf_format (3),
-.BR p_cdname (3),
-.BR p_cdnname (3),
-.BR p_class (3),
-.BR p_fqname (3),
-.BR p_option (3),
-.BR p_query (3),
-.BR printf_size (3),
-.BR printf_size_info (3),
-.BR p_rr (3),
-.BR p_time (3),
-.BR p_type (3),
-.BR putlong (3),
-.BR putshort (3),
-.BR re_compile_fastmap (3),
-.BR re_compile_pattern (3),
-.BR register_printf_function (3),
-.BR re_match (3),
-.BR re_match_2 (3),
-.BR re_rx_search (3),
-.BR re_search (3),
-.BR re_search_2 (3),
-.BR re_set_registers (3),
-.BR re_set_syntax (3),
-.BR res_send_setqhook (3),
-.BR res_send_setrhook (3),
-.BR ruserpass (3),
-.BR setfileno (3),
-.BR sethostfile (3),
-.BR svc_exit (3),
-.BR svcudp_enablecache (3),
-.BR tell (3),
-.BR thrd_create (3),
-.BR thrd_current (3),
-.BR thrd_equal (3),
-.BR thrd_sleep (3),
-.BR thrd_yield (3),
-.BR tr_break (3),
-.BR tzsetwall (3),
-.BR ufc_dofinalperm (3),
-.BR ufc_doit (3),
-.BR user2netname (3),
-.BR wcschrnul (3),
-.BR wcsftime (3),
-.BR wscanf (3),
-.BR xdr_authdes_cred (3),
-.BR xdr_authdes_verf (3),
-.BR xdr_cryptkeyarg (3),
-.BR xdr_cryptkeyres (3),
-.BR xdr_datum (3),
-.BR xdr_des_block (3),
-.BR xdr_domainname (3),
-.BR xdr_getcredres (3),
-.BR xdr_keybuf (3),
-.BR xdr_keystatus (3),
-.BR xdr_mapname (3),
-.BR xdr_netnamestr (3),
-.BR xdr_netobj (3),
-.BR xdr_passwd (3),
-.BR xdr_peername (3),
-.BR xdr_rmtcall_args (3),
-.BR xdr_rmtcallres (3),
-.BR xdr_unixcred (3),
-.BR xdr_yp_buf (3),
-.BR xdr_yp_inaddr (3),
-.BR xdr_ypbind_binding (3),
-.BR xdr_ypbind_resp (3),
-.BR xdr_ypbind_resptype (3),
-.BR xdr_ypbind_setdom (3),
-.BR xdr_ypdelete_args (3),
-.BR xdr_ypmaplist (3),
-.BR xdr_ypmaplist_str (3),
-.BR xdr_yppasswd (3),
-.BR xdr_ypreq_key (3),
-.BR xdr_ypreq_nokey (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_all (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_all_seq (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_key_val (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_maplist (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_master (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_order (3),
-.BR xdr_ypresp_val (3),
-.BR xdr_ypstat (3),
-.BR xdr_ypupdate_args (3),
-.BR yp_all (3),
-.BR yp_bind (3),
-.BR yperr_string (3),
-.BR yp_first (3),
-.BR yp_get_default_domain (3),
-.BR yp_maplist (3),
-.BR yp_master (3),
-.BR yp_match (3),
-.BR yp_next (3),
-.BR yp_order (3),
-.BR ypprot_err (3),
-.BR yp_unbind (3),
-.BR yp_update (3)
diff --git a/man3/ungetc.3 b/man3/ungetc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f6585a10..000000000
--- a/man3/ungetc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man3/ungetwc.3 b/man3/ungetwc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 896152e3f..000000000
--- a/man3/ungetwc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH ungetwc 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-ungetwc \- push back a wide character onto a FILE stream
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t ungetwc(wint_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR ungetwc ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR ungetc (3)
-function.
-It pushes back a wide character onto
-.I stream
-and returns it.
-.P
-If
-.I wc
-is
-.BR WEOF ,
-it returns
-.BR WEOF .
-If
-.I wc
-is an invalid wide character,
-it sets
-.I errno
-to
-.B EILSEQ
-and returns
-.BR WEOF .
-.P
-If
-.I wc
-is a valid wide character, it is pushed back onto the stream
-and thus becomes available for future wide-character read operations.
-The file-position indicator is decremented by one or more.
-The end-of-file
-indicator is cleared.
-The backing storage of the file is not affected.
-.P
-Note:
-.I wc
-need not be the last wide-character read from the stream;
-it can be any other valid wide character.
-.P
-If the implementation supports multiple push-back operations in a row, the
-pushed-back wide characters will be read in reverse order; however, only one
-level of push-back is guaranteed.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR ungetwc ()
-function returns
-.I wc
-when successful, or
-.B WEOF
-upon
-failure.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR ungetwc ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR ungetwc ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fgetwc (3)
diff --git a/man3/unlocked_stdio.3 b/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e16877e1..000000000
--- a/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH unlocked_stdio 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked,
-putchar_unlocked \- nonlocking stdio functions
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.P
-.BI "int getc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.B "int getchar_unlocked(void);"
-.BI "int putc_unlocked(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int putchar_unlocked(int " c );
-.P
-.BI "void clearerr_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int feof_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int ferror_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int fileno_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int fflush_unlocked(FILE *_Nullable " stream );
-.P
-.BI "int fgetc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.BI "int fputc_unlocked(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
-.P
-.BI "size_t fread_unlocked(void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." n ],
-.BI "                      size_t " size ", size_t " n ,
-.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
-.BI "size_t fwrite_unlocked(const void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." n ],
-.BI "                      size_t " size ", size_t " n ,
-.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
-.P
-.BI "char *fgets_unlocked(char " s "[restrict ." n "], int " n \
-", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.BI "int fputs_unlocked(const char *restrict " s ", FILE *restrict " stream );
-.P
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wint_t getwc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.B "wint_t getwchar_unlocked(void);"
-.BI "wint_t fgetwc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
-.P
-.BI "wint_t fputwc_unlocked(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
-.BI "wint_t putwc_unlocked(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
-.BI "wint_t putwchar_unlocked(wchar_t " wc );
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *fgetws_unlocked(wchar_t " ws "[restrict ." n "], int " n ,
-.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
-.BI "int fputws_unlocked(const wchar_t *restrict " ws ,
-.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR \%getc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%getchar_unlocked (),
-.BR \%putc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%putchar_unlocked ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.24: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
-        || /* glibc <= 2.23: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR \%clearerr_unlocked (),
-.BR \%feof_unlocked (),
-.BR \%ferror_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fileno_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fflush_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fgetc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fputc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fread_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fwrite_unlocked ():
-.nf
-    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR \%fgets_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fputs_unlocked (),
-.BR \%getwc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%getwchar_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fgetwc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fputwc_unlocked (),
-.BR \%putwchar_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fgetws_unlocked (),
-.BR \%fputws_unlocked ():
-.nf
-    _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Each of these functions has the same behavior as its counterpart
-without the "_unlocked" suffix, except that they do not use locking
-(they do not set locks themselves, and do not test for the presence
-of locks set by others) and hence are thread-unsafe.
-See
-.BR flockfile (3).
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getc_unlocked (),
-.BR putc_unlocked (),
-.BR clearerr_unlocked (),
-.BR fflush_unlocked (),
-.BR fgetc_unlocked (),
-.BR fputc_unlocked (),
-.BR fread_unlocked (),
-.BR fwrite_unlocked (),
-.BR fgets_unlocked (),
-.BR fputs_unlocked (),
-.BR getwc_unlocked (),
-.BR fgetwc_unlocked (),
-.BR fputwc_unlocked (),
-.BR putwc_unlocked (),
-.BR fgetws_unlocked (),
-.BR fputws_unlocked ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Safe race:stream
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR getchar_unlocked (),
-.BR getwchar_unlocked ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:stdin
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR putchar_unlocked (),
-.BR putwchar_unlocked ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:stdout
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR feof_unlocked (),
-.BR ferror_unlocked (),
-.BR fileno_unlocked ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR getc_unlocked ()
-.TQ
-.BR getchar_unlocked ()
-.TQ
-.BR putc_unlocked ()
-.TQ
-.BR putchar_unlocked ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-Others:
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR getc_unlocked ()
-.TQ
-.BR getchar_unlocked ()
-.TQ
-.BR putc_unlocked ()
-.TQ
-.BR putchar_unlocked ()
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.\" E.g., in HP-UX 10.0. In HP-UX 10.30 they are called obsolescent, and
-.\" moved to a compatibility library.
-.\" Available in HP-UX 10.0: clearerr_unlocked, fclose_unlocked,
-.\" feof_unlocked, ferror_unlocked, fflush_unlocked, fgets_unlocked,
-.\" fgetwc_unlocked, fgetws_unlocked, fileno_unlocked, fputs_unlocked,
-.\" fputwc_unlocked, fputws_unlocked, fread_unlocked, fseek_unlocked,
-.\" ftell_unlocked, fwrite_unlocked, getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked,
-.\" getw_unlocked, getwc_unlocked, getwchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked,
-.\" putchar_unlocked, puts_unlocked, putws_unlocked, putw_unlocked,
-.\" putwc_unlocked, putwchar_unlocked, rewind_unlocked, setvbuf_unlocked,
-.\" ungetc_unlocked, ungetwc_unlocked.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR flockfile (3),
-.BR stdio (3)
diff --git a/man3/unlockpt.3 b/man3/unlockpt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cb8f18015..000000000
--- a/man3/unlockpt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
-.\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.TH unlockpt 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-unlockpt \- unlock a pseudoterminal master/slave pair
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #define _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int unlockpt(int " fd );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR unlockpt ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.24:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"        || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
-    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR unlockpt ()
-function unlocks the slave pseudoterminal device
-corresponding to the master pseudoterminal referred to by the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-.P
-.BR unlockpt ()
-should be called before opening the slave side of a pseudoterminal.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-When successful,
-.BR unlockpt ()
-returns 0.
-Otherwise, it returns \-1 and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EBADF
-The
-.I fd
-argument is not a file descriptor open for writing.
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-The
-.I fd
-argument is not associated with a master pseudoterminal.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR unlockpt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR grantpt (3),
-.BR posix_openpt (3),
-.BR ptsname (3),
-.BR pts (4),
-.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man3/unsetenv.3 b/man3/unsetenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 19ec56c24..000000000
--- a/man3/unsetenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/setenv.3
diff --git a/man3/updwtmp.3 b/man3/updwtmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b8e26be2c..000000000
--- a/man3/updwtmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1997 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
-.\" Created Wed Jul  2 23:27:34 ART 1997
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" Added info on availability, aeb, 971207
-.\" Added -lutil remark, 030718
-.\" 2008-07-02, mtk, document updwtmpx()
-.\"
-.TH updwtmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-updwtmp, logwtmp \- append an entry to the wtmp file
-.SH LIBRARY
-System utilities library
-.RI ( libutil ", " \-lutil )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <utmp.h>
-.P
-.BI "void updwtmp(const char *" wtmp_file ", const struct utmp *" ut );
-.BI "void logwtmp(const char *" line ", const char *" name \
-", const char *" host );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR updwtmp ()
-appends the utmp structure
-.I ut
-to the wtmp file.
-.P
-.BR logwtmp ()
-constructs a utmp structure using
-.IR line ", " name ", " host ,
-current time, and current process ID.
-Then it calls
-.BR updwtmp ()
-to append the structure to the wtmp file.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.I /var/log/wtmp
-database of past user logins
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR updwtmp (),
-.BR logwtmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe sig:ALRM timer
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-For consistency with the other "utmpx" functions (see
-.BR getutxent (3)),
-glibc provides (since glibc 2.1):
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE          " "/* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <utmpx.h>
-.BI "void updwtmpx (const char *" wtmpx_file ", const struct utmpx *" utx );
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-This function performs the same task as
-.BR updwtmp (),
-but differs in that it takes a
-.I utmpx
-structure as its last argument.
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-Solaris, NetBSD.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR getutxent (3),
-.BR wtmp (5)
diff --git a/man3/updwtmpx.3 b/man3/updwtmpx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dc4dea39..000000000
--- a/man3/updwtmpx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/updwtmp.3
diff --git a/man3/uselocale.3 b/man3/uselocale.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e3df603c..000000000
--- a/man3/uselocale.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.TH uselocale 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-uselocale \- set/get the locale for the calling thread
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <locale.h>
-.P
-.BI "locale_t uselocale(locale_t " newloc );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR uselocale ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR uselocale ()
-function sets the current locale for the calling thread,
-and returns the thread's previously current locale.
-After a successful call to
-.BR uselocale (),
-any calls by this thread to functions that depend on the locale
-will operate as though the locale has been set to
-.IR newloc .
-.P
-The
-.I newloc
-argument can have one of the following values:
-.TP
-A handle returned by a call to \fBnewlocale\fP(3) or \fBduplocale\fP(3)
-The calling thread's current locale is set to the specified locale.
-.TP
-The special locale object handle \fBLC_GLOBAL_LOCALE\fP
-The calling thread's current locale is set to the global locale determined by
-.BR setlocale (3).
-.TP
-.I "(locale_t) 0"
-The calling thread's current locale is left unchanged
-(and the current locale is returned as the function result).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR uselocale ()
-returns the locale handle that was set by the previous call to
-.BR uselocale ()
-in this thread, or
-.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
-if there was no such previous call.
-On error, it returns
-.IR "(locale_t)\ 0" ,
-and sets
-.I errno
-to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-.I newloc
-does not refer to a valid locale object.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.3.
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-Unlike
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR uselocale ()
-does not allow selective replacement of individual locale categories.
-To employ a locale that differs in only a few categories from the current
-locale, use calls to
-.BR duplocale (3)
-and
-.BR newlocale (3)
-to obtain a locale object equivalent to the current locale and
-modify the desired categories in that object.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-See
-.BR newlocale (3)
-and
-.BR duplocale (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR locale (1),
-.BR duplocale (3),
-.BR freelocale (3),
-.BR newlocale (3),
-.BR setlocale (3),
-.BR locale (5),
-.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man3/usleep.3 b/man3/usleep.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0715c207..000000000
--- a/man3/usleep.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2001-04-01 by aeb
-.\" Modified 2003-07-23 by aeb
-.\"
-.TH usleep 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-usleep \- suspend execution for microsecond intervals
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <unistd.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int usleep(useconds_t " usec );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR usleep ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.12:
-        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
-            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
-    Before glibc 2.12:
-        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
-.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR usleep ()
-function suspends execution of the calling thread for
-(at least) \fIusec\fP microseconds.
-The sleep may be lengthened slightly
-by any system activity or by the time spent processing the call or by the
-granularity of system timers.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR usleep ()
-function returns 0 on success.
-On error, \-1 is returned, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B EINTR
-Interrupted by a signal; see
-.BR signal (7).
-.TP
-.B EINVAL
-\fIusec\fP is greater than or equal to 1000000.
-(On systems where that is considered an error.)
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR usleep ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-None.
-.SH HISTORY
-4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
-POSIX.1-2001 declares it obsolete, suggesting
-.BR nanosleep (2)
-instead.
-Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
-.P
-On the original BSD implementation,
-and before glibc 2.2.2, the return type of this function is
-.IR void .
-The POSIX version returns
-.IR int ,
-and this is also the prototype used since glibc 2.2.2.
-.P
-Only the
-.B EINVAL
-error return is documented by SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The interaction of this function with the
-.B SIGALRM
-signal, and with other timer functions such as
-.BR alarm (2),
-.BR sleep (3),
-.BR nanosleep (2),
-.BR setitimer (2),
-.BR timer_create (2),
-.BR timer_delete (2),
-.BR timer_getoverrun (2),
-.BR timer_gettime (2),
-.BR timer_settime (2),
-.BR ualarm (3)
-is unspecified.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR alarm (2),
-.BR getitimer (2),
-.BR nanosleep (2),
-.BR select (2),
-.BR setitimer (2),
-.BR sleep (3),
-.BR ualarm (3),
-.BR useconds_t (3type),
-.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man3/utmpname.3 b/man3/utmpname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/utmpname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/utmpxname.3 b/man3/utmpxname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29c36b72a..000000000
--- a/man3/utmpxname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man3/va_arg.3 b/man3/va_arg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c419248e8..000000000
--- a/man3/va_arg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man3/va_copy.3 b/man3/va_copy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c419248e8..000000000
--- a/man3/va_copy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man3/va_end.3 b/man3/va_end.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c419248e8..000000000
--- a/man3/va_end.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man3/va_start.3 b/man3/va_start.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c419248e8..000000000
--- a/man3/va_start.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man3/valloc.3 b/man3/valloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 791d4c801..000000000
--- a/man3/valloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man3/vasprintf.3 b/man3/vasprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a8753a9c..000000000
--- a/man3/vasprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/asprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/vdprintf.3 b/man3/vdprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fa36f35d8..000000000
--- a/man3/vdprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/dprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/verr.3 b/man3/verr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/verr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/verrx.3 b/man3/verrx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/verrx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/versionsort.3 b/man3/versionsort.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e757c7a0..000000000
--- a/man3/versionsort.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scandir.3
diff --git a/man3/vfprintf.3 b/man3/vfprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/vfprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/vfscanf.3 b/man3/vfscanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd424bb2..000000000
--- a/man3/vfscanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scanf.3
diff --git a/man3/vfwprintf.3 b/man3/vfwprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ec9685b..000000000
--- a/man3/vfwprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/vlimit.3 b/man3/vlimit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 58a817be8..000000000
--- a/man3/vlimit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/getrlimit.2
-.\" No new programs should use vlimit(3).
-.\" getrlimit(2) briefly discusses vlimit(3), so point the user there.
diff --git a/man3/vprintf.3 b/man3/vprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/vprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/vscanf.3 b/man3/vscanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd424bb2..000000000
--- a/man3/vscanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/scanf.3
diff --git a/man3/vsnprintf.3 b/man3/vsnprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/vsnprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/vsprintf.3 b/man3/vsprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 975530d90..000000000
--- a/man3/vsprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man3/vsscanf.3 b/man3/vsscanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f5ebc15e..000000000
--- a/man3/vsscanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/sscanf.3
diff --git a/man3/vswprintf.3 b/man3/vswprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ec9685b..000000000
--- a/man3/vswprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/vsyslog.3 b/man3/vsyslog.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ec352b291..000000000
--- a/man3/vsyslog.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/syslog.3
diff --git a/man3/vtimes.3 b/man3/vtimes.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4097ab77b..000000000
--- a/man3/vtimes.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-.so man2/getrusage.2
-.\" No new programs should use vtimes(3).
-.\" getrusage(2) briefly discusses vtimes(3), so point the user there.
diff --git a/man3/vwarn.3 b/man3/vwarn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/vwarn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/vwarnx.3 b/man3/vwarnx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/vwarnx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/vwprintf.3 b/man3/vwprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56ec9685b..000000000
--- a/man3/vwprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man3/warn.3 b/man3/warn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/warn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/warnx.3 b/man3/warnx.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ee2e497a..000000000
--- a/man3/warnx.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man3/wcpcpy.3 b/man3/wcpcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index aa20c097a..000000000
--- a/man3/wcpcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcpcpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcpcpy \- copy a wide-character string, returning a pointer to its end
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
-", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcpcpy ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcpcpy ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR stpcpy (3)
-function.
-It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-to the array pointed to by
-.IR dest .
-.P
-The strings may not overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there
-is room for at least
-.I wcslen(src)+1
-wide characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wcpcpy ()
-returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string
-.IR dest ,
-that is, a pointer to the terminating null wide character.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcpcpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR wcscpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcpncpy.3 b/man3/wcpncpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b7ae8ca1..000000000
--- a/man3/wcpncpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcpncpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcpncpy \- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters,
-returning a pointer to its end
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 size_t " n );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcpncpy ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcpncpy ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR stpncpy (3)
-function.
-It copies at most
-.I n
-wide characters from the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-including the terminating null wide (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-to the array pointed to by
-.IR dest .
-Exactly
-.I n
-wide characters are
-written at
-.IR dest .
-If the length
-.I wcslen(src)
-is smaller than
-.IR n ,
-the remaining wide characters in the array pointed to
-by
-.I dest
-are filled with L\[aq]\e0\[aq] characters.
-If the length
-.I wcslen(src)
-is greater than or equal
-to
-.IR n ,
-the string pointed to by
-.I dest
-will
-not be L\[aq]\e0\[aq] terminated.
-.P
-The strings may not overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I n
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wcpncpy ()
-returns a pointer to the last wide character written, that is,
-.IR dest + n \-1.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcpncpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR stpncpy (3),
-.BR wcsncpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcrtomb.3 b/man3/wcrtomb.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d7673312f..000000000
--- a/man3/wcrtomb.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcrtomb 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcrtomb \- convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcrtomb(char *restrict " s ", wchar_t " wc \
-", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The main case for this function is when
-.I s
-is
-not NULL and
-.I wc
-is not a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-In this case, the
-.BR wcrtomb ()
-function
-converts the wide character
-.I wc
-to its multibyte representation and stores it
-at the beginning of the character
-array pointed to by
-.IR s .
-It updates the shift state
-.IR *ps ,
-and
-returns the length of said multibyte representation,
-that is, the number of bytes
-written at
-.IR s .
-.P
-A different case is when
-.I s
-is not NULL,
-but
-.I wc
-is a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-In this case, the
-.BR wcrtomb ()
-function stores at
-the character array pointed to by
-.I s
-the shift sequence needed to
-bring
-.I *ps
-back to the initial state,
-followed by a \[aq]\e0\[aq] byte.
-It updates the shift state
-.I *ps
-(i.e., brings
-it into the initial state),
-and returns the length of the shift sequence plus
-one, that is, the number of bytes written at
-.IR s .
-.P
-A third case is when
-.I s
-is NULL.
-In this case,
-.I wc
-is ignored,
-and the function effectively returns
-.P
-.in +4n
-.EX
-wcrtomb(buf, L\[aq]\e0\[aq], ps)
-.EE
-.in
-.P
-where
-.I buf
-is an internal anonymous buffer.
-.P
-In all of the above cases, if
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous
-state known only to the
-.BR wcrtomb ()
-function is used instead.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcrtomb ()
-function returns the number of
-bytes that have been or would
-have been written to the byte array at
-.IR s .
-If
-.I wc
-can not be
-represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale),
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcrtomb ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:wcrtomb/!ps
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcrtomb ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-Passing NULL as
-.I ps
-is not multithread safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mbsinit (3),
-.BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcscasecmp.3 b/man3/wcscasecmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88d88b2a3..000000000
--- a/man3/wcscasecmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcscasecmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcscasecmp \- compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *" s1 ", const wchar_t *" s2 );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcscasecmp ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcscasecmp ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strcasecmp (3)
-function.
-It compares the wide-character string pointed to
-by
-.I s1
-and the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR s2 ,
-ignoring
-case differences
-.RB ( towupper (3),
-.BR towlower (3)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcscasecmp ()
-function returns zero if the wide-character strings at
-.I s1
-and
-.I s2
-are equal except for case distinctions.
-It returns a
-positive integer if
-.I s1
-is greater than
-.IR s2 ,
-ignoring case.
-It
-returns a negative integer if
-.I s1
-is smaller
-than
-.IR s2 ,
-ignoring case.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcscasecmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcscasecmp ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strcasecmp (3),
-.BR wcscmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcscat.3 b/man3/wcscat.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cdf97f9f..000000000
--- a/man3/wcscat.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcscat 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcscat \- concatenate two wide-character strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
-", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcscat ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strcat (3)
-function.
-It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-to the end of the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR dest .
-.P
-The strings may not overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.IR wcslen(dest) + wcslen(src) +1
-wide characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wcscat ()
-returns
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcscat ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strcat (3),
-.BR wcpcpy (3),
-.BR wcscpy (3),
-.BR wcsncat (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcschr.3 b/man3/wcschr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d12199b0e..000000000
--- a/man3/wcschr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcschr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcschr \- search a wide character in a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t *" wcs ", wchar_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcschr ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strchr (3)
-function.
-It searches the first occurrence of
-.I wc
-in the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.IR wcs .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcschr ()
-function returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
-.I wc
-in the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR wcs ,
-or NULL if
-.I wc
-does not occur in the string.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcschr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strchr (3),
-.BR wcspbrk (3),
-.BR wcsrchr (3),
-.BR wcsstr (3),
-.BR wmemchr (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcscmp.3 b/man3/wcscmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 529edfaeb..000000000
--- a/man3/wcscmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcscmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcscmp \- compare two wide-character strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wcscmp(const wchar_t *" s1 ", const wchar_t *" s2 );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcscmp ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strcmp (3)
-function.
-It compares the wide-character string pointed to by
-.I s1
-and the
-wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR s2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcscmp ()
-function returns zero if the wide-character strings at
-.I s1
-and
-.I s2
-are equal.
-It returns an integer greater than zero if
-at the first differing position
-.IR i ,
-the corresponding wide-character
-.I s1[i]
-is greater than
-.IR s2[i] .
-It returns an integer less than zero if
-at the first differing position
-.IR i ,
-the corresponding wide-character
-.I s1[i]
-is less than
-.IR s2[i] .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcscmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strcmp (3),
-.BR wcscasecmp (3),
-.BR wmemcmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcscpy.3 b/man3/wcscpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 83573fb1b..000000000
--- a/man3/wcscpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcscpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcscpy \- copy a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
-", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcscpy ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strcpy (3)
-function.
-It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-to the array pointed to by
-.IR dest .
-.P
-The strings may not overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is
-room for at least
-.I wcslen(src)+1
-wide characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wcscpy ()
-returns
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcscpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strcpy (3),
-.BR wcpcpy (3),
-.BR wcscat (3),
-.BR wcsdup (3),
-.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcscspn.3 b/man3/wcscspn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a54578278..000000000
--- a/man3/wcscspn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcscspn 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcscspn \- search a wide-character string for any of a set of wide characters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" reject );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcscspn ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strcspn (3)
-function.
-It determines the length of the longest initial segment of
-.I wcs
-which consists entirely of wide-characters not listed in
-.IR reject .
-In
-other words, it searches for the first occurrence in the wide-character
-string
-.I wcs
-of any of the characters in the wide-character string
-.IR reject .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcscspn ()
-function returns the number of
-wide characters in the longest
-initial segment of
-.I wcs
-which consists entirely of wide-characters not
-listed in
-.IR reject .
-In other words, it returns the position of the first
-occurrence in the wide-character string
-.I wcs
-of any of the characters in
-the wide-character string
-.IR reject ,
-or
-.I wcslen(wcs)
-if there is none.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcscspn ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strcspn (3),
-.BR wcspbrk (3),
-.BR wcsspn (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsdup.3 b/man3/wcsdup.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 28fb0516f..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsdup.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcsdup 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsdup \- duplicate a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *" s );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcsdup ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsdup ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strdup (3)
-function.
-It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial
-contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR s .
-.P
-Memory for the new wide-character string is
-obtained with
-.BR malloc (3),
-and should be freed with
-.BR free (3).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR wcsdup ()
-returns a pointer to the new wide-character string.
-On error, it returns NULL, with
-.I errno
-set to indicate the error.
-.SH ERRORS
-.TP
-.B ENOMEM
-Insufficient memory available to allocate duplicate string.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsdup ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-libc5, glibc 2.0.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strdup (3),
-.BR wcscpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcslen.3 b/man3/wcslen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ee30e6b42..000000000
--- a/man3/wcslen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcslen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcslen \- determine the length of a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *" s );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcslen ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strlen (3)
-function.
-It determines the length of the wide-character string pointed to
-by
-.IR s ,
-excluding the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcslen ()
-function returns the
-number of wide characters in
-.IR s .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcslen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-In cases where the input buffer may not contain
-a terminating null wide character,
-.BR wcsnlen (3)
-should be used instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strlen (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsncasecmp.3 b/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dba58b747..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcsncasecmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsncasecmp \- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], s\
-ize_t " n );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcsncasecmp ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsncasecmp ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strncasecmp (3)
-function.
-It compares the wide-character string pointed to
-by
-.I s1
-and the wide-character string
-pointed to by
-.IR s2 ,
-but at most
-.I n
-wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences
-.RB ( towupper (3),
-.BR towlower (3)).
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsncasecmp ()
-function returns zero
-if the wide-character strings at
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 ,
-truncated to at most length
-.IR n ,
-are equal except
-for case distinctions.
-It returns a positive integer if truncated
-.I s1
-is
-greater than truncated
-.IR s2 ,
-ignoring case.
-It returns a negative integer
-if truncated
-.I s1
-is smaller than truncated
-.IR s2 ,
-ignoring case.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsncasecmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcsncasecmp ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strncasecmp (3),
-.BR wcsncmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsncat.3 b/man3/wcsncat.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b4fe52e6..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsncat.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsncat 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsncat \- concatenate two wide-character strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcsncat(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsncat ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strncat (3)
-function.
-It copies at most
-.I n
-wide characters from the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.I src
-to the end of the wide-character string pointed
-to by
-.IR dest ,
-and adds a terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-.P
-The strings may not overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.IR wcslen(dest) + n +1
-wide characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wcsncat ()
-returns
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsncat ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strncat (3),
-.BR wcscat (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsncmp.3 b/man3/wcsncmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4792e8285..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsncmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsncmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsncmp \- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wcsncmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsncmp ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strncmp (3)
-function.
-It compares the wide-character string pointed to by
-.I s1
-and the
-wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR s2 ,
-but at most
-.I n
-wide
-characters from each string.
-In each string, the comparison extends only up
-to the first occurrence of a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]), if any.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsncmp ()
-function returns zero if the wide-character strings at
-.I s1
-and
-.IR s2 ,
-truncated to at most length
-.IR n ,
-are equal.
-It returns an integer greater than zero if at the first differing position
-.I i
-.RI ( i
-<
-.IR n ),
-the corresponding wide-character
-.I s1[i]
-is
-greater than
-.IR s2[i] .
-It returns an integer less than zero if at the first
-differing position
-.I i
-.RI ( i
-<
-.IR n ),
-the corresponding
-wide-character
-.I s1[i]
-is less than
-.IR s2[i] .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsncmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strncmp (3),
-.BR wcsncasecmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsncpy.3 b/man3/wcsncpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a42f17270..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsncpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsncpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsncpy \- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcsncpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsncpy ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strncpy (3)
-function.
-It copies at most
-.I n
-wide characters from the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.IR src ,
-including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-to the array pointed to by
-.IR dest .
-Exactly
-.I n
-wide characters are
-written at
-.IR dest .
-If the length \fIwcslen(src)\fP is smaller than
-.IR n ,
-the remaining wide characters in the array
-pointed to by
-.I dest
-are filled
-with null wide characters.
-If the length \fIwcslen(src)\fP is greater than or equal
-to
-.IR n ,
-the string pointed to by
-.I dest
-will not be terminated by a null wide character.
-.P
-The strings may not overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I n
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wcsncpy ()
-returns
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsncpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strncpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsnlen.3 b/man3/wcsnlen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cd7dd6642..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsnlen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcsnlen 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsnlen \- determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t " s [. maxlen "], size_t " maxlen );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcsnlen ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsnlen ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strnlen (3)
-function.
-It returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to by
-.IR s ,
-not including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-but at most
-.I maxlen
-wide characters (note: this parameter is not a byte count).
-In doing this,
-.BR wcsnlen ()
-looks at only the first
-.I maxlen
-wide characters at
-.I s
-and never beyond
-.IR s[maxlen\-1] .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsnlen ()
-function returns
-.IR wcslen(s) ,
-if that is less than
-.IR maxlen ,
-or
-.I maxlen
-if there is no null wide character among the
-first
-.I maxlen
-wide characters pointed to by
-.IR s .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsnlen ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strnlen (3),
-.BR wcslen (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsnrtombs.3 b/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 229cf59a3..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcsnrtombs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsnrtombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcsnrtombs(char " dest "[restrict ." len "], \
-const wchar_t **restrict " src ,
-.BI "                  size_t " nwc ", size_t " len ", \
-mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wcsnrtombs ():
-.nf
-    Since glibc 2.10:
-        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
-    Before glibc 2.10:
-        _GNU_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsnrtombs ()
-function is like the
-.BR wcsrtombs (3)
-function,
-except that the number of wide characters to be converted,
-starting at
-.IR *src ,
-is limited to
-.IR nwc .
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is not NULL,
-the
-.BR wcsnrtombs ()
-function converts
-at most
-.I nwc
-wide characters from
-the wide-character string
-.I *src
-to a multibyte string starting at
-.IR dest .
-At most
-.I len
-bytes are written to
-.IR dest .
-The shift state
-.I *ps
-is updated.
-The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
-calling
-.IR "wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps)" ,
-as long as this call succeeds,
-and then incrementing
-.I dest
-by the
-number of bytes written and
-.I *src
-by one.
-The conversion can stop for three reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a
-multibyte sequence (according to the current locale).
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing to the invalid wide character,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned,
-and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.IP \[bu]
-.I nwc
-wide characters have been
-converted without encountering a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-or the length limit forces a stop.
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing
-to the next wide character to be converted, and the number of bytes written
-to
-.I dest
-is returned.
-.IP \[bu]
-The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the
-terminating null wide character (which has the side effect of bringing back
-.I *ps
-to the initial state).
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is set to NULL, and the number
-of bytes written to
-.IR dest ,
-excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), is
-returned.
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is NULL,
-.I len
-is ignored,
-and the conversion proceeds as above,
-except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that
-no destination length limit exists.
-.P
-In both of the above cases,
-if
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous
-state known only to the
-.BR wcsnrtombs ()
-function is used instead.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I len
-bytes
-at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsnrtombs ()
-function returns
-the number of bytes that make up the
-converted part of multibyte sequence,
-not including the terminating null byte.
-If a wide character was encountered which
-could not be converted,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsnrtombs ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:wcsnrtombs/!ps
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcsnrtombs ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-Passing NULL as
-.I ps
-is not multithread safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv (3),
-.BR mbsinit (3),
-.BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcspbrk.3 b/man3/wcspbrk.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4da04896e..000000000
--- a/man3/wcspbrk.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcspbrk 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcspbrk \- search a wide-character string for any of a set of wide characters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" accept );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcspbrk ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strpbrk (3)
-function.
-It searches for the first occurrence in the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.I wcs
-of any of the
-characters in the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.IR accept .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcspbrk ()
-function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in
-.I wcs
-of any of the characters listed in
-.IR accept .
-If
-.I wcs
-contains none of these characters, NULL is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcspbrk ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strpbrk (3),
-.BR wcschr (3),
-.BR wcscspn (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsrchr.3 b/man3/wcsrchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb3779f8c..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsrchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsrchr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsrchr \- search a wide character in a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t *" wcs ", wchar_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsrchr ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent
-of the
-.BR strrchr (3)
-function.
-It searches the last occurrence of
-.I wc
-in the wide-character
-string pointed to by
-.IR wcs .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsrchr ()
-function returns a pointer to the last occurrence of
-.I wc
-in the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR wcs ,
-or NULL if
-.I wc
-does not occur in the string.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsrchr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strrchr (3),
-.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsrtombs.3 b/man3/wcsrtombs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 28067cbed..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsrtombs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsrtombs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsrtombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcsrtombs(char " dest "[restrict ." len "], \
-const wchar_t **restrict " src ,
-.BI "                 size_t " len ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I dest
-is not NULL,
-the
-.BR wcsrtombs ()
-function converts
-the wide-character string
-.I *src
-to a multibyte string starting at
-.IR dest .
-At most
-.I len
-bytes are written to
-.IR dest .
-The shift state
-.I *ps
-is updated.
-The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
-calling
-.IR "wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps)" ,
-as long as this call succeeds,
-and then incrementing
-.I dest
-by the
-number of bytes written and
-.I *src
-by one.
-The conversion can stop for three reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a
-multibyte sequence (according to the current locale).
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing to the invalid wide character,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned,
-and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.IP \[bu]
-The length limit forces a stop.
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is left pointing
-to the next wide character to be converted,
-and the number of bytes written to
-.I dest
-is returned.
-.IP \[bu]
-The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the
-terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-which has the side effect of bringing back
-.I *ps
-to the initial state.
-In this case,
-.I *src
-is set to NULL, and the number
-of bytes written to
-.IR dest ,
-excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is NULL,
-.I len
-is ignored,
-and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes
-are not written out to memory, and that
-no length limit exists.
-.P
-In both of the above cases,
-if
-.I ps
-is NULL, a static anonymous
-state known only to the
-.BR wcsrtombs ()
-function is used instead.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I len
-bytes
-at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsrtombs ()
-function returns
-the number of bytes that make up the
-converted part of multibyte sequence,
-not including the terminating null byte.
-If a wide character was encountered
-which could not be converted,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned, and
-.I errno
-set to
-.BR EILSEQ .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsrtombs ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:wcsrtombs/!ps
-T}
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcsrtombs ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-Passing NULL as
-.I ps
-is not multithread safe.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iconv (3),
-.BR mbsinit (3),
-.BR wcrtomb (3),
-.BR wcsnrtombs (3),
-.BR wcstombs (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsspn.3 b/man3/wcsspn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8929e216e..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsspn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsspn 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsspn \- get length of a prefix wide-character substring
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" accept );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsspn ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strspn (3)
-function.
-It determines the length of the longest initial segment of
-.I wcs
-which consists entirely of wide-characters listed in
-.IR accept .
-In other
-words, it searches for the first occurrence in the wide-character string
-.I wcs
-of a wide-character not contained in the wide-character string
-.IR accept .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsspn ()
-function returns the number of
-wide characters in the longest
-initial segment of
-.I wcs
-which consists entirely of wide-characters listed
-in
-.IR accept .
-In other words, it returns the position of the first
-occurrence in the wide-character string
-.I wcs
-of a wide-character not
-contained in the wide-character string
-.IR accept ,
-or
-.I wcslen(wcs)
-if there is none.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsspn ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strspn (3),
-.BR wcscspn (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcsstr.3 b/man3/wcsstr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d9bde3669..000000000
--- a/man3/wcsstr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcsstr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcsstr \- locate a substring in a wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *" haystack ", const wchar_t *" needle );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcsstr ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strstr (3)
-function.
-It searches for the first occurrence of the wide-character string
-.I needle
-(without its terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]))
-as a substring in the wide-character string
-.IR haystack .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcsstr ()
-function returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
-.I needle
-in
-.IR haystack .
-It returns NULL if
-.I needle
-does not occur
-as a substring in
-.IR haystack .
-.P
-Note the special case:
-If
-.I needle
-is the empty wide-character string,
-the return value is always
-.I haystack
-itself.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcsstr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strstr (3),
-.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcstoimax.3 b/man3/wcstoimax.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 40a677108..000000000
--- a/man3/wcstoimax.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH wcstoimax 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcstoimax, wcstoumax \- convert wide-character string to integer
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stddef.h>
-.B #include <inttypes.h>
-.P
-.BI "intmax_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t *restrict " nptr ,
-.BI "                   wchar_t **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
-.BI "uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t *restrict " nptr ,
-.BI "                   wchar_t **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are just like
-.BR wcstol (3)
-and
-.BR wcstoul (3),
-except that they return a value of type
-.I intmax_t
-and
-.IR uintmax_t ,
-respectively.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcstoimax (),
-.BR wcstoumax ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR imaxabs (3),
-.BR imaxdiv (3),
-.BR strtoimax (3),
-.BR strtoumax (3),
-.\" FIXME . the pages referred to by the following xrefs are not yet written
-.BR wcstol (3),
-.BR wcstoul (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcstok.3 b/man3/wcstok.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e5f82460..000000000
--- a/man3/wcstok.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcstok 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcstok \- split wide-character string into tokens
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t *restrict " wcs \
-", const wchar_t *restrict " delim ,
-.BI "                wchar_t **restrict " ptr );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcstok ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR strtok (3)
-function,
-with an added argument to make it multithread-safe.
-It can be used
-to split a wide-character string
-.I wcs
-into tokens, where a token is
-defined as a substring not containing any wide-characters from
-.IR delim .
-.P
-The search starts at
-.IR wcs ,
-if
-.I wcs
-is not NULL,
-or at
-.IR *ptr ,
-if
-.I wcs
-is NULL.
-First, any delimiter wide-characters are skipped, that is, the
-pointer is advanced beyond any wide-characters which occur in
-.IR delim .
-If the end of the wide-character string is now
-reached,
-.BR wcstok ()
-returns NULL, to indicate that no tokens
-were found, and stores an appropriate value in
-.IR *ptr ,
-so that subsequent calls to
-.BR wcstok ()
-will continue to return NULL.
-Otherwise, the
-.BR wcstok ()
-function recognizes the beginning of a token
-and returns a pointer to it, but before doing that, it zero-terminates the
-token by replacing the next wide-character which occurs in
-.I delim
-with
-a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-and it updates
-.I *ptr
-so that subsequent calls will
-continue searching after the end of recognized token.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcstok ()
-function returns a pointer to the next token,
-or NULL if no further token was found.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcstok ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The original
-.I wcs
-wide-character string is destructively modified during
-the operation.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The following code loops over the tokens contained in a wide-character string.
-.P
-.EX
-wchar_t *wcs = ...;
-wchar_t *token;
-wchar_t *state;
-for (token = wcstok(wcs, L" \et\en", &state);
-    token != NULL;
-    token = wcstok(NULL, L" \et\en", &state)) {
-    ...
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR strtok (3),
-.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcstombs.3 b/man3/wcstombs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 403dacb3e..000000000
--- a/man3/wcstombs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wcstombs 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcstombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "size_t wcstombs(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
-const wchar_t *restrict " src ,
-.BI "                size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I dest
-is not NULL, the
-.BR wcstombs ()
-function converts
-the wide-character string
-.I src
-to a multibyte string starting at
-.IR dest .
-At most
-.I n
-bytes are written to
-.IR dest .
-The sequence of characters placed in
-.I dest
-begins in the initial shift state.
-The conversion can stop for three reasons:
-.IP \[bu] 3
-A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a
-multibyte sequence (according to the current locale).
-In this case,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned.
-.IP \[bu]
-The length limit forces a stop.
-In this case, the number of bytes written to
-.I dest
-is returned, but the shift state at this point is lost.
-.IP \[bu]
-The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the
-terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-In this case, the conversion ends in the initial shift state.
-The number of bytes written to
-.IR dest ,
-excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), is returned.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I n
-bytes
-at
-.IR dest .
-.P
-If
-.I dest
-is NULL,
-.I n
-is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
-above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory,
-and no length limit exists.
-.P
-In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
-.I n
-is greater than or equal to
-.IR "wcstombs(NULL,src,0)+1" .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcstombs ()
-function returns the number of bytes that make up the
-converted part of a multibyte sequence,
-not including the terminating null byte.
-If a wide character was encountered which could not be
-converted,
-.I (size_t)\ \-1
-is returned.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcstombs ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The function
-.BR wcsrtombs (3)
-provides a better interface to the same functionality.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcstombs ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR mblen (3),
-.BR mbstowcs (3),
-.BR mbtowc (3),
-.BR wcsrtombs (3),
-.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcstoumax.3 b/man3/wcstoumax.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f3aa5d2a0..000000000
--- a/man3/wcstoumax.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wcstoimax.3
diff --git a/man3/wcswidth.3 b/man3/wcswidth.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 444410d2f..000000000
--- a/man3/wcswidth.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcswidth 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcswidth \- determine columns needed for a fixed-size wide-character string
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wcswidth(const wchar_t *" s ", size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcswidth ()
-function returns the
-number of columns needed to represent
-the wide-character string pointed to by
-.IR s ,
-but at most
-.I n
-wide
-characters.
-If a nonprintable wide character occurs among these characters,
-\-1 is returned.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcswidth ()
-function
-returns the number of column positions for the
-wide-character string
-.IR s ,
-truncated to at most length
-.IR n .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcswidth ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcswidth ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswprint (3),
-.BR wcwidth (3)
diff --git a/man3/wctob.3 b/man3/wctob.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c3d1d008..000000000
--- a/man3/wctob.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wctob 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wctob \- try to represent a wide character as a single byte
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wctob(wint_t " c );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wctob ()
-function tests whether
-the multibyte representation of the
-wide character
-.IR c ,
-starting in the initial state, consists of a single
-byte.
-If so, it is returned as an
-.IR "unsigned char" .
-.P
-Never use this function.
-It cannot help you in writing internationalized
-programs.
-Internationalized programs must never distinguish single-byte and
-multibyte characters.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wctob ()
-function returns the single-byte representation of
-.IR c ,
-if it exists, or
-.B EOF
-otherwise.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wctob ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wctob ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-This function should never be used.
-Internationalized programs must never
-distinguish single-byte and multibyte characters.
-Use either
-.BR wctomb (3)
-or the thread-safe
-.BR wcrtomb (3)
-instead.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR btowc (3),
-.BR wcrtomb (3),
-.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man3/wctomb.3 b/man3/wctomb.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e500bc989..000000000
--- a/man3/wctomb.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wctomb 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wctomb \- convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdlib.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wctomb(char *" s ", wchar_t " wc );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I s
-is not NULL,
-the
-.BR wctomb ()
-function converts the wide character
-.I wc
-to its multibyte representation and stores it at the beginning of
-the character array pointed to by
-.IR s .
-It updates the shift state, which
-is stored in a static anonymous variable
-known only to the
-.BR wctomb ()
-function,
-and returns the length of said multibyte representation,
-that is, the number of
-bytes written at
-.IR s .
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is
-room for at least
-.B MB_CUR_MAX
-bytes at
-.IR s .
-.P
-If
-.I s
-is NULL, the
-.BR wctomb ()
-function
-.\" The Dinkumware doc and the Single UNIX specification say this, but
-.\" glibc doesn't implement this.
-resets the shift state, known only to this function,
-to the initial state, and
-returns nonzero if the encoding has nontrivial shift state,
-or zero if the encoding is stateless.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-If
-.I s
-is not NULL, the
-.BR wctomb ()
-function
-returns the number of bytes
-that have been written to the byte array at
-.IR s .
-If
-.I wc
-can not be
-represented as a multibyte sequence (according
-to the current locale), \-1 is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I s
-is NULL, the
-.BR wctomb ()
-function returns nonzero if the
-encoding has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the encoding is stateless.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wctomb ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-The function
-.BR wcrtomb (3)
-provides
-a better interface to the same functionality.
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wctomb ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR MB_CUR_MAX (3),
-.BR mblen (3),
-.BR mbstowcs (3),
-.BR mbtowc (3),
-.BR wcrtomb (3),
-.BR wcstombs (3)
diff --git a/man3/wctrans.3 b/man3/wctrans.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e82fca0d6..000000000
--- a/man3/wctrans.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wctrans 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wctrans \- wide-character translation mapping
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "wctrans_t wctrans(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I wctrans_t
-type represents a mapping
-which can map a wide character to
-another wide character.
-Its nature is implementation-dependent, but the special
-value
-.I (wctrans_t)\ 0
-denotes an invalid mapping.
-Nonzero
-.I wctrans_t
-values can be passed to the
-.BR towctrans (3)
-function to actually perform
-the wide-character mapping.
-.P
-The
-.BR wctrans ()
-function returns a mapping, given by its name.
-The set of
-valid names depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the current locale, but the
-following names are valid in all locales.
-.P
-.nf
-    "tolower" \- realizes the \fBtolower\fP(3) mapping
-    "toupper" \- realizes the \fBtoupper\fP(3) mapping
-.fi
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wctrans ()
-function returns a mapping descriptor if the
-.I name
-is valid.
-Otherwise, it returns
-.IR "(wctrans_t)\ 0" .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wctrans ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wctrans ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR towctrans (3)
diff --git a/man3/wctype.3 b/man3/wctype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e21005c6..000000000
--- a/man3/wctype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wctype 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wctype \- wide-character classification
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wctype.h>
-.P
-.BI "wctype_t wctype(const char *" name );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I wctype_t
-type represents a property which a wide character may or
-may not have.
-In other words, it represents a class of wide characters.
-This type's nature is implementation-dependent, but the special value
-.I "(wctype_t) 0"
-denotes an invalid property.
-Nonzero
-.I wctype_t
-values
-can be passed to the
-.BR iswctype (3)
-function
-to actually test whether a given
-wide character has the property.
-.P
-The
-.BR wctype ()
-function returns a property, given by its name.
-The set of
-valid names depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the current locale, but the
-following names are valid in all locales.
-.P
-.nf
-    "alnum" \- realizes the \fBisalnum\fP(3) classification function
-    "alpha" \- realizes the \fBisalpha\fP(3) classification function
-    "blank" \- realizes the \fBisblank\fP(3) classification function
-    "cntrl" \- realizes the \fBiscntrl\fP(3) classification function
-    "digit" \- realizes the \fBisdigit\fP(3) classification function
-    "graph" \- realizes the \fBisgraph\fP(3) classification function
-    "lower" \- realizes the \fBislower\fP(3) classification function
-    "print" \- realizes the \fBisprint\fP(3) classification function
-    "punct" \- realizes the \fBispunct\fP(3) classification function
-    "space" \- realizes the \fBisspace\fP(3) classification function
-    "upper" \- realizes the \fBisupper\fP(3) classification function
-    "xdigit" \- realizes the \fBisxdigit\fP(3) classification function
-.fi
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wctype ()
-function returns a property descriptor
-if the
-.I name
-is valid.
-Otherwise, it returns
-.IR "(wctype_t) 0" .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wctype ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wctype ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man3/wcwidth.3 b/man3/wcwidth.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 65e9ced73..000000000
--- a/man3/wcwidth.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wcwidth 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wcwidth \- determine columns needed for a wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wcwidth(wchar_t " c );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wcwidth ()
-function returns the number of columns
-needed to represent the wide character
-.IR c .
-If
-.I c
-is a printable wide character, the value
-is at least 0.
-If
-.I c
-is null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]), the value is 0.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wcwidth ()
-function returns the number of
-column positions for
-.IR c .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wcwidth ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.P
-Note that before glibc 2.2.5, glibc used the prototype
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "int wcwidth(wint_t " c );
-.fi
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wcwidth ()
-depends on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR iswprint (3),
-.BR wcswidth (3)
diff --git a/man3/wmemchr.3 b/man3/wmemchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 638d2f785..000000000
--- a/man3/wmemchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wmemchr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wmemchr \- search a wide character in a wide-character array
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t " s [. n "], wchar_t " c ", size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wmemchr ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR memchr (3)
-function.
-It searches the
-.I n
-wide characters starting at
-.I s
-for
-the first occurrence of the wide character
-.IR c .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wmemchr ()
-function returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
-.I c
-among the
-.I n
-wide characters starting at
-.IR s ,
-or NULL if
-.I c
-does
-not occur among these.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wmemchr ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memchr (3),
-.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man3/wmemcmp.3 b/man3/wmemcmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 549057c7a..000000000
--- a/man3/wmemcmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"
-.TH wmemcmp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wmemcmp \- compare two arrays of wide-characters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wmemcmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wmemcmp ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR memcmp (3)
-function.
-It compares the
-.I n
-wide-characters starting at
-.I s1
-and the
-.I n
-wide-characters starting at
-.IR s2 .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The
-.BR wmemcmp ()
-function returns
-zero if the wide-character arrays of size
-.I n
-at
-.I s1
-and
-.I s2
-are equal.
-It returns an integer greater than
-zero if at the first differing position
-.I i
-.RI ( i " <"
-.IR n ),
-the
-corresponding wide-character
-.I s1[i]
-is greater than
-.IR s2[i] .
-It returns an integer less than zero if
-at the first differing position
-.I i
-.RI ( i
-<
-.IR n ),
-the corresponding
-wide-character
-.I s1[i]
-is less than
-.IR s2[i] .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wmemcmp ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcmp (3),
-.BR wcscmp (3)
diff --git a/man3/wmemcpy.3 b/man3/wmemcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d44332230..000000000
--- a/man3/wmemcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wmemcpy 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wmemcpy \- copy an array of wide-characters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wmemcpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
-.BI "                 size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wmemcpy ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR memcpy (3)
-function.
-It copies
-.I n
-wide characters from the array starting at
-.I src
-to the array starting at
-.IR dest .
-.P
-The arrays may not overlap; use
-.BR wmemmove (3)
-to copy between overlapping
-arrays.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I n
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wmemcpy ()
-returns
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wmemcpy ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memcpy (3),
-.BR wcscpy (3),
-.BR wmemmove (3),
-.BR wmempcpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wmemmove.3 b/man3/wmemmove.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b460e4206..000000000
--- a/man3/wmemmove.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wmemmove 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wmemmove \- copy an array of wide-characters
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t " dest [. n "], const wchar_t " src [. n "], \
-size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wmemmove ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR memmove (3)
-function.
-It copies
-.I n
-wide characters from the array
-starting at
-.I src
-to the array starting at
-.IR dest .
-The arrays may
-overlap.
-.P
-The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
-.I n
-wide
-characters at
-.IR dest .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wmemmove ()
-returns
-.IR dest .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wmemmove ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memmove (3),
-.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man3/wmempcpy.3 b/man3/wmempcpy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 26750cb64..000000000
--- a/man3/wmempcpy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/mempcpy.3
diff --git a/man3/wmemset.3 b/man3/wmemset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a4323bc7a..000000000
--- a/man3/wmemset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wmemset 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wmemset \- fill an array of wide-characters with a constant wide character
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t " wcs [. n "], wchar_t " wc ", size_t " n );
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wmemset ()
-function is the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR memset (3)
-function.
-It fills the array of
-.I n
-wide-characters starting at
-.I wcs
-with
-.I n
-copies of the wide character
-.IR wc .
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-.BR wmemset ()
-returns
-.IR wcs .
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wmemset ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR memset (3)
diff --git a/man3/wordexp.3 b/man3/wordexp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 94a2a393b..000000000
--- a/man3/wordexp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.TH wordexp 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wordexp, wordfree \- perform word expansion like a posix-shell
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <wordexp.h>"
-.P
-.BI "int wordexp(const char *restrict " s ", wordexp_t *restrict " p \
-", int " flags );
-.BI "void wordfree(wordexp_t *" p );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR wordexp (),
-.BR wordfree ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The function
-.BR wordexp ()
-performs a shell-like expansion of the string
-.I s
-and returns the result in the structure pointed to by
-.IR p .
-The data type
-.I wordexp_t
-is a structure that at least has the fields
-.IR we_wordc ,
-.IR we_wordv ,
-and
-.IR we_offs .
-The field
-.I we_wordc
-is a
-.I size_t
-that gives the number of words in the expansion of
-.IR s .
-The field
-.I we_wordv
-is a
-.I "char\ **"
-that points to the array of words found.
-The field
-.I we_offs
-of type
-.I size_t
-is sometimes (depending on
-.IR flags ,
-see below) used to indicate the number of initial elements in the
-.I we_wordv
-array that should be filled with NULLs.
-.P
-The function
-.BR wordfree ()
-frees the allocated memory again.
-More precisely, it does not free
-its argument, but it frees the array
-.I we_wordv
-and the strings that points to.
-.SS The string argument
-Since the expansion is the same as the expansion by the shell (see
-.BR sh (1))
-of the parameters to a command, the string
-.I s
-must not contain characters that would be illegal in shell command
-parameters.
-In particular, there must not be any unescaped
-newline or |, &, ;, <, >, (, ), {, } characters
-outside a command substitution or parameter substitution context.
-.P
-If the argument
-.I s
-contains a word that starts with an unquoted comment character #,
-then it is unspecified whether that word and all following words
-are ignored, or the # is treated as a non-comment character.
-.SS The expansion
-The expansion done consists of the following stages:
-tilde expansion (replacing \[ti]user by user's home directory),
-variable substitution (replacing $FOO by the value of the environment
-variable FOO), command substitution (replacing $(command) or \`command\`
-by the output of command), arithmetic expansion, field splitting,
-wildcard expansion, quote removal.
-.P
-The result of expansion of special parameters
-($@, $*, $#, $?, $\-, $$, $!, $0) is unspecified.
-.P
-Field splitting is done using the environment variable $IFS.
-If it is not set, the field separators are space, tab, and newline.
-.SS The output array
-The array
-.I we_wordv
-contains the words found, followed by a NULL.
-.SS The flags argument
-The
-.I flag
-argument is a bitwise inclusive OR of the following values:
-.TP
-.B WRDE_APPEND
-Append the words found to the array resulting from a previous call.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_DOOFFS
-Insert
-.I we_offs
-initial NULLs in the array
-.IR we_wordv .
-(These are not counted in the returned
-.IR we_wordc .)
-.TP
-.B WRDE_NOCMD
-Don't do command substitution.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_REUSE
-The argument
-.I p
-resulted from a previous call to
-.BR wordexp (),
-and
-.BR wordfree ()
-was not called.
-Reuse the allocated storage.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_SHOWERR
-Normally during command substitution
-.I stderr
-is redirected to
-.IR /dev/null .
-This flag specifies that
-.I stderr
-is not to be redirected.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_UNDEF
-Consider it an error if an undefined shell variable is expanded.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success,
-.BR wordexp ()
-returns 0.
-On failure,
-.BR wordexp ()
-returns one of the following nonzero values:
-.TP
-.B WRDE_BADCHAR
-Illegal occurrence of newline or one of |, &, ;, <, >, (, ), {, }.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_BADVAL
-An undefined shell variable was referenced, and the
-.B WRDE_UNDEF
-flag
-told us to consider this an error.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_CMDSUB
-Command substitution requested, but the
-.B WRDE_NOCMD
-flag told us to consider this an error.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_NOSPACE
-Out of memory.
-.TP
-.B WRDE_SYNTAX
-Shell syntax error, such as unbalanced parentheses or
-unmatched quotes.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lb lb lbx
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wordexp ()
-T}	Thread safety	T{
-.na
-.nh
-MT-Unsafe race:utent const:env
-env sig:ALRM timer locale
-T}
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wordfree ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.P
-In the above table,
-.I utent
-in
-.I race:utent
-signifies that if any of the functions
-.BR setutent (3),
-.BR getutent (3),
-or
-.BR endutent (3)
-are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
-then data races could occur.
-.BR wordexp ()
-calls those functions,
-so we use race:utent to remind users.
-.SH STANDARDS
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001.
-glibc 2.1.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-The output of the following example program
-is approximately that of "ls [a-c]*.c".
-.P
-.\" SRC BEGIN (wordexp.c)
-.EX
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <wordexp.h>
-\&
-int
-main(void)
-{
-    wordexp_t p;
-    char **w;
-\&
-    wordexp("[a\-c]*.c", &p, 0);
-    w = p.we_wordv;
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < p.we_wordc; i++)
-        printf("%s\en", w[i]);
-    wordfree(&p);
-    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-.EE
-.\" SRC END
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fnmatch (3),
-.BR glob (3)
diff --git a/man3/wordfree.3 b/man3/wordfree.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f0035e0ba..000000000
--- a/man3/wordfree.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/wordexp.3
diff --git a/man3/wprintf.3 b/man3/wprintf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d8ebe47fa..000000000
--- a/man3/wprintf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
-.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
-.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
-.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
-.\"
-.TH wprintf 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-wprintf, fwprintf, swprintf, vwprintf, vfwprintf, vswprintf \- formatted
-wide-character output conversion
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.B #include <wchar.h>
-.P
-.BI "int wprintf(const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int fwprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.BI "int swprintf(wchar_t " wcs "[restrict ." maxlen "], size_t " maxlen ,
-.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
-.P
-.BI "int vwprintf(const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
-.BI "int vfwprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
-.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
-.BI "int vswprintf(wchar_t " wcs "[restrict ." maxlen "], size_t " maxlen ,
-.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-All functions shown above:
-.\" .BR wprintf (),
-.\" .BR fwprintf (),
-.\" .BR swprintf (),
-.\" .BR vwprintf (),
-.\" .BR vfwprintf (),
-.\" .BR vswprintf ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
-        || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR wprintf ()
-family of functions is
-the wide-character equivalent of the
-.BR printf (3)
-family of functions.
-It performs formatted output of wide
-characters.
-.P
-The
-.BR wprintf ()
-and
-.BR vwprintf ()
-functions
-perform wide-character output to
-.IR stdout .
-.I stdout
-must not be byte oriented; see
-.BR fwide (3)
-for more information.
-.P
-The
-.BR fwprintf ()
-and
-.BR vfwprintf ()
-functions
-perform wide-character output to
-.IR stream .
-.I stream
-must not be byte oriented; see
-.BR fwide (3)
-for more information.
-.P
-The
-.BR swprintf ()
-and
-.BR vswprintf ()
-functions
-perform wide-character output
-to an array of wide characters.
-The programmer must ensure that there is
-room for at least
-.I maxlen
-wide
-characters at
-.IR wcs .
-.P
-These functions are like
-the
-.BR printf (3),
-.BR vprintf (3),
-.BR fprintf (3),
-.BR vfprintf (3),
-.BR sprintf (3),
-.BR vsprintf (3)
-functions except for the
-following differences:
-.TP
-.B \[bu]
-The
-.I format
-string is a wide-character string.
-.TP
-.B \[bu]
-The output consists of wide characters, not bytes.
-.TP
-.B \[bu]
-.BR swprintf ()
-and
-.BR vswprintf ()
-take a
-.I maxlen
-argument,
-.BR sprintf (3)
-and
-.BR vsprintf (3)
-do not.
-.RB ( snprintf (3)
-and
-.BR vsnprintf (3)
-take a
-.I maxlen
-argument, but these functions do not return \-1 upon
-buffer overflow on Linux.)
-.P
-The treatment of the conversion characters
-.B c
-and
-.B s
-is different:
-.TP
-.B c
-If no
-.B l
-modifier is present, the
-.I int
-argument is converted to a wide character by a call to the
-.BR btowc (3)
-function, and the resulting wide character is written.
-If an
-.B l
-modifier is present, the
-.I wint_t
-(wide character) argument is written.
-.TP
-.B s
-If no
-.B l
-modifier is present: the
-.I "const\ char\ *"
-argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of character type
-(pointer to a string) containing a multibyte character sequence beginning
-in the initial shift state.
-Characters from the array are converted to
-wide characters (each by a call to the
-.BR mbrtowc (3)
-function with a conversion state starting in the initial state before
-the first byte).
-The resulting wide characters are written up to
-(but not including) the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
-If a precision is
-specified, no more wide characters than the number specified are written.
-Note that the precision determines the number of
-.I wide characters
-written, not the number of
-.I bytes
-or
-.IR "screen positions" .
-The array must contain a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
-unless a precision is given
-and it is so small that the number of converted wide characters reaches it
-before the end of the array is reached.
-If an
-.B l
-modifier is present: the
-.I "const\ wchar_t\ *"
-argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of wide characters.
-Wide characters from the array are written up to (but not including) a
-terminating null wide character.
-If a precision is specified, no more than
-the number specified are written.
-The array must contain a terminating null
-wide character, unless a precision is given and it is smaller than or equal
-to the number of wide characters in the array.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions return the number of wide characters written, excluding the
-terminating null wide character in
-case of the functions
-.BR swprintf ()
-and
-.BR vswprintf ().
-They return \-1 when an error occurs.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR wprintf (),
-.BR fwprintf (),
-.BR swprintf (),
-.BR vwprintf (),
-.BR vfwprintf (),
-.BR vswprintf ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-C11, POSIX.1-2008.
-.SH HISTORY
-POSIX.1-2001, C99.
-.SH NOTES
-The behavior of
-.BR wprintf ()
-et al. depends
-on the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the
-current locale.
-.P
-If the
-.I format
-string contains non-ASCII wide characters, the program
-will work correctly only if the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the current locale at
-run time is the same as the
-.B LC_CTYPE
-category of the current locale at
-compile time.
-This is because the
-.I wchar_t
-representation is platform- and locale-dependent.
-(The glibc represents
-wide characters using their Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) code point, but other
-platforms don't do this.
-Also, the use of C99 universal character names
-of the form \eunnnn does not solve this problem.)
-Therefore, in
-internationalized programs, the
-.I format
-string should consist of ASCII
-wide characters only, or should be constructed at run time in an
-internationalized way (e.g., using
-.BR gettext (3)
-or
-.BR iconv (3),
-followed by
-.BR mbstowcs (3)).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR fprintf (3),
-.BR fputwc (3),
-.BR fwide (3),
-.BR printf (3),
-.BR snprintf (3)
-.\" .BR wscanf (3)
diff --git a/man3/xcrypt.3 b/man3/xcrypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c9786dd3..000000000
--- a/man3/xcrypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\"  Copyright 2003 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
-.\"
-.\"  this is the 3rd type of interface for cryptographic routines
-.\"  1. encrypt() expects a bit field
-.\"  2. cbc_crypt() byte values
-.\"  3. xencrypt() a hexstring
-.\"  to bad to be true :(
-.\"
-.TH XCRYPT 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-xencrypt, xdecrypt, passwd2des \- RFS password encryption
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <rpc/des_crypt.h>"
-.P
-.BI "void passwd2des(char " *passwd ", char *" key ");"
-.P
-.BI "int xencrypt(char *" secret ", char *" passwd ");"
-.BI "int xdecrypt(char *" secret ", char *" passwd ");"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.BR WARNING :
-Do not use these functions in new code.
-They do not achieve any type of acceptable cryptographic security guarantees.
-.P
-The function
-.BR passwd2des ()
-takes a character string
-.I passwd
-of arbitrary length and fills a character array
-.I key
-of length 8.
-The array
-.I key
-is suitable for use as DES key.
-It has odd parity set in bit 0 of each byte.
-Both other functions described here use this function to turn their
-argument
-.I passwd
-into a DES key.
-.P
-The
-.BR xencrypt ()
-function takes the ASCII character string
-.I secret
-given in hex,
-.\" (over the alphabet 0123456789abcdefABCDEF),
-which must have a length that is a multiple of 16,
-encrypts it using the DES key derived from
-.I passwd
-by
-.BR passwd2des (),
-and outputs the result again in
-.I secret
-as a hex string
-.\" (over the alphabet 0123456789abcdef)
-of the same length.
-.P
-The
-.BR xdecrypt ()
-function performs the converse operation.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-The functions
-.BR xencrypt ()
-and
-.BR xdecrypt ()
-return 1 on success and 0 on error.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR passwd2des (),
-.BR xencrypt (),
-.BR xdecrypt ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH VERSIONS
-These functions are available since glibc 2.1.
-.SH BUGS
-The prototypes are missing from the abovementioned include file.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR cbc_crypt (3)
diff --git a/man3/xdecrypt.3 b/man3/xdecrypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 01b6ce65a..000000000
--- a/man3/xdecrypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xcrypt.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr.3 b/man3/xdr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c0ac7d352..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\"
-.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
-.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
-.\" %%%LICENSE_END
-.\"
-.\" @(#)xdr.3n	2.2 88/08/03 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.16 88/03/14 SMI
-.\"
-.\" 2007-12-30, mtk, Convert function prototypes to modern C syntax
-.\"
-.TH xdr 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-xdr \- library routines for external data representation
-.SH LIBRARY
-Standard C library
-.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
-.SH SYNOPSIS AND DESCRIPTION
-These routines allow C programmers to describe
-arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion.
-Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these
-routines.
-.P
-The prototypes below are declared in
-.I <rpc/xdr.h>
-and make use of the following types:
-.P
-.RS 4
-.EX
-.BI "typedef int " bool_t ;
-.P
-.BI "typedef bool_t (*" xdrproc_t ")(XDR *, void *,...);"
-.EE
-.RE
-.P
-For the declaration of the
-.I XDR
-type, see
-.IR <rpc/xdr.h> .
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_array(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" arrp ", unsigned int *" sizep ,
-.BI "                 unsigned int " maxsize ", unsigned int " elsize ,
-.BI "                 xdrproc_t " elproc );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between variable-length arrays
-and their corresponding external representations.
-The argument
-.I arrp
-is the address of the pointer to the array, while
-.I sizep
-is the address of the element count of the array;
-this element count cannot exceed
-.IR maxsize .
-The argument
-.I elsize
-is the
-.I sizeof
-each of the array's elements, and
-.I elproc
-is an XDR filter that translates between
-the array elements' C form, and their external
-representation.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_bool(XDR *" xdrs ", bool_t *" bp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between booleans (C
-integers)
-and their external representations.
-When encoding data, this
-filter produces values of either one or zero.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_bytes(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp ", unsigned int *" sizep ,
-.BI "                 unsigned int " maxsize );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between counted byte
-strings and their external representations.
-The argument
-.I sp
-is the address of the string pointer.
-The length of the
-string is located at address
-.IR sizep ;
-strings cannot be longer than
-.IR maxsize .
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_char(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" cp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C characters
-and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-Note: encoded characters are not packed, and occupy 4 bytes each.
-For arrays of characters, it is worthwhile to
-consider
-.BR xdr_bytes (),
-.BR xdr_opaque (),
-or
-.BR xdr_string ().
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xdr_destroy(XDR *" xdrs );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that invokes the destroy routine associated with the XDR stream,
-.IR xdrs .
-Destruction usually involves freeing private data structures
-associated with the stream.
-Using
-.I xdrs
-after invoking
-.BR xdr_destroy ()
-is undefined.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_double(XDR *" xdrs ", double *" dp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.I double
-precision numbers and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_enum(XDR *" xdrs ", enum_t *" ep );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.IR enum s
-(actually integers) and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_float(XDR *" xdrs ", float *" fp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.IR float s
-and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xdr_free(xdrproc_t " proc ", char *" objp );
-.fi
-.IP
-Generic freeing routine.
-The first argument is the XDR routine for the object being freed.
-The second argument is a pointer to the object itself.
-Note: the pointer passed to this routine is
-.I not
-freed, but what it points to
-.I is
-freed (recursively).
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "unsigned int xdr_getpos(XDR *" xdrs );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that invokes the get-position routine
-associated with the XDR stream,
-.IR xdrs .
-The routine returns an unsigned integer,
-which indicates the position of the XDR byte stream.
-A desirable feature of XDR
-streams is that simple arithmetic works with this number,
-although the XDR stream instances need not guarantee this.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "long *xdr_inline(XDR *" xdrs ", int " len );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that invokes the inline routine associated with the XDR stream,
-.IR xdrs .
-The routine returns a pointer
-to a contiguous piece of the stream's buffer;
-.I len
-is the byte length of the desired buffer.
-Note: pointer is cast to
-.IR "long\ *" .
-.IP
-Warning:
-.BR xdr_inline ()
-may return NULL (0)
-if it cannot allocate a contiguous piece of a buffer.
-Therefore the behavior may vary among stream instances;
-it exists for the sake of efficiency.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_int(XDR *" xdrs ", int *" ip );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C integers
-and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_long(XDR *" xdrs ", long *" lp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.I long
-integers and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xdrmem_create(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" addr ", unsigned int " size ,
-.BI "                   enum xdr_op " op );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine initializes the XDR stream object pointed to by
-.IR xdrs .
-The stream's data is written to, or read from,
-a chunk of memory at location
-.I addr
-whose length is no more than
-.I size
-bytes long.
-The
-.I op
-determines the direction of the XDR stream (either
-.BR XDR_ENCODE ,
-.BR XDR_DECODE ,
-or
-.BR XDR_FREE ).
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_opaque(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" cp ", unsigned int " cnt );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between fixed size opaque data
-and its external representation.
-The argument
-.I cp
-is the address of the opaque object, and
-.I cnt
-is its size in bytes.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_pointer(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" objpp ,
-.BI "                   unsigned int " objsize ", xdrproc_t " xdrobj );
-.fi
-.IP
-Like
-.BR xdr_reference ()
-except that it serializes null pointers, whereas
-.BR xdr_reference ()
-does not.
-Thus,
-.BR xdr_pointer ()
-can represent
-recursive data structures, such as binary trees or
-linked lists.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xdrrec_create(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
-.BI "                   unsigned int " recvsize ", char *" handle ,
-.BI "                   int (*" readit ")(char *, char *, int),"
-.BI "                   int (*" writeit ")(char *, char *, int));"
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine initializes the XDR stream object pointed to by
-.IR xdrs .
-The stream's data is written to a buffer of size
-.IR sendsize ;
-a value of zero indicates the system should use a suitable default.
-The stream's data is read from a buffer of size
-.IR recvsize ;
-it too can be set to a suitable default by passing a zero value.
-When a stream's output buffer is full,
-.I writeit
-is called.
-Similarly, when a stream's input buffer is empty,
-.I readit
-is called.
-The behavior of these two routines is similar to
-the system calls
-.BR read (2)
-and
-.BR write (2),
-except that
-.I handle
-is passed to the former routines as the first argument.
-Note: the XDR stream's
-.I op
-field must be set by the caller.
-.IP
-Warning: to read from an XDR stream created by this API,
-you'll need to call
-.BR xdrrec_skiprecord ()
-first before calling any other XDR APIs.
-This inserts additional bytes in the stream to provide
-record boundary information.
-Also, XDR streams created with different
-.B xdr*_create
-APIs are not compatible for the same reason.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdrrec_endofrecord(XDR *" xdrs ", int " sendnow );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine can be invoked only on streams created by
-.BR xdrrec_create ().
-The data in the output buffer is marked as a completed record,
-and the output buffer is optionally written out if
-.I sendnow
-is nonzero.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdrrec_eof(XDR *" xdrs );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine can be invoked only on streams created by
-.BR xdrrec_create ().
-After consuming the rest of the current record in the stream,
-this routine returns one if the stream has no more input,
-zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdrrec_skiprecord(XDR *" xdrs );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine can be invoked only on
-streams created by
-.BR xdrrec_create ().
-It tells the XDR implementation that the rest of the current record
-in the stream's input buffer should be discarded.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_reference(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" pp ", unsigned int " size ,
-.BI "                     xdrproc_t " proc );
-.fi
-.IP
-A primitive that provides pointer chasing within structures.
-The argument
-.I pp
-is the address of the pointer;
-.I size
-is the
-.I sizeof
-the structure that
-.I *pp
-points to; and
-.I proc
-is an XDR procedure that filters the structure
-between its C form and its external representation.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.IP
-Warning: this routine does not understand null pointers.
-Use
-.BR xdr_pointer ()
-instead.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "xdr_setpos(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int " pos );
-.fi
-.IP
-A macro that invokes the set position routine associated with
-the XDR stream
-.IR xdrs .
-The argument
-.I pos
-is a position value obtained from
-.BR xdr_getpos ().
-This routine returns one if the XDR stream could be repositioned,
-and zero otherwise.
-.IP
-Warning: it is difficult to reposition some types of XDR
-streams, so this routine may fail with one
-type of stream and succeed with another.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_short(XDR *" xdrs ", short *" sp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.I short
-integers and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "void xdrstdio_create(XDR *" xdrs ", FILE *" file ", enum xdr_op " op );
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine initializes the XDR stream object pointed to by
-.IR xdrs .
-The XDR stream data is written to, or read from, the
-.I stdio
-stream
-.IR file .
-The argument
-.I op
-determines the direction of the XDR stream (either
-.BR XDR_ENCODE ,
-.BR XDR_DECODE ,
-or
-.BR XDR_FREE ).
-.IP
-Warning: the destroy routine associated with such XDR streams calls
-.BR fflush (3)
-on the
-.I file
-stream, but never
-.BR fclose (3).
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_string(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp ", unsigned int " maxsize );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C strings and
-their corresponding external representations.
-Strings cannot be longer than
-.IR maxsize .
-Note:
-.I sp
-is the address of the string's pointer.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_u_char(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned char *" ucp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between
-.I unsigned
-C characters and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_u_int(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int *" up );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.I unsigned
-integers and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_u_long(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned long *" ulp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.I "unsigned long"
-integers and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_u_short(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned short *" usp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between C
-.I "unsigned short"
-integers and their external representations.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_union(XDR *" xdrs ", enum_t *" dscmp ", char *" unp ,
-.BI "                 const struct xdr_discrim *" choices ,
-.BI "                 xdrproc_t " defaultarm ");     /* may equal NULL */"
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between a discriminated C
-.I union
-and its corresponding external representation.
-It first
-translates the discriminant of the union located at
-.IR dscmp .
-This discriminant is always an
-.IR enum_t .
-Next the union located at
-.I unp
-is translated.
-The argument
-.I choices
-is a pointer to an array of
-.BR xdr_discrim ()
-structures.
-Each structure contains an ordered pair of
-.RI [ value , proc ].
-If the union's discriminant is equal to the associated
-.IR value ,
-then the
-.I proc
-is called to translate the union.
-The end of the
-.BR xdr_discrim ()
-structure array is denoted by a routine of value NULL.
-If the discriminant is not found in the
-.I choices
-array, then the
-.I defaultarm
-procedure is called (if it is not NULL).
-Returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_vector(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" arrp ", unsigned int " size ,
-.BI "                  unsigned int " elsize ", xdrproc_t " elproc );
-.fi
-.IP
-A filter primitive that translates between fixed-length arrays
-and their corresponding external representations.
-The argument
-.I arrp
-is the address of the pointer to the array, while
-.I size
-is the element count of the array.
-The argument
-.I elsize
-is the
-.I sizeof
-each of the array's elements, and
-.I elproc
-is an XDR filter that translates between
-the array elements' C form, and their external
-representation.
-This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.P
-.nf
-.B bool_t xdr_void(void);
-.fi
-.IP
-This routine always returns one.
-It may be passed to RPC routines that require a function argument,
-where nothing is to be done.
-.P
-.nf
-.BI "bool_t xdr_wrapstring(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp );
-.fi
-.IP
-A primitive that calls
-.B "xdr_string(xdrs, sp,MAXUN.UNSIGNED );"
-where
-.B MAXUN.UNSIGNED
-is the maximum value of an unsigned integer.
-.BR xdr_wrapstring ()
-is handy because the RPC package passes a maximum of two XDR
-routines as arguments, and
-.BR xdr_string (),
-one of the most frequently used primitives, requires three.
-Returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR xdr_array (),
-.BR xdr_bool (),
-.BR xdr_bytes (),
-.BR xdr_char (),
-.BR xdr_destroy (),
-.BR xdr_double (),
-.BR xdr_enum (),
-.BR xdr_float (),
-.BR xdr_free (),
-.BR xdr_getpos (),
-.BR xdr_inline (),
-.BR xdr_int (),
-.BR xdr_long (),
-.BR xdrmem_create (),
-.BR xdr_opaque (),
-.BR xdr_pointer (),
-.BR xdrrec_create (),
-.BR xdrrec_eof (),
-.BR xdrrec_endofrecord (),
-.BR xdrrec_skiprecord (),
-.BR xdr_reference (),
-.BR xdr_setpos (),
-.BR xdr_short (),
-.BR xdrstdio_create (),
-.BR xdr_string (),
-.BR xdr_u_char (),
-.BR xdr_u_int (),
-.BR xdr_u_long (),
-.BR xdr_u_short (),
-.BR xdr_union (),
-.BR xdr_vector (),
-.BR xdr_void (),
-.BR xdr_wrapstring ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR rpc (3)
-.P
-The following manuals:
-.RS
-eXternal Data Representation Standard: Protocol Specification
-.br
-eXternal Data Representation: Sun Technical Notes
-.br
-.IR "XDR: External Data Representation Standard" ,
-RFC\ 1014, Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
-USC-ISI.
-.RE
diff --git a/man3/xdr_accepted_reply.3 b/man3/xdr_accepted_reply.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_accepted_reply.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_array.3 b/man3/xdr_array.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_array.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_authunix_parms.3 b/man3/xdr_authunix_parms.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_authunix_parms.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_bool.3 b/man3/xdr_bool.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_bool.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_bytes.3 b/man3/xdr_bytes.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_bytes.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_callhdr.3 b/man3/xdr_callhdr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_callhdr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_callmsg.3 b/man3/xdr_callmsg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_callmsg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_char.3 b/man3/xdr_char.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_char.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_destroy.3 b/man3/xdr_destroy.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_destroy.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_double.3 b/man3/xdr_double.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_double.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_enum.3 b/man3/xdr_enum.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_enum.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_float.3 b/man3/xdr_float.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_float.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_free.3 b/man3/xdr_free.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_free.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_getpos.3 b/man3/xdr_getpos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_getpos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_inline.3 b/man3/xdr_inline.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_inline.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_int.3 b/man3/xdr_int.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_int.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_long.3 b/man3/xdr_long.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_long.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_opaque.3 b/man3/xdr_opaque.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_opaque.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_opaque_auth.3 b/man3/xdr_opaque_auth.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_opaque_auth.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_pmap.3 b/man3/xdr_pmap.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_pmap.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_pmaplist.3 b/man3/xdr_pmaplist.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_pmaplist.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_pointer.3 b/man3/xdr_pointer.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_pointer.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_reference.3 b/man3/xdr_reference.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_reference.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_rejected_reply.3 b/man3/xdr_rejected_reply.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_rejected_reply.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_replymsg.3 b/man3/xdr_replymsg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_replymsg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_setpos.3 b/man3/xdr_setpos.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_setpos.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_short.3 b/man3/xdr_short.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_short.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_string.3 b/man3/xdr_string.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_string.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_u_char.3 b/man3/xdr_u_char.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_u_char.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_u_int.3 b/man3/xdr_u_int.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_u_int.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_u_long.3 b/man3/xdr_u_long.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_u_long.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_u_short.3 b/man3/xdr_u_short.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_u_short.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_union.3 b/man3/xdr_union.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_union.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_vector.3 b/man3/xdr_vector.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_vector.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_void.3 b/man3/xdr_void.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_void.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdr_wrapstring.3 b/man3/xdr_wrapstring.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdr_wrapstring.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdrmem_create.3 b/man3/xdrmem_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdrmem_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdrrec_create.3 b/man3/xdrrec_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdrrec_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdrrec_endofrecord.3 b/man3/xdrrec_endofrecord.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdrrec_endofrecord.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdrrec_eof.3 b/man3/xdrrec_eof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdrrec_eof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdrrec_skiprecord.3 b/man3/xdrrec_skiprecord.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdrrec_skiprecord.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xdrstdio_create.3 b/man3/xdrstdio_create.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ff092d05..000000000
--- a/man3/xdrstdio_create.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man3/xencrypt.3 b/man3/xencrypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 01b6ce65a..000000000
--- a/man3/xencrypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/xcrypt.3
diff --git a/man3/xprt_register.3 b/man3/xprt_register.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xprt_register.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/xprt_unregister.3 b/man3/xprt_unregister.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b18471167..000000000
--- a/man3/xprt_unregister.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man3/y0.3 b/man3/y0.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 783471291..000000000
--- a/man3/y0.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-'\" t
-.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
-.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
-.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
-.\"
-.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
-.\"
-.\" References consulted:
-.\"     Linux libc source code
-.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
-.\"     386BSD man pages
-.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:08:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
-.\" Modified 2002-08-25, aeb
-.\" Modified 2004-11-12 as per suggestion by Fabian Kreutz/AEB
-.\" 2008-07-24, mtk, created this page, based on material from j0.3.
-.\"
-.TH y0 3 (date) "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
-.SH NAME
-y0, y0f, y0l, y1, y1f, y1l, yn, ynf, ynl \-
-Bessel functions of the second kind
-.SH LIBRARY
-Math library
-.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.P
-.BI "double y0(double " x );
-.BI "double y1(double " x );
-.BI "double yn(int " n ", double " x );
-.P
-.BI "float y0f(float " x );
-.BI "float y1f(float " x );
-.BI "float ynf(int " n ", float " x );
-.P
-.BI "long double y0l(long double " x );
-.BI "long double y1l(long double " x );
-.BI "long double ynl(int " n ", long double " x );
-.fi
-.P
-.RS -4
-Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
-.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
-.RE
-.P
-.BR y0 (),
-.BR y1 (),
-.BR yn ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.P
-.BR y0f (),
-.BR y0l (),
-.BR y1f (),
-.BR y1l (),
-.BR ynf (),
-.BR ynl ():
-.nf
-    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
-        || (_ISOC99_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE)
-        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
-        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.BR y0 ()
-and
-.BR y1 ()
-functions return Bessel functions of
-.I x
-of the second kind of orders 0 and 1, respectively.
-The
-.BR yn ()
-function
-returns the Bessel function of
-.I x
-of the second kind of order
-.IR n .
-.P
-The value of
-.I x
-must be positive.
-.P
-The
-.BR y0f (),
-.BR y1f (),
-and
-.BR ynf ()
-functions are versions that take and return
-.I float
-values.
-The
-.BR y0l (),
-.BR y1l (),
-and
-.BR ynl ()
-functions are versions that take and return
-.I "long double"
-values.
-.SH RETURN VALUE
-On success, these functions return the appropriate
-Bessel value of the second kind for
-.IR x .
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is negative,
-a domain error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-(POSIX.1-2001 also allows a NaN return for this case.)
-.P
-If
-.I x
-is 0.0,
-a pole error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-.P
-If the result underflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return 0.0
-.P
-If the result overflows,
-a range error occurs,
-and the functions return
-.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
-.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
-or
-.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
-respectively.
-(POSIX.1-2001 also allows a 0.0 return for this case.)
-.SH ERRORS
-See
-.BR math_error (7)
-for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
-when calling these functions.
-.P
-The following errors can occur:
-.TP
-Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-An invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-is raised.
-.TP
-Pole error: \fIx\fP is 0.0
-.\" Before POSIX.1-2001 TC2, this was (inconsistently) specified
-.\" as a range error.
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-and an
-.B FE_DIVBYZERO
-exception is raised
-(but see BUGS).
-.TP
-Range error: result underflow
-.\" e.g., y0(1e33) on glibc 2.8/x86-32
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR ERANGE .
-No
-.B FE_UNDERFLOW
-exception is returned by
-.\" This is intended behavior
-.\" See https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6806
-.BR fetestexcept (3)
-for this case.
-.TP
-Range error: result overflow
-.\" e.g., yn(10, 1e-40) on glibc 2.8/x86-32
-.I errno
-is set to
-.B ERANGE
-(but see BUGS).
-An overflow floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
-is raised.
-.SH ATTRIBUTES
-For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
-.BR attributes (7).
-.TS
-allbox;
-lbx lb lb
-l l l.
-Interface	Attribute	Value
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR y0 (),
-.BR y0f (),
-.BR y0l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR y1 (),
-.BR y1f (),
-.BR y1l ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-T{
-.na
-.nh
-.BR yn (),
-.BR ynf (),
-.BR ynl ()
-T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
-.TE
-.SH STANDARDS
-.TP
-.BR y0 ()
-.TQ
-.BR y1 ()
-.TQ
-.BR yn ()
-POSIX.1-2008.
-.TP
-Others:
-BSD.
-.SH HISTORY
-.TP
-.BR y0 ()
-.TQ
-.BR y1 ()
-.TQ
-.BR yn ()
-SVr4, 4.3BSD,
-POSIX.1-2001.
-.TP
-Others:
-BSD.
-.SH BUGS
-Before glibc 2.19,
-.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6807
-these functions misdiagnosed pole errors:
-.I errno
-was set to
-.BR EDOM ,
-instead of
-.B ERANGE
-and no
-.B FE_DIVBYZERO
-exception was raised.
-.P
-Before glibc 2.17,
-.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6808
-did not set
-.I errno
-for "range error: result underflow".
-.P
-In glibc 2.3.2 and earlier,
-.\" Actually, 2.3.2 is the earliest test result I have; so yet
-.\" to confirm if this error occurs only in glibc 2.3.2.
-these functions do not raise an invalid floating-point exception
-.RB ( FE_INVALID )
-when a domain error occurs.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR j0 (3)
diff --git a/man3/y0f.3 b/man3/y0f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/y0f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/y0l.3 b/man3/y0l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/y0l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/y1.3 b/man3/y1.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/y1.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/y1f.3 b/man3/y1f.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/y1f.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/y1l.3 b/man3/y1l.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/y1l.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/yn.3 b/man3/yn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/yn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/ynf.3 b/man3/ynf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/ynf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man3/ynl.3 b/man3/ynl.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b3c9990..000000000
--- a/man3/ynl.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-.so man3/y0.3